PETER AAR NAN SAL EIA M PA IRA pa € RA VE MN Heathaaa ® EIN Rah Pe Mec ar or TEST BCP EMITTENTI PLOTAREA EB DIE | Rat RS LO AES GARE SE DADA e pra A "MORO ROALD Ry Ait) ADD LED A PAN wn ad a aod LAN GA AE UN AINA ANS CH cdi iaia NANO OY NONE S pron NON Ura ET OU Et te ga Re ee nT dre Venn 01) Ladle ba tiny Bairo co AL A n at d ATEN ATTENTION PC FOREN NITRO A LIL RIPA INA RCT DENT MA ZAN ANANDA E LEA TA Pent CO DIE EI E orta GS FL ER EL EEE DEE “rn te AUDE Paton: HAM u URLO nl LINA NI NUIT hot ATID An Aa DANA Held, YAY OE A wi) Pub BAS UN APARATO AR netted ASTA TUE TONER CEE et ube hh AB Moe Pit MMAR ALINE un. € DADA, Me AAA IT] Im: vn RSA WAR O MRI MAL ROHR STR LA AAD ag veel adie AMAA RANA DE et ENTRE dA Mole RARE AE ANR 6 KR MAN 76 1 ty fior tn 114 a tard Va TRAI Mr de ARA rd A BOT TUI ta PAL ALA Rep POM RSPR RH CO PE ET ED GUIANA ANO Mal Pa Eta AMM Ted yt CRESCA TASTO N Ars aid), mde) + Kahn Oh EON Seite OS ne TA EN re NON darte ti MARMI IERI BI IE earn a BELA GRINZANE Page pat Be te fate AME Sharan NEAR Ng i i AR ARE A NAME BUN N RIN any N sooth Maoh was Marita ern ‘nad L'ART ante dein ON A DEEP SERIE, A Ae se dita sit A SEIEN CIT Wert nee ne dH det shone ooh MA DTN AR PARA ANNALS AVRO UAE LOD Ory ARERR I BARES RER cd DA ET Yar Mat QAR MELE at dh at OS A OMNES oA EER COW SEA Umm pat) VA ANI PANI AMMALA NI a NERI Dc ATA 2 8 4 ashe Vada FRR BATTLE Pci ACG rep Fm À € AR DOTE D AA a le AA LAUR An E AMA co ma RU Mr À À Vu LE A à Gt M RECETTE MORA (AN mn Ra LA asi MA pr aed No A KEN à a Oh faut tant à CNP ESCORT ONE Er MO Re me URAL Arda dA AAA Dt eb had ar a Nath MLE Tee ARM CEE EEE POST OPEN SET AAA LANA dl is atei È ORAN PETITE RUN I HE SET EIER TE tan AR Cu A MAGIE ET VPM DER APE UTILES) ana ane nn dub) arto mm a nd NN MID by DO UTO AAA I AT RER Mann Hy RAN Rae hs m EERO JNM On We path) Ma bandi IMI ORTA a AID BaF RUE 4 Toda do AO NE A, WUE ULE LS ALN MIRON A AND PAL UII N NAM RMN 4 ONE IRE MMII home CUITE PER À PA it Ma A A AP RL LR, ENCRES ai th ù 5 PERO Sanna NCEE PRA Mile natty dui OR NEAR ALKA gS ie Same te Mahone: Phen RR BR EE SA Last BETT EI IE A Ù KAREL DEE RIED SIRIO EL EI MG ALON AR PE ETTPTEL CL PI Tare Nye ws roma A A DR WA coh ei FAQ 0 N AMA ABILE ENT AR sr NETTI RETI SES A RAY Har Lise Bu € tv DER SUR Mo 11900 nn ENT SHAN De IME TNT UNE FE EL TER UL COTE NT PEN TN EL ns N ARNE HERTS Wate oe DELFETTERTE RAN À VB AL à 2 RAGIONE A BEL Om nM A NARA A OM A ERE BAN EMA LIA LIETA ap pia Be Add A Ateo 1 lit mA RA LA HAR TOC E CENT RENE PES SANE ONAN TERRE EEE TER NER wt DU MEN ALAN AA GESETZT ON Sirenen ghee na ee J I NSA yh ae! DT An AE ALT Mn À DMA AAACN ER DELETE NN BLEI ee RUES CET TENTE TEEN eee rer CORAN RR ONCE ati path, ri Met ana 1 OA TETTI Banana Wi AE MNT ZE MAT TATA at dt dh GERA NGI sah NINA OO bad 2 A A VIA ARA RN MINE A MONE A OE RITA A ARIA ld Va à Co à shee x six me v LIRA RDG Spl ER AUP atta AN mid stadium) a LE ARNO COOPER we A SEO I N TEE SORTE H RENNER PILLEN NT A MNO tie tat ENTREE E 1 a TITO) ad Re Ad a Mr a mer NAM et ast tata gene DART D ANTANI A NA A E Race è ET Sey Malt eae phe DTT IALIA NRE Iata n I ee echo nes oe È CTI a A OP LUE MERC da MAAN ed A RER AR desire aa Hy yaw net NAG ANOLE TE RUE by He DM IAAT OVNI AUER id PT ROUES COEUR PE RCE DIE DE DEE PIE SEITE BEE IT OH Tree BT ee wine Me meh Pah an PTE) LMM NAN AND AMMEN 8 EDM OM DOE ERLE NAS A the niente ET NRO e Bays ee ee ne saw awn iant asin dell eA WENA ARAL et pentane HAD AD SDM ROSETTI EC ST CITI BB ELSE INES AH! MPa LA PA AVIS pia ah Ate prat ata, NEE TEEN A) qq At ain ee Tate IRA MAMI WAVED N AMA han maha pdl aha N N Parrini tre è à ANAAO AAT OF A RE ARA SN A RETTET E NEL ALM A a RP Te ALE RER A8 BA SN PE mn Stat pra nani Lean iti PANDA pei TRA AMA) IMAA E NE EE ANY HERNE LTT ON HIE ARIA AR et BEAT add BAN E on Senin Pda ti LR A ny Elbe Nenn ana EATS PL M ANR LS intestata CRT BNA ERIS NTE ANE TAN 9 VE POT, DEE PEN Gi fiat) eat ANIA AUDE A RATA TALIA A ABATI AN LS DL Ae oe acer GRMPIA IAA PZA ZEN) td Hm HET MITI PRENONS DEN CRA er A Sue retire in RENONCER Hak AL LOC MITER Nae ANAT PRAIA Ratna ot ahs toe MEER OLI Lumen ita ERNEUT EDER A Poe té va 11 DER nal RAT ANS AOE HARDEE CH rt an warum LE REITEN SRA din AON Ne TEAMS ana ma AANA ARNE Hs HEAR bees WIA EEE ANIONS Me A EM Me 99 IENE TRIO ee THE ram Me na tates at Mn mondine: MRIS art, teli bam n nti DIOR ET M AS TIA nat ma settica» MA TAR pe PAPA NT AMD OE ALE ma BRIO OT AY AE wk PNR ght cd A EMA RATA Eta GH aT EEE ne tem re er RRORRRRORNOETEE SULRENEN MP AANA UT PAF Bde rec ENI e TARA mR PP AV TANT ANE LE RER SLA Atene tarata it ren a en NE IN nn stata SL RETTE CITI Eu II Tree N an man Iva Sinton ion a nitrato aa alten Mri Mia MANIACS IBA Ba bt he nn ne ne ae Min war wees ther TAC Amin Ta An va a A tae Mn an ni D ar Da CORTE TE TE CPE TITELS Ma a re COTE RADEON Anne IAT pat bat DCE Re ae neon profane eat da PA SMS ALMA € SÈ een ana mata nt ADN CIN PESTE RACE 1% DRE CCM CE ETES Teen ad ae Tet Get a Ute An tin es naar artt NEEM Parini DENT ENS lune vite DCE era, ana Na Sabet 4 ie tee Pew a tm Rong WA NEI? Imera trata Soman Aan TIM Ade REAM CORRE ECS SCOPERTA eme intense ot arm ne NEE DENT tenia TT RACE dunress de 8 AIA edi AA ner ME PTE dtt ane urn man non EEE sirio A atomi A a D bie am nn EIN ETM ban e era EN UAT en ar PRE ER ays at mn M at nema SRA Cee me oe ER AN en tn PET LNG ory tel DNS PN Ree ana Fee à a TS nn a A tn emer ren TRES ea ete. ree NET aa ee lande Dem marne Seas ere Piet D = + EY = = È co LU = = = be! © dA © 2 are ; JOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS SITUVUAIT LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION i NVINOSHLINS S314V € SMITHSONIAN NYINOSHLINS SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN è IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IMVESIT v = ou 5 de v = uJ uJ NER u = i = - AS = | = > 3 2 a HOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31#VHIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION À 7 w 7 ul a a = — 37, M | — & — Ut, ome = < E < ‘a 3 D = = [I O a o) SR O z — = at = | -IBRARIES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IUVUGIT | = = UE 3 = ©) = © = . 6 = ? = m DI WS N = > 5 D ‘i WE > be: = + PR = = = = 2 = 2 m ” = SENT = un = = ” = NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS, S31HVH@11 LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION : = ssi à RS EI = i „fig 2 WS = Z KINO ZU? ZEN NE: N ip * 2 Gy EN : 4 7 W = D > hyp = a = a LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31 V4 911 2 a. GAS Ae x = ce AA à = 2 : o Uy = © = cn = ti z = = ET = VOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLIWNS_S31UV11_LIBRARIES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION » ae 5 = z we = Na : © 84> > NY È > -§ GY = NV D = D ini m (7) 2 = D zZ 7, LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHIINS SI{UYMALI INSTITUTI SN dee SMITHSONIAN ES SMITHSONIAN MASA LIBRARIES NL SNI_NVINOSHLINS fo VUE Said ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SS SIIUVYUA INSTITUTI “ll NVINOSHLINS S314V4411 LIBRARIES NVINOSHLIWS N 3 SMITHSONIAN LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S314vug11 “ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S314V49171 LIBRARIES = = D 2 - = 5 D . Z SMITHSONIAN a Z = < = 5 3 n = E = à NVINOSHLIWS o ro 3 NN à A_N = | SMITHSONIAN = CIA = a I È i> in * = < wo NVINOSHLINS S314V4917 S3IYYY811 INSTITUTION vw = uw = un = < = 42 < = = z= = pve, 4 \ = o) E gp la) T N 2 a . ui TL ” a EE È Read: > = = DÒ > = > 77) = 2 7) z SNI_NVINOSHLINS _S3 1UVYa I1_LI BRARIES SMITHSONIAN 5 Li = i == = = © nes 4 = & — & PNL E 0 < = = - Zi = i= F DI dl: 2 m 2 = = 77) ne SIND SHLINS Sa IUVYA LI BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN SE z << = et N x Ss < MZ NI = To) x= VAI DF WKF 9 à - ZW = E D EN 2 E = > 2 = SO I = 7) z no te 7) = IES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314vV4817 Ss : « STE (47) Li I 7 — = — if lf 2 < =i < x A oc c x AN di = 2 = nr si = ur > SUE SNI_NVINOSHLIWS |S [avg rT LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION = 5 Vai = N u 2 = 3 = = = =, > ; r > = > = = 2 E = n ER un” = DIA 2° BR NS a SMITHSONIAN NOILNLI. NVINOSHIINS S3IUVUE NOILNLILSNI NOILNLI. INSTITUTION INSTITUTION NOILNII. LIBRAF % LIBRAF NVINOSHLINS S3IUYVYA/1 LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI NOILNLI INSTITUTION Tome 97 Fascicule 3 = 1990 REVUE SUISSE ZOOLOGIE ANNALES DE LA SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE ET DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE GENEVE IMPRIMERIE SRO-KUNDIG SEPTEMBRE 1990 ISSN 0035-418X REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 97 — FASCICULE 1 Publication subventionnée par l’Académie suisse des Sciences naturelles et la Société suisse de Zoologie VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle de Genève FRANCOIS BAUD Conservateur au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Genéve DANIEL BURCKHARDT Chargé de recherche au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Genéve Comité de lecture Le président de la SSZ: Claude MERMOD — Ethologie et écologie des vertebres — Université de Neuchatel Le directeur du Muséum de Genève: Volker MAHNERT — Systématique des vertébrés — Muséum de Geneve | Le président du comité: Claude BESUCHET — Systématique des Insectes — Muséum de Genève Patrick GUERIN — Physiologie et éthologie des arthropodes — Institut de Zoologie, Neuchatel Willy MATTHEY — Ecologie, entomologie — Institut de Zoologie, Neuchatel Olivier RIEPPEL — Morphologie, Paléontologie — Paläontologisches Institut, Zürich Paul SCHMID-HEMPEL — Ecoéthologie, biologie des populations — Institut f. Zoologie, Basel Steve STEARNS — Biologie de l’évolution — Institut f. Zoologie, Basel Beat TSCHANZ — Ethologie des Vertébrés — Ethologische Station Hasli, Bern Claude VAUCHER — Systématique des Invertébrés — Muséum de Genève La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: Biogéographie, systématique, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENEVE 6 PRIX DE L’ABONNEMENT DES 1972: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées a la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Museum d’ Histoire naturelle, Genève REVUE SUISSE ZOOLOGIE ANNALES DE LA SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE ET DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE GENEVE IMPRIMERIE SRO-KUNDIG SEPTEMBRE 1990 ISSN 0035-418X REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 97 — FASCICULE 1 Publication subventionnée par l’Académie suisse des Sciences naturelles et la Societe suisse de Zoologie VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Museum d’ Histoire naturelle de Genève FRANCOIS BAUD Conservateur au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Genéve DANIEL BURCKHARDT Charge de recherche au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Geneve Comite de lecture Le president de la SSZ: Claude MERMOD — Ethologie et écologie des vertebres — Université de Neuchatel Le directeur du Muséum de Geneve: Volker MAHNERT — Systématique des vertébrés — Muséum de Geneve Le président du comité: Claude BESUCHET — Systématique des Insectes — Museum de Geneve Patrick GUERIN — Physiologie et éthologie des arthropodes — Institut de Zoologie, Neuchatel Willy MATTHEY — Ecologie, entomologie — Institut de Zoologie, Neuchatel Olivier RIEPPEL — Morphologie, Paléontologie — Palaontologisches Institut, Zurich Paul SCHMID-HEMPEL — Ecoéthologie, biologie des populations — Institut f. Zoologie, Basel Steve STEARNS — Biologie de l’évolution — Institut f. Zoologie, Basel Beat TSCHANZ — Ethologie des Vertébrés — Ethologische Station Hasli, Bern Claude VAUCHER — Systématique des Invertébrés — Muséum de Geneve La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: Biogéographie, systematique, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparee, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENEVE 6 —————— PRIX DE L’ABONNEMENT DES 1972: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées a la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle, Genève | | Tome 97 | Revue suisse Zool. Fasc. 3 | p. 505-621 | Geneve, septembre 1990 Review of the Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) of Thailand by Ivan LOBL * : With 181 figures ABSTRACT Review of the Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) of Thailand. — The review is based on all available material from Thailand: 135 species in 12 genera are recognized. Following species are described as new: Cyparium siamense, Pseudobironium subglabrum, Baeocera bremeri, B. pyricola, B. schwendingeri, B. uncata, B. schreyeri, B. vidua, B. pseudin- culta, B. suthepensis, B. erroris, B. karen, B. deharvengi, B. insolita, B. barbara, B. pubiventris, B. innocua, Scaphisoma vagans, S. invisum, S. gracilendum, S. lepidum, S. mirandum, S. agile, S. suthepense, S. fastum, S. canaliculatum, S. operosum, S. lan- naense, S. velox, S. pseudamabile, S. segne, S. egenum, S. pressum, S. valens, S. dives, S. incurvum, S. favens, S. spissum, S. meracum, S. siamense, S. bispinosum, S. cuspidatum, S. khao, S. morosum, S. karen, Baeotoxidium siamense, Scaphobaeocera laevis, S. alticola, S. maculata, S. incisa, S. tenella, S. spira, S. uncata, S. obducta, S. sabapensis, S. robustula, S. valida, S. burckhardti, Toxidium pubistylis, T. styligerum, T. incompletum, Scaphoxium avidum, Bironium troglophilum, B. bidens. Baeocera decipiens Löbl is relegated to synonymy of B. pigra and Baeocera robertiana nom. nov. is proposed to replace B. roberti Löbl, 1986. Key to genera, and keys to Thai species of Pseudobironium, Baeocera, Scaphisoma, Scaphobaeocera, Toxidium, and Scaphoxium are given. Scaphidium and Cyparium are under-represented in studied material which possibly includes 50% of the species actually occurring in Thailand. INTRODUCTION Scaphidiids are fungivorous, usually very lively staphylinoid beetles. The adults which are exclusively studied here, are characterized by a large Ist ventrite (3rd abdominal * Museum d’histoire naturelle, case postale 434, CH-1211 Geneve 6, Switzerland. ! Publication supported by the Georges and Antoine Claraz Foundation. 506 IVAN LÖBL sternite) and truncate elytra, which leaves the apex of the abdomen uncovered. Family rank is usually given to the group, although some modern authors give it subfamily status within the Staphylinidae (KASULE 1966, LAWRENCE 1982). The traditional treatment is preferred here until the phylogeny of staphylinids and related groups is better understood. Some years ago I desired to revise the Oriental scaphidiids, but it became obvious that the material housed in collections was insufficient. Even on my first trip to tropical Asia, in 1970 to Sri Lanka — at that time still Ceylon — I noticed that scaphidiids were more diverse than expected. Experience from subsequent trips convinced me that it is best to work up material from areas in which a fairly high proportion of species has been collected or is available for study. Although this approach has some disadvantages, it does provide useful information on local faunas whose special features might be more easily noted. In addition, gaps in knowledge will be relatively smaller, thus enabling keys to work more reliably. Scaphidiids, along with other small beetles, have not yet been adequately collected in most of warm temperate and tropical Asia. Thailand together with Laos, Cambodia and China are countries particularly neglected in this respect. In 1985, the National Research Council of Thailand approved my project to review the Thai scaphidiids, and in the same year I undertook a collection expedition together with my colleague Daniel H. Burckhardt. The bulk of the material treated in the present study was gathered on that expedition. However, some additional material from other sources substancially helped to complete the data. TECHNIQUES Material. We carried out field work in seven areas in Northwestern, Western, Central, and Eastern Thailand (Fig. 1). Altogether we spent 25 days in the field, excluding travelling time. The sampling was negatively affected by the climate: we suffered from havy rainfall which stopped us at Sop Pong, whilst Kaeng Krachan and Khao Sabap National Park were drought-stricken. Most of the material comes from sifted samples of forest litter and from fresh fungi growing on dead wood. Specimens were extracted in ““Winkler/Moczarski’’ extractors (BESUCHET et al., 1987). The main additional sources of material were pitfall traps. Many specimens were also found singly on fungi. Specimens were collected and conserved in 70% alcohol/10% acetic acid. Most males (all males in many groups) were dissected, the aedeagi cleared and mounted in Canada balsam. Dry material was dissected after relaxing in water or diluted ammonium hydroxide (NH,OH). Available material totaled more than 1800 specimens in 135 species. This may repre- sent some 50% of the species actually occurring in Thailand. In this respect scaphidiids compare with Steninae (ROUGEMONT, 1983). Bionomics. No attempt has been made to observe the life history of any species during the short time spent in Thailand. Although less abundant than paederines or pselaphids, scaphidiids constitute a significant component of the forest litter community. The presumably myxomycetophagous Baeocera, Scaphobaeocera, Scaphoxium and many Scaphisoma have been found regularly in moist accumulations of debris in shady places, especially in ravines, depressions, along fallen trunks, at foot of large trees etc... These beetles occur also in sites regularly devastated by fire. Scaphidium, Cyparium, and many Scaphisoma feed on fresh fungi growing on dead wood. They are difficult to find if climatic conditions are unfavourable, and they are generally collected more or less incidentally. Therefore, this group is under-represented in the studied material. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 507 1 8. Chiang Mai Bangkok . Doi Suthep - Doi Pui . Doi Inthanon . Chiang Dao - Doi Chiang Dao . Mae Nang Kaeo - Wab Pang An . Sop Pong - Tham Lok Kaeng Krachan Nat.Park . Khao Yai Nat.Park . Khao Sabah Nat.Park D A M BR © D = Fic. 1. Map of Thailand. Main collecting sides numbered. Distribution records. The name of the province precedes the first respective locality record, except for the Khao Yai National Park which covers portions of several provinces. It was difficult to locate some remote collecting spots in the primery forest of the Park. However, most specimens were taken only a few kilometers away from the Headquarters of the Park. Only Thai specimens are treated in this paper, with the exception of the holotype and one paratype of Scaphisoma operosum from Malaysia, two paratypes of Scaphisoma morosum and one specimen of Scaphicoma arcuatum from Burma, and one paratype of Scaphobaeocera tenella from India. Locality data of a few incompletely- 508 IVAN LÖBL labelled, older specimens are given in inverted commas. Names of collectors are given in parenthesis, except for D. H. Burckhardt and the author, collectors of the remaining specimens. Diagnostic characters. As in my previous papers, the length of specimens is measured from the middle of the apical pronotal margin to the inner apical angle of the elytra. However, in Scaphidium and Cyparium the total length is given. Size of immature specimens (usually smaller) has not been taken in account. Width refers to the maximum body width. Length of the mesepimeron and width of the metepisternum refer to their respective exposed portions. Apical angles of the elytra are compared in dorsal view. Colour is described from specimens which are observed with artificial light, and is thus paler than under natural conditions (dark reddish would be black). The relative length of antennal segments III to XI is measured at the same magnification in all my papers since 1974. Although to a certain degree infraspecifically variable, the size of the segments provides good characters in some species. The same is true for the size of the metacoxal areas (plates in my previous papers). Precise identification requires in most groups examination of the male genitalia. The internal sac is often complex and the parameres bear membranous lobes. These structures are difficult to see unless the aedeagus is properly cleared and carefully mounted. Students should be aware that different parts of the genitalia may vary to some degree, and in addition, the shape and position of structures within the internal sac depend on muscles attaching the latter to the median lobe. Therefore the aedeagi are to be examined very carefully, and when compared with the figures, small differences should not be uncritically interpreted as specific. Keys to species are based on external characters whenever possible, often on colour pattern. Naturally, they cannot be used for identification of immature specimens. Other material. I have examined the type material of all previously described species which are included here. Only papers pertaining to the treated species and their synonymy are cited. For synonymy of genera and their type species, see LOBL 1978, 1979a and 1981b. Institutions in which material is deposited are listed below, together with the abbreviations used in the text. BMH B. Bishop Museum, Honolulu FMNH Field Museum Natural history, Chicago MHNG Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve MHNP Muséum National d’Histoire naturelle, Paris SMNS Staatliches Museum ftir Naturkunde, Stuttgart NHB Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel ZML Zoological Museum, Lund ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This study was made possible with the approval of the National Research Council of Thailand. I wish to express my gratitude to the Authorities of the Council, and to the Director of the National Park Division, Mr. Seri Vejaboosakorn, for furnishing the necessary authorizations. Special acknowledgement is given to the Director and staff of the Forestry Department, Mae Hong Son, and to the Responsables and staff of the Doi Inthanon, Kaeng Krachan, Khao Sabap and Khao Yai National Park. Without their generous help it would certainly have been impossible to carry out our field work so efficiently. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 509 The following institutions and individuals made collections available: M. Brancucci (Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel), H. Franz (Mödling), D. H. Kistner (Chicago), the late T. Palm (Uppsala), G. A. Samuelson (Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu), M. Sato (Nagoya), M. Schawaller (Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde, Stuttgart). Their assistance and loan of specimens is gratefully acknowledged. Several colleagues generously donated material from their own collections. I would like to thank here once more H. J. Bremer (Diisseldorf), E. Heiss (Innsbruck) and G. M. de Rougemont (London). I am particularly grateful to P. Schwendinger (Innsbruck) for collecting on my behalf, and to L. Deharveng (Toulouse) and J.-P. Besson (Tarbes) for the gift of specimens collected by the French Speleological Expedition (FSE). My cordial thanks are due also to H. Banzinger (Chiang Mai) for his hospitality and assistance during our stay in and around Chiang Mai. SYSTEMATICS ACHARD (1924) published a classification of the Scaphidiidae in which he recognized seven tribes, and in some of them several subtribes. Although many of the characters used prove to be of no phylogenetic significance (i.e. approximate coxae in ‘‘Toxidiini’’, shape of the antennae in ‘‘Cerambyciscaphini’’) a more natural classification of the group has yet to be proposed. Therefore, I prefer not to use suprageneric names within the scaphidiids. The treatment of genera in the present paper, as in my previous studies, does, however, reflect the traditional system. KEY TO THAI GENERA OF SCAPHIDIIDAE (Genera in parenthesis are not recorded but may occur in Thailand). 1 Segments of antennal club symmetrical. Scutellum large. Robust species ... 2 — Segments VII to X, sometimes also other antennal segments, asymmetrical. Scutellum completely covered, or its small apical portion exposed. Usually smallweraceruläispeciess at an «sas fail nj eps re VI ERO Sera pane 4 2 Eye not notched. Pro- and mesotibiae bearing rows of spines. Pronotum lackingetransVverse TOW, of Punetuses. . 20 cise IO Cyparium — Eye notched. Tibiae lacking row of spines. Pronotum with a sub-basal row of COMMS [NUINCGMUNES sooo OP OOO RIA A 3 3 Base of elytron impressed to receive basal angle of pronotum. Elytra without loneitudinalistriacea: atea a Brei ae Jr ere retin enters ciate Scaphidium — Base of elytron not impressed; basal pronotal angles not extended apically. Eltraiwith deep) loneitudinalustria SER. aeg (Ascaphium) 4 Third antennal segment short, asymmetrically triangular. First ventrite with EOXAFALEASE RARE RE TE ER EN NA D GR NE ee ee 5 — Third antennal segment elongate, cylindrical or somewhat stouter apically, usually symmetrical, not triangular. Coxal area absent from first ventrite .. 5 Body, except for isolated macrosetae, apparently glabrous. Pubescence on pronotum and elytra extremely short, usually not emerging from points.... 6 — Dorsal and ventral surface of body and legs conspicuously pubescent ...... 7 Apical segment of maxillary palpus about as wide as preceding and tapering Scaphisoma (0.0) a 510 14 15 IVAN LÖBL Apical segment of maxillary palpus enlarged and flattened, with a groove on EXLELNALNALSINE NER RER SS PR RS (Caryoscapha) Mesepimeronsdistinetiun N. fetes. SEO A EE NR Sapitia Mesepimeron obsolete tii. IL RR Te Er eee ee eee (Mystrix) Meso- and metacoxae distant. Body not conspicuously narrowed .......... 9 Meso- and metacoxae approximate. Body conspicuously narrow........... 12 Antennal insertion lying near upper eye margin. Legs and antennae very long ee oa MC ens Arad Pai ee ET Ma NOA Bironium Antennal insertion lying near lower eye margin, close to frontoclypeal suture. eesrandvantennae not song ils. Re. Sur. aoe ee eee 10 Mesepimeron distinct. Basal angle of pronotum extending ventroapically to Deansanterior margin Of metepisternume = In... NE Baeocera Mesepimeron obsolete. Basal angle of pronotum not extended apically, removed trom anterior marein of metepisternum’..... 5.4 a 11 Antennal segments VII to XI elongate, XI somewhat longer than X ....... MN Pe Fs ARE EAN RSS RE eke N a Ve. R CNIL ERI Pseudobironium Antennal segments VII to X about as long as wide, XI elongate, about as long ASIE AN dE to LE Ne e Seine eer aie (Amaloceromorpha) Mesepimeron distinct > Sat LO RESI ae 13 Mesepimeronzobsoleten... ee, Ana a ee Oe eee 14 Elytron with parasutural stria, usually microsculptured and iridescent ...... LU LA EE Ne LES QU © Get EP MP EE ONE EN 20 2 TA CONG i Scaphobaeocera Elytron without parasutural stria, lacking microsculpture, not iridescent.... ARA ad ee N I a ene RAA BE A Baeotoxidium Third antennal segment curved externally. Antennal insertions near fronto- Chy peallies ature eae eye Re A LORI Scaphoxium Third antennal segment straight, antennal insertion removed from fronto- ely peal SULUTE RSR se a ee e ei OEM ARR a 15 Legs and antennae moderately long. Antennae reaching only somewhat behind level of elytral base. Tarsi not or moderately longer than metatibiae. Sutural stniawof elytron usually shortened anteriorly... NI 24s eee Toxidium Legs and antennae very long. Antennae reaching far behind level of elytral base. Metatarsi much longer than metatibiae. Elytron with sutural stria reaching "base : „nur... zarten ae ERE Io EU I eee Scaphicoma Scaphidium Olivier Most of the larger scaphidiids are assigned to Scaphidium which includes more than 200 species. As the related genera of Scaphidiini, Scaphidium is not well defined, and most of the tropical species have not yet been adequately characterized. Scaphidium lunatum Motschulsky Scaphidium lunatum Motschulsky, 1859: 94. Scaphidium lunulatum (sic); Pic 1921a: 158. Scaphidiolum lunatum; ACHARD 1924b: 91. Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5.-11.1V.58 (Maa) (MHNG, BMH). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The origin of the type from ‘‘Ind. or. > is not known. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND SIL Scaphidium grande Gestro Scaphidium grande Gestro, 1880: 50. Scaphidium grande; ACHARD 1920a: 56; 1920b: 125; 19204: 211; 1924b: 91. Scaphidium grande; Pic 1915c: 3; 1920a: 189. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Pui, 15.VI.85 (NMB). Distribution: North India, Burma, Thailand, Laos, Malaysia, Vietnam, Indonesia, Taiwan. — New to Thailand. Scaphidium species A Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, Tham Ban Doi, Phae Daeng, 3.VIII.85 (FSE); 2, Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.XI.87 (Heiss). Remarks. This species resembles biseriatum Champion but is stouter and has coarser punctate elytra. Scaphidium baconi Pic Scaphidium baconi Pic, 1915d: 43. Scaphidium assamense Pic, 1915d: 43. Scaphidium baconi; ACHARD 1922: 263. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1100 m, IV.86, pit-fall trap (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphidium sp. B Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5.-11.1V.58 (Maa) (BMH). Remarks. This female specimen is very similar to a syntype of sondaicum Gestro I have examined but differs in having coarser microsculpture on the ventrites 2 to 5. Cyparium Erichson Cyparium may be readily distinguished from other scaphidiids by their compact antennal club, not notched eyes, stout body, and spinose pro- and mesotibiae. Members of the genus are frequently found in the tropics and subtropics of the New World while Old World species are poorly represented in collections, mikado Achard from Japan excepted. So far 44 species were described, two are represented in the Thai collections. Cyparium siamense sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, forest near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 10, Chiang Mai, Doi Angkhang, 10 km W Fang, 920 m, 18.III.87 (Schwendinger); 19, Doi Suthep, 1200 m, 15.1.87 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Length 3.2-3.4 mm (2.4-2.5 mm from apical margin of pronotum to apex of elytra), pronotum 1.5 mm wide at base, elytra combined 1.7-1.8 mm wide. In general appearence very similar to tamil Löbl from which it differs in following characters: body smaller and paler reddish brown. Frons narrower, smallest interval between eyes 0.15-0.17 mm. Lateral margin of pronotum sinuate near base, lateral margin keel distinct in basal half (dorsal view). Scutellum shorter, its exposed portion at base wider than long. Lateral 512 IVAN LÖBL = & SEES A Fics 2 to 4. 2. Cyparium siamense sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 3. Pseudobironium subglabrum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 4. dtto, internal sac. Scale=0.2 mm (2, 3), 0.1 mm (4). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 513 margin keel not visible at wider than long. Lateral margin keel in dorsal view not visible at largest point of elytron. Elytral punctation less coarse, sutural margin of elytron and sutural stria flat and impressed. Punctation on visible tergites coarser, especially medially, that on pygidium coarser than on propygidium. Metasternum with two deep longitudinal impressions just in front of apical intercoxal process, latter somewhat convex in mid-line. Punctation on lateral portion of Ist visible ventrite irregular and sparse. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi distinctly enlarged. Aedeagus (fig. 2) 0.95 mm long. Remarks. Only 15 species of Cyparium are recorded from Asia. Among them mon- tanum Achard, plagipenne Achard, variegatum Achard, bowringi Achard and tenen- baumi Pic are characterized by the colour pattern. C. mikado Achard, sibiricum Solsky, laevisternale Nakane as well as tenenbaumi differ from siamense by much larger size of body, khasianum Löbl may be separated by coarsely punctate lateral portion of metasternum and microsculptured hypomeron, semirufum Pic, testaceum Pic and punctatum Pic differ from siamense, as well as from tamil and khasianum, in havin 6 or 7 rows of coarse punctures on each elytron. Finally, monticola Miwa & Mitono and formosanum Miwa & Mitono are not adequately described and their respectives types have not been located. According to the original figure of formosanum I would gues rather a Pseudobironium under this name, althought some of the characters noted in the description (elytron with four rows of punctures, large size) are those of Cyparium. C. monticola is not figured but its description suggest rather a Pseudobironium or a large species of the genus Baeocera. Cyparium semirufum Pic Cyparium semirufum Pic, 1917: 3. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5.-11.IV.58, on dead tree (Maa) (BMH). Distribution: Vietnam, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. This specimen differs slightly from examined semirufum from Vietnam by somewhat coarser punctation on Ist ventrite, propygidium und pygidium. The species may be readily distinguished from siamense by large size (length 3 mm from apical margin of pronotum to apex of elytra, maximum width 2.0-2.2 mm), paler rufous colour of body, elytron with 6 rows of coarse punctures, and metasternum without any impression. Pseudobironium Pic The genus includes 21 described species all Oriental or East Palearctic and globosum Löbl from New Caledonia. Pseudobironium are moderately large to large scaphidiids with broad, not keeled mesosternum, not visible mesepimera, alongate 3rd antennal segment, complete suturo-basal stria of elytron, stout tibiae, and Ist ventrite without coxal areas. Their body is less vaulted than in most other scaphidiids of similar size and, with exception of a few species with particular colour pattern, they are difficult to distinguish. The four species found in Thailand may be separated by the following key. feBodyaunicolorous reddish tor-blackeoy2) BRE RE EA RN 2 =P OPronotm- and elytra maculaten rn EINER. species indet b. 2 Maxillary palpus slender, with apical segment more than 3 x longer than wide 3 — Maxillary palpus short and stout, apical segment less than 2 x longer than wide EPI STATE NTU ERROR IRE De DE Rae] sparsepunctatum 514 IVAN LÖBL 3 Larger species about 3.5 mm long. Body rufous. Antennae long, with apical Ssesmentmore than an longerithanswider erg es ee ee eee carinense — Small species 2.2 mm long. Body blackish. Antennae shorter, with apical seement#2»@ longei than wide RE RE AE subglabrum Pseudobironium carinense (Achard) Morphoscapha carinense Achard, 1920b: 134. Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Chiang Dao, 1060 m, 17.VII.86 (Schwendinger); Doi Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5.-11.1V.58 (Maa) (MHNG, BMH). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. P. castaneum Pic described from Vietnam is very similar and possibly synonym with carinense. Pseudobironium sparsepunctatum (Pic) Amalocera sparsepunctata Pic, 1915b: 31. Morphoscapa banguyi Achard, 19205: 134. Pseudobironium sparsepunctatum, LOBL 1982d: 790. Material examined: 1, Mae Hong Sop Pong, 600-700 m, 12.X1.85 (MHNG); 1, Songkhla (W), Watterfall 2 km SE Satun Rd., 16.1.64 (Samuelson) (BMH). Distribution: Thailand, Malaysia (Sarawak, Sabah inc. Banggi), Philippines (Palawan). — New to Thailand. Pseudobironium species Pseudobironium species indet. b.; LOBL 1982a: 160. Pseudobironium; LOBL 1984a: 62. Remarks. So far 39 are recorded from Meghalaya and from Doi Pui, Chiang Mai prov. The species is left undescribed until males will be available for examination. Pseudobironium subglabrum sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, 17.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 2.2 mm. Body moderately convex, almost black. Apical segments of abdomen, tibiae and tarsi reddish. Antennal segments I to VI yellowish, following segments pale brown. Apical segment of maxillary palpus slender, about 3,5 x longer than broad, at base slender than apex of segment III. Antennae moderately long, relative length/width of segments: III 16/7, IV 25/6, V 29/7, VI 20/7, VII 30/10, VIII 27/10, IX 29/12, X 27/13, XI 34/17. Pronotum at base 1.45 mm wide, with basal third of lateral margin oblique and lateral carina visible in dorsal view. Pronotal punctation rather dense and very fine, barely visible at 12x magnification. Elytra combined 1.6 mm wide, contours oblique in middle portion; lateral carina visible from base to apex in dorsal view; interval between sutural margin and sutural stria flat, very finely punctate; sutural stria shallow, finely punctate; basal stria impunctate; lateral and epipleural striae punctate; discal punctuation sparse and very fine, on most of the elytral surface only somewhat coarser than that on pronotum, decidedly denser and coarser on a narrow impressed apical area and on a small flattened apico-lateral area. Punctation on pygidium very fine. Punctation of mesosternum dense and fine, that of mesepisternum and lateral portions of metasternum very sparse and extremely fine, barely visible at 100 magnification. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 515 Median portion of metasternum rather flat, without microsculpture, its apical 1/4 (apical intercoxal process smooth) densely and rather coarsely punctate, with punctures as large or somewhat smaller than intervals; narrow median strip smooth in front of the densely punctate area. Punctation irregular and sparse on each side of the smooth strip. Mesocoxal areas 0.06 mm long, with coarsely punctate margins. Visible abdominal segments (including the laterobasal portion of Ist ventrite) with distinct microsculpture consisting of punctures. First ventrite very finely and sparsely punctate; lateral portions impunctate, on each side with a transverse impressed line and a small round impression. Protibiae straight, 0.46 mm long. Mesotibiae and metatibiae curved, 0.67 mm and 0.84 mm long respectively. Segments 2 to 5 of mesotarsi about 2.2X longer that seg- ment 1; segments 2 to 5 of metatarsi about 1.8x longer than segment 1. Male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi enlarged. Aedeagus (figs 3 and 4) 0.74 mm long. This species is similar to almoranum Champion from which it may be easily distinguished by the finer punctation of the pronotum and elytra, shallower sutural striae of elytra, and broader apical portion of the median lobe of the aedeagus. Baeocera Erichson Baeocera are small-sized scaphidiids with 3rd antennal segment slender, maxillary galea narrow, coxal cavities not or moderately approximate, Ist ventrite coarsely punctate or ridged at base (lacking coxal lines), basal angles of pronotum usually covering anterior portion of metepisternum, mesepimeron distinct. Most of the Thai scaphidiids collected by sifting forest litter belong to this genus. Some 160 species have been described to date, 7 of which are recorded below, and further 15 are described as new. KEY TO THE THAI SPECIES OF BAEOCERA 1 Lateral portion of metasternum impunctate or very finely punctate (100 x magnification) (coarse punctures margining mesocoxal lines excepted)...... 2 — Lateral portion of metasternum all over coarsely punctate or with apical row OMCOATS EAP UN CHIMES + ER as eee Fel ee ae 7 2 Pygidium coarsely punctate and with keeled lateral margin ........... pubiventris — Pygidium finely very finely punctate, lateral margin not keeled ........... 3 3 Sutural stria extended along basal margin of elytron to humeral area and joint withtlateralestntas 22-8. a N eh LIE ARR barbara — Sutural stria more or less extended along basal margin of elytron but not joint withélateral stia: Buyer Ney. o LIO CI LR eek: IR 4 4 Laterobasal portion of Ist ventrite ridgy. Basal third of elytron very finely punctate Small*specieswicle mm long RR NES ER bremeri — Base of Ist ventrite margined with coarse, more or less elongate punctures, not HARYMBATLSEN Species re cays ACI SOL TMC SOIN a 5 5 Pronotum and elytra all over evenly and very finely punctate........... khasiana — Elytral centre much coarser punctate than base or than pronotum......... 6 6 Apical 2/5 of elytron much finer punctate than centre of elytron........ innocua — Apical portion of elytron only somewhat finer punctate than centre of elytral ISK ABR N N Ren RE MON ed US AMR SRM ie RON RE PRE TS insolida 7 Lateral portion of metasternum with dense row of coarse punctures along apical margin and few additional coarse punctures between anterior and apical TELAT SUMS AAs A EN lesions Be Acne TR SE VEGA RIEN. re Re | 20 8 516 20 IVAN LÖBL Metasternum lacking distinct row of punctures along apical margin........ 9 Apical antennal segment barely longer than penultimate. Length 1.4 mm... a5 act SII III Se ee LOS A AN i schwendingeri Apical antennal segment distinctly longer than penultimate. Length 1.45-1.60 mm Rs n RESINS SOLON, NITRO FEA. Se ARE pyricola Pronotum conspicuously coarsely punctured (12 x magnification). Hypomeron witheseveralldistinetzpunetmresuage. ERA I mena eects RR species indet. Pronotum usually very finely punctate (50-100 x ). Hypomeron impunctate .. 10 Most of elytral surface distinctly punctured. Apical portion of elytron not or only somewhat finer punctured than central part of elytron............... 11 Punctation on apical 1/3 to 1/2 of elytron very fine, much finer than that on eentralsarear olvelytromt yaa! ara. RN RO Ss Se TAR 17 Metatarsus short, as long or somewhat longer than half of metatibia. Length 13710-222591 Re TER RE En MON ENERO ETE AE se nae mussardi Metatarsus long, as long as or somewhat longer than 4/5 of metatibia. Usually smallersspeciesware Ant Aa a ar ee ea RR 12 Sutural and lateral striae more or less extended along basal margin of elytron AN AgOftemay OIL rn rar N UE ee NN 13) Sutural stria short, obsolete near pronotal lobe, not curved and not extended ZONE TDASCNOPEINIROME sein ee e RM e O AE E schreyeri Lateral portion of metasternum with few coarse punctures most of which are Ivingesneassmetepisternume. eee LOCO ER uncata Most of metasternal surface densely and more or less coarsely punctate.... 14 Metepisternum distinct, with deep, large, punctate suture........... serendibensis Metepisternum indistinct, with suture indicated by outer row of coarse metasternalipunetureskerer ser aka ete eee RIT. TOI 15 Apical-halfon parameres on aedeagus narrowed...) LE pigra Parameres notmarmowed apically Free ee RR En 16 Parameres of aedeagus slender and straight. Internal sac with rows of sclerotized’denticles alone ejaculatory duct Mr PANNE ec ee vidua Apical part of parameres more or less divergent. Internal sac without denticles, ejaculatory duct vesicular before entering into complex of sclerites ........ SNM EEE MEAD EIN SUR ARE TE SBS. ABI NO Ss A eee longicornis Sutural stria extended along base of elytron to humeral area, not joint with lateralistria o EL oe ee NE a See 18 Sutural stria extended along base to lateral area and joint with lateral stria . 20 Internal sac of aedeagus with a basal tuft of sclerotized spicules; parameres notched:subapically* 24 #03 ME, HAN DONA SRI E SEE 1) Aedeagus without any spicules; parameres not notched............... deharvengi Apical portion of parameres wide and short, interval between notch and apex about 0.05 mm long, 1.5 to 2x longer than wide at widest point (just behind MOUCH) PER N ET RE e ooo franzi Apical portion of parameres slender, interval between notch and apex 0.06-0.08 mm long, 3 to 4x longer than wide at widest point (just behind BOTEN us cree en à ee ba age = Renee NE Ee ee ventralis Parameres narrowed basally and apically of level of apex of median lobe, not Cniarcedgat aper... e. nol TLT suthepensis Shaperor the parameres different... IP se ee eee 21 SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 37] 21 Smaller species, usually less than 1.35 mm long. Parameres slender........ 2?) — Larger species 1.35-1.50 mm long. Parameres of aedeagus large, especially in DAS ALES Mr LATEST CNET EN TT VE N ER EEE ES pseudinculta 22 Parameres almost straight. Internal sac with a large vesica formed by enlarged STACHLATOLYLAUCH NT ER a REEL MARTEL PATENT RR RE n ae (ENI ea RR karen — Apical portion of parameres distinctly curved. Internal sac without vesicular SHACUIATORVHAU CUR TEA nes NL OE O MAI e E erroris Baeocera mussardi mussardi (LGbl) Eubaeocera mussardi Lobl, 1971: 944. Baeocera mussardi mussardi; LOBL 1979a: 89. Material examined: 3, Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, near Headquaters, 200 m, 16.X1.85 (MHNG); 2, Samutprakan, Pattaya, 28.11.79 (Palm) (ZML). Distribution: Sri Lanka, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. Surprisingly, no significant differences are found to separate the Thai specimens from the Ceylonese ones while specimens collected in India may be readily distinguished (LOBL 1979a). Baeocera serendibensis (LObl) Eubaeocera serendibensis Löbl, 1971: 946. Baeocera serendibensis; LOBL 1979a: 89; 1984a: 65. Material examined: 8, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 700 m, 11. and 13.X1.85; 2, near Sop Pong, 600-700 m, 12.X1.85; 26, Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, 200-450 m, 16.-19.X1.85; 1, Chantaburi, Khao Soi Dao, 300 m, 7.V.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Distribution: Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. This is a variable and possibly polytypic species. In most of the Thai specimens the Ist ventrite is more or less coarsely punctate, the elytron is very finely punctate only on a large basal area, and the internal sac of the aedeagus bears two slender sclerites. Curiously, one male and two females from the Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park differ in having the elytra finely punctate apically, the Ist ventrite almost impunctate behind the basal row of the coarse elongate punctures, and in the male one of the sclerites of the internal sac is enlarged similar to some of the specimens from North India and Pakistan. Baeocera bremeri sp. n. Holotype © : Khon Kaen: Khon Kaen, 21.11.81, on light (Saowakontha) (MHNG). Length 1.1 mm, width 0.76 mm. Body dark brown to blackish with reddish shine. Apex of elytra, abdomen, coxae, femora and tibiae ochreous, tarsi yellowish, antennal segments I-V ochreous, following segment brown. Eyes large. Antennae rather short, relative length of segments as: III 8, IV 9, V 11, VI 10, VII 15, VIII 13, IX 18, X 17, XI 23; segment III somewhat more than 2x longer than wide; IV 3x longer than wide, somewhat slender than III; V and VI barely wider than III, about 2.5 x longer than wide; VII and VIII each about 2x longer than wide, much wider than VI; VIII to XI distinctly wider than VII, XI 2.5x longer than wide. Pronotal punctation sparse and very fine, indistinct at 25 x ; lateral margin keels of pronotum not visible in dorsal view. Scutellum completely covered by pronotal lobe. Elytra rather narrowed apically; lateral margin keel visible in middle portion but not near base or apex (dorsal view); sutural margin elevated; sutural stria fine, impunctate, curved along basal margin and extended to middle of basal 518 IVAN LÖBL Fics 5 to 9. 5 and 6. Baeocera bremeri sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 7 and 8. Baeocera pyricola sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 9. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.1 mm (5-8), and 0.05 mm (9). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 519 width; interval between sutural margin and sutural stria flat, very finely punctate; lateral stria with a few very fine punctures; discal punctation very fine and sparse, similar as that on pronotum on whole basal third and on inner portion of elytral disk (up to apex); outer half of disk (basal third excepted) closely and relatively coarsely punctate, in middle of lateral portion punctures larger than intervals between them. Propygidium and basal por- tion of pygidium densely and rather finely punctate, apical portion of pygidium very finely punctate. Hypomeron smooth. Mesosternum impunctate, with a very low barely visible median keel. Mesepimeron about 2x longer than interval between its inner end and mesocoxa. Median portion of metasternum moderately vaulted, with rather large smooth central area limited laterally and apically by very dense, coarse setiferous punctures, latter larger than intervals between them. Lateral portion of metasternum rather densely and very finely punctate, on anterior half very finely ridgy. Mesocoxal area 0.06 mm long, sub- triangular, with distinct marginal punctures. Metepisternum almost flat, 0.10 mm wide in almost parallel-sided apical half, from middle on anterad narrowed; suture deep, convexly rounded in anterior half, straight in apical half, distinctly punctured. Apical abdominal segments with microsculpture consisting of punctures. Abdominal pubescence short. Median portion of Ist ventrite densely and coarsely punctate, except on a very finely punctate area near apical margin. Lateral portion of Ist ventrite ridgy in basal half, with ridges up to 0.12 mm long and intervals between the ridges rather coarsely punctate. Tibiae straight, metatibia 0.33 mm, as long as metatarsus. Sexual caracters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi distinctly enlarged. Aedeagus (figs 5 and 6) 0.31 mm long. The aedeagus in bremeri is similar to that in schirmeri Reitter, myrmidon (Achard), gerardi (Pic) and palmi Lobl. The new species may be easily separated from the Mediterra- nean schirmeri and the Afro-tropical gerardi and palmi by the conspicuous elytral puncta- tion and by the very finely punctate lateral portion of the metasternum. It differs from myrmidon by the longer ridges and by basal punctation on the Ist ventrite, and by the distal portion of the median lobe which is conspicuously bent. Baeocera pyricola sp. n. Holotype © : Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 11 and 13.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 29, Mae Hong Son, as holotype; 20°, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, near Forestry Department, 6.X1.85; 19, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Length 1.45-1.60 mm, width 1.01-1.10 mm. Dark reddish brown to blackish, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Eyes large. Antennae long, relative length of antennomeres as: III 16, IV 19, V 24, VI 23, VII 25, VIII 22, IX 25, X 24, XI 34 (holotype); segments III to VI very slender, evenly wide; V and VI 6 to 7 x longer than wide; VII and VIII slender, with long apical funicle, each 4-5 x longer than wide, VIII somewhat wider than VI; IX to XI distinctly wider than VII, XI about 3.5 x longer than wide. Pronotum with regularly rounded lateral margins; lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation extremely fine, barely visible at 100 magnification. Basal angle of pronotum covering base of epipleuron, not extended behind level of middle of mesepimeron. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra moderately narrowed apically; lateral margin almost straight in middle; lateral keel visible in dorsal view only near base; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria rather fine, coarsely punctate, extended along base and joint with lateral stria; interval 9 un REVUE SUISSE ZooL., T. 97, 1990 520 IVAN LÖBL between sutural margin and sutural stria flat, rather coarsely punctate; lateral stria distinctly punctate; punctation dense and coarse all over except on a narrow laterobasal area which is as finely punctate as pronotum, coarse punctures not well delimited, usually larger then interval between them. Hypomeron impunctate. Pygidium very finely punc- tate, lacking marginal keel. Mesosternum not keeled, impunctate. Mesepimeron variable large, about as long as intervals between its inner end and mesocoxa. Median portion of metasternum vaulted; with large impunctate central area limited laterally by a row of coarse punctures, and apically limited by one or two irregular rows of coarse punctures. Lateral portion of metasternum with an impressed, coarsely punctate line parallel to apical margin, coarsely punctate anterior margin and several coarse punctures near lateral margin, remaining surface smooth. Mesocoxal area narrow, 0.02 mm long, with coarse marginal punctures. Metepisternum flat, at widest point 0.04-0.05 mm, gradually nar- rowed anteriorly, inner suture straight, deep, coarsely punctured, curved near mesepimeron. First ventrite coarsely and rather sparsely punctate, with most punctures decidedly smaller than intervals between them; basal row of punctures dense, not inter- rupted in middle, extended to lateral keel, consisting of coarse, not elongate punctures. Following ventrites very finely punctate, with microsculpture consisting of points. Abdominal pubescence normally long. Tibiae barely curved, metatibiae 0.48-0.55 mm long, about 1.2x longer than metatarsi. Sexual characters of male. Segments | to 3 of protarsi somewhat enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 7 to 9) long 0.35-0.40 mm. This new species is closely related to pilifera Löbl (see discussion under schwendingeri sp. n.). It may be distinguished by the smaller size of the body and by the parameres of the aedeagus which are shallowly notched. Baeocera schwendingeri sp. n. Holotype © : Kanchanaburi, Sai Yok Nat. Park, 100 m, 21.VII.87 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Length 1.4 mm, width 0.90 mm. Body reddish brown, apex of abdomen, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Eyes large. Antennae long, relative length of segments as III 14, IV 20, V 22, VI 20, VII 25, VIII 24, IX 26, X 25, XI 27; antennomeres III to VI slender, almost evenly wide, IV and VI about 5x longer than wide, V about 5.5 x longer than wide; VII and VIII with long apical funicle, VII 3.5 x longer than wide, VIII almost 5 x longer than wide; IX about as wide as VII, XI wider, not quite 3 x longer than wide. Pro- notum as in pyricola. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra similar as in pyricola but sutural margin somewhat elevated, punctation not so coarse, with almost smooth, narrow latero- apical area, most of coarse discal punctures smaller or as large as intervals between them; punctures on lateral area before the centre coarser, larger than intervals. Ventral surface as in pyricola, except for somewhat finer punctation and for metepisternum which is 0.03 mm wide in anterior third, then gradually enlarged apically, near metepimeron 0.05 mm wide. Protibiae somewhat curved, meso- and metatibiae straight, metatibiae 0.46 mm long. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsus somewhat enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 10 to 12) 0.34 mm long. B. schwendingeri shares with pilifera and pyricola the peculiar metasternal puncta- tion and similar male genitalia. The three species form a holophyletic group characterized also by short basal angles of pronotum, impunctate mesosternum, elytron with complete sutural stria, long antennae with slender apical funicle on the segments VII and VIII. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 521 Fics 10 to 15. 10 and 11. Baeocera schwendingeri sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 12. dtto, paramere; 13 and 14. Baeocera uncata sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 15. dtto, parameres. Scale=0.1 mm (10, 11, 13-15) and 0.05 mm (12). 522 IVAN LÖBL B. schwendingeri may be easily separated from pyricola and pilifera by its smaller size, and by relatively short distal antennomere which is only somewhat longer than the anten- nomeres VII, IX or X. Baeocera uncata sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1550 m, north slope, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 10, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, ravine near Forestry Department, 6.X1.85; 10, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 700 m, 11.-13.X1.85 (MHNG). Length, 1.65-1.70 mm, width 1.16-1.22 mm. Body dark reddish brown, tarsi and antennae paler to yellowish. Eyes large. Relative length of antennal segments as: III 16, IV 20, V 25, VI 22, VII 26, VIII 24, IX 26, X 22, XI 25 (holotype); III to VI slender, evenly wide, III about 4x longer than wide, IV 5x longer than wide, V 6x longer than wide; V15.5x longer than wide, VII and VIII each about 4x longer than wide, VII much wider than VI; VIII somewhat narrower than VII, wider than VI; IX slightly wider, XI much wider than VII, and 2.5 x longer than wide. Pronotum laterally rounded; lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation very fine and sparse, barely visible at 50 x magnifica- tion; basal angle reaching to center of mesepimeron. Distal part of scutellum exposed. Elytra rather strongly narrowed apically; lateral margin rounded; lateral keel visible only near base in dorsal view; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria deep, extended along base and joint with lateral stria; both, lateral and sutural striae rather coarsely punctate; interval between sutural margin and sutural stria flat, finely punctate; punctation very fine near base, elsewhere more or less coarse, on inner portion of disk rather sparse (punctures decidedly smaller than intervals) on outer portion dense (punctures often larger than inter- vals betweens them). Apical segments of abdomen with microsculpture consisting of punc- tures. Pygidium very finely punctate, margin not keeled. Hypomeron impunctate. Mesepimeron shorter than interval between ist inner end and mesocoxa. Median portion of metasternum somewhat vaulted, with large smooth central area limited laterally and apically by coarse punctures. Punctation on lateral portion of metasternum irregular, coarse and sparse, with a row of punctures along the anterior margin. Mesocoxal area narrow, 0.03-0.04 mm long, with coarse marginal punctures. Metepisternum somewhat vaulted, 0.09-0.11 mm wide, anterad not or barely narrowed, suture deep, straight, distinctly punctured. Punctation on Ist ventrite irregular, coarse and more or less sparse; basal row of coarse punctures dense, extended laterally to or almost to lateral keel, not interrupted in middle, consisting of elongate punctures (except in middle). Tibiae somewhat curved, metatibiae 0.53-0.57 mm long. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-3 of protarsus barely enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite small, about 0.04 mm long, widely rounded. Aedeagus (Figs 13 to 15) 0.45 mm long. This species is very similar and closely related to micros (Achard) with which it shares most of the taxonomically significant characters, including those of the male genitalia. It differs by the larger metepisterna and by the shape of the wider parameres and the stouter sclerite of the internal sac. Baeocera ventralis (Löbl) Eubaeocera ventralis Löbl, 1973b: 157. Baeocera bhutanensis Löbl, 1977a: 251. Baeocera ventralis; LOBL 1984a: 76. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 523 Material examined: 4, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, ravine near Forestry Department, 6.XI.85; 12, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km NE Sop Pong, 700 m, 11. and 13.X1.85; 1, Petchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 200 m, 16.X1.85 (all MHNG). Distribution: Thailand, North India, Bhutan, North Pakistan. Baeocera franzi (Löbl) Eubaeocera franzi Löbl, 1973b: 158. Material examined: 35, Chiang Mai, ravine 1 km below Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 10, rd for Wab Pang An 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.XI.1985; 1, Doi Inthanon, 910 m, 23.11.87 (Schwendinger); 25, Doi Chiang Dao, 450 m, 7.V.87 (Schwendinger); 6, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 700 m, 11-13.X1.85; 34, Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, 300-450 m, 17.-19.X1.85; 620, 749 Khao Yai Nat. Park, forest near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85; 27, hills east of Heo Suwat Waterfalls, Khao Yai Nat. Park, 800-900 m, 1.X11.85 (all MHNG). Distribution: Thailand. Remarks. Males of franzi may be separated from those of ventralis by the shape of the parameres of the aedeagus. The females have been identified from samples in which males of only one of the two species were found. Baeocera schreyeri sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, ravine near Forestry Department, 6.XI.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 140, 129 as holotype; 19, Doi Inthanon, 1020 m, 17.11.87 (Schwendinger); 20, 49, Doi Suthep, 1050-1550 m, 4 and 5.X1.85; 100°, 99, ravine 1 km below Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 60°, 6@, ravine near rd for Wab Pang An, 900 m, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 3.X1.85 (all MHNG). Length 1.05-1.15 mm, width 0.72-0.82 mm. Body reddish brown to blackish, apex of abdomen, antennae and tarsi paler, usually yellowish. Eyes moderately large. Antennae rather long, relative length of segments as: III 12, IV 11, V 15, VI 14, VII 17, VIII 15, IX 18, X 17, XI 21 (holotype); segments III to VI evenly wide, VI almost 5 x longer than wide; VII and VIII slender, their distal funicle distinct, each about 4x longer than wide, VII distinctly wider than VI; VIII barely wider than VI; IX to XI large, much wider than VII, XI about 2.5x longer than wide. Pronotum regularly rounded laterally and with marginal keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation very fine, barely visible at 50x magnification. Point of scutellum usually completely covered, in some specimens exposed. Elytra barely narrowed basally, distinctly narrowed from middle to apex; lateral margin rounded; lateral keel in dorsal view either not visible or exposed near to base; sutural margin usually elevated, except near base; sutural stria fine and coarsely punctured, abbreviated, evanescent 0.05-0.10 mm before reaching level of pronotal lobe; row of punctures accompanying sutural stria extended along basal margin about to middle of basal width of elytron; punctation between sutural margin and sutural stria relatively coarse; whole discal surface, humeral area included, coarsely and densely punctate, with punctures larger than intervals between them and larger than sutural stria punctures. Pygidium very finely punctate. Hypomeron smooth. Apical portion and lateral margin of mesosternum distinctly punctate. Mesepimeron 2 to 2.5x longer than interval between its inner end and mesocoxa. Median portion of metasternum all over rather coarsely and very densely punctate (also on the usually smooth central area). Punctures on lateral portion of metasternum coarser than those on middle area of metasternum (the apical forming 524 IVAN LÖBL (esac Fics 16 to 20. 16. Baeocera schreyeri sp. n., paratype from rd to Wab Pang An, aedeagus; 17. dtto, internal sac; 18. Baeocera vidua sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 19 dtto, internal sac; 20. Baeocera pigra (Löbl) from Khao Yai Nat. Park, internal sac. Scale=0.1 mm (16, 18) and 0.05 mm (17, 19, 20). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 525 transverse row excepted), and usually somewhat elongate, forming more of less distinct longitudinal rows. Mesocoxal area narrow, 0.02 mm long, with coarse marginal punctures. Metepisternum flat, 0.03-0.05 mm wide, parallel-sided, its inner suture straight, deep and coarsely punctured. First ventrite all over densely and coarsely punctate, with punctures usually somewhat coarser than those on middle part of metasternum; basal row of punctures not interrupted in middle, extended laterally to pleural line, with several elongate lateral punctures. Following ventrites very finely punctured, with extremely fine microsculpture consisting of punctures. Tibiae straight, metatibiae 0.34-0.37 mm long, about 1.2x longer than tarsi. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi somewhat enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 16 and 17) 0.33-0.40 mm long. B. schreyeri is a member of the /enta group and appears closely related to hygrophila Löbl. It may be separated from the latter by smaller size of the body (which is usually paler), punctate central area of the metasternum, distinct suture of the metepisternum, shorter apical portion of the median lobe of the aedeagus and by the shape of the parameres and sclerites of the internal sac. I name this species in honour of Dr. Leslie J. Schreyer, New York. Baeocera pigra (LODI) Eubaeocera pigra Löbl, 1971: 953. Eubaeocera decipiens Löbl, 1973b: 160, syn. nov. Baeocera pigra; LOBL 1979a: 93; 1984a: 67; 1986c: 345. Material examined: 5, Khao Yai Nat. Park, forest near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85; 2, Khao Yai Nat. Park, forest east Heo Suwat Waterfalls, 800-900 m, 1.X11.85; 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Pui, north slope, ca 1500 m, 19.X11.88 (Trautner & Geigenmiiller); 2, Doi Suthep, north slope, ravine, 1400 m, 5.X1.85; 1, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, ravine near Forestry Department, 6.X1.85; 1, ravine 1 km below Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 1, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 700 m, 13.X1.85 (MHNG, SMNS). Distribution: Sri Lanka, India, Thailand. Baeocera vidua sp. n. Holotype &: Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, ravine near Forestry Department, 6.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.40 mm, width 0.94 mm, aedeagus 0.42 mm long (Figs 18 and 19). Body dark reddish brown, antennae and legs paler. Most characters as in wittmeri Löbl from which it may be distinguished by less rounded lateral margin of elytron, very finely punctate humeral area, rather finely punctate sutural stria, very fine and sparse punctation on almost entire lateral portion of Ist ventrite, rows of sclerotized teeth of the internal sac of the aedeagus lying distally of the complex of sclerites, and inner margin of parameres not notched behind the base. Both, wittmeri and vidua share with pigra (Löbl) the similar median lobe and internal sac of the aedeagus but the parameres are curved and conspicuously wider in the latter. These three species form a sub-group of the /enta-group and are difficult to distinguish by external characters. 526 IVAN LÖBL Fics 21 to 25. 21. Baeocera longicornis (Löbl) from Doi Inthanon, internal sac; 22. Baeocera pseudinculta sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 23. dtto, internal sac; 24. Baeocera suthepensis sp. n., paratype from Doi Suthep, aedeagus; 25. dtto internal sac. Scale=0.1 mm (22, 24) and 0.05 mm (21, 23, 25). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 527 Baeocera longicornis (Löbl) Eubaeocera longicornis Löbl, 1971: 955. Material examined: 1, Chiang Rai, Mae Yao, 11.87 (Rougemont); 43, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1400-1550 m, 4.-5.X1.85; 2, Doi Pui, cca 1500 m, 19.X11.88 (Trautner & Geigenmüller); 3, Doi Inthanon, ravine near ‘‘Forestry Department’’, 6.X1.85; 2, Mae Nang Kaeo, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 3.X1.85; 2, road for Wab Pang An, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai) 900 m, 3.X1.85; 3, Doi Chiang Dao, 1200 and 1500 m, 21.X11.80 (Deharveng & Gouze); 1, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 13.X1.85 (MHNG, SMNS). Distribution: Sri Lanka, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The vesicula of the ejaculatory duct is variable large. In some of the 30 © examined it is just as voluminous as in vesiculata Löbl (Fig. 21). As the punctation on the Ist ventrite is often very similar in these two species only the parameres provide sure distinguish features. Baeocera pseudinculta sp. n. Holotype © : Khao Yai Nat. Park, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 290, 249, as holotype; 10, Khao Yai Nat. Park, 4.-5.V.87 (Schwendinger); 70”, 59 Khao Yai Nat. Park, east Heo Suwat Watterfalls, 800-900 m, 1.X11.85; 20, 79, Chiang Mai, ravine 1 km below Mae Nang Khaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 20, 59, ravine near road for Wab Pang An, about 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 19, Doi Suthep, 1400 m, ravine, northern slope, 5.X1.85; 19, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, 7.X1.85 (all MHNG). Length 1.35-1.50 mm, width 0.85-1.0 mm, aedeagus 0.45-0.50 mm long. Body reddish brown to blackish, apex of abdomen, tarsi and antennae paler. In external characters very similar to inculta Löbl with which it shares the shape of the body, long antennae with slender antennomeres, complete sutural stria of elytron (extended along base and joint with lateral stria), same punctation on dorsal and ventral surface (lateral portion of metasternum coarsely and densely punctate, with punctures not or barely elongate, punctation on Ist ventrite very fine excepted for coarse, not elongate basal punc- tures, and elytron coarsely punctate only on basal half). As in inculta, the mesocoxal area is very narrow, the suture of metepisternum is deep and coarsely punctured, the mesepimeron is long and the distal portion of the median lobe of the aedeagus is short. B. pseudinculta may be separated from inculta by the shape of the parameres and by the sclerites of the internal sac of the aedeagus (Figs 22 and 23). In this new species the basal portion of the parameres is much larger in all of the 230° examined, and the internal sac differs significantly from that in inculta. Baeocera suthepensis sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, north slope, 1550 m, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 90, 139, as holotype, north and south slopes, 1400-1550 m, 4.-5.X1.85; 10, Doi Pui, north slope, ca 1500 m, 19.XII.88 (Trautner & Geigenmüller); 20, 19, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, ravine, 7.X1.85 (MHNG, SMNS). Very similar to the previous species and coloured in the same way. Length 1.30-1.45 mm, width 0.90-0.96 mm, length of aedeagus 0.44-0.47 mm. It differs from pseudinculta and also from inculta by the punctation on the latero-anterior portion of the metasternum which consist of more or less distinctly elongate coarse punctures. Only the aedeagus (Figs 24 and 25) provides sure diagnostic characters: parameres apically not 528 IVAN LÖBL enlarged as in inculta and in basal half much slender than in pseudinculta; distal portion of the median lobe longer than in these species, internal sac with a rather large bulbous basal sclerite while in pseudinculta and inculta the basal sclerite is slender and oblique and the guide-sclerite is distinctly hook-shaped. Baeocera erroris sp. n. Holotype ©: Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, hills NE Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratype: 19, as holotype (MHNG). Length 1.25 mm, width 0.86 mm, aedeagus (Figs 26 and 27) 0.40 mm long. Body reddish brown, legs and antennae paler. With the same essential external characters as in inculta and pseudinculta, but smaller and with shorter antennae and shorter legs. B. erroris shares with both species short apical portion of median lobe of aedeagus. The parameres are rather similar as in inculta but only somewhat enlarged in the middle part and not enlarged at apex. The internal sac of erroris provides sure diagnostic features which enable to separate this species from the relatives. The shape of the guide-sclerit resembles rather that in suthepensis while the basal portion of the complex of sclerites is significantly different. Baeocera karen sp. n. Holotype ©: Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, 450 m, 18.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 300°, 249, as holotype; 130°, 199, Chiang Mai, road to Wab Pang An, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 270, 289, ravine 1 km below Mae Nang Kaeo, 900 m, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 3.XI.85; 10°, Chiang Dao, 500 m, 17.XII.80 (Deharveng) (all MHNG). Length 1.20-1.35 mm, width 0.76-0.82 mm, aedeagus (Figs 28 and 29) 0.30-0.35 mm long. Body reddish brown to blackish, antennae and legs paler. The combination of the external characters is similar as in pseudinculta / suthepensis / erroris. From pseudinculta it may be separated by smaller size, less convex body and shorter antennae. The coarse punctures on the lateral portion of the metasternum are not or only somewhat elongate, never as elongate as in suthepensis, and the elytral punctation is denser than in erroris. In all specimens of karen the basal area and the apical 1/3 to 2/5 of elytron are very finely punctate contrasting to the remaining elytral surface which is coarsely punctate. Also the Ist ventrite is very finely punctate, except for the basal margin. The aedeagus in karen exhibits features not found in pseudinculta/suthepensis/erroris: parameres straight and almost evenly wide, and ejaculatory duct forming a large vesica. The distal portion of the median lobe is fairly long, much longer than in pseudinculta or erroris, but similar to than in suthepensis. In the contrary, no differences have been found between the aedeagi in karen and in vesiculata, although both species may be readily separated by their punctation (in vesiculata the elytron is evenly covered by dense and coarse punctation, and the Ist ventrite is relative coarsely punctate also). Although 56 aedeagi of karen were examined, no notable variations in any of the characters has been found, and in the externe characters the hiatus between karen and vesiculata seems to be invariable. Remarks. In deharvengi the internal sac of the aedeagus is very similar to that of karen. More details are given in the description of the latter species. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 529 1 1 ! 1 1 LU Fics 26 to 32. 26. Baeocera erroris sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 27. dtto, internal sac; 28. Baeocera karen sp. n., paratype from Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, aedeagus; 29. dtto, internal sac; 30. Baeocera deharvengi sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 31. dtto, internal sac; 32. dtto, paramere. Scale= 0.1 mm (26, 28, 30) and 0.05 mm (27, 29, 31, 32). 530 IVAN LÖBL Baeocera deharvengi sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, forest near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 40°, 39, as holotype; 10, 29, Khao Yai Nat. Park., hills east Heo Suwat Water- falls, 800-900 m, 1.XII.85 (MHNG). Length 1.15-1.25 mm, width 0.82-0.87 mm. Body reddish brown, legs and antennae paler. Aedeagus (Figs 30 to 32) 0.31-0.33 mm long. With the same combination of external characters as in ventralis or franzi: pronotum very finely punctate; elytron with coarse punctation only on its anterior half (in ventralis/franzi some of coarse punctures often also behind middle of elytron); sutural stria of elytron obsolete on humeral area, not joint with lateral stria; coarse punctation on metasternum dense, formed by not or somewhat elongate punctures; metepisternum narrow, its suture indicated by outer row of coarse punctures; base of Ist ventrite not ridged or wrinkled, basal punctures not or somewhat elongate, punctation on median portion of Ist ventrite fine but distinct, on outer half of lateral portion almost obsolete (basal punctures excepted). The only feature enabling to distinguish deharvengi from franzi/ventralis, and also from the similar manasensis Löbl, seems to be the less dense and less coarse punctures on basal half of elytron which are smaller or about as large (laterally) as the intervals between them. Also manasensis Löbl exhibits the same combination of externe characters, but the coarse elytral punctures are decidedly larger than in ventralis/franzi. B. deharvengi may be easily distinguished from the latter two species by the aedeagus which is rather similar to that in the externally very distinct /ongicornis and vesiculata (parameres not notched sub-apically, internal sac without spicules, ejaculatory duct forming a vesicula). It differs from that of manasensis especially in the parameres (not abruptly narrowed in the middle) and in the structures of the internal sac. B. deharvengi, on the basis of its aedeagus, appears to be closely related to karen. The straight parameres and complete sutural stria of elytron in the latter provide good distinguishing characters. Baeocera species near puncticollis Löbl 3 Material examined: 19, Chiang Mai, Doi Angkhang 10 km W Fang, 1500 m, 20.111.87 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Remarks. This is a conspicuous species. It resembles puncticollis Löbl by the relatively coarsely punctate pronotum and by several distinct punctures on the hypomeron. It may be separated from the latter by the sutural stria of the elytron curved along base, the much finer elytral and metasternal punctation and by the shape of the antennomeres VI to VIII (relative length/width of segments VI 13/4; VII 20/7; VIII 10/4; segment VI apically enlarged). Although this specimen obviously represents an undescribed species, I prefer not to name before males become available. Baeocera khasiana Löbl Baeocera khasiana Löbl, 1984a: 77. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1780 m, 3.III.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Chiang Dao, 2000 m, 21.XII.80 (Deharveng & Gouze); 1, Mae Hong Son, Doi Chang, 1950 m, 20 km E Pai, 10.1V.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. SCAPHIDIDAE OF THAILAND 531 Remarks. B. khasiana Löbl is a conspicuous species without any known closer relatives. Unfortunately, all Thai specimens are females so that their identity remains to be confirmed. They differ somewhat from the type-series (from Meghalaya) by the finer elytral punctation. Baeocera insolita sp. n. Holotype © : Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Fics 33 and 34. 33. Baeocera insolita sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 34. dtto, internal sac. Scale=0.1 mm. Length 1.35 mm, width 0.95 mm. Body dark reddish brown, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Eyes large. Antennae moderately long, relative length of segments as: III 12, IV 13, V 15, VI 14, VII 18, VIII 13, IX 19, X 17, XI 25; segments III to VI slender, III 3x longer than wide, IV somewhat slender than III or V, almost 4x longer than wide, V and VI 4x longer than wide; VII and VIII only moderately larger than VI, VII 3.5 x longer than wide, VIII 2.5 x longer than wide, barely slender than VII; IX-XI much wider than VII, XI 3x longer than wide. Pronotum very finely punctate, punctures barely visible at 25 x magnification; lateral pronotal margins rounded, lateral keels not visible in dorsal view. Minute point of scutellum exposed. Elytra moderately narrowed apically; lateral keel not visible in dorsal view; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria deep, extended along basal margin to humeral hump, not joint with lateral stria, latter distinctly punctate; interval between sutural margin und sutural stria flat, very finely punctate; punctation similar as on pronotum near base and on apical 2/5, elytron elsewhere densely and coarsely punctate, with punctures about as large as intervals between them. Pygidium 532 IVAN LÖBL not keeled, its punctation very fine. Hypomera impunctate. Mesepimeron more than 3x longer than interval between its inner end and mesocoxa. Median portion of metasternum almost flat, rather sparsely and coarsely punctate (except on a small impunctate median area). Lateral portion of metasternum extremely finely punctate. Mesocoxal area very narrow, 0.02 mm long, with coarse marginal punctures not extending laterally behind level of top of mesepimeron. Metepisternum almost flat, at largest point 0.11 mm, narrowed anterad, its impunctate suture somewhat sinuate. Abdomen without micrasculpture. Punctation on ventrites extremely fine. First ventrite with dense and ony row of elongate basal punctures, barely interrupted in middle, extended laterally almost to pleural line; longest punctures about 0.05 mm. Tibiae barely curved, metatibiae 0.45 mm long. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi distinctly enlarged, Ist segment narrower than apex of tibia. Apical lobe of 6th ventrite triangular, 0.04 mm long. Aedeagus (Figs 33 and 34) 0.54 mm long. B. insolita differs notably from all other members of the genus I have examined. The median lobe of its aedeagus is provided with two symmetrically curved, apically convergent dorso-apical sclerotized lobes, as in species of the Scaphisoma haemorrhoidale-group. These lobes open when internal sac extruded. Baeocera barbara sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat Park, forest near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Length 1.4 mm, width 1.04 mm. Dark reddish brown, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Eyes large. Antennae moderately long, relative length of segments as: III 11, IV 14, V 19, VI 15, VII 23, VIII 21, IX 24, X 22, XI 32; segment III less than 3 x longer than wide, wider than three following ones; IV to VI slender, IV and VI each about 4x longer than wide, V about 5 times longer than wide; VII and VIII subparallel, almost evenly wide, distinctly wider than VI, VII 4x, VIII about 3.5 x longer than wide, both slender than IX; XI distinctly wider than VII, 3x longer than wide. Pronotum with lateral margins oblique in basal half, rounded apically (sinuate in lateral view), with lateral keels exposed in apical half, obsolete near base in dorsal view; punctation sparse and very fine, barely visible at magnification 25 x . Exposed portion of scutellum large. Elytra moderately nar- rowed apically; lateral margin almost straight in middle; lateral keel visible in basal third (dorsal view); sutural margin somewhat elevated; sutural stria deep, extended along basal margin and joint with lateral stria; interval between sutural stria and sutural margin flat, barely impressed, very finely punctate; most of elytral surface sparsely and very finely punctate, with punctures as small or somewhat larger than those on pronotum; small area between basal 1/4 and middle of elytron irregularly and coarsely punctate, coarse punctures gradually deepened (not well delimited), some of them larger than intervals. Sutural stria punctate, lateral stria impunctate. Pygidium rather densely and very finely punctate. Hypomeron impunctate. Mesepimeron about 3 x longer than interval between its inner end and mesocoxa. Metasternum in median portion vaulted, with two longitudinal rows of coarse punctures on each side of smooth central area, on lateral portion almost impunctate. Mesocoxale area very narrow, 0.02 mm long, with coarse marginal punctures extended laterally along anterior margin of metasternum to level of centre of mesepisternum. Metepisternum vaulted, impressed along straight inner impunctate suture, at largest point 0.12 mm, narrowed anteriorly; abdominal segments not microsculptured. Ventrites sparsely and extremely finely punctate, except for coarse row SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 533 of basal punctures on Ist ventrite which is not interrupted in middle and extends to pleural keel; lateral punctures distinctly elongate. Tibiae slightly curved, metatibia 0.57 mm long. Fics 35 to 37. 35. Baeocera barbara sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 36. dtto, distal half of median lobe with parameres, ventral view; 37. dtto, distal portion of internal sac. Scale=0.2 mm (35) and 0.1 mm (36, 37). 534 IVAN LÖBL Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 and 2 of protarsus distinctly enlarged, nar- rower than tibia, segment 3 of protarsus and segment 1 of mesotarsus somewhat enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite subtriangular, 0.12 mm long; apical margin at each side of lobe concavely notched. Aedeagus (Figs 35 to 37) 0.83 mm long. This new species is related to macrops (Löbl) from which it may be easily distinguished by the larger size, the elytral punctation (in macrops most of the elytral surface is coarsely punctate), the median lobe of the aedeagus provided with a long dorso- apical apophyse and by the structures of the internal sac, especially by the two large tooth- like distal sclerites. Baeocera pubiventris sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, ravine 1 km below Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 1 9 , Chiang Mai, as holotype; 1 © , road for Wab Pang An, 500 m from road Chiang Mai — Chiang Rai (ca 50 km NE Chiang Mai), 900 m, 3.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.85 mm, width 1.3 mm. Body ochreous, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Eyes large. Antennae long, relative length of antennomeres: III 16, IV 20, V 22, VI 20, VII 27, VIII 25, IX 28, X 29, XI 33 (holotype). Segments III to VI slender, evenly wide, III 4x, IV and VI each 5 x longer than wide; VII and VIII moderately enlarged, VII 4.5 x longer than wide, barely larger than VIII which is 4x longer than wide; IX and X somewhat wider than VII, XI distinctly wider, about 3 x longer than wide. Pronotum with lateral margins rounded (sinuate in lateral view); lateral margin keels in dorsal view obsolent except near basal and apical angle; discal punctation sparse and very fine, consisting of not well delimited punctures barely visible at magnification 25x. Visible portion of scutellum rather large. Elytra moderately narrowed apically; middle portion of lateral margin straight, basal and apical third of latter rounded; lateral keel in dorsal view distinct; sutural stria deep, extended along base to humeral protuberance; punctation very fine near base and along sutural margin, elsewhere rather coarse and dense, consisting of gradually deepened punctures which are usually as large or larger than intervals between them; interval between sutural margin and sutural stria impressed. Punctation on pro- pygidium dense and rather coarse, except near apical margin; punctation on pygidium barely finer but decidedly sparser. Pygidium with complete marginal keel, at apex narrow and rounded. Hypomeron impunctate. Mesepimeron about 4x longer than interval between its inner end and mesocoxa. Median portion of metasternum slightly vaulted, with a dense row of coarse punctures forming an U. Lateral portion of metasternum sparsely and extremely finely punctate, several rather coarse punctures at anterior margin excepted. Mesocoxal area 0.03 mm long, not narrowed laterally, with very dense row of coarse marginal punctures extended laterally. Metepisternum somewhat vaulted, at widest point 0.14-0.16 mm, anterad narrowed, with deep suture. Abdomen without microsculpture. Ventrites sparsely and very finely punctured, except for several less fine setiferous punctures lying near apical margin on median portion of ventrites I to VI, and for very dense and coarse, elongate basal punctures on Ist ventrite. Pubescence on median portion of ventrites long and erected. Protibia straight, meso- and metatibia somewhat curved. Metatibia 0.71-0.74 mm long, about 1.3 x longer than metatarsus. Sexual characters of male. Segment 1 of pro- and mesotarsus gutter-like, strongly enlarged, larger (protarsus) or as large (mesotarsus) as apex of tibia. Segment 2 of pro- tarsus somewhat enlarged. Apical lobe of 6th ventrite triangular, 0.08 mm long. Aedeagus (Figs 38 to 41) 0.93 mm long. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 535 Fics 38 to 41. 38. Baeocera pubiventris sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 39. dtto, distal portion of median lobe with parameres, lateral view; 40. dtto, ventral view; 41.dtto, internal sac. Scale=0.2 mm. Remarks. This species belongs to the group monstrosa, and is similar and certainly closely related to gilloghyi (Löbl) with which it shares simple parameres of the aedeagus. In all other members of the group the right paramere is enlarged and lobed and the left REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 36 536 IVAN LÖBL paramere has either a basal apophyse (inaequicornis Champion, breveapicalis (Pic), pro- ducta (Pic), doriai (Pic), takizawai Löbl, robertiana nom. n.*) or is simple (monstrosa (Löbl), paradoxa (Löbl), nakanei (Löbl). B. pubiventris may be distinguished from gilloghyi by longer and denser abdominal pubescence and, as from all other species of the genus, by the shape of the parameres and of the sclerotized pieces of the internal sac. FIGs 42 to 44. 42. Baeocera innocua sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 43. dtto, distal portion of median lobe, ventral view; 44. dtto, lateral view. Scale=0.2 mm (42) and 0.1 mm (43, 44). * Baeocera robertiana nom. nov. for Baeocera roberti Löbl, 1986, from Sumatra (Archs Sci. Geneve 39: 87-89); nec Baeocera mussardi roberti Löbl, 1979, from South India (Revue suisse Zool. 86: 89-90). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 537 Baeocera innocua sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, hills east of Heo Suwat Waterfalls, 800 m, 1.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratype ©: as holotype (MHNG). Length 1.5-1.6 mm, width 1.07-1.12 mm. Similar to pubiventris and gilloghyi, differs from both as from other species of the group monstrosa by the shape of the parameres and by the structures of the internal sac. B. innocua may be separated from pubiventris by the combination of the following characters: body smaller, antennae shorter. Relative length of antennomeres in holotype: III 12, IV 15, V 18, VI 16, VII 22, VIII 19, IX 24, X 23, XI 32. Segment III 3x, IV and VI 4x, V 4.5x longer than wide; VII and VIII about 3x longer than wide; XI somewhat larger than X, about 3.5 X longer than wide. Basal pronotal angle reaching anterior margin of metepisternum. Finely punctate basal portion of elytron larger, about as long as 1/6 of maximal elytral length. Interval between sutural margin and sutural stria not impressed. Pygidium finely punctate, lacking marginal keel. Mesepimeron 3 x longer than distance between its inner end and mesocoxa. Metepisternum narrower, 0.11 mm wide. Punctation on ventrites 1 to 6 evenly fine (except for basal row on Ist ventrite), pubescence on median portion of ventrites rather short. Metatibia 0.57-0.62 mm long, 1.3 x longer than metatarsus. Fics 45 and 46. 45. Baeocera innocua sp. n., holotype, internal sac; 46. dtto, paratype, lateral view. Scale=0.1 mm. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 and 2 of pro- and mesotarsi distinctly enlarged, narrower than apex of tibiae. Apical lobe of 6th ventrite triangular, 0.07 mm long. Aedeagus (Figs 42 to 46) 0.55-0.57 mm long. 538 IVAN LÖBL Scaphisoma Leach This is the largest genus of the scaphidiids including almost 500 species. It is characterized by short 3rd antennomere; large maxillary galea; slender, apically narrowed last segment of maxillary palpus; apically protruding basal angles of pronotum; mesepimeron almost always dinstinct; lst ventrite with coxal areas (except in ineptum Löbl from Borneo, carolinae Casey from North America and unidentified species from South America); distinct epipleura; distant meso- and metacoxae. The aedeagi are in many species symmetrical with simple tubular internal sac and slender parameres (i.e. rufum, pseudorufum, invisum), as in primitive staphylinids (Omaliinae). Many other species exhibit modified aedeagus. The modification may affect the articular process of the median lobe only (some species of the unicolor-group), the whole median lobe (maindroni) or only its distal portion (pictum- and haemorrhoidale- group), and/or the parameres and the internal sac. All degrees of complexity and com- binations of these modifications may be found so that it is virtually impossible to separate the species groups in satisfactory defined genera. KEY TO THE THAI SCAPHISOMA 1 Elytral disk with at least some very coarse punctures arranged in somewhat oblique rows. Abdominal microsculpture distinct, consisting of transverse WAVESIOTAIINES EME RENE RN RI erben A E ES 2 Elvira disk without rows Of Coarse punctures). IRR RI 9 2MANWholetapical tmrd'ofelytron Veryifinel ipunerate er e Sr 3) — Whole or almost whole elytral disk coarsely punctate :. 4 3 Anterior half or two thirds of elytron densely and coarsely punctate. Hypomeron and lateral portion of metasternum microsculptured ....... rufescens — Most of elytral disk finely punctate, coarse punctures arranged in 3 rows, few additional coarse punctures situated on a small latero-central area......... Ree OO CR galt a RE PEL RARE case ee EIS CLO ALONG 4 Apical fourth or fifth of elytron yellowish or ochreous, similar as abdomen ERDE De EN ee CAN à ee ler se PP A as WR RER luce rouyeri — mw elvinalvcolourationedififerentie... RR O a eee 5 S2Hypomeron-lackingomieroseulpture...2. 22-2 a en cribripenne — Hypomeron with microsculpture consisting of longitudinal striae .......... 6 6 Punctation on lateral and central part of pronotum almost evenly fine..... TI — Pronotum laterally much coarser punctate than on center ................ 8 7 Parameres of aedeagus evenly slender between middle and apex. Apex of elytroninot markediyzdarkened. 4. e eee rougemonti — Parameres wider at apex than in middle portion (width of hyaline lobe excepred).vApextoelytron'darkened I RR delictum 8 Middle portion of parameres narrowed. At least some punctures on lateral portion of pronotum only somewhat larger than intervals between them.... n LC Dr N ATO pseudodelictum — Parameres narrowest behind their middle. All punctures on lateral portion of pronotum much larger than intervals between them................... species C 9 Minute species, body less than 1 mm long. Elytra immaculate. Antennae moderatelyelöne terne 853... 12 a dle en Eee cf. minutissimum — Body usually notably longer than 1 mm, if only somewhat longer elytra maculate or antennae conspicuously long). sense e NE TE ER oe eee 10 23 24 SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 539 Antennomeres III and IV conspicuously short, IV as long as to 1.5x longer ERAMO A EA II LE a DECORARE STREETS RED DOME ET RE RO ARA] 11 Antennomere IV slender, at least 2X longer than III or III conspicuously CLOMSALEH(SOLUIUTIY) MORI NE Oe Nn BIB NES RE SIVE TATE ENTER: 15 Mesepimeronobsoleter- mats A MATIERE NE Pe ene he Pr oe ae lepidum Mesepimeron’disuine@r ar Ionio de. EIER SERBIEN PE Rea NEN: 2 Elytron with sutural stria not extended along basal margin.......... gracilendum Sutural stria extended along basal margin to humeral area of elytron, or at least tommiddletot: basalawidih" IIS ENT, ORT ENS Ie TES PG IL 13 Abdominal microsculpture consisting of points....................... species A Abdominal microsculpture formed by distinct transverse striae ............ 14 BOdyEpufOUS elytra immaculate... wae, in. Seah ime SAI eee pseudorufum Body blackish, elytron with a large reddish spot and yellowish apex ....... ARNON RARE AE IEEE GN IPMN E ROE EAL DREI SR, SASSO SS OE VRE PDN species B Elytron with sutural stria curved at base and distinctly extended along basal TIDAL TOA Tee er IR Ce RL SER TRENNEN I SES RGM PRES A ROA IENA EIN 16 Sutural stria often curved at base but not extended laterally along basal margin OMe lyeO leer a ENDEN WE PD ea cE RT, a GRR QAR Ba ANR RO 24 Sutural and lateral striae joint at humeral area of elytron............. mirandum Suturalrandélateraléstrac not joint... oa ieee see ee ee ee 17 Elytra maculate. Large species about 1.8 mm long. Pronotum coarsely puntate ER engere ala ae ie rufonotatum Elytra immaculate. Pronotum finely punctate. Smaller species ............ 18 Mesocoxal area large, longer than metacoxal area ....................... 19 Mesocoxal area narrow, shorter than metacoxal area..................... 21 Body very dark reddish brown to blackish, 1.6-1.8 mm long. Elytron near base coarser punctate than pronotum. Median portion of Ist ventrite denser and Counce punetate;thanwlateral“portions'.s2, ee sense a eee suthepense Body pale reddish brown, 1.2-1.5 mm long. First ventrite all over very finely [LING PAL RRS a RR ICES AO dread SARL Sie ant nes Rn eae VERS A RSR EE RU RES 20 Apical portion of median lobe of aedeagus convexly curved in lateral view SAS LES AT RIINA LAOS SMES EY CAVES ER STU SRE ARE ION MST pp brunneonotatum Apical portion of median lobe sinuate in lateral view...................... agile Body rather pale reddish brown. Metacoxal area very large and very convex, zeachme#about eentrezot StEVENtrIe Wve iss pee RN rufum Body dark reddish brown to blackish. Metacoxal area small and narrow, much sSHortersthans halt ol st ventnites tin e EEE Seka RE 22 Rows of coarse punctures at margines of metacoxal areas extended along mediobasal margin of Ist ventrite and joint together. Mesocoxal areas marginedby2coatseipunctuseshiin. in a WDR TI IRE RE ER palo fastum Mediobasal margin of Ist ventrite without a row of coarse punctures. Mesocoxalvareas=with: finesmareinal punctures’... 54545 Sess RE a ae 23 Mesepimeron much shorter than interval between its end and mesocoxa. Lateral portion of base of Ist ventrite and metacoxal area margined by elongate PUTT CEU ES ae NAT ER ELIA DES Sm eee OES WAT AD canaliculatum Mesepimeron about as long as interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metacoxal area margined by round punctures, basal margin of Ist ventrite laterally otsmetacoxalvarcaMmpunctatem esi. see eerie amie & unicolor Pronotum bicoloured.Jelytra imaculates...2 48h GS SO eee 25 540 27 37 IVAN LÖBL Pronotum unicolouredé! +. fine STE OC 26 Pronotum pale, with two dark median fasciae. Sutural striae of elytra almost Parallelen A Den nl ale ee Seh ee a ar OL SENESE paliferum Pronotum pale with black base and black spot on mediobasal area. Sutural striae of elytra conspicuously divergent anteriorly..................... species D Pronotal punctation conspicuous, distinct at 10x magnifications. Lateral Portion of metasternum coarsely punctate 5. 2... SRO E valens Pronotum finely or very finely punctate, with punctures not or barely visible at 10x magnification. Lateral portion of metasternum usually very finely punctate, eventually with coarse punctures arranged in a transverse row.... DAI Elytral disk finely or very finely punctate, punctures along sutural stria and on interval between it and sutural margin coarse. Sutural striae anteriorly strongly divergent a era AM. DNA MR AL e cr REI 28 Elytral punctation different. Sutural striae parallel or moderately divergent ANCCHOLIVE LI RI nn Bowe RO SB RE ee 30 Pronotum as dark as elytral base, elytra not or indistinctly maculate ...... Bie eb GUA ROR EE babi nt ao abile ESE Jacobsoni Pronotum paler than elytral base, elytra distinctly maculate .............. 29 Lateral portion of metasternum with a row transverse of punctures in front of MÉTACOX AN RR «es SARS Make Rab dar? ae reas eee dohertyi Lateral portion of metasternum lacking a transverse row of punctures ..... BENENNEN EEE DEU SALE EN AL er lannaense Small species 1.1-1.2 mm long. Metasternum with a row of punctures in front Ofumetacoxart Mia DEE ul Tieni ee Ro javanum Larger species or metasternum lacking a transverse row of punctures ...... Sil Pronotum and elytra unicoloured, ochreous or reddish brown. Apical portion Ofselytron not on barely, paler than;centrejof elytnon.< PEER 32 Elytron maculate and/or with large well delimited pale apical portion, or pro- notum and elytra evenly dark reddish brown to black.................... 41 Metasternum with deep elongate median impression. Parameres of aedeagus bilobeditvested pi Dan keer aan eo re a See operosum Metasternal centre not impressed, or with a foveiform impression lying behind middle, or with two medio-apical shallow impressions. Parameres not bilobed 33 Metasternum lacking a row of punctures in front of metacoxa. Ventrites not microsculptured or with microsculpture consisting of points .............. 34 Metasternum with a row of punctures in front of metacoxa. Ventrites usually with microsculpture consisting: of striaer "Me EN ee See eee 38 Axticularprocess of median) lobe very large a. ele ea 35 Articular process of median lobe small, inconspicuous ................... 36 Distalsportionjof median lobe'slender "RER re nietneri Distal portion of median lobe flattened and strongly enlarged............. OSTIA RN EE RIS RE ee TOTI VISI cg Fico. in oo 0 0 0 9 0.56 maindroni Length 1.7 mm. Elytron finely punctate, non of discal punctures larger than intervals between them. Metacoxal area more than 0.10 mm long ......... Length 1.5-1.6 mm. Elytron rather coarsely punctate, at least some discal punc- tures notably larger then intervals between them......................... 37 First ventrite with coarse basal punctures between metacoxal areas. Parameres Olacdeasus motmanrowedsapically,. rs eee eee e pressum 38 39 49 50 SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 54] First ventrite very finely punctate between metacoxal areas. Parameres of igedeasusen ALLOW ECLA pI Cally, orto een er ee are aurun Elytron with base distinctly finer punctate than centre, and humeral area almost as finely punctate as pronotum.............................. scabiosum Elytral base about as coarsely punctate as centre, punctation on humeral area muehreoarser than thatyon) Pronotumn ra yids ee 39 Medio-apical portion and centre of metasternum about evenly finely punctate. Laterobasal portion of Ist ventrite distinctly microsculptured ............. RN ng SIE Ceara NET SERIE See EOP TRS OS CULT, LEI RIINA dives Medio-apical portion of metasternum coarser punctate than centre. Laterobasal portion of Ist ventrite not microsculptured .................. 40 Punctures on mediobasal portion of Ist ventrite decidedly coarser than on oa OTO TE Ne el en e (inne Nea Me pes bispinosum Punctation on Ist ventrite evenly fine (marginal punctures of metacoxal area EXC DÉC) ERI ARIA Nye A ocak ge apap au Resets Ale et: siamense Body-ocreous; elytron with dark’spots or fasciae Se Wan 42 Coloumpatrern different wre. A e ROLL i a A art 47 Suturalestziae,ofß elytrardivergevantenionly.. to ie Aor e NI binhanum Sutural striae of elytra parallel in anterior portion ....................... 43 Small species 1.05-1.15 mm long. Elytral and pronotal punctation about evenly fine. Metasternum lacking transverse row of punctures in front of metacoxa 5 8 SE 0 0 0 TAN TN ARE SE AR A PA O AR invisum Larger species. Elytra much coarser punctate than pronotum. Metasternum waiheardistinet-Towsof punctures in front ofmetacoxa vi. 44 Elytron darkened along base, sometimes also darkened along sutural margin ANG MDS MINT GR COMES. eee EE atronotatum Elytron darkened at apex, sometimes also along basal margin............. 45 Smaller species 1.45-1.55 mm long. Mesepimeron about 2x longer than inter- Vale DeiweenmtSuend ani Gull CSOCOXa REL LOTO III 46 Larger species 2 mm long. Mesepimeron about as long as interval between its ENAFANdEINESOCOXA ER a a TE RE RT: velox Parameres of aedeagus only in apical portion enlarged and with weakly SELELOHZEEINNELEMATSIN IT ee ee N amabile Parameres largest before middle, inner margin (base excepted) weakly SCIETOUIZE A ti EU SE REITER e LR nae ey pseudamabile Body very dark reddish brown to black, elytra with a distinct pale basal or posthumeralispotandspaletapicaltarea le ne te RATE 48 Colourgpattermi differente i A 50 Elytra with sutural striae parallel or barely divergent anteriorly, on basal 1/3 about as finely punctate as pronotum and much finer punctate than on center AT re cederholmi Sutural striae distinctly divergent anteriorly, punctation similar on inner basal PerkonsandKonkcentersotelytrone re 49 Larger species 1.45-1.60 mm long. Anterior elytral spot small, usually vellowishrand,well.delimtted ara ame Io See tetrastictum Smaller species 1.20-1.40 mm long. Anterior elytral spot fairly large, usually RECS mance Otewel ladelimitede 2, Ser e ee obliquemaculatum Metasternum with a distinct transverse row of rather coarse punctures parallel CORIMELA CO— AT WER FE Ee I SE NI Bete N SR 57 542 61 62 IVAN LÖBL Metasternum without any trace of row of punctures in front of metacoxa, if several very fine puncture form an indistinct row, impressed behind center . 51 Body blackish to black, apex of elytron not or very narrowly paler........ 52 Body dark reddish brown to black, elytron with large pale apical area ..... 53 Humeral area of elytron almost smooth, punctation behind it coarse and very dense, punctures much larger than intervals between them ............... vagans Humeral area of elytron very finely punctate, surface behind it finely punctate, puncturestaslaree or smaller thantintenvals PME EP ee ee ee solutum Elytron with large finely punctate basal portion extended laterally to middle thindsof lateralülenethrn war. sauce ees NR RE innotatum Finely punctate basal portion of elytron much shorter ................... 54 Metasternum laterally microsculptured (except on narrow anterior portion) MR Re E EI ee ae ee Bora net em RARI IRA to 0 0 Javens Metasternum not microsculptured or microsculptured only near apical margin 55 Metasternum with a foveiform impression behind center. Elytral pale apical arcarlonsestmeanmlateralimarenn sisi a yon nee cuspidatum Metasternum medio-apically flattened, not impressed. Pale apical area about evenlyzlongsratlaterallandsutural margins: se. ors oe. ree 56 Metacoxal area not or barely longer than mesocoxal area. Apical 1/4 of elytron PIRA Na) eal ihe Ad OE NE N IRR IES He A An gc incurvum Metacoxal area notably longer than mesocoxal area. Apical 1/3 of elytron pale Lec NE at onary eat a ASS RC aa re A A N Logo spissum Elytron with apex as dark or barely paler than remaining surface ......... De ER ERLERNEN N sun. _ meracum Elytron distinctly bicoloured, dark reddish brown to black with yellowish or Ochreousrapicalypontiont EEE FT SR TR NEE RE 58 Smaller species 1.25-1.40 mm long. Aedeagus small, less than 0.5 mm long SEPRIO ISO SOON AR LE ASE RES AL STARE CITA: AMIANTO. COMANO ec egenum Larger species, at least 1.5 mm long. Aedeagus notably more than 0.5 mmlong 59 Paramere of aedeagus with a conspicuous tooth in middle of inner margin Span ay crak I TEO E a II NE RARE LL Bree oc armatum Paramere of aedeasus Hacking tooth on inner margin APN I ee 60 Internal sac of aedeagus with a large flat elongate sclerite, and with rows and bunchesrorsmallenisclerites sete ets see ee ae ek ER APE ERE O IATA 61 Internal sac of aedeagus with bunches and rows of small sclerotized teeth or Spines) lacking avlarge unpaired sclenit™. MANN oe eee 62 Bargerselerit ‘of internallsac’sinviate= MEME RE EE tortile Large sclerit of internal sac almost regularly narrowed apically, not sinuate AREE GPO a ZARE PETE eet RIT ILA eae Se N a duh eau Atha gid oo 3 422 khao Sclerotized teeth in apical portion of internal sac approximate, forming a sinele DUNCAN: Ha Lee NL I I ee morosum Apical sclerotized teeth of internal sac widely separated, forming two rows SESIA A EA EDER NER A i, oo © € karen Scaphisoma rufum Achard Scaphosoma rufum Achard, 1923: 115. Scaphisoma rufum; LOBL 1966: 132; 1970: 756; 1972: 117; 1986a: 142. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 543 Material examined: 1, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.1985; 1, Khao Yai Nat. Park, hills east Heo Suwat Waterfalls, 900 m, 1.X11.1985 (MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand, Singapore, Japan (Ryukyu’s). — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma pseudorufum Löbl Scaphisoma pseudorufum Lobl, 1986a: 143. Material examined: 1, Phuket; island Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma species A Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 2300 m, pit-fall trap, VIII.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Suthep, 1600 m, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Remarks. Both specimens are females. They cannot be associated with any known species, but are similar to funiculare Löbl in general appearance (size of body, short 4th antennomere, elytron with laterally extended sutural stria, very finely punctate metasternum, abdominal microsculpture consisting of points). They differ from the latter species in the very finely punctate pronotum, antennomere V about 3x longer than IV and almost as long as VI, body less convex, reddish brown with paler apex of elytra. Scaphisoma species B Material examined: 1, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Remarks. This specimen is a female representing a fairly well characterized species which may be distinguished by the combination of the following features: body 1.8 mm long; elytron with a large reddish discal spot, and apex yellowish; pronotum finely and densely punctate; elytron with sutural stria extended to humeral area, median portion or metasternum densely punctate; abdominal microsculpture consisting of transverse lines; antenna conspicuously short, antennomere IV minute, somewhat longer than III, about as long as 1/3 of V, antennomere VI distinctly longer than V. Scaphisoma rufonotatum Pic Scaphosoma rufonotatum Pic, 1926b: 143. Material examined: 1, Phuket, island Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.86 (Heiss) (MHNG). Distribution: Vietnam, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The Thai specimen is a female and its identity should by confirmed. However, the species is well characterized and I have not found any feature distinguishing it from Vietnamese specimens of rufonotatum. Scaphisoma vagans sp. n. Holotype ©: Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 19 as holotype; 10°, 19 Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85; 1, ‘M TAK’’ (Sedlacek) (all MHNG). 544 IVAN LÖBL Fics 47 to 52. 47 and 48. Scaphisoma vagans sp. n., paratype from Khao Yai Nat. Park, aedeagus; 49 and 50. Scaphisoma invisum sp. n., paratype from Khao Sabap Nat. Park, aedeagus; 51 and 52. Scaphisoma gracilendum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus. Scale=0.1 mm. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 545 Length 1.25-1.30, width 0.85-0.88 mm. Body very dark, almost blackish, apex of abdomen ochreous, femora and tibiae reddish, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Diagnostic characters as in bayau Löbl, except for longer antennae and different elytral punctation. Relative length of antennal segments as: III 5, IV 15, V 15, VI 19, VII 22, VIII 19, IX 22, X 24, XI 28 (holotype). Elytral punctation decidedly coarser and denser than in bayau, on central portion of elytron much denser than elsewhere, near apex moderately dense and coarse, on humeral area about as fine as on pronotum. Aedeagus (Figs 47 and 48) 0.28-0.40 mm long. This species is similar to simplex by the elytral punctation, but the coarse and dense punctures are situated on a smaller area, and the body is much paler than in the latter. S. vagans differs from both, bayau and simplex, in the shape of the parameres of the aedeagus. Scaphisoma invisum sp. n. Holotype o: Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 100, 119, as holotype; 10°, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, 7.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.05-1.15 mm, width 0.78-0.83 mm. Body moderately convex, ochreous, with elytra darkened on basal fourth (but usually not on humeral area), along sutural striae and on apical fourth; apex of abdomen, legs and antennae yellowish. Antennae long, relative length: of segments: III 7, IV. 15,;V 19,/VI 15, VII 24, VIII 19, IX 25, X 25, XT 29 (holotype). Pronotum with rounded lateral margins; lateral keel usually visible in dorsal view; punctation very fine, visible at 24x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra moderately narrowed apically, with rounded lateral margins; lateral keel visible in dorsal view, except in apical portion; apical margin rounded, inner apical angle lying in or somewhat behind level of outer angles; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria rather fine, not or very shortly curved near base; interval between sutural margin and sutural stria flat, very finely punctate; discal punctation very fine, as or somewhat more distinct as that on pronotum. Pygidium extremely finely punctate. Mesepimeron conspicuously oblique, longer than interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum all over very densely and extremely finely punctate; median portion weakly convex, without medio- apical impressions. Mesocoxal area large, about 0.10 mm long, almost subcylindrical, with very finely punctate margin. Metepisternum flat, 0.07-0.10 mm wide, anterad not or moderately narrowed, with straight inner margin. Abdominal segments with microsculpture consisting of short transverse lines. First ventrite similarly punctate as metasternum; metacoxal area 0.07 mm long, its margin convex, very finely punctate. Tibiae slender, I and II somewhat curved. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi somewhat enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 49 and 50) 0.30-0.33 mm long. This species may be readily distinguished by its colour pattern and large mesocoxal areas. It is possibly related to discretum Löbl which has a similar aedeagus, but no synapomorphy is found linking these two species. S. discretum may be easily separated from invisum by dark colour of the body and conspicuously short antennomere IV. Scaphisoma gracilendum sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Paratype ©, as holotype (MHNG). 546 IVAN LÖBL Length 1.3 mm, width 0.90 mm. Body rather convex. Upper surface very dark, almost black, thorax ventrally somewhat paler, abdomen dark reddish brown. Femora and tibiae reddish brown, antennae and tarsi ochreous to yellowish. Antennae moderately long, relative length of segments: III 4, IV 6, V 12, VI 18, VII 23, VIII 14, IX 21, X 20, XI 27 (holotype); III minute, IV very short, about 1.5x longer than III; V wider than IV, about 2.5 x longer than wide; VI wider than V, 3x longer than wide; VII large, much wider than VI, 3x longer than wide; VIII barely wider than VI, almost 2.5 x longer than wide; XI as wide as VII, 3.5 x longer than wide. Pronotum with rounded lateral margins; lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation very fine, barely visible at 50x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra strongly narrowed apically; lateral margins rounded; lateral keels in dorsal view visibles from base to apex; apical margines somewhat rounded, inner apical angle lying behind level of outer angles; sutural margin not elevated; sutural striae fairly deep, slightly divergent from apex to middle, then parallel, curved externally near base, not extended along basal margin; interval between sutural margin and sutural stria flat, with a very dense row of rather coarse punctures becoming obsolete apically; punctation almost all over coarse and dense, very fine and sparse (similar as on pronotum) on a large laterobasal, up to 0.15 mm long area, and apically along lateral margin; on a rather large laterocentral area punctation particularly dense, with almost confluent punctures. Propygidium and base of pygidium relatively coarsely punctured, most of pygidium finely punctured. Mesepimeron about as long as interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum sparsely and very finely punctate, except in and around two medioapical impressions; central portion of metasternum flat, area between mesocoxae convex. Mesocoxal area 0.06 mm long, with convex, finely punctate margin. Metepisternum almost flat, anterad narrowed, with inner margin impressed, convexly rounded in apical 1/3, oblique in anterior 2/3. Abdominal segments with microsculpture consisting of points. Lateral portion of Ist ventrite very finely and sparsely punctate, on median portion coarsely and rather densely punctate; metacoxal area 0.09 mm long, extended laterally only somewhat behind level of point of mesepimeron, its margin strongly convex, coarsely punctate. Tibia somewhat curved. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 and 2 of protarsi distinctly enlarged, segment 3 somewhat widened. Aedeagus (Figs 51 and 52) 0.37 mm long. This species is characterized by the strongly developed articular process of the very slender and symmetric median lobe of the aedeagus. A similar condition is found in politum Macleay from Australia and nanulum Löbl from New Caledonia. S. gracilendum differs from them conspicuously by the elytral punctation which reminds that in species of the imitator-subconvexum group. Scaphisoma cf. minutissimum Champion Scaphisoma minutissimum Champion, 1927: 278. Material examined: 12, Chantaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23-24.X1.85; 7, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The Thai specimens are decidedly darker than the Indian ones and exhibit notable variability in the size of the body (length 0.72-0.95 mm, width 0.52-0.67 mm, aedeagus 0.20-0.27 mm long) and in the length of the antennomeres, especially that of the 4th which is about 1.5-2 x longer than the minute 3rd one. The species is relatively flat, the antennomere V is longer than III and IV together, the elytron in basal 1/3 to 1/2 about as finely punctate as the pronotum, near apex coarser punctate that the latter, the sutural SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 547 Fics 53 to 57. 53 and 54. Scaphisoma lepidum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 55. Scaphisoma mirandum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 56 and 57. Scaphisoma agile sp. n., paratype from Doi Suthep, aedeagus. Scale=0.1 mm. 548 IVAN LÖBL stria fine, somewhat curved at base, not extended along basal margin, and the lateral keel in dorsal view distinct. The margins of the meso- and metacoxal areas are rounded, the inner margin of the metepisternum is usually somewhat concave; the abdominal segments lack microsculpture (180 x magnification). The median lobe of the aedeagus has a well developed articular process and very slender distal portion. The species is very similar to sadang Löbl from which it differs by longer anten- nomere IV and larger metacoxal areas. Scaphisoma lepidum sp. n. Holotype © : Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 19 as holotype; 20°, 69, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Water- falls, 150-300 m, 23-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.05-1.15 mm, width 0.75-0.83 mm. Body very dark reddish brown to blackish, abdomen as body or paler, with yellowish apex, femora and tibiae ochreous, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Most diagnostic characters as in imitator Löbl from which it differs in having antennal segment IV usually somewhat longer (relative length of anten- nomeres in holotype: III 4, IV 6, V 12, VI 15, VII 21, VIII 14, IX 19, X 19, XI 26); mesocoxal area 0.05-0.06 mm long; metasternum with two deep medio-apical impressions and several coarse punctures in an arround them; metacoxal areas 0.07-0.09 mm long, sur- face between them densely and rather coarsely punctate; aedeagus (Figs 53 and 54) 0.23-0.26 mm long, median lobe rather wide, not tapering, with obtuse point; parameres bearing inner membranous lobe. Remarks. Three derived characters link this species with subconvexum (Pic), murutum Löbl, imitator Löbl, mimicum Löbl: short antennomere IV, irregular elytral punctation, and obsolete mesepimera. Besides, these species share small-sized body, sutural striae of elytra not extended along the basal margin, relatively large meso- and metacoxal areas, abdominal microsculpture consisting of points, and slender aedeagus. All these features are found also in other species but not in combination. Scaphisoma mirandum sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Length 1.4 mm, width 0.90 mm. Body and femora ochreous, apex of abdomen, tibiae, tarsi and antennae paler than body, almost yellowish. Antennae long, relative length of antennomeres: III 8, IV 15, V 20, VI 22, VII 28, VIII 24, IX 29, X 29, XI 30; IV slender, about 5x longer than wide, V somewhat wider than IV, almost 6x longer than wide; VI markedly wider than V, well 4x longer than wide; VII 4x longer than wide; VIII barely wider than VI, about 4x longer than wide; XI somewhat wider than VII, about 4x longer than wide. Pronotum with lateral margins moderately and regularly rounded; lateral keels visible in dorsal view only near base; punctation sparse and very fine, almost obsolete at 24x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra moderately narrowed apically; lateral margin moderately rounded; lateral keel in dorsal view visible from base to apex; apical margin truncate; inner apical angle lying somewhat behind level of outer angles; sutural margin elevated; sutural stria deep, curved externally at base and extended laterally, at humeral area narrowed to basal margin and joint with lateral stria; interval between sutural margin and stria flat, densely and rather finely punctate; discal punctation dense, coarse, punctures relatively well delimitated, about as large or somewhat smaller than intervals, only near apical margin much smaller. Puncta- SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 549 tion on pygidium extremely fine. Mesepimeron longer than interval between its top and mesocoxa. Metasternum all over extremely finely punctate (200x), median portion moderately convex, with two deep foveiform apical impressions. Mesocoxal area small, almost parallel, about 0.03 mm long, marginal punctures coarse, few coarse punctures extended laterally along anterior margin of metasternum. Metepisternum somewhat convex, 0.11 mm wide, somewhat narrowed anterad, inner margin impressed, convexly rounded at anterior angle and in apical 1/4. Ventrites very finely punctate, except for several coarse punctures in middle of basal margin of Ist ventrite, latter not microsculptured. Metacoxal area large, 0.12 mm long, subtriangular, with inner margin oblique and coarsely punctate, outer margin almost perpendicular to base and impunctate. Following ventrites and visible tergites with microsculpture consisting of points. Tibiae slender and straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-3 of protarsi moderately enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite very small, 0.05 mm long, pointed. Aedeagus (Fig. 55) 0.42 mm long. This species may be readily distinguished from other Scaphisoma of similar size and colour by joint sutural and lateral striae at elytral base, unusual shape of the metacoxal area, and shape of the aedeagus. Scaphisoma maindroni Achard Scaphosoma maindroni Achard, 1920e: 240. Scaphosoma mutatum Champion, 1927: 276. Scaphisoma maindroni; LOBL 1979a: 102; 1986a: 151; 1986c: 346. Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 890 and 1180 m, pit-fall trap, IV. and VIII. 86 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Inthanon, 910 m, 23.11.87 (Schwendinger); 11, Chiang Rai, ca 30 km E Chiang Rai, 12.111.82 (Rougemont) (all MHNG). Distribution: Pakistan, India, Burma, Thailand, Vietnam, China. Scaphisoma unicolor Achard Scaphosoma unicolor Achard, 1923: 113. Scaphisoma unicolor; LOBL 1970: 772; 1980: 110. Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1500 m, 11.X1.85 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Distribution: Japan, Taiwan, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The size of the body varies more than stated in LOBL, 1970. The largest specimens are 1.80-1.85 long. Scaphisoma brunneonotatum Pic Scaphosoma brunneonotatum Pic, 1923a: 17. Scaphisoma brunneonotatum Löbl, 1980: 110; 1982c: 105. Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 890 and 1180 m, II. and IV.86, pit-fall trap (Schwendinger) 21, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85; 1, Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, 300-400 m, 25-30 km from Headquarters, 17.X1.85 (all MHNG). Distribution: Thailand, Vietnam, Taiwan, Japan (Ryukyu’s). 550 IVAN LÖBL Scaphisoma agile sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1180 m, pit-fall trap, III.86 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Paratypes: 100, 29, as holotype, I. to VI.86; 20°, 29, same data but 1100 m, IV.86; 100, 59, same but 970 m, III.97; 20, 29, same but 960 m, III.86; 10, 39, same but 950 m, VI. and VIII.86; 280°, 159, 12 specimens, same but 890 m, III. and IV.86 (all MHNG). Length 1.2-1.5 mm, width 0.85-1.10 mm. Body rather pale reddish brown, apical portion of elytra, apex of abdomen, legs and antennae paler, ochreous to yellowish. Very similar to brunneonotatum with which it shares most of the external characters. In agile the body is in average larger, besides the punctation is denser and more distinct on the apical third of elytron, on the median portion of the metasternum, and in male on the mediobasal portion of the Ist ventrite. The meso- and metacoxal areas are larger, 0.06-0.09 mm and 0.05-0.06 mm long respectively, and the shape of the median lobe of the aedeagus (Figs 56 and 57) is characteristic. In agile the distal portion of the median lobe is sinuate in lateral view, while it is almost evenly curved in brunneonotatum and besucheti. These three species share a curved, conspicuously long articular process of the median lobe, the same shape of the parameres and most of the external characters. S. agile is uneasy to separate form brunneonotatum if aedeagus not examined. From besucheti it may be distinguished by finer elytral punctation. Scaphisoma suthepense sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1180 m, III.86, pit-fall trap (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Paratypes: 100,59, as holotype, but II.-IX.86 and 87; 19, Chiang Mai, Doi Pui, north slope, 1500 m, 19.X11.88 (Trautner & Geigenmüller); 10°, Chiang Mai, Doi Angkhang, 10 km W Fang, 1500 m, 20.III.67 (Schwendinger) (MHNG, SMNS). Length 1.6-1.8 mm, width 1.12-1.30 mm. Body very dark reddish brown to black, apex of abdomen, legs and antennae paler. Antennae fairly long, relative length of anten- nomeres: III >,.1V 15, V 19, VI 17, VIT 23, Vill 15, DX 23, X 2X 2 6 hol0 pe) Ven similar to spurium Löbl, with following combination of diagnostic characters: Pronotum very finely punctate. Point of scutellum exposed. Sutural stria of elytron curved and extended along base about to middle of basal width. Elytral punctation dense and rather coarse, much coarser than that on pronotum, except for finely punctate surface near sutural stria. Mesepimeron about as long as interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum very densely and rather coarsely punctate on median area, elsewhere sparsely and very finely punctate. Mesocoxal area large, subtriangular, 0.08-0.11 mm long, with impunctate margines. Metepisternum 0.14-0.15 mm wide, narrowed anteriorly, inner margin impressed, straight, apically rounded. First ventrite not microsculptured, medially with relatively dense and distinct setiferous punctures, elsewhere very finely and sparsely punctate. Metacoxal area 0.05-0.07 mm long, with coarse marginal punctures. Following ventrites with microsculpture consisting of extremely fine points. Aedeagus (Figs 58 and 59) 0.40-0.48 mm long. This species may be separated from spurium by longer sutural striae, the metepisternite impressed along the inner suture, the shorter metacoxal area, the less distinct abdominal microsculpture, and in males by sparser punctation on median portion of the Ist ventrite and by the shape of the parameres and median lobe of the aedeagus. Females in suthepense exhibit very finely and sparsely punctate Ist ventrite (medially and laterally) while in spurium the median portion of the Ist ventrite is very densely punctate (however, much finer than in male). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 551 Fics 58 to 61. 58 and 59. Scaphisoma suthepense sp. n., paratype from Doi Suthep, aedeagus; 60 and 61. Scaphisoma nietneri Löbl from Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, aedeagus. Scale=0.1 mm. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 37 552 IVAN LÖBL Both species differ notably by the shape of the parameres in lateral view (in spurium from the wide base gradually narrowed). Scaphisoma nietneri Löbl Scaphisoma nietneri Löbl, 1971: 969. Material examined: 23, Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, 20-25 km from Headquarters, 300-400 m, 17.X1.85; 1, Keng So Pa, 23.X11.79 (Rougemont) (all MHNG). Distribution: Sri Lanka, Thailand — New to Thailand. Remarks. The length of the body varies more than stated in the description (from 1.4 to 1.7 mm), which is to be completed by following characters: mesepimeron somewhat longer than interval between its end and mesocoxa; metasternum in both sexes all over very finely punctate, without erected setae on median portion; mesocoxal area 0.06- 0.09 mm long, strongly convex to subtriangular, with impunctate margin; Ist ventrite all over very finely punctate, except for coarse punctures at margin of metacoxal area; latter distinctly convex, 0.04-0.06 mm long, markedly shorter that mesocoxal area; following ventrites with extremely fine microsculpture consisting of points. The aedeagus is 0.44-0.52 mm long, the parameres have a membranous inner margin (Figs 60 and 61), not enlarged as figured in LOBL (l.c.). I have now dissected 13 males from the Thai collections and a further male from Sri Lanka. In all these specimens the parameres are apically narrowed, but the contures are sometimes rather obsolete. The incorrect figure in LOBL (1971) is obviously due to a fragment of an intersegmental mem- brane mistaken for the inner apical part of the paramere. Scaphisoma fastum sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5-11.1V.58 (Maa) in a dead tree (BBMH). Paratypes: 10 as holotype; 10° ‘‘Chiang Mai, V.74’’ (Sedlacek) (MHNG). Length 1.5-1.6 mm width 1.05-1.17 mm. Body more or less dark reddish brown, apex of elytra darkened. Apical abdominal segments, legs and antennae ochreous to yellowish. Antennae long, relative length of antennomeres: III 5, IV 10, V 19, VI 19, VII 27, VIII 17, IX 28, X 25, XI 30 (holotype); segment IV about 2.5 x longer than wide, V barely wider than IV, almost 5 x longer than wide; VI somewhat wider than V, about 4x longer than wide; VII about 4.5 x longer than wide; VIII slightly wider than VI, about 3.5 x longer than wide; XI about as wide as VII and 5x longer than wide. Pronotum with lateral margins rounded and lateral keels in dorsal view visible in basal half; punctation dense, more or less fine, at least some punctures distinct at 12 x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra laterally fairly rounded, apically strongly narrowed; lateral keel visible in dorsal view from base to apex; apical margin somewhat convex; inner apical angle about in same level as outer angles; sutural margin not or somewhat elevated; sutural stria rather shallow, curved at base and extended laterally to humeral area, not joint with lateral stria; interval between sutural stria and sutural margin flat, with a row of fine punctures; punctation dense (sparser than on pronotum) and fine, punctures shallow and not well delimited, usually somewhat larger than pronotal ones and at least somewhat smaller than intervals between them. Pygidium densely and very finely punc- tate, with microsculpture consisting of punctures. Mesepimeron slender, shorter than interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum very finely punctate, medially moderately convex, without distinct impressions. Mesocoxal area narrow, 0.03 mm long, with parallel, coarsely punctate margin, few coarse punctures extended laterally along SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 553 metasternal suture. Metepisternum almost flat, at widest point 0.13 mm wide, narrowed anterad, inner margin not impressed, straight. First ventrite very finely and densely punc- tate, except for coarse punctures at margins of metacoxal areas and along basal margin between coxae, not microsculptured. Coxal area 0.05-0.06 mm long, rounded. Following ventrites with microsculpture consisting of punctures. Tibiae straight and slender. / ESS VS SZ ‘ FIGS 62 to 64. 62. Scaphisoma fastum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus, dorsal view; 63. dtto, lateral view; 64. dtto, parameres, ventral view. Scale=0.2 mm. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-3 of protarsi somewhat enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 62 to 64) 0.66-0.73 mm long. This new species is closely related to ruficolor (Pic) with which it shares most of the external characters, including the conspicuous row of coarse punctures on the base of the 554 IVAN LÖBL lst ventrite, and a very similar aedeagus. However, the parameres provide good distinguishing features. In fastum the distal portion of the right paramere is much slender than in ruficolor, and the left paramere bears a membranous subapical lobe absent from ruficolor. Similar aedeagi as in ruficolor and fastum are found in anomalum Löbl and ramosum Löbl from the Philippines and in blandum Löbl from New Guinea. These species are characterized by following synapomorphies: median lobe asymmetrical, with large basal bulbous part and hook-like distal part bearing a ventral tubercle; internal sac with a sclerotized flagellum; parameres asymmetrical, enlarged, with narrow elongate basal portion, and narrowed apical portion of the right paramere; articular tubercle moderately developed. In anomalum, ramosum and blandum the sutural stria of elytron is not extended along basal margin. Besides, these species differ also in the shape of the parameres, and blandum may be readily distinguished by its colour pattern. Scaphisoma canaliculatum sp. n. Holotype o: Pradu Pah, 50 km N Lampang, 620 m, 18.1.86 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Length 1.85 mm, width 1.20 mm. Dorsal surface very dark, almost black, except for reddish brown to ochreous abdomen, dark reddish brown ventral surface, femora and tibiae, and pale tarsi and antennae. Antennae long, relative length of segments: III 6, IV 12, V 18, VI 17, VII 24, VIII 17, IX 25, X 25, XI 34; segment IV slender, about 3 x longer than wide; V wider than IV, 4x longer than wide; VI markedly wider than V, 3x longer than wide; VII about 3.5 x longer than wide, wider than VI; VIII about as VI; XI about as wide as VII, almost 5x longer than wide. Pronotum with strongly rounded lateral margins; lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation very fine, barely visible at 50 x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra apically fairly narrowed; lateral margin almost regularly rounded; lateral keel not visible in dorsal view; apical margin truncate; inner apical angle lying behind level of outer angle; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria deep, parallel to sutural margin, curved at base and extended along basal margin about to middle of basal width; interval between sutural margin and stria narrow, flat, densely and finely punctate; punctation dense and rather coarse, with well delimited punc- tures usually distinctly smaller than intervals between them; humeral area very finely punctate; surface near apical margin denser punctate than elsewhere. Pygidium apparently lacking microsculpture, punctation dense and rather fine near base, very fine apically. Mesepimeron small, about as long as half of interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum all over very finely and sparsely punctate; median portion somewhat convex, lacking apical impressions. Mesocoxal area very narrow, about 0.03 mm long, with fine marginal punctures. Metepisternum somewhat convex, 0.13 mm wide, anterad narrowed, inner margin straight, impressed below level of metasternum margin. First ventrite not microsculptured, with a dense basal row of coarse elongate punctures margining lateral portion of base and metacoxal area, punctation behind that row and on center rather sparse and fine, near apical margin very fine. Metacoxal area very small, 0.03 mm long, with somewhat convex margin. Following ventrites with well visible microsculpture (24 x ) consisting of punctures. Tibiae slender, straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-3 of protarsi strongly enlarged, 1 and 2 of mesotarsi moderately enlarged. Apical margin of 5th ventrite sinuate. Lobe of 6th ventrite 0.06 mm long, broadly rounded. Aedeagus (Figs 65 and 66) 0.67 mm long. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 555 Fics 65 to 68. 65 and 66. Scaphisoma canaliculatum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 67. Scaphisoma atronotatum Pic from Kalew, Burma, internal sac; 68. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.2 mm. This species belongs to the pictum group as shown by the structure of the median lobe of the aedeagus. It differs drastically from other members of that group in the shape of the sclerites of the internal sac. Besides, it is well characterized by the combination of the external features, especially by the colour pattern, the small coxal areas, the abdominal punctation and the microsculpture. 556 IVAN LÖBL Scaphisoma jacobsoni Löbl Scaphisoma jacobsoni Löbl, 1975: 287. Material examined: 2, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85; 3, Phuket, island Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (all MHNG). Distribution: Thailand, Malaysia (Sarawak, Penang), Indonesia (Java, Sumatra). — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma dohertyi Pic Scaphosoma dohertyi Pic, 1915a: 24. Scaphisoma dohertyi; LOBL 1981c: 107, 1986a: 174. Material examined: 7, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85; 4, Kan- chanaburi, Sai York Nat. Park, 100 m, 21.VII.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Phuket, island Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (all MHNG). Distribution: Indonesia (Java), Malaysia (Pahang, Sarawak), Vietnam, Thailand, North India. Scaphisoma binhanum (Pic) Pseudoscaphosoma binhanum Pic, 1922: 2. Scaphisoma binhanum; LÔBL 1976: 222, 1979a: 108, 1981c: 106, 1986a: 174. Material examined: 1, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Reserve, 8 km N Sop Pong, 700 m, 11 & 13.X1.85; 8, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85; 6, Phuket, island Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (all MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia (Java). — New to Thailand. Remarks. The proximally expanded apical portion of the parameres and Ist ventrite in male lacking apical teeth distinguish binhanum from dohertyi. The female in these two species may be separated by the shape of the sutural striae of elytra, and by the elytral punctation. Scaphisoma atronotatum Pic Scaphosoma atronotatum Pic, 1920c: 24; 1921a: 165. Scaphisoma atronotatum; LOBL 1973a: 152. Material examined: 5, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1500 m, 11.XI.86 (Schwendinger); 5, Doi Inthanon, 7.X1.85, 1720 m (all MHNG). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. New material enables to complete the published figures of the aedeagus by more details (Figs 67 and 68). The parameres are post-basally enlarged and have strongly sclerotized inner margin, similar to that in khasianum Löbl and surya Löbl, but the dorso- apical wall of the bulbous part of the median lobe is expanded and overlapping the distal portion, as in dohertyi and binhanum. Scaphisoma operosum sp. n. Holotype o: Malaysia, Cameron Highlands, 22.-30.III.84 (Rougemont) (MHNG). Paratypes: 10, as holotype; 40°, 59, Thailand, Chiang Mai, Doi Chiang Dao, 450 m, 7.V.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Length 1.7-2.0 mm, width 1.15-1.35 mm. Body reddish brown, elytra at apex usually paler, apex of abdomen and legs pale reddish brown or ochreous, antennae yellowish. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 331 / me 71 Fics 69 to 71. 69. Scaphisoma operosum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 70. dtto, distal portion of median lobe; 71. dtto, paratype from Doi Chiang Dao, distal portion of median lobe in lateral view, with paramere, internal sac extruded. Scale=0.3 mm (69) and 0.2 mm (70, 71). 558 IVAN LÖBL Antennae long, segments very slender, their relative length as: III 7, IV 21, V 33, VI 28, VII 30, VIII 22, IX 29, X 26, XI 34 (holotype); V and VI evenly wide, slightly wider than IV, VI 7x longer than wide, VIII only somewhat wider than VI. Pronotum with somewhat rounded lateral margins; lateral keels in dorsal view not or barely visible; punc- tation rather dense and fine, distinct at 20x magnification, punctures weel delimited, near base coarser than on center. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytron slightly narrowed apically; lateral margin distinctly rounded; lateral keel in dorsal view exposed from base to apex, apical margin somewhat rounded; inner apical angle lying in same level as outer angle; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria shallow, parallel to margin, barely curved near base; interval between latter and suture flat, with a row of fine or very fine puncture; .discal punctation dense and more or less coarse, punctures rather well delimited, often larger than intervals between them (in holotype decidedly smaller), near base similar as on center. Pygidium very finely and sparsely punctate, as ventrites with microsculpture consisting of transverse lines. Mesepimeron about 1.5 x longer than interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum convex between mesocoxae, with medio-apical portion flattened and impressed, and more or less distinctly impressed median line; covered with microsculpture, except on anterolateral portion; punctation almost all over sparse and very fine, on a more or less extended medio-apical area punctures dense and relatively coarse, and with a dense transverse row of coarse punctures in an impressed stria in front of metacoxa. Mesocoxal area 0.06-0.07 mm long, margin rounded and distinctly punctate. Metepisternum flat, 0.14-0.18 mm wide, anterad narrowed, inner margin impressed, straight, except near angles. First ventrite sparsely and very finely punctate, on mediobasal area several punctures coarser. Metacoxal area 0.08-0.11 mm long, with convex, rather coarsely punctate margin. Tibiae slender, I straight, II and III somewhat curved in apical third. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 and 2 of protarsi and mesotarsi strongly enlarged (Ist segment about as large as apex of tibia), segment 3 of pro- and mesotarsi moderately enlarged. Fifth ventrite with two short apical ridges each bearing a long hair, surface between them flattened and somewhat impressed; apical lobe of 6th ventrite wide and short, 0.04-0.05 mm long, with rounded margin. Aedeagus (Figs 69 to 71) 1.07- 1.35 mm long. This new species is closely related to /aminatum Löbl with which it shares a similar median lobe. It may be readily distinguished by the impressed center of metasternum and by the shape of the parameres which are not dorsally dilated in /aminatum. Scaphisoma lannaense sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XIII.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 10°, 39, as holotype; 19, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85 (all MHNG). Length 1.4-1.6 mm, width 0.97-1.10 mm. Head, pronotum, and hypomera ochreous. Elytra blackish, each with a large reddish post-basal spot and reddish to yellowish on apical 1/5 to 1/3. Ventral surface of thorax dark reddish brown to blackish, Ist ventrite more or less darkened, following ventrites ochreous, abdominal apex yellowish. Legs ochreous, antennae yellowish, long. Relative length of antennomeres: III 7, IV 17, V 25, VI 21, VII 28, VIII 24, IX 31, X 28, XI 36 (holotype). Pronotum with moderately rounded lateral margins, lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation rather coarse and very dense near base (especially on mediobasal area), with most punctures much larger than SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 559 intervals and distinct at 20x magnification; elsewhere pronotal punctation finer and less dense, consisting of punctures usually smaller than intervals and almost indistinct at 20 x magnification. Distal portion of scutellum exposed. Elytra moderately narrowed apically; lateral margin moderately rounded; lateral keels well visible from base to apex in dorsal view; apical margin rounded; inner apical angle lying in same level as outer angle; sutural margin elevated; sutural stria deep, fairly divergent anterad, suddenly curved obliquely towards basal margin, somewhat behind level of scutellum, accompanied with a row of coarse punctures (becoming fine to very fine apically); interval between sutural stria and margin impressed, with two rows of coarse punctures (one row apically); discal punctation rather sparse and very fine, consisting of extremely shallow punctures, punctures near sutural stria coarse. Pygidium very finely punctate. Mesepimeron slender, about 2x longer than interval between its top and mesocoxa. Metasternum between meso- and metacoxae with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae; punctation all over very fine, except for few moderately coarse punctures in front of apical intercoxal process; with two deep medio-apical impressions. Mesocoxal area narrow, 0.03-0.04 mm long, parallel, with coarse marginal punctures. Metepisternum convex, 0.14-0.15 mm wide, anterad narrowed, inner margin impressed, convexly rounded in apical 2/3 and with convex anterior angle. Abdominal segments with microsculpture consisting of transverse lines. First ventrite very finely punctate, just behind intercoxal process a few relatively coarse punctures. Metacoxal area 0.04-0.06 mm long, convex, marginal punctures coarse. Tibiae slender, I and II curved, III straight. Fics 72 and 73. 72. Scaphisoma lannaense sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 73. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.1 mm. 560 IVAN LÖBL Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi somewhat enlarged. Sixth ventrite lacking apical lobe. Aedeagus (Figs 72 and 73) 0.53-0.59 mm long. This species resembles dohertyi by the coloration, the conspicuous shape of the sutural stria of the elytron, and the elytral punctation. It may be readily separated from dohertyi by coarser pronotal punctation and by the metasternum lacking a row of punctures in front of the metacoxa. S. /annaense belongs to the pictum group (sym- metrical aedeagus with bifid distal portion of the median lobe). It differs from all species placed in the group in the combination of following characters: elytron maculate, with sutural stria divergent anterad, and internal sac of aedeagus lacking sclerotized pieces. Scaphisoma velox sp. n. Holotype ©: Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, 30 km from Headquarters, 450 m, 18.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 2.0 mm, width 1.4 mm. Body ochreous, apical abdominal segments, legs and antennae paler, almost yellowish. Elytra weakly alutaceous, darkened at apex, and with a somewhat paler narrow transverse subapical area. Antennae long, relative length of antennomeres as III 7, IV 22, V 32, VI 29, VII 35, VIII 30, IX 35, X 32, XI 40; IV about 5x longer than wide, V somewhat wider than IV, well 6x longer than wide, VI slightly wider than V, not quite 6x longer than wide, VII well 4x longer than wide; VIII barely wider than VI, 5 x longer than wide; XI about as wide as VII, and about 4x longer than wide. Pronotum with lateral margins oblique in basal half, rounded apically; lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation dense and very fine, barely distinct at 24x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra with distinct pubescence; lateral margin rounded; lateral keel in dorsal view visible from base almost to apex; apical angle truncate; inner apical angle lying behind level of outer angle; sutural margin elevated; sutural stria deep, almost parallel to margin, somewhat curved near base, evanescent near pronotal lobe; interval between sutural stria and margin flat, densely and rather finely punctate; punctation dense and rather coarse, punctures well delimited, larger than inter- vals between them (especially near apex), at base decidedly finer than on center (but coarser than on pronotum); minute humeral hump impunctate. Pygidium extremely finely punctate, with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae. Mesepimeron about as long as interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae; median portion strongly convex, apically flattened, with fine and very dense punctation medio-apically (punctures about as large as intervals), sparsely and very finely punctate elsewhere, except for a dense row of rather coarse punctures in a deeply impressed line in front of metacoxa. Mesocoxal area 0.06 mm long, with rounded, rather coarsely punctate margin. Metepisternum convex, 0.15 mm wide, anterad moderately nar- rowed, inner margin deeply impressed, straight except near angles. Ventrites microsculptured as pygidium. First ventrite very finely and sparsely punctate, just on a small mediobasal area punctation distinctly denser and less fine; metacoxal area 0.12 mm long, with rounded margin coarsely punctate. Tibiae rather stout, I straight, II and III somewhat curved. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 and 2 of pro- and mesotarsi strongly enlarged, 1 about as large as apex of tibia; segment 3 of pro- and mesotarsi moderately enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite narrow, 0.10 mm long. Aedeagus (Figs 74 to 77) 0.55 mm long. S. velox shares many external characters (microsculpture, long antennae, transverse row of punctures in front of metacoxa, elytron with sutural stria not extended along basal SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 561 SIT «> LS Fics 74 to 77. 74. Scaphisoma velox sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 75. dtto, distal portion of internal sac; 76. dtto, basal portion of internal sac; 77. dtto, paramere. Scale =0.3 mm (74) and 0.1 mm (75-77). margin) with species of the groups pictum, binhanum, tricolor and haemorrhoidale. But the aedeagus lacks the autapomorphies of these groups, and the median lobe differs in the shape of its apical portion. The species is also distinguishable by the complex internal sac and by alutaceous elytra. The asymmetry in the parameres as figured is possibly due to an artefact. 562 IVAN LÖBL Scaphisoma solutum sp. n. Holotype o: Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.3 mm, width 0.83 mm. Body very dark reddish brown, apex of abdomen and femora ochreous. Antennae, tibiae and tarsi pale, almost yellowish. Antennae long, relative length of antennomeres: III 8, IV 10, V 19, VI 18, VII 22, VIII 18, IX 24, x23, XI 28; III conspicuously elongate; IV slender, 3x longer than wide; V somewhat wider Fics 78 to 81. 78. Scaphisoma solutum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 79. dtto, distal portion of median lobe; 80. dtto, parameres, 81. dtto, internal sac. Scale=0.1 mm. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 563 than IV, about 5x longer than wide; VI somewhat wider than V, about 4x longer than wide; VII wider than VI, not quite 4x longer than wide; VIII wider than VI, almost 4x longer than wide; XI barely wider than VII, more than 4x longer than wide. Pronotum with moderately rounded lateral margins and barely visible lateral keels in dorsal view; punctation dense and very fine, punctures well delimited and distinct at 20x magnifica- tion, much smaller than intervals between them. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra fairly narrowed apically; lateral margin rounded in anterior half, oblique in apical half; lateral keel distinct from base to apex; apical margin truncate; inner apical angle lying in level of outer angle; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria rather deep, parallel to suture, evanescent at level of scutellum; interval between sutural stria and margin flat, with a row of very fine punctures; discal punctation dense and fine, near base similar as that on pro- notum, elsewhere somewhat coarser, with punctures well delimited, most of them smaller than intervals. Pygidium very finely punctate, with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae. Mesepimeron very slender, about 2x longer than interval between its top and mesocoxa. Metasternum all over very finely punctate; median portion convex, without impressions; microsculpture consisting of transverse striae distinct on median and latero- apical portions, absent from laterobasal area. Mesocoxal area barely 0.03 mm long, with almost parallel, distinctly punctate margin. Metepisternum flat, 0.08 mm wide, anterad moderately narrowed, with almost straight not impressed inner margin. Visibles ventrites as pygidium very finely punctate and microsculptured; metacoxal area 0.07 mm long, convex, with fine marginal punctures. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-2 of protarsi enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite wide and very short, almost indistinct. Aedeagus (Figs 78 to 81) 0.60 mm long. This species exhibits rather unusual aedeagal characters. It seems to represent an isolated group possibly related to the pictum-group. Its most striking features are the asymmetrical distal portions of the parameres and of the median lobe and the large, not overlapped ostium. Scaphisoma rouyeri Pic Scaphosoma (Scutoscaphosoma) rouyeri Pic, 1916: 3. Scutoscaphosoma subovatum Pic, 1920c: 24. Scaphisoma rouyeri; LOBL 1981b: 156. Material examined: 1, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23-24.X1.85; 3, Khao Yai Nat. Park, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Distribution: Malaysia (Sarawak), Indonesia (Java), Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma rufescens (Pic) Pseudoscaphosoma punctatum var. rufescens Pic, 1920c: 24. Scutoscaphosoma distinctipenne Pic, 1923b: 195. Scaphisoma rufescens; LOBL 1981b: 157. Material examined: 7, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5-11.1V.58 (Maa); 1, Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (BMH, MHNG). Distribution: Malaysia (Sabah, Sarawak), Indonesia (Kalimantan), Singapore, Vietnam, Thailand. — New to Thailand. 564 IVAN LÖBL Scaphisoma cribripenne (Pic) Scutoscaphosoma cribripenne Pic, 1923a: 17. Scaphisoma cribripenne; Löbl, 19815: 158. Material examined: 3, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5-11.1V.58 (Maa) (BMH, MHNG). Distribution: Vietnam, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma delictum Löbl Scaphisoma delictum Löbl, 19815: 158. Material examined: 1, Mae Hong Son, Sop Pong Forest Park, 600-700 m, 12.X1.85 (MHNG). Distribution: Vietnam, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma rougemonti Löbl Scaphisoma rougemonti Löbl, 1984c: 996. Material examined: 3, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5-11.1V.58 (Maa) (BMH, MHNG). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma pseudatrox sp. n. Holotype ©: Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150- 300 m, 23-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 20, 19 as holotype; 20°, Khao Yai Nat Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Length 1.2-1.4 mm, width 0.83-0.97 mm. Dorsal surface black, body ventrally somewhat paler; elytron with a large reddish spot covering most of basal half but not extended to basal or lateral margin and not reaching sutural stria; apical portion of elytron (more than fourth of maximum length), apex of abdomen and legs ochreous; antennae yellowish. Pronotum with rounded lateral margins, lateral keels not or barely visible in dorsal view; pronotal punctation fine in middle and near apical and lateral margins (visible at 24x magnification), on mediobasal area distinctly coarser than in middle. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra rather flat, with rounded lateral margins and distinct lateral keels in dorsal view; sutural margin not elevated; inner apical angle lying about in same level as outer angle; interval between sutural margin and stria flat, densely and coarsely punctate; sutural stria deep, near base somewhat curved, accompanied by coarse punc- tures; disk with 3 oblique rows of very coarse punctures extended apically to apical third, and with few additional very coarse punctures on mediolateral area; inner basal area densely and coarsely punctate, remaining elytral surface more of less sparsely and finely or very finely punctate. Pygidium very finely punctate. Hypomeron without microsculpture. Median portion of metasternum and abdominal segments with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae, microsculpture absent from mes- and metepisternum, and from laterobasal portion of Ist ventrite. Lateral portion of meta- sternum finely punctate except for coarse punctures in transverse impressed stria parallel to metacoxa; median portion of metasternum rather coarsely punctured in and around two apical impressions, anterad gradually finer punctate. Metepisternum 0.08-0.10 mm wide, narrowed anteriorly, inner margin rounded apically. Ventrites very finely and sparsely punctate, except on narrow mediobasal area of Ist ventrite which is densely and rather coarsely punctate. Mesocoxal area 0.4-0.5 mm long, with rounded, coarsely punctate margin; metacoxal area 0.06-0.09 mm long, with convex, coarsely punctate margin. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 565 Fics 82 and 83. 82. Scaphisoma pseudatrox sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 83. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.1 mm. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite very short, rounded. Aedeagus (Figs 82 and 83) 0.46-0.51 mm long. This new species is a member of the rouyeri group. It shares with atrox Löbl wide parameres and long sclerotized teeth in apical portion of the internal sac, but differs conspicuously by the elytral punctation and coloration, and by the parameres not enlarged apically. Scaphisoma pseudodelictum Löbl Scaphisoma pseudodelictum Löbl, 1986a: 180. Material examined: 3, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 800 m, 12.V1.86 and 1050 m, 14.X1.87 (Schwendinger); 9, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5-11.1V.58 (Maa); 26, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Head- quarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG, BMH). Distribution: North India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. In the Khao Yai specimens the apical portions of the parameres are less enlarged than those in specimens from other localities. 566 IVAN LÖBL Scaphisoma species C Material examined: 3, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5-11.IV.58 (Maa) (BMH, MHNG). This species is characterized by conspicuously dense and coarse pronotal punctation. The aedeagus is similar to that in delictum and pseudodelictum, but larger and with relatively short enlarged apical portion of parameres. Unfortunately, the internal sac in the single male is extruded and its structure cannot be compared with that in other species. Scaphisoma javanum Löbl Scaphisoma javanum Löbl, 1979b: 326; 1982b: 5. Material examined: 2, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85; 1, Khao Yai Nat. Park, 750-850 m, near Headquarters, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (all MHNG). Distribution: Thailand, Malaysia (Sarawak, Sabah), Indonesia (Java). — New to Thailand. Remarks. I have carefully reexamined several aedeagi and found that its apical portion is not trifid, as in species of the haemorrhoidale group. In javanum it seems to be similar to that in species of the rouyeri group, with which it also shares lobed parameres. Scaphisoma paliferum Löbl Scaphisoma paliferum Löbl, 1984c: 999. Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1500 m, 11.X1.85 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Suthep, 111.87 (Rougemont); 2, Doi Pui, 25.1. and 14.111.82 (Rougemont) (all MHNG). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. These specimens exhibit almost exactly the same conspicuous colour pattern as the types. Scaphisoma species D Material examined: 19, labelled ‘‘W. Tak’’/‘‘J. H. Sedlacek Collector’’ (MHNG). This species resembles testaceomaculatum (Pic) in colour pattern and in having anterad strongly divergent sutural striae of elytra. In both species the pronotal base is blackish, with an anteriorly enlarged black mediobasal area, but in Thai specimen the remaining surface of the prothorax is ochreous (yellowish in testaceomaculatum) and the elytral spot is much larger than in all specimens of restaceomaculatum I have seen. Besides, the elytral punctation in the Thai specimen is coarser than that in testaceomaculatum. Scaphisoma amabile Löbl Scaphisoma amabile Löbl, 1984c: 998. Material examined: 8, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1050 m, 14.IX.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Suthep, III.87 (Rougemont) (all MHNG). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 567 Scaphisoma pseudamabile sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 50°, 99, as holotype; 19, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 800 m, 12.V.86 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Length 1.2-1.5 mm, width 0.85-1.0 mm. Body ochreous, apex of elytra distinctly darkened, elytral base sometimes somewhat darkened. In external characters extremely similar to amabile Löbl from which it differs by elytra with less well delimited darkened areas, sutural striae parallel from their middle to curved anterior portion, metacoxal area somewhat shorter (0.05-0.06 mm) and sometimes only barely longer than mesocoxal area. As in amabile, the transverse row of punctures in front of the metacoxa is well marked and usually lying in an impressed stria. The length of the antennomeres is almost the same in both species (in holotype of pseudamabile: III 5, IV 16, V 22, VI 19, VII 25, WADI Xe 26; X 26, XT 32). FIGS 84 to 86. 84. Scaphisoma pseudamabile sp. n., paratype from Khao Yai Nat. Park, aedeagus; 85. dtto, internal sac; 86. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.1 mm. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 38 568 IVAN LÖBL This new species is characterized by the aedeagus which is 0.52-0.59 mm long (Figs 84 to 86) differing notably from that of amabile in the shape of the parameres. Scaphisoma segne sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, south slope, 1450 m, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.7 mm, width 1.12 mm. Body ochreous, apical abdominal segments and tibiae somewhat paler, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Antennae rather long, relative length of antennomeres: III 6, IV 10, V 19, VI 22, VII 25, VIII 20, IX 25, X 25, XI 30; segment IV rather slender, about 3 x longer than wide; V distinctly wider than IV, 4x longer than FIGs 87 to 89. 87. Scaphisoma segne sp.n., holotype, aedeagus; 88. dtto, internal sac; 89. dtto, paramere. Scale = 0.2 mm (87) and 0.1 mm (88, 89). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 569 wide; VI slightly wider than V, 4x longer than wide; VII about 3.5 x longer than wide; VIII somewhat wider than VI, well 3x longer than wide; XI about as wide as VII, 4x longer than wide. Pronotum with rounded lateral margins and not visible lateral keels in dorsal view; punctation moderately dense and extremely fine, barely visible at 50x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra rather strongly narrowed apically, with rounded lateral margin; lateral keel in dorsal view visible from base to apex; apical margin truncate; inner apical angle situated somewhat behind level of outer angle; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria shallow, parallel to suture, curved near base, evanescent laterally of pronotal lobe; interval between sutural stria and margin flat, very finely punctate; punctation near base about as that on pronotum, on apical 2/3 dense and fine, formed by relatively well delimited punctures most of which are smaller than intervals between them. Pygidium very finely punctate and with microsculpture consisting of points. Mesepimeron about 1.5x longer than interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum without microsculpture; centre moderately convex, lacking impression; punctation very fine and sparse, only on medio-apical area denser, formed by larger but very shallow punctures. Mesocoxal area 0.05 mm long, margin convex, almost indistinctly punctured. Metepisternum flat, 0.15 mm wide, somewhat narrowed anteriorly, inner margin impressed, straight, only near angles rounded. First ventrite lacking microsculpture, laterally very finely and sparsely punctate, on median part rather densely and less finely punctate. Metacoxal area large, 0.12 mm long, margin convex, with fine, almost indistinct punctures. Following ventrites with microsculpture consisting of punctures. Tibias slender, I and III straight, II somewhat curved. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi and 1 and 2 of mesotarsi enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite triangular, 0.06 mm long. Aedeagus (Figs 87 to 89) 0.70 mm long. The distal portion of the median lobe seems to be dorsally split as in members of the haemorrhoidale-group. Should the split prove to be incomplete, the species may belong to the rouyeri-group. S. segne may be readily identified by the characteristic structures in the internal sac. Scaphisoma egenum sp. n. Holotype © : Khao Yai Nat. Park, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 70, 109, as holotype (MHNG); 30, 39, Chiang Mai, Doi Chiang Dao, 450 m, 7.V.87 (Schwendinger) (MHNG), 19 Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5.-11.1V.58 (Maa) (BMH). Length 1.25-1.40 mm, width 0.83-0.97 mm. Body more or less dark reddish brown to black, apical 1/4 to 1/3 of elytra ochreous or yellowish. Apical abdominal segments, femora and tibiae ochreous, tarsi and antennae usually still somewhat paler. Antennae similar as in other species of the haemorrhoidale-group, relative length of antennomeres: III 5, IV 13, V 20, VI 16, VII 18, VIII 16, IX 19, X 18, XI 25 (holotype). Pronotum with rounded lateral margins; lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation fairly dense and very fine, barely visible at 24x magnification. Minute point of scutellum exposed. Elytron fairly narrowed apically; lateral margin moderately rounded; lateral keel usually distinct in dorsal view from base to apex; apical margin somewhat rounded; inner apical angle lying behind level of outer angle; sutural margin elevated; sutural stria rather fine, somewhat divergent anteriorly, barely curved near base, finely punctate; interval between sutural stria and margin flat, with a row of very fine punctures; punctation on basal 1/4 sparse and fine to very fine, towards centre denser and coarser, about on apical 3/5 fairly 570 IVAN LÖBL dense and rather coarse, with punctures usually distinctly smaller than intervals. Pygidium extremely finely punctate, as on ventrites with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae. Mesepimeron distinctly longer than interval between its end and mesocoxa. Metasternum with moderately convex and very finely punctate centre; medio-apical por- tion flattened, densely and relatively coarsely punctate, with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae, lacking impressions or very shallowly impressed near metacoxa. Lateral portion of metasternum lacking microsculpture, sparsely and very finely punctate, with a more or less irregular row of fine punctures in front of metacoxa. Mesocoxal area 0.06-0.07 mm long, with oblique inner and rounded outer margin, and very fine marginal punctures. Metepisternum flat, 0.09-0.11 mm wide, moderately narrowed anteriorly, Fics 90 to 92. 90. Scaphisoma egenum sp. n., paratype from Khao Yai Nat. Park, aedeagus; 91. dtto, paramere; 92. Scaphisoma pressum sp. n., holotype. Scale=0.1 mm (90, 91) and 0.2 mm (92). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND SIA inner margin not or barely impressed, straight except near angles. First ventrite all over sparsely and very finely punctate; not microsculptured on laterobasal area. Tibiae straight, slender. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi and 1 and 2 of mesotarsi distinctly enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 90 and 91) 0.34-0.41 mm long. This species may be readily separated from other members of the haemorrhoidale- group having lobed parameres by the small size of the body and by the colour pattern. The specimens from Chiang Dao are notably darker than those from Khao Yai Nat. Park. Scaphisoma scabiosum Löbl Scaphisoma scabiosum L6bl, 19860: 191. Material examined: 6, Chiang Rai, Nam Tok, Ban Du, III.87 (Rougemont); 2, 10 km W Wiang Pa Pao, Ban Huay Ya Sai, 780 m, 28.1.88 (Schwendinger). Distribution: India (Meghalaya), Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma aurun Löbl Scaphisoma aurun Löbl, 1979a: 110; 1986a: 191. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 910 m, 23.11.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Chiang Dao, 450 m, 7.V.87 (Schwendinger); 2, Chiang Dao, 600 m, 23.X11.80 (Deharveng, Gouze) (all MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma pressum sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 30, 19 as holotype (MHNG), 10° Nakhon Ratchasima, Sakaerat Exp. Station, 14.VIII.70 (Franz) (coll. Franz). Length 1.5-1.6 mm, width 1.0-1.20 mm. Body ochreous, legs and antennae yellowish. Very similar to aurun from which it differs by the Ist ventrite lacking coarse mediobasal punctures, and by the aedeagus. Antennae very long, relative length of antennomeres as III 7, IV 17, V 27, VI 22, VII 27, VIII 22, IX 28, X 24, XI 28 (holotype). Mesocoxal area 0.05-0.06 mm long, margin convex, distinctly punctured; metacoxal area 0.06-0.08 mm long, margin convexly rounded and coarsely punctured. Lobe of 6th ventrite small, triangular, 0.05 mm long. Aedeagus (Figs 92 to 96) 0.81-0.87 mm long. Distal portion of median lobe more curved than in aurun, and with divergent short dorsal branches. Internal sac lacking a pair of median sclerites, and includes a bunch of sclerotized teeth orientated ventrally. Parameres larger than in aurun. SIL IVAN LÖBL Fics 93 to 96. 93. Scaphisoma pressum sp. n., holotype, internal sac in lateral view; 94. dito, dorsal view; 95. dtto, paramere; 96. dito, distal portion of median lobe in lateral view with paramere. Scale=0.1 mm. Scaphisoma cederholmi Löbl Scaphisoma cederholmi Löbl, 1971: 983; 1986: 193. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, 14.XI.68 (Sat6); 1, Kanchanaburi, Sai Yok Nat. Park, 21.VII.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85; 1, Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.XI.87 (Heiss) (all MHNG). Distribution: Sri Lanka, India (Assam), Thailand. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 573 Scaphisoma tetrastictum Champion Scaphosoma tetrastictum Champion, 1927: 275. Scaphisoma tetrastictum; LOBL 1979a: 108, 1980: 116, 1981c: 109, 1986a: 191. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1500 m, 4.XI.86 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Pui, north slope, 1500 m, 19.X11.88 (Trautner & Geigenmiiller); 1, Chiang Rai, env. 30 km E Chiang Rai, 12.111.82 (Rougemont); 1, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 700 m, 11. & 13.X1.85 (MHNG, SMNS). Distribution: India, Burma, Thailand, Vietnam, Taiwan. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma obliquemaculatum Motschulsky Scaphisoma obliquemaculatum Motschulsky, 1863: 435. Scaphosoma rufomaculatum Pic, 1921b: 5. Scaphosoma luteoapicale Pic, 1923a: 17. Scaphosoma mahense Scott; VINSON 1943: 197. Scaphisoma obliquemaculatum; LOBL 1971: 984, 1976: 273, 1977b: 43. Material examined: 4, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85; 2, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23-24.X1.85 (all MHNG). Distribution: Sri Lanka, Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia (Java, Sumatra, Sulawesi) Malaysia (Sarawak), Mascarene archipelago. — New to Thailand. Scaphisoma valens sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, 7.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 10°, 29 as holotype (MHNG). Length 1.55-1.70 mm, width 1.10-1.15 mm. Body, femora and tibiae ochreous, antennae, tarsi and apex of abdomen yellowish. Antennae long, similar as in other species of the haemorrhoidale-group; relative length of antennomeres in holotype: III 8, IV 17, V 23, VI 21, VII 26, VIII 22, IX 26, X 25, XI 27. Pronotum with rounded lateral margins, lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation dense and coarse, punctures distinct at 10x magnification. Punctures relatively well delimited, at least some as large or larger than intervals between them. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytron with rounded lateral margin; lateral keel in dorsal view barely visible, obsolete in middle portion; apical margin truncate; inner apical angle situated behind level of outer angle; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria moderately deep, parallel to margin, not curved near base, coarsely punctate; interval between sutural stria and margin flat, narrow, coarsely punctate; discal punctation all over dense and coarse, decidedly coarser than on pronotum, punctures deep, rather well delimited, mostly larger than intervals between them. Pygidium extremely finely punctate, with microsculpture consisting of punctures. Mesepimeron about 2x longer than interval between its top and mesocoxa. Metasternum not microsculptured, in middle convex, flattened between metacoxae; punctation coarse, sparse on centre, dense just in front of apical intercoxale apophyse, moderately dense on lateral portion, with punctures forming a transverse row in front of metacoxa. Mesocoxale area small, about 0.04-0.06 mm long, rounded, with coarse marginal punctures. Metepisternum convex, 0.13-0.15 mm wide, anteriorly moderately narrowed, with distinctly punctate inner portion; inner margin impressed, rounded or somewhat sinuate. First ventrite not microsculptured, coarsely and sparsely punctate on median portion, very 574 IVAN LÖBL finely and sparsely punctate on lateral portion. Metacoxal area 0.08-0.09 mm long, margin convex, coarsely punctate. Following ventrites obsiously lacking microsculpture, Sth ven- trite with extremely fine microsculpture (180 x) consisting of transverse lines or waves. Tibiae slender, pro- and mesotibiae straight, metatibiae somewhat curved. Fics 97 to 99. 97. Scaphisoma valens sp. n., paratype from Doi Inthanon, aedeagus; 98. dtto, internal sac, 99. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.2 mm (97) and 0.1 mm (98, 99). Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 and 2 of protarsi fairly widened, segment 3 somewhat widened. Aedeagus (Figs 97 to 99) 0.75-0.83 mm long. This species belongs also to the haemorrhoidale-group. It may be identified by the combination of the external characters. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 575 Scaphisoma dives sp. n. Holotype o: Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1550 m, ravine, north slope, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 40, 29 as holotype; 20, 19, Doi Suthep, 1450 m, southern slope, 4.X1.85; 19, Doi Suthep, 1400 m, north slope, 5.X1.85; 50°, 19 , Doi Suthep, III.87 (Rougemont); 20, 119, Doi Pui, 1500 m, north slope, 19.XII.88 (Trautner & Geigenmüller); 10, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, ravine near Forestry Department, 6.X1.85 (MHNG, SMNS). HAT & taaet= TMINRSITIE fo AT 1 SSL MATITA ZA) RSI ZINN BUN SS INNE FF IL > TE; ied, / ( ) di ( = fies = / = RE IS 2027 Si ERS LEI ESSE ” Sy tc oc tS PR DOG Dis N ZU EDER c= \ £ 3). { n EEA = | \ >, A ito N | en A \ RAZZA DR NME AA / \ 4 2 | 221,37 | | BEN | LR DE Fics 100-103. 100. Scaphisoma dives sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 101. dtto, paramere; 102. dtto, apical portion of internal sac; 103. dtto, basal portion of internal sac. Scale —0.3 mm (100) and 0.1 mm (101-103). 576 IVAN LÖBL Length 1.75-1.95 mm, width 1.17-1.32 mm. Body reddish brown, elytra sometimes somewhat paler at apex, paler area not well delimited; femora and tibiae about as body, apex of abdomen and tarsi somewhat paler. Antennae yellowish, long. Antennomeres slender, their relative length: III 6, IV 19, V 32, VI 26, VII 29, VIII 26, IX 29, X 26, XI 31 (holotype); segment IV-VI almost evenly wide, VI more than 6x longer than wide, VII about 4x longer than wide, VIII well 6x longer than wide, only slightly wider than VI. Pronotum and elytra similar as in siamense and bispinosum. Pronotal punctation very fine, barely visible at 24x magnification. Elytron with lateral keel not visible near apex (dorsal view), inner apical angle lying in or somewhat behind level of outer angles, sutural margin elevated, sutural striae also in anterior half very feebly but distinctly divergent, interval between sutural stria and margin rather coarsely punctate, discal punctation coarse and dense, near sutural stria sparser and finer than on center; punctures near basal margin usually notably finer but not sparser than on center and decidedly coarser than on pronotum; minute humeral bump impunctate. Mesepimeron somewhat longer than interval between its top and mesocoxa. Metasternum all over sparsely and very finely punctate (dense row of coarse punctures in front of metacoxa excepted); centre convex, medio-apical area flattened, lacking impressions, apical portion with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae, as that on visible abdominal segments. Mesocoxal area 0.09-0.11 mm long, apically rounded, inner margin oblique or barely rounded, finely punctate, outer margin oblique, impunctate. Metepisternum 0.14-0.16 mm wide, moderately narrowed anteriorly, inner margin impressed, straight, near angles rounded. First ventrite all over sparsely and very finely punctate. Metacoxal area 0.09-0.12 mm long, with rounded, distinctly punctured margin. Tibiae straight, slender. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-3 of protarsi notably enlarged, 1 and 2 of mesotarsi somewhat enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite 0.10-0.12 mm long, rather slender, gradually narrowed. Aedeagus (Figs 100 to 103) 0.87-1.0 mm long. This species may be readily distinguished from members of the haemorrhoidale-group having not lobed parameres, by the shape of the sclerotized structures of the internal sac, especially by two slender bunches of filamentous sclerites at each side of median rows of denticules. Scaphisoma incurvum sp. n. Holotype © : Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, 300-400 m, 25-30 km from Headquarters, 17.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 60,89 as holotype; 10, as holotype but 200 m, near Headquarters, 16.X1.85; 140°, 139, same but 450 m, 30-35 km from Headquarters, 18-19.X1.85 (all MHNG). Length 1.35-1.55 mm, width 0.92-1.05 mm. Body dark reddish brown. Elytron with apical 1/4 ochreous to yellowish, as pale as apical abdominal segments, femora and tibiae. Tarsi and antennae yellowish. Relative length of antennomeres: III 4, IV 15, V 22, VI 18, VII 20, VIII 16, IX 19, X 18, XI 25 (holotype). In most external characters similar to prehensor Champion, differs by finer punctate elytra, mesepimeron somewhat longer than interval between its top and mesocoxa; metasternum lacking microsculpture and transverse row of punctures in front of metacoxa, mesocoxal area 0.08-0.09 mm long, with very fine marginal punctures, metacoxal area 0.08-0.10 mm long. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi distinctly enlarged, segments 1 and 2 of mesotarsi somewhat enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 104 to 107) 0.66-0.87 mm long. This species may be readily distinguished by the peculiar shape of the parameres. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND SG) Fics 104 to 107. 104. Scaphisoma incurvum sp. n., paratype from Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, aedeagus; 105. dtto, internal sac; 106. dtto, paramere; 107. dtto, distal portion of median lobe in lateral view with paramere. Scale=0.2 mm (104) and 0.1 mm (105-107). Scaphisoma favens sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1180 m, IX.87, pit-fall trap (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Length 2.0 mm, width 1.25 mm. Body, femora and tibiae reddish brown, elytron yellowish apically, its pale portion not well delimited but covering decidedly more than 1/4 of elytral length. Apex of abdomen, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Antennae long, 578 IVAN LÖBL relative length of segments: III 5, IV 20, V 30, VI 25, VII 28, VIII 24, IX 27, X 26, XI 30. Pronotum with regularly rounded lateral margins, in dorsal view not visible lateral keels, rather dense and very fine punctation distinct at 24x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra laterally rounded, fairly narrowed apically; lateral keel visible ‘in dorsal view from base to apex, apical margin truncate; inner apical angle right, lying Fics 108-110. 108. Scaphisoma favens sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 109. dtto, internal sac; 110. dtto, paramere. Scale =0.3 mm (108) and 0.2 mm (109, 110). in level of outer angle; sutural margin elevated except in anterior fourth; sutural stria rather deep, moderately divergent from apex to anterior fourth, then parallel with margin, curved at base, not extended along basal margin; intervals between sutural stria and margin flat, densely punctate; punctation dense and rather coarse, punctures on basal half usually smaller, on apical half larger than intervals, finely punctate humeral area narrow. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 579 Pygidium extremely finely punctate. Mesepimeron somewhat longer than interval between its top and mesocoxa. Metasternum with distinct microsculpture consisting of striae (transverse on centre and near metacoxa, oblique or longitudinal on lateral portion), sur- face near anterior margin not microsculptured; centre moderately convex, with very fine and rather sparse punctation; two medio-apical shallow impressions denser and somewhat coarser punctate; lateral portion very sparsely and extremely finely punctate. Mesocoxal area 0.10 mm long, rounded, marginal punctures fine. Metepisternum flat, very finely punctate, 0.16 mm wide, anteriorly moderately narrowed, inner margin impressed, somewhat sinuate, in apical 1/4 distinctly convex. Abdominal segments with well visible microsculpture consisting of transverse striae. First ventrite sparsely and very finely punctate, on mediobasal portion several punctures coarser. Metacoxal area 0.06 mm long, margin rounded and finely punctate. Protibiae barely curved, rather stout; meso- and metatibiae straight, mesotibiae rather stout, metatibiae slender. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi and 1 and 2 of mesotarsi strongly enlarged, segment 1 of protarsi nearly as large as protibia, segment 1 of mesotarsi larged than apex of mesotibia. Lobe of 6th ventrite 0.18 mm long, slender, moderately tapering apically, with rounded apical margin. Aedeagus (Figs 108 to 110) 1.10 mm long. This new species is also a member of the haemorrhoidale-group. It may be distinguished from other species of similar size and colour pattern by the metasternal microsculpture and the shape of the parameres of the aedeagus. Scaphisoma spissum sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1400 m, 5.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.6 mm, width 1.12 mm. Body very dark, almost black, apical third of elytra, apical abdominal segments, femora and tibiae ochreous. Hypomera very dark reddish brown. Tarsi and antennae yellowish. Relative length of antennomeres: III 5, IV 15, V 24, VI 23, VII 24, VIII 22, IX 24, X 23, XI 27. Most external diagnostic characters as in prehensor Champion from which it differs by the metasternum and the Ist ventrite all over very finely punctate, the former without a transverse row of punctures parallel to the metacoxa. The mesepimeron is decidedly longer than the intervals between its top and the mesocoxa, as in some specimens of prehensor. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi moderately enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite 0.11 mm long, slender, somewhat narrowed apically, with convex apical margin. Aedeagus (Figs 111 to 113) 0.81 mm long. This species can be positively identified only by its aedeagus which differs from that in other members of the haemorrhoidale-group by the internal sac bearing a long sym- metrical median sclerit. Scaphisoma meracum sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1400 m, ravine, 5.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1180 m, pit-fall trap, VI.87 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Length 1.9 mm, width 1.27 mm. Body very dark reddish brown to blackish. Apex of abdomen, femora and tibiae ochreous, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Antennae similar as in other species of the group haemorrhoidale, with slender segments of relative length: III 6, IV 20, V 27, VI 22, VII 26, VIII 22, IX 26, X 25, XI 28 (holotype). Pronotum with regularly convex lateral margins; lateral keels not visible in dorsal view; punctation rather IVAN LÖBL 580 = [JP IL \ YJ WEN AE ASA ES c re CG Di a Vk Leu YL SI EN Fics 111 to 113. 111. Scaphisoma spissum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 112. dtto, internal sac; 113. dtto, paramere. 0.2 mm (111) and 0.1 mm (112, 113). Scale 581 SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 116 Fics 114 to 116. 0.2 mm (114) and 0.1 mm (115, 116). 114. Scaphisoma meracum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 115. dtto, internal sac; 116. dtto, paramere. Scale 582 IVAN LÖBL dense and very fine, almost indistinct at 24x magnification. Minute point of scutellum exposed. Elytra fairly narrowed apically, lateral margin almost regularly rounded; lateral keel visible (but not very distinct) from base to apex in dorsal view; apical margin truncate; inner apical angle lying behind level of outer angles; sutural margin elevated; sutural striae fine, moderately divergent anteriorly, somewhat curved near base, evanescent at basal margin near pronotal lobe, finely punctate; interval between sutural stria and margin flat, with a dense row of fine punctures; punctation dense and rather coarse, punctures relatively well delimited, mostly as large or somewhat larger than intervals between them, on a very narrow basal area very fine. Pygidium and ventrites with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae, and very finely punctate. Mesepimeron longer than intervals between its top and mesocoxa. Metasternum lacking impressions, with convex, densely and very finely punctate centre, medio-apical area flattened; punctation behind centre dense and more or less coarse, largest punctures near metacoxa (larger than intervals); lateral portion of metasternum very finely and sparsely punctate, with a dense row of rather coarse punctures in front of metacoxa; apical intercoxal process almost impunctate; medio-apical area and surface between meso- and metacoxa microsculptured as abdomen. Mesocoxal area 0.08 mm long, subtriangular, with inner margin oblique, outer margin rounded; marginal punctures fine. Metepisternum 0.14 mm wide, moderately narrowed anteriorly, in outer half convex, inner half flat; inner margin impressed, straight, only near angles rounded. First ventrite not microsculptured laterobasally; punctation very fine and sparse laterally, denser on centre, between metacoxae coarser than on remaining surface. Metacoxal area 0.09 mm long, with convex, distinctly punctate margin. Tibiae straight, slender. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi and 1 of mesotarsi strongly enlarged, 2 and 3 of mesotarsi somewhat enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite 0.12 mm long, relatively large at base, tapering apically, with rounded apical margin. Aedeagus (Figs 114 to 116), 0.94-0.98 mm long. This species seems to be closely related to spissum. It may be readily separated from the latter by the colour pattern of elytra and by the larger parameres and shape of the sclerotized pieces of the internal sac. Scaphisoma innotatum Pic Scaphosoma innotatum Pic, 1926a: 46. Scaphisoma innotatum; LOBL 1981c: 110, 1986a: 201. Material examined: 3, Chiang Mai, Doi Chiang Dao, 450 m, 7.V.87 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand, Vietnam. — New to Thailand. Remarks. No notable differences are found between the Thai and Vietnamese specimens (see discussion in LOBL, 1986a). Scaphisoma armatum Löbl Scaphisoma armatum Löbl, 1986a: 206. Material examined: 3, Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85; 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Angkhang, 10 km W Fang, 1500 m, 20.III.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Chiang Rai, 10 km W Wiang Pa Pao, Ban Huay Ya Sai, 780 m, 28.1.88 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Distribution: North India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 583 Remarks. Only data on males are recorded. Additional seven females from Khao Yai and Doi Angkhang have been tentatively associated with the males. Scaphisoma tortile Löbl Scaphisoma tortile Löbl, 1984c: 1004. Material examined: 19, Phetchaburi, Kaeng Krachan Nat. Park, 300-450 m, 25-35 km from Headquarters, 17-19.XI.85; 1, Chiang Mai, Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 950 m, 3.X1.85; 1, Chiang Rai, 10 km W Wiang Pa Pao, Ban Huay Ya Sai, 780 m, 28.1.88 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. This species may be easily identified by the shape of the sinuate large median sclerit of the internal sac of the aedeagus. Scaphisoma siamense sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, ravin near Forestry Department, 1250 m, 6.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 10 as holotype and 10°, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, 7.X1.85; 10, Doi Inthanon, 1780 m, 7.111.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Length 1.55-1.70 mm, width 1.0-1.12 mm. Body ochreous or reddish brown, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Antennae moderately long, relative length of antennomeres as: III 6, IV 16, V 21, VI 18, VII 24, VIII 20, IX 22, X 20, XI 25 (holotype); IV slender, V slightly wider, about 5 x longer than wide; VI somewhat wider than V and 4x longer than wide, VII about 4x longer than wide. Pronotum strongly narrowed apically; lateral margins regularly convex; lateral keels in dorsal view visible only near base; punctation very fine, barely visible at 50x magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytron strongly narrowed apically; lateral margin rounded; lateral keel visible in dorsal view from base to apex; apical margin truncate; inner apical angle lying behind level of outer angles; sutural margin not elevated; sutural stria shallow, divergent from apex to middle, then parallel to suture, curved at base, evanescent near pronotal lobe; interval between sutural stria and margin flat, narrow, with a very dense row of fairly fine punctures; discal punctation dense et rather coarse, punctures not well delimited, most as large or larger than intervals between them; punctation much finer on a very narrow humeral area. Pygidium sparsely and very finely punctate, as ventrites with microsculpture consisting of transverse lines. Mesepimeron longer than interval between its top and mesocoxa. Metasternum not microsculptured, median portion somewhat convex anteriorly, flattened apically, without impressions; apical area densely and rather finely punctate, a row of coarse punctures in front of metacoxa distinct; most of metasternal surface sparcely and very finely punctate. Mesocoxal area 0.08 mm long, subtriangular, with punctate inner and impunctate outer margin. Metepisternum flat, 0.13-0.14 mm wide, moderately nar- rowed anteriorly; inner margin somewhat impressed, straight, near angles rounded. First ventrite all over very finely and sparsely punctate; laterobasal area not microsculptured; metacoxal area 0.08-0.09 mm long, margin convex, coarsely punctate. Tibias straight, slender. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi and 1 and 2 of mesotarsi distinctly enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite slender, 0.05 mm long, pointed. Aedeagus (Figs 117 to 119) 0.67-0.71 mm. This species may be readily separated from other members of the haemorrhoidale- group by the shape of the parameres and structures of the internal sac. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 39 584 IVAN LÖBL \ 1, UN RON À ER FR OR fina No NR \ Fics 117 to 119. 117. Scaphisoma siamense sp. n., paratype from Doi Inthanon, aedeagus; 118. dtto. internal sac; 119. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.2 mm (117) and 0.1 mm (118, 119). Scaphisoma bispinosum sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1450 m, ravine, south slope, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratype ©: Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, ravine near Forestry Department, 1250 m, 6.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.7 mm, width 1.12-1.14 mm. Very similar to siamense, but pronotum not as finely punctate, with punctures distinct at 20x magnification, sutural margin of elytra elevated, sutural striae parallel, except on apical portion, elytral base coarsely punctate except for an very small impunctate humeral bump, and disk somewhat coarser punctured. Antennae longer (relative length of antennomeres in holotype as: III 6, IV 17, V 27, VI 25, VII 28, VIII 23, IX 28, X 26, XI 30). Metasternum flattened only on apical SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 585 intercoxal process, rather coarsely punctate area extended from latter to level of mesocoxae, mesocoxal area 0.07 mm long, with rounded, distinctly punctate margin. First ventrite on median portion decidedly coarser punctured than on lateral portion, metacoxal area 0.10 mm long. Lobe of 6th ventrite wider, in © 0.07 mm long. Aedeagus (Figs 120 to 122) 0.77-0.80 mm long. Fics 120 to 122. 120. Scaphisoma bispinosum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 121. dtto, internal sac; 122. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.2 mm (120) and 0.1 mm (121, 122). Scaphisoma cuspidatum sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, 7.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 5c’, as holotype; 60, 39, Doi Inthanon, 1780 m, 3.111.87 (Schwendinger); 20°, Mae Hong Son, Doi Chang, 20 km E Pai, 10.1V.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Length 1.85-2.10 mm, width 1.25-1.45 mm. Body very dark reddish brown to black. Elytron with ochreous or yellowish apical portion, pale area longer than fourth of elytron 586 IVAN LÖBL on inner half, extended anteriorly on outer part and reaching almost middle of lateral length of elytron. Relative length of antennomeres: III 6, IV 20, V 28, VI 25, VII 28, VIII 23, IX 27, X 25, XI 31 (holotype). Coloration and most external characters as in minax Löbl, from which it differs by lateral keel of elytron usually not visible behind basal third; apical margin of elytron truncate or somewhat rounded; metasternum along apical margin and between meso- and metacoxa with microsculpture consisting of transverse striae; punctation on medio-apical portion of metasternum very fine; transverse row of punctures on lateral portion of metasternum absent or indicated by several very fine punctures; mesocoxal area 0.08-0.09 mm long; metacoxal area 0.12-0.14 mm long, impression behind centre of metasternum somewhat smaller. N / 123 SI, : 124 Fics 123 to 125. 123. Scaphisoma cuspidatum sp. n., paratype from Doi Inthanon, aedeagus; 124. dito, internal sac; 125. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.3 mm (123) and 0.2 mm (124, 125). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 587 Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi strongly enlarged, 1 and 2 of mesotarsi somewhat enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite 0.10-0.12 mm long, apically somewhat tapering, with rounded apical margin. Aedeagus (Figs 123 to 125) 0.96-1.07 mm long. This species differs drastically from minax by the shape of the parameres and by the structure of the internal sac of the aedeagus. Scaphisoma khao sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 100°, as holotype. Specimens not included in type material: 99, as holotype (MHNG). dei WIN 128 Fics 126 to 128. 126. Scaphisoma khao sp. n., paratype from Khao Yai Nat. Park, aedeagus; 127. dtto, internal sac; 128. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.2 mm (126) and 0.1 mm (127, 128). 588 IVAN LÖBL Length 1.5-1.6 mm, width 1.0-1.10 mm. Body dark reddish brown to black, apical third of elytra ochreous or yellowish. Apical abdominal segments and legs ochreous, antennae yellowish. Relative length of antennomeres: III 5, IV 15, V 23, VI 20, VII 23, VIII 20, IX 23, X 22, XI 26 (holotype). External diagnostic characters as in prehensor or tortile. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi and 1 and 2 of mesotarsi strongly enlarged. Lobe of 6th ventrite 0.10-0.12 mm long, tapering apically, with rounded apical margin. Aedeagus (Figs 126 to 128) 0.83-0.86 mm long. This species may be distinguished only by the shape of the parameres and of the structures of the internal sac. The latter bears a large flat median sclerotized piece, a laterobasal row of strongly sclerotized teeth, and two slender bunches and one wider bunch of sclerotized teeth laterally and apically of median piece. The row of punctures in front of the metacoxa are always well developed. LU | I ESSEN — dat SPAS LQ SPSS \ oe RN 180 SITA Fics 129 to 131. 129. Scaphosoma morosum sp. n., paratype from Khao Yai Nat. Park, aedeagus; 130. dtto, internal sac; 131. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.2 mm (129) and 0.1 mm (130, 131). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 589 Scaphisoma morosum sp.n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, road to Wab Pang An, ravine, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 10°, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1400 m, 5.X1.85; 10, Doi Suthep, 1090 m, 2.X11.85 (Schwendinger); 30°, Doi Suthep, III.87 (Rougemont); 10°, Doi Inthanon, ravine near Forestry Department, 1250 m, 6.X1.85; 10°, Doi Chiang Dao, 450 m, 7.V.87 (Schwendinger); 10, Doi Angkhang, 10 km W Fang, 1500 m, 20.111.87 (Schwendinger); 10°, Khao Yai Nat. Park, Khao Khieo, 1150 m, 28.X1.85; 10°, Burma, Shane State, Kalew, 1300 m, 19.111.82 (Rougemont); 10°, Burma, Shane State, Taunggyi, 18.111.832 (Rougemont) (all MHNG). Length 1.65-1.80 mm, width 1.10-1.20 mm. Extremely similar to the preceding species, as well as to tortile and prehensor. The pale apical portion of elytron is usually narrowed, about as long as 1/4 of the maximal elytral length but in two specimens it is as long as 1/3 of elytral length, and the medio-apical portion of the metasternum is finer punctate. The species may be distinguished only by the eadeagus (Figs 129 to 131) which is 0.71-0.84 mm long. The internal sac is similar to that in cf. bedeli (LOBL 1986c) but the apical sclerotized teeth are smaller, less numerous and apparently straight. The parameres being gradually narrowed from the enlarged base to apical curved portion differ notably from those in the latter species. Scaphisoma karen sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, ravine, 7.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 200°, as holotype; 60, same data but 1750 m; 20°, Chiang Mai 20”, Doi Inthanon, 1630 m, 25.11.87 (Schwendinger); 10, Doi Inthanon, 1780 m, 3.111.87 (Schwendinger); 10, Doi Pui, 1500 m, north slope, 19.X11.88 (Trautner & Geigenmüller); 40, Doi Suthep, 1550 m, north slope, 4.X1.85; 10°, same data but 1400 m, 5.XI.85 (MHNG, SMNS). Material not included in type series: 339, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m and 29 1720 m; 39, Doi Suthep 1550 m and 19, 1450 m (MHNG). Length 1.65-1.90 mm, width 1.08-1.30 mm, aedeagus 0.68-0.86 mm long. Body dark reddish brown to blackish, pronotum often somewhat paler than most of elytral surface. Elytra with pale brown to yellowish apical portion not quite as long as 1/3 of elytron on inner half, and longer than 1/3 of elytron on outer half. Antennae long, relative length of antennomeres in holotype as: III 6, IV 20, V 26, VI 23, VII 26, VIII 22, IX 26, X 24, XI 30. Diagnostic relevant characters as in the preceding species and in fortile-prehensor, but metasternum often very shallowly impressed in centre, and row of punctures in front of metacoxa relatively fine. The species seems to be closely related to necopinum Löbl with which it shares a similar aedeagus (Figs 132-134). The parameres are sinuate and enlarged postbasally and apically in karen while in necopinum they are evenly large in basal half (the base excepted). The structures of the internal sac are also significantly distinct from those in necopinum or in other members of the haemorrhoidale- group. Baeotoxidium Löbl Members of this genus may be separated from Baeocera by fairly approximate meso- and metacoxae, and differ from Scaphobaeocera by the elytra lacking parasutural striae. Five species confined to Sri Lanka and India have been described up to date. A further species occurs in Thailand. IVAN LÖBL 590 Cl 2 axe KA, = 134 Fics 132 to 134. 133. dtto, internal sac; 134. ’ 132. Scaphisoma karen sp. n., paratype from Doi Inthanon, aedeagus 0.2 mm (132) and 0.1 mm (133, 134). dtto, paramere. Scale SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 591 140 Fics 135-140. 135 and 136. Baeotoxidium siamense sp. n., holotype, aedeagus with extruded flagellum; 137 and 138. Scaphobaeocera laevis sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 139. dtto, internal sac; 140. dtto, paramere. Scale =0.1 mm. 592 IVAN LÖBL Baeotoxidium siamense sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, 33 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai) cca 500 m, 3.XI.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 39, Khao Yai Nat. Park, hills east of Heo Suwat Waterfalls, 800-900 m, 1.XII.85 (MHNG). Length 1.2-1.3 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.73-0.77 mm; pronotum 0.73-0.77 mm wide at base; elytra 0.85-0.91 mm long, combined 0.77-0.90 mm wide. Body dark reddish brown, apical segments of abdomen, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Antennae long, relative length of segments: III 10, IV 15, V 16, VI 16, VII 16, VII 15, 218 EXT (holotype). Segments III to VI slender, almost of same width, VII about 3,5 x longer than wide, fairly wider than VI or VIII, VIII just slightly wider than VI, well 4x longer than wide; XI 3x longer than wide, wider than VII. Pronotal punctation very fine, visible at x 50 magnification. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra not flattened in lateral view; sutural stria deep, extended along basal margin and joint with lateral stria; interval between sutural margin and sutural stria not (holotype) or moderately elevated (paratypes); discal punctation very fine and sparse on most of the surface, several relatively coarse punctures forming sometimes irregular rows on anterior half of elytron. Hypomeron lacking longitudinal ridge or stria. Punctation on lateral portion of meta- sternum sparse and very fine, that on middle portion rather coarse and dense, small median area in anterior half and posterior intercoxal process smooth. Mesocoxal area 0.03 mm long, with coarse, elongate marginal punctures extending laterally almost to middle of mesepimeron. Metepisternum almost flat, 0.10 mm wide, internal suture deeply impressed and rounded anteriorly. First ventrite as metasternum not microsculptured, basal punctures coarse and somewhat elongate, coarser than marginal punctures of mesocoxal areas (holotype) or about as coarse as latter (paratypes). Following ventrites and visible tergites with microsculpture consisting of punctures. Tibiae straight, metatibiae 0.38-0.40 mm long. Male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi slightly enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 135 and 136) 0.31 mm long. This species may be easily distinguished by the elytron with complete sutural stria joint to the lateral stria. Besides, it differs drastically in having a much longer flagellar sclerit of internal sac of aedeagus than that in other species. Scaphobaeocera Csiki This genus differs from other scaphidiids having approximate meso- and metacoxae by the elytron with a parasutural stria. In most of the species the body is dorsally and ven- trally microsculptured, and usually at least the elytra are iridescent. The microsculpture consist always of transverse striae, and the punctation is similar in most species. All Scaphobaeocera have small mesocoxal areas which are usually 0.02-0.03 mm long, and margined with fine or very fine punctures (in incu/ta marginal punctured are coarse, in obducta the mesocoxal areas are 0.04 mm long). Besides aedeagal characters only few other features may be used to distinguish the species. Therefore, relatively many specimens from the Thai collections could not be identified and are not included in the present study. Scaphobaeocera is distributed over warm temperate and tropical Asia (from Pakistan to Japan), Melanesia, Micronesia, Australia, the Afrotropical region, and the Mascarene and Seychelles islands. So far 46 species have been named, further 12 are described below. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 593 KEY TO THE THAI Scaphobaeocera EIVBomeronswithsloneitudnalesinar seeker O ee TE 2 EINDOMELONSWITNOUFStLIAS: pi pre er ee M LE 7 Apical antennal segment about 2x longer than penultimate segment. Small species CELLOS PAD noi oot Kop oer: Wy acumen RIEN Lo II 3 Apical antennal segment about 1.1 to 1.6 longer than penultimate. Usually ARE ÉMIS DÉCIES TE RE N N I er A 4 Internal sac of aedeagus with spiral flagellum forming 4 complete circles à 02018 re TER A LET IN dorsalis Flagellum of internal sac more or less spiral, forming 1 or 2 circles........ EEE A AT II ROIO RE IA RIT NI Sa delicatula Antennal segment VII distinctly longer than VIII. 5 Antennalseoment Villas long: as segment Ver. Wr ONE Rene 6 Wensthelro mins. bodyAreddish"brownt re. en etn ee robustula renechelelummerbodyablackishi PIRE PET wea On ei seus ua e ono uncata Pronotum finer punctate than lateral portion of metasternum. Length 1.8-1.9 mm ROSA ORIO IERI, COSE MUR RE MMA WEE Lt EE RT, SLI valida Lateral portion of metasternum as finely punctate as pronotum. Length AND ESME RR EIA I IO RI RETE burckhardti Apical antennal segment somewhat shorter or as long as penultimate and distimetlysshorter thanysegmentulX rn A en I O e 2 spinigera Antennal segment XI longer than segment X or IX...................... 8 Body blackish, elytron with reddish spot and very narrowly yellowish apex RT DE SA AR Oe LS ES BR TER LATE LER FEAR SE LER Pe ROB maculata @olounipatternddifferentint ar. HA SONE, Br DE SEES CIES. SER 9 Body dark reddish brown to blackish, elytron with 2 paler transverse bands ER EEE ISS E RACE ORCI SAME ER RES GI alticola Colonmwpatternkdifferent!. rem IS Mal. ORO INA EV REN 10 Anterior metasternal margin with 2 or 3 coarse elongate punctures, similar Puüneturesämarginingamesocoxallarea. le. Ve ER IR oe discreta Anterior metasternal margin impunctate, mesocoxal area margined with fine, notzombarelyzelongatespuneturesa rt ri A RIM AL OI ee 11 Bronotumand'eltranotimierosculptured re rm rn END Ra laevis Blytravand usually, pronotumumicrosculptured it zer em Se 12 Lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite not microsculptured...... REA SO ee ACIS IRE LI SS RUTTO ER ASE Ba en IO nuda Lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite microsculptured ......... 13 Antenior portion of metasternum with a median stra cen Re 14 Metasternumslackinesmediansstnlaur er ee 15 Elacgellumiformine 8 Tor 4¢completercirclesee esse nen difficilis Blasellumstormıne-6Xcompletezcireleser enterrer RE spira Baramerestorzaedeasus’subapieally notched a2 suse ger incisa Barameresmnotznotched: ge Au. IN E wre eS Nes 16 Lateral wal of median lobe extended apically behind level of articular process RE AIR I SRO ROTER EURE Et nobilis Mediantlobetofiedeacus different zn. termi onto Be 17 Articular process of median lobe strongly protruding apically............. tenella Articular process of median lobe small or indistinct, not protruding apically 594 IVAN LÖBL ne a RR cr Ach MRM 6 co co 06 6 18 18 Antennal segments III and VIII slender, each more than 3 x longer than wide, Migonlyasomewhat shorter thanllV .. 2... Se RC E sabapensis — Antennal segments III and VIII shorter, III much shorter than IV......... 19 19 Antennal segment V longer than VI. Small species 1.0-1.05 mm long..... obducta — Antennal segments V and VI evenly long or VI barely shorter than V. Larger Speciesmies=1-4-miml LOM <<. Coe nee ee IE minuta Scaphobaeocera laevis sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1450 m, south slope, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 29, as holotype; 30, Doi Suthep, 1550 m, north slope, 4.XI.85; 19 , Doi Inthanon, near Forestry Department, 1250 m, 6.X1.85 (MHNG). Material not included in type series: 1 9 , Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 700 m, 11. and 13.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.2 to 1.4 mm, width 0.73-0.77 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.66-0.78 mm. Body reddish brown, femora and tibiae barely paler, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Dorsal and ventral surface of body not microsculptured and not iridescent. Relative length of antennal segments: III 6, IV 14, V 17, VI 17, VII 16, VIII 12, IX 16, X 15, XI 22 (holotype); III relatively short, about 1.5 x longer than wide; IV to VI evenly wide, IV well 4x, V and VI about 5x longer than wide; VII much wider than VI, about 2.5 x longer than wide; VIII fairly wider than VI, about 2.5 x longer than wide; XI somewhat wider than VII, 3 x longer than wide. Pronotal punctation very fine, barely visible at 50 x magnification. Hypomeral stria absent. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra irregularly, finely punctate, punctures all over much coarser than pronotal ones; parasutural stria short, extremely shallow. Median portion of metasternum flat, apically densely and very finely punctate, with or without median impression. Lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite evenly sparsely and very finely punctate. Metepisternum flat, evenly 0.06-0.09 mm wide, with straight inner suture. Tibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi strongly enlarged, narrower than tibia. Aedeagus (Figs 137 to 140) 0.50-0.55 mm long. This species exhibits an unusual type of internal sac of the aedeagus and thus appears to represent an isolated group. Besides, it may be distinguished from other Asian species by the shape of the parameres and by the dorsal surface of body lacking microsculpture. The female from Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong differs slightly from /aevis by its smaller size (1.1 mm) and by convex centre of metasternum which is densely punctate only on a very narrow area. Scaphobaeocera nuda Löbl Scaphobaeocera nuda Löbl, 1979a: 117; Löbl, 1984a: 84. Material examined: 10, Mae Hong Song, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km N Sop Pong, 700 m, 11. and 13.XI.85; 6, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1050 and 1450 m, 4.-5.XI.85; 1, Doi Pui, 1660 m, 17.X1.86 (Schwendinger); 4, Doi Inthanon, 1250 and 1720 m, 6.-7.XI.85; 1, below Mae Nang Khao, 900 m, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 3.XI.85; 1, Khao Yai Nat. Park, hills E Heo Suwat Waterfalls, 800 m, 1.XII.85; 2, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23.-24.XI.85 (all MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 595 Scaphobaeocera incisa sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, road to Wab Pang An, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.XI.85 (MHNG). Fics 141 to 145. 141 and 142. Scaphobaeocera incisa sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 143. dtto, paramere; 144 and 145. Scaphobaeocera alticola sp. n., paratype, aedeagus with extruded internal sac. Scale=0.1 mm (141, 142, 144, 145) and 0.05 mm (143). 596 IVAN LÖBL Paratypes: 20, 99, Chiang Mai, Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 3.XI.85; 30°, 19, Doi Suthep, 1210 m, 30.1.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Length 1.30-1.45 mm, width 0.72-0.78 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.73-0.79 mm. Body, femora and tibiae ochreous or reddish brown. Apex of abdomen and tarsi somewhat paler, antennae yellowish. Pronotum and elytra iridescent. Relative length of antennal segments: III 8, IV 14, V 18, VI 16, VII 16, VIII 14, IX 18, X 18, XI 28 (holotype); segments III and IV about evenly wide, III 2,5x, IV 4x longer than wide; V and VI evenly wide, somewhat wider than IV, V 4.5x, VI 4x longer than wide; VII much wider than VI, somewhat more than 2x longer than wide; VIII 3x longer than wide, wider than VI; XI 3.5X longer than wide, wider than VII. Pronotum, elytra, mesepisternum, mesepimeron, lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite microsculptured, microsculpture sometimes extremely fine, visible at higher magnification (over 100). Punctation on pronotum sparse and very fine, barely visible at 50x magnification. Hypomeral stria absent. Elytron with well marked parasutural stria; punctation very fine, distinctly coarser and denser than that on pronotum, on apical area denser and coarser than on centre. Metasternum lacking median impression, with convex and impunctate centre; medio-apical area of metasternum flat, densely and finely punctate; lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite sparsely and very finely punctate. Metepisternum flat, 0.05-0.07 mm wide, inner suture straight or barely concave. Tibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi enlarged, 1 and 2 somewhat, 3 distinctly narrower than tibia. Aedeagus (Figs 141 to 143) 0.29-0.34 mm long. This species may be distinguished by the shape of the subapically notched parameres, and by the relatively long strongly sclerotized articular process of the median lobe. Scaphobaeocera maculata sp. n. Holotype 9: Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.3 mm, width 0.71 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.73 mm. Body black, elytron with a reddish oblique spod on anterior half (apically approximate to sutural stria), and narrowly yellowish apex; apex of first and second ventrite and following ventrites and visibles tergites, and legs ochreous, antennae ochreous, with segments I to VI paler than following. Pronotum and elytra distinctly iridescent and microsculptured. Mesepimeron, metasternum and ventrites distinctly microsculptured. Relative length of antennal segments: III 8, IV 11, V 12, VI 9, VII 13 VIII 1X15, X16, XT 23:1 amer longer than wide, IV about as wide as III, somewhat more than 3 x longer than wide; V and VI almost evenly wide, V 3x longer than wide, VI 2x longer than wide; VII 2x longer than wide; VIII about 1.5 x longer than wide, narrower than VII but wider than VI; XI about 3 x longer than wide, notably wider than VII. Hypomeral stria absent. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytron with parasutural stria obsolete on anterior third. Puncta- tion on pronotum and elytron very fine, visible at 24x magnification, on apical portion of elytron somewhat coarser. Metasternum very finely punctate on lateral portion and on anterior half of median area, very densely and relatively coarsely punctate on apical half of median area; centre with a deep elongate-foveiform impression narrowed anteriorly and continuing as a stria. Metepisternum evenly 0.07 mm wide, flat, with straight inner suture. Tibiae straight. This species may be readily distinguished by its conspicuous colour pattern. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 597 Scaphobaeocera alticola sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 2500 m, 23.X.86 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Paratypes: 30°, 29 as holotype; 10°, Doi Inthanon, 2500 m, 9.11.86 and 29, 2530 m, 16.11.-18.1V.87, pit-fall trap and VIII.87 (Schwendinger); 19, Doi Inthanon, 2500 m, 1.VIII.85 (Deharveng); 19, Doi Inthanon, 2500 m, 9.X1.85 (all MHNG). Length 1.2-1.5 mm, width 0.64-0.76 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.67-0.78 mm. Head and pronotum dark reddish brown to blackish. Most of elytron as dark as or darker than pronotum, but two reddish transverse fasciae more or less paler; anterior fascia basal, posterior lying between middle and apical fourth of elytron; apical margin of elytron narrowly yellowish. Ventral side of thorax and Ist ventrite dark reddish brown, following ventrites usually paler, apex of abdomen, legs and antennal segments I to VI ochreous, segments VII to XI somewhat darkened. Pronotum not, elytra distinctly iridescent. Microsculpture on pronotum almost obsolete, that on elytra, mesepisternum, mesepimeron, metasternum and abdomen distinct. Relative length of antennal segments: III 9, IV 13, V 15, VI 14, VII 15, VIII 10, IX 15, X 15, XI 22 (holotype); III less than 3x longer than wide; IV about 4x longer than wide, as wide as III; V and VI somewhat wider than IV, V about 4x longer than wide, VI 3.5 x longer than wide; VII 2.5 x longer than wide; VIII 2x longer than wide, wider than VI, decidedly narrower than VII; XI somewhat more than 2 x longer than wide, much wider than VII. Hypomeral stria absent. Minute point of scutellum exposed. Punctation on pronotum and elytra very fine, on apical portion of elytra somewhat coarser than on elytral centre. Parasutural stria distinct except on anterior fourth of elytron. Median area of metasternum flat, without any impression or stria, rather densely and coarsely punctate, except on glabrous centre. Lateral portion of metasternum very finely punctate. Metepisternum flat, 0.04-0.05 mm wide anteriorly and apically, somewhat narrowed in middle; inner suture somewhat concave. Tibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments | to 3 of protarsi rather strongly enlarged, narrower than apex of tibia. Aedeagus (Figs 144 and 145) 0.32-0.34 mm long. This species may be readily identified by its colour pattern. The internal sac of the aedeagus, unfortunately extruded in all examined specimens, has a complex base and moderately long, slender flagellum. A similar condition is found in several species, i.e. timida Löbl, dispar Löbl, tibialis Löbl, formosana (Achard) which all differ in the shape of the parameres and in the combination of external character. Scaphobaeocera dorsalis Löbl Scaphobaeocera dorsalis Löbl, 1980: 118; 1984a: 91. Material examined: 1, Khao Yai Nat. Park, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85; 2, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5.-11.1V.58 (Maa) (MHNG, BMH). Distribution: North India, Thailand, Taiwan. — New to Thailand. Remarks. Only males are identified and recorded here. I have not found any character to distinguish females of dorsalis from delicatula having a relatively short apical antennal segment. Scaphobaeocera delicatula Löbl Scaphobaeocera delicatula Löbl, 1971: 986. Material examined: 10, Khao Yai Nat. Park, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85; 1, Khao Yai Nat. Park, hills east Heo Suwat Waterfalls, 900 m, 1.X11.85; 1, Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, near Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85 (all MHNG). 598 IVAN LÖBL Distribution: Sri Lanka, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The length of the apical antennal segment is notably variable, about 3 to more than 4x longer than wide and about as long as the two preceding segments to almost as long as the three preceding segments together. Scaphobaeocera sabapensis sp. n. Holotype © : Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, 150-300 m, 23.-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 50, 19 as holotype (MHNG). Fics 146 to 149. 146 and 147. Scaphobaeocera sabapensis sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 148 and 149. Scaphobaeocera uncata sp. n., aedeagus, holotype. Scale=0.1 mm. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 599 Length 1.15-1.30 mm, width 0.61-0.65 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.68-0.72. Body, femora and tibiae reddish brown, apical abdominal segments, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Pronotum, elytra, mesepisternum, mesepimeron, lateral portions of meta- sternum and abdomen microsculptured and iridescent. Microsculpture very fine, sometimes barely visible at 100 magnification. Antennae long, relative length of segments: III 12, IV 14, V 15, VI 16, VII 17, VIII 14, IX 19, X 18, XI 21 (holotype); segments III slender, more than 3 x longer than wide; IV to VI evenly wide, somewhat narrower than III, IV about 4x longer than wide, VI almost 5x longer than wide; VII notably wider than III but slender, about 3.5 x longer than wide; VIII somewhat wider than III, 3.5 x longer than wide; XI 3 x longer than wide. Pronotal punctation very fine, distinct at 50x magnification. Hypomeral stria absent. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytral punctation less fine than that on pronotum, near apex not coarser than on centre; parasutural stria relatively deep, extended fairly far anteriorly. Median portion of metasternum very densely and very finely punctate, with shallow elongate impression; median stria absent. Lateral portion of metasternum sparsely and very finely punctate. Metepisternum more or less vaulted, 0.05-0.06 mm wide anteriorly, somewhat narrowed apically, inner suture deep, straight or somewhat rounded apically. Lateral portion of Ist ventrite still finer punctate than that of metasternum. Tibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi enlarged, narrower than apex of tibia. Aedeagus (Figs 146 to 147) 0.38-0.41 mm long. S. sabapensis may be distinguished from similar species by the conspicuously slender antennal segments III and VIII, in combination with medially impressed metasternum. Scaphobaeocera nobilis Löbl Scaphobaeocera nobilis Lobl, 1984a: 91. Material examined: 7, Khao Yai Nat Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85; 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 800 m, 12.V.86 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Suthep, 1210 m, 30.1.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Suthep, Mahidol Waterfalls, 1100 m, 20.11.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Distribution: Bhutan, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. These specimens are almost identical in external and genital characters. Scaphobaeocera minuta (Achard) Toxidium minutum Achard, 1919: 364. Scaphobaeocera minuta; LOBL, 1971: 989; 1984a: 86. Material examined: 11, Khao Yai Nat. Park, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Distribution: North India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The shape of the enlarged base of the flagellum in the four Thai males examined differs slightly from that in the two available males from North India. In absence of other distinctive characters the Thai specimens are believed to be conspecific with the Indian ones. Scaphobaeocera difficilis Löbl Scaphobaeocera difficilis Löbl, 1979a: 113; 1986a: 88; 1986c: 350. Material examined: 3, Chiang Mai, below Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 1, Doi Angkhang, 10 km W Fang, 1650 m, 22.1V.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Chiang Doa, 450 m, 7.V.87 (Schwendinger); 1, Chiang Dao, 700 m, forest near cave, 27.XII.80 and REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 40 600 IVAN LÖBL 1, Doi Chiang Dao, 1500 m, 21.XII.80 (Deharveng & Gouze); 1, Doi Pui, 1500 m, north slope, 19.X11.88 (Geigenmüller & Trautner); 1, Doi Suthep, 1090 m, 2.XII.85 (Schwendinger); 12, Doi Suthep, 1050 m, 1400 m, 1450 m and 1500 m, north and south slopes, 4.-5.X1.85; 3, Doi Inthanon, 2500 m, 9.X1.85 (MHNG, SMNS). Distribution: India, Pakistan, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The median metasternal stria is variably deep. Sometimes it is very fine and difficult to see if the specimens are not properly mounted. Scaphobaeocera discreta Löbl Scaphobaeocera discreta Löbl, 1986a: 888; 1986c: 350. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Angkhang, 10 km W Fang, 1500 m, 20.111.87 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Distribution: North India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. This species may be readily identified. Besides characters used in the key it has extremely small antennal segment VIII and not iridescent elytra. Scaphobaeocera uncata sp. n. Holotype o: ‘Thai, W. Tak IX’’ (Sedlacek) (MHNG). Length 1.1 mm, width 0.61 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.64 mm. Body blackish, antennae, femora and tibiae rather dark reddish brown, apex of abdomen and tarsi ochreous. Pronotum and elytra iridescent. Pronotum, elytra and abdomen rather distinctly microsculptured (100 x magnification), metasternal microsculpture visible only at higher magnification, that on mesepisternum and mesepimeron almost obsolete. Relative length of antennal segments: III 7, IV 10, V 14, VI 10, VII 16, VIII 10, IX 17, X 16, XI 25; segment III almost 2x longer than wide; IV somewhat narrower than III, almost 3 x longer than wide; V as wide as III, 3.5 X longer than wide; VI wider than V, 2x longer than wide; VII notably wider than VI, somewhat more than 2x longer than wide; VIII somewhat wider than VI, almost 2x longer than wide; XI somewhat wider than VII, 3x longer than wide. Pronotal punctation very fine and sparse, barely visible at 50x magnification. Hypomeral stria distinct. Minute point of scutellum exposed. Elytral punctation very fine and sparse anteriorly, similar as the pronotal one, apically becoming coarser and denser, on apical portion still very fine although much coarser than on pronotum or elytral base; parasutural stria long and well visible. Median portion of metasternum convex, impunctate on centre, extremely finely and densely punctate on apical part, with relatively coarse punctures between meso- and metacoxa. Lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite evenly extremely finely and sparsely punctate. Metepisternum flat, evenly 0.03 mm wide, inner suture straight. Tibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi strongly enlarged, narrower than tibia. Aedeagus (Figs 148 and 149) 0.45 mm long. This species is characterized by the slender aedeagus with articular processi apically expanded and with relatively short flagellum enlarged and hook-shaped at base. It may be readily distinguished from other small-sized species having distinct hypomeral stria by the relative length of the antennal segments. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 601 Scaphobaeocera tenella sp. n. Holotype o: Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratype ©: India, Meghalaya, Khasi Hills, 16 km E Mawsynran, 1000 m, 27.X.78 (Besuchet, Löbl) (MHNG). Length 1.15-1.20 mm, width 0.56-0.58 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.62-0.65 mm. Body very dark reddish brown to blackish, legs and apical abdominal segments reddish brown, antennae yellowish. Pronotum, elytra and Ist ventrite distinctly iridescent. Pronotum, elytra, mesepisternum, mesepimeron, lateral portions of metasternum and Fics 150 to 153. 150 and 151. Scaphobaeocera tenella sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 152 and 153. Scaphobaeocera spira sp. n., holotype, aedeagus. Scale=0.1 mm. 602 IVAN LÖBL Ist ventrite microsculptured. Relative length of antennal segments as: III 7, IV 10, V 12, VI 12, VII 12, VIII 8, IX 13, X 14, XI 19 (holotype). Segment III about 2x longer than wide; IV as wide as III, 3x longer than wide; V and VI barely wider than IV, each more than 3x longer than wide; VII distinctly wider than VI or VIII, somewhat more than 2x longer than wide; VIII about 1.5x longer than wide; XI notably wider than VII, somewhat more than 2x longer than wide. Pronotal punctation very fine, dense, well visible at x 50x magnification. Hypomeral stria absent. Scutellum almost completely covered by pronotal lobe. Elytral punctation very fine and dense, near base similar to than on pronotum, on apical portion notably coarser; parasutural stria distinct behind anterior third of elytron. Median portion of metasternum flat, very densely and finely punctate, with small and shallow impression in holotype, absent from paratype. Lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite evenly very finely and sparsely punctate. Metepisternum flat, evenly 0.03 mm wide, with straight inner margin. Tibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi strongly enlarged, about as wide as tibia. Aedeagus (Figs 150 and 151) 0.40-0.42 mm long. This species shares with stipes Lobl and uncata expanded and apically protruding articular processi of the median lobe. It differs drastically from both by the shape of the flagellum which is conspicuously long and in basal half apparently sinuate (in the paratype forming distinct apical circles). The Indian specimen was not treated in LOBL, 1984a, because its aedeagus was thought anomalous. Scaphobaeocera spinigera Löbl Scaphobaeocera spinigera Löbl, 1979a: 116; 1984a: 91; 1986c: 349. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Angkhang, 10 km W Fang, 1460 m, 21.V.86 and 6, 1500 m, 30.X.87 (Schwendinger); 2, Mae Nang Kaeo, 950 m, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 3.X1.85; 4, Doi Suthep, 1050, 1400, 1450 and 1550 m, 4.-5.X1.85; 2, Doi Inthanon, 1250 and 1650 m, 6.-7.X1.85; 1, Doi Inthanon, 1760 m, 3.111.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). Distribution: North Pakistan, India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphobaeocera spira sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratype 9: Khao Yai Nat. Park, Khao Kieo, 1150 m, 28.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.45-1.50 mm, width 0.78 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.83-0.86 mm. Body blackish, apex of abdomen and legs ochreous or reddish brown, antennae yellowish. Pronotum, elytra and ventrites iridescent. Microsculpture on pronotum, elytra and abdomen very fine, barely visible at 100x magnification, that on mesepisternum, mesepimeron and metasternum still finer, distinct at 180 x magnification. Relative length of antennal segments: III 8; IV 12, M 12, VI 10, VII 16, VIIN9, 1X16; Kells Sains (holotype); segment III about 2x longer than wide; IV as wide as III, 3x longer than wide; V barely wider than IV; VI somewhat more than 2x longer than wide, wider than V; VII more than 2x longer than wide; VIII not quite 2X longer than wide, somewhat wider than VI; XI about 2.5 x longer than wide, much wider than VII. Hypomeral stria absent. Punctation on pronotum and elytron evenly very fine but apical portion of elytron with points somewhat coarser. Distal part of scutellum exposed. Parasutural stria very shallow, obsolet on anterior third of elytron. Lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite evenly very finely punctate. Middle portion of metasternum flat, with a median stria in anterior half. Tibiae straight. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 603 Sexual characters of male. Segment 1 and 2 of protarsi strongly enlarged, almost as large as apex of tibia. Segment 3 of protarsi enlarged, narrower than 2 or 1. Aedeagus (Figs 152 and 153) 0.49 mm. This species shares with confusa Löbl (from Queensland) the flagellum forming six complete circles and the apically widened parameres (lateral view). Its differs however from the latter by slender distal part of median lobe of aedeagus which is ventrally concave. Besides, spira may be readily distinguished from confusa by larger size of the body, microsculpture on the dorsal surface and metasternum with a median stria. Fics 154 to 157. 154 and 155. Scaphobaeocera obducta, holotype, aedeagus; 156 and 157. Scaphobaeocera valida sp. n., holotype, aedeagus. Scale=0.1 mm. 604 IVAN LÖBL Scaphobaeocera obducta sp. n. Holotype ©: Khao Yai Nat Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XII.85 (MHNG). Paratype ©: as holotype (MHNG). Length 1.0-1.05 mm, width 0.60-0.63 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.61-0.65 mm. Body blackish, apical abdominal segment, femora and tibiae reddish brown. Tarsi and antennae paler, almost yellowish. Body not iridescent. Thoracic microsculpture extremely fine, barely distinct at 180x magnification, that on elytra and abdomen visible at 90x magnification. Antennae short, relative length of segments: III 7, IV 10, V 12, VI 10, VII 13, VIII 9, IX 14, X 13, XI 20 (holotype); segment III about 2x longer than wide; IV barely slender than III, well 3 x longer than wide; V and VI as wide as III, V 4x longer than wide, VI 3x longer than wide; VII not quite 3 x longer than wide, notably wider than VI, VIII somewhat wider than VI, more than 2x longer than wide; XI much wider than VII, almost 3 x longer than wide. Pronotal and elytral punctation sparse and almost evenly extremely fine. Hypomeral stria absent. Minute point of scutellum exposed. Parasutural stria of elytron very shallow. Median portion of metasternum flat, not impressed and without stria, all over very densely and finely punctate. Lateral portions of metasternum and Ist ventrite very sparsely and extremely finely punctate. Mesocoxal area relatively large, 0.04 mm long, with coarse marginal punctured. Metepisternum flat, 0.05-0.06 mm wide apically, narrowed anteriorly, with straight inner suture. Tibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi distinctly enlarged, narrower than tibiae. Aedeagus (Figs 154 and 155) 0.26-0.27 mm long. S. obducta may be distinguished from other species of similar size by the combination of following characters: body not iridescent, blackish, apical antennal segment about 1.5X longer than penultimate, mesocoxal area 0.04 mm long, parameres of aedeagus almost evenly wide (lateral view), flagellum forming a single circle, and its conspicuously enlarged base bearing a distally protruding denticle. Scaphobaeocera valida sp. n. Holotype © : Khao Yai Nat. Park, hills east of Heo Suwat Waterfalls, 900 m, 1.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 29 as holotype (MHNG). Length 1.8-1.9 mm, dorsoventral diameter 1.02-1.05 mm, elytra combined 1.02- 1.08 mm wide. Body rather pale reddish brown. Apex of abdomen, legs and antennae somewhat paler than body. Pronotum and elytra iridescent and _ distinctly microsculptured. Antennae long, relative length of segments: III 9, IV 19, V 22, VI 21, VII 22, VIII 9, IX 22, X 22, XI 28 (holotype); segments III to VI slender, almost evenly wide; III almost 2x longer than wide, IV to VI each about 4x longer than wide; VII almost 3 x longer than wide; VIII somewhat wider than VI, about 1.3 x longer than wide; XI somewhat wider than VII, 3x longer than wide. Hypomeron with distinct stria. Pronotal punctation very fine and sparse. Scutellum completely covered by pronotal lobe. Elytral punctation similar to pronotal near base, apically denser and coarser, on apical third many punctures not well delimited, relatively large, as large or larger than intervals between them; parasutural stria very shallow and long. Mesepisternum, mesepimeron, lateral portion of metasternum and abdominal segments microsculptured. Punctation on lateral portion of metasternum, Ist visible ventrite and pygidium sparse and very fine, coarser than that on pronotum. Median portion of metasternum lacking impression or stria, flattened, punctation very dense, anteriorly rather fine, on apical half coarse. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 605 Fics 158 to 162. 158. Scaphobaeocera valida sp. n., holotype, internal sac; 159 and 160. Scaphobaeocera burckhardti sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 161 and 162. Scaphobaeocera robustula sp. n., aedeagus (161) and internal sac (162). Scale=0.1 mm (158-161), 0.05 mm (162). Metepisternum flat, not narrowed anteriorly, 0.05-0.06 mm wide; inner suture concave. Tibia I straight, II and III curved. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-3 of protarsi strongly enlarged, somewhat narrower than apex of tibia. Aedeagus (Figs 156 to 158) 0.43 mm long. This species may be separated from other members of the genus having hypomeral stria by the combination of the following characters: body reddish brown, relatively large; 606 IVAN LÖBL antenna with segments V to VII evenly long, XI about 1.3 x longer than X; metasternum coarser punctate than pronotum; metepisternum narrow; meso- and metatibia curved; parameres of aedeagus moderately enlarged apically, not lobed; internal sac as figured. Scaphobaeocera burckhardti sp. n. Holotype © : Chanthaburi, Khao Sabap Nat. Park, forest above Phliu Waterfalls, 150-300 m, 23-24.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 20 as holotype (MHNG). Length 1.40-1.45 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.73-0.75 mm, elytra combined 0.67-0.72 mm wide. Body rather pale, ochreous. Apical abdominal segments, legs and antennae almost yellowish. Pronotum almost indistinctly, elytra distinctly iridescent. Antennae moderately long, relative length of segments: III 8, IV 15, V 17, VI 17, VII 17, VIII 12, IX 18, X 18, XI 24 (holotype); segment III more than 2 x longer than wide, about as wide as V or VI; IV somewhat slender than III, 5x longer than wide; V and VI each about 5 x longer than wide; VII much wider than VI, 2.5 x longer than wide; VIII about 2.5x longer than wide, slender than VII, wider than VI; XI wider than VII, 3x longer than wide. Pronotal punctation very fine, barely visible at 50x magnification, pronotal microsculpture indistinct at 100. Scutellum not visible. Hypomeron with a distinct longitudinal stria. Elytra as in valida, but punctation near base coarser than that on pronotum. Mesepisternum, mesepimeron, lateral portion of metasternum and abdominal segments with distinct microsculpture. Punctation on lateral portion of metasternum and on Ist ventrite about as fine as that on pronotum. Median portion of metasternum lacking impression or stria; punctation very dense and fine except on small smooth area on anterior half. Metepisternum 0.02-0.04 mm wide, not narrowed anteriorly; inner suture straight. Pro- and mesotibiae straight. Metatibiae straight in basal fourth or third then narrowed and curved, becoming gradually stouter from middle to apex. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-3 of protarsi strongly enlarged, wider than apex of tibia. Aedeagus (Figs 159-160) 0.31-0.34 mm long. S. burckhardti is characterized by the shape of the ventrally lobed parameres in com- bination with the shape of the spiral flagellum. Scaphobaeocera robustula sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, north slope, 1450 m, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratype ©: Doi Suthep, 850 m, 31.1.87 (Schwendinger) (MHNG). Length 1.6 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.92 mm, elytra combined 0.92 mm wide. In most external characters similar to valida, microsculpture finer, on pronotum and on sternal parts of thorax barely visible at 100x magnification. Pronotum weekly, elytra distinctly iridescent. Relative length of antennal segments in holotype: III 9, IV 15, V 17, VI 17, VII 21, VII 12, IX 21, X 21, XI 24; segments IV-VI and XI shorter, VIII longer than in valida, 2 x longer than wide, XI less than 3 x longer than wide. Elytral punctation finer than in valida, only on apical third distinctly denser and coarser than on pronotum. Metepisternum very narrow, barely 0.02 mm large, inner suture concave. Punctation on metasternum and abdomen finer than in valida, basal punctures of Ist ventrite fine, not elongate. Pro- and mesotibiae stright, metatibiae curved. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1-3 of the protarsi strongly enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 161 and 162) 0.36-0.39 mm long. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 607 Toxidium LeConte This genus is not well defined. The Old World species placed in Toxidium belong to several groups which possibly deserve genus rank (LOBL 19840). Four of the five Thai species are members of the Asian aberrans group. The fifth species shares with them most of the significant characters but have the elytron with complete sutural stria. The species may be separated by the following key: 1 Sutural stria of elytron incomplete, not joint with basal stria, or basal stria ADS APR RETE RIA RIONE RT Der AES Ma ates tr SIA la 2 — Sutural stria complete, curved along base and extended (basal stria) along basal maseımsjointathereswithnlateralsstriae zer 2 ee species indet. 2 Sutural stria very short, developed only in apical portion of elytron. Larger speciesatlleas 23M ONERE OLE VII reale 3 — Sutural stria long, extended from apex almost to base of elytron. Smaller Species not#longersthan 2, lEmme a SER ERA EIN RER styligerum See Iytronawithsdistinetibasalistria Ate Bee ole een IL RAT 4 MD ASAEStMaAsOmclyEnOMvaAbDSEMbi: genio incompletum 4 Mesosternum smooth laterally of median keel. Mesocoxal area shorter than half of interval between its margin and apical margin of metasternum ..... ER Batches E gr SEN OR AR oe eee, CNR HI ES Le ART 3 robustum — Mesosternum ridgy. Mesocoxal area as long as or longer than half of interval between its margin and apical margin of metasternum................. pubistylis Toxidium robustum Pic Toxidium robustum Pic, 1930: 58. Toxidium robustum; LOBL 1984a: 97. Material examined: 1, labelled ‘‘WTak’’ and 1, ‘‘NTak’’ (Sedlacek) (MHNG). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Toxidium pubistylis sp. n. Holotype © : Khao Yai Nat. Park, forest east of Heo Suwat Watterfalls, 800-900 m, 1.X11.85 (MHNG). Paratype © : Chiang Mai, ravine near road to Wab Pang An, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.XI.85 (MHNG). Length 2.40-2.45 mm. Body dark reddish brown. Apical segments of abdomen, femora and tibiae somewhat paler, antennae and tarsi much paler. Antennae long, relative length of segments: III 24, IV 28, V 31, VI 26, VII 29, VIII 23, IX 28, X 28, XI 32 (holotype). Segment VII 3.5 x longer than wide, VIII 4x longer than wide, XI 3 x longer than wide. Punctation on pronotum dense and very fine, barely visible at 50 x . Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra combined 1.38-1.41 mm wide; sutural stria short, shallow, extended from apex to middle third of elytron; basal stria shallow, not joint with lateral stria; lateral and epipleural striae parallel together in basal half of elytron; discal puncta- tion irregular, consisting of more or less fine punctures, some coarser ones form irregular longitudinal rows on basal half of elytron. Wings fully developed. Mesosternum ridgy, with a long, well developed and sharply delimited median keel. Remaining ventral surface of thorax very finely punctate and apparently not microsculptured. Median portion of metasternum somewhat convex, with two apical impressions. Mesocoxal areas 0.09-0.10 mm long, as long as or barely longer than half of smallest interval between them 608 IVAN LÖBL Zr | 3 A II, AD I ZEN) A I An 72 IZ a AN 164 167 DEL Fics 163 to 168. 163. Toxidium pubistylis sp. n., holotype, aedeagus, 164. dtto, paratype, internal sac; 165. dtto, holotype, paramere; 166. Toxidium styligerum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus, 167. dtto, internal sac; 168. dtto, paramere. Scale=0.2 mm (163) and 0.1 mm (164-168). SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 609 and apical margin of metasternum. Metepisternum convex, 0.12 mm wide, with deep and wide internal suture which is rounded anteriorly. First ventrite lacking microsculpture except for that on its apical margin; following ventrites and visible tergites with very fine microsculpture consisting of punctures. Tibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segment 1 of protarsi distinctly enlarged, segments 2 and 3 barely enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 163 to 165) 0.85-0.87 mm long. Remarks. Unlike other species of Toxidium, pubistylis is characterized by a pubescent lobe on the apex of the parameres of the aedeagus. This species would run in my key (LOBL 1984a) to diffidens from which it may be separated by the darker body, the more irregular elytral punctation, the ridged mesosternum, and medio-apical impressions on the metasternum. Toxidium styligerum sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, Soi Suthep, forest at summit, 1600 m, 4.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 19 as holotype; 1 © , Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, near Forestry Department, 6.X1.85 (MHNG). Length 1.85-2.05 mm. Body dark brown, more or less reddish, elytra apically paler, apical segments of abdomen and legs paler reddish brown to yellowish. Antennae moderately long, segments I to VI almost yellowish, following segments pale brown. Relative length of antennal segments: III 19, IV 19, V 25, VI 23, VII 24, VIII 17, IX 22, X 22, XI 30 (holotype). Segment VII somewhat more than 4x longer than wide, VIII and XI about 4x longer than wide. Punctation on pronotum moderately dense and very fine, barely visible at magnification 24x. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra combined 1.0-1.15 mm wide; sutural stria rather shallow, relatively long, extended from apex to basal third or basal fourth of elytron; basal stria shallow, joint to lateral stria; lateral and epipleural striae parallel together in basal half of elytron; punctation very fine near base and on apical portion, elsewhere rather coarse, dense and relatively regular. Wings fully developed. Mesosternum with rather coarse punctures at lateral margins, elsewhere smooth; mesosternal median keel low and not well delimited. Punctation on ventral side of body sparse and very fine, except for coarser punctures on margines of mesosternum, mesocoxal area and base of Ist ventrite. Metasternum apparently without microsculpture, its median portion convex, flattened just in front of apical process. Mesocoxal areas 0.07-0.10 mm long, longer than half of smallest interval between them and apical margin of metasternum. Metepisternum flat, 0.08-0.10 mm wide, with deep, rather wide and almost straight inner suture. Abdomen as in pubistylis. Protibiae somewhat curved, meso- and metatibiae straight. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 and 2 of protarsi distinctly, segment 3 baryle enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 166 to 168) 0.49 mm long. T. styligerum resembles curtilineatum Champion by the elytron with relatively long sutural stria and by apically narrowed parameres of the aedeagus. It can be easily distinguished from the latter by its smaller size, finer punctate apical portion of elytra and by the internal sac of the aedeagus as figured. Toxidium incompletum sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, 450 m, 5.-11.1V.58, in a dead tree (Maa) (BMH). Paratype 9: as holotype (MHNG). Length 2.40 mm. Body black, femora and tibia reddish brown, tarsi, antennae and 610 IVAN LÖBL apical segments of abdomen pale reddish brown to yellowish. Antennae long, relative length of segments: III 25, IV 27, V 29, VI 23, VII 28, VIII 18, IX 27, X 25, XI 32; segment VII about 2.5x, VIII 3x, XI somewhat more than 2x longer than wide. Pronotal punctation rather dense and very fine, distinct at magnification 24x. Point of scutellum exposed. Elytra combined 1.38-1.45 mm wide; sutural stria shallow and short, distinct only along apical fourth of sutural margin; basal stria not developed; lateral and epipleural striae as in sty/igerum, punctation rather fine, specially near the base, with some irregularly disposed coarser punctures. Mesosternum finely punctate, median keel barely developed. Punctation on ventral side of body as in styligerum. Metasternum lacking microsculpture, with median portion flattened. Mesocoxal areas 0.05-0.06 mm long, about as long as 1/3 of smallest interval between them and apical margin of metasternum. Metepisternum convex, 0.08 mm wide, moderately narrowed anteriorly, with inner suture deep, punctured, somewhat concave. Abdominal microsculpture as in pubistylis and styligerum. Tibiae straight. Male. Segments 1 and 2 of protarsi moderately enlarged, segment 3 barely enlarged. Aedeagus (Figs 169 and 170) 1.0 mm long. T. incompletum shares with other species of the aberrans group (aberrans Achard, curtilineatum Champion, robustum Pic, vagans Löbl, diffidens Löbl, pubistylis sp. n., styligerum sp. n.) all diagnostic significant characters but the basal stria of the elytron. It may be readily distinguished from other species also by conspicuously dilated apical part of the parameres. 169 Fics 169 and 170. Toxidium incompletum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus. Scale=0.2 mm. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 611 Toxidium species Material examined: 29, Khao Yai Nat. Park, forest near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.X1.-3.X11.85; 1, Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (MHNG). Remarks. This is a conspicuous species which resembles pygmeum Löbl and montanum Löbl from Sri Lanka by the complete sutural stria of the elytron. It differs from the latter two species by much larger size, unicolorous dark reddish brown pronotum and elytra, longer antennae, and deeper sutural/basal stria of the elytron. Scaphoxium Löbl The genus is well defined by the apically lobed hypomeral part of prothorax and curved 3rd antennomere (autapomorphies). As in Scaphicoma it lacks visible mesepimera, the meso- and metacoxae are approximate and the aedeagus is slender and bears parameres abruptly narrowed in apical portion. Scaphoxium may be separated from the latter also by much shorter antennae and tarsi, and by antennal insertion lying rather close to the clypeal margin. Twenty four species are included in the genus, most of which distributed over tropical Asia. One occurs in Japan, and a few in Melanesia and North Queensland. Furthermore, several unidentified Afrotropical species are represented in the collection of MHNG. Among the Thai collections, 5 species were identified, one of them is new. Key to the Thai species of Scaphoxium in VMetastenumnmedially simpressedies inno est ee cates See 2 — 2 Median! portion of metasternum not impressed..2........... meer. nt 3 2 Apophyse of paramere of aedeagus slender and curved, overlapping a small membranous lobe. Internal sac with conspicuous row of spiculi. Antennomere IV not shorter than III. Larger species, 1.4-1.6 mm long............... sparsum — Parameral apophyse short and wide, touth-like. Internal sac very finely and densely spinous, with an U-shaped sclerit in middle. Antennomere IV usually distinctly shorter than III. Smaller species, 1.2-1.4 mm long......... intermedium 3 Internal sac of aedeagus with weakly sclerotized elongate vesica........... — Internal sac of aedeagus with strongly sclerotized pieces.................. 4 Apical pair of sclerites of internal sac hook-like, not enlarged, central sclerit not developed. Lateral portion of Ist ventrite sometimes distinctly MIELOSculpturedte IE ERRO A ea taiwanum — Internal sac with two pairs of elongate sclerites and one short central sclerite, elongate apical sclerites enlarged distally. Lateral portion of Ist ventrite WIEHOUIMIEROSCUlHLULE I IE: ELI RE DO ae avidum sp. n. > Scaphoxium singlanum Löbl Scaphoxium singlanum Löbl, 1984a: 101. Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1450 m, 4.X1.85; 2, Doi Suthep, 1100 and 1120 m, 1.86, pit-fall trap (Schwendinger); 1, Doi Inthanon, ravine near Forestry Department, 1250 m, 6.XI.85; 1, Doi Inthanon, 1720 m, 7.X1.85; 2, Doi Inthanon, 1020 m, 17.11.87 (Schwendinger) (all MHNG). 612 IVAN LÖBL Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. These specimens are larger than the Indian ones (Thai specimens: length 1.35-1.45 mm, dorso-ventral diameter 0.72-0.87 mm, maximum width 0.70-0.73 mm), and their aedeagi are longer (0.55-0.60 mm). All other diagnostic features including the peculiar shape of the internal sac are the same as in the type-series from Singla, Darjeeling district. Scaphoxium intermedium Löbl Scaphoxium intermedium Löbl, 1984a: 101. Scaphoxium intermedium; LOBL 1986c: 350. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, below Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 1, Doi Inthanon, 1020 m, 17.11.87 (Schwendinger); 21, Mae Hong Son, Tham Lok Forest Park, 8 km E Sop Pong, 700 m, 11. and 13.X1.85 (all MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphoxium taiwanum Löbl Scaphoxium taiwanum Löbl, 1890: 121. Scaphoxium? taiwanum; LOBL 1986c: 351. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 950 m, 3.X1.85 (MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand, Taiwan. — New to Thailand. Remarks. The aedeagus of the Thai specimen is as large as that in the holotype (from Taiwan) while the apical sclerites of the internal sac are slender, as in the two males from India (LOBL 1986c). Scaphoxium sparsum Löbl Scaphoxium sparsum Löbl, 1979a: 121. Scaphoxium sparsum; LOBL 1984a: 100. Material examined: 1, Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (MHNG). Distribution: India, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Scaphoxium avidum sp. n. Holotype ©: Chiang Mai, ravine near road to Wab Pang An, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 10°, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, ravine near Forestry Department, 1250 m, 6.X1.85; 20,19, Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (all MHNG). Length 1.5-1.6 mm, dorsoventral diameter 0.80-0.87 mm, pronotum at base 0.67-0.74 mm wide, elytra combined 0.73-0.79 mm wide. Body reddish brown to blackish, pronotum somewhat less dark than elytra, apical abdominal segments, femora and tibiae reddish brown, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Relative length of antennal segments: III 12, IV 12, V 14, VI 14, VII 19, VIII 14, IX 17, X 16, XI 22 (holotype). Segments VII, VIII and XI each about 3 x longer than wide. Punctation on pronotum very fine, barely visible at magnification 24 x . Scutellum completely covered by pronotal lobe. Elytral base about as finely punctate as pronotum, middle portion of elytron decidedly coarser punctate than base, with puncture visible at magnification 12 x , apical area of elytron still somewhat 613 SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 1 N N a 7 IS N N Ne! MN } N Ab 7 A er Ar È \ LE uy Va 2) à Fan i fr Q \ 172 171 174 176 Fics 171 to 176. 171. Scaphoxium avidum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 172. dtto, apical half of paramere; 173 dtto, internal sac; 174. Bironium distinctum (Achard) from Doi Pui, paramere; 175. Bironium troglophilum sp. n., holotype, paramere; 176. Bironium bidens sp. n., paratype from Doi Suthep, paramere. Scale=0.1 mm (171, 173), 0.05 mm (173), 0.2 mm (174-176). 614 IVAN LÖBL coarser and also denser punctate than central area. Sutural stria of elytron evanescent 0.15-0.10 mm behind level of pronotal lobe. Median impression of mesosternum very shallow, with a very fine elongate ridge in apical half. Median portion of metasternum somewhat convex anteriorly, flattened apically, extremely finely punctate near apical margin. Lateral portion of metasternum with several distinct punctures. Mesocoxal area 0.05-0.07 mm long, shorter than interval between its margin and metacoxa, with marginal punctures distinct. Metepisternum flat, 0.05-0.07 mm wide; inner suture wide, concave. Abdomen microsculptured as in singlanum. Basal punctures on Ist ventrite distinct. Metatibiae 0.39-0.44 mm long. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi enlarged. Apical margin of 5th ventrite emarginate. Aedeagus (Figs 171 to 173) 0.54-0.59 mm long. Remarks. Unlike in other species of the genus the basal portion of the internal sac in avidum is provided with two pairs of short sclerites joined to a small central sclerit. By this feature avidum may be readily distinguished from other species including those having similarly lobed parameres, and lacking median metasternal impression. Scaphicoma Motschulsky This genus includes 12 species occuring in tropical Africa, Asia and Melanesia. Scaphicoma is characterized by approximate meso- and metacoxae, antennal insertion situated fairly distant above clypeal suture, basal pronotal angles rounded and not pro- truding, reduced mesepimera, very long and slender antennomeres III to XI, and very long tarsi. Scaphicoma arcuatum (Champion) Toxidium arcuatum Champion, 1927: 272. Scaphicoma arcuatum; LOBL 1984a: 105. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, road to Wab Pang An, 50 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 1, Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai, 900 m, 3.X1.85; 1, Doi Pui, 1250 m, 14.111.82 (Rougemont); 2, Khao Yai Nat. Park, forest east of Heo Suwat Waterfalls, 800-900 m, 1.XII.85; 2, Khao Yai. Nat. Park, near Headquarters, 750-850 m, 26.XI.-3.XXII.85; 1, labelled ‘Thai W. Tak V. 55°’ (Sedlacek); 2, Phuket, hills near Surin Beach, 1.-6.X1.87 (Heiss) (all MHNG). Distribution: North India, Burma (1, Taunggi, 6.1V.80 (Rougemont)), Thailand. — New to Thailand and to Burma. Bironium Csiki Bironium may be readily distinguished by the very long legs and antennae, and by the antennal insertion situated at upper margin of eye, the rounded basal angles of pro- notum, the not visible mesepimera, and the large median portion of metasternum. So far 23 valid species are recognized, all confined to Asia and New Guinea. Four species were found in Thailand, two of which are new and described below. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 615 181 Fics 177 to 181. 177. Bironium distinctum (Achard) from Doi Pui, internal sac; 178. Bironium troglophilum sp. n., holotype, aedeagus; 179. dtto, distal portion of median lobe with paramere, lateral view; 180. dtto, internal sac; 181. Bironium bidens sp. n., paratype from Doi Suthep, internal sac. Scale=0.1 mm (177, 180, 181), 0.2 mm (178, 179). REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 4] 616 IVAN LÖBL Bironium distinctum (Achard) Heteroscapha distinctum Achard, 1920f: 265. Heteroscapha distinctum; Pic 1920c: 24; 1921a: 163. Heteroscapha distincta; CHAMPION 1927: 272. Bironium distinctum; LOBL 1984a: 106. : Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Pui, 1250 m, 14.111.82 (Rougemont); 2, Doi Suthep, 111.87 (Rougemont) (all MHNG). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. The species is defined by the combination of following characters: Length 2.20-2.45 mm. Body very dark reddish brown to blackish, without any paler spots. Elytron with 3 rows of coarse punctures: Ist and 2nd starting at same level near base, 3rd row starting behind a small humeral hump. Inner (Ist) row short, extended somewhat behind level of middle of elytron, lying in a shallowly impressed line; 2nd and 3rd row lying in grooves, almost evenly long, extended at least to apical fifth of elytron. Interval between sutural margin and sutural stria vaulted. Interval between sutural stria and Ist row irregularly, more or less distinctly (sometimes coarsely) punctate. Intervals between Ist and 2nd row and between 2nd and 3rd row vaulted, very finely punctate. Interval between 3rd row and lateral stria coarsely and very densely punctate in basal half, further on very finely punctate. Mesosternum impunctate, not ridgy, median keel distinct. Median portion of metasternum impressed, with a few coarse punctures; anterior margin of mesocoxal process with several elongate punctures, not ridgy. Punctation on lateral portion of metasternum coarse and dense, consisting of large and round, not confluent punctures. Metepisternal suture sparsely punctate. In male segments 1 to 3 of protarsi moderately enlarged, with short pubescence, 6th visible ventrite lacking any particular sexual characters. Parameres of aedeagus enlarged (in dorsal view) postbasally and apically (Fig. 174); internal sac containing a complex armature more or less sclerotized, lacking a proximal ring (Fig. 177). Remarks. B. coomani (Pic) from Vietnam shares most of these characters but is somewhat larger and decidedly paler than the specimens of distinctum I have seen so far. Unfortunately, the single type specimen of coomani deposited in MHNP is a female (bearing original labels handwritten by Pic ‘‘Hoa Binh” and ‘‘Coomani n. sp.’’), and no other specimen is available which could be associated with coomani. Besides distinctum and coomani following unicolorous species have elytra with distinct rows of coarse punctures: feai (Achard) from Burma and Thailand, tonkineum (Pic) from Vietnam, frisulcatum (Heller), bisulcatum Löbl and rufescens Löbl from the Philippines, borneense Löbl from Sabah, and two new species described below. The Sabah and Philippine species may be easily separated by their smaller size, trisulcatum also by not keeled, smooth mesosternum. B. feai and tonkineum are larger than distinctum (length 3.2-3.4 mm) and differ conspicuously in having two rows of coarse punctures lying in deep grooves starting fairly far behind the elytral base which is just as densely and coarsely punctate as most of the remaining elytral surface. Bironium troglophilum sp. n. Holotype ©: Mae Hong Son, Sop Pong, Tham ‘‘Plaa’’, 28.VII.85 (Besson) (MHNG). Paratypes: 40°, 29, as holotype; 10°, 19, Mae Hong Son, Sop Pong, Tham “‘Pi’’, 22.VII.85 (Leclerc) (MHNG); 19, Chiang Mai, Chiang Dao, cave (Sedlacek) (MHNG). Length 2.25-2.45 mm. Body, femora and tibiae reddish brown, tarsi and antennae paler, almost yellowish. In general appearance similar to distinctum from which it differs SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 617 by following characters: Elytron with inner (1st) row of punctures irregular. Coarse punc- tation on laterobasal portion of elytron less dense. Mesocoxal process of metasternum finely striate at anterior margin. Lateral portion of metasternum smooth near apical margin and on a small area at latero-anterior angle, its remaining surface with coarse and dense punctation formed by somewhat elongate and partly confluent punctures. Suture of metepisternum impunctate. Sexual characters of male. Segments 1 to 3 of protarsi as in distinctum, 6th ventrite with simply pointed elongate median touth about 0.02 mm high. Aedeagus (figs 175, 178-180) 0.88-0.90 mm long, with parameres slender near base and internal sac provided with a ring-like proximal sclerit. Remarks. According to J. P. Besson (pers. comm.), hunderts of Bironium where observed on the walls of the cave Tham ‘‘Plaa’’. Surprisingly, when collecting around Sop Pong, no specimens of this species where found but 7 specimens of bidens. B. troglophilum has fully developed wings and does not exhibit any morphological character showing cave adaptation. Bironium bidens sp. n. Holotype © : Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1400 m, northern slope, 5.X1.85 (MHNG). Paratypes: 29, Chiang Mai, as holotype; 10°, 29, Doi Suthep, 1450 and 1550 m, 4.X1.85; 1©, Doi Suthep, 1050 m, 5.X1.85; 40, 19, Doi Pui, about 1500 m, 19.X11.88 (Trautner & Geigen- muller); 10, 19, Doi Inthanon, 1250 m, ravine near Forestry Department, 6.X1.85; 10, 19, Doi Inthanon, 1020 m, 17.11.87 (Schwendinger); 40, 59, ravine below Mae Nang Kaeo, 54 km NE Chiang Mai (via Chiang Rai), 900 m, 3.X1.85; 50, 29 , Mae Hong Son, Sop Pong, Tham Lok Forest Park, 700 m, 11. 6 13.X1.85 (MHNG, SMNS). Length 2.05-2.25 mm. Body dark reddish brown, femora and tibiae paler reddish, tarsi and antennae almost yellowish. In external characters very similar to the previous species from which it differs in sexuals characters. Male. Segments 1-3 of protarsi slightly enlarged, 6th visible ventrite with a rather large median touth-like protuberance which is about 0.05 mm high and emarginate medially (bidentate in caudal view). Aedeagus (figs 176, 181) 0.83-0.85 mm long. Internal sac almost as in troglophilum but parameres notably wider behind their base and each with a tiny but distinct lobe on the enlarged apical portion. Remarks. All specimens were found in moist forest litter. Bironium feai (Achard) Heteroscapha feai Achard, 1914: 195; 1920b: 135. Material examined: 2, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1270 m, 5.X1.85; 5, Doi Suthep, 1180 m, 11.1V.86 (Schwendinger); 4, Doi Pui, 1250 m, 14.111.82 (Rougemont); 2, ‘‘W. Tak’’ (Sedlacek) (all MHNG). Distribution: Burma, Thailand. — New to Thailand. Remarks. B. feai differs conspicuously from all known members of the genus but tonkineum (see discussion below distinctum). The sole available specimen of tonkineum is a female type preserved in MHNP. It differs from feai in having almost smooth medio- apical part of the mesosternum (while the latter is ridged in feai). 618 IVAN LÖBL Sapitia Achard Sapitia species live on fungus gardens in termite nest but occasionally are found in light, malaise, or pit-fall traps. The genus is confined to Asia and includes three species. It differs conspicuously from other Thai scaphidiids by dense pronotal and elytral pubescence. The two species collected in Thailand may be readily separated by iridescent elytra and smaller, less than 0.10 mm long postcoxal areas of the Ist ventrite in versicolor (Pic), and not iridescent elytra and larger, at least 0.15 mm long postcoxal areas in lombokiana Achard. Sapitia lombokiana Achard Sapitia lombokiana Achard, 1920c: 208. Baeoceridium (Baeoceridiolum) sericeum Pic, 1922: 2. Sapitia lombokiana; LOBL 1978: 55. Material examined: 2, Khao Yai Nat. Park, Heo Suwat Waterfall area (ex fungus garden, Nest T-1070) (D. H. & A. C. Kistner) (FMNH, MHNG). Distribution: Vietnam, Thailand, Indonesia (Lombok, Sumatra). — New to Thailand. Sapitia versicolor (Pic) Baeoceridium versicolor Pic, 1920b: 242. Sapitia versicolor; LOBL 1978: 56. Material examined: 1, Chiang Mai, Doi Suthep, 1180 m, 1.87, pit-fall trap (Schwendinger); 2, Nakhon Nayok, Wang Takrai Park, 4.-7.IX.78, on light (Bremer) (MHNG). Distribution: Malaysia (Sabah), Indonesia (Sumatra), Thailand. — New to Thailand. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 619 REFERENCES ACHARD, J. 1914. Un Scaphidiide nouveau de Birmanie (Col.). Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1914: 394-396. — 1919. Descriptions de nouveaux Scaphidiidae (Col.) du Sikkim. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1919: 362-365. — 1920a. Les Scaphidiides de la péninsule de Malacca. Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 60: 47-58. — 19205. Notes sur les Scaphidiidae de la faune indomalaise. Annls Soc. ent. Belg. 60: 123-136. — 1920c. Description d’un nouveau genre et d’une nouvelle espèce de Scaphidiidae (Col.). Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1920: 207-208. — 1920d. Synopsis des Scaphidium (Col. Scaphidiidae) de l’Indochine et du Yunnan. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1920: 209-212. — 1920e. Diagnoses d’espèces nouvelles de Scaphidiidae (Col.). Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1920: 239-242. — 1920f. Descriptions de nouvelles espèces de Scaphidiidae (Col.). Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1920: 263-265. — 1922. Observations sur quelques Scaphidium Ol. (Col. Scaphidiidae). Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1922: 260-263. — 1923. Revision des Scaphidiidae de la faune japonaise. Fragments entomologiques, Prague: 94-120. — 1924a. Essai d’une subdivision nouvelle de la famille des Scaphidiidae. Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 65: 25-31. — 19246. Description de trois variétés nouvelles du genre Scaphidiolum Achard (Col. Scaphidiidae). Acta ent. Mus. Pragae 2: 91. BESUCHET, C., D. H. BURCKHARDT & I. LOBL. 1987. The ‘‘Winkler/Moczarski’’ eclector as an effi- cient extractor for fungus and litter Coleoptera. Coleopts Bull. 41: 392-394. CHAMPION, G. C. 1927. Some Indian Coleoptera (24). Entomologist’s Monthly Mag. 63: 267-279. GESTRO, R. 1880. Note sopra alcuni Coleotteri dell’Arcipelago Malese e spécialemente delle isole della Sonda. Annali Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Giacomo Doria 15: 49-62. KASULE, F. K. 1966. The subfamilies of the larvae of Staphylinidae (Coleoptera) with keys to the larvae of the British genera of Steninae and Proteininae. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 118: 261-283. LAWRENCE, J. F. 1982. Coleoptera. — In: S. P. PARKER (ed.): Synopsis and Classification of Living Organisms 2: 482-553; New York. Los, I. 1966. Neue und interessante paläarktische Scaphidiidae aus dem Museum G. Frey (Col.). Ent. Arb. Mus. Frey 17: 129-134. — 1970. Revision der paläarktische Arten der Gattungen Scaphisoma Leach und Caryoscapha Ganglbauer der Tribus Scaphisomini (Col. Scaphidiidae). Revue suisse Zool. 77: 727-799. — 1971. Scaphidiidae von Ceylon (Coleoptera). Revue suisse Zool. 78: 937-1006. — 1972. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) von den Philippinen. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., 45: 79-109. — 1973a. Uber einige orientalische Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) aus dem Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova und Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris. Nouv. Revue Ent. 3: 149-160. — 1973b. Neue orientalische Arten der Gattung Eubaeocera Cornell (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges. 46: 157-174. 620 IVAN LÖBL — 1975. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der orientalischen Scaphisomini (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges. 48: 269-290. — 1976. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der vietnamesischen Arten der Gattung Scaphisoma Leach Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Archs Sci. Geneve 29: 221-226. — 1977a. Ergebnisse der Bhutan-Expedition 1972 des Naturhistorischen Museums in Basel. Coleoptera: Fam. Scaphidiidae Genus Baeocera Er. unter Berücksichtigung einiger Arten aus benachbarten Gebieten. Ent. basiliensia 2: 251-258. — 1977b. Les Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) de l’île de la Reunion. Nouv. Revue Ent. 7: 39-52. — 1977c. Contribution to the knowledge of Scaphisoma Leach (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae) from the Ryukyu Islands. Bull. natn. Sci. Mus. Tokyo, Ser. A (Zool.), 3: 163-165. — 1978. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Sapitia Achard (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges. 51: 53-57. — 1979a. Die Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) Südindiens. Revue suisse Zool. 86: 77-129. — 1979b. Two new Sumatran Scaphidiidae associated with Termites and one new Species of the Genus Scaphisoma Leach from Java (Coleoptera). Sociobiology 4: 321-328. — 1980. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) Taiwans. Revue suisse Zool. 87: 91-123. — 19814. Uber die japanischen Arten der Gattungen Scaphobaeocera Csiki und Scaphoxium Löbl (Col., Scaphidiidae). Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges. 54: 229-244. — 1981b. Uber die Arten-Gruppe rouyeri der Gattung Scaphisoma Leach (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Archs Sci. Geneve 34: 153-168. — 1981c. Uber einige Arten der Gattung Scaphisoma Leach (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae) aus Vietnam und Laos. Annls hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 73: 105-112. — 1982a. Contribution a la connaissance des Pseudobironium Pic de l’Inde (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Archs Sci. Genéve, 35: 157-160. — 19825. Little known and new Oriental species of the genus Scaphisoma Leach (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Spec. Iss. Mem. Retir. Emer. Prof. M. Chùj6, 1982: 5-16. — 1982c. Uber Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) der japanischen Ryukyu-Inseln. Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges., 55: 101-105. — 1982d. Sur l’identite de trois «Amalocera» de Bornéo (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Revue suisse Zool., 89: 789-795. — 1984a. Les Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) du nord-est de l’Inde et du Bhoutan I. Revue suisse Zool., 91: 57-107. — 19845. Contribution a la connaissance des Baeocera du Japon (Coleoptera, Scaphidiidae). Archs Sci. Genéve, 37: 181-192. — 1984c. Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) de Birmanie et de Chine nouveaux ou peu connus. Revue suisse Zool., 91: 993-1005. — 1986a. Les Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) du nord-est de l’Inde et du Bhoutan II. Revue suisse Zool., 93: 133-212. — 19865. Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) nouveaux ou peu connus de l’Asie du sud-est. Archs Sci. Genève, 39: 87-102. — 1986c. Contribution à la connaissance des Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) du nord-ouest de |’ Inde et du Pakistan. Revue suisse Zool., 93: 341-367. MOTSCHULSKY, V. de 1859. Insectes des Indes orientales, et de contrées analogues. Etudes Entomo- logiques, 8: 24-118. Pic, M. 1915a. Nouvelles especes de diverses familles. Mélanges exot.-ent., 15: 2-24. SCAPHIDIIDAE OF THAILAND 621 19155. Diagnoses de nouveaux genres et nouvelles especes de Scaphidiides. Echange, 31: 30-32. 1915c. Genres nouveaux, Espéces et Variétés nouvelles. Melanges exot.-ent., 16: 2-13. 1915d. Diagnoses de nouveaux genres et nouvelles especes de Scaphidiides. Echange, 31: 43-44. 1916. Notes et descriptions abrégées diverses. Mélanges exot.-ent., 17: 2-8. 1917. Descriptions abregees diverses. Melanges exot.-ent. 22: 2-20. 1920a. Note sur divers Scaphidiides. Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 60: 188-189. 1920b. Nouveaux Scaphidiides de Sumatra (Col.). Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1920: 242-243. 1920c. Coléoptères exotiques en partie nouveaux. Echange, 36: 22-24. 1921a. Scaphidiides recueillis par feu L. Fea. Annali Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Giacomo Doria, | Ser. 3a, 9: 158-167. 1921b. Nouveautés diverses. Mélanges exot.-ent., 33: 1-32. 1922. Nouveautés diverses. Mélanges exot.-ent., 36: 1-22. 1923a. Nouveautés diverses. Mélanges exot.-ent., 38: 1-32. 1923b. Scaphidiides exotiques nouveaux (Col.). Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1923: 194-196. 19264. Nouveaux Coléoptères du Tonkin (2° article) (2). Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. Sl: 45-48. 1926b. Nouveaux Coléoptères du Tonkin. III (1). Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 51: 143-145. 1930. Coléoptères asiatiques nouveaux. Acta ent. Mus. Pragae, 8: 58-59. ROUGEMONT, G. M. 1983. More Stenine beetles from Thailand (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam Soc. 31: 9-54. VINSON, J. 1943. The Scaphidiidae of Mauritius. Mauritius Inst. Bull. 2: 177-209. shit MARE | Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. 3 p. 623-628 | Genève, septembre 1990 Description d’une nouvelle espece de Prorastriopes de Suisse (Collembola Symphypleona) par Pierre NAYROLLES * et Charles LIENHARD ** Avec 6 figures ABSTRACT Description of a new species of Prorastriopes from Switzerland (Collembola Symphypleona). — Prorastriopes sauteri n. sp. is described and illustrated from the Upper Engadine Valley (Grisons) and the Alps of southern Switzerland (Ticino). Prorastriopes sauteri n. sp. Materiel Materiel type. — Holotype femelle et 25 paratypes (4 jeunes, 11 femelles et 10 males): SUISSE (Grisons): Haute Engadine: Samedan, env. 1800 m, versant sud, végétation sur éboulis, 20. VII.1988, piege Barber, W. Sauter leg. Dans sa révision de la famille des Bourletiellidae, BETSCH (1977) a montré que les genres Andiella Stach, 1955 et Fasciosminthurus Gisin, 1960 sont synonymes de Prorastriopes Delamare-Deboutteville, 1947. Les caracteres morphologiques, notamment chétotaxiques, sont jusqu’a present très peu connus dans ce genre; fort heureusement chaque espèce européenne de Prorastriopes présente une coloration particuliere qui permet de l’identifier a la loupe binoculaire. Les individus étudiés dans ce travail présentant un pattern de coloration différent des autres especes européennes connues, appartiennent donc a un taxon nouveau. * Laboratoire d’Ecobiologie des Arthropodes édaphiques, UA CNRS 333, Université P. Sabatier, 118, route de Narbonne, F-31062 Toulouse Cedex. ** Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, case postale 434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Suisse. 624 PIERRE NAYROLLES ET CHARLES LIENHARD Autre matériel. — Suisse (Tessin): Piora, env. 2000 m, Seslerio-Caricetum, 19.VII.1983, piege Barber, W. Sauter leg.: 2 ex. Depöt du matériel. — Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Genève, Suisse. Matériel type en prépara- tion: holotype et 6 paratypes (2 jeunes, 2 femelles et 2 males); matériel type en alcool: 8 paratypes (4 femelles et 4 mâles); autre matériel: 2 ex. en alcool. — Laboratoire d’Ecobiologie des Arthropodes édaphiques, Université P. Sabatier, Toulouse, France. Matériel type en préparation: 7 paratypes (2 jeunes, 3 femelles et 2 males); matériel type en alcool: 4 paratypes (2 femelles et 2 mâles). 200 ym Prorastriopes sauteri n. sp.: habitus. Description Taille: mâle = 0,4-0,5 mm; femelle =0,5-0,65 mm. Coloration (fig. 1): le dos du grand abdominal est entouré d’une bande violet sombre. La teinte claire du reste du corps est jaune très pale chez les femelles, légèrement rosée PRORASTRIOPES DE SUISSE | 625 FIGs 2-6. Prorastriopes sauteri n. sp.: Fig. 2, furca. Figs 3 a 5, tibiotarses respectivement des pattes antérieures, moyennes et postérieures. Fig. 6, labre. PIERRE NAYROLLES ET CHARLES LIENHARD 626 zıdh:ez xade,| e sanejde sauda: ial teAl itl SUPPLE gp 1d| ES very stay ‘rey sapideo s}064a:ad|:d| =; zıdh :zien ‘pid! Lin! Lie th ‘Len “ıdg:ıg:ıeg’eg:'ez id: de zidh ‘de xade,| e sanejde seuido:‘IdAI'IAI eAl‘idipi‘ten:idi'ieil'iel soyides s}0649:ad|{d|:1d| adzo zıdh ‘zien: L1dh ‘Lin! Lien! Len: de ‘eg xade,| e saijejde saeuida:1dA |‘ BAI Seppe tend vay prey tel sayıdes sjobua: adj: dy‘1d| odzo sajgqel1eA Sa10S auarjnoijued QUIAOJ op S9I0S sajeno soue510 zıdh zieh: Lich ‘Lien Len ‘ d£ ‘eg sa}uesaud Sa]jI9I} A9A49ZUI sap saloS 2 S2118PU099S ıds4’1eS4'eSJ ıds4’1es4'esJ ıds4’1eS4:eS} Sd S210S BS (IdA 32 1PA) saje}yUaWepuoy dad sa!los 4 S910S saJıewi4d el ‘ds'u wajnes sadoujsesosd ap ajessejoiqi) aixejojeyo ld sa}uasgqe S210S S2[1191}49A sap sal0s PRORASTRIOPES DE SUISSE 627 chez les males. Le petit abdominal présente trois petites taches, une a l’apex de la valve anale supérieure et une paire dorso-latérale sur l’abdomen V. Les petites taches d’abdo- men V sont plus ou moins développées; elles sont parfois absentes. La zone interoculaire est très claire; seules quelques taches de pigment violet peuvent être présentes vers l’avant et à proximité des yeux. La partie dorsale de la tête est violet sombre autour de la région comprise entre les deux yeux; la zone postéro-médiane reste dépigmentée. La partie de la tête située au-dessous du front est blanche. Les taches oculaires sont noires. Le premier article antennaire est violet sombre, les autres sont violet clair. Les pattes et la furca sont blanches. Chétotaxie du corps: armement en trichobothries typique des Bourletiellidae: A, B, C, Det E avec A, Bet C en ligne. Soies du grand abdominal fines, sans dimorphisme sexuel secondaire. Tête: 8 +8 ocelles, 2 soies par tache oculaire. Chétotaxie labrale: 6/5-5-4 (fig. 6, une soie a été omise par erreur sur cette figure). Soies céphaliques toutes fines. Antennes: rapports antennaires identiques chez les mâles et les femelles. Nous don- nons les moyennes (observations sur 6 femelles et 4 mâles): ant. I: II: III: IV=1: 2: 2, 9: 6, 3; ant.: diag. céphal. = 1,7. Une trichobothrie à la face inférieure de ant. II (caracté- ristique de la famille des Bourletiellidae). Sensilles de l’organe antennaire III libres dans deux dépressions séparées. Ant. IV à sept subsegments (1 + 5 + 1) et une vésicule exsertile apicale. Pattes (figs 3, 4 et 5): la chétotaxie tibiotarsale est donnée sous forme de tableau (la nomenclature est celle de NAYROLLES, 1988). Epines tibiotarsales brusquement aplaties. Trois ergots capités sur les pattes antérieures et moyennes, deux sur les pattes postérieures. Soie Ja du tibiotarse de P1 sans ailette. Empodium avec un corps empodial granuleux ter- mine par une forte pointe et un long filament empodial qui dépasse l’apex de l’ongle et n’est pas épaissi à son extrémité. Ongle avec une minuscule dent interne et une paire de dents latérales. Furca (fig. 2): chétotaxie dentale antérieure: 3, 2, 1, 1, ...1- Mucron sans soie, la lamelle ventrale est large avec deux crêtes nettement séparées. Petit abdominal: sur la valve anale supérieure des femelles cinq soies circumanales, épaissies, simples. Appendice anal droit, non frangé. Rapport appendice anal: mucron de 0,65 à 0,79 (observations sur 6 femelles). Discussion Le genre Prorastriopes est caractérisé par des épines tibiotarsales internes aplaties brusquement, et par un corps empodial se terminant par une forte pointe et un long fila- ment. Ces caractères sont bien exprimés chez P. sauteri. En plus, la soie Ja du tibiotarse de P1 est dépourvue d’ailette chez P. sauteri et d’autres espèces du genre que nous avons observées. Chez les espèces des genres Bourletiella, Deuterosminthurus et Heterosminthurus que nous avons pu examiner, cette soie porte une ailette. Les espèces européennes de Prorastriopes présentant un filament empodial non épaissi ainsi que trois ergots capités aux pattes pro- et mésothoraciques et deux aux métathoraciques sont: P. carpaticus (Nosek, 1978), P. circumfasciatus (Stach, 1956), P. lacazei (Denis, 1924), P. melanocephalus (Dallai, 1966), P. virgulatus (Skorikow, 1899). P. sauteri n. sp. par ses caractères se rapproche donc de ces cinq espèces; il en diffère par son pattern de coloration. 628 PIERRE NAYROLLES ET CHARLES LIENHARD REMERCIEMENTS Nous remercions tres cordialement le professeur Willi Sauter (Institut d’entomologie de l’Ecole polytechnique fédérale de Zurich) de nous avoir confié ce matériel très intéres- sant. BIBLIOGRAPHIE BETSCH, J. M. 1977. Mise au point sur la systematique des Collemboles Symphypléones. Rev. Ecol. Biol. Sol 14: 211-215. — 1980. Elements pour une monographie des Collemboles Symphypléones (Hexapodes, Aptery- gotes). Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, A, 116: 1-227. DALLAI, R. 1966. Recherches sur les Collemboles. I. Un nouveau Bourletiella italien. Memorie Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Verona 14: 491-496. Gisin, H. 1960. Collembolenfauna Europas. Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Genéve, pp. 1-312. NAYROLLES, P. 1988. Chétotaxie tibiotarsale des Collemboles Symphypléones. Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 5 (4): 1-19. NOSEK, J. 1978. Bourletiella carpatica sp. n. a new Collembolan species from the Little Carpathians. Rev. Ecol. Biol. Sol 15: 387-390. STACH, J. 1956. The Apterygotan fauna of Poland in relation to the world fauna of this group of Insects. Family: Sminthuridae. Polska Akad. Nauk, Inst. Zool., Krakow, pp. 1-287. Fasc. 3 p. 629-633 Geneve, septembre 1990 BT een RR Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Bythinella padiraci Locard, 1902: anatomie et systematique (Mollusca: Prosobranchia: Bythinellidae) par R. BERNASCONI * Avec 3 figures ABSTRACT Bythinella padiraci Locard, 1902: anatomy and taxonomy (Mollusca: Prosobranchia: Bythinellidae. — Bythinella padiraci Locard, 1902 from the cave stream of Padirac (France) is for the first time anatomically described; on this basis B. padiraci is related to the group of B. viridis (Poiret 1801). De la riviere souterraine de Padirac (dpt. Lot, France) LOCARD (1902) avait decrit cette espece sur des criteres conchyliologiques uniquement. Je donne ici pour la premiere fois les caractéristiques anatomiques d’une population d’exemplaires vivants recueillis par Ph. DROUIN au Gouffre de Padirac et envoyés au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genéve (IV.1989). Je remercie M. Yves FINET qui m’a transmis et permis d’examiner ce lot. Coquille Provenance: riviere souterraine de Padirac (dpt. Lot), affluent de Joly, secteur boulevard Durand (entre Chaos Fabriol et siphon), a 5 km du gouffre d’entrée. Lot recueilli au cours de l’expé- dition «Padirac 1985» (communication de Ph. Drouin). Matériel: 12 coquilles, avec animal (lot avril 1989). Coquille de petite taille, plutöt obèse; spire conoide-obtuse de 3'/ a 4 tours bien arrondis, sommet obtus-aplati, suture trés accusée, ouverture sub-circulaire a peine oblique; fente ombilicale étroite. Hauteur (H)=2,18 mm (o+0,13 mm); diamétre maximal (D)= 1,46 mm (o + 0,12 mm): index H/D= 1,49 (6 + 0,06). * Hofwilstr. 9, case postale 63; CH-3053 Münchenbuchsee. 630 R. BERNASCONI “len 2 mm ——rr—————— | FIG. 1. Bythinella padiraci: coquilles. Anatomie Matériel: 39, 10 (exemplaires en éthanol 70% V/V). Tête et corps dépigmentés; taches oculaires absentes. Opercule ovoïde corné, 820 à 900 x 550 à 655 um, avec 1-1'/ tours à stries peu visibles. Cténidium: (14)18 a 19 lamelles branchiales jusqu’à 205 X 35 um; osphradium ovoide, 140 à 240 X 50 à 70 um. Un exem- plaire ne possède pas de lamelles branchiales visibles. Organes reproducteurs ©: pénis De 0,5mm FR 0,02 mm Fic. 2. Bythinella padiraci: (A) opercule; (B) dent centrale de la radula. BYTHINELLA PADIRACI 631 mince 500 x 50 um avec apex arrondi, dépassant le flagellum; flagellum trapu 420 x 140 um avec glande tubuleuse du flagellum 2000 x 70 um, repliee 8 fois. Rapport flagellum/glande tubuleuse 1: 4,8. Organes reproducteurs 9 : oviducte proximal avec une anse boursouflée; a son insertion avec l’uterus (glande accessoire de l’oviducte) se trouve un réceptacle seminal petit, sessile, de 60 a 105x 35 a 50 um; bourse copulatrice sacciforme-allongée, soit repliée en J, soit arquée, 270 à 620 x 80 à 210 um; partie distale de l’utérus arrondie, non effilée, 700x250 um. Rapport bourse copulatrice/canal d’insertion sur l’oviducte de 1,1 a 1,8. Radula taenioglosse 1: 8 a 1: 12, longueur 450 a 725 um. Formule: 4 + 1 + 4 Rie L=(4)3+1+3(4)=709); M1 = 18-22; M2 = 18-22 Dial +, Bythinella padiraci: (C) lamelles branchiales et osphradium; (D) organes reproducteurs ©; (E) organes reproducteurs 9. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 42 632 R. BERNASCONI Variabilite Déjà LOCARD (1902) avait signalé la variabilité de la coquille de B. padiraci. L’espece-type est décrite avec L=3 a 3,5 mm et D=1,5 a 1,75 mm, présentant des «var. minor, curta, elongata, ventricosa etc.», souvent avec un encroütement noirätre modifiant la coquille. La population étudiée ici correspond a la var. curta ou minor. Le matériel typique de LOCARD (1902) avec ses dimensions plus grandes et la pré- sence d’« yeux qui ne sont le plus souvent que des résidus pigmentaires sans rapport avec le nerf optique», provient de la partie touristique de la riviére souterraine, éclairée et eutrophe. La population étudiée ici a été recueillie pour la première fois dans la zone pro- fonde de la riviere souterraine et se caractérise par l’absence totale de pigment et de yeux. Systématique L’etude anatomique, notamment des organes reproducteurs ©, confirme l’apparte- nance de B. padiraci au genre Bythinella. C’est à côté de B. pupoides ssp. phreaticola Ber- nasconi, 1989 la deuxième espèce de Bythinella dépigmentée et aveugle connue en France. Quels sont ses rapports avec les autres Bythinella de France? LOCARD (1902) avait rapproché B. padiraci de B. opaca Ziegler, 1850 in Frauenfeld, 1856/57 et surtout de B. gracilis Locard, 1893. GERMAIN (1911) l’avait placée dans le groupe de la B. gracilis, puis l’avait mise en synonymie avec B. opaca gracilis (GERMAIN, 1931). B. opaca est synonyme de B. schmidti (Kuster, 1852) de Yougoslavie (RADOMAN 1976); les anciennes citations de «B. opaca» dans les départements de la Lozère et de l’ Aveyron demeurent par conséquent douteuses, la présence de B. schmidti en France demandant à être confirmée par l’étude de l’anatomie des spécimens. B. gracilis a été rapprochée par GERMAIN (1911) de B. reyniesii, puis de B. opaca (GERMAIN 1931). Par les caractéristiques anatomiques maintenant connues, il apparaît que B. padiraci n’appartient pas au groupe (Formenkreis) de la B. schmidti tel qu’il a été caractérisé (BERNASCONI 1989) par une bourse copulatrice tubulaire allongée repliée en U, atteignant jusqu’à 1000 um de longueur; par la dent latérale de la radula avec 9 à 11 denticules; ce groupe comprend les espèces suivantes: B. schmidti (Küster, 1852), B. pupoides (Paladilhe, 1869), B. austriaca (Frauenfeld, 1856) et B. micherdzinkii Falniowski, 1980. B. padiraci se distingue aussi des deux espèces suivantes, anatomiquement connues, qui présentent des yeux et du pigment noir et une partie distale de l’utérus effilée, dont la radula est inconnue (BOETERS 1973), dont la coquille possède un index H/D supérieur à 1,6: B. reyniesi (Dupuy, 1851), caractérisée en plus par un pénis plus court que le flagellum, et B. bicarinulata Des Moulins, 1827), caractérisée en plus par une bourse copulatrice courte ovale et par une coquille à spires carénées. B. padiraci s’ apparente au groupe (Formenkreis) de B. viridis tel qu’il a été caracté- risé dans BERNASCONI (1989); les espèces de ce groupe connues en France se distinguent de B. padiraci, non seulement par la présence d’yeux et de pigment noir et par un nombre légèrement supérieur de lamelles branchiales (17-22) mais aussi par les caractères suivants: B. viridis (Poiret, 1801) possède une bourse copulatrice bien plus courte, ne dépassant pas la longueur du canal d’insertion (rapport inférieur à 1); sa radula est inconnue (BOETERS 1983). B. carinulata (Drouet, 1868) possède une coquille présentant des spires carénées, une ouverture anguleuse et un index L/D de 1,5 à 1,7. BYTHINELLA PADIRACI 633 B. carinulata ssp. viridiformis Bernasconi, 1989, possède une coquille a spires + carénées et une ouverture anguleuse. B. vesontiana Bernasconi, 1989 possede une coquille avec L=2,6 a 3,1 mm et L/D=1,6 a 1,9. Les autres especes de Bythinella francaises ne sont pas encore révisées anatomique- ment et elles ne seront pas prises en considération ici; il s’agit notamment de: B. ferussaci Des Moulins, 1828; B. conoidea De Reynies, 1843; B. desmoulinsi Dupuy, 1849; B. eutrepha Paladilhe, 1867; B. gracilis Locard, 1893. RESUME On donne les caracteristiques conchyliologiques et pour la premiere fois anatomiques d’une population de Bythinella padiraci Locard, 1902, provenant de la riviere souterraine de Padirac (locus typicus). On met en Evidence les differences entre cette espece et les autres Bythinella francaises dont l’anatomie est connue; on place B. padiraci dans le groupe de la Bythinella viridis. BIBLIOGRAPHIE BERNASCONI, R. 1989. Die Bythinella der Stid- und West-Schweiz und von Ost-Frankreich. Folia Malacol. Krakow 3: 33-54. BOETERS, H. D. 1973. Die Gattung Bythinella und die Gattung Marstoniopsis in Westeuropa. Malacologia 14: 271-285. GERMAIN, L. 1911. Biospeleologica XVIII: Mollusques (1'° série). Arch. Zool. exp. Paris (5), t. VI: 251-252. — 1931. Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles. Faune de France 22. Tome II: 618-619. Librairie Faculté Sciences, Paris. LOCARD, A. 1902. Description de mollusques nouveaux appartenant a la faune souterraine de France et d’Italie. Bull. natn. Hist. nat. Mus. Paris VIII: 41-42. RADOMAN, P. 1976. Speciation within the family Bythinellidae on the Balkan and Asia Minor. Z. zool. Syst. Evolut.-forsch. 14: 130-152. ty à Da # a LI Sr A li Hise ibe: ping pani BOS I rap sul 2 — Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 | Fasc. 3 p. 635-645 | Genève, septembre 1990 Sphaeromatidae from Réunion Island, southern Indian Ocean, with description of a new species of Paraleptosphaeroma Buss & Iverson, 1981 (Crustacea: Isopoda) Hans-Georg MÜLLER * With 7 figures ABSTRACT Paraleptosphaeroma indica n. sp. is described as the first member of the genus from the Indian Ocean. It was found together with Paraciliacea mossambica Barnard, 1914 on coral reefs at Réunion Island and is closely related to Paraleptosphaeroma glynni Buss & Iverson, 1981 from Panama Pacific and the island Dominica in the Caribbean. INTRODUCTION Up to now there has been no report on marine isopods from the volcanic island La Réunion in the tropical southern Indian Ocean. While working there on the small fringing reefs along the west-coast in January-February 1989 only two species of Sphaeromatidae could be found in the reef-lagoons and on the reef-flats by the author. One of these belongs to an unknown species, as the second member of the genus Paraleptosphaeroma Buss & Iverson, 1981. The presence of that genus in the Indian Ocean greatly expands its known range from Panama Pacific and the Caribbean. Specimens are deposited in the Senckenberg-Museum, Frankfurt a. M., Germany (SMF), Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Genève, Suisse (MHNG), Muséum national * Institut für Allgemeine und Spezielle Zoologie der Justus-Liebig-Universität, Heinrich-Buff- Ring 29, D-6300 Giessen, F. R. Germany (permanent address). * Laboratoire de Biologie Marine et Malacologie, Université de Perpignan, Avenue de Villeneuve, F-66025 Perpignan Cedex, France. 636 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, France (MNHN) and the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, Kyoto University, Japan (SMBL). Paraciliacea mossambica Barnard, 1914 Material: 10, 19, 11 immature specimens (SMF 18603); seagrass-bed (Syringodium isoetifolium) near la Saline-les-Bains, 1-1.5 m, 26 January 1989. P. mossambica apparently has a wide distribution in the south-west Indian Ocean. Up to now it was known from the south-eastern coast of Africa, Madagascar and Aldabra Atoll, Seychelles (see KENSLEY 1988: 41; MONOD 1971: 176). A redescription of the © has been given by Monod. Paraleptosphaeroma indica n. sp. (Figs 1-7) Material: Holotype — © (SMF 18599). Type locality: La Réunion, reef-flat near la Saline-les- Bains, from dead corals in 0.5-1 m; 18-20 January 1989. Paratypes — 10°, 69 9 4 ovigerous, 2 lar- vigerous), | immature specimen (SMBL); together with holotype. 30 ©, 39 © (2 ovigerous, 1 lar- vigerous), 3 immature specimens, 1 postmanca (20 ©, 2 ovigerous 9 9 in MHNG, others in MNHN); reef-flat near la Saline-les-Bains, from dead corals in 0.5-1 m, shortly after cyclon ‘‘Firinga’’; 3 and 5 February 1989. 20° ©, 7 ovigerous 9 9, 4 immature specimens (SMF 18600); reef-lagoon near la Saline-les-Bains, from dead corals covered with algae, 0.5-1.5 m; 21-22 January 1989. 260°0°, 359 Q (27 ovigerous, 7 larvigerous), 16 immature specimens, 1 manca (SMF 18601); reef-lagoon near la Saline-les-Bains, from mainly dead corals, shortly after cyclon ‘‘Firinga’’, 0.5-1 m; 30 January-4 February 1989. 1 ovigerous female (SMF 18602); seagrass-bed (Syringodium isoetifolium) in reef-lagoon near la Saline-les-Bains, 1-1.5 m, 26 January 1989. Etymology. The specific name refers to the geographic area of the type locality, the Indian Ocean. Description of male. Total length (frontal margin of cephalon to tip of pleotelson) about 1.8 mm, maximum width (at pereonite V) about 1.4 mm. Body extremely flattened, oval in outline (Fig. 1A). Cephalon 2.4 times wider than long, with large, posterolateral eyes consisting of about twenty, well pigmented ocellae; anterior margin of cephalon slightly concave. Pereonite I longest, others being subequal in length and increasing in width from pereonite II to V; lateral margins of all pereonites smooth with well developed membrana cingula (for explanation of this term see BUSS & IVERSON 1981: 4). Pleotelson slightly domed, sub-triangular with apex truncated. The whole body inclusive of first antennae and uropods dorsally provided with many small pigment patches; in most specimens observed, two larger, half-moon-like pigmentations on the dorsolateral surface of pereonite IV can be found. First and second peduncle articles of antenna I strongly flattened and expanded anteriorly, bearing membrana cingula (Fig. 2A); third peduncular article unmodified, 4.5 times longer than broad; flagellum of four articles of which the first one is shortest and broadest, bearing three feathered sensory setae; articles 2-4 decreasing in length and width distally; penultimate and terminal article each with one aesthetasc. Peduncle of second antenna of four articles, none modified; second article shortest, third and fourth longest and subequal in length, bearing two feathered sensory setae; flagellum of nine setose articles (Fig. 2B). Incisor of left mandible and small lacinia mobilis with three coupling hooks; setal row of 3 setae with terminal serrations; molar strongly developed with many tubercles and some short setae; palp of mandible three-segmented; two SPHAEROMATIDAE FROM REUNION ISLAND 637 FIG. 1. Paraleptosphaeroma indica sp. nov., male. A. habitus, dorsal. 638 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER “iy 33 à SEC (( = ‘N QE FIGs 22 Paraleptosphaeroma indica sp. nov., male. A. antenna I; B. antenna II; C. left mandible; D. incisor and molar process of right mandible; E. maxilla I. SPHAEROMATIDAE FROM REUNION ISLAND 639 NO ay AN Me AE È Wh MU D D 100 um FIG. 3. Paraleptosphaeroma indica sp. nov., male. A. maxilla II; B. maxilliped; C. pereopod I; D. pereopod II. 640 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER FIG. 4. Paraleptosphaeroma indica sp. nov., male. A. pereopod III; B. pereopod VII; C. penes. proximal segments longest and subequal in length, distal one only half the length of first and second; second segment with three, third segment with 6 setae, shape as figured (Fig. 2C). Right mandible without lacinia mobilis, otherwise as left mandible (Fig. 2D). First maxilla with 3 serrated and 3 strong simple spines on outer lobe; inner lobe with 4 distal fringed spines (Fig. 2E). Maxilla II with four long, curved spines on inner and outer lobe of outer ramus; additionally, inner lobe of outer ramus with distal simple seta; inner ramus with 3 distal simple setae and 2 robust, serrated spines (Fig. 3A). Maxilliped with narrow endite, bearing eight distal plumose setae and one coupling-hook on medial SPHAEROMATIDAE FROM REUNION ISLAND 641 LI FIG. 5. Paraleptosphaeroma indica sp. nov., male. A. pleopod I; B. pleopod II. margin; five-segmented palp with second segment longest, about two times longer than first palp segment (Fig. 3B). Pereopod I with triangular carpus, bearing posterodistal, elongate spine; posterodistal margin of propodus and anterodistal corner of merus with two strong, serrated spines; anterior margin of ischium with two short bifid spines and small simple seta; unguis short, less than half the length of dactylus (Fig. 3C). Pereopod II, carpus about three times longer than wide; posterior margin of carpus and merus with several simple setae of different lengths and 7-8 spine-like membranous structures which are difficult to observe and have not been mentioned in the description of the other 642 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER FIG. 6. Paraleptosphaeroma indica sp. nov., male. A. pleopod III; B. pleopod IV; C. pleopod V. SPHAEROMATIDAE FROM REUNION ISLAND 643 100um FIG. 7. Paraleptosphaeroma indica sp. nov., female. A. pleopod I; B. pleopod II. member of the genus, Paraleptosphaeroma glynni Buss & Iverson, 1981; anterodistal corner of merus with two short, serrated spines; posterior margin of ischium with row of short simple setae; anterior margin of ischium with 6 very short spines and a simple seta (Fig. 3D); pereopod III similar to pereopod II; however, only distal third of posterior margin of carpus bearing three membranous, spine-like structures (Fig. 4A). Pereopod VII, carpus distally with 3 strong, plumose and serrated spines, together with one feathered sensory seta; anterodistal corner of merus with single serrated spine (Fig. 4B). Pereopods IV-VII quite similar to each others. Penes about 6.9 times longer than width at base, tapering to narrow rounded apex in distal half (Fig. 4C). Pleopod I, exopod about 644 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER three times longer than wide, with 9 distal plumose setae; endopod totally reduced; medial margin of basis strongly produced into narrow process bearing two retinaculae (Fig. 5A). Pleopod II, exopod two times longer than wide, with one plumose seta at ectal margin and 9 plumose setae distally; endopod narrow, 3.2 times longer than wide, about 0.8 times the length of exopod; five plumose setae along ectal and distal margin; appendix masculina curved and distally rounded, extending beyond distal margin of endopod; basis of pleopod II produced into narrow medial process with two distal retinaculae; this process more robust than in pleopod I (Fig. 5B). Pleopod III with oval exopod bearing 6 plumose setae along ectal margin; endopod somewhat larger than exopod, with 8 distal plumose setae; inner margin of basis with rounded lobe bearing 2 retinaculae (Fig. 6A). Pleopod IV, endopod oval without any setae; oval exopod tapering into short narrow process at apex, bearing row of about 15 short setules (Fig. 6B). Shape of both pleopod V exopod and endopod roughly elongate-oval; endopod with two distal rounded bosses bearing scale-like structures (Fig. 6C). Uropods twice as long as wide, both rami flattened; endopod extending beyond apex of pleotelson; exopod of half length of the endopod; ectal margins of both endopod and exopod with membrana cingula (Fig. 1A). Female. Quite similar to male in general habitus and size, except of sexual characters. Exopod of first pleopod with 8 distal plumose setae (Fig. 7A). Pleopod II, exopod slightly narrower than in male; endopod about 2/3 length of exopod, about three times longer than wide, bearing 4 plumose setae in distal half (Fig. 7B). Remarks. The present new species, P. indica is quite similar in its general habitus and shape of appendages to P. glynni Buss & Iverson, 1981 from Panama Pacific (BUSS & IVERSON 1981) and the caribbean island Dominica (KENSLEY 1987: 576), implying that both are sister species. The most reliable feature to distinguish these species is the shape of the endopod of the second male pleopod. In P. glynni the endopod is about 2.3 times longer than wide and shorter than half the length of the exopod. Also, the distal lobe of the endopod bears only 3-5 short, simple setae (see Buss & Iverson 1981: 5, Figs 2H, J). As pointed out in the description of P. indica, the endopod of the second male pleopod is 3.2 times longer than wide and has about 0.8 times the length of the exopod. Contrary to P. glynni it bears 5 plumose setae which are much longer than in that species. Several males of P. indica have been examined and it seems that the shape of the endopod of the second male pleopod and its length ratio to the exopod are constant characters without recognizable variability. Females are distinguishable through the setation of the second pleopodal endopod, bearing two plumose setae in P. g/ynni and four plumose setae in P. indica. The new species is a common member of the reef community at Réunion island where it has been found more numerous in the reef-lagoon near la Saline-les-Bains shortly after the strong cyclon ‘‘Firinga’’. Nearly all of the specimens have been found associated with dead coral substratum. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The research has been carried out in cooperation with the Laboratoire de Biologie marine et Malacologie in Perpignan and the Université de La Réunion, France. I am very grateful to Dr. G. Faure, Dr. R. Galzin and Mr. Y. Letourneur for their help organizing my field work. SPHAEROMATIDAE FROM REUNION ISLAND 645 REFERENCES Buss, L. W. & E. W. IVERSON. 1981. A new genus and species of Sphaeromatidae (Crustacea: Isopoda) with experiments and observations on its reproductive biology, interspecific interactions and color polymorphisms. Postilla, 184: 1-24. KENSLEY, B. 1987. Further records of marine isopod crustaceans from the Caribbean. Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (3): 559-577. 1988. Preliminary observation on the isopod crustacean fauna of Aldabra Atoll. Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 40-44. Monop, T. 1971. Sur quelques crustacés de Tulear (Madagascar). Tethys, suppl. 1: 165-192. PAT “AR E DIRI ve | Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. 3 p. 647-668 Genève, septembre 1990 Contribution a la faune du Chili: puces nouvelles ou peu connues de la partie sud (Insecta, Siphonaptera) par J. C. BEAUCOURNU * et D. A. KELT **, *** Avec 29 figures ABSTRACT A contribution to the fauna of Chile: new or little known fleas (Insecta, Siphonaptera) from southern provinces. — A new collection of small mammals in southern Chile has yielded about 700 fleas. Crenoparia intermedia n. sp., Plocopsylla wilesi n. sp., Plocopsylla silewi n. sp., Tiamastus gallardoi n. sp. and the female, yet unknown, of Listronius ulus (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923) are described. Barreropsylla excelsa Jordan, 1953, Ectinorus ixanus (Jordan, 1942), E. levipes (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923), E. onychius onychius (J. et R., 1923), Listronius ulus and L. fortis (J. et R., 1923) are new for Chile. De septembre 1985 à avril 1987, l’un de nous (D. A. K.) étudiant la taxonomie, l’éco- logie et la biogéographie des petits mammiferes terrestres au Chili a eu l’occasion, dans les provinces d’Osorno (X® région) et surtout d’Aisen (XI° région), de récolter près de 700 puces sur les hötes étudiés (Octodontidae principalement avec 12 espèces, Ctenomyidae, avec | espèce). Cette prospection est, en ce qui concerne les Siphonapteres, particuliere- ment interessante car tres peu de choses sont connues sur le sud de ce pays (SMIT et ROSICKY, 1972; BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1978). * Laboratoire de parasitologie, Faculté de médecine, 35043 Rennes, France. ** Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Illinois University, De Kalb, Illinois 60115-2861, USA; adresse actuelle: Department of Biology, University of New Mexico, Alberquerque, New Mexico 87131, USA. *** Bourse d’etude de Graduate School, Northern Illinois University et Fellowship, Organisa- tion des Etats-Unis d’ Amérique. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 43 648 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT TABLEAU | Puces récoltées dans les provinces d’Osorno et d’Aisén (Chili) de septembre 1985 a avril 1987 M E; Total Ss. T. Famille Hystrichopsyllidae 1 — Ctenoparia inopinata 2 7 9 / 2 — Ctenoparia intermedia n. sp. 2 4 6 / 3 — Ctenoparia jordani 0 2 2 Ÿ 4 — Ctenoparia topali 5 9 14 I, Famille Ctenophthalmidae 5 — Agastopsylla boxi boxi 43 52 95 | 0,8 6 — Chiliophylla allophyla allophyla 1 0 1 if 7 — Neotyphloceras crassispina hemisus 30 46 76 0.75 8 — Neotyphloceras crassispina chilensis 13 11 24 a Famille Stephanocircidae 9 — Plocopsylla reigi 2 (0) 2 / 10 — Plocopsylla lewisi 13 18 31 if 11 — Plocopsylla wilesi n. sp. 1.04 6 10 / 12 — Plocopsylla silewi n. sp. | 4 3} 9 if 13 — Sphinctopsylla ares 37 94 131 | 0,4 14 — Craenopsylla minerva wolffhuegeli I. 16 18 / 15 — Barreropsylla excelsa * IR? 1 3 7 re. | Famille Rhopalopsyllidae | 16 — Tiamastus gallardoi n. sp. | 13 60 73270271 17 — Tetrapsyllus tantillus | 38 | 49 SI MONTI 18 — Tetrapsyllus maulinus 1 0 1 / 19 — Tetrapsyllus rhombus 12:6 8 14 // 20 — Ectinorus (E.) ixanus * has 4 7 if 21 — Ectinorus (E.) levipes * 2 2 4 fi 22 — Ectinorus (Ichyonus) onychius onychius * 28 39 6700007 23 — Listronius ulus * 3 5 8 / 24 — Listronius fortis * N) 2 5) N * Especes nouvelles pour le Chili. Vingt-quatre taxa appartenant a 4 familles (tabl. 1) sont représentés dans notre maté- riel: 4 sont nouveaux pour la science, 6 autres sont citees pour la premiere fois du Chili dont Listronius ulus (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923) jusqu’à présent seulement connu par le mäle holotype et dont nous pouvons decrire la femelle. Les types des taxa nouveaux sont deposes dans les collections du Laboratoire de Parasitologie de la Faculté de médecine de Rennes, France (ultérieurement au Laboratoire d’entomologie du Muséum national d’His- PUCES DU CHILI 649 toire naturelle de Paris); des paratypes sont au Field Museum of Natural History, Chi- cago, USA. Il en est de même pour les autres espèces qui sont réparties entre ces départe- ments. ETUDE SYSTEMATIQUE Famille Hystrichopsyllidae 1 — Ctenoparia inopinata Rothschild, 1909 Matériel. 22 km W NW de Puerto Octay (Osorno), IX.1985, sur Akodon longipilis 1 femelle; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), 11.1987, sur Ak. olivaceus 2 males, 6 femelles. Cette espèce est la plus répandue du genre bien que le mâle n’en ait été décrit que recemment (BEAUCOURNU ef al., 1986); elle est signalée de la majeure partie du Chili, de la province de Coquimbo au nord (non publié, Gallardo rec.) à celle d’ Aisén: ces dernières captures sont les plus hautes en latitude qui soient connues; sauf mention spéciale, ceci sera également valable pour toutes les espèces citées ici. C. inopinata vient également d’étre récoltée en Argentine, dans la province de Neuquén (BEAUCOURNU et ALCOVER, 1990). Les Akodon s. 1. (A. longipilis, A. olivaceus, A. sanborni) sont ses hôtes préférentiels. 2 — Ctenoparia intermedia sp. n. Materiel. 4,5 km E Coyhaique Alto (Aisen) (46°40 S, 72° W), 111.1987, male HOLOTYPE, femelle ALLOTYPE, 1 male, 2 femelles paratypes sur Reithrodon physodes, sur Auliscomys micropus 2 femelles paratypes. Description: cette nouvelle espèce est intermédiaire (d’où le nom) entre jordani Smit, 1955 et propinqua Beaucournu et Gallardo, 1988. Capsule céphalique: cténidie génale de 7 dents dans les deux sexes, l’apex de la gena étant visible (sauf chez l’holotype). Sétation céphalique non caractéristique. Thorax: ctenidie pronotale de 32 à 33 dents chez les mäles, 31 à 34 chez les femelles: ce nombre est légèrement supérieur a celui noté chez C. jordani (28 à 31) ou C. propinqua (30) mais, sans doute, de peu de valeur taxonomique. Tibia III portant 9 encoches tibiales (comme chez propinqua; 8, ou 9, chez jordani) contenant 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 1 ou 2, 3, 4, 3 à 5 soies. Dernier segment tarsal des pattes, classique, avec les 5 paires de soies latérales. Abdomen: 1 spinule est présente sur les tergites II et III, dans les 2 sexes, à l’exclusion de l’holotype qui en montre également 1, de chaque côté, sur le tergite IV. Partie basale de la marge postérieure du sternite VI de la femelle, doucement concave (fig. 6). Tergite VII avec 2 soies antésensiliales chez les mâles (fig. 1) (de ratio approximative 0,5-1); chez les femelles, il nous est impossible de donner le chiffre caractéristique de ce taxon car les 4 exemplaires montrent respectivement: 3 et 2 soies (allotype: figs 6 et 6’), 3 et 2, 2 et 2, 2 et 2; dans ces derniers cas, la longueur de la soie interne est assez variable allant, en ratio, de 0,5 a 0,7. Si l’on peut préjuger sur un échantillonnage aussi faible, le chiffre serait de 2 comme chez jordani, alors qu’il serait de 3 chez propinqua. Sternite VII du male a marge postérieure concave (elle est pratiquement droite chez les deux autres especes affines). 650 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT FIG. 1. Ctenoparia intermedia n. sp., mâle holotype: tergite VI, segment VII, tergite VIII. FIGs 2 et 3. Ctenoparia intermedia n. sp., mâles. 2: segment IX, holotype; 3: apex du bras distal du sternite IX, paratype. PUCES DU CHILI 651 Fics 4 et 5. Ctenoparia intermedia n. sp. 4: apex du phallosome, holotype; 5: spermathèque et ducti, femelle paratype. FIGS 6 et 6’. Ctenoparia intermedia n. sp. 6: segments terminaux de la femelle allotype; 6’: soies antésensiliales du côté droit du même exemplaire. 652 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT Segments génitaux mâles et phallosome: Segment VIII (fig. 1): tergite montrant un stigmate allongé (comme chez jordani) et non triangulaire; sternite apparemment non séparable de celui de propinqua. Segment IX (fig. 2): basimère plus court que le télomère, sa marge postérieure nette- ment convexe au niveau de la fovea (qui est comme chez jordani, peu visible); cette piece est plus massive que chez les taxa apparentés. Télomère proche de celui de propinqua mais sans convexité basale. Soies marginales droites; soies internes tres nombreuses, insérées jusqu’a l’apex du télomere, ne descendant pratiquement pas au-dela de la plus grande lar- geur de la piece. Sternite IX: bras distal montrant une partie apicale plus large que la zone médiane. Cet apex est de forme variable (figs 2 et 3), mais montre une chétotaxie plus abondante que chez jordani et méme propinqua. Phallosome (fig. 4) caractéristique: de morphologie intermédiaire entre celles montrees par C. jordani et C. propinqua, il est immédiatement reconnu a sa protubérance dorso-apicale beaucoup plus allongée que chez jordani mais non recourbée en bas et en avant comme chez propinqua. Segments modifiés femelles (fig. 6): Soies du tergite VIII et surtout des sternites VI et VII relativement épaisses (comme chez jordani). Stigmate du t. VIII a bords subparalleles (et non triangulaire). Sternite VII caractéristique, la partie la plus saillante de sa marge postérieure étant au niveau de l’angle dorsal. Spermatheque (fig. 5) a bulga subsphérique et montrant un collet au niveau de /’area cribriformis; hilla présentant une papilla plus ou moins nette. Ductus communis long, a parois épaisses mais non sclérifiées et, le plus souvent, difficiles a distinguer. Dimensions (insectes montés): males et femelles 3,8 mm. 3 — Ctenoparia jordani Smit, 1955 Matériel. 14,5 km N NW de Puerto Octay (Osorno), VII.1985, sur Oryzomys longicaudatus 2 femelles. Cette espèce, toujours peu abondante, a la méme répartition générale que C. inopi- nata: Argentine (SMIT, 1955) et Chili (BEAUCOURNU ef al., 1986). L’höte préférentiel semble être Oryzomys longicaudatus. 4 — Ctenoparia topali Smit, 1963 Matériel. Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), XI.1986, sur Auliscomys micropus 1 femelle; d°, III.1987, sur Akodon olivaceus 2 mâles, 3 femelles, sur Oryzomys longicaudatus 3 males, 5 femelles. Espèce décrite d’Argentine (province du Rio Negro) sur un unique mâle; elle a été depuis retrouvée, tant dans ce pays (BEAUCOURNU et ALCOVER, 1990), qu’au Chili (BEAU- COURNU et al., 1986) d’où nous venons de décrire la femelle (BEAUCOURNU ef al., 1988). C. topali parait moins spécifique que C. inopinata et C. jordani bien que toujours récoltée sur Cricetidae. PUCES DU CHILI 653 Famille Ctenophthalmidae 5 — Agastopsylla boxi boxi Jordan et Rothschild, 1903 Matériel. 4,5 km E Coyhaique Alto (Aisén), XII.1986, sur Auliscomys micropus 1 mâle, 1 femelle, sur Akodon longipilis 2 mâles, 10 femelles; d°, 1II.1987 sur Aul. micropus 9 mâles, 8 femelles, sur Ak. longipilis 4 males, 4 femelles, sur Reithrodon physodes 3 males, 6 femelles; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), III.1987, sur Akodon olivaceus 1 mäle, 1 femelle; Puerto Ibänez, El Salto (Aisén), XI.1986, sur Ak. longipilis 9 mâles, 2 femelles; d°, 11.1987, sur Aul. micropus 1 femelle, sur Ak. longipilis 1 mâle, 1 femelle; Puerto Ibanez, Rocky Bluff (Aisén), IV.1987, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 7 males, 8 femelles; Chile Chico (Aisén), III.1987, sur Akodon xanthorhinus 3 males, 7 femelles, sur Reithrodon physodes 1 femelle, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 3 males, 2 femelles. A. boxi boxi a été décrit d’Argentine (province de Chubut) et il y a été retrouvé a plusieurs reprises (SMIT, 1955; SMIT, 1963; BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1988); une seule station était connue du Chili, dans la province de Magellanes, donc plus au sud que nos prospections (SMIT et ROSICKY, 1972). A. boxi gibbosa Beaucournu et Alcover (1990), seule sous-espèce connue, vient d’étre décrite d’Argentine, dans la province de Neuquén. Cette espèce a une spécificité assez large, bien qu’apparemment liée aux Cricetidae. Les 95 exemplaires récoltés donnent un sex-ratio de 0,8, chiffre classique chez les Siphonapteres. 6 — Chiliopsylla allophyla allophyla (Rothschild, 1908) Matériel. 7 km E SE Puerto Octay (Osorno), IX.1985, sur Jrenomys tarsalis 1 mâle. C. a. allophyla n’est connue que de quelques stations au Chili (deux seulement sont publiées) et en Argentine (SMIT, 1955; HOPKINS et ROTHSCHILD, 1966) où elle semble stricte. Une sous-espece vient d’étre decrite de la province de Neuquén, Argentine (C. a. tonnii Beaucournu et Alcover, 1990) où le fort déséquilibre note dans le sex-ratio (0,12) serait en faveur d’une écologie particuliere. 7 — Neotyphloceras crassispina hemisus Jordan, 1936 Matériel. 4,5 km E Coyhaique Alto (Aisén), XII.1986, sur Auliscomys micropus 1 mâle, sur Akodon longipilis 4 mâles, 4 femelles, sur Reithrodon physodes 1 femelle; d°, III.1987, sur R. physodes 2 males, 2 femelles, sur Ak. longipilis 8 males, sur Aul. micropus 3 femelles; d°, X1.1987, sur Chelemys macronyx 1 male, 6 femelles; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), XI.1986, sur Aul. micropus 3 femelles; d°, 111.1987, sur Akodon olivaceus 8 mâles, 9 femelles; Puerto Ibanez, El Salto (Aisén), X1.1986, sur Aul. micropus 1 femelle, sur Ak. longipilis 1 mâle, 14 femelles; d°, I1.1987, sur Au/. micropus 1 mâle, 1 femelle; d°, 111.1987, sur Ak. longipilis 4 mâles, 2 femelles; Puerto Ibanez, Rocky Bluff (Aisén), IV.1987, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 2 femelles. Cette sous-espèce est, semble-t-il (cf. SMIT, 1968) surtout connue d’ Argentine (de la province du Rio Negro au sud, jusqu’a la frontiere nord vraisemblablement) et de Bolivie. Une station était connue du Pérou (SMIT, op. cit.) et une seule autre, publiée du Chili (SMIT et ROSICKY, 1972) nettement au sud des nötres (51°05 S, 73°00 W). BEAUCOURNU et ALCOVER (1990) ont attiré l’attention sur la présence de populations mixtes, ce qui s’ajoutant à la mosaïque de répartition des trois sous-espèces décrites pourrait faire redis- cuter de leur validité. Quoi qu’il en soit, N. crassispina s. |. est généralement commun et de large spéci- ficité. 654 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT 8 — Neotyphloceras crassispina chilensis Jordan, 1936 Matériel. ca. 2,5 km Chile Chico (Aisén), III.1987, sur Akodon xanthorhinus 2 males, 2 femelles, sur Reithrodon physodes 2 males, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 9 males, 9 femelles. Calculé sur l’ensemble des deux sous-espèces le sex-ratio est de 0,75 sur 100 exemplaires, chiffre trés voisin de celui trouvé par BEAUCOURNU et ALCOVER (1990) en Argentine, et calculé sur un nombre identique. Famille Stephanocircidae 9 — Plocopsylla reigi Beaucournu et Gallardo, 1978 Matériel. Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), 11.1987, sur Akodon olivaceus 1 mâle, sur Oryzomys longicaudatus 1 mâle. P. reigi est, pour le moment, seulement signalé du Chili: provinces de Malleco (types) (BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1978) et de Santiago (SCHRAMM et LEWIS, 1988). Sa spécificité n’est pas établie car bien que décrite de Ctenomys, sur lesquels, en cer- taines stations, elle est indiscutablement commune, elle a depuis, été prélevée sur divers Cricetidae. 10 — Piocopsylla lewisi Beaucournu et Gallardo, 1988 Matériel. 4,5 km E Coyhaique Alto (Aisen), 11.1987, sur Reithrodon physodes 2 mâles; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), III.1987, sur Akodon olivaceus 1 femelle, sur Oryzomys longicaudatus 1 femelle; Puerto Ibanez, Rocky Bluff (Aisén), IV.1987 sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 7 mäles, 10 femelles, sur Akodon longipilis 4 mäles, 6 femelles. Tout récemment décrite d’Argentine (province du Rio Negro), cette Plocopsylla est signalée la méme année du Chili par SCHRAMM et LEWIS (1988): province de Santiago (des femelles seulement de la Parva, identifiées par JAMESON et FULK (1977) comme P. chiris (Jordan, 1931) et des individus des deux sexes, de Farellones). Comme beaucoup de Craneopsyllinae cette puce semble pouvoir parasiter de nom- breux Cricetidae: Euneomys est le genre le plus cité, mais on ne peut tirer de conclusions sur d’aussi courtes séries. Il est regrettable que SCHRAMM et LEWIS (op. cit.) n’ait pas indiqué l’origine des exemplaires qu’ils dessinent, car d’assez nombreuses différences sont notables entre le matériel type (identique a celui d’Aisen) et leurs illustrations. Citons le processus fixe et la chétotaxie du bras distal du sternite IX essentiellement. Ceci prend une particuliere importance avec la découverte des espèces que nous décrivons ci-apres. Nous serions assez enclins, a penser au vu de leurs dessins, que le taxon de Schramm et Lewis est nouveau. 11 — Plocopsylla wilesi n. sp. Matériel. ca. 2,5 km Chile Chico (Aisén) (46°30 S, 72° W), 330 m, III.1987, sur Akodon xanthorhinus le male HOLOTYPE, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus la femelle ALLOTYPE, 3 mâles, 5 femelles paratypes. Le nom spécifique et celui du taxon suivant sont des anagrammes de /ewisi, ceci rap- pelant la cohésion de ce complexe. Description: immédiatement rapprochée de P. angusticeps Mahnert, 1982 et de P. lewisi par l’allure générale du tergite IX. PUCES DU CHILI 655 FIGS 7 et 8. Plocopsylla spp., capsule céphalique (partim). 7: P. wilesin. sp., male paratype; 8: P. silewin. sp., male holotype. Capsule céphalique (fig. 7): ctenidie frontale et casque très proches de ceux de P. lewisi (et respectivement, donc, de 11 et 12 dents chez les mâles et les femelles), la soie interne du bord antero-ventral est insérée au niveau de la base de la dent la plus inférieure. Gena un peu plus longue que haute, le processus génal variable, souvent plus ou moins rectiligne a l’apex. Thorax: comme chez P. lewisi mais cténidie pronotale avec généralement une ou deux dents de plus (ce qui n’est pas, bien sûr, significatif sur un échantillon aussi réduit); 3 pseu- dosetae (rarement 2) sous le mésothorax, de chaque côté. Abdomen: méme chetotaxie que chez P. /ewisi. Tergite VII chez le male (fig. 9) une soie antésensiliale développée et une, tres petite mais non vestigiale, plus médiane (de méme que chez P. /ewisi, cf. BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1988, fig. 2); chez la femelle, deux soies de méme longueur (fig. 13). Segments génitaux mâles: segment VIII (fig. 9) de même structure générale que chez P. lewisi. Notons essentiellement, comme difference, un tergite moins arrondi, non échi- nulé, possédant une apophyse tres longue; sternite apparemment plus massif. Segment IX (fig. 11). Tergite: processus interne assez trapu (mais ce caractére a une certaine variabilité); processus fixe a apex arrondi, strié, s’élargissant doucement; télo- mere proche de celui de /ewisi mais apophyse verticale plus large et soie modifiée de l’apophyse horizontale différente (ce critere n’est appréciable que sur plusieurs exemplaires etant donnée la structure complexe de cette soie). Sternite: apex du bras distal large, bien isolé par un rétrécissement subapical, portant plusieurs petites soies spiniformes (5 a 6) sclérifiées. Au-dessous du rétrécissement, 2 soies subégales, très modifiées, aplaties, lar- ges, incolores, l’inférieure striée a l’apex. Ce segment est très différent chez P. lewisi (cf. BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, op. cit., fig. 3). Phallosome: apparemment non caractéristique. 656 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT FIG. 9. Plocopsylla wilesi n. sp., male holotype, segments VII et VIII. Segments génitaux femelles et spermathèque: Stigmate relativement court, s’élargissant peu a l’apex. Marge postérieure du tergite VIII (fig. 13) ondulée, avec 3 soies internes (deux longues, une courte) a l’angle postero- ventral qui n’est pas saillant. Stylet anal (fig. 15) relativement court et large. Spermathèque (fig. 17): bu/ga a bords subparalleles, base de la hilla prenant naissance a l’intérieur de la bu/ga; ces derniers caractéres, comme les ducti sont identiques a ceux rencontrés chez P. lewisi. Ducti comme chez P. lewisi. Dimensions (insectes montés): males: 2,4 mm sans les soies distales (2,6 avec les soles); femelles: 2,2 mm. Nous discuterons des affinités de P. wilesi n. sp. aprés la description du taxon sui- vant. 12 — Plocopsylla silewi n. sp. Matériel. ca. 2,5 km S Chile Chico (Aisén), 330 m, III.1987, sur Akodon xanthorhinus, male HOLOTYPE, femelle ALLOTYPE, 3 males et 2 femelles paratypes. Il y a sympatrie et peut-étre syntopie avec P. wilesi: l’espece höte est identique, mais les parasites de plusieurs rongeurs de cette espéce et de cet endroit furent réunis. PUCES DU CHILI 657 Fic. 10. Plocopsylla silewi n. sp., male holotype, segments VII et VIII. Description: espèce proche de P. /ewisi et de P. wilesi mais, capsule céphalique mise a part, manifestement plus apparentée a P. angusticeps. Capsule céphalique (fig. 8): partie précténidienne de la cténidie frontale relativement etroite. La soie interne du bord antéro-ventral est insérée au-dessous de la base de la dent la plus inférieure. Gena presque aussi haute que longue; processus génal arrondi. Thorax: cténidie pronotale de 20 a 22 dents. Deux pseudosetae de chaque côté chez les males (3 chez 1 exemplaire), 1 ou 2 chez les femelles: ces pseudosetae sont bien sclérifiées. Abdomen: spinules présentes sur t. II at. V chez les mâles (2 ou 3, 3, 3, 1); chez les femelles toujours présentes sur t. II et t. III (2 à 4, 3), présentes (2 ou 1) sur t. IV et t. V, ou absentes. Pour le reste, m&me chétotaxie que P. /ewisi et P. wilesi. Tergite VII: chez le male (fig. 10) une seule soie antésensiliale, sans soie accessoire; chez la femelle (fig. 14), 2 soies subégales. Segments génitaux mâles: segment VIII (fig. 10): tergite quadrangulaire, relativement développé, sans zone échinulé, l’apophyse étant égale ou plus courte que la marge dorsale; sternite intermediaire entre ceux de /ewisi et de wilesi, semblant caractérisé par un long prolongement rétrograde ventral. 658 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT RIGS Wiles er 127 Plocopsylla spp. 11: P. silewi n. sp., segment IX (partim); 12: P. silewi n. sp., segment IX (partim); 12’: P. silewi, soie modifiée d‘un paratype. Segment IX (fig. 12). Tergite: basimére de méme forme générale que chez les deux espèces précédentes mais apex asymétrique; processus interne long et grêle; processus fixe subrectiligne, legerement redressé a l’apex qui est strié. Telomere, trés proche de celui d’angusticeps: apophyse verticale longue, étroite, a apex effilé et doucement recourbé, apophyse horizontale étroite avec une soie modifiée de structure complexe (figs 12, 12’). Sternite, caractéristique: bras distal a apex triangulaire portant 2 courtes soies spiniformes obtuses et sclérifiées et une soie contournée et pointue moins sclérifiée; 3 soies aplaties, non sclerifiees, de taille croissante de haut en bas, insérées dans la partie inférieure du tiers apical. Phallosome: apparemment non distinctif. PUCES DU CHILI 659 Segments genitaux femelles et spermatheque: Tergite VIII: stigmate grand, assez voisin de celui de P. /ewisi; marge dorsale caracté- risée par un lobe triangulaire, étroit, surplombant une large concavité; angle postero- ventral saillant; 3 soies internes a l’angle postéro-ventral. Stylet anal long (fig. 16). Spermatheque (fig. 18): bu/ga fortement asymétrique avec une convexité sur le bord dorsal, nettement plus large que chez les espèces affines; hilla prenant naissance a l’inté- rieur de la bu/ga; ducti comme chez P. lewisi et P. wilesi (rappelons que la femelle de P. angusticeps est encore inconnue). Dimensions (insectes montés): males: 1,8 mm sans les soies terminales (2 mm avec); femelles: 2,2 mm. Fics 13 a 18. Plocopsylla spp. 13: P. wilesi n. sp., femelle allotype, segments terminaux: 14: P. silewi n. sp., femelle allotype, d°; 15: P. wilesi, allotype, stylet anal; 16: P. silewi, d°; 17: P. wilesi, allotype, spermatheque; 18: P. silewi, d°. Discussion: Plocopsylla wilesin. sp. et P. silewin. sp. appartiennent (ainsi peut-étre que P. kasoganaga Schramm et Lewis, 1988) au complexe angusticeps-lewisi qui corres- pond au Groupe A, sous-groupe A2 de ces auteurs (op. cit.). L’autonomie de P. wilesi par rapport a P. silewi étant manifeste, il convient de discuter les affinités de ces especes avec les autres taxa. P. lewisi se sépare de: — P. wilesi chez le mâle par le sternite IX essentiellement (mais aussi le basimère et le télomère), chez la femelle par le stylet anal. 660 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT — P. silewi dans les deux sexes par la largeur de la zone précténidienne, chez le male par le segment IX dans son ensemble, chez la femelle par le tergite VIII et la spermatheque. P. angusticeps n’est connue que par le male holotype immediatement caractérisé par l’extr&me étroitesse de sa zone précténidienne, mais on ne peut écarter l’hypothèse d’une malformation individuelle (Mahnert, in /itt.), due, par exemple, à une dessication du cocon. Même dans cette hypothèse, il se sépare de toute manière de P. wilesi, et, si l’on peut se fier aux dessins, différents, du sternite IX de l’holotype donnés respectivement par MAHNERT (1982) et SCHRAMM et LEWIS (1988), elle ne peut se confondre avec P. silewi. Par ailleurs, SCHRAMM et LEWIS (op. cit.) considerent une femelle, sympatrique, de P. angusticeps, rattachée a P. chiris Jordan (1931) par MAHNERT (op. cit.), comme P. lewisi. Il nous semble utile d’étudier l’éventualité qu’il s’agisse de la femelle de P. angusticeps dont le mâle serait alors effectivement tératologique au seul niveau de la capsule céphalique, ce qui est classique dans les circonstances évoquées plus haut. P. kasoganaga n’est, elle, connue que par quelques femelles dispersées en Argentine. Les seuls critères la séparant de P. /ewisi (mais les dessins ne donnent que la spermathèque et un fragment du tergite VIII) sont la sétation (interne) de l’angle postero-ventral du t. VIII et le stylet anal plus conique. Ce dernier caractère agrée avec celui de P. wilesi, mais la sétation du t. VIII est différente (comparer la figure 13 du présent travail et la figure 89 de SCHRAMM et LEWIS, 1988). P. silewi est facilement écartée par la morphologie de sa spermatheque (comparer la figure 18 du présent travail et la figure 14 de SCHRAMM et LEWIS, 1988). 13 — Sphinctopsylla ares (Rothschild, 1911) Matériel. 14,5 km N. NW Puerto Octay (Osorno) VIII.1986 sur Oryzomys longicandatus 1 femelle; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), XI.1986, sur Chelemys macronyx 1 male; d°, 111.1987, sur C. macronyx 1 male; 4,5 km E Coyhaique Alto (Aisén), XII.1986, sur Auliscomys micropus 1 femelle, sur Akodon longipilis 2 males, 10 femelles; d°, III.1987, sur Reithrodon physodes 1 femelle, sur Ak. xanthorhinus 1 male, 1 femelle, sur Ak. /ongipilis 6 femelles, sur Aul. micropus 2 males, 5 femelles; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), III.1987, sur Oryzomys longicaudatus 7 males, 25 femelles, sur Ak. olivaceus 18 males, 34 femelles, sur Geoxus valdivianus 1 mâle; Puerto Ibanez El Salto (Aisén), III.1987, sur Ak. longipilis 4 mâles, 8 femelles; Puerto Ibanez, Rocky Bluff (Aisén), IV.1987, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 1 femelle. Puce euryxène, très abondante par place et, ici, la mieux représentée de sa famille. Elle est bien connue d’ Argentine et du Chili et est la seule espèce du genre signalée du sud de la région néotropicale. Son sex-ratio est aberrant: dans nos récoltes, 0,4 sur 131 exemplaires. Beaucournu et Alcover (1990) trouvent en Argentine le chiffre voisin de 0,5 sur 158 puces. A noter que dans ces deux cas il s’agit exclusivement de puces récoltées sur les hötes. Le sex-ratio dans les nids est inconnu. 14 — Craneopsylla minerva wolffhuegeli (Rothschild, 1909) Matériel. ca. 2,5 km S Chile Chico (Aisén), III.1987, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 2 mâles, 6 femelles, sur Reithrodon physodes 10 femelles. A notre connaissance, MACCHIAVELLO (1948) est le seul à signaler ce taxon du Chili, dans la province d’Atacama, sur Akodon sp. Rappelons que la forme nominative vient d’étre trouvée dans le nord du Chili, province de Tarapaca (BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1989). PUCES DU CHILI 661 C. m. wolffhuegeli est connue de divers points d’Argentine, du Bresil et, selon MACCHIAVELLO (op. cit.) du Perou et d’Equateur, ces deux references étant mises en doute par JOHNSON (1957). Le Perou, au moins, est cependant confirmé par HOPKINS et ROTHSCHILD (1956) mais sur un nouveau prélevement. 15 — Barreropsylla excelsa Jordan, 1953 Matériel. Puerto Ibanez (Aisén), 11.1987, sur Akodon longipilis 2 mâles, 1 femelle. Bien que cette espèce soit, ici, citée pour la première fois du Chili, elle y était déjà connue par une femelle prélevée sur Geoxus valdivianus sur l’île de Chiloé en janvier 1987, récolté par J. C. Torrés-Mura: cette station n’avait pas été publiée car sur une femelle unique, de morphologie peu exubérante par rapport a celle du mäle, il pouvait s’agir d’un taxon nouveau; il n’en est rien, en fait. Barreropsylla excelsa, unique membre de la tribu des Barreropsyllini, a été décrit, puis retrouvé, en Argentine dans la province du Rio Negro (JORDAN, 1953; SMIT, 1955; BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1988) et récemment dans celle, voisine, de Neuquén (BEAU- COURNU et ALCOVER, 1990). Aucune autre station ne semble connue de cette puce, tou- jours peu abondante dans les prélèvements. Il s’agit manifestement d’une puce relativement euryxene, sa spécificité semblant la limiter aux Cricetidae. Ecologie inconnue, mais nous aurions tendance a croire qu’il s’agit d’une espèce surtout nidicole. Famille Rhopalopsyllidae 16 — Tiamastus gallardoi n. sp. Matériel. ca. 2,5 km S Chile Chico (Aisén), (46°30 S, 72°W), X1.1986, sur Ctenomys (sp. n.?) aff. colburni, male HOLOTYPE, femelle ALLOTYPE, 12 mâles et 59 femelles paratypes. Nous sommes heureux de dédier cette nouvelle espèce, parasite de Ctenomys, à notre collègue et ami Milton N. Gallardo (Valdivia, Chili) en hommage à ses travaux sur les mammiferes (les Ctenomyidae en particulier), en remerciement pour sa fructueuse colla- boration et en témoigne de notre trés cordiale amitié. En plus des dépôts précisés dans l’introduction, un couple de paratypes est déposé dans les collections d’Entomologie du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Genève. Description: Capsule céphalique (fig. 19): ceil relativement petit mais non vestigial et bien pigmenté (evoquant celui de 7. plesius Jordan, 1942, T. palpalis (Rothschild, 1911), T. subtilis Jordan et Rothschild, 1923, 7. callens (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923). Dans les deux sexes, palpe labial atteignant l’apex du trochanter. Deuxieme segment du palpe maxillaire au moins deux fois aussi long que le premier; marge postérieure concave. Rangée frontale bien développée; 3 rangées occipitales. Thorax: 12 a 16 soies sur le métépimeron dont le stigmate est, environ, 2 fois plus haut que large (ils sont ronds sur l’abdomen). Quatrieme segment du tarse III environ 2 fois aussi long que large. Segments génitaux mâles et phallosome: Segment VIII: sternite en triangle équilatéral (fig. 21). Segment IX (fig. 21): basimére aussi long que haut, son bord dorsal arrondi; marge postéro-ventrale concave. Une zone 662 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT Fics 19 et 20. Tiamastus gallardoi n. sp., male holotype; 19: partie antérieure de la capsule céphalique; 20: phallosome. Fic. 21. Tiamastus gallardoi n. sp., male holotype, sternite VIII, segment IX. PUCES DU CHILI 663 nettement pigmentee sur le basimère à l’apex du télomère. Télomere nettement plus court que la hauteur du basimere, a bords subparalleles; zone acétabulaire un peu plus courte que la zone libre. Sternite a bras distal large et a apex pointu, sa marge ventrale portant 8 a 10 soies bien développées. Phallosome (fig. 20): classique du genre, mais l’extrémité du ductus faisant 2'/ cir- convolutions autour de la piece basale. Segments génitaux femelles, spermatheque et ducti: sternite VII (fig. 22) montrant un lobe bien développé plus grand que l’échancrure qu’il surplombe; cuticule pigmentée a ce niveau. Le caractere le plus marquant semble étre la chétotaxie composée de soies fortes pour toute la rangée submarginale. Segment VIII: tergite (fig. 22) avec une convexité portant 5 a 6 soies longues, externes, marginales et 12 a 15 internes courtes. Spermathèque et ducti (fig. 23): spermathèque relativement grande (fig. 22). Hilla longue et arquée; bulga à bords supérieur et inférieur convexes, environ 1'/ fois plus longue que haute: area cribiformis très développée faisant une angulation variable avec la bulga (de 90° à 120° environ) se continuant graduellement avec le ductus spermathecae. Structure mal discernable et paraissant variable au niveau de la perula. Ductus obturatus faisant environ les % du d. spermathecae. Dimensions (insectes montés): mâles 1,6 mm; femelles 1,8 mm. AN] \ JR WEN Fics 22 et 23. Tiamastus gallardoi n. sp.; 22: femelle allotype, sternite VII et segment VIII; 23: paratype, spermatheque et ducti. Discussion: Tiamastus gallardoi n. sp. se distingue facilement, chez le male, de toutes les especes connues: la plus proche est 7. plesius (dont ce sexe vient seulement d’étre décrit: Beaucournu et Gallardo, 1989) qui s’en sépare entre autre par un basimère moins REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 44 664 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT massif et un télomère plus grêle. La femelle s’apparente au groupe d’espèces subtilis - pal- palis - plesius - callens par sa spermathèque. 7. callens est facilement écartée par le sinus du sternite VII; toutes s’en separent par la rangée de soies submarginales de ce sternite qui sont, chez 7. gallardoi plus épaisses et, relativement plus marginales. Nous n’avons récolté 7. gallardoi que sur Ctenomys. Mais alors que Tetrapsyllus maulinus, en compagnie de qui nous l’avons récolté, est non seulement strictement lié à ces rongeurs souterrains, mais montre des caracteres morphologiques en relation avec cette adaptation (ceil vestigial en particulier), rien n’indique chez ce nouveau Tiamastus une relation avec cette écologie particuliere. Ceci est vrai, d’ailleurs, pour d’autres puces de ce genre, regulierement ou frequemment récoltées sur des Ctenomyidae, comme 7. cal- lens, T. plesius ou T. palpalis. 17 — Tetrapsyllus (Tetrapsyllus) tantillus (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923) Matériel. ca. 2,5 km S Chile Chico (Aisén), XI.1986, sur Reithrodon physodes 8 mâles, 3 femelles; d°, 111.1987, sur Akodon xanthorhinus 6 mâles, 9 femelles, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 5 mâles, 8 femelles; 4,5 km Coyhaique Alto (Aisén), XII.1986, sur Ak. /ongipilis 1 male, 1 femelle, sur Euneomys sp. 3 femelles; d°, 111.1987, sur R. physodes 2 mâles, 7 femelles, sur Ak. longipilis 3 males, 1 femelle; Puerto Ibanez, El Salto (Aisén), XI.1986, sur Auliscomys micropus 5 femelles, sur Ak. longipilis 4 mâles, 9 femelles; d°, 2,5 km N (Aisén), IV.1987, sur Ak. longipilis 4 mâles, 1 femelle; d°, Rocky Bluff (Aisén), IV.1987 sur Ph. xanthopygus 5 mâles, 2 femelles. T. tantillus est le Rhopalopsyllidae le mieux représenté dans nos récoltes. Il est bien connu, autant d’Argentine que du Chili. Les deux femelles signalées comme Tetrapsyllus sp. aff. tantillus (BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1978) et provenant de la Cumbre (Ultima Esperanza) sur Cfenomys magellanicus, sont à rattacher a 7. tantillus et proviennent de l’une des deux stations les plus méridionales pour cette puce (50° 40 S), l’autre étant celle de SMIT et ROSICKY (1972): 51° 05 S. Il s’agit encore d’une espéce euryxene. Son sex-ratio, sur 87 exemplaires est de 0,77 (0,8 sur 68 captures in BEAUCOURNU et ALCOVER, 1990). 18 — Tetrapsyllus (Tetrapsyllus) maulinus Beaucournu et Gallardo, 1978 Matériel. ca. 2,5 km S Chile Chico (Aisén), XI.86 sur Ctenomys sp. aff. colburni 1 mâle. Cf. aff. colburni constitue un hôte nouveau pour ce taxon, stenoxène, lie aux Ctenomyidae. La rareté relative de cette puce est, sans aucun doute, en relation avec ce fait. 19 — Tetrapsyllus (Tetrapsyllus) rhombus Smit, 1955 Matériel. 7 km E SE Puerto Octay (Osorno), IX.1985, sur Akodon olivaceus 1 male, 1 femelle; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), XI.1986, sur Auliscomus micropus 1 femelle; d°, 111.1987, sur Ak. olivaceus 2 males, 2 femelles, sur Geoxus valdivianus 1 femelle; 4,5 km E Coyhaique Alto (Aisén), XII.1986, sur Ak. longipilis 1 mâle, 1 femelle; d°, III.1987, sur Reithrodon physodes 2 femelles; Puerto Ibanez, El Salto (Aisén), II.1987 a IV.1987, sur Ak. longipilis 2 males. Rarement abondante mais euryxene. Connue d’Argentine (SMIT, 1955; SMIT, 1963; BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1988; BEAUCOURNU et ALCOVER, 1990), comme du Chili (SMIT, 1955; non publie: Gallardo rec.). PUCES DU CHILI 665 20 — Ectinorus (Ectinorus) ixanus (Jordan, 1942) Matériel. Puerto Ibänez, El Salto (Aisén), 11.1987, sur Auliscomys micropus 2 femelles, sur Akodon longipilis 3 mäles, 2 femelles. Espèce nouvelle pour le Chili. Sa répartition connue ne concernait que |’ Argentine (province de Mendoza: JORDAN, 1942; province de Chubut:Mahnert, in /itt.). Cette puce semble rare et clairsemée. 21 — Ectinorus (Ectinorus) levipes (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923) Matériel. Puerto Ibanez, El Salto (Aisén), XI.1986, sur Akodon longipilis 2 males, 1 femelle; d°, 11.1987, sur Ak. longipilis, 1 femelle. Puce également nouvelle pour le Chili. Seulement signalée d’Argentine: provinces de Chubut (JORDAN et ROTHSCHILD, 1923) et du Rio Negro (SMIT, 1963; BEAUCOURNU et GALLARDO, 1988). Apparemment rare et sporadique, comme la précédente. 22 — Ectinorus (Ichyonus) onychius onychius (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923) Matériel. 4,5 km E Coyhaique Alto (Aisén), XII.1986, sur Euneomys sp. 1 femelle; d°, III.1987, sur Reithrodon physodes 1 femelle; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), III.1987, sur Akodon olivaceus 1 mâle; Chile Chico (Aisén), III.1987, sur Ak. xanthorhinus 1 male, 17 femelles, sur Phyllotis xanthopygus 4 mâles, 1 femelle, sur R. physodes 4 mâles, 6 femelles, sur Eligmodontia typus 2 femelles; Puerto Ibanez, El Salto (Aisén), 11.1987, sur Auliscomys micropus 1 femelle; d°, 11.1987, sur Ak. longipilis 5 mâles, 8 femelles; d°, Rocky Bluff (Aisén), IV.1987, sur Ph. xanthopygus 2 femelles. E. onychius onychius est nouveau pour le Chili: cette sous-espèce avait, a vrai dire, déja été signalée de ce pays (province de Santiago) par JAMESON et FULK (1977), mais SMIT (1987) a montré que les 2 males concernés constituaient un taxon inédit qu’il a décrit sous le nom d’E. (Ichyonus) onychius deplexus. Notre matériel bien qu’appartenant sans probleme a E. onychius onychius et ne cons- tituant en aucune façon un taxon nouveau (segment IX du mâle, sternite VII et stylet anal de la femelle) est original: le pseudo-hamulus (sensu Smit, 1987) est atypique et evoque plutôt celui de E. onychius angularis Smit et Rosicky, 1972: ceci est normal puisque nos stations (46°40 S) sont, a peu près, équidistantes entre celles de la forme nominative (en Argentine, 42°33 S) et celle de E. o. angularis (au Chili, 51°05 S). 23 — Listronius ulus (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923) Matériel. 4,5 km E Coyhaique Alto (Aisén), XII.1986, sur Reithrodon physodes 1 male; d°, III.1987, sur Akodon longipilis 2 males, 2 femelles, sur Auliscomys micropus 1 femelle; Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), 111.1987, sur Ak. olivaceus 2 femelles dont la femelle néallotype). Listronius ulus est, apparemment, une très rare espèce, puisque connue seulement par le mâle holotype, récolté en 1919 à Leleque (Chubut) Argentine. Cette puce est donc nou- velle pour le Chili et notre matériel (3 mâles, 5 femelles) nous permet de décrire l’autre sexe. L’un de ces exemplaires est désigné comme neallotype. Les coordonnées de l’holotype et du neallotype sont, respectivement: 42°28 S, 71°06 W et 46°40 S, 72° W. Redescription: mâles parfaitement concordant avec les dessins de JORDAN et ROTHSCHILD (1923), JORDAN (1942) et SMIT (1987). 666 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT Fics 24 a 29. Listronius spp.; 24: Listronius ulus (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923), femelle néallotype, tibia et tarse III (1* segment); 25: d°, face interne du tibia III; 26: d°, sternite VII et segment VIII; 27: d°, stylet anal; 28: L. fortis, stylet anal d’une femelle de Coyhaique (Aisén); 29: L. ulus, néallotype, spermatheque, ductus bursae et depart des ducti. Alors que les mâles de L. ulus et L. fortis sont extrêmement différents (à faible gros- sissement, les genitalia de L. fortis évoque plus Chaetopsylla qu’un Rhopalopsyllidae!), il est curieux de constater l’extreme similitude entre les femelles de ces deux espèces, especes que nous avons d’ailleurs trouvées en sympatrie (Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Cohaique, Campamento Municipal Trapananda). Comme chez le male, en dehors des segments génitaux, le caractére essentiel pour separer L. ulus de L. fortis (nous ne parlerons pas de L. robertsianus qui semble endémique des iles Malouines (ou Malvinas, ou Falklands) est la forme (plus gréle) des pattes et sur- tout leur chétotaxie, tout particulierement celle du tibia et du premier segment du tarse III. Smit (1987) a opposé dans ses dessins les tibias du mâle de L. ulus et de la femelle PUCES DU CHILI 667 de L. fortis: les differences entre les deux especes sont en fait moins marquées, car il y a la (et on pouvait s’en douter en comparant les tarses mäles et femelles de L. fortis), un caractère sexuel secondaire. Chez les mâles, les soies marginales externes de la marge pos- térieure sont plus courtes que chez les femelles. Tibia III chez L. ulus (fig. 24) montrant 6 encoches d’insertions de soies contre 7 chez L. fortis. Segment I du tarse III (fig. 24) avec 4 encoches sur la marge antérieure et 3 sur la marge postérieure chez L. ulus (contre, respectivement, 6 et 4 chez L. fortis). Face interne du tibia III (fig. 25) montrant la méme structure écailleuse que chez la femelle de L. fortis (cf. SMIT, 1987). Segments terminaux ne permettant pas sur un exemplaire isolé l’identification spé- cifique, bien que le lobe basal du sternite VIII semble plus marqué chez L. ulus (fig. 26) que chez L. fortis (cf. par exemple SMIT, 1963). De méme le stylet anal semble plus court (fig. 27) que chez fortis (fig. 28). Spermatheque (fig. 29) legerement différente de celle de L. fortis (comparer avec la figure 8 de Smit, 1963). Ducti ne semblant pas montrer de caracteres spécifiques. Dimensions (insectes montés): mâles et femelles, 2,3 mm. 24 — Listronius fortis (Jordan et Rothschild, 1923) Matériel. Coyhaique, Reserva Nacional Coyhaique (Aisén), III.1987, sur Akodon olivaceus 2 femelles; Puerto Ibanez, El Salto (Aisén), 11.1987, sur Ak. longipilis 3 mâles. L. fortis est une espèce nouvelle pour le Chili. Elle n’était signalée que d’Argentine occidentale: provinces de Chubut (JORDAN et ROTHSCHILD, 1923), du Rio Negro (SMIT, 1963) et de Neuquen (BEAUCOURNU et ALCOVER, 1990). Toutes les captures dont l’hôte est connu proviennent d’Akodon spp. Il est vraisem- blable qu’il s’agit, comme pour la précédente d’une espèce nidicole bien que l’arc pleural soit normalement developpe. BIBLIOGRAPHIE BEAUCOURNU, J. C. et J. A. ALCOVER. 1989 (1990). Puces récoltées dans la province de Neuquen (Argentine); description de 4 nouveaux taxa (Insecta, Siphonaptera). Ann. Parasitol. hum. comp., 64, 489-505. BEAUCOURNU, J. C. et M. N. GALLARDO. 1978. Quelques nouvelles puces du Chili (Siphonaptera) parasites de Ctenomys (Rod. Octodontidae). Bull. Soc. Path. exot., 70, 438-450. — 1988. Puces nouvelles d’Argentine (Insecta, Siphonaptera). Revue suisse Zool., 95, 99-112. — 1989. Contribution a la faune du Chili; puces nouvelles de la moitie nord (Insecta, Siphonaptera). Bull. Soc. entom. France, 94, 181-188. BEAUCOURNU, J. C., M. N. GALLARDO et H. LAUNAY. 1986. Puces (Siphonaptera) nouvelles ou peu connues du Chili: description de Plocopsylla diana n. sp. (Stephanocircidae). Ann. Parasitol. hum. comp., 61, 359-366. BEAUCOURNU, J. C., J. C. TORRES-MURA et M. N. GALLARDO. 1988. Description de la femelle de Ctenoparia topali Smit, 1963 et clé dichotomique du genre Crenoparia Rothschild, 1909 (Siphonaptera, Hystrichopsyllidae). Ann. Parasitol. hum. comp., 63, 380-383. 668 J. C. BEAUCOURNU ET D. A. KELT Hopkins, G. H. E. et M. ROTHSCHILD. 1956. An illustrated catalogue of the Rothschild collection of fleas (Siphonaptera) in the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. Il: Coptopsyllidae, Vermipsyllidae, Stephanocircidae, Ischnopsyllidae, Hypsophthalmidae and Xiphiopsyllidae — British Museum (Nat. Hist.), 445 pp. 1 carte, 32 pl. — 1966. An illustrated catalogue of the Rothschild collection of fleas (Siphonaptera) in the Bri- tish Museum (Natural History). Vol. IV: Hystrichopsyllidae (Ctenophthalminae, Dinopsyllinae, Doratopsyllinae and Listropsyllinae — British Museum (Nat. Hist.), 549 pp., 12 pl. JAMESON, E. W. et G. W. FULK. 1977. Notes on some fleas (Siphonaptera) from Chile. J. Med. Entomol., 14, 401-406. JOHNSON, P. T. 1957. A classification of the Siphonaptera of South America. Mem. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 5, 299 pp. JORDAN, K. 1942. On the siphonaptera collected by Dr. J. M. de la Barrera in the province of Men- doza during 1939. Rev. Inst. Bact. «Dr. Carlos G. Malbran», 10, 401-460. — 1953. On a very remarkable flea from Argentina. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Entomol., 3, 179-186. JORDAN, K. et N. C. ROTHSCHILD. 1923. On the genera Rhopalopsyllus and Parapsyllus. Ectoparasites, 1, 320-370. MACHIAVELLO, A. 1948. Siphonaptera de la Costa Sur-Occidental de América (Primera lista y Dis- tribucion Zoo-Geografica). Bol. Oficina Sanit. Panamericana, 27, 412-460. MAHNERT, V. 1982. Two new flea species in the genera Plocopsylla Jordan and Hectopsylla Frauen- feld (Insecta, Siphonaptera) from Argentina. Revue suisse Zool., 89, 567-572. SCHRAMM, B. A. et R. E. LEwis. 1988. A Taxonomic revision of the flea genus Plocopsylla Jordan, 1931 (Siphonaptera: Stephanocircidae). Theses Zoologicae, 9, Koenigstein, Koelz Scientific books, 157 pp. SMIT, F. G. A. M. 1955. Siphonaptera from Bariloche, Argentina, collected by Dr. J. M. de la Bar- rera in 1952-1954. Trans. R. entom. Soc. London, 107, 319-339. — 1963. The zoological Results of Gy. Topal’s collectings in South Argentina. 4 — Siphonaptera. Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nation. Hungar., 55, 421-433. — 1968. Siphonaptera taken from formalin-traps in Chile. Zool. Anzeig., 180, 220-228. — 1987. An illustrated catalogue of the Rothschild collection of fleas (Siphonaptera) in the Bri- tish Museum (Natural History). Vol. VII. Malacopsylloidea (Malacopsyllidae and Rhopalopsyllidae). British Museum (Nat. Hist.), 380 pp. Smit, F. G. A. M. et B. Rosicky. 1972. Some Siphonaptera from Chile. Folia Parasitol. (Praha), 19, 365-368. Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. | p. 669-679 Geneve, septembre 1990 A phylogenetically interesting sphaeriodesmid milliped from Oaxaca, Mexico (Polydesmida: Sphaeriodesmidae) by Richard L. HOFFMAN * With 15 figures ABSTRACT Proeilodesmus mecistonyx is described as a new genus and species of Sphaeriodesmidae, from a single specimen taken in a cave in north-eastern Oaxaca. The species is remarkable in that several character systems, upon the derived state of which the family has been diagnosed, are represented by the generalized condition producing, in effect, a sphaeriodesmid not completely modified for rolling into a sphere. The concur- rence of these exceptional plesiomorphies creates a possible model for an ancestral level stage in the sphaeriodesmid clade. The opportunity afforded by description of this animal is taken to review the postulated affinities of the families Sphaeriodesmidae and Holistophallidae, in the light of a species which partly bridges the hitherto substantial hiatus between the two. INTRODUCTION Recently I received, through the kindness of Professor J. M. Demange (Museum National d’Histoire naturelle, Paris) a small collection of millipeds from Mesamerican caves, included amongst material sent to him for identification by M. Villy Aellen, Director of the Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve. As is often the case with cave material picked up incidentally, most of the specimens thus coming to my hand were females and immatures, but one vial commanded attention as at first glance it appeared to contain a large male pterodesmine cryptodesmid. Examination replaced one surprise with another and greater: the specimen proved to be a sphaeriodesmid, but one not * Virginia Museum of Natural History, 1001 Douglas Ave, Martinsville, VA 24112, USA. 670 RICHARD L. HOFFMAN modified for volvation! Despite this apparent contradiction in terms, there can be no doubt, as will be made clear in subsequent drawings and descriptions, that the animal embodies enough basic characters of the Sphaeriodesmidae that no other placement can be defended. Concomittantly, the family definition obviously must be modified to accom- modate this new and disjunct member. In fact, one might even justly use the term ‘‘charter member’’ in a phylogenetic sense, as the species has obviously retained, in many facets of its body form, the image of what the ancestor of modern sphaeriodesmids may have looked like. I wish to express at this point my best thanks to Professor Demange and Professor Aellen for the opportunity to study one of the most interesting diplopods that has come before me in many years. The advantage of his familiarity with sphaeriodesmids ensured authoritative review of an early draft of the manuscript by Dr. William A. Shear. Family Sphaeriodesmidae In its present context, the Sphaeriodesmidae contains about 90 nominal species organized into 15 genera and three subfamilies. Although outlying species occur in eastern United States, Panama, and the West Indies, the metropolis of the family is clearly in southern Mexico and Guatemala, which are inhabited by dozens of species referable to the nuclear genus Sphaeriodesmus in its present, very inclusive sense. In commenting on this melange, SHEAR (1986: 81) has noted fantastic diversity in gonopod structure despite essential identity of body form among its components (eventual resolution of this “‘senus’’ into smaller and more homogenous taxa is almost inevitable). The relationship of the family to other volvant polydesmidans is reviewed briefly in a concluding essay. For the immediate context, it can be noted that its internal classifica- tion is by no means satisfactory and will not be until a painstaking revision of all known (and a host of still undescribed) species can be accomplished. The most recent arrange- ment (HOFFMAN, 1980) proffers three subfamilies, Sphaeriodesminae, Desmoninae, and Bonetesminae, probably a far-too conservative concept. Possibly cyclodesmines, presently merged into the nominate subfamily, warrant restoration to some level of recognition, and quite likely Bonetesmus represents disjunction of family-group importance. In some ways, the new genus described here is different enough from all of the foregoing to require higher category status. I believe however, that pending comprehensive revisionary study, a moratorium can be invoked against piecemeal alterations. In particular, a reevaluation of the structure of Cyclodesmus, based on fresh topotypic material, would appear to be of primary importance. Fics 1-8. Structural details, Proeilodesmus and Sphaeriodesmus. Figs 1-5: Proeilodesmus mecistonyx, n. sp. — 1: Epicranium and first three body segment, left side, dorsal aspect. — 2: Right paranota of segments 2-6, lateral aspect, with distribution of surface striation indicated in part on segment 4. — 3: Left side of segments 17-20, dorsal aspect, separation of paranota represents natural condition and not the result of flattening. — 4: Posterior view of left side of midbody segment, showing extreme elongation of paranota (much greater than diameter of body cavity) and shape of legs. — 5: Tarsal claw of midbody leg. — Figs 6-8: Sphaeriodesmus neglectus Carl. — 6: Left side of segments 17-20, posterodorsal aspect, showing compaction of segments typical of sphaeriodesmids generally. — 7: Posterior aspect of left side of midbody segment, showing proportions and paranota and legs, for contrast with Fig. 4. — 8: Tarsal claw of midbody leg. All figures drawn X15 except 5 and 8, X90. 671 672 RICHARD L. HOFFMAN The large number of species and frequent abundance of individuals suggest that the ability to enroll into a compact sphere conferred a distinct advantage on these animals. Under its security, they seem to have accepted the constraints of a successful body plan and specific differentiation is largely limited to secondary sexual characters (where, to be sure, it is indulged with a vengeance). Volvation has been adopted by a number of millipeds (glomerids, sphaerotheriids, sphaeriodesmids, cryptodesmids, oniscodesmids, and doratodesmids) as well as terrestrial isopods, all utilizing variations on a few basic structural modifications. Generally the dorsum is arched and its convexity is continued ventrad by distally narrowed paranota or comparable tergal extensions; the ultimate tergum (telson, epiproct) is broadened and flattened; the last five or six segments tend to be reduced and notably compacted; and one or two of the anteriormost terga (2nd-Sth) are laterally expanded and provide a circular basis against which the apices of other terga abut during volvation. In glomerids, sphaerotheriids, and oniscoid isopods, the effect pro- duced is that of a sphere; in polydesmoids the form is of a flattened sphere or disk. To enhance enrolling, most segmental prozona are strongly reduced, and metasterna just large enough to accomodate the coxal sockets. Ozopores tend to be very small or lost entirely. Even though most sphaeriodesmids (and other polydesmidan volvants) are epigaean, they have foresaken the almost universal ordinal trait of bright color patterns and are uniformly white, gray or testaceous beneath the usual surface coating of soil particles. An impression of the tergal modifications in sphaeriodesmids may be gained by inspection of figures 6 and 7, drawn from S. neglectus Carl, a fairly representative species. All members of the family have the same general body form (aside which anterior paranota are enlarged), and even though they have obviously evolved from some kind of ‘‘normal’’ polydesmidan ancestor, heretofore no approximation of that prototype was known to be extinct or fossilized. Now Proeilodesmus goes a long way to bridging the gap. But in addition to retention of some obvious plesiomorphies, the genus has developed a few innovations peculiar to itself, perhaps the result of adaptation to cave life. It is interesting to speculate that, in becoming a troglobiont at some remote time, the organism may have escaped whatever selective pressures provided the option of volvation to its epigaean relatives. Proeilodesmus gen. nov. Type species: P. mecistonyx, sp. nov. Diagnosis: A sphaeriodesmid genus with the following distinctive characters: labrum with five small median teeth; anterior paranota only slightly modified, 4th slightly larger than others, 3rd and Sth subequal; paranota of mid-body segments remarkably wide and Fics 9-13. Secondary sexual characters, Proeilodesmus. Fig. 9. — Right leg of first pair of male, aboral aspect, showing elongated and totally unmodified podomeres. — 10: Right side of 7th segment, ventral aspect, showing gonopod in situ. — 11: Coxa and base of telopodite of left gonopod, dorsal aspect, showing mesal parasternal lobes, and sternum (stippled). — 12: Right gonopod, lateral view. — 13: Left gonopod, mesal view. Figs 9 and 10 drawn X15, 11-13 X90. 673 Là De % NN HT A SEN NY UZ di 674 RICHARD L. HOFFMAN only slightly deflexed ventrad (Fig. 4), the apices only slightly exceeding level of sterna; paranota of posteriormost segments overlapping only at base; lateral edges of all paranota with three setae; tarsal claw as long as prefemur (twice as long as in sphaeriodesmids of equal size); all legs, including first pair, remarkably long and slender. Gonopods (Figs 10-13) of typical sphaeriodesmid form. Coxae dorsoventrally com- pressed, with small supracannular apophysis, a small median sternal remnant present, but coxae also in contact through large medially projecting lobes near base of apodemes; paracannular setal field present. Telopodite attached at about 45° angle, prefemoral region elongate, only slightly enlarged proximally, distal third of telopodite recurved proximomedially through just over a half-circle; prostatic groove mostly visible in mesal aspect. First pair of legs long and slender, without modifications. Characters of female unknown. Distribution: Known only from the type locality of the single included species, in northeastern Oaxaca, Mexico. Name: Composed of the greek terms pro — (in the sense of early or antecedent) + eilos (able to roll up)+-desmus, a common suffix used in this order; literally meaning a sphaeriodesmid not yet able to enroll. Proeilodesmus mecistonyx sp. nov. Figures 1-5, 9-13 Material: Male holotype (Mus. Geneve), from the cave ‘‘Nita Diplodocus’’ at Cerro Rabon, northeast of Huautla de Jimenez, Oaxaca, Mexico; U. Widmer and Philippe Rouiller leg. (Cerro Rabon Project), 21 March 1987. Cf. JEANNIN, 1987. Diagnosis: With the characters of the genus. Holotype: Adult male, body at present fragmented but approximately 24 mm in length, widths of selected metaterga as follows: 1-4.0 mm; 2-6.1 mm; 3-8.0 mm; 4-9.3 mm; 6-9.5 mm; 8-9.7 mm; 12-9.6 mm; 14.9.3 mm; 16-8.3 mm; 18-6.0 mm. Surface of head smooth and polished; labrum slightly prolonged ventrad with a vague labroclypeal offset each side, median labral notch with five equal-sized small teeth. 2-2 epicranial setae, 1-1 interantennal setae, frontal setae sparse, numerous and irregular, lower labral setae about 10-10, upper series about 6-6, each set in a distinct fovea. Interantennal isthmus broad. Epicranial suture distinct but not impressed. Antennae long and slender, articles in decreasing length order 2=3=5>6>4; articles 5 and 6 with small distal field of short sensory setae, four terminal sensory cones; setation uniform and sparse, setae about as long as basal diameter of each article. Surface of gnathochiliarium essentially glabrous. Mandibles larger than normal for sphaeriodesmids, and individual filaments of the pectinate lamellae longer. Collum (Fig. 1) transversely-ellipsoidal, nearly flat, anterior edge slightly bisinuate, posterior edge evenly arcuate, forming obtuse angle with anterior at laterial ends; anterior edge with fine but distinct margin, and a single short seta at each end; a submarginal transverse row of 3-3 longer setae in front of posterior edge. Second segment transverse, its paranota directed anteriad and evenly acuminate to lateral apices, only outermost smooth, median areas slightly convex, all margins com- pressed and flattened. Four marginal setae at each end, and two transverse series of hairs middorsally, about 6-6 medially and ca. 12-12 near posterior edge. Third segment much larger than second, paranota broader and about the outer half decurved; surface as described for 2nd, apical setae reduced to one or two at each end, and middorsal series also reduced. Subsequent segments with paranota increasingly deflected ventrad (shape of A SPHAERIODESMID MILLIPED 675 anterior paranota, Fig. 2) and prozona more strongly developed, becoming about half as long as metazona middorsally. Anterior rim of paranota continued directly across dorsum as posterior edge of prozona. Paranota laterally acuminate and subacutely rounded back to about 9th segment, thereafter becoming more truncated and increasing in length; by 14th segment an angular posterior corner is developed. Anterior edges smooth, posterior minutely granulose- denticulate. Form of posterior paranota (Fig. 3). Epiproct broad, truncate, galeate, the two pairs of apical setae displaced to the under- side of the median rim. Two other pairs of setae remain on the edge. Paraprocts smooth and shiny, indistinctly divided by an oblique depression, no well-defined mesal rims evident. Hypoproct large, in the form of an equilateral triangle with rounded angles, its length about equal to exposed commissure of paraprocts, its surface smooth and nearly flat; paramedian setae small, set on edge. Podosterna small, slightly elevated, with transverse impression, narrow, intercoxal space about a third of coxal length, decreasing gradually posteriad until coxae of last pair are in contact. Prozona narrowed ventrad, almost obliterated midventrally but produced into low blunt lobe on each side just above base of anterior legs. Sides of metazona smooth, notably flared posteriad just laterad to coxal base. Stigmata unusually small, forming minute subpyriform tubercles atop each coxal condyle. Legs (Fig. 4) very long and slender, femora and tarsi especially elongated, all podomeres sparsely set with long setae; tarsal claws (Fig. 5) twice length normal for the family, even on Ist pair of legs. Anterior legs and sterna unmodified, legs of Ist pair (Fig. 9) without trace of femoral gland or process. Gonopod aperture small and oval (Fig. 10), posterior edge produced into an elevated thickened rim. Gonopods (Figs 11-13) as described in the generic heading, of the basic generalized sphaeriodesmoid form. Remarks: Attention is directed to an unusual structural feature not observed by me in other diplopods although perhaps overlooked. As roughly indicated in Fig. 2, the periphery of each paranotum of Proeilodesmus, as seen with low magnification, appears to be very finely longitudinally striated. The ‘‘striations’’ extend quite to the caudal edge in all cases, but appear not to attain the anterior edge because of the abrupt upturn of the anterior margin. In fact the ‘‘striations’’, as can be seen when the paranota are backlighted, are really fine internal tubules which originate with the parenchymatous internal core of the paranota and extend to the surface on the entire periphery. If not secretory in nature, I cannot imagine what the function of such a pervasive system might be. Commentary on the superfamily Sphaeriodesmoidea As implied in the group name, sphaeriodesmids have specialized in volvation and their structure represents a suite of concommittant apomorphies. Heretofore the affinities of the family have been only marginally addressed, and a definite position has yet to be established. In his first attempt at classification of polydesmidans, O. F. Cook (1895) admitted the single family Oniscodesmidae (with the genera Cyphodesmus, Oniscodesmus, and Sphaeriodesmus) to include the volvating taxa then known to him. Only a short time later, he (Cook 1896: 28) recognized four families: Oniscodesmidae, Cyclodesmidae, Cyrtodesmidae, and Doratodesmidae for volvant species without making any useful contrasts between them and with only the remark that Oniscodesmus showed ‘‘a very evident relationship to the Pterodesmidae [a cryptodesmoid group not adapted for 676 RICHARD L. HOFFMAN volvation].’’ In his definitive paper of 1898, after the examination of many pertinent species, COOK noted that the ability to enroll the body had probably evolved independently at least three times within the Polydesmida, and defined five families to reflect this popular convergence. Most of Cook’s distinctions were based on details of body form, and although the monophyly of his taxa can hardly be disputed, he offered no insights on their affinities with other families of the order. Appearing during the same year, ATTEMS’ first classification of polydesmidans (1898: 266) recognized three coordinate groups Cyrtodesminae, Oniscodesminae, and Sphaeriodesminae, the first containing Cyrtodesmus and Doratodesmus (amongst others), the second embraced Oniscodesmus and four other genera, and the third was composed of Cyclodesmus, Sphaeriodesmus, and Cyphodesmus. It was not a bad arrangement for the time, but curiously, in the main textual accounts of these groups appearing in the next year (ATTEMS 1899: 378-392) the first two subfamilies were combined under Oniscodesmus without a word of explanation. R. I. Pocock (1909) followed the precedents set by COOK and accepted his 1898 classification except for reducing Cyrtodesmidae and Cyclodesmidae to subfamily status under Oniscodesmidae and Sphaeriodesmidae respectively. Pocock also supported the view (credited to Brolemann) that sphaeriodesmids might be related to chelodesmoids whereas oniscodesmids were possibly derived from the polydesmoid group. However, in his magisterial classification of polydesmidans BROLEMANN (1916) did not develop such lines of affinity, and grouped all volvating species into the single family Oniscodesmidae which was divided into Oniscodesminae and Sphaeriodesminae. Referring to this family in its broad sense, BROLEMANN (1916: 559) noted that the gonopods were basically the same as in chelodesmoids, which is, however, strictly true only for the sphaeriodesmid components. In his 1916 ‘‘Essai’’ BROLEMANN did not speculate on the actual relation- ships of these taxa, aside from ranking the Oniscodesmidae in his suborder Leptodesmidi. Brolemann’s disposition was accepted in toto by ATTEMS in the organization of the Polydesmida as he treated it in 1938-40. A step backward was taken by VERHOEFF in 1941, who suggested the Oniscodesmidae and Sphaeriodesmidae be placed in a new suborder Sphaerosomita (an exaltation of parallel evolution!). The most recent consideration of the situation was embodied in my recent (HOFFMAN 1980) ‘‘Classification of the Diplopoda’’ in which sphaeriodesmids are retained in the suborder Chelodesmidea in close association with the Holistophallidae, whilst the other families (Oniscodesmidae, Cyrtodesmidae, Doratodesmidae) are placed at various loca- tions within the Polydesmidea. Owing to space constraints, no extended documentation was provided, but a few points were adduced to justify union of sphaeriodesmids and holistophallids in the same superfamily. Present knowledge of Proeilodesmus permits renewed attention to this latter relation- ship as well as, of course, position of the genus within the phylogeny of sphaeriodesmids. Although the Sphaeriodesmidae is a familiar taxon, frequently treated in taxonomic literature, the Holistophallidae remains little-known and under-appreciated. Originally proposed in 1909 to contain only its monotypic type genus, the family was absorbed into the Rhachodesmidae by BROLEMANN (1916) and by ATTEMS (1926, 1940), and did not emerge with a separate identity until the appearance of the checklist of Mesamerican millipeds (LOOMIS, 1968) which admitted the Holistophallidae with no fewer than seven genera. During the early 1960’s, the family had come under scrutiny and considerable revisionary work (unfortunately still incomplete) was accomplished. The main characters were worked out and several genera placed in the Rhachodesmidae were re-allocated for the list which I provided Mr. Loomis. A SPHAERIODESMID MILLIPED 677 The major diagnostic features of the family include: 1. drastic displacement of the stigmata from the normal supracoxal location to a new position in the stricture (or even into the prozonum!), 2. development of large, horizontal paranota which are unusually thin toward the edges with only minimal peritrematic expansion, 3. the occurrence of pro- minent tarsal scopulae on legs 1-5 of males in most if not all genera. The body form adheres closely to a basic groundplan in all known species (about a dozen described, an equal number still unpublished), but male genitalia display an astonishing diversity ranging from perfectly ‘‘normal’’ chelodesmoid patterns to prodigies of condensation in which only a monarticular remnant persists. Except for this monotonous fidelity in body form despite all these gonopodal permutations one could, in consistency with the standards of other families, set up a new family for nearly every holistophallid genus. In proposing a superfamily to include both holistophallids and sphaeriodesmids (HOFFMAN, 1980), I turned for justification to two points: one being shared form of the gonapophyses (very long, slender, and tubular), the other the remarkable similarity of gonopod structure in several holistophallid and sphaeriodesmid genera. Tunodesmus was cited as an example of this character, and it is appropriate at this time to present tangible verification. The gonopod drawings given in the original description of Tunodesmus (CHAMBERLIN, 1922) show only the gonopods in situ, which reveals a minimum of infor- mation. I give here (Fig. 14) an illustration of the left gonopod of T. orthogonus made from mesal aspect, and believe that any systematist familiar with sphaeriodesmids would readily accept this drawing as one made from a species related, e.g., to S. iglesia SHEAR (1986: fig. 40) or S. neglectus CARL (1902: fig. 107). The body of the animal, of course, is endowed with the usual holistophallid attributes and could not possibly be mistaken for anything else. Species of other holistophallid genera, moreover, have gonopod telopodites of a simpler formation, comparable to sphaeriodesmids of the S. mexicanus group. we ah Tunodesmus orthogonus Chamberlin, left gonopod of male holotype to show overall similarity in proportions and setation with the gonopods of many species of sphaeriodesmids. 678 RICHARD L. HOFFMAN As already noticed in a preceding heading, the gonopods of Proeliodesmus adhere closely to a simple generalized form (Figs 11-13) such as occurs in many species of Sphaeriodesmus. While there is no evidence that even such flagrant plesiomorphy as the body form of Proeilodesmus correlates with the polarity of any other character system, perhaps it is justifiable to suppose as did SHEAR (1986: 82) that the simpler telopodite structure may be generalized within Sphaeriodesmus. If so, it could be construed as a symplesiomorphy of that genus, Proeilodesmus, and the Holistophallidae, antedating the divergence of the two families as do also the synapomorphic gonapophyses. The fact that the range of Holistophallidae coincides with the area of greatest diver- sity of sphaeriodesmoids is instructive and suggests that the two originated from some common ancestor in the same general region, possibly during an archipelagic phase of Mesamerican landscape (perhaps along with the present-day Rhachodesmidae). Holistophallidae Sphaeriodesmidae TABLE 1. Character states in the Sphaeriodesmoidea Character Plesiomorphic state Apomorphic state PE Eee 2 Spi. à | SUR A ee ee è 3 Gonocoxal setation Sparse, irregular, absent 1. Profuse fields Gonapophyses Absent or small 2. Long, tubular Prozonal size Equal to metazona 3. Greatly reduced Ozopores Present 4. Reduced or absent Paranotal shape Normal for order 5. Strongly acuminate laterad Shape of epiproct Subtriangular, acute 6. Quadrate, broadened Size of stigmata Normal for order 7. Reduced, circular Anterior paranotal shape None evidently enlarged 8. 4th & Sth enlarged Location of stigmata Normal position 9. Displaced into stricture Subtarsal scopulae, Absent 10. Present, legs 1-7 male legs Gonosternum Present 11. Absent Shape of gonaperture Oval, moderate in size 12. Reduced or enlarged A SPHAERIODESMID MILLIPED 679 To encapsulate the foregoing commentary in the form of a cladogram, I provide the following summary of important characters and their relative polarity, the numbers cor- responding to those entered on the tree itself (Fig. 15). As usual, estimation of generalized versus derived status has been done chiefly from ‘‘out-group’’ comparison. Since current knowledge of milliped classification does not permit identification of a ‘‘sister-group’’ taxon of equivalent rank to the Sphaeriodesmoidea, the out-group has been the chelodesmoid families perceived to be basically unspecialized, e.g., Chelodesmidae, Xystodesmidae, Oxydesmidae collectively. No clues are presently available from the area of ontogenic changes. REFERENCES ATTEMS, C. 1898-1899. System der Polydesmiden. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien (Math.-naturwiss. Classe), 1. Theil, 67: 221-482. II. Theil, 68: 251-435. — 1940.Fam. Polydesmidae, Vanhoeffenidae, Cryptodesmidae, Oniscodesmidae, Sphaero- trichopidae, Peridontodesmidae, Rhachidesmidae, Macellolophidae, Pandiro- desmidae. Das Tierreich, Lief. 70, pp. 1-577. BROLEMANN, H. W. 1916. Essai de classification des polydesmiens (myriapodes). Ann. soc. ent. France, 84: 523-608. CARL, J. 1902. Exotische Polydesmiden. Rev. suisse Zool. 10: 563-679. CHAMBERLIN, R. V. 1922. The millipeds of Central America. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 60 (8): 1-75. Cook, O. F. 1895. Introductory note on the families of Diplopoda. In: Cook & COLLINS, The Craspedosomatidae of North America. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 8: 1-7. — 1896. Cryptodesmus and its allies. Brandtia, 5: 19-28. — 1898. American oniscoid Diplopoda of the order Merocheta. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 21: 451-468. HOFFMAN, R. L. 1980. Classification of the Diplopoda. Mus. Hist. Nat. Genéve, pp. 1-237. JEANNIN, P. Y. 1987. Spéléos suisses au Mexique. La quéte du Paradis souterrain. Cavernes. Neuchätel 2 (1986): 17-25. Loomis, H. F. 1968. A Checklist of the millipeds of Mexico and Central America. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 266, pp. 1-137. Pocock, R. I. 1909. Fam. Sphaeriodesmidae, pp. 117-129, in Biologia Centrali-Americana, Chilopoda & Diplopoda. Taylor & Francis, London, 1895-1910. SHEAR, W. A. 1986. Millipeds from caves in Mexico and Central America. V. New species and records of Glomeridae, Trichopetalidae, Cleidogonidae, Fuhrmannodesmidae, Cryptodesmidae, Cambalidae, Typhlobolellidae, Rhachodesmidae, and Sphaerio- desmidae. Texas Mem. Mus., Speleol. Monogr. 1: 63-86. SILVESTRI, F. 1909. Descrizione di un nuovo genere di Polydesmoidea (Diplopoda) del Messico. Boll. Mus. Zool. Univ. Torino, 24 (615): 1-4. VERHOEFF, K. W. 1941. Uber Gruppen der Leptodesmiden und neues System der Ordo Polydesmoidea. Arch. Naturg. N.F., 10: 399-415. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 4 un r A, bio Dr | M n 7 1 f, Li et she Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. 3 p. 681-697 Geneve, septembre 1990 Palpigrades endogés de Singapour et de l’Indonésie par Bruno CONDE * Avec 9 figures ABSTRACT Endogean Palpigrades from Singapore and Indonesia. — A collection of twenty one specimens from Singapore (4), Java (13) and Bali (4) collected by D. H. Murphy in 1968, and by B. Hauser and C. Lienhard in 1987 included four species of the genera Eukoenenia (1), Koeneniodes (2) and Prokoenenia (1). The latter, with a new species, is recorded for the first time from the Oriental Region. INTRODUCTION L’examen de 21 spécimens de Palpigrades récoltés d’une part dans la réserve naturelle de Bukit Timah, sur l’île de Singapore (D. H. Murphy, 1968), d’autre part au Jardin bota- nique de Bogor, a Java, et dans une forét primaire de Bali (B. Hauser et C. Lienhard, 1987), a permis de les répartir entre 3 genres et 4 espèces. La seule espèce appartenant au genre Eukoenenia et les deux especes se rapportant au genre Koeneniodes étaient déja con- nues, la premiere de Sumatra, les autres de Madagascar, La Réunion et Maurice. Le genre Prokoenenia, représenté par une espece inédite, était encore inconnu dans la région malaise, mais present a Madagascar, quoique l’espece malgache n’ait apparemment que de lointaines affinités avec celle que nous décrivons ici et avec les espéces de l’Quest du continent américain, dont l’une, P. wheeleri, est le type du genre. Il nous est agréable de souligner que le professeur D. H. Murphy (Université de Singa- pore) a genereusement confié au Muséum de Genève une série de prélèvements integraux de la faune du sol, par Berlese, qui font partie du projet de recherches exhaustives sur * Université de Nancy I, Zoologie approfondie, 34, rue Sainte-Catherine, F-54000 Nancy, France. 682 BRUNO CONDE Bukit Timah qu’il mene depuis des décennies. Nous lui devons ainsi les premiers Palpigrades de Singapore. Le matériel est déposé au Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle de Genève, Département des Arthropodes et Insectes II. Je remercie très chaleureusement M. J. Chevelu pour l’exécu- tion minutieuse des nombreuses figures illustrant cette note, d’apres les originaux a la mine de plomb. Eukoenenia lienhardi Condé, 1989 SINGAPORE. Bukit Timah Nature Reserve, forest litter, 7.X11.1968-2, D. H. Murphy leg.: 1 femelle adulte, 1 immature A. Bukit Timah Nature Reserve, forest litter, 7.XII.1968-4, D. H. Murphy leg.: 1 immature A. Bukit Timah Nature Reserve, forest litter, ‘‘Slope II soil”, D. H. Murphy leg.: 1 male juvénile C. JAVA: Sar-87/31. Jardin botanique de Bogor: dans la partie «Nursery» sous les dalles du che- min entre les serres, 260 m, 28.X1.1987, C. Lienhard leg.: 1 femelle adulte. 50 pm Fic. 1. Eukoenenia lienhardi Condé, 1989, femelle adulte de Singapore: A. Organe frontal médian. B. Basitarse 3 de la patte locomotrice I. C. Basitarse de la patte locomotrice IV. — Koeneniodes frondiger Remy, 1950, femelle adulte de Bali: D. Basitarse de la patte locomotrice IV. E. Phanère en crochet du sternite V. Explication des lettres dans le texte. Longueurs. — Femelles adultes (les nombres en deuxième position se rapportent à la femelle de Bogor). Corps: 0,60 mm (contracté); 1 mm, sans flagelle; bouclier prosomien: 0,22; 0,21 mm; basitarse IV: 67,5; 67 um; B/bta: 3,25; 3,18. Male juvénile. Corps: 0,88 mm (extension moyenne), fragment de flagelle (5 articles); bouclier prosomien: 0,20 mm; basitarse IV: 57,8 um; B/bta: 3,46. Immatures A. Corps: 0,68; 0,75 mm; bouclier prosomien: 0,17; 0,18 mm; basitarse IV: non mesurable; 41 um; B/bta: 4,39 '. ' Dans la description du spécimen de Sumatra (1989:422, ligne 18), lire: basitarse IV :47 um. PALPIGRADES DE SINGAPOUR ET DE L’INDONESIE 683 Femelles adultes. Prosoma. — L’organe frontal médian, mal vu chez l’holotype, est allongé (environ 2 fois 4 aussi long que large), a branches subrectilignes terminées en une courte pointe; il ressemble, en plus allongé (2,8 a 2,4), a celui de l’immature A représenté dans la descrip- tion originale (1989, fig. 6, A). Deux éléments aux organes latéraux; 3 chez la femelle de Bogor. A la patte I, la longueur de la soie raide du basitarse 3 est presque 1 fois '/2 et envi- ron 1 fois '/ celle du bord tergal de l’article (t/r = 0,65; 0,76); cette soie est insérée au voisi- nage du '/; distal du bord sternal (s/er = 1,46; 1,67). A la patte IV, la soie grêle tergale (grt) est plus courte que la soie gréle latérale (g/a). Le rapport t/r est 1,26 et 1,35; le rap- port t/er est 3,10 a gauche et 3,75 a droite a Singapore, et 2,65 seulement a Bogor. Ces valeurs sont comparées, dans le tableau I, a celles des holotypes de E. lienhardi et de E. singhi. TABLEAU I. bta 3, I bta IV t/r s/er t/r t/er gla/grt E. lienhardi © holo. 0,71 2,32 1,29 3,10 1 E. lienhardi 9 Sing. 0,65 1,46 1,26 |3,10-3,75| 1,46 E. lienhardi 2 Bogor 0,76 1,67 1,35 2,65 122 E. singhi 9 holo. 0,76 1,55 1,34 2,35 1 Les nouveaux spécimens s’écartent de l’holotype de lienhardi par la position plus dis- tale du phanère r du basitarse 3, comme chez singhi. Le spécimen de Bogor se rapproche aussi de singhi par le t/r du basitarse IV. Enfin, le spécimen de Singapore partage avec celui de Bogor l’inégalité des phanéres gla et grt. Opisthosoma. — Le premier volet génital présente une échancrure médiane non vue chez le type où cette région est aplatie et sans doute déformée; une paire de lobes subtrian- gulaires, a pubescence relativement longue et espacée, prolongent le volet de part et d’autre de l’échancrure, au-delà de l’insertion des phanères a, et a>; les positions et les longueurs relatives des soies a,-a; de la rangée distale sont conformes à la description ori- ginale, de méme que les sclérifications du 2° volet et du réceptacle séminal. En VI, les poils glandulaires sont au moins 1 fois '/ aussi longs qu’en V (1,66; 1,52). Segments IX à XI avec respectivement 15 (7+s5+7), 11 (5+r+5) et 12 (5+#+5+) dont la longueur est sensiblement égale à l’écartement; l’alignement de leurs fines bar- bules donne l’impression de cannelures longitudinales; une soie plus gréle et plus longue que toutes les autres, à base légèrement bulbeuse (©) s’insere au voisinage de a, au bord interne de l’orifice de la vésicule exsertile (v); 3 soies latérales ordinaires (/, a 43) forment une rangée transverse en avant de l’orifice de la vésicule. Au sternite V, les groupes parasa- gittaux sont proches l’un de l’autre, chacun comprenant 6 soies glandulaires (4, a a,) de méme calibre que celles du sternite IV, mais un peu plus courtes (X =71/79) et une soie ©; deux soies latérales seulement (/,, 4). Au sternite VI, chaque groupe compte 5 soies (a; à as), un peu plus courtes que les précédentes (X = 65); le phanère © fait défaut, de même que la soie /;. En VII, une rangée de 3 + 3 soies ordinaires, celles de la paire parasagittale plus courtes. Femelle paratype. Prosoma. — Sept soies deuto-tritosternales (3 + 1 + 3) en une rangée transversale. Au basitarse IV, t/r=2,60; t/er= 1,62. Opisthosoma. — Segments VIII a XI avec respectivement 14 (7 +7), 8 (4+4), 8 (4+4) et 7 (3+1+3), le poil médian tergal (XI) et les poils submédians sternaux (VIII-X) plus courts et gréles que les autres. Sternites IV, V et VI avec respectivement 2 + 2, 7 +7 et 7 +7 très grosses soies glandu- laires (41-02, 4-47); une soie @ en IV et V, comme chez l’holotype. Le flagelle, long de 1,55 mm est sensiblement égal à la longueur du corps en extension et presque 4 fois et demi aussi long que le bouclier prosomien (4,4). Il est formé de 16 articles, après l’anneau basal, dont les longueurs relatives sont les suivantes: 16 (anneau), 38, 42, 45, 45, 38, 49, 44, 54, 44, 47, 60, 67, 55, 63, 60, 34. Un verticille apical de longues épines aux articles I à III, V, VII et IX. Male paratype. Prosoma. — Huit soies deuto-tritosternales (4+ 4) en une rangée transversale. Au basifarse IVE ti: 2395 04er 1,62. Opisthosoma. — Segments VIII à XI avec respectivement 11 (5+5+5), 8 (4+4), 7 (3+5+3) et 7 (3+t+3) poils. Aire génitale portant 23 + 23 phaneres, répartis entre les 3 volets qui en ont respective- ment 13+13, 5+5 et 5+5. Le premier volet présente une rangée anterieure de 2+2 poils (&, a), en arrière de laquelle chaque lobe porte 5 phanères proximaux et 6 distaux parmi lesquels 2 sont des fusules (fi, f), à base non dilatée; les canaux évecteurs (c;, ©), de faible calibre, mis en évidence par le contraste interférentiel. Au deuxième volet, chaque lobe, subtriangulaire, se termine en une longue pointe et possède 5 soies, 3 distales (a, b, 692 BRUNO CONDE c) insérées au sommet d’un triangle et 2 proximales (d, e) sur le bord interne. Les lobes du troisiéme volet ressemblent a ceux du deuxieme par leur forme générale subtriangulaire et leur longue pointe distale; une soie proximale (w,) et 4 distales (w2, x, y, 2). > 100 um (A,B,D) 50 um (C) Fic. 6. Prokoenenia javanica n. sp., femelle adulte holotype: A. Premier volet génital. B. Deuxième volet génital. C. Detail de la région du réceptacle seminal. Femelle adulte paratype. D. Volets génitaux en vue laterale; la portion moyenne du deuxieme volet, représentée en coupe optique, montre les deux branches canaliculées de l’apodème en croissant et la formation sacciforme à la surface ridée. Explication des lettres dans le texte. Remarque. Par analogie avec Prokoenenia millotorum, de Madagascar, chez laquelle le premier volet possede 3 paires de fusules, bien decrites par REMY (1950: 138-139), j'avais supposé (CONDE 1984a: 139) qu’il pouvait s’agir d’un caractère commun aux representants du genre Prokoenenia, ce que ne permettait pas d’établir avec certitude les figures imprecises de RUCKER (P. wheeleri) et surtout de SILVESTRI (P. californica). L’aire génitale de P. javanica est au contraire conforme à celle de Palpigrades du genre Eukoenenia, à cette réserve près que tous les phanères décrits chez ce dernier sont présents simultanément. Sternites IV a VI avec respectivement 2, 3 et 2 paires de phanères plus épais que leurs voisins qui semblent homologues aux trés gros poils glandulaires décrits chez les femelles (notés a; . . . a), mais sont situés plus latéralement, au-dessus de l’orifice de la vésicule exsertile, et dont la nature sécrétoire n’est pas démontrée, car aucun massif glandulaire sous-jacent n’a été vu. A l’extérieur de ces groupes, une ou deux paires de soies plus gréles (/;, 5) en IV et V, une seule (/) en VI. En outre, une paire de phanères @ en IV et V. PALPIGRADES DE SINGAPOUR ET DE L’INDONESIE 693 Une comparaison des figures 4 et 5, reproduites à la méme échelle, met en Evidence le dimorphisme extraordinaire des sternites IV a VI qui pourrait faire penser a deux especes distinctes. Toutefois, les autres caracteres utilisés dans la systématique des Palpi- grades ne permettent pas de séparer les spécimens des deux sexes. Comme l’immature A étudié (cf. infra) présente déjà des caractères qui l’apparentent à la femelle (phanères épais, massifs glandulaires), on peut supposer, soit l’existence de deux immatures A différents, soit une régression des glandes et du calibre des poils au cours des stades suivants. On constate, d’autre part, que les sternites V et VI du male adulte ont le même nombre de phanères que ceux de la femelle juvénile. FIG. 7. Prokoenenia javanica n. sp., male adulte paratype. Volets génitaux en vue latérale. Explication des lettres dans le texte. Femelle juvenile. Prosoma. — Trois éléments lancéolés et acuminés, environ 3 fois aussi longs que larges, a chaque organe latéral. Six soies deuto-tritosternales (3 + 3) en une rangée trans- versale. Chélicéres avec 8 dents a chaque mors. Au basitarse IV, t/r=2,41 et t/er=1,57, l’apex de r depassant sensiblement le bord distal de l’article. Les 7 phanéres de l’adulte sont présents, en particulier les deux esp. 694 BRUNO CONDE Opisthosoma. — Volets génitaux correspondant a la variante n° 3 à 6+6 phanères (CONDE 1984b). Sternites IV et VI avec 2 soies glandulaires (a), a), a chaque groupe parasagittal, et sternite V avec 3 soies (a, @, 43). Deux soies latérales (/,, ) en IV et V; une seule en VI. Une soie © en IV et V. Segments VIII a XI avec respectivement 11 (5+7+5), 9 (4+5+4), 7 (3+s+4) et 7 (3+1+3) poils. Immature À Prosoma. Organes latéraux avec trois éléments lancéolés à gauche et deux à droite; une seule soie deuto-tritosternale médiane. FIG. 8. Prokoenenia javanica n. sp., immature A: A. Basitarses 3 et 4 de la patte locomotrice I. B. Basitarse IV, face dorsale, montrant des indices (rétrécissement, limite transversale faiblement marquée) de pseudoarticulation (ps). C. Tibia et basitarse IV. Explication des lettres dans le texte. Chélicères avec 7 dents à chaque mors. Aux pattes IV, le tibia porte une trichobothrie tergale dont la tige et un peu plus de 1 fois ‘/ aussi longue (ca 116/71) que l’article, et 3 phanères ordinaires subapicaux. Le basitarse ne présente que des indices à peine perceptibles de la pseudo-articulation observée aux stades suivants; t/r = 2,26 et t/er= 1,59, l’apex de r dépassant sensiblement le bord distal de l’article; une soie proximale (esp) et les deux soies distales (esd) sont présentes. Opisthosoma. — Pas de vésicules exsertiles. Les sternites IV a VI possèdent 2 soies glandulaires (a), a>) à chaque groupe parasagittal, et les massifs glandulaires sous-jacents sont déjà fort développés. Deux soies latérales (/;, 4) en IV. Une soie @ en IV et V. Sternite VII, avec 2+2 soies grêles et longues. Segments VIII à X avec chacun 6 (3+3) poils, ceux de la paire latéro-tergale plus développés que les autres; XI avec 7 (3 + t + 3), le médian tergal étant le plus court. Anneau basal moins individualisé par rapport au premier article du flagelle (seul présent chez cet individu) qu’aux stades suivants. PALPIGRADES DE SINGAPOUR ET DE L’INDONESIE 695 FIG. 9. Prokoenenia javanica n. sp., immature A. Opisthosome a partir du segment IV, en vue laterale gauche. Etant donné l’orientation des sternites, les longueurs des phanères a, et a, sont fonction de leur direction par rapport a l’observateur. Les pubescences habituelles des phanéres ont été omises pour alléger le dessin. gd, gg = massifs glandulaires droit et gauche; explication des autres lettres dans le texte. AFFINITÉS. — La seule espèce du genre Prokoenenia connue de l’Ancien-Monde, P. millotorum Remy, 1950, de Madagascar (Nosy-Bé, dans la réserve naturelle de Lokobe, et Tuléar), est tres différente de P. javanica n. sp. Les sternites IV a VI de l’opisthosome, identiques chez les deux sexes, ne possèdent qu’une seule paire de poils pubescents épais (notés a,), présumés excréteurs, insérés pres du bord interne de l’orifice de la vésicule exsertile, et surtout le premier volet génital du mâle porte trois paires de fusules, caractere unique chez un Palpigrade. La nouvelle espèce présente davantage de ressemblances avec les trois autres especes nominales du genre dont les descriptions sont malheureusement trop incompletes pour permettre une comparaison aussi detaillee qu’il serait souhaitable. La première decrite, P. chilensis (Hansen, 1901) est basée sur un juvénile B ou C, l’état juvénile étant une certitude, mais le sexe demeurant incertain; ces remarques sont REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 46 696 BRUNO CONDE en desaccord avec la sentence de HANSEN (loc. cit.: 226): «probably immature and certainly a female». Sans tenir compte de la chétotaxie du volet génital, represente a trop faible échelle, javanica juvenile s’écarte au moins de chilensis par le deuto-tritosternum (3 +3 en un rang transversal, vs 4+ 4 phanères sur 2 rangs en V) et les sternites opisthoso- miens IV-VI (2+2,3+3,2+2 poils glandulaires, vs 3+3 poils «/ong, robust» a chaque sternite). Les adultes de la seconde espèce, de loin la mieux connue de celles du Nouveau- Monde (RUCKER 1901, 1903; HANSEN 1901; SILVESTRI 1913) possedent 14 a 16 soies au deuto-tritosternum (7 a 9 en une rangée postérieure et 7 sur un V antérieur), 4 éléments aux organes latéraux du prosome, et 3+3 longs poils glandulaires aux sternites IV et V, le VI° en étant dépourvu; aucune différence entre les sexes n’a été relevée au niveau des sternites IV a VI. P. californica Silvestri, 1913 enfin, la dernière espèce décrite, fut établie pour un unique mâle adulte avec 12 soies au deuto-tritosternum (8 en une rangée posté- rieure et 3 sur un V antérieur), 5 éléments aux organes latéraux du prosome et une paire de longues soies au VIS sternite de l’opisthosome. Quoique incompletes, ces descriptions permettent de considérer P. javanica comme une espèce distincte, plus voisine de wheeleri et de californica que de millotorum. Certains criteres, comme la présence de la trichobothrie du tibia IV et de la soie w, ou certains détails des volets génitaux, ne peuvent être pris en compte, faute d’éléments de comparai- son. Le tableau IV résume les principaux caracteres differentiels des adultes des 3 especes affines, et des juvéniles B et A de P. javanica. TABLEAU IV = de = as - a CNE TE: IV V VI t P. wheeleri (©, Q) 4 | 14-16 | 3 Lo 6 | P. californica (©) 5 11 3 3 1 7 P. javanica (9) 3 8-7 De a7 | 5-7 13-16 P. javanica (©) 3 8 2 SR P. javanica B (9) 3 6 235 pong Digli vati P. javanica A 3+2 1 DITE DAD 2 6 les att Lo DIS ni | | | aes) o.l.=organes latéraux; d.t.=deuto-tritosternum; IV-VI poils glandulaires par demi sternite de l’opisthosome; t=total des poils glandulaires des demi sternites. La présence d’une Prokoenenia alliée a wheeleri dans la région orientale n’est pas liée au milieu artificiel d’un Jardin botanique, car on en connait d’autres exemples en pleine nature (inédit). Elle est moins surprenante si l’on considère les ressemblances déjà constatées entre les faunes endogées de la Côte pacifique américaine et celles de l’Est asiatique. PALPIGRADES DE SINGAPOUR ET DE L’INDONESIE 697 BIBLIOGRAPHIE CONDE, B. 1981. Palpigrades des Canaries, de Papouasie et des Philippines. Revue suisse Zool. 88 (4): 941-951. — 1984a. Les Palpigrades: quelques aspects morpho-biologiques. Revue Arachnol. 5 (4): 133-143. — 19845. Palpigrades d’Europe, des Antilles, du Paraguay et de Thaïlande. Revue suisse Zool. 91 (2): 369-391. — 1988. Nouveaux Palpigrades de Trieste, de Slovenie, de Malte, du Paraguay, de Thailande et de Bornéo. Revue suisse Zool. 95 (3): 723-750. — 1989. Palpigrades (Arachnida) endoges de l’Inde et de Sumatra. Revue suisse Zool. 96 (2): 411-424. HANSEN, H. J. 1901. On six species of Koenenia, with remarks on the order Palpigradi. Ent. Tidskr. 22: 193-240. Remy, P. 1950. Palpigrades de Madagascar. Mém. Inst. sci. Madagascar, s.A, 4 (1): 135-164. — 1952. Palpigrades de l’île de la Reunion. Mem. Inst. sci. Madagascar, s.A, 7(1): 69-79. — 1958. Palpigrades de l’île Maurice. Mauritius Inst. Bull. 5 (3): 94-102. — 1960. Palpigrades de Madagascar. Il. Mem. Inst. sci. Madagascar, s. A, 13: 33-66. — 1961. Les Palpigrades de Ceylan et leur Ecologie. Revue fr. Entomol. 28 (2): 112-119. RUCKER, A. 1901. The Texan Koenenia. Amer. Nat. 35 (416): 615-630. — 1903. Further Observations on Koenenia. Zool. Jahr. Abt. Syst. 18: 401-434, Taf. 21-23. SILVESTRI, F. 1913. Nuovi generi e specie di Koeneniidae. Boll. Lab. Zool. gen. e agr., Portici, 7: 211-217. AIT 2 I eS Ad . 4 | Revue suisse Zool. a SARA TI E Tome 97 | Fasc. 3 p. 699-704 | Genève, septembre 1990 m — tn ————@—@- un n o Présence d’Argna biplicata (Michaud, 1831) (Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Pupillacea) dans le sud de la France par Villy AELLEN et Yves FINET * Avec 2 figures ABSTRACT Presence of Argna biplicata (Michaud, 1831) (Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Pupillacea) from Southern France. — Argna biplicata (Michaud, 1831), a rare species known mainly from Pleistocene deposits in the Alps, is reported to live in caves in Southern France. A brief systematic account of the genus Argna is given. INTRODUCTION Argna biplicata (Michaud, 1831) (en francais: «maillot biplisse») est un mollusque dont la distribution en Europe s’étend de l’Espagne a la Grèce. GITTENBERGER (1985) dis- tingue trois sous-espèces: — Argna biplicata biplicata dans le sud-est de la France et en Italie, jusqu’en Toscane et dans les Appenins au voisinage de l’Adriatique (province de Pescara). — A. biplicata excessiva (Gredler, 1856) dans les Alpes du nord-est de l’Italie, du sud du Tyrol et jusqu’en Carinthie autrichienne. — A. biplicata ulterior Klemm, 1962 en Gréce. La trouvaille provenant d’Espagne appartiendrait à la sous-espèce type ou à une forme proche (GITTENBERGER, 1985). L’espece biplicata, connue auparavant sous les noms génériques de Sphyradium Hartmann, Coryna Westerlund ou Agardhia Gude, est actuellement assignée au genre Argna Cossmann. * Museum d’Histoire naturelle, case postale 434, CH-1211 Genève 6. 700 VILLY AELLEN ET YVES FINET Argna Cossmann, 1889 1844 Sphyradium Hartmann. Erd- und Süsswasser-Gastropoden der Schweiz: 53 (pour S. ferrari Porro) (non Charpentier, 1837). 1887 Coryna Westerlund. Fauna paläarct. Reg. lebenden Binnenconch. 3: 78, 87 (pro Sphyradium Hartmann non Charpentier; non Coryna Billberg, 1833). 1889 Argna Cossmann. Annu. géol. univ. Paris 5 (1888): 1104 (pro Coryna Westerlund non Billberg). 1911 Agardhia Gude. Proc. malac. Soc. Lond. 9: 361 (pro Coryna Westerlund non Bill- berg). 1914 Rhytidochasma A. J. Wagner. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 91: 48. Le genre Argna est connu depuis le Miocene (ZILCH, 1959). Il est subdivise par ZILCH (1958; 1959: 171-172) et GROSSU & NEGREA (1968) en deux sous-genres: Argna s. str. (espece type: A. ferrari (Porro)) et Agardhiella Hesse, 1923 (espece type: A. trunca- tella (L. Pfeiffer). GITTENBERGER (1974), sur base de differences anatomiques dans l’appareil génital, considère Argna Cossmann et Agardhiella Hesse comme deux genres à part entiere et séparés. Traditionnellement inclus dans la famille des Pupillidae (THIELE, 1963), le genre Argna est placé dans les Argnidae par HUDEC (1965), qui propose cette nouvelle famille sur la base de la description de l’appareil génital d’Argna bielzi (Rossmässler, 1859). ABREVIATIONS UTILISEES: MHNG: Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve; RMNH: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden. DISTRIBUTION GEOGRAPHIQUE ET HABITAT Au debut de ce siecle, certains auteurs consideraient Argna biplicata uniquement comme une espèce fossile du Pléistocéne, ne se rencontrant qu’exceptionnellement a l’état vivant dans la nature a l’heure actuelle (CAZIOT & MARGIER, 1909; CAZIOT & MAURY, 1909). La localité type est «Lyon, dans les alluvions du Rhöne»; MICHAUD (1831) indique encore «très rare. — cabinet de M. Terver, qui me l’a communiqué». LOCARD (1894) la mentionne également dans les alluvions du Rhöne a Lyon, ainsi que CAZIOT & MARGIER (1909), comme espéce quaternaire. CAZIOT (1910) la signale dans les alluvions du Loup dans les Alpes-Maritimes. KOBELT (in ROSSMASSLER, 1899), qui considere biplicata Michaud et excessiva Gredler comme deux espéces distinctes, signale la premiere dans le sud de la France et en Italie, et la seconde dans le Trentin et dans les Alpes de Vénétie jusqu’a Malborghetto. En 1908, E.-G. Racovitza a récolté une coquille vide dans la grotte: baume du Colombier, Roquefort-les-Pins, Alpes-Maritimes (JEANNEL & RACOVITZA, 1910). C’est GERMAIN (1911) qui l’a étudiée et identifiée comme Pupa biplicata. GERMAIN (1930) indique que les seuls individus vivants des espéces du genre Agardhia (= Argna) se rencontrent dans la région de Saint-Martin-de-Lentosque (Alpes- Maritimes, France); toutes les autres localités semblent se rapporter a des coquilles recueillies vides et «qui sont, peut-étre, des formes quaternaires» (GERMAIN, 1930: 432), ARGNA BIPLICATA 701 FIG. 1. Argna biplicata (Michaud); coquille vide récoltée le 10.IX.1956 dans la grotte de la Chevre d’Or (MHNG 988.230 - coll. V. Aellen). Fic. 2. Argna biplicata (Michaud); exemplaire récolté vivant le 15.IX.1988 dans la grotte de la Chévre d’Or (MHNG 988.202 - coll. V. Aellen). 702 VILLY AELLEN ET YVES FINET surtout présentes dans le Pliocène de la France et de l’Italie septentrionale, avec des formes analogues a celles du groupe d’A. biplicata; toujours selon le méme auteur, les individus récoltés vivants habiteraient les stations humides, sous les pierres, parmi les mousses, ou encore dans les cavernes, principalement dans les Alpes Apuanes et les Apennins (Italie) ainsi que dans le sud du Tyrol, et plus rarement en France. ZILCH (1958) insiste également sur le mode de vie souterrain pour plusieurs especes du genre Argna. GROSSU & NEGREA (1968) confirment qu’Argna comprend des especes vivantes actuelles, mais que leur distribution est limitée en Europe aux régions montagneuses des Alpes, des Carpathes et des Balkans; selon ces mêmes auteurs, on trouve souvent des coquilles dans les alluvions des rivieres ou des torrents, avec des formes actuelles et des formes fossiles quaternaires; sans évoquer une espèce particulière, les auteurs signalent que les formes vivantes sont difficiles a découvrir et généralement récoltées a peu d’exem- plaires a cause de leur mode de vie endogée ou cavernicole: «on les trouve seulement dans les régions montagneuses, ou elles menent une existence souterraine, entre les racines des plantes, en pénétrant profondément entre les fissures, et on les rencontre aussi dans des cavernes; elles préfèrent un substrat calcaire». En fait, les trouvailles dans les grottes sont très rares. Si l’on se refere à JEANNEL (1926) et a WOLF (1934-1938), seulement trois grottes sont signalées: la baume du Colombier et deux grottes d’Italie (provinces de Pise et de Reggio nell’Emilia). DONNEES RECENTES En ce qui concerne l’espece Argna biplicata, des récoltes plus récentes ont montré qu’elle pouvait se rencontrer vivante en d’autres localités que celle donnée par GERMAIN (1930); GITTENBERGER (1974) mentionne l’occurrence de la sous-espece A. b. biplicata (Michaud) vivante en Italie (Force di Cardeto, Alpes Apuanes, Ligurie-Toscane: RMNH 734; la sous-espece A, b. excessiva (Gredler) est mentionnée vivante dans le sud de l’Autriche (pres d’Ober Federaun, Alpes de Villach, Carinthie: RMNH 529). L’auteur décrit également l’anatomie de l’appareil génital des deux sous-espèces. Une trouvaille faite par l’un des auteurs (V. A.) en 1956, et identifiée par E. Binder, est signalée dans la grotte de la Chevre d’Or (AELLEN, 1984; cf. ci-dessous). GITTENBERGER (comm. pers.) cite également d’autres localités pour les spécimens en collection dans le Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie a Leiden. Des coquilles fraiches, translucides, d’Argna b. biplicata ont notamment été trouvées en France dans les localités suivantes: France, Dép. Var, Pont de la Siagne, 9 km au SSW de Grasse. Dép. Alpes-Maritimes, 5 km au NW de Saint-C£zaire-sur-Siagne. Dep. Alpes-Maritimes, au N de Monti, 5 km au N de Menton. D’autres récoltes effectuées recemment pour le Muséum de Genève (coll. V. Aellen) confirment l’existence d’Argna biplicata (Michaud) vivant dans deux localités des Alpes- Maritimes, dans le sud de la France; les spécimens récoltés ont été identifiés comme appar- tenant a la sous-espèce A. b. biplicata (Figures 1 et 2). Materiel récolté: France, Alpes-Maritimes, baume du Colombier, près de Roquefort- les-Pins: 4 ex. vivants, 19.VII.1988 (MHNG n° 988.203). France, Alpes-Maritimes, grotte de la Chèvre d’Or, près de Roquefort-les-Pins: 1 coquille vide, 10.IX.1956 (MHNG n° 988.230) (Fig. 1); 1 coquille vide, 9.IV.1988 (MHNG n° 988.106); 2 ex. vivants +2 cod. ARGNA BIPLICATA 703 vides, 15.1X.1988 (MHNG n° 988.202) (Fig. 2); 2 coquilles vides, 10.1.1989 (MHNG n° 989.108); 2 ex. vivants (dont 1 juvénile), 25.111.1989 (MHNG n° 989.113). Biotope et observations de terrain: La baume du Colombier est la méme grotte ou Racovitza avait récolté une coquille vide en 1908. Dans un travail de 1989, CONDE resume les données écologiques concernant cette grotte, fournies par l’un de nous (V. A.). Autrefois beaucoup plus humide, la baume du Colombier est actuellement moins favorable pour la faune cavernicole (CONDE, 1989, p. 92). Toutefois, des Argna biplicata vivants y ont donc encore été trouvés. C’est essen- tiellement sur les racines traversant le plafond que vivent les mollusques. En avril 1908, Racovitza notait une temperature de 13°C (JEANNEL & RACOVITZA, 1910). Le 19 juillet 1988, elle était de 14,5°C. Quant a la grotte de la Chevre d’Or, située a 2,5 km au NNE de la baume du Colom- bier, elle a fait l’objet d’une courte étude faunistique (AELLEN, 1984); c’est dans ce travail qu’est signalée la présence d’Agardhia biplicata. Il s’agit de la trouvaille d’une coquille vide, mais récente, faite le 10 septembre 1956. L’humidite de la grotte est variable; elle est surtout forte au printemps. Les températures relevées a toutes les saisons oscillent de 10° a 14°C. Les petits mollusques vivants ont été aussi trouvés sur des racines descendant du plafond. La présence permanente d’Argna biplicata dans cette grotte est confirmée par le fait qu’un jeune y a été observé le 25 mars 1989. D’autre part, le 15 septembre 1988, alors que la grotte était exceptionnellement seche, deux mollusques vivants y ont été récoltés. Les trouvailles de ces dernieres années dans ces deux grottes permettent de compter Argna biplicata parmi la catégorie des troglophiles, au moins dans les Alpes-Maritimes. Cependant, les autres trouvailles faites dans toute l’aire de répartition de l’espèce montrent qu’il s’agit en général d’un endogé typique. RESUME Argna biplicata (Michaud, 1831) est une espèce connue principalement a l’état fossile au Pléistocène; présente surtout dans les Alpes françaises, italiennes et du sud de |’ Autriche, elle est rarement récoltée vivante; la présente note mentionne l’existence d’individus vivants dans deux grottes du sud de la France. La systématique et la synonymie du genre Argna sont brievement rappeles. REMERCIEMENTS Les auteurs remercient trés vivement E. Gittenberger (Leiden, Pays-Bas) pour les ren- seignements fournis, en particulier sur les localités relatives au matériel du Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie de Leiden; ils remercient également G. Dajoz (Genève) pour la réalisation des photographies. 704 VILLY AELLEN ET YVES FINET BIBLIOGRAPHIE AELLEN, V. 1984. Faune d’une grotte des Alpes-Maritimes. Mem. Biospel. 11: 281-286. CAZIOT, E. 1910. Etude sur les mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de la Principauté de Monaco et du département des Alpes-Maritimes. Jn: Collection de Mémoires et Documents publiés par ordre de S. A. S. le prince Albert 1°: 331-338, pl. 8. Imprimerie de Monaco. CAZIOT, E. & E. MARGIER. 1909. Classification proposée pour les espèces de la région paléarctique de la famille des Pupidae (ancien genre Pupa). Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 34 (7-8): 140-147. CAZIOT, E. & E. Maury. 1909. Tableau récapitulatif et raisonné des mollusques terrestres du pléisto- cene de la Ligurie occidentale et du département des Alpes-Maritimes. J. Conch. Paris 57: 317-341. CONDÉ, B. 1989. Découverte, dans une seconde grotte, du Diplopode Pénicillate Lophoproctus jean- neli (Brolemann). Revue suisse Zool. 96 (1): 91-97. GERMAIN, L. 1911. Biospeologica XVIII. Mollusques (premiere série). Arch. Zool. exper. gen. (5) 6: 229-256. GERMAIN, L. 1930. Faune de France. Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles. Lechevalier, Paris, xiv + 897 pp., pl. XIV-XXVI. GITTENBERGER, E. 1974. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Pupillacea IV. Ergänzungen zur Kenntnis der Gattung Argna. Basteria 38: 1-12. — 1985. Die Gattung Argna Cossmann, 1889 (Pulmonata, Pupillacea) in Spanien. Basteria 49 (4-6): 144. GROSSU, A. & A. NEGREA. 1968. Revision des especes du genre Argna Cosmann (Gastropoda, Pul- monata) de Roumanie et la description de quelques nouvelles unites taxonomiques. Trav. Mus. Hist. nat. «Gr. Antipa» 8: 721-734. Hupec, V. 1965. Neue Erkenntnisse über den Geschlechtsapparat von Argna bielzi (Rossmässler) und Bemerkungen zur systematischen Stellung der Gattung Argna Cossmann. Arch. Molluskenk. 94: 157-163. JEANNEL, R. 1926. Faune cavernicole de la France. Encyclop. entomol. VII, Lechevalier, Paris. JEANNEL, R. & E.-G. RACOVITZA. 1910. Biospeologia XVI. Enumération des grottes visitees 1908-1909 (Troisieme serie). Arch. Zool. exper. gen. (5) 5: 67-185. KOBELT, W. 1899. In: E. A. ROSSMÄSSLER, Iconographie der Land- und Süsswasser-Mollusken, Neue Folge 8: 1-112, pl. 211-240. C. W. Kreidel’s Verlag, Wiesbaden. LOCARD, A. 1894. Les Coquilles terrestres de France. Description des familles, genres et espèces. Librairie J. B. Bailliere et Fils, Paris, 370 pp. MICHAUD, A. L. G. 1831. Complément de l’Histoire naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de la France, de J. P. R. DRAPARNAUD. Lippmann, Verdun, XV + 116 pp., pl. XIV- XVI. THIELE, J. 1963. Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde (Erster Band). Neudruck der Ausgabe 1931, A. Asher & Co., Amsterdam, vi+778 pp. WOLF, B. 1934-1938. Animalium Cavernarum Catalogus. Vol. III Animalium Catalogus. Junk, ’s Gravenhage. ZILCH, A. 1958. Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Argna Cossmann (Pupillidae, Lauriinae). Arch. Molluskenk. 87 (4-6): 149-152. ZILCH, A. 1959. Gastropoda 2. Euthyneura. Jn: W. WENZ, Gastropoda, Handb. Paläozool. 6 (2,1): 1-200. Borntraeger, Berlin-Nikolassee. Fasc. 3 p. 705-728 | Geneve, septembre 1990 Revue suisse Zool. | Tome 97 a IS J Review of Eupsilobiinae (Coleoptera: Endomychidae) with Descriptions of New Genera and Species from South America J. PAKALUK * and S. A. SLIPINSKI ** With 59 figures ABSTRACT The world genera of Eupsilobiinae (Coleoptera: Endomychidae) are reviewed. Four genera are recognized: Eidoreus Sharp is known from widely scattered localities; Microxenus Wollaston, formerly placed in the endomychid subfamily Mycetaeinae, is known from South Africa and Mexico; a new genus, Chileolobius, is known from Chile and Brazil; and another new genus, /bicarella, is known from Brazil. Five new species of Chileolobius are described; C. cekalovici, C. chilensis, and C. notatus are known only from Chile, while C. sinimbu and C. convexus are known only from southeastern Brazil. Two new species of /bicarella, I. plaumanni and I. rotundata, are described; they are known only from southeastern Brazil. Keys are included for the genera of Eupsilobiinae and the species of Chileolobius and Ibicarella, and a lectotype is designated for Microxenus laticollis. Taxonomically useful structures are discussed and illustrated, and the taxonomic histories of the previously described genera are discussed. Twenty-eight characters are used for elucidating the phylogenetic relationships of the four genera. Three trees are presented and their implications for character transforma- tions are discussed. Two of these trees are isomorphic. The generic relationships that we hypothesize are (Ibicarella + (Chileolobius +(Microxenus + Eidoreus)). * Snow Entomological Museum University of Kansas Lawrence, KS 66045 USA. ** Polska Akademia Nauk Instytut Zoologii Warszawa 00-679, Polska. 706 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI INTRODUCTION The Eupsilobiinae are a poorly understood group that has recently (SEN GUPTA & CROWSON 1973 SASAJI 1986, 1987) received attention due to their inconsistent place- ment historically within the Clavicornia and their likely importance in understanding the phylogeny of the cerylonid series. This subfamily, as treated in this paper, consists of four genera: Chileolobius and Ibicarella, both endemic to South America, are new; Microxenus Wollaston, known from Mexico and South Africa, was previously placed in the endochymid subfamily Mycetaeinae; and Eidoreus Sharp, a widespread group, is the type genus. The most distinctive feature of eupsilobiines is the tentorium (Figs 10, 20, 35) with its elongate, widely divergent anterior arms meeting medially. These beetles are separated from other members of the cerylonid series (CROWSON 1955) by the following combina- tion of characters: antennal club one or two-segmented, maxilla with distinct lacinia, maxillary and labial palps not aciculate, procoxae internally closed and externally widely open, mesocoxae laterally open, hind metacoxae transverse, tarsi 4-4-4 with claws simple, abdomen with five spiracles, first ventrite with femoral lines, and last ventrite simple, not crenulate apically. The placement of Eupsilobiinae within the cerylonid series seems clear, although the precise position of this group is obscure. CROWSON (1981) suggests a close relationship with Coccinellidae, while SASAJI (1986, 1987) emphasizes the distinctive structures of Eupsilobiinae (=Eidoreinae) and places them in the Endomychidae. Immatures for the subfamily are unknown, and little information about the biology or habitats of adults has been published. Despite several published references to eupsilo- biines being collected from or in the vicinity of ant nests, Eidoreus and Microxenus are not listed as likely or potential associates of ants in three reviews of this subject (KISTNER 1982; WHEELER 1910; WILSON 1971). For example, Chileolobius convexus, described below, was taken with Pachycondyla Smith in Brazil; Eidoreus minutus Sharp was taken twice with ants in Seychelles, once in an ant nest under a stone and once in a decayed log with Pheidole punctulata Mayr (ARROW 1922); Microxenus laticollis Wollaston was taken from an ant nest in South Africa (WOLLASTON 1861). Clearly, the possible association of some eupsilobiine species with ants needs to be more fully investigated. Most other collecting records for eupsilobiines are from mixed forest litter or vegetative debris. Another interesting aspect of these beetles is the peculiar distribution of Eidoreus. Most published reports or data from specimens that we have seen are from widely scattered islands, with specimens from mainland localities rare. For example, CASEY (1895) reported Eidoreus politus (Casey) from a sandy islet near Key West, Florida, SHARP (1885) reported EZ. minutus from Hawaii, and ARROW (1922, 1927) subsequently reported this species from the Seychelles and the Samoan Islands. We have seen additional material of Eidoreus from Cuba, the Virgin Islands, Guadeloupe, the Galopagos, the Mascarene Islands, Seychelles, Sri Lanka, Fiji, French Polynesia, and the Solomon Islands. In addition, SASAJI (1986) reports Eidoreus from Japan. Conversely, SEN GUPTA and CROWSON (1973) studied specimens from Mexico and Belize. CASEY (1895) established the tribe Eupsilobiini for Eupsilobius politus Casey and placed this species in the murmidiine Cucujidae. Subsequently, SEN GUPTA and CROWSON (1973) suggested that this genus was sufficiently distinct to be made the type of a separate subfamily of Endomychidae. This suggestion was followed by STROHECKER (1986), LAWRENCE (in press), and SASAJI (1986, 1987), although Sasaji used the name Eidoreinae which is a junior synonym. REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 707 The first genus described for this subfamily was Eidoreus which was established by SHARP (1885) for a new species of Erotylidae, E. minutus, from Hawaii. KOLBE (1910) established a new genus and species, Pseudalexia sechellarum, for a sphaerosomatine Endomychidae, but this species was subsequently synonymized with Eidoreus minutus by ARROW (1922). Other workers were perplexed by this genus and were uncertain where it should be placed in Coleoptera. KUHNT (1911) placed it in dacnine Erotylidae, ARROW (1925) in euxestine Erotylidae, VAN EMDEN (1928) near primitive Coccinellidae, HETSCHKO (1930) and ARNETT (1960) in murmidiine Colydiidae, SEN GUPTA and CROWSON (1973) synonymized Eupsilobius with Eidoreus and placed it in Endomychidae, STROHECKER (1986) listed it as a eupsilobiine Endomychidae but expressed considerable reservation, SASAJI (1986) established a new subfamily of Endomychidae, the Eidoreinae, for Eidoreus unaware of Casey’s name Eupsilobiini, and this was followed in another paper (SASAJI 1987). WOLLASTON (1861) established Microxenus for a new species, M. laticollis from South Africa and placed the genus in Mvcetophagidae near Mycetaea Stephens. Subsequently, CsIkI (1905, 1910) placed Microxenus in the mycetaeine Endomychidae near Exysma Gorham. STROHECKER (1953) essentially followed this arrangement. MUSEUM ACRONYMS The following acronyms indicate depositories for specimens used in this study: AMNH American Museum of Natural History, New York ANIC Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra City BMNH British Museum (Natural History), London BPBM Bishop Museum, Honolulu CASC California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco CNCI Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa FMNH Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago JPCC J. Pakaluk Collection MAIC M. A. Ivie Collection MHNG Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve SEMC Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence USNM National Museum of Natural History, Washington ZMPA _ Instytut Zoologii, Polska Akademia Nauk, Warszawa Eupsilobiinae Casey Eupsilobiini Casey, 1895: 454. Euspilobiini, Sasaji, 1986: 229 (error). Eidoreinae Sasaji, 1986: 235 (syn. n.). This subfamily appears to be a monophyletic group, although virtually all of the characters that unite these genera, such as the recurved mesal arms of the tormae, distinctive tentorium, and well-developed internal apodemes on the ventrites, requires dissection and clearing of cuticular structures for proper examination. 708 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI KEY TO GENERA OF EUPSILOBIINAE 1. Fronto-clypeal suture absent; antennal grooves long, extending well-beyond eyes (Fig. 35); prosternal process narrow, acute or rounded, never expanded apically (Fig. 36); elytra with humeral regions concave to receive hind angles of pronotum; abdomen with five ventrites.................. Chileolobius gen. n. — Fronto-clypeal suture present; antennal grooves short, ending at about middle of eyes (Fig. 20); prosternal process wide, expanded apically (Fig. 13); elytra with humeral regions unmodified; abdomen with six ventrites........... Da 2. Body less convex (greatest depth/elytral length less than 0.50), ovate to obovate; antenna 10-segmented; metasternum with femoral lines; aedeagus withemedianslober highly colled NERE Re ER 32 — Body highly convex (greatest depth/elytral length greater than 0.60), sub- hemisphaerical; antenna 11-segmented; metasternum without femoral lines; aedeagus with median lobe curved, but not highly coiled ....... Ibicarella gen. n. 3. Pronotum smooth, without sulci; hypomeron modified to receive antenna; mesosternum modified, with anterior projection; scutellum normal, triangular, disuinctlyavisiblevat 2>>>xSmaenifiealon nr ern EN M ete eae Eidoreus Sharp — Pronotum with distinct sulci; hypomeron unmodified for receiving antenna; mesosternum without anterior projection; scutellum minute, transverse, barely MIDI AS OP masninieation. o E RE Microxenus Wollaston Chileolobius gen. n. Species in this genus are easily recognized by the lack of a fronto-clypeal suture, concave elytral humeri to receive the produced hind angles of the pronotum, five ventrites, and other characters included in the key. This genus is presently known only from a few scattered localities in northern Chile and southeastern Brazil; assiduous collecting in neighboring regions will likely produce many additional specimens and species. The Chilean species are smaller and flatter; these are superficially most similar to Eidoreus, but they are easily separated by the characters listed above. Description. Length 1.20-1.95 mm. Body (Figs 32, 34, 38) ovate to round, weakly to strongly convex, pubescence short to absent. Head transverse. Eye extremely reduced, coarsely faceted, in distinct dorsal groove (as in Displotera Reitter). Fronto-clypeal suture absent. Antenna 10- or 1l-segmented with 1- or 2-segmented club; antennal groove (Fig. 35) long, extending well beyond eye. Labrum (Fig. 42) transverse, weakly sclerotized, almost completely exposed, with anterior edge truncate to weakly emarginate medially; tormae with mesal arms recurved, directed anteriorly; labral rods absent. Mandible (Fig. 40) bifid apically, with prominent subapical tooth; mola reduced, transversely ridged; prostheca fringed. Maxilla (Fig. 41) with 4-segmented palp; galea broad, with apical setae; lacinia with apical setae. Labium with 3-segmented palp; mentum trapezoidal, widest at middle. Gular sutures indistinct. Tentorium (Fig. 35) with anterior and posterior arms fused, posterior transverse bridge straight. Pronotum (Figs 32, 34, 38) transverse, with anterior edge emarginate, posterior edge evenly rounded, usually emarginate, lateral edge margined for anterior 2/3, with hind angles produced, covering base of elytra. Prosternum (Fig. 36) prominent anteromedially, covering gular region of head; hypomeron concave; antennal groove extremely short, on anterolateral margin; intercoxal process short, rounded or acute apically, never extending beyond middle of coxa. Procoxa rounded, contiguous medially, with narrow internal extension, REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 709 Fics 1-5. Ibicarella spp. 1, 5 I. plaumanni; 2-4 I. rotundata. 1, 2 dorsal outline; 3, lateral outline; 4, antenna; 5, antennal club. its cavity internally closed, externally widely open. Mesosternum extremely prominent medially (Fig. 37), covering procoxae, subequal in width to mesocoxa, junction of meso- and metasternum straight-line type, without internal knobs. Mesocoxa round, trochantin concealed, its cavity laterally open. Metasternum 0.85 x length of first ventrite, with femoral lines, postcoxal pits absent. Metacoxa round, widely separated. Leg (Fig. 43) with trochanterofemoral attachment oblique, heteromeroid; femur swollen, excavate to receive retracted tibia; tibia without apical spurs; tarsi (Fig. 44) 4-4-4 in both sexes, segments 1 and 2 partially fused, 2 and 3 weakly lobed; claws simple, empodium absent. Scutellum minute, triangular. Elytra partially fused along suture, with humeral region partially concave to receive pronotal hind angles, punctation irregular; epipleuron incomplete. Wing absent. Abdomen (Fig. 37) with 5 ventrites; 1 subequal in length to 2-4, with broad, truncate intercoxal process, femoral lines long, incomplete; 2-4 subequal in length; 2-5 with internal, anterolateral apodemes. Aedeagus (Figs 48-54) with short, subcylin- drical tegmen, tegminal strut absent; median lobe about 0.8 x as long as abdomen, about 1.5x longer than tegmen, with T-shaped capsule. Type species. Chileolobius notatus sp. n. 710 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI Etymology. The generic name is derived from the name of the country “‘Chile’’ and the Latin lobus, meaning projection, referring to the acute prosternal process; the gender is masculine. KEY TO SPECIES OF CHILEOLOBIUS 1. Length 1.75-1.95 mm. Prosternal process wide, rounded apically. Vestiture of dorsum distinctly visible at 10x magnification, dense; known distribution [DIVA ls Retina Re ee > AA eee ie deren URGE toi CEE DA — Length 1.20-1.40 mm; prosternal process narrow, subacuminate apically; vestiture of dorsum barely visible at 10x magnification or indistinct; known GistmibutvomeG@ hile co rino See Re eee IE 2. More convex, greatest depth/elytral length about 0.50; clypeus rounded anteriorly (Fig. 30); body rounder, about 1.35 x longer than wide ......... SO BE ERE VERRETE DO BREE è convexus sp. n. — Less convex, greatest depth/elytral length about 0.37; clypeus almost truncate anteriorly (Fig. 33); body more elongate, about 1.50 longer than wide ee GIA Ae eee RS ER AR SEE CAR sinimbu sp. n. 3. Antennal club 1-segmented; body elongate, about 1.80x longer than wide; elytra about 2.90-3.00 x longer than pronotum; body reddish brown ...... ee a AR RCT ORE AR SC MO PL eR e co chilensis sp. n. — Antennal club 2-segmented; body ovate, about 1.50-1.63 x longer than wide; elytra about 3.60-3.90 x longer than pronotum; body dark brown to black. 4. 4. Elytra and venter with pale maculae (Fig. 38); aedeagus as in Figures 48 & 49 RE ei er nihil ee notatus sp. n. — Elytra and venter unicolorous; aedeagus as in Figure 47......... cekalovici sp. n. Chileolobius cekalovici sp. n. (Figs 47, 51-54) This is the smallest species of Chileolobius and is recognized by its size, unicolorous elytra, and slightly flattened body. Description. Length 1.2 mm. Body ovate, 1.70 longer than wide, moderately convex, greatest depth/elytral length 0.33, black; vestiture of extremely short hairs, barely visible at 80 x magnification; dorsum almost glabrous. Antenna as in Figure 47. Clypeus narrow, anterior edge truncate. Frons and vertex punctate, punctures separated by their diameters, cuticle between punctures smooth, shiny. Pronotum 0.34 x longer than wide; lateral margin visible from above in anterior 1/2; posterior edge widely emarginate medially; disc punctate, punctures sparser than on vertex, cuticle between punctures smooth, shiny. Elytra 1.15x longer than wide, 3.61 x longer than pronotum, widest at basal 1/5; lateral edges arcuate, convergent anteriorly, margin almost entirely visible from above; punctures on disc similar in size and density to pronotal punctures. Aedeagus as in Figures 51-54. Type. Holotype (male): CHILE. Concepcion Prov.: Hualpen, December 1971, T. Cekalovic (MHNG). Etymology. This species is named for Thomas Cekalovic who collected the only known specimen. REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 711 FIGS 6-12. Ibicarella plaumanni. 6, mandible, ventral; 7, labrum, dorsal; 8, labium, ventral; 9, left maxilla, ventral; 10, head, ventral; 11, foreleg; 12, elytron, ventral. Chileolobius chilensis sp. n. (Figs 35-37, 40-45, 50, 56) The relatively large size of this species and its unicolorous elytra separate it from other Chilean species. It is the only species with a ten-segmented antenna with a one- segmented club. Description. Length 1.4 mm. Body ovate, 1.83x longer than wide, moderately convex, greatest depth/elytral length 0.31, reddish brown to brown; vestiture variable, always sparse, short hairs always present, some hairs 0.5-0.6x length of antennal segment 2, distinct at 20x magnification; dorsum finely punctate. Antenna (Fig. 56) 10-segmented, with 1-segmented club. Clypeus with anterior edge truncate. Frons and vertex punctate, punctures separated by their diameters, cuticle between punctures smooth, shiny. Pronotum (Fig. 36) 0.42 x longer than wide; lateral margin narrow, visible from above in anterior 2/3; posterior edge almost truncate, not emarginate medially; disc punctate, punctures finer than on vertex, separated by 1.5-2.5 x their diameters, cuticle between punctures smooth, shiny. Elytra 1.15 X longer than wide, 2.94x longer than REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 47 712 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI pronotum, widest at anterior 1/3; lateral edges arcuate, convergent anteriorly, margin almost entirely visible from above; punctures on disc similar in size and density to pronotal punctures. Aedeagus as in Figure 50. Fics 13-16. Ibicarella plaumanni. 13, prothorax, ventral; 14, pterothorax (part), ventral; 15, abdomen, ventral; 16, apex of protibia and tarsus. Types. Holotype (male): CHILE. Coquimbo Prov.: 10 km W Canela Baja, 30 September 1967, under stones, L. and C. W. O’Brien (ANIC). Paratypes: CHILE. Santiago Prov.: Cerro San Cristobal, August 1946, L. Pena (ANIC); Valparaiso Prov., Valparaiso, Rivera (ANIC); Prov. unknown: El Cobre, Quebrada el Soldado, 15 July 1961, L. Smith (ZMPA). Etymology. The name chilensis is based upon the only country where this species has been collected. Chileolobius convexus sp. n. (Figs 30-32) This species is easily distinguished from most other species by its large size. It differs from C. sinimbu by the key characters and its elytral pubescence which is longer and denser on C. convexus. A specimen deposited in the Field Museum of Natural History was taken with Pachycondyla (Formicidae). REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 713 Description. Length 1.75-1.95 mm. Body (Fig. 32) ovate, almost rounded, 1.35 x longer than wide, convex (Fig. 31), greatest depth/elytral length 0.50, brown; vestiture of moderately dense, yellow hairs, subequal in length to antennal segment 2, distinct at 10 x magnification; dorsum shiny. Clypeus (Fig. 30) with anterior edge rounded. Frons and vertex punctate, setose, punctures separated by their diameters, cuticle between punctures densely reticulate, feebly shiny. Pronotum 0.32 x longer than wide; lateral margin almost invisible from above; posterior edge widely emarginate medially; disc punctate, punctures similar in size and density to those on vertex, cuticle between punctures smooth, shiny. Elytra 1.04x longer than wide, 3.50 longer than pronotum, widest at anterior 1/5; lateral edges arcuate, convergent anteriorly, margin extremely narrow, invisible from above; punctures on disc irregular, similar in size and density to pronotal punctures, cuticle between punctures smooth, shiny. Fics 17-19. 17, 18 Microxenus sp. aedeagus; 17, tegmen, ventral; 18, median lobe. 19, /bicarella plaumanni, aedeagus, dorsal. Types. Holotype (female): BRAZIL. Santa Catarina: Nova Teutonia, July 1957, forest floor litter, F. Plaumann (ANIC). Paratypes: Four with same data as holotype, except one collected 17 August 1944 with Pachycondyla and three taken from Seara in May 1958 (FMNH, JPCC). Etymology. The Latin name convexus refers to this species highly convex dorsum. 714 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI Chileolobius notatus sp. n. (Figs 38, 39, 46, 48, 49, 55) The relatively small dark brown body with numerous, tiny brown elytral maculae distinguishes this species from others in the genus. Description. Length 1.25 mm. Body (Fig. 38) ovate, 1.60 longer than wide, moderately convex (Fig. 39), greatest depth/elytral length 0.35, dark brown, except head, lateral margins of pronotum, and small, irregular spots on elytra that are brown; vestiture absent; dorsum punctate. Antenna as in Figure 55. Clypeus prominent, anterior edge truncate. Frons and vertex sparsely punctate, cuticle between punctures weakly reticulate, shiny. Pronotum 0.32 x longer than wide; lateral margin narrow, barely visible from above in anterior 1/2; posterior edge deeply, widely emarginate medially; disc punctate, their diameters 1.40x larger than punctures on frons, separated by 2.0-4.0x their diameters, cuticle between punctures almost smooth, shiny. Elytra 1.13 x longer than wide, 3.84x longer than pronotum, widest at anterior 1/4; lateral edges arcuate, convergent anteriorly (Fig. 38), margin relatively broad, basal 3/4 visible from above; punctures on disc extremely fine, sparse, cuticle between punctures shiny. Aedeagus as in Figures 48 & 49, median lobe extremely thin, long, and coiled. Type. Holotype (male): CHILE. Concepcion Prov.: 8 km S Florida, 6 September 1973, T. Cekalovic (ANIC). Etymology. The name notatus is from the Latin nota, meaning marked, referring to the spots on the dorsum. Chileolobius sinimbu sp. n. (Figs 33, 34) This species is most similar to C. convexus but is easily separated by the key characters and others discussed earlier. Description. Length 1.91 mm. Body (Fig. 34) slightly elongate, 1.50x longer than wide, moderately convex, greatest depth/elytral length 0.37, black; vestiture sparse, pale, hairs subequal in length to antennal segment 2, barely visible at 10x magnification; dorsum shiny. Antenna as in Chileolobius convexus, with large, 2-segmented club. Clypeus (Fig. 33) with anterior edge almost truncate. Frons and vertex punctate, punctures extremely fine, sparse, cuticle between punctures densely reticulate, shiny. Pronotum 0.31 x longer than wide; lateral margin narrow, visible from above in anterior 1/3; posterior edge widely emarginate medially; disc with punctures, vestiture, and surface sculpture similar to vertex. Elytra 1.10 x longer than wide, 3.85 x longer than pronotum, widest at anterior 1/3; lateral edges arcuate, convergent anteriorly, margin extremely narrow, almost entirely visible from above; punctures on disc irregular, sparse, slightly coarser than pronotal punctures. Type. Holotype (female): BRAZIL. Rio Grande do Sul: Sinimbu, 29.30’ x 52.30’, 200 m, September 1960, F. Plaumann (ANIC). Etymology. The name of the species is taken from the type locality of Sinimbu, Brazil; it is a noun in apposition. REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 715 Fics 20-27. Microxenus sp. (from Mexico). 20, head, ventral; 21, labium, ventral; 22, labrum, dorsal; 23, mandible, dorsal; 24, maxilla, ventral; 25, antenna; 26, apex of protibia and tarsus; 27, prothorax, ventral. Eidoreus Sharp Eidoreus Sharp, 1885: 146. Type species, by monotypy, E, minutus Sharp. Eupsilobius Casey, 1895: 454. Type species, by monotypy, E. politus Casey. Pseudalexia Kolbe, 1910: 34. Type species, by monotypy, P. sechellarum. Euspilobius, Sasaji, 1986: 230 (error). Within Eupsilobiinae species of Eidoreus are superficially most similar to the Chilean species of Chileolobius. Eidoreus can be separated from these other genera, however, by their distinct fronto-clypeal suture, ten-segmented antenna with a two-segmented club, lack of pronotal sulci, modified mesosternal process, and well-developed femoral lines on the metasternum and first ventrite. Outside this subfamily they resemble Coluocera Motschulsky but are easily separated by a number of characters, including a distinctly two-segmented antennal club, presence of femoral lines, and six ventrites. SASAJI (1986) presented a detailed redescription of this genus with illustrations of important structural features. 716 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI Fics 28, 29. Microxenus sp. (from Mexico). 28, abdomen, ventral; 29, pterothorax (part), ventral. 31 7 lil CAT ARR PLN PANIERS Fics 30-34. Chileolobius spp. 30-32, C. convexus, 33, 34 C. sinimbu. 30, 33 head, dorsal outline; 31, lateral outline; 32, 34 dorsal outline. REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE AG Material examined. Thirty-nine specimens from Fiji, French Polynesia (Tubuai Islands), the Solomon Islands (Guadalcanal), United States (Southern Florida), Cuba, Guadeloupe, Reunion, and Ecuador (Galopagos Islands) (BMNH, BPBM, CNCI, JPCC, MHNG, SEMC, USNM). Ibicarella gen. n. These beetles superficially resemble some Endomychidae (such as Rhymbomicrus Casey) and certain scymnine Coccinellidae. They are dark-colored with a highly convex, subhemisphaerical body. They can be separated from other genera of Eupsilobiinae by the characters used in the key. Description. Length 1.15-1.70 mm. Body (Figs 1, 2) broadly rounded, subglobose, shiny. Head (Fig. 10) transverse. Eye reduced, coarsely faceted. Fronto-clypeal suture pre- sent, arcuate. Antenna (Fig. 4) 11-segmented with loose, 2-segmented club, segment 10 weakly asymmetrical; antennal groove (Fig. 10) moderately long, apex extending to about middle of eye. Labrum (Fig. 7) transverse, sclerotized, almost completely exposed, with anterior margin broadly rounded; tormae with mesal arms recurved, directed anteriorly; labral rods narrow and divergent anteriorly. Mandible (Fig. 6) bifid apically; mola well- developed, transversely ridged; prostheca fringed. Maxilla (Fig. 9) with 4-segmented palp; galea blunt; lacinia without apical or mesal spines. Labium (Fig. 8) with 3-segmented palp; mentum trapezoidal; ligula slightly expanded apically. Gular sutures indistinct. Tentorium (Fig. 10) with anterior and posterior arms broadly fused at base to posterior transverse bridge. Pronotum (Fig. 13) transverse, with anterior edge emarginate, posterior edge evenly rounded, without medial lobe, lateral margin complete. Prosternum prominent anteromedially; hypomeron concave; antennal groove narrow, deep. Procoxa rounded, with narrow internal extension, its cavity internally closed, externally widely open. Mesosternum subequal in width to mesocoxa, junction of meso- and metasternum straight-line type, without internal knobs. Mesocoxa round, trochantin partially exposed, its cavity laterally open. Metasternum subequal in length to first ventrite, without femoral lines or postcoxal pits. Metacoxa transverse, widely separated. Leg (Fig. 11) with trochanterofemoral attachment oblique, subheteromeroid; femur swollen in middle, tibia without apical spurs; tarsi 4-4-4 in both sexes, segments 1 and 2 lobed; claws simple, empodium absent. Scutellum minute, triangular. Elytral punctation irregular; epipleuron (Fig. 12) incomplete. Wing reduced or absent, if present subcubital fleck present, undivided. Abdomen (Fig. 15) with 6 ventrites; 1 slightly longer than 2, with broad, truncate intercoxal process, femoral lines complete; 2-4 subequal in length, with internal, anterolateral apodemes; 5 without internal apodemes; 6 partially exposed, flexible. Aedeagus (Fig. 19) with short, subcylindrical tegmen, tegminal strut absent; median lobe about 0.8 x as long as abdomen, about 1.5 x longer than tegmen, with T-shaped capsule. Type species. /bicarella plaumanni sp. n. Etymology. The generic name is derived from the type locality for one of its species; the gender is feminine. KEY TO SPECIES OF /BICARELLA 1. Length 1.70 mm. Elytral margins visible from above for basal 1/2 (Fig. 1). Anterior edge of pronotum distinctly margined its entire width ............ IENA AO NH Be a EEE ToC Re TI rotundata sp. n. — Length 1.15 mm. Elytral margins visible from above for basal 2/3 (Fig. 2). Anterior edge of pronotum distinctly margined medially, lines effaced laterally SICA RICE ee ee TAI ah NOI RR ON plaumanni sp. n. 718 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI Ibicarella plaumanni sp. n. (Figs 1, 5, 6-12, 13-16, 19) This is one of the smallest species of Eupsilobiinae. Its size, slightly less convex body, and other characters listed in the key separate it from J. rotundata. Description. Length 1.15 mm. Body (Fig. 1) 1.23 x longer than wide, highly convex, greatest depth/elytral length 0.61, dark brown to almost black; vestiture of extremely fine, appressed dark hairs, barely visible at 80x magnification, sometimes hairs virtually absent; dorsum shiny. Antenna as in Figure 5. Eye lightly pigmented, with about 30 facets. Supraocular carina weak, not well-developed. Frons and vertex finely punctate. Pronotum 0.43 x longer than wide, widest at hind angles; anterior edge distinctly margined laterally, effaced medially; posterior edge unmargined; disc extremely convex, punctation irregular, punctures finer than on vertex, cuticle between punctures smooth, shiny. Elytra 2.75 x longer than pronotum; margins broader than pronotal margins, visible from above for at least basal 2/3, sometimes for its entire length, disc weakly punctate, almost smooth. Aedeagus as in Figure 19. Types. Holotype (male): BRAZIL. Santa Catarina: Nova Teutonia, 300-500 m, 27.11’ x 52.28’, July 1977, F. Plaumann (MHNG). Paratypes: Six with same locality and collector, but July 1969, October 1972, and December 1972 (AMNH, JPCC, MHNG, ZMPA). Etymology. This species is named for Fritz Plaumann who collected all known specimens. FIGs 35-37. Chileolobius chilensis. 35, head, ventral; 36, prothorax, ventral; 37, pterothorax and abdomen, ventral. REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 719 Ibicarella rotundata sp. n. (Figs 2-4) This is the most convex and one of the largest species of Eupsilobiinae. The characters discussed under /. plaumanni separate the two species of this genus. Description. Length 1.70 mm. Body (Fig. 2) 1.36 longer than wide, extremely convex, greatest depth/elytral length 0.73, black; vestiture of extremely short, appressed dark hairs, barely visible at 60 x magnification, sometimes hairs virtually absent; dorsum shiny. Antenna as in Figure 4. Eye lightly pigmented, with about 25-30 facets. Supraocular carina distinct. Frons and vertex finely punctate. Pronotum 0.50 longer than wide, widest at hind angles; anterior edge distinctly margined for its entire width; posterior edge finely margined medially; disc convex (Fig. 3), punctation dense, punctures coarser, denser than on vertex. Elytra 2.30 x longer than pronotum; margins slightly broader than pronotal margins, visible from above for basal 1/2; punctate, punctures finer than on pronotum. Types. Holotype (female): BRAzIL. Santa Catarina: Ibicare, 600 m, 27.09’ x 51.18’, September 1960, F. Plaumann (ANIC). Paratypes: Two with same data as holotype (ANIC, ZMPA). Etymology. The name rotundata is from the Latin rotundus, meaning round, referring to the dorsal outline in lateral view. FIGS 38-47. Chileolobius spp. 38, 39, 46, C. notatus, 40-45, C. chilensis, 47, C. cekalovici. 38, dorsal outline; 39, lateral outline; 40, mandible, dorsal; 41, maxilla, ventral; 42, labrum, dorsal; 43, foreleg; 44, protarsus; 45, 46, mesosternal process; 47, antenna. 720 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI Microxenus Wollaston (Figs 17, 18, 20-29) Microxenus Wollaston, 1861: 139. Type species, by monotypy, M. laticollis Wollaston. This genus appears to be the sister-group to Eidoreus. It is unique among Eupsilobiinae for its pronotal sulci, although these can be reduced and difficult to see in some specimens. The characters in the key and the distinctive V-shaped femoral lines on the first ventrite separates this genus from all others. Description. Length 1.25-1.40 mm. Body elongate-oval, moderately convex, vestiture of very fine, appressed hairs. Head (Fig. 20) transverse. Eye moderately large, coarsely faceted. Fronto-clypeal suture present, weakly arcuate. Antenna (Fig. 25) 10-segmented with 2-segmented club; antennal groove (Fig. 20) short, weakly impressed, apex extending to about posterior edge of eye. Labrum (Fig. 22) transverse, sclerotized, completely exposed, with anterior margin broadly rounded; tormae with mesal arms recurved, directed anteriorly; labral rods short, subparallel. Mandible (Fig. 23) bifid apically; mola well-developed, transversely ridged; prostheca fringed. Maxilla (Fig. 24) with 4-segmented palp; galea blunt; lacinia without apical or mesal spines. Labium (Fig. 21) with 49 50, 48 Fics 48-56. Chileolobius spp. 48, 49, 55, C. notatus, 50, 56, C. chilensis, 51-54, C. cekalovici. 48, 50, tegmen, ventral; 49, 52, apex of tegminal strut; 53, median lobe, ventral; 54, basal piece of median lobe; 55, 56, antenna. REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE PA 3-segmented palp; mentum trapezoidal, with distinctly raised triangular area medially; ligula slightly expanded apically. Gular sutures indistinct. Tentorium (Fig. 20) with anterior arms fused, with lyriform posterior transverse bridge. Pronotum (Fig. 27) transverse, with anterior edge entire, posterior edge with medial lobe, lateral margin com- plete, basal transverse impression and short, lateral sulci distinct to barely visible, without foveae. Prosternum with intercoxal process about 0.4 diameter of procoxa, weakly carinate and extremely weakly divergent apically, with apex evenly rounded; hypomeron concave, without antennal grooves. Procoxa rounded, with long, narrow internal exten- sion, its cavity internally closed, externally widely open. Mesosternum subequal in width to mesocoxa, junction of meso- and metasternum straight-line type, without internal knobs. Mesocoxa round, trochantin exposed, its cavity laterally open. Metasternum about 1.4x longer than first ventrite, femoral lines complete, postcoxal pits absent. Metacoxa transverse, widely separated. Leg with trochanterofemoral attachment oblique (Fig. 29), subheteromeroid, trochanter long; femur swollen; tibia without apical spurs; tarsi (Fig. 26) 4-4-4 in both sexes, segments 1 and 2 partially fused, 2 and 3 slightly lobed; claws simple, empodium absent. Scutellum minute, transverse. Elytral punctation irregular; epipleuron incomplete. Wing with single, reduced anal vein, subcubital fleck present, undivided. Abdomen (Fig. 28) with 6 ventrites; 1 much longer than 2, with broad inter- coxal process, femoral lines incomplete; 2-5 subequal in length, with internal, anterolateral apodemes; 6 partially exposed, flexible. Aedeagus (Figs 17, 18, 28) with short, cylindrical tegmen, tegminal strut long, articulated, with parameres reduced; median lobe extremely long with T-shaped capsule. Types. Lectotype (here designated) of Microxenus laticollis: SOUTH AFRICA. Cape Prov.: Cape Town, Mr. Bewicke (BMNH). Paralectotypes not examined. Other material. Twenty-nine specimens from Mexico and South Africa (BMNH, CASC, JPCC, MAIC, ZMPA). PHYLOGENY The precise position of Eupsilobiinae within the cerylonid series of Clavicornia is presently unknown. Based upon preliminary data and analyses, the eupsilobiines appear to belong to a monophyletic subgroup characterized by five abdominal spiracles in adults. Other cerylonid series taxa with this apomorphy are murmidiine, ostomopsine, and cerylonine Cerylonidae, Discolomidae, Coccinellidae, and other Endomychidae. Further resolution of the relationships among these taxa will ultimately depend upon understan- ding the ground plans for these suprageneric taxa, as many of these groups have both states of important characters present or the polarity of a character is uncertain. For the phylogenies presented below (Figs 57-59), the numbers on the trees, and in the discussions of these trees, refer to the following characters, with the apomorphic con- dition listed first and the plesiomorphic condition following in brackets. Characters were polarized using outgroup comparisons of groups presumed to be closely related to Eup- silobiinae, such as some Cerylonidae and primitive Endomychidae. Often, however, both states of a character occur in the outgroup, so the polarity is determined by comparing the distribution of these characters among other primitive members of the cerylonid series. Additional hypotheses of relationships (Figs 58 & 59) are presented using the Byturidae- Biphyllidae lineage as the outgroup. These analyses, and their implications, will be discussed later. 122 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI Ibicarella Chileolobius Microxenus Eidoreus 10,[19] 1,2,4,5,[11] [15],17,18 [19],20,22,27 - [11],14 [15].[25] 8,12,[19] 24,[25],28 3,9,26 57 6,7,21,23 Fic. 57. Proposed phylogeny of eupsilobiine genera. Numbers refer to characters listed in text, and apparent homoplasies are in brackets. (1) Frontal-clypeal suture: absent [present]. Although the suture is absent in the Biphyllidae and Byturidae, we prefer to interpret the absence of the suture here as derived. Within the cerylonid series the suture is present in all other groups except highly derived forms, such as Coccinellidae, Corylophidae, and cerylonine Cerylonidae. (2) Antennal groove: long [short]. The presence of distinct, subocular antennal grooves is common throughout the Clavicornia. Short grooves extend to about the middle of the eye, whereas long grooves extend beyond the posterior edge of the eye. Short grooves occur in Byphyllidae and a variety of groups within the cerylonid series. It appears that the absence of grooves (or reduced to a trace) and long grooves are both derived con- ditions, and these have arisen repeatedly. (3) Antenna: 10-segmented [ll-segmented]. Eleven-segmented antennae are plesiomorphic for Coleoptera, occur in the Biphyllidae and Byturidae, and represent the ground plan for all families of the cerylonid series except Discolomidae and Sphaerosomatidae. Ten-segmented antennae have also evolved within Chileolobius (C. chilensis). (4) Labrum with apical edge: truncate [rounded]. Both states occur within the cerylonid series; the polarity of this character is uncertain. (5) Labral rods: absent [slender]. Both of these states occur throughout the cerylonid series, in addition to broad, club-like labral rods. We suggest that the slender condition is plesiomorphic and labral rods have repeatedly been lost or enlarged. The polarity of this character is uncertain. (6) Tormae with mesal arms: recurved, pointing anteriorly [perpendicular or con- vergent, pointing posteriorly]. Recurved mesal arms of the tormae are only known in Eupsilobiinae and some cerylonine Cerylonidae with highly developed piercing mouthparts. (7) Tentorium with anterior arms: meeting [separate]. The anterior arms are separate in Biphyllidae, Byturidae, and all groups in the cerylonid series except ostomopsine REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 723 Cerylonidae, Corylophidae, and most Endomychidae. The apomorphic condition has almost certainly evolved more than once in the cerylonid series. (8) Tentorium with posterior arms: fused with posterior bridge [separate from posterior bridge]. This appears to be unique to /bicarella, although a similar condition occurs in some bothriderine Bothrideridae. (9) Tentorium with posterior bridge: lyriform [straight or weakly curved]. The distribution of a lyriform posterior bridge in the cerylonid series is uncertain. We have not, however, recorded it from any other members of the cerylonid series; it appears to be unique to Microxenus and Eidoreus. Chileolobius Ibicarella Microxenus Eidoreus 10,[19] [11] 14,15] 8,12 [19],24,28 2,[11] (13],[15],17 3,9,[13],26 18,[19],27 13] 58 Ibicarella Chileolobius Microxenus Eidoreus 10,[19] 2,[11],[15] 17,18,[19] 14,[15] 22,27 [1],8,12 [19],[20] 24,28 [1],3,9 [20],26 59 Fics 58, 59. Alternative phylogenies of eupsilobiine genera. Numbers refer to characters listed in text, and apparent homoplasies are in brackets. 724 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI (10) Pronotum with sulci: present [absent]. Many groups in the cerylonid series and the Biphyllidae have paired pits or submarginal carinae on the pronotum. Otherwise, well- developed sulci are restricted to Endomychidae and a single species of Cerylonidae. Within Endomychidae this character varies greatly in the Mycetaeinae and Mychotheninae, while virtually all of the ‘“‘higher’’ endomychids have these sulci present. A notable exception is the Indo-Pacific genus Cyclotoma Mulsant. (11) Hypomeron: modified to receive antenna [unmodified]. The hypomeron is unmodified in Biphyllidae, Byturidae, and virtually all members of the cerylonid series. Distinct antennal cavities are present in murmidiine and some cerylonine Cerylonidae. (12) Prosternum with elongate, narrow, subparallel antennal grooves: present [absent]. This appears in /bicarella. Such grooves are not present in primitive members of the cerylonid series that we examined. (13) Prosternum with anterior edge: rounded [straight]. Most of the primitive groups in the cerylonid series, in addition to Byturidae and Biphyllidae, have the plesiomorphic condition. Such diverse endomychids as Austroclemmus Strohecker, Catapotia Thomson, Endocoelus Gorham, and Periptycus Blackburn have the anterior edge of the pronotum either rounded or slightly projecting medially; all of these genera, however, have the medial portion of the prosternum distinctly raised from the lateral portions of the prosternum. Other members of the cerylonid series, such as the cerylonids Angolon Dajoz, Axiocerylon Grouvelle, Lapethus Casey, Murmidius Leach, and Thyroderus Sharp, have the anterior portion of the prosternum raised as a distinct plate that protects the head when retracted. (14) Prosternum with anterior edge: emarginate medially [entire]. The polarity of this character was determined by functional outgroup comparison using Chileolobius as the outgroup. (15) Mesosternal anterior projection: present [absent]. The projection occurs in Eidoreus and Chileolobius. (16) Metasternum with femoral lines: present [absent]. The distribution of femoral lines in the Clavicornia is enigmatic. The polarity of this character is uncertain. (17) Elytra along suture: partially fused [unfused]. Fused elytra are almost always associated with loss of wings, xeric conditions, or both. In addition to Chileolobius, Ibicarella also has wings that are vestigial or absent but without partially fused elytra. This character can be polarized by functional outgroup comparison with the preferred phylogeny (Fig. 57) and one of the alternative phylogenies (Fig. 59). (18) Elytra with humeri: concave to receive posterior angles of prothorax [convex or flat]. Within Eupsilobiinae this is unique to Chileolobius and can be polarized as character 17. A notable similarity is in an undescribed cerylonine from South America and the euxestine Bradycycloxenus Arrow. (19) Tibial spur formula: 0-0-0 [2-2-2]. A formula of 2-2-2 is plesiomorphic for Coleoptera. Many different combinations appear within the cerylonid series, the Byturidae are 2-2-2, and the Biphyllidae are primitively 2-2-2. (20) Trochanterofemoral attachment: heteromeroid [normal]. As the name implies, heteromeroid trochanters are widespread in the Heteromera. The attachment is weakly heteromeroid in /bicarella, Eidoreus, and Microxenus. Weakly heteromeroid trochanters are also present in euxestine and some cerylonine Cerylonidae and most Corylophidae. Chileolobius has strongly heteromeroid trochanters. Byturidae, Biphyllidae, and Bothrideridae have strongly heteromeroid trochanters, while all other members of the cerylonid series have the trochanterofemoral attachment weakly heteromeroid or oblique. The polarity of this character is uncertain and depends upon the outgroup selected. We REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 125 do not believe that Eupsilobiinae is closely related to Bothrideridae, so we have chosen to interpret the strongly heteromeroid trochanters as derived within the subfamily. (21) First ventrite with femoral lines: present [absent]. Femoral lines are present in Biphyllidae, Coccinellidae, corylophodine and primitive Corylophidae (see Pakaluk and Lawrence, 1986), some Bothrideridae, many Cerylonidae, and a few Endomychidae, e.g., Austroclemmus, Displotera, and an undescribed neotropical genus of Mychotheninae. The presence of femoral lines may not be the ground plan for Eupsilobiinae. Rather, it may unite eupsilobiines with its sister group. As the above discussion suggests, the polarity of this character is uncertain. (22) Number of ventrites present: five [six]. Five ventrites are present in Byturidae and Biphyllidae, while both states are present in many of the families of the cerylonid series. When both states are present, it appears that six ventrites are present in the primitive members of these families, as illustrated by sticholotidine Coccinellidae. Conversely, all Corylophidae have six ventrites, except for an undescribed genus from Tasmania that has five ventrites; this genus appears to represent one of the most basal lineages within the family (J. Pakaluk, unpublished data). From these data, the direction of the transformation within the cerylonid series, as well as the number of times it has evolved, is uncertain. If the phylogenies depicted in figures 57 or 59 are used, this character can be polarized by functional outgroup comparison. (23) Ventrites with internal apodemes: present [absent]. Internal apodemes are absent in Byturidae and Biphyllidae. Within the cerylonid series they are present in all Bothrideridae, Cerylonidae, Discolomidae, Sphaerosomatidae, as well as eupsilobiine, mychothenine, holoparamecine, and merophysiine Endomychidae. For the remaining families, Corylophidae, Lathridiidae, Coccinellidae, and other Endomychidae, these apodemes are occasionally present, but the vast majority of genera lack these structures. As with character 21, this feature may not be ancestral for Eupsilobiinae but unite it with other groups. It is not clear if this character has evolved repeatedly or if it is plesiomorphic for the cerylonid series and has been lost many times. (24) Ventrites with internal apodemes on segments: 2-4 [2-5]. Based upon examina- tion of other taxa in the cerylonid series, the reduction is presumed to be apomorphic. If one alternative phylogeny is accepted (Fig. 58), this character can be polarized by functional outgroup comparison. (25) Aedeagus with parameres: absent [present]. Reduction or loss of parameres has occurred many times. Parameres are absent in some Biphyllidae, many Cerylonidae, many Endomychidae, Corylophidae, and Lathridiidae. (26) Aedeagus with median lobe: coiled [curved]. A highly coiled median lobe is rare within the cerylonid series, although a comparable type occurs in the endomychid Afralexia Strohecker and a few Cerylonidae. This character can be polarized by functional outgroup comparison with all of the trees presented. (27) Aedeagus with tegminal strut: fixed [articulated]. This character can be polarized, for two phylogenies (Figs 57 & 59), by functional outgroup comparison. The strut is articulated in most Bothrideridae, Biphyllidae, Byturidae, and ostomopsine Cerylonidae. (28) Aedeagus with tegminal strut: absent [present]. A tegminal strut is present in Byturidae, Biphyllidae, Lathridiidae, Coccinellidae, Bothrideridae, and some Cerylo- nidae. The strut has probably been lost several times in the cerylonid series. In the following discussion of the preferred (Fig. 57) and alternative phylogenies (Figs 58 & 59), numbers refer to the apomorphic states of the characters listed above. The 726 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI exceptions are characters 1 and 20 (for Figs 58 & 59) and character 22 (for Fig. 58). In the subsequent discussion of these characters the polarities are reversed, so that the apomorphic states are in brackets. For the alternative phylogenies (Figs 58 & 59), some characters are deleted due to uncertain polarities. In these instances, the numbers that refer to particular conditions have not been changed to make comparisons between trees easier. Thus, figures 58 and 59 have a character 26, for example, on the internode supporting the Microxenus-Eidoreus clade, although there are only 22 characters in these analyses. The preferred phylogeny (Fig. 57) has 28 characters, as listed above, with a length of 33 steps and a Consistency Index of 0.85. Homoplasious characters are 11, 15, 19, and 25. Characters 11, 15, and 19 are convergent on all three phylogenies, with a Consistency Index of 0.50 (11, 15) and 0.33 (19). An alternative phylogeny (Fig. 58) relies upon a strict application of the outgroup method for polarizing characters. Thus, characters 4, 5, 16, 21, 23, and 25 are deleted since both states occur in the outgroup (here selected as the Byturidae-Biphyllidae lineage), and the polarities of characters 1, 20, and 22 are reversed. This analysis has 22 characters, with a length of 27 steps (this translates to 26 steps on the preferred phylogeny (Fig. 57) if the same characters are deleted, since all of them exept character 25 are completely con- sistent) and a Consistency Index of 0.81. As with the preferred phylogeny (Fig. 57), characters 11, 15, and 19 are homoplasious (still with seven steps for these three characters) and character 25 was deleted. An additional homoplasy is character 13 with a consistency of 0.50. Yet another alternative phylogeny (Fig. 59) is one step longer than figure 58 if character 22, number of ventrites, is restored to the polarity used for the preferred phylogeny (Fig. 57). This seems reasonable since this reduction in number of ventrites, which is similar to the reduction in number of antennal segments, has occurred repeatedly in Coleoptera. Here the number of characters is still 22, with a length of 28 steps, and Consistency Index of 0.79. Character 13, however, is restored to be completely consistent, while the new homoplasies are characters 1 and 20, each with a consistency of 0.50. Regardless of the hypothesis of relationships that is accepted, Microxenus and Eidoreus consistently are supported as sister groups. We prefer the phylogeny presented in figure 57 for several reasons, including: the general discussion of character evolution in the cerylonid series presented under the section describing characters; it is the shortest (most parsimonious) tree; of the homoplasies not shared by all three trees, it seems most reasonable to us that the loss of parameres could have evolved twice within the Eupsilobiinae, rather than the multiple evolution of character 13 or characters 1 and 20, suggested by the alternative phylogenies (Figs 58 & 59). It is clear from this analysis that our understanding of the evolution of the cerylonid series of Clavicornia is poor and that this group needs considerably more study before its members may be grouped into a natural classification, recognizing monophyletic groups only. We hope that this preliminary outline of some useful characters in the cerylonid series, here applied to the Eupsilobiinae, is an initial step toward a comprehensive understanding of this enigmatic group of beetles. These conclusions are necessarily tentative, until a more intimate and detailed knowledge of the clavicorns is available. As work in progress by us and others reaches fruition, we hope that it will not only allow us to test the hypotheses proposed here, but to clarify the relationships of the Clavicornia in general. REVIEW OF EUPSILOBIINAE 1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This study would not have been possible without the generous help of these individuals and their respective institutions: R. J. W. Aldridge and L. Jessop, British Museum (Natural History), London, England; L. H. Herman, American Museum of Natural History, New York, USA; M. A. Ivie, Montana State University, Bozeman, USA; D. H. Kavanaugh, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, USA; J. M. Kingsolver, National Museum of Natural History, Washington, USA; J. F. Lawrence, Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra City, Australia; I. Lobl, Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Genéve, Switzerland; A. F. Newton, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, USA; S. B. Peck, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada; and G. A. Samuelson, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, USA. We are grateful to John F. Lawrence for reviewing parts of this paper. Preliminary phylogenetic analyses and subsequent tracing of character transformations were performed using HENNIG86 (version 1.5) and MacClade (version 2.1) respectively; we thank James S. Farris and David and Wayne Maddison for providing these programs. Examination of types and other material of related groups by one of us (JP) was possible through a Smithsonian Institu- tion Short Term Visitor’s Appointment at the National Museum of Natural History, Washington. LITERATURE ARNETT, R. H. 1960. The Beetles of the United States. Catholic University of America Press, Washington. 1112 pp. Arrow, G. J. 1922. Coleoptera, Erotylidae and Endomychidae, from the Seychelles, Chagos, and Amirantes Islands. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9)10: 73-83. — 1925. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Coleoptera. Clavicornia. Erotylidae, Languriidae, and Endomychidae. Taylor and Francis, London. 416 pp. — 1927. Insects of Samoa. British Museum (Natural History), London. 66 pp. CASEY, T. L. 1895. Coleopterological notices VI. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 8: 435-846. Crowson, R. A. 1955. The Natural Classification of the Families of Coleoptera. Lloyd, London. 187 pp. — 1981. The Biology of the Coleoptera. Academic Press, London. 802 pp. Csıkı, E. 1905. Conspectus generum Mycetaeinarum, Endomychidarum subfamiliae. Annal. Mus. Nat. Hung. 3: 573-574. — 1910. Pars 12. Endomychidae, pp. 1-68. Jn W. JUNK & S. SCHENKLING (eds.), Coleopterorum Catalogus, vol. 16. W. Junk, Berlin. EMDEN, F., I. VAN. 1928. Die verwandtschaftliche Stellung von Euxestus nebst Beschreibung neuer Arten der Gattung. Tijdschr. Ent. 71: 84-110. HETSCHKO, A. 1930. Pars 107. Colydiidae, 124 pp. In W. JUNK sand S. SCHENLING (eds.), Coleopterorum Catalogus, vol. 15. W. Junk, Berlin. KISTNER, D. H. 1982. The social insects’ bestiary, pp. 1-244. In H. R. HERMANN (ed.), Social Insects, vol. III. Academic Press, New York. KOLBE, H. J. 1910. Die Coleopterenfauna der Seychellen. Mitt. zool. Mus. 5: 1-49. KUHNT, P. 1911. Pars 34. Erotylidae, 103 pp. In W. JUNK and S. SCHENKLING (eds.), Coleopterorum Catalogus, vol. 15. W. Junk, Berlin. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 48 728 J. PAKALUK AND S. A. SLIPINSKI LAWRENCE, J. F. In Press. Coleoptera. Family Endomychidae (Cucujoidea). /n F. W. STEHR (ed.), Immature Insects, vol. 2. Kendell Hunt, Dubuque. PAKALUK, J. & J. F. LAWRENCE. 1986. Priamima, a new genus of Corylophidae (Coleoptera) from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 25: 81-84. SASAJI, H. 1986. Systematic position of the genus Eidoreus Sharp (Coleoptera: Clavicornia), pp. 229-235. Jn Papers on Entomology Presented to Prof. T. Nakane in Com- memoration of his Retirement. — 1987. On the higher classification of the Endomychidae and their relative families (Coleoptera). Entomol. Jour. Fukui 1: 44-51. [in Japanese] SEN GUPTA, T. & R. A. Crowson. 1973. A review of the classification of Cerylonidae (Coleoptera, Clavicornia). Trans. R. ent. Soc. London 124(4): 365-446. SHARP, D. 1885. On some new species and genera of Coleoptera. Trans. R. Soc. Dublin 3: 146. STROHECKER, H. F. 1953. Genera Insectorum (Endomychidae). Fasc. 210. Desmet-Vertenuil, Bruxelles. 140 pp. — 1986. Family: Endomychidae. A Catalog of the Coleoptera of America North of Mexico. United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Handbook Number 529-98. United States Government Printing Office, Washington. 19 pp. WHEELER, W. M. 1910. Ants: Their Structure, Development and Behavior. Columbia University Press, New York. 663 pp. WILSON, E. O. 1971. The Insect Societies. Belknap Press, Cambridge. 548 pp. WOLLASTON, T. V. 1861. On certain coleopterous Insects from the Cape of Good Hope. Jour. Entom. 1: 133-146. p. 729-766 Geneve, septembre 1990 Tome 97 | Fasc. 3 | | Revue suisse Zool. | L Review of the genus Hypostomus Lacépède, 1803 from Southern Brazil, with descriptions of three new species (Pisces, Siluriformes, Loricariidae) Roberto E. REIS*, Claude WEBER** & Luiz R. MALABARBA* With 31 figures ABSTRACT The South Brazilian species of the loricariid catfish genus Hypostomus Lacepede, 1803 are reviewed. Eight species were found in the area: H. aspilogaster (Cope, 1894), H. commersonii Valenciennes, 1840, A. luteus (Godoy, 1980), H. regani (Ihering, 1905), H. cf. ternetzi (Boulenger, 1895), A. isbrueckeri sp. n., H. roseopunctatus sp. n., and H. uruguayensis sp. n. Hypostomus luteomaculatus (Devincenzi & Teague, 1942) is synonymized with H. regani. Lectotypes are designated for A. aspilogaster, H. limosus (Eigenmann & Eigenmann, 1888), and H. regani. A key, descriptions and illustrations are provided for all species included. RESUMO E feita uma revisäo das espécies do género Hypostomus Lacépède, 1803 (Loricariidae) do sul do Brasil. Oito espécies foram encontradas na area: H. aspilogaster (Cope, 1894), H. commersonii Valenciennes, 1840, A. luteus (Godoy, 1980), A. regani (Ihering, 1905), H. ternetzi (Boulenger, 1895), A. isbrueckeri sp. n., H. roseopunc- tatus sp. n., € H. uruguayensis sp. n. Hypostomus luteomaculatus (Devincenzi & Teague, 1942) é considerada sinönimo de FH. regani. Lectôtipos sao designados para * Museu de Ciéncias, Pontificia Universidade Catölica do Rio Grande do Sul, Caixa Postal 1429, 90620 Porto Alegre, Brazil. ** Departement d’herpétologie et d’ichtyologie, Museum d’Histoire naturelle, case postale 434, CH-1211 Geneve 6, Suisse. 730 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA H. aspilogaster, H. limosus (Eigenmann & Eigenmann, 1888) e H. regani. Sao apresen- tadas uma chave, descricöes e ilustracöes de todas as espécies. INTRODUCTION The genus Hypostomus Lacépède, 1803 is one of the most diverse and complex groups of South American freshwater catfishes. Like most other Neotropical groups studied in the past two centuries, the species of Hypostomus have been only briefly and incompletely described, and the available descriptions are often useless for species iden- tification. This, allied to a very limited knowledge of general distribution patterns in South Fic. 1. Localities of specimens examined: black circle: H. commersonii; circled star: A. isbrueckeri sp. n.; asterisk: H. ternetzi; star: A. uruguayensis sp. n. Some symbols represent more than one lot or locality. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 731 American rivers, has resulted in a proliferation of misidentifications in the literature. This can be exemplified in the laguna dos Patos system in Rio Grande do Sul, as will be discussed below. In this work we present a taxonomic review of the species of the genus Hypostomus from Southern Brazil, chiefly the Rio Grande do Sul State. This geopolitical area com- prises mainly two hydrographic systems (Figs 1, 2), viz. most of the laguna dos Patos system, with the Jacui river as its main tributary, and the upper and middle parts of the rio Uruguay basin. We believe that regional revisions of diverse and complex groups of freshwater fishes such as Hypostomus are an efficient way, and often the only practicable one, to solve problems at the specific level, as was successfully done by BOESEMAN (1968) with Hypostomus from Surinam, WEBER (1985, 1986 and 1987) with Hypostomus from Paraguay, NIJSSEN & ISBRUCKER (1983) with Corydoras from Colombia, NIJSSEN & ISBRUCKER (1986) with Corydoras from Peru and Ecuador, among others. = k VU — Gli Locality of specimens examined: black circle: H. regani; circled star: H. aspilogaster; asterisk: H. luteus; star: H. roseopunctatus sp. n. Some symbols represent more than one lot or locality. Li; } I ( FIG. 2. 732 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA METHODS Specimens examined in this study belong to the fish collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia (ANSP); British Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH); Faculdad de Humanidades y Ciencias, Montevideo (FHCM); Museu de Ciéncias da Pontificia Universidade Catölica do Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre (MCP); Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge (MCZ); Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Geneve, Geneve (MHNG); Museo de Historia Natural de Montevideo, Montevideo (MHNM); Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNHN); Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Säo Paulo, Sao Paulo (MZUSP); National Museum of Natural History, Washington (USNM); and Zoologisches Museum Berlin, Berlin (ZMB). Other abbreviations are: L1 and L2, lower and upper confidence limits; SD, standard deviation; and SL, standard length. The measurements and terminology in tables 1 to 8 follow BOESEMAN (1968) and WEBER (1985). Pore-opercle distance refers to the distance between the last pore of the preopercle-mandibular sensory canal and the posterior margin of opercle. All mor- phometric and meristic data were treated by routine statistical methods and processed with the microcomputer program DATAX, available from MCP Fish Section. KEY TO SPECIES OF HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 1 — Dorsum of body homogeneously dark, without conspicuous dots; cleithral width) 28-29 ines lower caudal-fn ray: 158-2.0 10 Silo. eee see eee SA FERRARI IE, POR te as E SR ee ES MB Mo H. ternetzi (rio Uruguay and rio Paraguay systems) 1’ — Dorsum of body with conspicuous roundish marks; cleithral width 3.0-4.1 in Se-slowerzcaudalray22224:0nU STE RE: 2 27 Bisht roundishydots onFardarkerisround et O en RER 3 2% Darkeronndish dotsson avlighter, etound LEE E 5) 3 — Less than 17 teeth in each premaxillary or dentary; caudal peduncle 7.8-9.0 in SL SRE RP A Par os ATA CE Re ee H. roseopunctatus Sp. n. (rio Uruguay system) 3” — More than 21 teeth in each premaxillary or dentary; caudal peduncle 9.0-10.9 ISTE re TT o LETTE 4 4 — Teeth in each premaxillary or dentary 57-111; interorbital width 2.3-2.7 in HL; finsswithrthe same dark groundXcolour’of body Cee H. regani (rio Uruguay and upper rio Paranä system) 4’ — Teeth in each premaxillary or dentary 22-40; interorbital width 2.9-3.6 in HL; entireibody or at leastifins yellows RE Seo RS RESSE H. luteus (rio Uruguay system) Se aleateralyscutes! 28-31 ..2 <2. 5 od ead ws LE EE 6 Dye elsateraliseutes: 29-27... ill LL RETTE 7 6 — Lateral keels very weak, sometimes hardly discernible; lower caudal ray 3.0-3.5 in SL; 3-5 scutes bordering the posterior margin of the supraoccipital DORMER pacts RR a A no on do 5 0 à H. aspilogaster (rio Uruguay and rio Jacui systems) 6° — Lateral keels strong, sometimes very rough; lower caudal ray 2.5-2.9 in SL; 1-2 scutes bordering the posterior margin of the supraoccipital bone ...... HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 733 SE I I LA E RON, IRA Le Ae TAR H. commersonii (rio Uruguay and rio Jacui systems) 7 — Upper caudal ray equal or longer than head length, 2.2-3.0 in SL; margin of caudal fin strongly concave, with big conspicuous darker dots and never with anßyellowäband te un ee H. uruguayensis sp. n. (rio Uruguay system) 7’ — Upper caudal ray shorter than head length, 3.4-4.1 in SL; margin of caudal fin truncated to slightly concave, homogeneously dark, often with an yellow (whitish in alcohol preserved specimens) distal band on mature males ..... Rt LO ER RT RER Tg TEE RR a H. isbrueckeri sp. n. (rio Uruguay system) Hypostomus aspilogaster (Cope) (fig. 2, 3-5; tab. 1) Plecostomus aspilogaster Cope, 1894: 100-101 (type-locality: rio Jacui, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil). Specimens examined: Type-specimens: Lectotype (by present designation) ANSP 21781 (203.7 mm SL); Paralectotypes ANSP 21782 (120.9, 187.3 and 148.7 mm SL), rio Jacui, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, H. H. Smith. Other specimens: Laguna dos Patos system, Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 12321 (1), MCP 12141 (7) and MZUSP 37858 (13), mouth of rio Telho into the rio Jaguaräo, Jaguaräo, 7-8 Jan 1987, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo & I. A. Costa. MCP 10886 (1), rio Guaiba at Ponta Grossa, Porto Alegre, 14 May 1986, E. P. Lerner & P. V. Azevedo. MCP 09696 (9), rio Guaiba at Ponta Grossa, Porto Alegre, 1 Dec 1983, Z. M. S. Lucena, L. R. Malabarba & I. A. Costa. MCP 10884 (1), rio Guaiba, between ilha do Junco and ilha das Pombas, Porto Alegre, 19 Feb 1986, E. P. Lerner & P. V. Azevedo. MCP 11258 (2), rio Jaguaräo at ‘‘Prainha’’, near the mouth of rio Telho, Jaguaräo, 7 Jan 1987, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo & I. A. Costa. MCP 08995 (2), rio Camaquä at Passo da Guarda, Alto Alegre, Cangucu, 13-14 May 1982, U. Kehl. MCP 08950 (1), rio Camaqua at ‘‘eixo da barragem’’, Camaqua, Oct 1974, J. J. Bertoletti & M. F. Oliveira. MCP 11482 (2), rio Cai at road between Pareci Novo and Sao Sebastiäo do Cai, 30 Jun 1987, L. R. Malabarba, E. H. L. Pereira, M. Ries & L. M. Bernardini. MCP 11265 (4), rio Jaguarào at Passo do Centuriäo, Erval, 8-9 Jan 1987, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo & I. A. Costa. MCP 08709 (1), MCP 08712 (1), and MCP 08715 (1), rio Jaguaräo, Jaguaräo, 29 Dec 1975, J. J. Bertoletti, E. P. Lerner & M. Bombim. MHNG 2311.52 (4), small creek crossing the road BR-290 at Arroio dos Ratos, 24 Oct 1982, C. A. S. Lucena & L. R. Malabarba. Rio Uruguay system, Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 10877 (1), rio Cati, road between Quarai and Santana do Livramento, 23 Jul 1986, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. Uruguay: MCP 11088 (1), Rio Taquarembö, Ansina, Taquarembö, 5 Oct 1985, C. A. S. Lucena & C. P. Silva. 734 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA Fics 3-5. Hypostomus aspilogaster, MCP 08995 (218.8 mm SL); 3) dorsal, 4) lateral, and 5) ventral view. Morphometric and meristic data of Hypostomus aspilogaster. TABLE 1. a - lectotype, b - paralectotype. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 135 Range 95% confidence limits | Character Kerr 1 a b n low high mean LI L2 SD all 2| Standard length (A) (mm) 202.8 | 120:9 | 20 | 137.7 | 266.2 | 202.0 | | 33.806 T Ratios of standard length | Predorsal distance (D) 2.6 QSTA 22.0) 2.6 2.9 2331) 2.696 2.767 Head length (E) 3.3 3.3 | 20 3.2 3.6 3.4 3.362 3.468 Cleithral width (F) 29) 3.4 | 20 3.7 4.1 3.9 3.828 3.937 Length of dorsal fin spine (K) 3.0 32 hr 32 3.8 3.5 3.387 3.576 Length of dorsal fin base (L) 3 4.0 | 20 3.7 4.6 4.1 4.034 4.256 Dorsal base to adipose spine (M) 5.4 6.2 | 20 4.2 Sl 4.5 4.432 4.652 Trunk length (N) 4.5 4.1 | 20 4.0 4.8 4.4 4.304 4.488 | Pectoral fin spine length (O) 32 3.3 | 20 3.2 3.8 959) 3.399 37520] Abdominal length (P) Se 5.1 | 20 4.8 5.4 Sal 5.044 5.200 | Pelvic fin spine length (Q) 377, 4.0 | 20 4.1 4.6 4.3 4.215 4.345 | Caudal peduncle length (R) 3.1 3.2 | 20 27 3.1 279 2.885 2.986 Caudal peduncle depth (S) 10.6 | 10.4 | 20 | 11.0 | 12.7 | 12.0 11.750 12.216 | Adipose fin spine length (T) 15.4 14.6 | 20 | 14.7 | 21.2 17.0 16.212 SVT) | Upper caudal ray length (U) 3.2 3.6 | 13 3.0 3.5 32 3.130 3.312 Lower caudal ray length (V) 3.3 3.3 | 17 3.0 3.5 3.2 3.116 3.276 Ratios of head length | Head depth (G) 1.8 1.8 | 20 1.6 1.9 1.8 1.743 1.800 | | Snout length (H) 1297 1.7 | 20 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.659 1.692 | Horizontal eye diameter (I) 8.0 6.0 | 20 6.7 8.6 SII 7.490 7.942 | Least interorbital width (J) 224 2.6 | 20 2.8 3.1 2.9 2.880 2.963 | Rictal barbel GISI 9.2 | 20 6.3 10.2 7.6 72152 8.122 | Right mandibular ramus 5.8 5.8 | 20 5.7 7.4 6.5 6.326 6.762 Pore-opercle distance 5.6 5.3 | 20 5.0 6.5 SS 5.335 5.674 | Counts | | | Series of lateral scutes 30512730) 201 109 ar. | 0 0.447 | Predorsal scutes 4 4 | 20 3 4 3.3 0.444 | Scutes at dorsal fin base 8 8 20 8 10 8.7 | 0.571 | Dorsal to adipose fin scutes 9 8 20 8 10 9.0 0.605 Adipose to caudal fin scutes — — 20 4 6 SEU 0.587 | Scutes at anal fin base 2 2 20 22 3 2.8 0.444 Anal to caudal fin scutes 16 15 20 14 17 15.3 0.639 | Teeth on left premaxilla 41 27 2020025 55 36.8 7.587 Teeth on right premaxilla 47 22217202 9824 53 36.5 | 7.388 Teeth on left dentary 35 287208 5225 56 39.7 | 8.298 Teeth on right dentary 34 24 20 | 26 54 395 | 8.029 Plates bordering supraoccipital 4 4 18 3 5 3.6 | 0:777 | | | Diagnosis: Hypostomus aspilogaster is distinguished from all other Hypostomus species in Southern Brazil by the larger number of lateral scutes: 29-31 versus 25-27 in all other species except H. commersonii and H. regani. From H. commersonii it is distinguished by the number of scutes bordering the posterior margin of the supraoccipital 736 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA bone: 3-5 in A. aspilogaster and 1-2 in H. commersonii. H. commersonii also has a longer lower caudal fin spine (2.5-2.9 in SL; 3.0-3.5 in H. aspilogaster), and the lateral scutes are much rougher than those of H. aspilogaster. Hypostomus regani occasionally has 29 lateral scutes, but it is distinguished from H. aspilogaster by its larger eye, longer dorsal fin spine, longer adipose fin spine, larger number of teeth, possession of 1-2 plates bordering the supraoccipital bone (see tabs. 1 and 4), and inverse colour pattern, that is, light dots on darker ground. Description: standard length of examined specimens 120.9 to 266.2 mm; other meristic and morphometric data summarized in table 1. Head completely covered with dermal ossifications dorsally except for a com- paratively large, roughly ovate naked area on snout tip. Dorsal margin of orbit slightly elevated, hardly continuing in an inconspicuous ridge on posttemporal plate and following scutes. Usually three, sometimes 4 or 5 scutes bordering posterior margin of supraoccipital bone. Body moderately low; dorsal profile gently descending from origin of dorsal fin to end of caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle wide, roughly ovate in cross-section; widely flat- tened ventrally. Dorsal scutes between end of dorsal fin base and adipose fin flattened in their dorsal portion; those closer to dorsal fin usually not meeting in midline and with a central area lacking odontodes. Outer face of upper lip covered with small scutelets; maxillary barbel comparatively short. Teeth very thin but not very numerous, with very small outer cusp. Body completely covered with rows of smooth scutes dorsally, even in larger specimens. Abdomen and ventral surface of head ranging from completely naked in smaller specimens to completely covered with small scutelets in larger individuals. Adipose fin spine short and curved. Caudal fin margin concave. Colour in alcohol: ground colour of dorsal surface light- or yellowish-brown to dark grey-brown; lighter ventrally. Black or dark-brown small, roundish dots scattered all over dorsal surface, fins, and abdomen; smaller and closer together on head. This pattern usually inconspicuous on caudal fin. Colour in life: living specimens of A. aspilogaster just alike alcohol preserved specimens. Hypostomus commersonii Valenciennes (Fig. 1, 6-8; tab. 2) Hypostomus Commersonii Valenciennes, in Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1840: 495-497 (type-locality: Rio de La Plata, Uruguay and rio Sao Francisco, Brazil; restricted to Rio de La Plata, Montevideo, Uruguay, by WEBER, 1896). Plecostomus spiniger Hensel, 1870: 73-75 (type-locality: rio Cadeia, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil). Plecostomus limosus Eigenmann & Eigenmann, 1888: 167 (type-locality: Rio Grande do Sul; restricted to laguna dos Patos system by MALABARBA, 1989). Specimens examined: Type-specimens: Lectotype of H. commersonii: MNHN 99.24.5.7 (423 mm SL — dry specimen), Rio de La Plata, Montevideo, Uruguay, A. d’Orbigny. Paralectotypes MNHN 99.24.5.1 (386 mm SL — dry specimen), same data as lectotype; MNHN 99.24.5.4-3 (208.7 and 356.3 mm SL — dry specimens), rio Sao Francisco, Brazil, 1822, A. Saint-Hilaire. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 787 Fics 6-8. Hypostomus commersonii, MCP 11718 (174.0 mm SL); 6) dorsal, 7) lateral, and 8) ventral view. Holotype of P. spiniger: ZMB 7444 (320 mm SL), rio Cadeia, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, R. Hensel. (Photograph and measurements kindly made by Dr. H.-J. Paepke, ZMB). Lectotype of P. limosus (by present designation): MCZ 7869 (159.5 mm SL), Rio Grande do Sul, Apr 1865, Dom Pedro II. Paralectotypes MCZ 7869 (162.8 mm SL) and BMNH 1904.1.28: 1 (166.5 mm SL), same data as lectotype. 738 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA Other specimens: Laguna dos Patos system, Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 11237 (8), mouth of rio Telho into rio Jaguaräo, Jaguaräo, 7-8 Jan 1987, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo & I. A. Costa. MCP 08741 (1) and MCP 8371 (1x), creek at Lomba do Sabäo, Viamäo, 22 Oct 1975, E. P. Lerner. MCP 09009 (1), creek at Lomba do Sabäo, Viamäo, 25 Aug 1982, E. P. Lerner, J. J. Bertoletti & R. Wildhouser. MCP 08940 (1), MCP 08926 (1), MCP 08927 (1), MCP 08925 (1), MCP 08947 (1), MCP 08948 (1), and MCP 08951 (1), rio Camaquä at ‘‘eixo da barragem’’, Camaquä, Oct 1974, J. J. Bertoletti & M. F. Oliveira. MCP 10020 (1), rio Taquari- Mirim, Venäncio Aires, 18 Nov 1983, C. A. S. Lucena & L. R. Malabarba. MCP 11270 (8), arroio Jaguaräo at Passo do Centuriäo, Erval, 8-9 Jan 1987, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo & I. A. Costa. MCP 10939 (1), rio Camaquä at Passo da Guarda, Alto Alegre, Cangucu, 13-14 May 1982, U. Kehl. MCP 06874 (1), rio Guaiba at Ponta do Jacaré, Saco dos Macacos, Barra do Ribeiro, 27 Dec 1984, E. P. Lerner & C. A. S. Lucena. MCP 08522 (1), small creek at Distrito Monte Belo, Bento Goncalves, 22 Jan 1977. MCP 10454 (1), rio Guaiba at ilha Mauä, Porto Alegre, 29 Jan 1985, J. J. Bertoletti & C. A. S. Lucena. MCP 10530 (2), rio Guaiba at Ponta do Jacaré, Barra do Ribeiro, 27 Sep 1985, R. E. Reis, J. J. Bertoletti & R. Foschiera. MCP 06887 (1), rio Guaiba at Ponta Grossa, Porto Alegre, 27 Sep 1985, R. E. Reis, J. J. Bertoletti & R. Foschiera. MCP 08711 (1), MCP 08718 (1), MCP 08719 (1), rio Centuriäo, Jaguarao, 29 Dec 1975, J. J. Bertoletti, M. Bombim & E. P. Lerner. MCP 08727 (1), rio Jaguarao, Jaguarao, 29 Dec 1975, M. Bombim, J. J. Bertoletti & E. P. Lerner. Rio Uruguay system, Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 12217 (1) and MCP 12218 (1), rio Pelotas at Pinhal da Serra, Esmeralda, 20 Aug 1988, Mr. Pedro. MCP 12219 (1), rio Pelotas at Pinhal da Serra, Esmeralda, 20 Aug 1988, Mr. Pedro. MCP 11091 (1), MCP 11089 (1), and MCP 11090 (1), exit of Sanchouri Dam at Säo Marcos, Uruguaiana, 22 Jul 1987, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & R. E. Reis. MCP 9045 (1), creek at road (BR-153) between Bagé and Aceguà, about 33 km South of Bagé, 25 Oct 1982, C. A. S. Lucena & L. R. Malabarba. MCP 12332 (2), rio Pelotas at Pinhal da Serra, Esmeralda, 5-9 Oct 1988, Mr. Pedro. MCP 12637 (1), rio Uruguay at ‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 31 Oct-1 Nov 1988 C. A. S. Lucena, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 10829 (4), rio Conceicäo, Augusto Pestana, 12 Sep 1986, C. P. Silva & F. Korn- dorfer. MCP 10489 (6), rio Conceicäo, Ijui, 3 Dec 1985, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. MCP 06630 (5), rio Conceicäo, Augusto Pestana, 9 Jul 1986, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10490 (1), rio Conceicäo, Barreiro, Ijui, 3 Dec 1985, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10491 (4), rio Conceicao, Ijui, 2 Dec 1985, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10485 (2), rio Conceicao at ‘‘CTG”’, Ijui, 4 Dec 1985, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10487 (1), rio Conceiçäo, Ijui, 4 Dec 1985, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10496 (1), rio Conceiçäo at Linha 8, Esquita Dutra, Ijui, 5 Dec 1985, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10221 (1), small creek tributary of rio Ijui, at road between Sao Luiz Gonzaga and Ijui, 19 Nov 1984, R. E. Reis & L. R. Malabarba. MCP 10891 (2), rio Piratini at ‘‘Fazenda dos Hinz’’, Distrito de Coimbra, Santo Angelo, 20 Dez 1985, L. R. Malabarba, R. E. Reis & S. B. Mallmann. MCP 11752 (1), mouth of rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirap6, 11 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, E. P. Lerner, P. V. Azevedo, C. A. S. Lucena & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 05890 (12), sanga das Aguas Frias (about 100 m from rio Uruguay), Irai, 22 Dec 1985, L. R. Malabarba & R. E. Reis. MCP 09500 (1), rio Toropi, Mata, 13 Sep 1983, L. R. Malabarba, R. E. Reis & C. A. S. Lucena. MCP 09253 (1), rio Miracatu, Manoel Viana, 14-15 Sep 1983, R. E. Reis, C. A. S. Lucena & L. R. Malabarba. MCP 11718 (4), MCP 12215 (5), and MCP 12216 (5), rio Potiribu at Parque Assis Brasil, Ijui, 11 Aug 1987, F. Korndorfer & Winckler. MCP 11862 (2) and MCP 11875 (5), rio Potiribu at Parque Assis Brasil, Ijui, 17 Dec 1987, F. Korndorfer & Winckler. Santa Catarina: MCP 12334 (2), rio Canoas at road between Abdom Batista and Anita Garibaldi, Campos Novos, 8-9 Sep 1988, L. A. C. Bergmann, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12356 (2), rio Canoas between Vargem and Sao José do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 10 Sep 1988, L. A. C. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 739 Bergmann, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12727 (2), rio Canoas at Passo do Canoas, road (SC-458) between Tupitinga and Celso Ramos, Campos Novos, 10 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12920 (1), rio Jacutinga at road (BR-283) between Seara and Concordia, 9-10 Dec 1988, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. TABLE 2. Morphometric and meristic data of Hypostomus commersonii. a - lectotype of Hypostomus commersonii, b - lectotype of Plecostomus limosus, and c — holotype of Plecostomus spiniger. Type-specimens Range 95% confidence limits | Character t | a b ce n low high mean LI L2 SD Standard length (A) (mm) 423.0 | 159.5 | 320.0 | 23 | 111.1 | 301.3 | 202.4 38.487 Ratios of standard length Predorsal distance (D) Ded 225 3.1 | 23 222 2.8 2.6 2.516 2.621 Head length (E) 3.5 3.3 3.8 | 23 2.6 3 3) 3.146 3.306 Cleithral width (F) 3.9 3.6 4.6 | 23 3.0 4.0 3.6 3.540 3.731 Length of dorsal fin spine (K) _ 3.1 _ 18 2.6 3.4 321 2.948 3.185 Length of dorsal fin base (L) 4.0 3.5 — 23 3.3 3.9 3% 3.562 3.741 Dorsal base to adipose spine (M) 4.4 3 — 23 4.8 6.2 5.4 5.198 5.558 Trunk length (N) 4.6 4.1 -- 23 3.6 4.3 3.9 3.844 4.018 Pectoral fin spine length (O) 4.0 3.4 — 21 3.1 3.6 3.4 3.306 3.442 Abdominal length (P) 4.6 4.9 _ 23 4.7 Sl SE? 5.092 5.294 Pelvic fin spine length (Q) — 4.1 — 23 359 4.6 4.1 3.992 4.218 Caudal peduncle length (R) 3.0 3.3 — 23 3.0 3.5 23622 3.173 3.305 Caudal peduncle depth (S) 12.1 10.8 _ 23 9.7 | 12.6 | 11.2 | 10.852 11.516 Adipose fin spine length (T) 13.2 | 16.3 — 23 | 13.0 | 19.4 | 15.8 | 14.963 16.578 Upper caudal ray length (U) — — — 14 27 3.2 2.9 2.826 2.993 Lower caudal ray length (V) 16 DS 2.9 DET 2.639 2.791 Ratios of head length Head depth (G) 1.7 1.6 1.8 | 23 15 197 1.6 1.596 1.646 Snout length (H) 1.6 ea 1.4 | 23 137 1.8 137 1.702 1.726 Horizontal eye diameter (I) 11.3 el 9.2 | 23 6.7 9.5 8.3 7.995 8.588 Least interorbital width (J) 2.6 2.6 2.8 | 23 2.4 2.8 2.6 2.540 2.658 Rictal barbel _ 6.8 _ 23 S260 1121 Tes} 6.653 7.994 Right mandibular ramus 9.2 UST 6.4 | 22 7.3 9.7 8.5 8.197 8.811 Pore-opercle distance _ 552 — 23 4.6 6.1 5.0 4.892 5.196 Counts | Series of lateral scutes 29 28 — 23 28 30 28.5 0.593 | Predorsal scutes 3 3 3 23 3 3 3.0 0.000 Scutes at dorsal fin base 8 9 = 23 8 10 9.0 0.367 | Dorsal to adipose fin scutes 8 7 _ 23 7 8 7.6 0.499 Adipose to caudal fin scutes 6 5 6 23 3 6 4.9 0.668 | Scutes at anal fin base 2 3 3 125 2 3 2.6 | 0.499 Anal to caudal fin scutes 15 14 1581023 13 15 1337 | | 0.619 Teeth on left premaxilla — 31 20e 224 722 45 30.5 | 5.788 Teeth on right premaxilla — 29 28 22 22 48 32.0 | 6.525 | | Teeth on left dentary — 29 3200228 020 55 315 | | 7.475 | Teeth on right dentary = 29 ZANE 52206222 48 31.5 | AUDE | Plates bordering supraoccipital 1 1 1 23 1 2 182 i 0.388 | | 740 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA Uruguay: MCP 09856 (1), MCP 09857 (1), MCP 09858 (1), MCP 09859 (1), MCP 09860 (1), MCP 09861 (1), MCP 09862 (1), MCP 09863 (1), MCP 09864 (1), MCP 09865 (1), MCP 09866 (1), MCP 09867 (1), MCP 09868 (1), MCP 09869 (1) and MCP 09870 (1), Rio Negro, Arreria Farm, Depto. Cerro Largo, 19-21 May 1984, C. A. S. Lucena & others. Diagnosis: Hypostomus commersoni is distinguished from other Hypostomus species inhabiting Southern Brazil by the presence of four very rough lateral ridges on flanks. H. commersonii has 28-30 lateral scutes (25-27 in remaining species except H. aspilogaster and H. regani). From H. regani, it is easily distinguished by its smaller eye, smaller snout, smaller mandibular ramus, smaller number of teeth (see tabs 2 and 4) and by presenting the inverse colour pattern, that is, dark dots on lighter ground. From H. aspilogaster, it is distinguished by the longer lower caudal ray and by having 1-2 scutes bordering the posterior margin of the supraoccipital bone (3-5 in H. aspilogaster). Description: standard length of examined specimens 111.1 to 423.0 mm; other meristic and morphometric data summarized in table 2. Head completely covered with dermal ossifications dorsally, except for a small, roughly ovate naked area on snout tip, which usually disappears in larger specimens. Dorsal margin of orbit slightly elevated, continuing in a low ridge on posttemporal plate. Another low ridge on supraoccipital, diverging in two separate ridges on predorsal plates always present. Usually one, sometimes two scutes bordering posterior margin of the supraoccipital bone. Body deep; dorsal profile gently descending from origin of dorsal fin to end of caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle roughly ovate in cross-section; slightly flattened ventrally. Dorsal scutes between end of dorsal fin base and adipose fin spine somewhat flattened in their dorsal portions; those closer to dorsal fin sometimes with a central area devoided of odontodes. Outer face of upper lip covered with small scutelets; maxillary barbel comparatively short. Teeth small and not much numerous; with a well developed outer cusp of about half length of inner. Body completely covered with rows of scutes with a rough keel, forming four rough ridges along flanks. These ridges sometimes very strong. Abdomen and lower surface of head usually covered with minute scutelets, even in smaller specimens. Distal half of pectoral fin spine of larger specimens usually covered dorsally with proeminent odontodes anteriorly curved. Adipose fin spine very strong but short and curved. Caudal fin margin concave to strongly concave; medium-sized outer rays. Colour in alcohol: ground colour of dorsal surface light- to dark-brown; slightly lighter to whitish ventrally. All body and fins covered with very small, roundish, black or dark-brown dots; smaller and closer together on head. This pattern sometimes inconspicuous on caudal fin and ventral portion of caudal peduncle. Colour in life: living specimens of H. commersonii usually darker than alcohol preserved specimens. Remarks: H. commersonii is by far the largest species in Southern Brazil, attaining more than half a meter. H. commersonii was the only species found inhabiting lentic, open environments such as large lagoons and freshwater swamps. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 741 Hypostomus luteus (Godoy) (fig. 2, 9-14; tab. 3) Plecostomus luteus Godoy, 1980: 29-32, figs 15, 16 (type-locality: rio Pelotas at Volta Grande Dois, Marcelino Ramos, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil). Specimens examined: Type specimen: Holotype: unregistered, formalin preserved specimen in the personal collection of Manoel Pereira de Godoy, Pirassununga, Säo Paulo (221.8 mm SL), rio Pelotas at Volta Grande Dois, Marcelino Ramos, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, 15 Apr 1980, M. P. Godoy. Other specimens: Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 12813 (3) and MHNG 2430.72 (1), rio Pelotas at road between Anita Garibaldi and Esmeralda, 5-9 Sep 1988, Mr. Pedro. MCP 12807 (1), rio Pelotas at road between Anita Garibaldi and Esmeralda, 19-20 Feb 1989, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 12812 (3), rio Pelotas at road between Anita Garibaldi and Esmeralda, 11-12 Dec 1988, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. Santa Catarina: MCP 12815 (1), rio Canoas at road between Anita Garibaldi and Abdom Batista, Campos Novos, 8-9 Feb 1988, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 12816 (1), rio Canoas at road between Vargem and Sao Jose do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 16 Jul 1988, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 12814 (1), rio Canoas at road between Vargem and Sao José do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 10 Sep 1988, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 12493 (1), rio Jacutinga at road BR-283 between Seara and Concordia, Concordia, 2 Oct 1988, A. Ramires, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & L.A. C. Bergmann. MCP 12806 (2), rio Uruguay at mouth of rivers Pelotas and Canoas, Barracao, 18-19 Feb 1989, R. E. Reis, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. MCP 12744 (1), rio Canoas at road between Anita Garibaldi and Abdom Batista, Campos Novos, 11-12 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 12735 (2), rio Canoas at Passo do Canoas, road SC-458 between Tupitinga and Celso Ramos, Campos novos, 10 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 12749 (1), rio Canoas at road between Vargem and Sao José do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 12-13 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 12810 (1), rio Canoas at road between Anita Garibaldi and Abdom Batista, Campos Novos, 22-23 Jan 1989, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 12808 (1), rio Canoas at road between Anita Garibaldi and Abdom Batista, Campos Novos, 22-23 Jan 1989, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 12809 (1), rio Canoas at Passo do Canoas, road SC-458 between Tupitinga and Celso Ramos, Campos novos, 21-22 Jan 1989, C. A. S. Lucena, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 12492 (1), rio Uruguay at Ita, 1 Oct 1988, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. Diagnosis: large Hypostomus luteus specimens are distinguished from all other Hypostomus species by the impressive bright yellowish-orange colour (pale yellowish in alcohol-preserved specimens). Smaller specimens usually have at least the entire caudal fin and usually also the dorsal fin yellow, and small yellow dots scattered on the dorsal sur- face. Besides H. luteus, the following two South Brazilian species have light dots on darker ground: H. roseopunctatus and H. regani. The three species are characterized by the number of jaw teeth 6-16 in H. roseopunctatus, 22-40 in H. luteus, and 57-111 in H. regani. 742 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA TABLE 3. Morphometric and meristic data of Hypostomus luteus. Range 95% confidence limits Character holotype n low high mean LI L2 SD Standard length (A) (mm) | 221.8 20 | 134.7 | 312.5 | 227.0 39.665 + Ratios of standard length Predorsal distance (D) 217 20 25) 2.8 2.6 2.547 2.624 Head length (E) 3.2 20 3.0 3.4 3.2 3.112 3.213 Cleithral width (F) 3.6 20 Sl 3.5 3.3 3.222 3.302 Length of dorsal fin spine (K) 3.1 20492 255 sl 2.9 2.791 2.959 Length of dorsal fin base (L) 3.6 20231 3587 3.5 3.417 3.555 Dorsal base to adipose spine (M) 6.0 20 5.4 6.5 6.007 255795 6.145 Trunk length (N) 4.4 20 A Ar] 4.4 4.355 4.473 Pectoral fin spine length (O) SUR 720 2.8 3.3 3.1 3.059 3.1182 Abdominal length (P) 4.7 |20 4.4 5.0 4.7 | 4.654 4.801 Pelvic fin spine length (Q) | 3h) PAY) 3.7 4.4 4.0 3.884 4.051 Caudal peduncle length (R) 32 203 855 3.3 3.203 3.297 Caudal peduncle depth (S) 9.521720 9.0 10.2 9.7 9.544 9.785 Adipose fin spine length (T) 147272720) 251105 NE RIZZA 02123105 12.787 Upper caudal ray length (U) | 3:68) 93.2 4.0 3.6 3.435 3.672 Lower caudal ray length (V) 3.3 ele 321102358 3.4 3.291 3.525 L 4 | | Ratios of head length | | È | | | | Head depth (G) 1.8 |20| az a 15785 1.792 Snout length (H) 1775120 ST 1.6.12 312580 1.617 Horizontal eye diameter (I) 6 DONS 27:42 ee On| nuns 05) 6.879 Least interorbital width (J) | 3220001 552297773262 100373 3.194 3.340 Rictal barbel ROSATO AMS RON on 8.173 Right mandibular ramus ASO SNARES) ENG AL SILA 3557239 5.487 Pore-opercle distance — BONES San del 6.918 7.332 n = i ——— 1 | 1 | Counts | | 1 Series of lateral scutes 26 20825 27 26.0 | 0.394 Predorsal scutes 3 120023 3 3.0 | 0.000 Scutes at dorsal fin base 9 |20| 8 923858 0.513 Dorsal to adipose fin scutes 6 20 6 7 6.5 | 0.513 Adipose to caudal fin scutes 4 20 3 5 3.8 | 0.550 Scutes at anal fin base 2 120) Sie? 3 2.6 | 0.510 Anal to caudal fin scutes PD PORTE. 14 13.0 | 0.510 Teeth on left premaxilla 25 (PONS 36 30.3 | 3.242 Teeth on right premaxilla 27 119375228 213320172987 4.148 Teeth on left dentary 26 200270089 32.9 3.731 Teeth on right dentary 726 (NO) TN OS 5377 3.784 Plates bordering supraoccipital | 5 | 20} 2 | 6 335) | 1.192 | L | L HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 743 Fics 9-11. Hypostomus luteus, MCP 12807 (279.0 mm SL); 9) dorsal, 10) lateral, and 11) ventral views. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 49 744 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA Fics 12-14. Hypostomus luteus, progressive development of the yellow color: 12) MCP 12816 (226.0 mm SL), 13) MCP 12493 (134.7 mm SL), and 14) MCP 12492 (77.2 mm SL). HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 745 Description: standard length of examined specimens 134.7 to 312.5 mm; other meristic and morphometric data summarized in table 3. Head covered with dermal ossifications dorsally, except for a roundish of ovate naked area on snout tip. Dorsal margin of orbit only slightly elevated, continuing in an inconspicuous ridge on posttemporal plate and on a series of scutes beginning just behind posttemporal plate (at least in larger specimens). Low ridges also present on predorsal and dorsal scutes. Usually three scutes bordering posterior margin of supraoccipital bone. Body moderately low; dorsal profile gently descending from origin of dorsal fin to end of caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle roughly ovate in cross-section; slightly flattened ventrally. Ventral scutes of caudal peduncle somewhat expanded laterally, forming conspicuous lateral ridges in it lower margins, at least in larger specimens. Dorsal scutes between end of dorsal fin base and adipose fin spine flat in their dorsal portion; those closer to dorsal fin usually with a central area devoided of odontodes. Outer face of upper lip covered with small scutelets, specially on lateral portions; maxillary barbel variable in size, moderately short. Teeth strong and not very numerous, with a well developed outer cusp of about half length of inner cusp. Body completely covered with rows of comparatively smooth scutes dorsally; moderately rough in larger specimens. Abdomen variably covered with minute scutelets; with naked areas even in larger specimens. Ventral surface of head usually completely covered with scutelets, even in smaller specimens. Distal half of pectoral fin spine of larger specimens usually covered dorsally with somewhat hypertrophied odontodes, slightly curved anteriorly. Adipose fin spine moderately long and straight. Caudal fin margin slightly concave, with comparatively short outer rays. Colour in alcohol: except for the teeth, all yellow or yellowish orange areas described below become faint yellowish in alcohol preserved specimens. Colour in life: small individuals up to about 80 mm SL are homogeneously grey- brown pigmented dorsally, without any light marks. During growth, scattered light-yellow dots appear all over the dorsal surface and fins. As growing proceeds further to about 130 mm SL the entire caudal fin and sometimes portions of the dorsal fin become strongly yellow or yellowish orange. In medium-sized individuals unpaired fins and portions of pectoral and ventral fins become yellow. The body scutes become yellow from the caudal peduncle to the head; larger specimens have either the posterior half or the entire body completely yellow. Tooth crowns strongly colored with orange. Hypostomus regani (Ihering) (figs 2, 15-17; tab. 4) Plecostomus regani Ihering, 1905: 558-559 (type-locality: rio Piracicaba, Sao Paulo, Brazil). Plecostomus luteomaculatus Devincenzi & Teague, 1942: 20-22, pl. 3, figs 2-3 (type-locality: rio Uruguay at Paysandu, Uruguay; new synonymy). Specimens examined: Type-specimens: Lectotype of P. regani (by present designation): BMNH 1905.6.7: 3 (170.8 mm SL); rio Piracicaba, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Paralectotypes of P. regani: BMNH 1905.6.7: 2 (ca. 233 mm SL), same data as holotype. Holotype of P. luteomaculatus: MHNM C1359 (249.7 mm SL), Rio Uruguay at Paysandu, Uruguay, 1941, G. W. Teague. 746 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA Other specimens: Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 12658 (1), rio Uruguay at Porto de Santo Izidro, Säo Nicolau, 4-5 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 12804 (3), rio Uruguay at Porto de Santo Izidro, Sao Nicolau, 3-4 Jan 1989, R. E. Reis, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 12805 (1), mouth of rio Ijui, Roque Gonzales, 5-6 Jan 1989, R. E. Reis, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & A. Ramires. MCP 11781 (1), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 10 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, C. A. S. Lucena, E. P. Lerner, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 11734 (1), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 10 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, C. A. S. Lucena, E. P. Lerner, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 10222 (1), routh of rio Ibicui, Itaqui, 19 Nov 1984, L. R. Malabarba & R. E. Reis. MCP 11860 (3), rio Potiribu, Pejucara, 16 Dec 1987, Winckler & F. Korndorfer. MCP 11839 (1), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 13 Dec 1987, R. E. Reis, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & E. P. Lerner. MCP 11858 (2), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 12 Dec 1987, R. E. Reis, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & E. P. Lerner. MCP 10470 (2), rio Conceiçäo, Ijui, 3 Dec 1985, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. MCP 11772 (1), rio Comandai, Porto Lucena, 12 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, C. A. S. Lucena, E. P. Lerner, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 11769 (1), rio Uruguay at Vera Cruz, Porto Lucena, 12 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, C. A. S. Lucena, E. P. Lerner, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 05756 (1), rio Uruguay, about 2 km upstream of bridge at Irai, 22-23 Dec 1985, R. E. Reis, L. R. Malabarba & S. B. Mallmann. MCP 12416 (2), rio Piratini near the ferry, Säo Nicolau, 10 Apr 1988, E. P. Lerner, L. A. C. Bergmann, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & R. Rossi. MCP 12417 (1), rio Piratini near the ferry, Sao Nicolau, 10 Apr 1988, E. P. Lerner, L. A. C. Bergmann, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & R. Rossi. MCP 11795 (1), mouth of rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirapö, 11 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, C. A. S. Lucena, E. P. Lerner, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 11726 (1), mouth of rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirapö, 11 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, C. A. S. Lucena, E. P. Lerner, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 09257 (1), rio Santa Maria at road between Cacequi and Sao Simao, Cacequi, 13 Nov 1983, C. A. S. Lucena, L. R. Malabarba & R. E. Reis. Sao Paulo: MZUSP 23005 (1), rio Pardo at ‘‘Usina de Limoeiro’’, 13 Apr 1965, H. A. Britski. MZUSP 22636 (5, 2 measured), rio Parana at Jupia, 11 Dec 1960, P. E. Vanzolini & pty. Diagnosis: Hypostomus regani is distinguished from other Hypostomus species inhabiting the rio Uruguay system by its characteristic violet-brown ground colour with light dots all over the dorsal surface. Two other species in that area share the light dots on darker ground: H. roseopunctatus and H. luteus, from which it differs in the larger number of teeth (57-111). Description: standard length of examined specimens 136.6 to 281.2 mm; other meristic and morphometric data summarized in table 4. Head covered with dermal ossifications dorsally, except for a small, roughly ovate naked area on snout tip. Dorsal margin of orbit very slightly elevated, hardly continuing in an inconspicuous ridge on posttemporal plate. A very low ridge on supraoccipital, diverging in two separate ridges on predorsal plates often present. Usually one, sometimes two scutes bordering posterior margin of supraoccipital bone. Body deep; dorsal profile gently descending from origin of dorsal fin to end of caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle roughly ovate in cross-section; flattened ventrally. Dorsal scutes between end of dorsal-fin base and adipose-fin spine flattened in their dorsal portion; those closer to dorsal fin usually with a central area unprovided of odontodes. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 747 Fics 15-17. Hypostomus regani, MCP 12804 (259.2 mm SL); 15) dorsal, 16) lateral, and 17) ventral views. Outer face of upper lip covered with small scutelets on lateral portions; maxillary barbel variable in size, moderately short. Teeth very thin and numerous, with a very small outer cusp. Body completely covered with rows of smooth scutes dorsally, even in larger specimens. Abdomen completely covered with minute scutelets, even in smaller specimens. Ventral surface of head usually completely covered with scutelets; small naked areas behind lower lip in smaller specimens. Distal half of pectoral fin spine of larger specimens sometimes c overed dorsally with proeminent odontodes anteriorly curved. Adipose fin spine long and straight or slightly curved. Caudal fin margin concave to strongly concave; medium-sized outer rays. 748 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA TABLE 4. Morphometric and meristic data of Hypostomus regani. a - holotype of Plecostomus luteomaculatus, b - lectotype and c - paralectotype of Plecostomus regani. Population from the rio Uruguay system Pop. from upper rio Parana Character Range 95% confidence limits Range a n low | high | mean LI L2 SD b © n low | high Standard length (A) (mm) | 249.7| 20 |136.6|281.2|210.8 42.476 | 170.8 | 233.0| 3 |180.6|241.0 | Ratios of standard length | ] Predorsal distance (D) 2820. DAN 220) RADI Olle 49 2.639 DS PS). 3 2.4) 2.8 Head length (E) 3.3) 20 3:01 09323) 322) 351780032306 ll 33). 3} JI, 27 Cleithral width (F) 353) 22021653231 0237611983553 AZIO, 3.493 AI Jos | 3:7 Length of dorsal fin spine (K) DPN O. | we DAN Ds PSN Dep 2.612 2252 2511 3} Dail Doll Length of dorsal fin base (L) 3) AN a) SE 42100327, ST (3775 370) Bea 3511: 36 Dorsal base to adipose spine (M) 55} 20) SOs OS | 5.8) 5.577 | 6.006 Hl DE 3) 3 59 Trunk length (N) 4.6| 20 | 4.0| 4.6] 4.3] 4.176 | 4.339 45149) 4.1| 4.4 Pectoral fin spine length (O) 3.0) 20 SHOP Saif}, SSP RS SSS IZ AD STA Abdominal length (P) 4.8| 20 4.8| 5.4| 5.0| 4.884 | 5.062 OF A 3} El SP Pelvic fin spine length (Q) 36511. 2 000 BLE ACI SN SWI 23.792 JS 3713 ll 40 Caudal peduncle length (R) 3.1| 20 3/0) 0833) 0708) 150 3.4 = BVP 3} se?) Caudal peduncle depth (S) 9.7| 20 9.5| 10.7| 10.1) 9.928 | 10.242 9.0| 8.9| 3 9.4} 10.9 Adipose fin spine length (T) 11.3] 20 9.8| 13.3] 11.7] 11.159 | 12.214 9.6} 10.5| 3 9.5) 13.4 Upper caudal ray length (U) 2.9| 12 ZA la 2.0101 2.886 legge 2 2) SIT, Lower caudal ray length (V) 2.8| 15 2.2.0 SADT 2.508) | 2.810 DISTA NS 3 2.5035 1 3 — | Ratios of head length | | | | | | | | | | | | | Head depth (G) 1.8| 20 TEST AS ARIANE 181 eller 3 Mii T7 | Snout length (H) 1.6| 20 TES | 166) LESH) 15521 1.564 | Ss 1S] = 3 Sl LS Horizontal eye diameter (1) 6.0; 20 | 4.9) 6.2| 5.6| 5.436 | 5.776 | STIRO INS SDS" Least interorbital width (J) 255) E20 1 2810227 | 2.5| 2.474 | 2.577 ZI RSS 2610 27 Rictal barbel 10.0! 20 6.0| 8.7| 7.1] 6.659 | 7.483 | 10.1] 9.4) 3 5.7| 6.4 Right mandibular ramus 6.0) 20 5.0} 6.5] 5.8] 5.644 | 6.021 7 2533111 3A) es N De Pore-opercle distance — | 20 5.71 .27-5)112.6:6)1.6:325 | 6.861 | — — 2 6.4| 6.7 a ve L I | | | | Counts | | | | | Series of lateral scutes 1723212200 PED TM 283] 28:0) | 0.224 | 28 | 29 3 28 28 Predorsal scutes 1780120) 3 AN [OAI ONE 40 ae 3 4 Scutes at dorsal fin base 8 | 20 Sm =) 35H | | | 0.40| 8 8 3 8 9 Dorsal to adipose fin scutes 8 20 Ore ees 7.2 0.523 7 7 3 7 8 Adipose to caudal fin scutes Sy NAD 235 ay ie 0.598 | 5 5 3 4 4 Scutes at anal fin base Jie {| 2D Pade Vee) | 2.5 | | 0.513) — _ 3 2 3 Anal to caudal fin scutes | 16} 20 | 14 | 16) 144 | 0:587 0 ENS RER | Teeth on left premaxilla 67 16 57 | 101 | 77.8 | 12.797 | 86 90 3 65 90 Teeth on right premaxilla — | 16 63 | 111 | 79.3 | 11.791 | 84 | 105 3 61 92 Teeth on left dentary j= 16 | 62 | 98 | 75.4 | 10.243 | 72 91 3 66 | 83 Teeth on right dentary | 68 | 16 61=21710321276.3 | 10.767 | 62 — 3 68 93 | Plates bordering supraoccipital | 1 19 l | al 0.229 I l 3 1 2 | | | HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 749 Colour in alcohol: ground colour of dorsal surface brown, grey-brown or violet- brown; slightly lighter to whitish ventrally. Except for ventral surface of caudal peduncle, body and fins covered with roundish or elongate, light-brown to yellowish dots. Dots smaller and closer together on head; usually aligned (sometimes forming actual lines) on posterior portion of flanks. Unpaired fin membranes sometimes darker than scutes. Colour in life: living A. regani specimens usually strongly violet-brown with yellowish dots. Remarks: Despite the fact that Plecostomus luteomaculatus was originally described from rio Uruguay we consider P. /uteomaculatus as a junior synonym of H. regani. No diagnostic differences between specimens from upper rio Parana and rio Uruguay were found. It is rare to find conspecific populations occurring in both the upper Parana system and the rio Uruguay basin. Many recent studies (on Cheirodon and Odontostilbe [MALABARBA, 1988]; on Acestrorhynchus, Oligosarcus, and Cynopotamus [N. Menezes, pers. comm.]; on Hoplias [O. Oyakawa, pers. comm.]), of species that were previously believed to occur in both systems showed that the disjunct populations represent different species. Maybe a future study will produce diagnostic characters to revise the present concept of A. regani. Hypostomus ternetzi (Boulenger) (figs 1, 18-20; tab. 5) Plecostomus ternetzi Boulenger, 1895: 525-526 (type-locality: Paraguay; figures in Boulenger, 1896). Specimens examined: Type-specimen: Holotype: BMNH 1895.5.17: 6 (199.0 mm SL), Paraguay, C. Ternetz. Other specimens: Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 12523 (1), rio Uruguay at Porto de Santo Izidro, Sao Nicolau, 4-5 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, L. A. C. Bergmann, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 13048 (1), rio Uruguay at Porto de Santo Izidro, Sao Nicolau, 3-4 Jan 1989, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12524 (1), MHNG 2448.38 (1), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 31 Oct-1 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, L. A. C. Bergmann, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. Diagnosis: Hypostomus ternetzi is distinguished from other Hypostomus species inhabiting the rio Uruguay system by its homogeneous brown dorsal colour pattern, lack of any conspicuous dots, very wide body (2.8-2.9 in SL, versus 3.0-4.1 in remaining species), long lower caudal ray (1.8-2.0 in SL, versus 2.2-4.0 in remaining species), and by the deep caudal peduncle (7.7-8.1 in SL, versus 8.4-12.2 in remaining species) except H. roseopunctatus (7.8-9.0 in SL). Description: standard length of examined specimens 119.6 to 177.1 mm; other meristic and morphometric data summarized in table 5. Head covered with dermal ossifications dorsally except for a small, roughly squarish or ovate naked area on snout tip. Dorsal margin of orbit slightly elevated, continuing in an low ridge on posttemporal plate. Usually a single (in one specimen two) scutes bordering posterior margin of supraoccipital bone. Body comparatively more raised; dorsal profile gently descending from origin of dorsal fin to end of caudal peduncle. 750 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA Caudal peduncle strongly compressed; not much flattened ventrally. Ventral scutes of caudal peduncle somewhat expanded laterally, forming conspicuous lateral ridges in its lower margin. Dorsal scutes between end of dorsal fin base and adipose fin spine somewhat flattened in their dorsal portions, those closer to dorsal fin sometimes with a central area devoided of odontodes. Fics 18-20. Hypostomus ternetzi, MCP 12523 (177.1 mm SL); 18) dorsal, 19) lateral, and 20) ventral views. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 751 TABLE 5. Morphometric and meristic data of Hypostomus ternetzi. Range Character VER EU a] holotype n low high mean Standard length (A) (mm) 199.0 4 | 119.6 177.1 | 154.3 Ratios of standard length Predorsal distance (D) Head length (E) Cleithral width (F) Length of dorsal fin spine (K) Length of dorsal fin base (L) Dorsal base to adipose spine (M) Trunk length (N) Pectoral fin spine length (O) Abdominal length (P) Pelvic fin spine length (Q) Caudal peduncle length (R) | Caudal peduncle depth (S) Adipose fin spine length (T) Upper caudal ray length (U) Lower caudal ray length (V) n NINO LI LI) Un D DBJIWWINWWW lvenwweneaunnnn — Un 0 = ON ON © La La SID OD OWN pw hw bl bos — D © I à © Ua DROAWDNDNDNDD DRRRBRRRRRERRS EE PB PR — D © 1% © Ur D D ON © D D D D æ © N I D BR © © (O0 = ON SI (0 00 w © = -J (0 & ON D © — © I © (0 O0 À Ratios of head length Head depth (G) Snout length (H) Horizontal eye diameter (I) Least interorbital width (J) Rictal barbel Right mandibular ramus Pore-opercle distance |vowa-- NJ SINN BRRRPARR NRANQH = % CO C0 ON D OU SANNA Un D = O0 —J ON (N°) Series of lateral scutes Predorsal scutes Scutes at dorsal fin base Dorsal to adipose fin scutes Adipose to caudal fin scutes Scutes at anal fin base | Anal to caudal fin scutes Teeth on left premaxilla Teeth on right premaxilla Teeth on left dentary Teeth on right dentary Plates bordering supraoccipital a ESS \o ND 1 —- me We BW © ©) a 00 Lo N WDOOELROOO0000 Pr un D Peer LP RR Outer face of upper lip usually with small odontodes areas, restricted to lateral portions; maxillary barbel moderately long. Teeth small and numerous, with a small outer cusp. Body completely covered with rows of comparatively smooth scutes dorsally; low ridges on predorsal scutes and first scutes behind posttemporal plate. Abdomen margins 152 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA covered with minute scutelets, leaving central area unprovided of scutelets (at least in three medium-sized specimens examined). Ventral surface of head covered with scutelets, except for a small area just behind lower lip. Distal half of pectoral fin spines in one specimen covered dorsally with well developed, anteriorly curved proeminent odontodes (male?); less developed in others (females?). Adipose fin spine very long and robust; slightly curved. Caudal fin margin strongly concave with very long outer rays. Colour in alcohol: dorsal surface of head and body with an homogeneous dark pattern; slightly lighter ventrally. Roundish dots slightly darker than dorsum sometimes hardly discernible (in one specimens) or completely absent. Fin membranes usually slightly darker than body. Remarks: life colour pattern unknown. We have seen only the holotype, two specimens from Paraguay and four specimens from rio Uruguay. The two populations show minor differences. The few available specimens do not allow a conclusive analysis of the taxonomic status of the two populations. Hypostomus isbrueckeri sp. n. (figs 1, 21-24; tab. 6) Etymology: Hypostomus isbrueckeri is named in honour of Dr. Isaäc J. H. Isbrücker (ZMA) who has extensively contributed to the knowledge of loricariid diversity. Type-specimens: Holotype: MCP 10488 (190.6 mm SL), rio Conceicäo, Ijui, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, 3 Dec 1985, C. P. Silva & F. Korndorfer. Paratypes: Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 11861 (1), rio Potiribu, Pejucara, 16 Dec 1987, F. Korndorfer & Winckler. MCP 12045 (2), rio Ligeiro between Marcelino Ramos and Maximiliano de Almeida, 24 May 1988, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. Avila. MCP 12495 (3), rio Ligeiro between Marcelino Ramos and Maximiliano de Almeida, 3 Oct 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. MCP 10885 (1), rio Conceicäo, Augusto Pestana, 11 Sep 1986, C. S. Porto & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10862 (2), rio Conceicao, Augusto Pestana, 11 Sep 1986, C. S. Porto & F. Korndorfer. MCP 12938 (1), same data as holotype. MCP 10486 (4), rio Conceicäo at Linha 8, Esquina Dutra, Ijui, 5 Dec 1985, C. S. Porto & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10495 (1), rio Conceicäo at the CTG of Ijui, 4 Dec 1985, C. S. Porto & F. Korndorfer. MCP 10494 (4), rio Conceiçäo at Ijui, 2 Dec 1985, C. S. Porto & F. Korndorfer. MCP 12305 (2), rio Pelotas at Pinhal da Serra, Esmeralda, 20 Aug 1988, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12306 (7), rio Pelotas at Pinhal da Serra, Esmeralda, 20 Aug 1988, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12310 (15), rio Uruguay at Espigäo Alto, Barracäo, 19 Aug 1988, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12307 (4), rio Uruguay at Espigao Alto, Barracäo, 19 Aug 1988, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12308 (1), rio Uruguay at Espigäo Alto, Barracäo, 19 Aug 1988, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12494 (3), rio Uruguay at Ita, 1 Oct 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. Santa Catarina: MCP 12044 (1), rio Jacutinga, between Seara and Concordia, Concordia, 22 May 1988, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. Avila. MCP 12519 (5), rio Jacutinga, between Seara and Concordia, Concordia, 2 Oct 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 753 Fics 21-23. Holotype of Hypostomus isbrueckeri sp. n., MCP 10488 (190.6 mm SL); 21) dorsal, 22) lateral, and 23) ventral views. 754 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12149 (3), rio Canoas between Vargem and Säo Jose do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 16 Jul 1988, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann & P. V. Azevedo. MCP 12164 (4), rio Canoas between Vargem and Sao José do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 16 Jul 1988, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann & P. V. Azevedo. MCP 12357 (1), rio Canoas between Vargem and Säo José do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 10-11 Nov 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. MCP 12148 (2), rio Canoas at road between Abdon Batista and Anita Garibaldi, Campos Novos, 12 Jul 1988, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann & P. V. Azevedo. MCP 12333 (4), rio Canoas at road between Abdon Batista and Anita Garibaldi, Campos Novos, 8-9 Sep 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12331 (3), rio Canoas between Vargem and Sao José do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 10-11 Nov 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12358 (3), rio Canoas at road between Abdon Batista and Anita Garibaldi, Campos Novos, 8-9 Sep 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. USNM 303680 (3), rio do Peixe at Volta Grande, Concordia, 18 Aug 1988, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12739 (5), rio Canoas between Vargem and Sao Jose do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 12-13 Nov 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12743 (14), rio Canoas at road between Abdon Batista and Anita Garibaldi, Campos Novos, 10-11 Nov 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12747 (6), rio Canoas at Passo do Canoas, road (SC-458) between Tupitinga and Celso Ramos, Campos Novos, 10 Nov 1988, E. H. L. Pereira, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12845 (1), rio Canoas at road between Abdon Batista and Anita Garibaldi, Campos Novos, 22-23 Jan 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MZUSP 40257 (5) and MHNG 2448.39 (5), rio Canoas at Passo do Canoas, road (SC-458) between Tupitinga and Celso Ramos, Campos Novos, 21-22 Jan 1989, E. H. L. Pereira, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. MCP 12911 (1), rio Canoas between Vargem and Sao José do Cerrito, Campos Novos, 23-24 Jan 1989, E. H. L. Pereira, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. MCP 12918 (1), rio Canoas at road between Abdon Batista and Anita Garibaldi, Campos Novos, 22-23 Jan 1989, E. H. L. Pereira, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. Diagnosis: Hypostomus isbrueckeri sp. n. is distinguished from all other Hypostomus species by the presence in mature males of a yellow vertical band (whitish in alcohol-preserved specimens) in the distal margin of caudal fin. Description: standard length of examined specimens 129.2 to 246.4 mm; other meristic and morphometric data summarized in table 6. Head covered with dermal ossifications dorsally, except for a naked area on snout tip, oval in shape. Dorsal margin of orbit not or very slightly elevated, continuing in a very inconspicuous ridge on posttemporal plate. Usually three scutes bordering posterior margin of supraoccipital; these scutes sometimes fragmented in four or five small scutelets. Body very low; dorsal profile gently descending from origin of dorsal fin to end of caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle roughly ovate in cross-section; slightly flattened ventrally. Dorsal scutes between end of dorsal fin base and adipose fin spine flat in their dorsal portions; those closer to dorsal fin sometimes with a central area unprovided of odontodes. Outer face of upper lip either with or without minute dermal ossifications; maxillary barbel variable in size, usually moderately long. Teeth small and numerous, with a small outer cusp. Body completely covered with rows of comparatively smooth scutes dorsally; dorsal ridges of odontodes usually hardly discernible even in larger individuals. Anterior half of ventral surface usually naked; sometimes with a few minute scutelets scattered on HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 155 TABLE 6. Morphometric and meristic data of Hypostomus isbrueckeri sp. n. Range 95% confidence limits Character holotype n low high mean LI L2 SD Standard length (A) (mm) 190.6 20 | 129.2 | 246.4 | 177.0 28.734 | Ratios of standard length Predorsal distance (D) DIS 20 2.5 2 2.6 2.582 2.658 Head length (E) 3.1 20 3.0 3.5 3.2 3.133 3.240 Cleithral width (F) 3-2 20 372 3.6 3.4 3.340 3.438 Length of dorsal fin spine (K) 3.3 18 3.0 3.7 3.3 3.252 3.420 Length of dorsal fin base (L) 3.7 20 3.5 4.0 3.7 3.668 3.789 Dorsal base to adipose spine (M) 5.4 20 5.1 5.9 5.4 5.322 5.561 Trunk length (N) 4.3 20 4.0 4.9 4.5 4.365 4.579 Pectoral fin spine length (O) 3.0 |20 3.0 3.5 3.2 3.136 3.269 Abdominal length (P) 4.6 20 4.5 5.0 4.7 4.648 4.798 Pelvic fin spine length (Q) 3.9 20 3.9 4.5 4.2 4.086 4.234 Caudal peduncle length (R) 3.3 20 2.9 3.3 3.1 3.072 3.175 Caudal peduncle depth (S) 10.5 20 9.6 | 11.0 | 10.3 | 10.125 10.484 Adipose fin spine length (T) 12.5 20 | 10.1 14.0 | 11.7 | 11.250 12.128 Upper caudal ray length (U) 3.4 13 3.4 4.1 37 3.580 3.848 Lower caudal ray length (V) 3.0 16 3.0 4.0 3.4 3.293 3.571 Ratios of head length Head depth (G) 2.0 |20 1.8 2.1 1.9 1.893 1.975 Snout length (H) 1.6 20 1.6 er 1.6 1.632 1.658 Horizontal eye diameter (I) 6.1 20 5.4 6.5 6.0 5.809 6.092 Least interorbital width (J) 3.2 20 Bail 3.6 3.3 3.244 3.365 Rictal barbel 5.9 20 3.3 8.7 6.9 6.339 7.451 Right mandibular ramus 5.3 20 4.5 5.8 SA 4.890 5.263 Pore-opercle distance 7.6 20 4.7 Ua 6.6 6.228 6.951 Counts Series of lateral scutes 27 20 27 Dili 27.0 0.000 Predorsal scutes 3 20 3 3 3.0 0.000 Scutes at dorsal fin base 8 20 8 9 8.6 0.503 Dorsal to adipose fin scutes 1/ 20 6 8 VAI 0.553 Adipose to caudal fin scutes 3 20 3 4 3.6 0.510 Scutes at anal fin base 2: 20 2 3 2.4 0.503 | Anal to caudal fin scutes 14 20 13 15 13.8 0.616 Teeth on left premaxilla 63 19 48 79 SSL 8.562 Teeth on right premaxilla 56 19 47 89 59.2 9.388 Teeth on left dentary 54 19 50 83 62.4 8.454 Teeth on right dentary 56 19 51 91 63.2 10.586 Plates bordering supraoccipital 3 20 2 5 35 0.887 = e = | abdomen of larger specimens. Ventral surface of head ranging from almost naked, except for a few scutelets in front of gill openings, to almost completely covered with minute ossifications. Distal half of pectoral fin spines usually covered dorsally with anteriorly curved proeminent odontodes in larger specimens. Adipose fin spine moderately long; straight to slightly curved. Caudal fin margin slightly concave, ventral lobe longer than dorsal. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 50 756 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA FIG. 24. Hypostomus isbrueckeri sp. n., yellow band on caudal-fin margin of holotype, MCP 10488. Colour in alcohol: ground colour of dorsal surface grey-brown; whitish to pale yellowish or even light grey-brown ventrally. Dorsal surface of head and body covered with roundish darker dots, smaller and closer together on head. Paired fins with same colour pattern. Dorsal fin dots may be confluent sometimes, forming small bars. Caudal fin usually darker than body and without dots. Mature males (four specimens dissected) with a whitish vertical band in caudal fin distal margin, varying in width. Colour in life: living specimens present same basic colour but light band in caudal fin is yellowish-orange. Hypostomus roseopunctatus sp. n. (figs 2, 25-28; tab. 7) Hypostomus sp. — WEBER, 1987: 280-283, figs 6, 7c (one specimen from rio Uruguay at Uruguaiana, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil). Etymology: roseopunctatus, from the latin roseus, pink and punctatus, meaning dotted, spotted, in allusion to the colour pattern. Type-specimens: Holotype: MCP 12239 (232.7 mm SL), rio Pelotas at road from Esmeralda to Anita Garibaldi, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, 5-9 Sep 1988, Mr. Pedro. Paratypes: Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 11770 (1), rio Comandai (rio Uruguay system), Porto Lucena, 11 Nov 1987, all collectors as holotype. MCP 11773 (1), and MHNG 2414.10 (1), rio Comandai (rio Uruguay system), Porto Lucena, 12 Nov 1987, same collector as holotype. MCP 11771 (1), mouth of rio Ijui-mirim into rio Ijui (rio Uruguay system), Pirapo, 11 Nov 1987, same collector as holotype. MCP 11840 (1), mouth of rio Ijui-mirim into rio Ijui (rio Uruguay system), Pirapo, 14 Dez 1987, R. E. Reis, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo, E. H. L. Pereira & E. P. Lerner. MAPA 2315 (1), rio Uruguay at Uruguaiana, 14 May 1984, R. E. Reis. MCP 11805 (1), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 10 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, C. A. S. Lucena, P. V. Azevedo, L. A. C. Bergmann & E. P. Lerner. MCP 12393 (2), mouth of rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirap6, 8 Apr 1988, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & R. Rossi. MCP 12803 (3), mouth of rio Ijui, Roque Gonzales, HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 757 3-4 Jan 1989, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12802 (1), rio Uruguay at Porto de Santo Izidro, Säo Nicolau, 3-4 Jan 1989, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12800 (1), mouth of rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirapò, 7-8 Jan 1989, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12702 (1), mouth of rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirap6, 2-3 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, TABLE 7. Morphometric and meristic data of Hypostomus roseopunctatus sp. n. 95% confidence limits | Range Character | holotype n low high mean LI L2 SDIRII | Standard length (A) (mm) 23277, 20 | 105.8 | 232.7 | 168.0 41.447 Ratios of standard length Predorsal distance (D) DIST 20 2.4 2.8 2.6 2.531 2.649 | Head length (E) 3.3 20 2.8 3.3 3.1 3.020 3.176 | Cleithral width (F) 3.3 20 3.0 3.5 3.3 3.243 3.378 Length of dorsal fin spine (K) 3.0 19 255 3.4 2.9 2.788 3.014 Length of dorsal fin base (L) 3.5 20 3.0 4.0 3.3 3.251 3.446 | Dorsal base to adipose spine (M) 5.5 20 IS 7.6 6.5 6.277 6.730 | Trunk length (N) 4.3 20 4.1 5.0 4.4 4.280 4.484 | Pectoral fin spine length (O) 3.0 20 Del 3.4 3.0 2.951 3.130 Abdominal length (P) 4.6 20 4.4 5.0 4.6 4.496 4.660 | Pelvic fin spine length (Q) 3.8 20 3.3 4.0 3.0 3.579 3.783 | Caudal peduncle length (R) 3.0 20 3.0 347 3.3 3.186 3.352 Caudal peduncle depth (S) 8.9 20 7.8 9.0 8.5 8.376 8.697 Adipose fin spine length (T) 11.6 20 9.5 SS) 11.1 10.489 11.687 | Upper caudal ray length (U) _ 17 2.8 3.8 32 3.057 3.338 | Lower caudal ray length (V) 3.3 16 2.4 3.6 2.9 2.760 3.108 Ratios of head length Head depth (G) 1.6 20 125 1.8 Ley 1.640 1.711 | | Snout length (H) 1.6 20 1.6 1.7 etl 1.635 1.672 | | Horizontal eye diameter (I) 6.6 20 Sa Hell 5.9 5.643 6.089 | Least interorbital width (J) 3.2 20 2.7 3.3 3.0 2.908 3.081 Rictal barbel 6.9 20 3.3 8.9 4.8 4.195 5.480 Right mandibular ramus 7.8 19 6.4 | 10.5 8.0 7.446 8.537 | Pore-opercle distance 6.5 20 6.2 7.8 6.9 6.692 7.089 | | Counts Series of lateral scutes 26 20 25 27 25.9 0.587 | Predorsal scutes 3 20 3 3 3.0 0.000 | Scutes at dorsal fin base 9 20 9 10 91 0.224 | | Dorsal to adipose fin scutes 6 20 5 6 5.9 0.308 | | Adipose to caudal fin scutes 4 20 2 4 3.5 0.607 | | Scutes at anal fin base 2 20 2 3 2.4 0.489 | | Anal to caudal fin scutes 14 20 11 14 12.8 0.696 | | Teeth on left premaxilla 9 20 6 14 9.0 1.892 | | Teeth on right premaxilla 10 20 6 16 9.4 2.681 | Teeth on left dentary 12 20 7 15 12.2 2.238 | | Teeth on right dentary 12 19 7 16 10.5 | 2.294 | Plates bordering supraoccipital 3 20 3 4 3.1 0.224 | 758 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12682 (2), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 31 Oct-1 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12952 (1), rio Pelotas at road between Anita Garibaldi and Pinhal da Serra, Esmeralda, 12-13 Dec 1988, R. E. Reis, L. A. C. Bergmann, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. Santa Catarina: MHNG 2448.40 (2), USNM 303681 (1), and MZUSP 40258 (1), rio Canoas at road between Abdom Batista and Anita Garibaldi, Campos Novos, 22-23 Jan 1989, C. A. S. Lucena, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12736 (1), rio Canoas at ‘‘Passo do Canoas’’, road SC-458 between Tupitinga and Celso Ramos, Campos Novos, 10 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12994 (2), rio Uruguay at Ita, 7-8 Dec 1988, R. E. Reis, L. A. C. Bergmann, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. Diagnosis: Aypostomus roseopunctatus sp.n. is distinguished from other Hypostomus species inhabiting Southern Brazil by the lower number of teeth in each premaxillary or dentary (6-16 versus more than 21 in the remaining species). The new species is similar to H. microstomus Weber (1987) in the small number of teeth in each premaxillary and dentary (6-16) differing in the size of the mandibular ramus; in the pro- portion of its length in the interorbital width 2.1-3.6 in the former versus 3.8-5.5 in H. microstomus; and in the possession of 3 scutes bordering the posterior margin of the supraoccipital, versus only one in H. microstomus (but one H. microstomus paratype with 3). Furthermore, H. roseopunctatus presents 9-10 scutes accompanying the dorsal fin base, and H. microstomus presents 6-7, usually 7. Another species from the upper rio Parana system, H. margaritifer (Regan, 1908), has a small number of teeth. That species, however, shows 18-31 teeth in both upper and lower jaws, versus a maximum of 16 in H. roseopunctatus. Description: standard length of examined specimens 105.8 to 232.7 mm. Other meristic and morphometric data summarized in table 7. Head covered with dermal ossifications dorsally, except for a roundish naked area on snout tip. Dorsal margin of orbit elevated, continuing in a gently elevated ridge on post- temporal plate. Usually three (one specimen with 4 and another with 5) scutes bordering posterior margin of supraoccipital. Body not very deep; dorsal profile gently descending from origin of dorsal fin to caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle roughly ovate in cross- section. Dorsal scutes between end of dorsal fin base and adipose fin spine flat in their dorsal portions; those closer to dorsal fin with a central area devoided of odontodes. Outer face of upper lip with or without a few dermal ossifications; maxillary barbel long. Teeth big and strong, with a flat, wide outer and small inner cusp (fig. 28). Body completely covered with rows of somewhat smooth scutes dorsally; first with very slightly prominent odontodes forming three low longitudinal ridges (hardly discernible in smaller individuals). A fourth ridge is present in lateral margin of ventral scutes of caudal peduncle, behind anal fin. Anterior half of ventral surface almost naked (in smaller individuals) to almost completely covered by scutelets. Head ranging from almost naked ventrally, except for a few scutelets in front of gill openings, to almost completely covered with scutelets. Abdomen almost naked, with just a few odontodes scattered between pectoral and pelvic fin insertions, to almost completely covered with small, squarish dermal ossifications. Distal half of pectoral fin spines covered with slightly prominent odontodes, not modified into hooks, on dorsal surface. Caudal fin margin concave; ventral lobe longer than dorsal. Adipose fin spine moderately long and straight. Ventral spine of caudal fin as long as or slightly longer than the pectoral fin spine. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 759 Fics 25-27. Holotype of Hypostomus roseopunctatus sp. n., MCP 12239 (232.7 mm SL); 25) dorsal, 26) lateral, and 27) ventral views. 760 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA Fic. 28. Holotype of Hypostomus roseopunctatus sp. n., detail of lips and teeth. Colour in alcohol: ground colour of dorsal surface grey-brown; whitish to pale yellowish or also grey-brown ventrally. Body covered with roundish or ovate whitish to reddish-brown dots, smaller and more numerous on head; sometimes aligned on flanks. Spines, rays, and membranes of all fins with same dots irregularly arranged. Fin mem- branes slightly darker than scutes. Colour in life: living specimens darker and slightly bluish with light pink dots. Hypostomus uruguayensis sp. n. (figs 1, 29-31; tab. 8) Etymology: Hypostomus uruguayensis sp. n. is named after its type-locality. Type-specimens: Holotype: MCP 11874 (195.6 mm SL), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, 12-13 Dez 1987, R. E. Reis, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. Paratypes: Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul: MCP 11858 (2), MCP 12953 (2), MCP 11973 (3), and MHNG 2430.73 (2), same data as holotype. MCP 12679 (1), rio Uruguay at ‘‘Rancho da Amizade’’, Sao Borja, 31 Oct-1 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, A. Ramires, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. MCP 11797 (1), rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirapo, 11 Nov 1987, J. J. Bertoletti, E. P. Lerner, C. A. S. Lucena, L. A. C. Bergmann & P. V. Azevedo. MCP 12678 (4), rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirapö, 2-3 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 12801 (1), rio Ijui-Mirim, Pirapo, 7-8 Jan 1989, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. MCP 09252 (1), rio Maracatu (tributary of rio Ibicui), near Manoel Vianna, 14-15 Sep 1983, R. E. Reis, C. A. S. Lucena & L. R. Malabarba. MCP 12648 (1), rio Uruguay at Porto de Santo Izidro, Sao Nicolau, 4-5 Nov 1988, C. A. S. Lucena, A. Ramires, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo & L. A. C. Bergmann. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 761 Fics 29-31. Holotype of Hypostomus uruguayensis sp. n., MCP 11874 (195.6 mm SL); 29) dorsal, 30) lateral, and 31) ventral views. 762 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA TABLE 8. Morphometric and meristic data of Hypostomus uruguayensis sp. n. Range 95% confidence limits Character holotype n low high mean LI L2 SD Standard length (A) (mm) 195.6 20 | 148.3 | 259.9 | 201.2 28.186 Ratios of standard length Predorsal distance (D) DES 20 2.4 3.0 2.6 2.540 2.681 Head length (E) 3.3 20 3.1 3.6 3.3 3.281 3.411 Cleithral width (F) 3.4 20 Bail 25 3.3 S272 3.375 Length of dorsal fin spine (K) 2.6 18 Dis BM 2.8 2.758 2.940 Length of dorsal fin base (L) 4.2 20 3.7 4.5 4.1 4.007 4.232 Dorsal base to adipose spine (M) 4.8 1927242871765 os) 5.326 5.722 Trunk length (N) 4.7 20 439 409, 4.6 4.520 4.710 Pectoral fin spine length (O) | Sol | AO to AY) 3.4 372 3.141 31275 Abdominal length (P) | 5203920 A560) 522 4.9 4.806 4.985 Pelvic fin spine length (Q) aw 201 RS 20 4 37, 3.637 3.820 Caudal peduncle length (R) 22901220) BED» Seals e341) IE ON 100098897, 3.001 Caudal peduncle depth (S) 9.8 20 9.4 10.5 10.0 9.892 10.167 Adipose fin spine length (T) lil 191210532 5 0, 11.57) 21-2135 aes 84 Upper caudal ray length (U) 2. 14 22340005 012 GC) 022.443 2.678 Lower caudal ray length (V) 273 18112 SN PES 2.6 | = 2.524 2.722 === = i = | L | Ratios of head length Head depth (G) 12602 1820)| do 280) 1772| 1.665 1.761 Snout length (H) 1k6) 1-20 1.6 | 1.8 | Nazi] 1.665 1.703 Horizontal eye diameter (I) 6.9 20 | 6.1 7.2| 68| 6.636 6.924 Least interorbital width (J) Poil 19) 02755 324 |e eer OA 2.835 Rictal barbel 5.6 20 4.3 10.2 | 6.4| 5.826 | 6.926 Right mandibular ramus 7.37 WS AS ey 7.22 NE 7 TI 7655) Pore-opercle distance | 6.7 | 20) 5.4 7.8 |. 6.4| 6.083 | 6.630 | | | Counts | | | | | = + | | | Series of lateral scutes ie | 27°91 26.4 0.513 Predorsal scutes | 2 20 3 se |) IO 0.000 Scutes at dorsal fin base | 7 20 7 8 | 7.8 | 0.444 Dorsal to adipose fin scutes 8 OG 8 | 6.6 | 0.597 Adipose to caudal fin scutes 4 101088 SAMI RE] 0.459 Scutes at anal fin base 2 20 | 2 Sl Aa 0.489 Anal to caudal fin scutes 15 PO) 28 15 | 14.0] 0.605 Teeth on left premaxilla 47 11811242 | 89 53.4 | 11.147 Teeth on right premaxilla SOLO) ez | 88 54.2 | 11.013 Teeth on left dentary 37 al rl 92 Sl 12.473 Teeth on right dentary az | ee ol, 2955 | 11.577 | Plates bordering supraoccipital | 5 20 3 Saale 0.944 | | | Santa Catarina: MCP 12309 (1), rio Uruguay at Itä, 16 Aug 1988, E. P. Lerner, E. H. L. Pereira, P. V. Azevedo, L. A. C. Bergmann & A. Ramires. USNM 303682 (1), MZUSP 40259 (1), and MHNG 2448.41 (1), rio Uruguay at Ita, 7-8 Dec 1988, R. E. Reis, E. H. L. Pereira, L. A. C. Bergmann, P. V. Azevedo & A. Ramires. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 763 Uruguay: FHCM ZVCP68 (3), rio Cuareim (= Quarai) barra de Yucutuja, ‘‘El Ombu’’, Depto. Artigas, Feb 1982, Exp. Zool. Lab. Diagnosis: Hypostomus uruguayensis sp. n. is distinguished from other Hypostomus species inhabiting the rio Uruguay system by its very light ground colour with darker dots, lower number of lateral scutes (26-27) and strongly concave caudal fin margin. Hypostomus ternetzi has a similar strongly concave caudal fin margin and a low number of lateral scutes (26), but is homogeneously dark dorsally. Hypostomus uruguayensis can be distinguished from that species by the body width (3.1-3.5 in SL) and depth of caudal peduncle (9.4-10.5 in SL) versus 2.9 and 7.7-8.1 in SL in H. ternetzi, respectively. Description: standard length of examined specimens 148.3 to 259.9 mm; other meristic and morphometric data summarized in table 8. Head covered with dermal ossifications dorsally, except for a small, roughly squarish or ovate naked area on snout tip. Dorsal margin of orbit very slightly elevated, continuing in a very inconspicuous ridge on posttemporal plate. Usually three scutes bordering posterior margin of supraoccipital bone; these scutes often fragmented in up to seven small scutelets. Body moderately low; dorsal profile gently descending from origin of dorsal fin to end of caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle roughly ovate in cross-section; slightly flattened ventrally. Dorsal scutes between end of dorsal fin base and adipose fin spine flat in their dorsal portion; those closer to dorsal fin sometimes with a central area devoided of odontodes. Outer face of upper lip usually with very small odontodes areas, restricted to lateral portions; maxillary barbel much variable in size, usually moderately long. Teeth very thin, small and numerous, with a large, well developed outer cusp, always longer than half inner cusp. Body completely covered with rows of comparatively smooth scutes dorsally. Abdomen covered with minute dermal ossifications, even in smaller individuals; some naked areas often present near base of pelvic fins. Ventral surface of head ranging from almost naked, except for a few scutelets in front of gill openings, to almost completely covered with minute dermal ossifications. Distal half of pectoral fin spines usually covered dorsally with well developed, anteriorly curved proeminent odontodes in larger specimens. Adipose fin spine moderately long and slightly curved. Caudal fin margin strongly concave with long outer rays. Colour in alcohol: ground colour of dorsal surface pale-yellowish or very light yellowish-brown; whitish or light-yellowish ventrally. Dorsal surface of head and body covered with roundish grey-brown dots; smaller and closer together on head. All fins with same colour pattern; usually very conspicuous in dorsal fin membrane and somewhat arranged in stripes on caudal fin. Colour in life: living individuals just like alcohol preserved specimens. DISCUSSION The large number of Hypostomus species names from the laguna dos Patos system in literature deserves some comments. Besides a museum collections survey, recent extensive and niche-explorative sampling throughout the laguna dos Patos system revealed 764 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA two Hypostomus species: H. commersonii and A. aspilogaster, although nine species names have been cited in literature. Two of these, A. spiniger and H. limosus, are junior synonyms of H. commersonii. Five other species names are probably misidentifications, repeated in subsequent works: Plecostomus bicirrosus (synonym of H. plecostomus) cited by HENSEL (1870); Plecostomus lima (type-locality: rio das Velhas, Minas Gerais) cited by EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN (1890); Plecostomus guacari (synonym of H. plecostomus) cited by NICHOLS (1919); Hypostomus wuchereri (type-locality: Bahia) cited by BOSSEMEYER ef al. (1981); and Plecostomus plecostomus (type-locality: Surinam) cited by BERTOLETTI (1986). Plecostomus garmani Regan, 1904 was described from a single specimen from rio das Velhas, previously identified by EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN (1890) as Plecostomus lima. Erroneously, EIGENMANN (1910) cited all specimens previously identified as P. lima by EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN (1890) as P. garmani, including the material from Rio Grande do Sul. This citation was repeated in subsequent works. Finally, FOWLER (1954) erroneously mentioned Plecostomus robinii (Valenciennes) from ‘‘Villa de Barro, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil’’, following the citation ‘‘ Villa de Barro, Rio Grande, Brazil’’ by Stigchel (1947). Small hirudines are common external parasites of all Hypostomus species included in this study. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are indebted to the following persons and institutions for the loan and exchange of specimens, information, and other assistance: Eugenia B. Böhlke and William G. Saul (ANSP), Gordon Howes (BMNH), Carlos Rios (FHCM), Karsten E. Hartel and Horacio Higuchi (MCZ), Frederico Achaval (MHNM), Marie Louise Bauchot (MNHN), Heraldo A. Britski and José L. Figueiredo (MZUSP), Stanley H. Weitzman (USNM), Hans- J. Paepke (ZMB) and Manoel P. de Godoy. The comments and criticism of Carlos A. S. Lucena, Zilda M. S. Lucena (both MCP), Paulo A. Buckup (UMMZ), and Volker Mahnert (MHNG) contributed greatly to improve the paper. Luiz A. C. Bergmann, Edson H. L. Pereira, and Paulo V. Azevedo provided valuable field and technical assistance in MCP. This study was partially supported by a personal grant from CNPq to RER proc. no. 305344-87.0. HYPOSTOMUS FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL 765 LITERATURE BERTOLETTI, J. J. 1986. Principais peixes capturados no Rio Grande do Sul. Veritas, Porto Alegre (122): 273-280. BOESEMAN, M. 1968. The genus Hypostomus Lacepede, 1803, and its Surinam representatives (Siluriformes, Loricariidae). Zool. Verh., Leiden (99): 1-89. BOSSEMEYER, I. M. K., M. L. C. WeIz & M. L. S. Bier, 1981. Levantamento ictiolögico de um trecho dos rios Jacui e Jacuizinho na area de abrangéncia da futura barragem de Dona Francisca. Ciénc. Nat., Santa Maria (3): 59-64. BOULENGER, G. A. 1895. Abstract of a report on a large collection of fishes formed by Dr. C. ternetz at various localities in Matto Grosso and Paraguay, with descriptions of new species. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1895: 523-529. — 1896. On a collection of fishes from the rio paraguay. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 14 (1): 25-39, pls. 3-8. Cope, E. D. 1894. On the fishes obtained by the naturalist expedition in Rio Grande do Sul. Proc. Am. phil. Soc., 33 (144): 84-108. CUVIER, G. & A. VALENCIENNES, 1840. Histoire naturelle de Poissons (Ch. Pitois, Paris) 15: i-xxxi, 1-540. DEVINCENZI, G. J. & G. W. TEAGUE, 1942. Ictiofauna del rio Uruguay medio. An. Mus. Hist. nat. Montevideo, ser. 2, 5 (4): 1-104. EIGENMANN, C. H. 1910. Catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of tropical and south temperate america. Rep. Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, 3 (2): 375-511. EIGENMANN, C. H. & R. S. EIGENMANN, 1888. Preliminary notes on South American Nematognathi. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1 (2): 119-172. — 1890. A revision of the South American Nematognathi or cat fishes. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1: 1-508. FOWLER, H. W. 1954. Os peixes de agua doce do Brasil (4a entrega). Archos. Zool. Est. S. Paulo, 9: 1-400. Gopoy, M. P. 1980. Poluicdo — peixes e pesca. Reconhecimento preliminar com descricdo de duas especies novas de peixes. Relatörio Técnico Eletrosul. 45 p. IHERING, R. von, 1905. Description of four new loricariid fishes of the genus Plecostomus from Brazil. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 15: 558-561. HENSEL, R. 1870. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Wilberthiere Südbrasiliens. Arch. Naturgesch., 36: 50-91. LACEPEDE, B. G. E. 1803. Histoire naturelle des poissons. P. Plassan, Paris, 5 (1): i-Ixviii, 1-803. MALABARBA, L. R. 1988. Revisdo taxonömica e discussäo das relac6es de Cheirodon Girard, 1854 e Odontostilbe Cope, 1870 do sudeste da América do Sul. Diss. Mestr. PUCRS. 321 p. (unpublished). — 1989. Histörico sistematico e lista comentada das espécies de peixes de agua doce do sistema da Laguna dos Patos. Comun. Mus. Ciénc. PUCRS, sér. Zool., 2 (8): 107-179. NICHOLS, J. T. 1919. Cascudos brasileiros do género Plecostomus do Museu Paulista. Revta. Mus. paul., 11: 409-426. Nissen, H. & I. J. H. ISBRUCKER, 1983. Review of the genus Corydoras from Colombia, with descriptions of two new species (Pisces, Siluriformes, Callichthyidae). Beaufortia, 33: 53-71. — 1986. Review of the genus Corydoras from Peru and Ecuador (Pisces, Siluriformes, Callichthyidae). Stud. neotrop. Fauna Environm., 21 (1-2): 1-68. 766 ROBERTO E. REIS, CLAUDE WEBER AND LUIZ R. MALABARBA REGAN, C. T. 1904. A monograph of the fishes of the family Loricariidae. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 17 (1): 191-351. — 1908. Descriptions of new loricariid fishes from South America. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1907: 795-800. STIGCHEL, J. W. B. vAN, 1947. The South American Nematognathi of the museums at Leiden and Amsterdam. Zoöl. Meded., Leiden 27: 1-204. WEBER, C. 1985. Hypostomus dlouhyi, nouvelle espèce de poisson-chat cuirassé du Paraguay (Pisces, Siluriformes, Loricariidae). Revue suisse Zool., 92 (4): 955-968. — 1986. Revision de Hypostomus boulengeri (Eigenmann & Kennedy), et deux espèces nouvelles de poissons-chats du Paraguay (Pisces, Siluriformes, Loricariidae). Revue suisse Zool., 93 (4): 979-1007. — 1987. Hypostomus microstomus sp. nov. et autres poissons-chats cuirassés du rio Parana (Pisces, Siluriformes, Loricariidae). Archs. Sci. phys. nat., 40 (3): 273-284. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Tome 97 — Fascicule 3 LOL, Ivan. Review of the Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) of Thailand. (With 181 figures) NAYROLLES, Pierre & Charles LIENHARD. Description d’une nouvelle espece de Prorastriopes de Suisse (Collembola Symphypleona). (Avec 6 figures) ..................... BERNASCONI, R. Bythinella padiraci Locard, 1902: anatomie et systématique (Mollusca: Prosobranchia: Bythinellidae). (Avec 3 figures) ............................ MÜLLER, Hans-Georg. Sphaeromatidae from Réunion Island, southern Indian Ocean, with description of a new species of Paraleptosphaeroma Buss & Iverson, 1981 (erustaeeaalsopoda)a(Withe/knisunes) ERRO E eee BEAUCOURNU, J. C. & D. A. KELT. Contribution a la faune du Chili: puces nouvelles ou peu connues de la partie sud (Insecta, Siphonaptera). (Avec 29 figures) .... HOFFMAN, Richard L. A phylogenetically interesting sphaeriodesmid milliped from Oaxaca, Mexico (Polydesmida: Sphaeriodesmidae). (With 15 figures) ......... ConDE, Bruno. Palpigrades endogés de Singapour et de l’Indonésie. (Avec 9 figures) AELLEN, Villy & Yves FINET. Présence d’Argna biplicata (Michaud, 1831) (Gastro- poda: Pulmonata: Pupillacea) dans le sud de la France. (Avec 2 figures) ...... PAKALUK, J. & S. A. SLIPINSKI. Review of Eupsilobiinae (Coleoptera: Endomychidae) with Descriptions of New Genera and Species from South America. (With SO TOI A e o dee etneo REIS, Roberto E., Claude WEBER & Luiz R. MALABARBA. Review of the genus Hypostomus Lacépède, 1803 from Southern Brazil, with descriptions of three new species (Pisces, Siluriformes, Loricariidae). (With 31 figures) ....................... Pages 505-621 623-628 629-633 635-645 647-668 669-679 681-697 699-704 705-728 729-766 REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Volume 97 — Number 3 LÔBL, Ivan. Review of the Scaphidiidae (Coleoptera) of Thailand ................. NAYROLLES, Pierre & Charles LIENHARD. Description of a new species of Prorastriopes from) Switzerland. (Eollembola Symphypleona) TE BERNASCONI, R. Bythinella padiraci Locard, 1902: anatomy and taxonomy (Mollusca: Rrosobranchiass by tninellidac) ws ta aa ents O RR MULLER, Hans-Georg. Sphaeromatidae from Réunion Island, southern India Ocean, with description of a new species of Paraleptosphaeroma Buss & Iverson, 1981 (Grustaceasslsopocda) ra An ee ere aie oes iS ICE BEAUCOURNU, J. C. & D. A. KELT. A contribution to the fauna of Chile: new or little known fleas (Insecta, Siphonaptera) from southern provinces ................ HOFFMAN, Richard L. A phylogenetically interesting sphaeriodesmid milliped from Oaxaca, Mexico (Polydesmida: Sphpaeriodesmidae) ........................ CONDE, Bruno. Endogean Palpigrades from Singapore and Indonesia.............. AELLEN, Villy & Yves FINET. Presence of Argna biplicata (Michaud, 1831) (Gastro- poda: Pulmonata: Pupillacea) from Southern France ....................... PAKALUK, J. & S. A. SLIPINSKI. Review of Eupsilobiinae (Coleoptera: Endomychidae) with Descriptions of New Genera and Species from South America........... REIS, Roberto E., Claude WEBER & Luiz R. MALABARBA. Review of the genus Hypos- tomus Lacépède, 1803 from Southern Brazil, with descriptions of three new Speclesa(RISCessnSllunilonmes eoncanidae) ao aan RE Indexed in CURRENT CONTENTS 623 629 635 647 669 681 699 705 729 Ir < sane sa beak’, RAR TERRE D ta n Instructions pour les auteurs 1. INSTRUCTIONS GENERALES Travaux reçus: la Revue suisse de Zoologie publie en principe des travaux de zoologistes, membres de la Société suisse de Zoologie ou des travaux concernant l’activité du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Geneve. Tous les manuscrits des membres de la Société suisse de Zoologie, y compris ceux des communications présentées lors des assemblées annuelles sont soumis a un comité de lecture. Langue: les travaux proposés à la Revue peuvent être rédigés en français, allemand, italien ou anglais. Frais: la Revue assume les frais d’impression et de clichage, mais seulement dans une proportion qui dépend de ses possibilites financières. Tirés à part: les auteurs regoivent gratuitement 25 tirés à part sans couvertures, les exemplaires commandes en plus ou avec couvertures seront facturés. EDGE! Manuscrits: les manuscrits doivent être livrés prêts pour impression, en 3 exemplaires, l’original et 2 copies. Ils doivent être dactylographiés et comporter le titre courant et l'emplacement désiré des figures. Nombre de pages: les travaux présentés aux assemblées de la Société suisse de Zoologie ne dépasseront pas 8 pages imprimées (y compris les illustrations). Les autres travaux ne dépasseront pas, en principe, 20 pages, et pour les thèses de doctorat, 30 pages. Abstract: pour tous les travaux, il est demandé le titre et un court «abstract» en anglais qui paraitront en tête de l’article. Résumé: pour tous les travaux, il est demandé un résumé n’excédant pas, en principe, une demi-page, dans la langue de l’article. Un autre résumé dans une autre langue nationale (français, allemand, italien) est recommandé. Indications typographiques: souligner une fois les textes à mettre en italique (par exemple les mots latins). —— deux fois les textes à mettre en PETITES CAPITALES (par exemple les noms d’auteurs cités). Mots latins: les noms de genres et d’espèces et autres locutions latines doivent être en italique: Glomeris conspersa, in vitro, mais non les désignations telles que: n. gen., n. spec., etc. Les noms de catégories supérieures et les termes anatomiques ne sont pas en italique, par exemple: Picidae, lobus frontalis. Noms d'auteurs: les noms d’auteurs cités doivent être en petites capitales. Cependant, le nom d’auteur suivant un nom de genre ou d’espèce s’écrit en romain et ne doit pas être souligné: H. hamifer Attems. Bibliographie: les listes bibliographiques doivent être établies selon le plan suivant: (titre en caractères ordinaires; références en italique). PENARD, E. 1888. Recherches sur le Ceratium macroceros. Thèse, Genève, 43 pp. 1889a. Etudes sur quelques Héliozaires d’eau douce. Archs. Biol. Liège 9: 1-61, 419-472. 1889b. Note sur quelques Héliozoaires. Archs. Scl. phys. nat. Genève (3) 22: 524-539. MERTENS, R. und H. WERMUTH. 1960. Die Amphibien und Reptilien Europas. Kramer, Frankfurt am Main, XI+264 pp. On trouvera une liste des abréviations des titres de la plupart des revues zoologiques dans: List of serial publications in the British Museum (Natural History) Library London 1968. 3. ILLUSTRATIONS Generalites: toutes les illustrations doivent étre fournies en 3 jeux, c’est-a-dire: 1. les originaux; 2. deux copies des originaux. Ces copies doivent étre réduites au moins au format A4. Reduction: les lettres et chiffres dans les figures doivent avoir au moins 1 mm après reduction. La reduction definitive est décidée par les rédacteurs; les auteurs sont priés d’indiquer la réduction qu ‘ils souhaitent. I] est recommande de tracer une échelle sur chaque figure. Dimension: les figures ou groupes de figures dans le texte ne peuvent pas dépasser les dimensions de la justification, soit 18,4 cm de haut — 12,2 cm de large, légende comprise. Planches: les photos peuvent étre groupées en planches hors texte (avec participation de l’auteur aux frais). Les planches doivent être livrées prêtes à la reproduction, les figures qui les constituent étant très soigneusement coupées et collées a leur place exacte, dans un cadre qui, une fois réduit, aura les dimensions de la justification (18,4 cm x 12,2 cm). Legendes: les légendes des figures doivent étre réunies sur une page séparée. 4. CORRESPONDANCE Toute correspondance concernant l’impression d’un travail doit étre échangée avec la rédaction de la Revue. Adresse: Rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie — Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle Route de Malagnou Case postale 434 CH-1211 Genève 6 Telephone (022) 735 91 30 PUBLICATIONS DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE En vente chez GEORG & Cie, libraires a Geneve CATALOGUE DES INVERTEBRES DE LA SUISSE Fasc. 1. SARCODINES par E. PENARD jae, 12, — 2. PHYLLOPODES par Th. STINGELIN 12.— 3. ARAIGNEES par R. DE LESSERT 42.— 4. ISOPODES par J. CARL 8.— 5. PSEUDOSCORPIONS par R. DE LESSERT 5.50 6. INFUSOIRES par E. ANDRE 18.— 7. OLIGOCHETES par E. PIGUET et K. BRETSCHER 18.— 8. COPEPODES par M. THIEBAUD 18.— 9. OPILIONS par R. DE LESSERT 11.— 10. SCORPIONS par R. DE LESSERT 3.50 11. ROTATEURS par E.-F. WEBER et G. MONTET 38.— 12. DECAPODES par J. CARL 11.— 13. ACANTHOCEPHALES par.E. ANDRE 11.— 14. GASTEROTRICHES par G. MONTET 18.— 15. AMPHIPODES par J. CARL 12.— 16. HIRUDINEES, BRANCHIOBDELLES et POLYCHETES par E. ANDRE 17.50 17. CESTODES par O. FUHRMANN 30.— 18. GASTEROPODES par G. MERMOD 68.— En vente au Muséum d'Histoire naturelle de Genève REVUE DE PALEOBIOLOGIE Echange LE RHINOLOPHE par fascicule (Bulletin du centre d’étude des chauves-souris) Fr. 10.— CATALOGUE ILLUSTRÉ DE LA COLLECTION LAMARCK APPARTENANT AU MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENÈVE 1 partie — Fossiles — 1 vol. 4° avec 117 planches Fr. 300.— COLLEMBOLENFAUNA EUROPAS von H. GISIN 312 Seiten, 554 Abbildungen Fr. 30.— THE EUROPEAN PROTURA THEIR TAXONOMY, ECOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION WITH KEYS FOR DETERMINATION by J. NOSEK 346 pages, 111 figures in text Fr. 30.— CLASSIFICATION OF THE DIPLOPODA par Richard L. HOFFMAN 237 pages Fr. 30.— LES OISEAUX NICHEURS DU CANTON DE GENEVE par P. GEROUDET, C. GUEX et M. MAIRE 351 pages, nombreuses cartes et figures Fr. 45.— CATALOGUE COMMENTE DES TYPES D’ECHINODERMES ACTUEES CONSERVES DANS LES COLLECTIONS NATIONALES SUISSES, SUIVI D’UNE NOTICE SUR LA CONTRIBUTION DE LOUIS AGASSIZ A LA CONNAISSANCE DES ECHINODERMES ACTUELS par Michel JANGOUX 67 pages, 11 planches Fr. 15.— IMPRIME EN SUISSE KE | Ur i 1990 day Tome 97 Fascicule 4 nn) uk REVUE SUISSE ZOOLOGIE ANNALES DE LA SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE ET DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE GENEVE IMPRIMERIE SRO-KUNDIG DECEMBRE 1990 ISSN 0035-418X REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 97 — FASCICULE 4 Publication subventionnée par l’Académie suisse des Sciences naturelles et la Société suisse de Zoologie VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle de Genève FRANCOIS BAUD Conservateur au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Geneve DANIEL BURCKHARDT Charge de recherche au Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle de Genève Comité de lecture Le président de la SSZ: Claude MERMOD — Ethologie et écologie des vertébrés — Université de Neuchatel Le directeur du Muséum de Geneve: Volker MAHNERT — Systématique des vertébrés — Muséum de Geneve h Le président du comité: Claude BESUCHET — Systematique des Insectes — Muséum de Geneve Patrick GUERIN — Physiologie et éthologie des arthropodes — Institut de Zoologie, Neuchätel Willy MATTHEY — Ecologie, entomologie — Institut de Zoologie, Neuchätel Olivier RIEPPEL — Morphologie, Paléontologie — Paläontologisches Institut, Zürich Paul SCHMID-HEMPEL — Ecoéthologie, biologie des populations — Institut f. Zoologie, Basel Steve STEARNS — Biologie de l’évolution — Institut f. Zoologie, Basel Beat TSCHANZ — Ethologie des Vertébrés — Ethologische Station Hasli, Bern Claude VAUCHER — Systématique des Invertébrés — Muséum de Geneve La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: Biogéographie, systématique, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENEVE 6 PRIX DE L’ABONNEMENT DES 1972: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées a la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle, Geneve O. Schmidt Catalogue. An illustrated guide to the Graz Museum Collection, with notes on additional material by R. Desqueyroux-Faundez and S. M. Stone N K WN SS EWS KCC ur NN KS » mn. N SS SUISSE GENEVE MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE - S 40 Swiss Franc Order form to send to: sa] > [60] Z mM O mM A Mm | — jaa} [ad > En < A) sa] = © E n = A = >) (ca) (70) > 2 Ruth Desqueyroux-Faundez - 1, route de Malagnou, C.P. 434, 1211 Geneve 6 (SUISSE) ORGANISATION FIRST NAME ADDRESS POSTCODE COUNTRY TYPE OF PAYMENT NUMBER OF COPIES REVUE SUISSE ZOOLOGIE ANNALES DE LA SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE ET DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE GENEVE IMPRIMERIE SRO-KUNDIG DECEMBRE 1990 ISSN 0035-418X REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 97 — FASCICULE 4 Publication subventionnée par |’ Académie suisse des Sciences naturelles et la Société suisse de Zoologie VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle de Geneve FRANCOIS BAUD Conservateur au Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle de Genève DANIEL BURCKHARDT Charge de recherche au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Geneve Comité de lecture Le président de la SSZ: Claude MERMOD — Ethologie et écologie des vertébrés — Université de Neuchatel Le directeur du Muséum de Genève: Volker MAHNERT — Systématique des vertébrés — Muséum de Geneve Le président du comité: Claude BESUCHET — Systématique des Insectes — Muséum de Geneve Patrick GUERIN — Physiologie et éthologie des arthropodes — Institut de Zoologie, Neuchatel Willy MATTHEY — Ecologie, entomologie — Institut de Zoologie, Neuchatel Olivier RIEPPEL — Morphologie, Paléontologie — Paläontologisches Institut, Zürich Paul SCHMID-HEMPEL — Ecoéthologie, biologie des populations — Institut f. Zoologie, Basel Steve STEARNS — Biologie de l’évolution — Institut f. Zoologie, Basel Beat TSCHANZ — Ethologie des Vertébrés — Ethologische Station Hasli, Bern Claude VAUCHER — Systematique des Invertébrés — Muséum de Genève La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: Biogéographie, systématique, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENÈVE 6 PRIX DE L’ABONNEMENT DES 1972: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées a la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle, Genève | Revue suisse Zool. Genève, décembre 1990 Tome 97 | Fasc. 4 p. 771-813 Zoologia ‘90 «Parasites in Biological Systems» Basel 6-7 April 1990 (Annual Conference of the Swiss Zoological Society) ABSTRACTS KEYNOTE LECTURE PARASITES, PARASITOSES ET PARASITISME André Aeschlimann, Institut de Zoologie, Chantemerle 22, 2000 Neuchatel Aujourd’hui, un toujours plus grand nombre de personnes souffrent de maladies dues aux parasites (parasitoses), et pas seulement dans le Tiers-Monde. On peut s’étonner de cette croissance alors que d’importantes campagnes anti-parasitaires ont été entreprises. Les échecs sont sans doute düs a la stagnation permanente des conditions de vie des pays pauvres et à l’intervention de l’homme sur des biotopes fragiles. Mais, les changements des comportements de l’homme moderne (tourisme de masse, etc.) jouent aussi un röle en cette affaire. L’approche de la parasitologie peut être multiple. Le zoologiste décrira les parasites comme il le fait de toute autre espèce animale. Il en déterminera la place dans la systématique. Peut-être même, son étude classique permettra-t-elle d’en tirer des réflexions d’ordre évolutif. Lorsqu'il s’agit de parasitoses, la définition, qui veut «qu’un parasite vit harmonieu- sement avec son hôte dans un état d’équilibre stable», est rompue. La présence de parasites par milliers (pression quantitative), le fait qu’ils peuvent s’égarer dans un mauvais organe 71122 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 ou s’engager dans un mauvais hôte, sont souvent les causes de pathologies graves, voire mortelles. Ceci n’est pas sans conséquences pour le parasite, car s’il tue son hôte, il tue aussi son milieu naturel et se suicide! L’etude des associations hétérospécifiques est ambitieuse. Elle vise à mieux comprendre le phénomène de symbiose (phorésie, commensalisme, mutualisme, parasitisme, parasitoïdes). On se propose de définir ces termes et de montrer la complexité du parasitisme. On choi- sira l’exemple de la circulation, dans la nature, d’un micro-organisme pathogène, compte tenu des vertébrés (l’homme y compris) et des vecteurs disponibles, sans oublier la qualité du biotope. En d’autres termes, il s’agira de définir un «endémiotope» et de voir comment s’insère, à l’intérieur de nos limites, le cycle d’un parasite dans la vie de ses hôtes (survie, rencontre, identification et facilitation, fécondité et dispersion). PARASITOLOGY: DOES IT SERVE ITS PURPOSES? T. A. Freyvogel, Swiss Tropical Institute, CH-4002 Basle, Switzerland The main topics selected for ZOOLOGIA 1990 by the Organizing Committee point out important new developments in parasitology. Not only has this discipline become increasingly incorporated into the broad field of human and animal health; it has come to encompass relationships between plants and animals as well. More recently, it has become integrated into environmental and evolutionary research, too. No longer are parasites considered as mere vermin; they are now accepted as partners among the living creatures. Without a doubt, detailed knowledge about parasites and their bionomics has greatly increased in recent years. To what extent, however, has that knowledge been used to solve problems of daily life, especially in disadvantaged parts of the world? Unless parasitologists accept the challenge of truly communicating with the local people, it is unlikely they will achieve much as far as the application of parasitological knowledge is concerned. From a more fundamental viewpoint it may be worthwhile to look at parasitism as simply one other way in which life may materialize; to look at it as an example of adapta- tion to fast changing environmental conditions and as the example par excellence for sym- biosis. Might some of the deleterious parasites not be outwitted by aiming at coexisting with them rather than at eradicating them? Parasitology — as are all the sciences — is much more than a mere field of specialized knowledge; it is a way to humanism. PARASITES AND MAN KEYNOTE LECTURE HERD IMMUNITY AND PARASITE TRANSMISSION R. M. Anderson, Imperial College, Dept. of Pure and Applied Biology Prince Consort Road, London SW7 288, England The development of a safe, effective, and cheap vaccine is only the first step — albeit a vital one — towards control of a parasitic disease within a community. The dynamics PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 773 of the interaction between a population of hosts and an infectious agent is inherently non- linear, and complex patterns of temporal changes in the incidence of infection can arise when immunisation programmes are initiated. This paper sketches how mathematical models that are soundly based on epidemiological data can help us understand the effects upon population-level or ‘‘herd’’ immunity of specific immunisation policies. Some of the questions that can be illuminated within such an analytic framework are: what proportion of the population should be immunised to achieve a desired degree of supression of infec- tion? How is this affected by birth rates and other demographic factors? What is the best age to immunise? How does mass immunisation affect the age distribution of susceptible individuals, particularly in those age — classes most at risk from serious desease? How significant are genetic, social, or spatial heterogeneities in susceptibility or exposure to infection? And how does this affect herd immunity? INTESTINAL PARASITES IN CHILDREN OF SMOKEY MOUNTAIN, A SQUATTER AREA OF MANILA, PHILIPPINES Christian Auer, Dept. of Public Health & Epidemiology, Swiss Tropical Institute, 4002 Basel, Switzerland In 1988 a cross-sectional stool sample survey among 238 children aged 8 months to 15 years was performed in a squatter area of Manila, Philippines. Of each surveyed child a stool sample was examined with both the SAF method and the Kato/Katz method. 92% of the children were harbouring Trichuris trichiura, 80% Ascaris lumbricoides, and 10% hookworm. The prevalence of Entamoeba coli was 32%, and those of Entamoeba histolytica and Giardia lamblia 21% and 20%, respectively. Cryptosporidium spp could be found in four out of 64 diarrhoeal stool samples. Most children (84%) were affected by multiparasitism. 109 children (46% of all examined children) were harbouring two different parasites, 73 children (31%) were harbouring three, 17 children (7%) four and one child five different species of parasites. The prevalence and intensity of infection of all parasites but Giardia lamblia was age- dependent and peaked in the age group 11 to 15 years. There was a significant association between harbouring hookworm and/or E. histolytica and suffering from abdominal pain. Children who were moderately or heavily infected with Trichuris tended to be more stunted than children with very light or no Trichuris infection. PHEROMONES IN THE FIELD: FROM SANDFLY BEHAVIOUR TO THE EPIDEMIOLOGY OF VISCERAL LEISHMANIASIS C. M. Dye, Department of Medical Parasitology, London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine, London WCIE 7HT The male pheromone of Lutzomyia longipalpis can attract females in the laboratory, but its role in determining how males and females find each other and their vertebrate hosts in the field is unknown. In a series of experiments carried out in Amazonian Brazil, we found that males colonizing a new host site can indeed increase the recruitment rate of females. However, a comparison of peridomestic sites at equilibrium showed that, 774 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 whilst more hosts attracted more males, females could not proportionally respond. The results have implications for the evolution of pheromones, and for sandfly control with pheromone traps. THE EVOLUTION OF DRUG RESISTANCE IN DIRECTLY TRANSMITTED NEMATODES: THE EFFECTS OF PARASITE GENETIC HETEROGENEITY Sunetra Gupta, Parasite Epidemiology Research Group, Imperial College, London SW7 2BB Genetic heterogeneity in parasite populations can be modelled by incorporating elements of population genetics within a general framework of the population dynamics of host-parasite disease interaction. A crude model of genetic heterogeneity, expressed as resistance and susceptibility within parasite alleles that segregate by simple Mendelian laws, is used to examine the evolution of resistance to chemotherapy in directly transmitted nematodes. Numerical simulations indicate that the outcome of a pattern of chemotherapy has a non-linear relationship with the frequency and intensity of applica- tion. Although the mean worm burden recovers rapidly from a single drug dose, the susceptible population may be suffieciently depressed to allow fixation of a rare, recessive resistant allele over a long time-scale. The outcome of repeated chemotherapy is related to amore complex interplay of two opposing effects on the homozygous resistant popula- tion: as the frequency of application decreases, the relative advantage over the susceptible population declines, but at the same time, declining heterozygote mortality has a positive effect on population growth. For low drug intensities, the latter is overwhelmed by the former and there is a clear progression from the fixation of resistance to fixation of susceptible with an intermediate region of disease eradication. However, for higher drug intensities, amore precarious balance is achieved between the two opposing effects on the resistant population and the narrow window of disease eradication is bounded at both ends by the fixation of resistance. In the unlikely event that the resistant allele is dominant, the possibility of disease eradication does not exist, and efforts have to be directed at controlling the intensity of infectiion rather than attempting its extermination. INSTABILITY OF THE NUCLEAR CHROMATIN OF TRYPANOSOMA BRUCEI BRUCEI PROCYCLIC CULTURE FORMS H. Hecker, K. Bender, U.-P. Modespacher, B. Betschart, Swiss tropical institute, CH-4002 Basel Digestion of chromatin of T. b. brucei with micrococcal nuclease yielded DNA fragments which formed DNA ladders in agarose gels similar to those of rat liver. Numbers of base pairs per nucleosomal and linker DNA were identical in both species. However, the chromatin of trypanosomes was digested more rapidly by micrococcal nuclease than that of rat liver, and a slightly prolonged digestion yielded a high amount of DNA fragments of core-particle size. Trimethylpsoralen, under longwave UV irradiation, crosslinks the two DNA strands where the DNA is not protected by proteins. The nucleosome filament organization of T. b. brucei chromatin could be shown by psoralen crosslinking of whole nuclei at physiological conditions, and after DNA purification, denaturation and spreading. PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS Uns Psoralen crosslinking of soluble chromatin at low salt conditions t pH7 or pH10 resulted in an irregular array of single stranded (ss) bubbles separated by variable stretches of double stranded (ds) DNA. The ratio of the total length of ss bubbles to the contour length of the DNA molecules was low. Soluble chromatin, pretreated with 500 mM NaCl and psoralen crosslinked at 5 mM salt at pH7 or pH10 was to a high extent ds. The results support the hypothesis that histone Hl may be absent from the chromatin of procyclic 7. b. brucei and, in addition, that DNA-protein-interactions are less stable and more easily destabilized by experimental conditions such as the production of soluble chromatin, low or high salt incubation and pH changes as compared to rat liver chromatin. PROTEOLYTIC ENZYME ACTIVITY IN THE MIDGUT OF ANOPHELES ALBIMANUS, A VECTOR OF HUMAN MALARIA E. Horler & H. Briegel, Institute of Zoology, University of Zürich, CH-8057 Zürich/Switzerland The physiology of blood meal digestion has been studied in our laboratory in great detail for the vector of yellow fever, Aedes aegypti. The synthesis of intestinal trypsin was found to be stimulated by blood meal and promoted through endocrine control mechanisms. Surprisingly, considerable differences in proteolytic activities were encountered in the midgut of female Anopheles albimanus which will be reported and discussed. Trypsin activity in the midgut starts to increase immediately after eclosion without any blood meal, reaching a peak of 30-40% of its maximum within 2-4 days and, in the absence of a blood meal gradually disappears thereafter during 10-20 days, the lifespan of sugar-fed females. This segment of trypsin activity is expressed only in intact females but drastically reduced in isolated abdomens, indicating control by the corpora allata. Decapitation experiments however, removing the neurosecretory control system had no effect, contrary to Ae. aegypti. In case a blood meal is ingested 2-4 days after eclosion, trypsin activity rises to its maximum (100%) within 12-18 hr, considerably faster than in Ae. aegypti. Termination of digestion is characterized by a minimal trypsin activity of 15% of its maximum, but within another 12 hr it recovers, reaching again the level of 30-40%, characteristic for unfed females. This level of trypsin activity, apparently unique to An. albimanus among the mosquitoes tested, is interpreted as of preparatory significance for blood meal diges- tion. Immunological characterizations by using species-specific, polyclonal antitrypsin antibodies revealed that endocrine-controlled trypsin was identical to the blood meal- induced form of trypsin. Aminopeptidase and carboxypeptidase A activities in blood-fed females show a similar pattern to trypsin activity but there is a temporal sequence of their peaks with 12 hr intervals. In An. gambiae, stephensi, and quadrimaculatus, the other prominent vector species, trypsin activity behaves similar to Ae. aegypti, i.e. absent before and after a gonotrophic cycle, rendering An. albimanus as an example of unique adaptation of yet unknown significance as far as blood digestion is concerned. Financial support by the Swiss NSF is acknowledged. 776 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 DOES CHLOROQUINE RESISTANCE OF PLASMODIUM FALCIPARIUM INTERACT WITH THE HUMAN IMMUNE SYSTEM? Jakob Koella, Swiss Tropical Institute, Socinstr. 57, CH-4002 Basel In vitro studies among children on the response of Plasmodium falciparium to chloroquine were conducted as part of the national long-term monitoring of drug resistance in a holo- to hyperendemic malarious area of Tanzania between 1983 and 1989. Overall, no significant increase in chloroquine resistance was observed. However, in under five year old children resistance increased during this period, whereas in schoolchildren resistance decreased from 1986 to 1989. A hypothesis based on antigenic differences between resistant and sensitive strains is put forward as an explanation of this age-specific pattern. If immunity develops principally against the most frequent parasite strains, then as immunity develops the numbers of the most frequent strains will be reduced, whilst the rare strains may become predominant and thus be detected in the blood of immune patients. Thus, in an endemic area, the observed resistance pattern will differ in non- immune infants from the resistance pattern in immune schoolchildren, as has been observed in the present study. These findings may have important implications for the control of malaria and the development of vaccines. PAEDIATRIC CRYPTOSPORIDIOSIS A CASE-CONTROL STUDY IN THE REGION OF BASEL, SWITZERLAND D. Mäusezahl, P. Odermatt, M. Egger, H. P. Marti, M. Tanner, Dept. Public Health & Epidemiology Swiss Tropical Institute, 4002 Basel In 1988 a case/control-study was performed in urban and periurban areas of Basel to elucidate the epidemiology of Cryptosporidium sp., an intestinal coccidian parasite. From each participant suffering from diarrhoea, two stool smears were stained using the auramine-fluorescence and the modified-Ziehl-Neelson staining for diagnosis. Com- prehensive viral, bacterial and parasitological studies were performed. 455 children aged up to 16 years suffering from diarrhoea took part in the study, 4.6% (2.1) were found positive for this parasite. The mothers of each case and two healthy controls were interviewed, using a standardized questionnaire with 122 questions concerning risk factors and symptoms of the illness. The most important route of transmission was previous contact with a person suffering from diarrhoea. It showed a relative risk estimation for cryptosporidiosis of OR = 85.0 (Clos =9.3-773). Travelling abroad and contact with sick animals were also high risk factors with OR=5.2 (Clo5,,=1.4-18.8) and OR=4.9 (Clos =1.1-23.5), respectively. The consumption of contamined food and ‘child specific’ behavior, e.g. playing on the ground, were of minor importance. Compared with 126 controls suffering from diarrhoea for other origin, respiratory symptoms were nearly significantly more frequent in children with cryptosporidiosis (35% vs 18%, p=0.07). The median duration of diarrhoea was 6 days and ranged from 1 up to 35 days. In contrast, shedding of oocysts of Cryptosporidium sp., last 12.5 days and was prolonged significantly compared to the periode of diarrhoea (p=0.02). Three outbreaks of cryptosporidiosis detected in a kindergarten and two families endorsed that person-to-person contact is the main route of transmission in our area. PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 17/7 THE EFFECT OF INTRADOMICILLIARY SPRAYING ON MALARIA IN CHILDREN AGED BETWEEN 1 AND 10 YEARS IN NORTH-EAST TANZANIA A. P. Mnzava ', R. T. Rwegoshora ', M. Tanner ?, C. F. Curtis ’, S. G. Irare ' ! National Institute for Medical Research, Ubwari Research Station, P.O. Box 81, Muheza, Tanzania. * Swiss Tropical Institute, Department of Public Health and Epidemiology, CH-4002 Basel, Switzerland. * London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London WCIE 7HT, UK. Houses in two villages in the Mombo-Korogwe district, Tanzania, were sprayed with 2 gm/m° of DDT and 30 mg/m?’ of Lamdacyhalothrin (ICON) twice a year against Anopheles arabiensis. A third village was left untreated but evaluated for malaria. The effect of the spraying on malaria was assessed by taking temperatures and blood slides fortnightly in children aged between 1 and 10 years before and after the interven- tion. The results show that in general, house spraying led to a reduction in the geometric mean of parasite densities, and in the proportion of children with fever and positive for malaria, although there was some seasonal variation. Furthermore, Lambdacyhalothrin treatment, unlike DDT spraying, reduced significantly the percentage of childreen found positive for malaria. The fact that house spraying has been shown to have an effect on malaria transmitted by species of An. arabiensis in this area, despite the fact that members of this species may show some exophilic tendencies, is quite encouraging. Factors which might explain these results are discussed. POSTER SESSION THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CIRCUMSPOROZOITE PROTEIN OF PLASMODIA SPECIES IN THEIR MOSQUITO VECTOR (S) N. Boulanger (1, 2), A. Krattli (3), Y. Charcenvit (4), H. Matile (2), B. Betschart (1), (1) Swiss Tropical Institute, Basel, Switzerland, (2) Hoffmann-LaRoche, Basel, Switzerland, (3) University of Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte, Brazil, (4) Naval Medical Research Institute, Rockville, MD 20852, USA Malaria is a parasitic disease caused by a protozoan of the genus Plasmodium, which develops in the female mosquito (sporogonic development) and in the vertebrate host (hepatic cycle and erythrocytic cycle). The sporozoites, the infective stages, are formed during the sporogonic cycle inside the oocysts. From there they migrate into the salivary glands. They are then injected into the blood of the host where they quickly reach the liver. The surface of the sporozoite is uniformly covered by the circumsporozoite protein (CS protein), which is thought to be involved in the penetration process of the hepatocytes. Our work is presently focused on the early stages of sporozoite development in the mosquito vector. 778 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 By using different monoclonal antibodies directed against the CS proteins we analysed the appearance of this protein in the following systems: P. gallinaceum in Aedes aegypti (avian malaria) P. berghei in Anopheles stephensi (rodent malaria) P. falciparum in Anopheles stephensi (human malaria) Three techniques (IFAT, Western blot analysis and CSP reaction) gave different informations. In the IFAT, which was the most sensitive method, the CS protein was already detected on occysts one week after the infective blood meal. Midgut and salivary gland sporozoites showed a similar reactivity with the CSP reaction and the immunoblots allowed a comparative analysis of the different CS proteins of the midgut and salivary gland sporozoites. The data have been used to formulate different hypotheses on the role of the CS protein in the mosquito vector and in the vertebrate host. SEROEPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDY ON TICK-BORNE ENCEPHALITIS (TBE) AND LYME BORRELIOSIS IN SWITZERLAND. FIRST RESULTS de Marval F., Gern L., Aeschlimann A. Institute of Zoology, Chantemerle 22, 2000 Neuchatel, Switzerland A seroepidemiological study on tick-borne encephalitis (TBE) and Lyme borreliosis — two human diseases vectored by /xodes ricinus — is conducted in Switzerland. Tick- borne encephalitis, a nervous system disorder, is caused by a Flavivirus (Flaviviridae). Lyme borreliosis is a systemic disorder caused by a spirochete, Borrelia burgdorferi. Until 1984, 12 different natural foci of TBE were recognized near Schaffhausen (SH), Eglisau (ZH), Horgen (ZH), Thun (BE), Tierachern (BE), Steffisburg (BE), Ins (BE) and Seewis- Landquart (GR), whereas Lyme borreliosis is more widespread. Since 1984, many clinical cases of TBE were reported out of the natural foci, so that we suspect them to have extended to the west and the south of the country. We attempt in this study to evaluate the present distribution of the natural foci of TBE and the comparative risk of foresters being exposed to the two pathogens. Blood samples were collected from January to November 1989 among foresters in the cantons JU, NE, BE, FR, VS and GR. They were examined for specific antibodies (IgG) by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA). The presence of antibodies against TBE virus among people working far from the known natural foci, in comparison with Lyme borreliosis results, is discussed. BIOLOGY OF SANDFLIES IN SOUTHERN SWITZERLAND F. Grimm, R. Knechtli, M. Gessler and L. Jenni, Swiss Tropical Institute, P.O. Box, CH-4002 Basel In the Ticino, Southern Switzerland, three species of sandflies can be found: Phlebotomus (Larroussius) perniciosus Newstead, 1911 Phlebotomus (Adlerius) mascittii Grassi, 1908 Sergentomyia (Sergentomyia) minuta Rondani, 1843 P. mascittii was present at low density levels (<8 individuals per m2 sticky paper), whereas P. perniciosus and S. minuta occurred in two distinct regions, the western part PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 779 of the Mendrisiotto and the southern part of the Malcantone at a moderate (8-32 individuals per m2) or high density (>32 individuals per m2) respectively. In the region of Sessa (Malcantone, 394 m above sea level) positive results with light traps were obtained in partially closed or sheltered rooms in villages only. The seasonal distribution suggests amonophasic generation cycle for all three species. The first individuals caught were males, and all species reached their maximum density immediately after the highest seasonal temperature (July). At the beginning of August, after the first summer rains and a decrease in temperature, the population densities diminished continuously with a ‘plateau’ phase in mid-August, when temperatures usually rose again. Human blood was identified in wild caught Phlebotomus perniciosus and Phlebotomus mascittii by dipstick ELISA tests on eluates of wild caught freshly engorged sandflies squashed on filter papers (V. Houba, WHO, Geneva), and by direct blood meal observations. However, these data are based on a small sample number (10) for freshly engorged females are very rarely trapped. P. mascittii was observed to be an indoor feeder. Glucose and fructose were identified in males and females of both, P. perniciosus and P. mascittii by thin layer chromatography (carrier: cellulose, solvent: ethylacetate- pyridine-water, staining: aniline-diphenylamine). Larval breeding sites of P. mascittii were identified with the help of emergence traps in two unused neighboring basements (constant humidity: 90%, and temperature: 19°C) in the middle of the village of Sessa. A total number of 40 (21 males, 19 females) individuals were trapped during three seasons. CHANGES IN THE PROTEIN PROFILE OF DIFFERENT BORRELIA BURGDORFERI STRAINS AFTER REINTRODUCTION TO IXODES RICINUS Hu C. M., Gern L., Aeschlimann A., Zoological Institute University Chantemerle 22, CH-2000 Neuchatel Our objective was to study the influence of the passage of different strains of Borrelia Burgdorferi (BB) into Ixodes ricinus (Ir) on their protein profile. Methods: BB was artificially introduced in Ir midgut by capillary feeding and reisolated 1 week and 10 weeks after these infections. The reisolates were examineed by SDS-PAGE and Western Blot analyses. Results: Three phenomena were observed: 1. One European isolate (NE4) with small amount of 33 kD protein and another major protein with an apparent molecular weight of 22-23 kD was introduced to Ir. After this passage into the ticks, it lost this 22-23 kD protein and revealed 2 abundant proteins with an approximative molecular weight of 34 kD as well as one of 31 kD which was recognised by H5332. 2. After reisolation from ticks, two European strains (NE58 and NE202) presented a new protein with a low molecular weight of 23 kD. In contrast, two other strains (NE2 and NE83) lost this protein. Concerning the protein presence in the 31 and 32 kD range and the traces of 33 kD protein, these four strains did not show any change after reisola- tion from the ticks. 780 : ZOOLOGIA ‘90 3. The four strains (B31, NE56, NE203 and BI) did not show any modification in their SDS-PAGE pattern after passage into the tick. The OspA and OspB remained unchanged. Conclusion: passage into the tick induced changes between OspA/OspB and the 22-23 kD protein as revealed by SDS-PAGE and one strain became a new serotype reacting with H5332. Thus, Ir may induce changes in the antigenicity of strains. This phenomenon may enhance the importance of the vector-role of ticks in the epidemiology of the disease. DNA ANALYSIS OF SWISS AND AMERICAN STRAINS OF BORRELIA BURGDORFERI Jenny E., Meister, J. Stalhammar-Carlemalm M., Zückert W., Blot, M., Meyer J., Abt. Mikrobiologie, Biozentrum der Universitàt, CH-4056 Basel, Switzerland Lyme disease is a tick-transmitted spirochetoses caused by the bacteria Borrelia burgdorferi. Although Lyme disease in North America has many features in common with the European forms of infection, it differs in frequency and severity of symptoms. Strains isolated from ticks from the USA and Switzerland were compared at the DNA level. The relationships were determined by: 1) RFLP’s of chromosomal DNA; 2) Profiles and sequence homologies of (a) conventional supercoiled plasmids and (b) linear plasmids which are a unique feature of Borrelia species. From the RFLP analysis strains can be grouped according to location (USA or Switzerland) although a few Swiss strains resemble the USA group. All the strains contain circular and linear plasmids and can be similarly grouped based on number and size of plasmid species and sequence homologies. TICK-BORNE FEVER (EHRLICHIA PHAGOCYTOPHILA) AS A SIGNIFICANT DISEASE OF CATTLE IN SWITZERLAND J. Liz *, A. Aeschlimann *, A. Roesli **, P. H. Boss ** and K. Pfister ** * Institut de Zoologie, Université de Neuchatel, CH-2007 Neuchatel. ** Institut für Tierpathologie, Abteilung Parasitologie, CH-3001 Bern. Tick-borne fever (TBF), also called ‘‘pasture fever’’, is an infectious disease caused by Ehrlichia (syn.: Cytoecetes) phagocylophyla (Rickettsiaceae) which parasitizes cir- culating leucocytes, particularly neutrophils. The causative agent is transmitted by the tick Ixodes ricinus and usually infects bovines, ovines and wild ruminants. The disease is reported from the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, Norway, Finland, Ireland and Austria: So far most research efforts have mainly been conducted on sheep rather than on cattle. Unless complicated by other infections, the ‘‘pasture fever’’ seldom terminates fatally, but can act as a predisposing factor by undermining the immune response of the host animal to bacterial or viral infections. In order to get a more detailed idea of the contaminated areas and the frequency of bovine TBF in Switzerland, we have examined a large number of blood samples from cattle presenting characteristic clinical symptoms collected throughout the country. PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 781 TBF — infected cattle showed the following symptoms: a very high fever, a dramatic decrease of the milk production and loss of appetite. According to cattle breeders, an increase of the abortion rate in pregnant cows has aiso been observed. The present epidemiological and immunological investigations are based on the distribution of the disease in the Swiss cattle population and on the study of a TBF — endemic area. Consequently, a map of the geographical distribution of all reported and confirmed cases could be drawn. In Switzerland, most TBF-cases (occurring each year in large numbers) are seen in two regions and they are always linked to the seasonal appearance of /. ricinus. Dairy cattle which had not previously been exposed to ticks are the most severely affected and react by an almost total loss in milk production. In the second phase, the study was focused on a large area with a high prevalence of TBF in cattle and was concentrated on both, the host and the vector, resp. Since 1988, 400 to 500 animals from 20 farms from this area are being tested serologically by IFAT at regular intervals in order to establish possible relationships between the disease prevalence and immunity and the AB- titer. THE TRYPANOLYTIC FACTOR OF NORMAL HUMAN SERUM P. Lorenz, P. Barth, L. Jenni & B. Betschart, Schweizerisches Tropeninstitut, Postfach, 4002 Basel In within the african trypanosomes Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense infects man and causes the East African sleeping sickness. In contrast, Trypanosoma brucei brucei is not able to infect humans. Until now this is the only possible criteria to distinguish between the two closely related species. It has long been known that normal human serum contains a factor which causes the lysis of 7. b. brucei. Several groups attempted to isolate and characterize the active agent and concluded from their biochemical analysis that com- ponents of a high density lipoprotein (HDL) fraction cause lysis. Using ultracentrifugational flotation we have also been able to isolate an active frac- tion with a density slightly higher than the typical HDL fraction. Attempts to further purify this fraction failed. We designed therefore an alternative way to purify the trypanolytic factor. The procedure comprises four chromatographic steps: affinity purification to eliminate albumin, two ion-exchange steps and a final gel filtration. A fraction was obtained, which was trypanolytic and did not contain apolipoprotein A-1. Attempts to reproduce this method are hampered by a variety of technical problems such as appropriate procedures to concentrate human serum or fractions of it without loosing activity. Variations have also been detected in different serum pools in respect of the recovery of the active fraction after gel filtration. The results gained so far are indicative for the absence of the typical HDL apolipoproteins from the active fractions. The nature of the different susceptibility of T. b. rhodesiense and T. b. brucei remains to be shown. 782 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 TICKS AND PIROPLASMS OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS IN THE MACEDONIA REGION OF GREECE B. Papadopoulos, Institut de Zoologie, Université de Neuchatel, Chantemerle 22, 2007 Neuchatel, Suisse A study was carried out on the presence of ticks and piroplasms in Macedonia. The author provides information on regional and seasonal distribution, host preference and localization on the host’s body, for ticks parasitizing these animals. Data are given on distribution and prevalence of different piroplasm species of livestock. During the 1983-1986 period, 11610 ticks, belonging to 18 species and subspecies, were collected from cattle, sheep, goats and dogs. A total of 602 serum samples were collected from cattle, 721 from sheep and 487 from goats. For some of the animals blood smears were also prepared. Rhipicephalus bursa and Hyalomma marginatum marginatum occurred in all bioclimatic zones, as well as the one-host ticks, Boophilus annulatus and H. detritum scupense, present in fewer localities. R. turanicus, R. sanguineus, Ixodes gibbosus and H. anatolicum excavatum were essentially represented in the mesomediterranean bioclimatic zone. J. ricinus, Dermacentor marginatus and Haemaphysalis ticks (H. inermis, H. punctata, H. sulcata, H. parva) were found frequently in the biotopes of the attenuated mesomediterranean and the submediterranean bioclimates. Rhipicephalus adults and the two-host Hyalomma ticks were active in the spring-summer period. /xodes, Dermacentor, Haemaphysalis, as well as H. d. scupense and the immature stages of R. bursa appeared during automn and winter. The rare specimens of H. m. rufipes, H. M. turanicum and Amblyomma variegatum were probably introduced by migratory birds. The indirect fluorescent antibody (IFA) test revealed that 41.4% of cattle sera were positive to Theileria orientalis, 2.0% to T. annulata, 21.6% to Babesia bovis, 15.2% to B. bigemina, 5.1% to B. major and 2.7% to B. divergens. T. orientalis has a wide distribution. Animals from 85% of the localities showed antibodies against this parasite. B. bigemina and B. bovis are often present together. Cattle possessed antibodies against these piroplasms in more than half of the localities. The prevalence of IFA activity for sheep and goat sera respectively was: 24.6 and 0.6% for T. ovis, 52.1 and 36.4% for B. ovis, 10.5 and 4.2% for B. motasi, 12.6 and 6.6% for B. crassa. B. ovis is a widespread parasite. Antibodies against it were found in animals from more than 90% of the localities. 7. ovis is also common but it is confined essentially to sheep. Some of the positive titres were probably due to cross reactions, mainly when mixed infections occurred. By examination of Giemsa stained blood smears 7. orientalis, T. annulata and a Babesia sp. were detected in cattle, 7. ovis and B. ovis in sheep, and Anaplasma ovis in a goat. NUCLEAR CHROMATIN OF TRYPANOSOMA B. BRUCEI BLOOD STREAM FORMS W. Schlimme, K. Bender, R. Brun and H. Hecker, Swiss Tropical Institute, Socinstr. 57, Postfach, 4002 Basel Procyclic forms of 7. b. brucei can be cultivated in high quantities and previous investigations on the nuclear chromatin have been carried out with this stage of the parasite. In the present study, the nucleosome filaments of 7. b. brucei from the blood of rats and their compaction pattern were analysed by electron microscopy. As compared PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 783 to procyclic culture forms chromatin of blood stream forms showed salt dependent con- densation, but formed no 30 nm fiber like rat liver chromatin. The compaction seemed to be independent of histone H1 and to function by an alternative mechanism. Chromatin was digested with micrococcal nuclease, the DNA fragments purified and separated on agarose gels. Chromatin of blood stream forms proved to be much better protected from digestion than that of procyclic culture forms. It was even better protected than that of rat liver. It can be concluded that significant structural and functional dif- ferences exist not only between the chromatin of T. b. brucei and higher eukaryotes (rat), but also between various stages of the life cycle of the parasite. MAMMALIAN AND AVIAN RESERVOIRS FOR BORRELIA BURGDORFERI IN A LYME BORRELIOSIS FOCUS IN SWITZERLAND Vittoz N., Humair P. F., Siegenthaler M., Aeschlimann A. and Gern L., Institute of Zoology, University of Neuchatel, Chantemerle 22, CH-2000 Neuchatel Lyme borreliosis is a human systematic disease caused by a spirochete, Borrelia burgdorferi, that is vectored in Europe by Ixodes ricinus ticks. We attempted in this study to evaluate the competence of small mammals and birds as reservoirs for Borrelia burgdorferi. Feral rodents and birds were captured from April to October 1988 in a Lyme bor- reliosis focus on the Swiss Plateau. Ticks were removed from these hosts and examined for spirochetes by direct fluorescent antibody (DFA) staining. Spirochete-infected larval and nymphal /xodes ricinus were taken off Apodemus flavicollis, Apodemus sylvaticus, Clethrionomys glareolus and some ground-foraging birds, specially Turdidae. Blood samples were cultured in a selective medium (BSKII). Motionless spirochetes have been isolated from blood of 4 Apodemus sp. and 2 Erithacus rubecula. Serological surveys, using indirect immunofluorescence (IFA) assay, provided evidence of exposure of rodents and some bird species to borreliae in this Lyme borreliosis focus. The tick xenodiagnosis were used to determine the reservoir competence of rodents. Laboratory-reared Ixodes ricinus larvae appeared to have inherited spirochetes after blood-feeding on infected Apodemus sp. and Clethrionomys glareolus. Some rodents proved infective for ticks up to one year after capture. In this report, we demonstrate the reservoir ability of Apodemus sp. and Clethrionomys glareolus for Borrelia burgdorferi. Although the reservoir competence of birds has not been clearly determined, we suggest that certain bird species may help maintain Lyme borreliosis foci or establish new ones by dispersing infected ticks. SEROLOGICAL FINDINGS IN RELATION WITH RISK FACTORS: A TWO YEAR FOLLOW-UP OF A POPULATION AT RISK Zhioua E., Gern L., Aeschlimann A., Zoological Institute University Chantemerle 22, CH-2000 Neuchatel Our purpose was to gain data on the prevalence of Borrelia burgdorferi (BB) infection in orienteers (sportsmen) who spend a lot of time in forest increasing the risk to be in con- 784 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 tact with BB infected ticks. The infection rate of /xodes ricinus (Ir) in Switzerland ranges from 5-50%. Methods: the sportsmen were asked, twice a year, in spring and autumn, in 1986 (samples I and II) and 1987 (samples III and IV), to donate blood and to answer a ques- tionnaire about history of tick bites and possible Lyme symptomatology. The sera were tested by ELISA (IgG). Results: in sample I, 25% of the 1282 participants presented positive IgG titers. In sample II, 28% of the 804 participants were positive. In samples III and IV, 30% and 29% of 795 and 618 participants, respectively, were seropositive. During this 2 year study, the majority of titers remained stable. Only 4.3%, 5.4% and 3.6% shifted from negative to positive, between samples I and II (summertime), samples II and III (wintertime) and samples III and IV (summertime), respectively. At the beginning of the study, 18 orienteers reported history of definite Lyme bor- reliosis in the past (61% with high IgG titers). Between samples I and II, 14 persons developed a definite Lyme borreliosis (71% with high IgG titers). Between samples III and IV, only one case of ECM, with seroconversion, was observed. 78% of the orienteers had a history of tick bites. Conclusion: throughout this 2 year follow-up, we observed a rather stable serological status in the studied population frequently exposed to Ir. The high seroprevalence is in contrast to the low incidence of clinical disease. DEVELOPMENT OF BORRELIA BURGDORFERI IN IXODES RICINUS DURING BLOOD MEAL Zhu Z., Gern L., Aeschlimann A., Zoological Institute, University, Chantemerle 22, CH-2000 Neuchatel Our objective was to study the development of Borrelia burgdorferi, agent of Lyme borreliosis, in its vector /xodes ricinus and its possible modes of transmission by this thick. Methods: in group I, the ticks were infected on gerbils by subcutaneous injection of spirochetes at the feeding site. After moulting, the ticks were allowed to feed on uninfected rabbits. In group II, females were infected artificially by the capillary method and then fed to repletion on uninfected rabbits. In group III, uninfected ticks were used as controls. Ticks were sampled daily from rabbits until the 6th day of the blood meal and the Dieterle silver stain method was employed to visualise the borreliae under the light microscope. Results: in test groups I and II, spirochetes were found in the lumen of the midgut, in the hemolymph and in the acini and ducts of the salivary glands during blood meal. The number of systemic infected ticks increased with longer periods of feeding on the rabbit. Our results show that the spirochetes present after transstadial transmission and those ingested just 2 hours before the host attachment can induce a systematic infection in females during the blood meal. Conclusion: the presence of B. burgdorferi in the acini and ducts of the salivary glands lets suppose the possibility of salivary transmission of this spirochete by females of J. ricinus. PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 785 PARASITES AND PLANTS KEYNOTE LECTURE HOST CHOICE AND COMMUNITY STRUCTURE AMONG HUMMINGBIRD FLOWER MITES R. K. Colwell, Dept. of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. University of Conneticut, Storrs, CT 06269-3042 Mites of the genera Proctolaelaps and Rhinoseius (Ascidae) feed on nectar and pollen within the flowers of plants pollinated by hummingbirds. Newly-flowering inflorescences are colonized by mites arriving on the bills of hummingbirds. Many different mite species from the same habitat may share the same hummingbird carriers but each mite species is scrupilously faithful to its own host plant species, disembarking only at its flowers. Where flowering is seasonal, mites shift regularly among hosts on an annual cycle. Preference experiments demonstrate thet each mite species prefers its own host nectar to the nectar of either alien hosts or miteless, hummingbird pollinated species; both attractive and repellent plant chemicals appear to be involved. Neither interspecific competition nor special adaptation to host conditions fully accounts for the degree and pattern of host fidelity. Ecological and behavioral evidence and a theoretical model point to a significant role for sexual selection in the evolution of host fidelity, arising from differential success in finding mates in a complex environment. SYMPOSIUM SEARCHING BEHAVIOUR OF PARASITOIDS: MECHANISMS AND CONSEQUENCES AT THE POPULATION LEVEL J. Casas, Institut für Pflanzenwissenschaften, Bereich Phytomedizin, Clausiusstr. 21, ETH Zürich, 8092 Zürich A case study involving the apple leaf miners Phyllonorycter cydoniella (D. & S.) and Phyllonorycter blancardella Fabr. (Lep., Gracillaridae) and their parasitoid complex is presented. The searching behaviour of Sympiesis sericeicornis Walker (Hym. Eulophidae) was studied in the field. The analysis of the ethograms is done with explorative statistics (Box-plots) and reveals that the females are able to quickly discriminate hosts of different quality. The foraging behaviour at the patch level is efficient too: the females are able to recognize and handle the suitable hosts first and leave the leaf without missing any suitable host. The consequences at the population level of the ‘‘sampling’’ behaviour of the females (sampling with replacement with unequal but constant probabilities) are explored. The tridimensional position of each leaf harbouring mines was recorded in several apple trees with the aim to express the spatial distribution of parasitism as a function of the searching and attacking behaviour of single parasitoid females. A statistical procedure is first developed to characterise and classify the different spatial patterns. It is based on nearest-neighbours distances and Monte-Carlo tests, a computer intensive inferential method. In a second phase, a stochastic model of spatial parasitism, which includes various biological information, is developped for the parasitoid Cirrospilus vittatus Walker (Hym. Eulophidae) and tested in the field. The influence of the architecture of the tree on the percentage of parasitism is explored. tn to REVUE SUISSE ZooL., T. 97, 1990 786 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 The approach cab be easily extended to other systems, such as herbivores and plants. An ongoing project on the searching behaviour of fruitflies in apple trees (in collaboration with M. Aluja, Xalapa Mexico, and R. Prokopy, Mass. USA) will be briefly presented. A short overview of the current projects in the group of V. Delucchi will be presented in the last part of the talk. More information about the Phyllonorycter work can be found in: Physiological Entomology, 13, 373-390, Ecological Entomology, 14, 257-265 and Ecology (in press). ON THE ROLE OF ODOR IN HOST RACE FORMATION IN RHAGOLETIS POMONELLA Jürg E. Frey * and Guy L. Bush ** * Federal Research Station, Lab. 4, CH-8820 Wädenswill, Switzerland. ** Dept. of Zoology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI 48824, USA. The shift of Rhagoletis pomonella from its native host hawthorn to introduced apples occurred within the last 150 years under sympatric conditions. The two host races are genetically distinct and differ in mean adult emergence times and host acceptance behaviors. The most likely traits contributing to host race formation in this species are those involved in timing of adult eclosion and host preference. Both host races are highly selective in their host choice. Allozyme analysis of over 750 adult flies caught from hawthorn and apple trees growing side by side revealed no host choice errors and indicates that these flies must spend very little time, if any, on non-host plants. Because Rhagoletis flies meet and mate on their hosts plants, differential host preference may be the major mechanism reducing gene flow between host races. Color and shape have been shown to influence host discrimination, but odor seems to be the main cue in host acceptance. Fruit odors are known to attract these flies, possibly over distances up to 30 m. We found dif- ferences in antennal sensitivity to host fruit odor extracts as well as to single odor com- pounds of fruit odors betweeen the apple and the hawthorn host race of R. pomonella. This suggests that odor perception at the antennae is an important factor determining host preference. Since peripheral sensitivity can be modified by changes in only one or a few gene(s), this may be an important mechanism in host race formation in the genus Rhagoletis. INDUCIBLE RESISTANCE AND SAWFLY PERFORMANCE ON THE MOUNTAIN BIRCH IN NORTHERN FINLAND S. Hanhimaki, University of Turku, Department of Biology, Laboratory of Ecological Zoology, SF-20500 Turku, Finland The effect of leaf damage simulating the feeding of early season insect herbivore species, e.g., Epirrita autumnata, to mountain birch, Betula pubescens ssp. tortuosa, on the performance of insect larvae was studied with several leaf-chewing sawfly species. I found variation in the results that was due to short- and long-term inducible responses and to the phenology of the herbivore species. Additional variation was caused by differences between seasons (years) and herbivore species. In general, early and mid-season species are more sensitive to induced reactions than late season species. The growth of the larvae of mid-season sawfly species was affected by both short- and long-term inducible reactions. PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 787 This result shows that early season species may escape short-term inducible reactions of the mountain birch in current year but may not avoid long-term effects. Seasonal deterioration of leaf quality may either mask the effects of inducible resistance or late season species may be better adapted to low-quality leaves. Thus, inducible resistance may play a role in competitive interactions between herbivore species in the leaf-chewing insect guild of the mountain birch. INTRAGENERIC DIFFERENTIATION IN HOST PREFERENCE AND MODUS OF OVIPOSITION IN THE OLIGOPHAGOUS WEEVIL GENUS LARINUS — IN RELATION TO EVOLUTIONARY DIVERGENCE IN HOST AND PLANT PARASITE TAXON Jürg Herbst, Lehrstuhl für Tierökologie I, Universität Bayreuth, Postfach 10 12 51, D-8580 Bayreuth The analysis of processes determining the structure of communities of phytophagous insects requires an approach combining ecological with evolutionary aspects of differen- tiations of the taxa involved. Central to understanding are the niche concept especially predictions regarding the coexistence of species as well as the concept of coevolution of parasite strategies with defense mechanisms in host plants. In the weevil genus Larinus composed of numerous oligophagous species exploiting host species of the tribe Cardueae (Asteraceae) — known as thistles — patterns of dif- ferentiation can be described covering several niche parameters. A comparison of host preferences encompasses collection data, experimental feeding ranges and results of a biotest with host plant extracts. Additionally functional differences in Oviposition are presented regarding range of exploited developmental stages and specific ways and positions of oviposition. Niche divergence is divided into a larger component between 3 groups of species — largely identic to taxonomically recognized subgenera — and smaller deviations within groups. Differences between groups cover all niche parameters with functional deviations being correlated to morphological differences e.g. in rostrum shape. Differentiation of host ranges is in accordance with coevolution as phylogenies of host and parasite groups are parallel. Within groups niches show higher degrees of overlap which may be reduced at a geographic level by existence of regional host specificity. The influence of ‘‘ressource tracking’’ in case of local absence of host species leading to extension of host ranges is discussed as an effect covering up a possibly underlying parallel phylogeny of host and parasite taxon. ROOT-FEEDING INSECTS ON THISTLES: THEIR IMPACT ON PLANT PERFORMANCE AND POTENTIAL USE AS BIOCONTROL AGENTS Heinz Miiller, Zoologisches Institut der Universitat, CH-4051 Basel In a field study and a parallel experiment with potted plants, I analysed the impact of a root-feeding moth on survival, growth and reproduction of Centaurea maculosa (Compositae), under various levels of intra- and interspecific plant competition. I will 788 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 1) present results on the impact of the three stress factors intraspecific competition, competition with the grass Festuca pratensis, and root herbivory by Agapeta zoegana (Lep.: Cochylidae), and discuss its underlying mechanisms, 2) discuss the effects of the root herbivores as a function of the plant’s competitive environment (combined effects, cumulative stress model, predictability of compensatory plant responses), and 3) evaluate the potential impact of these root-feeders on the plant’s population dynamics in view of their use as a biological control agent against this Centaurea species, which has become one of the major prairie weeds in North America since its introduction ca. 100 years ago. HOST PLANT SELECTION BY THE CABBAGE FLY DELIA RADICUM Peter Roessingh & Erich Stadler, Eidg. Forschungsanstalt, Schloss, CH-8820 Wadenswil Insect-plant relations are strongly influenced by chemical cues. Although this idea has a long history, as yet only a few examples exist in which the responsible chemicals are indeed identified. This presents a strong contrast to for instance the situation in sex- pheromone research, were chemical details of many active compounds are known. A major reason for this discrepancy is the fact that the behaviourally active compounds in plant are buried between thousands of other chemicals. Consequently a large amount of work is needed to isolate and identify these compounds. One of the main difficulties is that a priori nothing is none about the chemical involved, excluding the use of special techniques aimed at certain groups of compounds. It is therefore necessary to go through a long chain of purification steps- each time cheeking the biological activity of all frac- tions. As a result this type of research also has a strong multi-disciplinary element and needs the expertise of both chemists and biologists. The presented work is aimed at the identification of chemicals used by the cabbage fly, Delia radicum, to recognize its host plant. Some of the encountered difficulties will be discussed and present state of the research described. DIFFERENTIATION IN MORPHOMETRICS AND DEVELOPMENTAL TIME IN EURYTOMA TIBIALIS BOHEMAN (HYMENOPTERA, EURYTOMIDAE) H. Schlumprecht, Department of Animal Ecology, University Bayreuth, D-8580 Bayreuth Laboratory reared adult endoparasitoids of Eurytoma tibialis BOHEMAN from 14 hosts and hostplant species were compared by using discriminant analysis of 21 mor- phometric characters and ANCOVA of developmental rate curves. The hosts are Urophora, Chaetorellia, Orellia and Tephritis species (Diptera, Tephritidae) in flower- heads of Cirsium, Carduus, Carthamus and Centaurea species (Asteraceae). The 14 populations of E. tibialis were separated into 5 morphometric groups on the first eight canonical variates. The groups were not changed by character-transformations like standardization with the size of the host or own body size. Morphometric groups mostly consist of specimens reared from related or congeneric host-plants, but phenology and habitat type of the hostplants are involved. An analysis of the nonlinear developmental PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 789 rate curves showed differences in optimum temperature, developmental threshold and maximum rates of development between larvae from Tephritis conura and Urophora congrua with those associated with Urophora-species from Centaurea-hostplants. The morphospecies E. tibialis seems to be differentiated in ‘‘biotypes’’ (sensu Diehl and Bush 1984) a group of sibling species. Different developmental times can be interpreted as adaption to phenology of hosts and hostplants promoting allochrone speciation. The differentiation of E. tibialis is in agreement with the predictions from the ‘‘idiobiont/koinobiont’’- hypothesis. THE USE OF THE SAME HOST PLANT BY CRYPTIC AND APOSEMATIC CHRYSOMELIDS IS ASSOCIATED WITH DIFFERENT LIFE-CYCLE STRATEGIES S. Varlez, Laboratoire de biologie animale et cellulaire, CP 160, Université Libre de Bruxelles, 50 av. F. D. Roosevelt, B 1050 Bruxelles. Two species of leaf beetle (Cassida viridis and Chrysolina fastuosa) living in the same habitat (Labiates in damp biotopes) and sharing one of their host plants (Galeopsis tetrahit), make different use of this host plant and have different reproductive strategies. The contrast between the two species may be related to their opposed defensive strategies, through the insect apparency notion. Cassida viridis is cryptic and chemically undefended. Its phenology, its location on the plant and the relative height of chosen plants reduce its probability to be found by a predator. On the other hand, the aposematic Chrysolina fastuosa presents for the same parameters a higher apparency. As for the reproduction, differences seems to be related to the longer egg laying period for the aposematic species rather than to a tradeoff between defense and reproduc- tion costs. Their contrasting phenologies involve different feeding strategies for the larvae of the two species, which are both chemically undefended. Thus, defense, feeding and life cycle strategies are to be considered together for a better understanding of relationships between phytophagous insects and their host plants. POSTER SESSION OXYNA PARIETINA L. (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE) ON ARTEMISIA VULGARIS: DENSITY DEPENDENCE OF THE MORTALITY FACTORS C. Denys, Zoologisches Institut & Zoologisches Museum der Universitat Hamburg, Martin-Luther-King Platz 3, D-2000 Hamburg 13 The fruit fly Oxyna parietina L. (Diptera: Tephritidae) is monophagous on mugwort (Artemisia vulgaris L., Asteraceae). Their larvae develop endophytic in the stemmark of the hostplant. The population density of the larvae suffers more or less strong fluctuations on different stands. As possible causes for these fluctuations three mortality factors were examined: two species of parasitoid wasp, Pteromalus parietinae GRAHAM and Chlorocytus sp. (Pteromalidae) and a mortality caused by unknown factors. Density dependence of these mortality factors will be shown and discussed. 790 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 BIOCHEMISCHE UNTERSUCHUNGEN ZUR POPULATIONSGENTIK VON OREINA GLORIOSA (COLEOPTERA, CHRYSOMELIDAE) F. Eggenberger & M. Rowell-Rahier, Zoologisches Institut der Universitat, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel Oreina ist eine Gattung alpiner Blattkäfer, die in Höhen zwischen 600 und 2100 m.ü.M. vorkommt. Die monophage Art O. gloriosa ist in halbschattigen Habitaten, meist auf ihrer Futterpflanze Peucedanum ostruthium (Apiaceae) anzutreffen. Ihrer auf- falligen Farbung wegen ist O. gloriosa in erhohtem Mass optisch orientierten Pradatoren ausgesetzt. Es ist deshalb nicht erstaunlich, dass O. gloriosa eine Verteidigungsstrategie zur Abwehr von Prädatoren entwickelt hat. Diese beruht auf der Ausscheidung von toxischen Substanzen (v.a. Cardenolide) mittels prothorakaler Drüsen. Die Populationsdichte von O. gloriosa beträgt in drei untersuchten Populationen im Wallis (Schweiz) zwischen 4 und 10 Individuen pro qm. Untersuchungen des ‘‘Dispersals’’ haben ergeben, dass sich O. gloriosa nur sehr wenig bewegt. Isolation und die daraus resultierende genetische Differenzierung von geographisch deutlich getrennten Popula- tionen scheint somit wahrscheinlich zu sein. Zur Bestimmung der vermuteten genetischen Unterschiede zwischen den betreffenden Populationen wurden 6 Enzymioci von insgesamt 426 O. gloriosa gelelektrophoretisch untersucht. Die durch diese Allozymanalysen ermittelten Nei-Distanzen zwischen Popula- tionen von 6 verschiedenen Standorten im Wallis sind mit den Entfernungen zwischen den jeweiligen Standorten positiv korreliert. Chromatographische Analysen (HPLC) der prothorakalen Sekrete von O. gloriosa ergaben signifikante Unterschiede in der Zusammensetzung der Sekrete von Individuen verschiedener Populationen. Diese Unterschiede entsprechen den gelelektrophoretisch nachgewiesenen Nei-Distanzen. Beide biochemischen Untersuchungen zeigen demnach unabhängig voneinander, dass zwischen Populationen der Blattkäferart Oreina gloriosa benachbarter Täler im Wallis Unterschiede bestehen, wobei zumindest die gelelektrophoretisch nachgewiesenen genetisch bedingt sind. Die ermittelten Unterschiede sind zwar relativ klein, nehmen aber deutlich mit der Entfernung zwischen den jeweiligen Standorten zu. BIOLOGISCHE SCHÄDLINGSBEKÄMPFUNG: NEMATODEN (HETERORHABDITIS) ALS VEKTOREN IM BODEN FÜR BAKTERIEN (XENORHABDUS L.) IN DER BEKÄMPFUNG VON ZIERPFLANZEN- SCHÄDLINGEN J. Grunder, Eidg. Forschungsanstalt, Abt. Nematologie, CH-8820 Wädenswil SCHWERMETALLTOLERANZ VON SILENE VULGARIS (CARYOPHYLLACEAE): FOLGEN FÜR DIE HERBIVOREN (kein Text eingegangen) D. Haefelfinger & H. Müller, Zoologische Institut der Universität, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel In Bergbaugebieten ehemaliger Zinkerzminen sind auf stark zink- und cadmium- haltigen Pionierpflanzen phytophage Insekten anzutreffen. Neben dem Vorteil von geringerer Konkurrenz, könnte die Adaptation der Insekten an diese Pflanzen aber auch mit Einbussen verbunden sein, die in erster Linie mit der Entgiftung der schwermetallhaltigen Nahrung zusammenhängen. PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 791 Zur Abklärung allfälliger Kosten für die Phytophagen wurde die Wirkung verschieden hoher Zn und Cd Gehalte in S. vulgaris auf die Entwicklungsdauer, Biomasse, Überleben und Wahlvermögen von Cassida azurea (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae), einem Spezialisten und von Subcoccinella 24-punctata (Coleoptera, Coccinellidae), einem Generalisten-Herbivoren untersucht. Zur Kontamination des Pflanzenmaterials mit Schwermetallen wurden Sprosse von S. vulgaris eine bestimmte Zeit im Licht in Zn und Cd haltige Lösung bekannter Konzen- tration eingestellt. Dadurch konnten Sprosse mit etwa gleichem, doppeltem und zum Teil viermal so hohem Schwermetallgehalt, wie sie in S. vulgaris auf Boden ehemaliger Bergbauminen vorkommen, hergestellt werden. Die Entwicklung der Insekten wurde vom Erstlarvenstadium bis zum Adulttier untersucht. Zur Untersuchung des Erkennungs- vermögens der Tiere von Schwermetallen in Pflanzenmaterial, wurden Frass- und Eiablagewahlversuche mit verschieden hoch kontaminierten Sprossen und ganzen Pflanzen durchgeführt. Die Überlebensrate, Biomasse und Entwicklungsdauer von C. azurea und S. 24-punctata unterschied sich nicht zwischen Tieren auf Kontrollsprossen, Sprossen mit 800 ppm Zn, 4 ppm Cd und Sprossen mit 1600 ppm Zn, 8 ppm Cd. Bei beiden Arten weisen die Tiere von schwermetallhaltigen Sprossen gegenüber Kontrolltieren einen erhöhten Zn und Cd Gehalt auf. Weiter zeigte sich, dass die Spezialisten- und die Generalistenart weder beim Fressen noch bei der Eiablage zwischen schwermetallhaltigen Sprossen und Kontrollsprossen unterscheidet. Speziationsprozesse bei Generalisten- und Spezialisten-Insektenarten auf schwermetallhaltigen S. vulgaris werden kurz diskutiert. INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE LAND SNALL ARIANTA ARBUSTORUM AND SOME ASTERACEOUS FOOD PLANS B. Speiser, M. Rowell-Rahier, Zoologisches Institut der Universität, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel Specialist herbivores are adapted on a group of biochemically similar plants, while generalist herbivores can often feed on a variety of biochemically dissimilar plants. Their adaptation is therefore not so specific and often assumed to be less efficient. In this study, we investigate whether the land snail Arianta arbustorum can feed on plants containing pyrrolizidine alkaloids (PA). PA are highly toxic to mammals, but their effects on invertebrates are almost unknown. At our study site, amontane forest, two plants contain PA: Adenostyles alliariae and Senecio fuchsii (both asteraceae). PA concentrations in the leaves fall throughout most of the season. Early in the season, old leaves show highest PA concentrations. Total nitrogen concentration is always highest in the youngest leaves and lowest in the oldest ones. In the laboratory, Ariana arbustorum eats only small quantities of either Adenostyles or Senecio, and after a few days stops feeding at all, if no other food is offered. In the field, the leaves of both Adenostyles and Senecio are not attacked substantially except for the oldest ones. At the end of the season, herbivory increases markedly. These results suggest that Arianta arbustorum is primarily selective concerning the age of the leaves it eats, and this has consequences for the amount of PA and nitrogen in ingests. Whether it has the ability to choose leaves with low PA or high nitrogen content will be studied this summer. 792 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 INVESTIGATION ON THREE CHAMAESPHECIA SPECIES AS POTENTIAL BIOCONTROL AGENTS AGAINST LEAFY SPURGE (E. VIRGATA X ESULA) AND THEIR SPECIFICITY ON OTHER EUPHOR- BIAS Christine Ziegler, Zoologisches Institut der Universitat, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel The objective of this study was to gather data on life cycles and especially the larval development, of Chamaesphecia species, in regard to their application as control can- didates on leafy spurge (Euphorbia virgata x esula). In North America the hybrid, leafy spurge, is a perennial noxious weed causing vast agricultural damage due to its hardiness as a competitor and its adaptability on prairie country. This survey pertains to monophagous endophytic larvae of the genus Chamaesphecia (Fam. Sesiidae) specifically: Ch. hungarica, Ch. palustris and Ch. bibioniformis. In situ as well as labratory observations were made of the interactions between these herbivorous moths and their spurges host plants. Field records included biotope assessments, particularly soil analysis, plant associations and eco-geographical com- parisons between leafy spurge sites. Labratory studies included emergence rates, copula- tion successes, Oviposition preferences and larval behaviour as well as development. Biocontrol agents must fulfil the following conditions in order to be efficient: have a narrow host range, effectively hamper the target plant (attack sensible phenostage) and be an abundant and widely distributed species. Certain species are amply found on sites in the Balkan; Yugoslavia, Hungary and Czechoslovakia. They show a narrow host preference to their spurges (and sometimes leafy spurge) and effectively destroy root tissue. Possible speciation of Chamaesphecia on Euphorbia species are briefly discussed. PARASITES AND EVOLUTION KEYNOTE LECTURE PARASITES AND SEXUAL SELECTION IN RED JUNGLE FOWL Randy Thornhill, Department of Biology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque. N. M. 87131, USA The significance of male ornaments in sexual selection has been a subject of controversy among biologists since Darwin. The question remains open whether Ornaments are arbitrary signals that have become genetically coupled with the female’s preference for them or truthful indicators of male heritable genetic quality. Using a species of intestinal roundworm, experimentally infected and control groups of roosters were compared in terms of ornaments as well as nonornamental traits. The eventual mating success of the roosters in mate choice trials was also determined. The roundworm disproportionately influences ornamental, as opposed to nonornamental, male traits. Hens preferred roosters which showed fewer signs of disease. Aspects of our study reveal that male-male competition and ornamentation are linked. The results overall indicate that female choice is designed by selection to distinguish healthy from diseased males by ornament development and that ornaments reflect design by selection for truthful advertisement of male health. Female choice and male ornamentation are best DI PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 793 characterized in terms of psychological adaptations rather than in terms of behavioral or morphological adaptations. Psychological adaptations are information processing mechanisms. It seems that the psychology of jungle fowl hen’s mate choice is designed to process information about male health. The psychology of male ornamentation regulates roosters’ ornamentation during development via information about roosters’ health and social status. The research on jungle fowl is used to illustrate how the analysis of the func- tional design of adaptations (in this case the design of female choice adaptation and the design of the adaptation of males that regulates ornamentation) can be used to infer how sexual selection has actually worked during evolutionary history. SYMPOSIUM POPULATION DYNAMICS OF GALBA TRUNCATULA AND ITS INFECTION WITH FASCIOLA HEPATICA IN A SWISS MOUNTAIN AREA F. Borlin-Petzold *, T. A. Freyvogel & K. Pfister, Swiss Tropical Institute, Basel and Department of Parasitology, University of Bern * Present address: Istituto Cantonale Batteriosierologico, Lugano. The liver fluke, Fasciola hepatica, is a world wide distributed parasite of herbivores, especially of cattle and sheep, and occasionally of man. Its intermediate snail host Galba (Lymnaea) truncatula was studied over a three-year period in natural habitats of the Eriztal (Berner Oberland) between 900 and 1500 m above sea level. The occurrence and some aspects of the population dynamics of the snail on one hand, the occurrence and the seasonal fluctuations of the developing stages of F. hepatica within the snails on the other hand have been observed. In the mountain region considered, only one snail generation is completed within a season. The average snail infection rate with F. hepatica was between 5,0 and 7,5%, with great variations from year to year. Infected snails could be found in spring and autumn, but only in spring were the F. hepatica cercariae sufficiently developed to emerge from the snails and infest herbage. It is concluded that cattle is at risk of infection virtually in spring (May, June), at the beginning of the pasture season. THE ROLE OF THE PARASITOID LEPTOPILINA (HYMENOPTERA, CYNIPIDAE) IN THE COM- PETITIVE INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE SIBLING SPECIES, DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER AND D. SIMULANS M. Boulétreau & P. Fouillet, Génétique des Populations, Université Lyon I, F-69622 Villeurbanne In the field the two sibling species Drosophila melanogaster and D. simulans coexist in many places, and competition for food does occur among larvae exploiting the same fruits in association. In experimental systems they do not coexist and as a general rule D. melanogaster climinates D. simulans. We tested in experimental cages the role of the larvalendoparasitoid L. boulardi in the outcome of this interspecific competition. 794 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 Cages were initiated with 300 D. simulans and 200 D. melanogaster. Flies developed with overlapping generations. We compared the evolution of the ratio simulans/melanogater in the presence and in the absence of the parasitoid at two temperatures: 22 and 25°C. At 25°C D. simulans was eliminated within 60 days in uninfested control cages, whereas in infested cages, both species coexisted up to the end of experiments (100 days) with an apparent equilibrium of 20% D. simulans, 80% D. melanogaster. At 22°C D. simulans was eliminated in 100 days in control cages. On the other hand, it was at an advantage in infested cages as long as parasitoids were present, and took the best over D. melanogaster. Before D. melanogaster was eliminated, we discarded parasitoids. Then D. melanogaster took again the best and D. simulans fell down. Following further reintroduction of parasitoids, D. simulans was once more at an advantage and finally eliminated D. melanogaster in all infested cages. Taken together these results establish that: 1 — In the absence of parasitoids, D. melanogaster was at an advantage over D. simulans and eliminated it at both temperatures (22 and 25°C). 2 — In the presence of parasitoids, the competiveness of D. melanogaster was reduced, being equal to that of D. simulans at 22°C, thus leading to coexistence of species, and lower at 25°, thus leading to its exclusion. Thus according to temperature, the parasitoid Leptipilina either promotes the coexistence of host species, or inverts the outcome of interspecific competition. Several mechanisms may contribute to this effect of parasitoids: 1 — Higher susceptibility of D. melanogaster larvae to parasitization, due both to preferential oviposition by parasitoid females and to their lower immune resistance to parasites, balances the competitive superiority of the species over D. simulans. 2 — Destruction of a number of flies by the parasitoid reduces the overall offspring production, thus lowering the intensity of competition for food among larvae. 3 — The presence of parasitized individuals among Drosophila larvae introduces a higher heterogeneity among competitors, thus changing the rules and the outcome of competition. EVOLUTION THEORIES FOR EYE-FREQUENTING, FRUIT-PIERCING AND BLOOD-SUCKING LEPIDOPTERA W. Buttiker, Natural History Museum, Augustinergasse 2, CH-4001 Basel The behaviour and economic importance of fruit-piercing noctuids have been reported in Asia, Africa and elsewhere in the course of the last hundred years. Noctuid eye-frequenters are known since the last century and additional taxonomic families (pyralids, geometrids, notodontids, sphingids, thyatirids) are now known with the same habits. The discovery of the remarkable blood-sucking noctuids in South East Asia date back to the 1960ies. Thanks to detailed investigations and casual observations on the presence and absence of these behavioural groups in Africa, Asia and Europe an attempt is made to postulate evolution theories in comparison with normal nectar-feeding moths. However, the taxonomic status, the morphological characteristics, anatomy, biology, geographic distribution, bioclimate and host range allow to speculate on the geologically recent development of these lepidopteran groups, particularly with regard to the evolution PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 795 of the parasite behaviour of eye-frequenting and blood-feeding moths. There is still a need for investigations on the possible mechanical transmission of animal and human diseases, and the collaboration of specialists in this multidisciplinary research project is advocated. THE EVOLUTION OF AN INTRACELLULAR SYMBIOSIS: THE EXAMPLE OF THE GENUS LEISHMANIA Philippe Esterre, Pathologie cellulaire, Institut Pasteur de Lyon, 69007 Lyon, France Leishmania (L.) are, like Trypanosoma, members of the family of Trypanosomatidae (Protozoa, Kinetoplastida). Most of the trypanosomatids lives in an extracellular microecological niche, some species have become adapted to an intracellular life but without showing pathogenicity (in reptiles), some are responsible of infections in mammals (vertebrate hosts): species belonging to the donovani, tropica, braziliensis and mexicana complexes. With the examples of the parasites whose life cycles are occuring in South America, the evolutive aspects of this surprising intracellular symbiosis (the phagolysosome compartment of macrophages is an extremely hostile niche!) are considered. The co-evolution of this host-parasite relationship implicates some underlying processes: * an ECOLOGICAL PREADAPTATION, i.e. the existence of potential hosts and vectors in the same place. L. parasites a wide range of definitive hosts but are highly specific for their phlebotomine vectors. * a BIOLOGICAL PREADAPTATION, some parasite receptors (like the highly conserved surface Gp63) representing an ancestral adhesion mechanism with a survival advantage to getting inside the macrophage. * a DYNAMIC RELATIONSHIP WITH THE HOST (strains variations of pathogenecity, heterogenecity of the cellular populations involved, existence of a mouse gene for resistance to L. infection,...) exhibiting an r-strategy. The hypothesis of an evolution of this intracellular symbiosis leads to some questions on the origin of this intriguing pathway (predaptation? phagocytosis as a poorly specific event? different strategies of other intracellular parasites) and its stability (natural selec- tion of the host (immune) response, big evolutionary jumps or selfish mutations?,...) in the time. SOCIAL STRUCTURE AND INFECTION RISK INOYSTERCATCHERS, HAEMATOPUS OSTRALEGUS C. P. Goater, Zoologisches Museum der Universitat Zurich, Winterthurerstr. 190, CH-8057 Zurich The cestode, Micrasomacanthus rectacantha and the trematode, Psilostomum brevicolle are the two most common helminths (prevalence = 100%) infecting a population of Oystercatchers on the Exe estuary, Devon, UK. Both species are transmitted to Oystercatchers through cockle (Cerastoderma edule) intermediate hosts. Spatial and seasonal infection patterns in Oystercatchers and in cockles were monitored over 2 years to determine which specific sub-populations of birds were most at risk of helminth infec- tion. Results indicated that factors (especially social status) which determine the feeding and habitat preferences of individual birds best explained the extremely variable intensities 796 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 of infection. Most birds (80%) on the estuary are adults which specialize on uninfected mussels and have low helminth burdens. High intensity infections are associated with a small sub-population of juvenile birds which selectively feed on ‘muddy’ cockles. These juveniles are most at risk of infection in fall and early winter when larval abundance in cockles is highest. Previous long-term studies on ringed Oystercatchers from the Exe have indicated that when bird density is highest, increased social pressure acts to remove juvenile birds from mussel beds, onto surrounding mud-flats. There, they suffer decreased intake rate and increased mortality. Results from this study suggest they are also at greater risk of helminth infection. GENETIC EXCHANGE AND THE EVOLUTION OF CHARACTERS IN AFRICAN TRYPANOSOMES L. Jenni, Swiss Tropical Institute, Socin Str. 57, CH-4051 Basel Until recently, trypanosomes causing sleeping sickness in man were believed to reproduce primarily by binary fission. The question whether these parasites pass a sexual cycle has been the subject of controversy since the original description of these organisms. One reason for doubting the existence of genetic crosses in trypanosomes was that these parasites have their own ways of generating genotypic diversity, regardless of sex, and these phenomenons like antigenic variation have received much attention in recent years. Trypanosomes of the subgenus 7rypanozoon have a complex life cycle and differentiate into several distinct morphological forms in both insect vectors and mammalian hosts. The existence of genetic recombination could explain why phenotypic characters like e.g. variable surface glycoproteins, drug resistance and host specificity and pathogenicity do show some variety and instability. A direct demonstration of genetic exchange in 7. brucei was provided by the discovery of hybrid trypanosomes, following simultaneous cyclical transmission of two 7. brucei clones in the same tsetse flies. One important consequence of the discovery of gene exchange is that it may now be combined with molecular techniques to establish the genetic basis of the phenotypic characters mentioned above. However, the mechanisms of genetic exchange in trypanosomes are still very unclear. The hybrid progeny so far analysed fall into two categories: 1. Subtetraploid heterokaryons, with an unstable DNA content which may have arisen from a simple fusion event and 2. Diploid hybrid organisms showing Mendelian inheritance of some characters depending on meiosis and syngamy. In addition, genetic exchange is obviously not an obligatory event for the successful completion of one part of the parasite’s life cycle in the tsetse fly. Analyses of joint locus frequencies suggest that trypanosome populations may be lacking some genotype combinations. These data could reflect a potential for the evolu- tion of distinct parasite populations, each with their particular behavioural characteristics. METADILEPIDIDAE: A FAMILY GOING WEST! J. Mariaux, Institut de Zoologie, Université-Mail, CH-2007 Neuchatel The order Cyclophyllidea, the best known among cestodes, is composed of about fifteen families among which appear the Dilepididae F., 1907 and the Paruterinidae F., 1907. Both are widely accepted, as some characteristics, usually considered fundamental, are clearly different in each of them: PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 797 — Rostellum with a pouch and sacciform uterus in Dilepididae. — Rostellum without a pouch and presence of a paruterine organ in Paruterinidae. In 1947, the genus Metadilepis was created by Spassky for Dilepis globacantha F., 1913. This species is particular in harbouring neither a paruterine organ nor a rostellar pouch but was nevertheless classified amongst the Dilepididae by all systematicians. In 1959, Spassky created the subfamily of Metadilepidinae for Metadilepis and two other genera, and considered it to be closer to the Paruterinidae than the Dilepididae, despite the lack of a paruterine organ. Finally this taxon was raised up to the status of a family in which Spassky & Spasskaja (1977) consider eight genera, all of them with characteristics intermediate to the Dilepididae and the Paruterinidae. The family Metadilepidae has surprisingly never been considered by Western authors and, to our knowledge, it has been cited for the first time in our 1989 discussion of Skrjabinoporus. This situation is rather astonishing when considering that Metadilepididae form a group, admittedly small, but homogeneous and having a very interesting position in cyclophyllidean systematics. During a systematic survey of bird parasites in Ivory Coast, we have found several species of Metadilepididae, one of which belongs to a new genus. This material, together with the work of Russian authors, entitles us to: a) confirm the validity of Metadilepididae b) discuss the relative importance of criteria used in cyclophyllidean systematics at the level of the family c) analyse the validity and homogeneity of metadilepididaean genera. EVOLUTION OF PARASITE POPULATIONS: SPECIATION, SPECIFICITY, POPULATION GENETICS AND MODELISATION T. de Meeus *, Y. Michalakis **, I. Olivieri ** and F. Renaud * * Laboratoire de Parasitologie comparée, URA 698 CNRS, USTL, case 105, place Eugène Bataillon, 34095 Montpellier cedex, France. ** INRA, Station d’amelioration des plantes de Montpellier, Domaine de Melgueil, 34130 Mauguio, France. In the Mediterranean, Lepeophtheirus thompsoni Baird, 1850 specifically infests turbot (Psetta maxima L., 1758), whereas L. europaensis Zeddam, Berrebi, Renaud, Raibaut & Gabrion, 1988 infests brill (Scophthalmus rhombus L., 1758) and flounder (Platichthys flesus L., 1758). Experimental infestation of turbot by copepods from each of the three fish species showed an absence of any physiological incompatibility preventing natural development of the two parasite species, at least on one host species, i.e. turbot. Moreover, interspecific hybrids were obtained experimentally, which implies that: (i) there is no strict genetic barrier between the two species and (ii) the natural prezygotic isolation results from a choice of the most favorable habitat. Population genetics model indeed shows that this phenomenon may lead to genetic isolation under certain conditions depending firstly on the existence or not of density dependance (Soft or Hard selection models). We then discuss the origin and evolutionary consequences, in the Mediterranean, for L. europaensis populations parasitizing brill and flounder, two hosts separated by their taxonomic status and ecobiology. This situation might indeed lead to the establish- ment of a sympatric speciation. 798 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 MALE BREEDING COLORATION, FEMALE CHOICE AND PARASITES IN STICKLEBACKS Manfred Milinski & Theo C. M. Bakker, Abteilung Verhaltensökologie, Zool. Institut, Universitat Bern, Wohlenstr. 50a, CH-3032 Hinterkappelen, Switzerland We provide experimental evidence supporting the Hamilton-Zuk hypothesis. It assumes that females prefer brightly coloured males because the intensity of their breeding coloration is an indicator for resistance against the predominant parasites. In male three-spined sticklebacks (Gasterosteus aculeatus) the intensity of the red breeding coloration correlated positively with physical condition. When given the choice of two similarly coloured males females preferred the slightly brighter one. Choice experiments under green light preventing the females from being able to use red colour cues caused the formerly preferred males to be chosen no more than randomly, although the males’ courtship behaviour remained unchanged. Infection with Ichthyophthirius multifiliis, a common parasite of sticklebacks, reduced the males’ physical condition and their intensity of breeding coloration. Tests under both light conditions revealed that the females recognized the formerly parasitized males by their decreased intensity of breeding coloration. PASSERINE POLYGYNY: A ROLE FOR PARASITES? Andrew F. Read, Dept. of Zoology, University of Oxford, South Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3PS, U.K. Parasites might influence the evolution of mating systems if they may play a role in the evolution of female choice and/or effect the outcome of male-male competition. Using sister taxon comparisons to control for the effects of phylogeny, I show for European and North American passerine birds, that the proportion of individuals infected with blood parasites is significantly lower in polygynous species than it is in monogamous species. This remains so even after controlling for the effects of body length, sampling effort, latitude, migratory behaviour, habitat, nest type and height, diet, nest dispersion, and male parental effort in nest building, incubation and feeding offspring. Several potential explanations of this association are discussed. One possibility is that polygynous species are, on average, more resistant to haematozoa infection. This could arise if there is heritable variation in resistance and if polygyny results in resistant males obtaining more mates. There are several other possible explanations, such as differences in risk of exposure, none of which can be easily distinguished by interspecific analyses, but which are amenable to intraspecific tests. The patterns I report are striking, and suggest that parasitic infection should be considered as a factor influencing passerine mating systems, which ever way the causal arrow goes. THE EFFECTS OF PARASITES ON THE CONDITIONS FOR HE EVOLUTION OF SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR Jacqui Shykoff & Paul Schmid-Hempel, Zoologisches Institut Basel, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel The model for evolution by kin selection was first formulated by Hamilton to describe the conditions for the spread of a gene for altruism in a population. Altruist genes will spread when benefits to the recipient of altruistic acts divided by the costs to the donor PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 799 (in terms of offspring gained and lost) times the degree of relationship (r) between recipient and donor is greater than one. Subsequent discussions and applications of this model have implicitly assumed that degree of relationship varies independently from the costs and benefits of helping behaviour, such that raising r simply serves to lower the benefit/cost ratio which allows the spread of altruism genes. We discuss this assumption in light of experiments with bumble bees which show that high genetic relationship among individuals facilitates the transmission of an intestinal trypanosome parasite. Thus high relationship among interacting individuals increases an individual’s inclusive fitness but also may carry costs associated with enhanced transmission of infectious diseases. Parasites and pathogens may therefore represent a previously unrecognized force affecting the conditions for the evolution of sociality and the genetic structure of social groups. POSTER SESSION EFFECTS OF PARASITES ON REPRODUCTION AND BODY CONDITION OF GREAT TITS (PARUS MAJOR L.) K. Allander & R. Dufva, Uppsala University, Department of Zoology, Box 561, S-751 22 Uppsala, Sweden We tested whether two species of parasites, a flea (Ceratophyllus gallinae) and a bloodparasite (Haemoproteus sp.) affected body conditions of Great Tit nestlings and their parents. By manipulating the amount of fleas in nest boxes during the egglaying period, we investigated whether effects of parasites on hosts were proportional to the population size of the parasite after fledging of offspring. Parameters measured were: hatching success, fledging success, length of incubation, weigth and tarsus length of nestlings and weigth of the parents. Presence of fleas affected the weight and tarsus length of nestlings. Broods from nests with no or small amounts of fleas weighed on average more and had longer tarsi, than broods from nests with high load of fleas. The lack of negative effects on the other parameters measured, can be due to host adaptations to the local flea population. We examined 47 adult Great Tits for the occurence of blood-parasites. All 47 individuals had parasites of the genus Haemoproteus. The weight of the adult tits were negatively correlated with amount of Haemoproteus, thus indicating an influence on host condition. It is likely that reduced body conditions of both nestlings and adults lowers their survival prospects. THE ROLE OF PARASITOID FLIES (CONOPIDAE, DIPT.) FOR LIKE HISTORY VARIATION IN NATURAL POPULATIONS OF BUMBLEBEES (BOMBUS, HYM.) S. Durrer & P. Schmid-Hempel, Zoologisches Institut der Universität, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel Simple theoretical models for annual eusocial colonies predict that stress-induced reduction in colony growth should lead to earlier reproduction, loss in the number of reproductives released and a shortened reproductive period. The parasitisation of adult bumblebees (Bombus, Hymenoptera) by conopid larvae (Sicus, Physocephala, 800 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 Conopidae, Diptera) is known to increase mortality rate in populations of bees and could so impose such an ergonomic stress for heavily affected colonies. We measured prevalence of parasites in natural populations of bumblebees, Bombus pascuorum and B. terrestris, B. lucorum (polled as B. terr/luc) at various sites as well as the ‘‘classical’’ environmental factors resource availability (average densitiy of available flowers), interspecific competi- tion (Hurlbert’s index of resource overlap) and intraspecific competition (the ratio of conspecific worker abundance and resource availability). The contribution of these factors for the explanation of variation in the life history traits, as derived from the seasonal abundance pattern of workers and reproductives (males), was then assessed. Multiple stepwise regression showed that parasite prevalence in worker bees accounts for a significant proportion of the variance in reproductive timing in populations of B. pascuorum whereas in B. terr/luc high prevalence leads to a lower reproductive success and an extended reproductive period. In the latter species reproductive timing was mainly influenced by resource availability. Moreover the effect of the various stress factors on the observed life history pattern seems to be seasonally different: Prevalence in conopids is more important later in the life cycle of the bumblebees. The possibility of different species-specific strategies in response to environmental stress is discussed. Although no causal relationships is established, our data provide evidence for the importance of parasites for life history variation of their hosts. ENDOCRINE INTERRELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARASITOID CHELONUS SP. AND ITS HOST TRICHOPLUSIA NI Christa Grossniklaus-Buergin and Beatrice Lanzrein, Division of Animal Physiology, Zoological Institute, University of Berne, Erlachstrasse 9a, CH-3012 Berne, Switzerland The egg-larval parasitoid Chelonus sp. induces the precocious onset of metamor- phosis in the 4th (penultimate) stadium of its host Trichoplusia ni (T. ni), emerges from the prepupa and then feeds on it. We measured qualitative and quantitative changes in ecdysteroids (ECDs) and juvenile hormone (JH) in unparasitised 7. ni, in parasitised 7. ni and their corresponding parasitoids as well as in unparasitised and parasitised eggs. For ECD determinations extracts were purified by C;g Sep-Pak and high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and analysed by radioimmuno-assay with two relatively non- specific, complimentary antibodies. For JH determinations extracts were purified by a partition and HPLC or C;g Sep-Pak and were analysed by Galleria bioassay. The fluctuations of the predominant ECDs, ecdysone (E), 20-hydroxyecdysone (20E), 20, 26-dihydroxyecdysone (2026E), and of JH were similar in parasitised 3rd to 4th-instar larvae and in unparasitised 4th to Sth-instar larvae. The parasitoids remain Ist-instar larvae for a long period of time and molt into their 2nd instar as late as on day 1 of the host’s 4th stadium. Two days later they start to imbibe host’s hemolymph and then molt into their 3rd (=last) larval instar. The parasitoid’s ECDs started to increase around molting to the 2nd instar and thereafter fluctuated on a high level, 20E, 2026E and E being predominant. The JH titer was high in late Ist instar parasitoids, decreased to low levels at ecdysis into the 2nd instar and increased again to high levels later in the 2nd-instar. After ecdysis to the 3rd instar the JH titer fell. A comparison with the titer in host hemolymph revealed that both ECDs and JH fluctuate independently in parasitoid and host at most stages, suggesting that the parasite produces its own hormones. Experiments involving the injection of *H[E] into the host suggested that ECDs ingested by the PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 801 parasitoid are converted into apolar compounds which are then released into the host. In embryos at the stage of eye pigmentation, parasitised eggs contained more immuno- reactive mid-polar ECDs than unparasitised ones. 20E and 2026E were the predominant ECDs in both unparasitised and parasitised eggs, but the latter contained several additional ECDs which were not seen in unparasitised eggs. Shortly before hatching the ECDs were low in both parasitised and unparasitised eggs, but the content of JH was much higher in the former. At this stage the majority of parasitoids has already eclosed and teratocytes are released. The results of HPLC analysis indicated the presence of JH III together with Jhs I and II in parasitised eggs, but only JHs I and II in unparasitised eggs. BRUTERFOLG DER SCHMAROTZERHUMMEL PSITHYRUS RUPESTRIS IN KOLONIEN VERSCHIEDENER WIRTSARTEN (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE) Stefan Hunziker und Adolf Scholl, Zoologisches Institut der Universitat, Baltzerstrasse 3, CH-3012 Bern Europäische Psithyrus-Arten gelten als wirtsspezifisch, jedoch liegen nur wenig Nestfunde vor, um dies zu bestatigen. Ziel unserer Arbeit ist es, unter experimentellen Bedingungen den Fortpflanzungserfolg verschiedener Psithyrus-Arten bei ihren in der Literatur genannten Wirten sowie bei anderen Bombus-Arten zu vergleichen. Der vorgestellte Poster betrifft Befunde an P. rupestris bei seinen Wirten B. (Melanobombus) lapidarius und sicheli alticola, sowie bei der nicht als Wirt genannten Hummelart B. (Pyrobombus) pratorum. Zuchtmethode: Die Zucht erfolge unter quasi-natürlichen Bedingungen: Im Frühjahr bei der Nestsuche gefangene Königinnen wurden in kleinen Flugkäfigen mit angesetztem Nestkasten gehalten, Fütterung mit pollenreichen Blüten, Zuckerwasser und eventuell zusätzlich mit frischem Bienenpollen. Nestsuchende Psithyrus-Weibchen wurden einzeln in die Flugkäfige etablierter Bombus-Kolonien eingesetzt. Periodisch (alle 8-12 Tage) wurden die Kolonien unter Rotlicht kontrolliert und ausgezählt. Ausgefärbte Psithyrus- Nachkommen wurden entfernt und gewogen. Befunde: 1. Eindringen: Für das Eindringen des Psithyrus-Weibchens in das Bombus-Nest war die Koloniegrösse von Bedeutung. In kleine Melanobombus-Kolonien (<10 Arbeiter) drang P. rupestris innert ein bis zwei Stunden ein, in grössere Kolonien erst nach zwei bis drei Tagen, wenn überhaupt. Unter vergleichbaren Bedingungen betreffend Koloniegrösse drang P. rupestris in Nester von B. pratorum meist nicht oder allenfalls wesentlich später ein. 2. Okkupation: In Uebereinstimmung mit Literaturbefunden wurden die Melanobombus-Königinnen bei der Okkupation ihres Nestes von P. rupestris getötet. Dies lag aber (im Gegensatz zu Literaturangaben) daran, dass die Melanobombus- Königinnen eindringende Psithyrus-Weibchen angriffen und im anschliessenden Kampf mit P. rupestris getötet wurden. In den B. pratorum-Zuchten wurde P. rupestris nicht angegriffen und koexistierte mit der Königin. un w REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 802 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 3. Fortpflanzungserfolg: Melanobombus-Kolonien: In den ersten vier Wochen nach Eindringen des P. rupestris schlüpften weitere Arbeiter. Die dann erreichte Volksgrösse blieb meist mehr als zwei Monate konstant. Der Fortpflanzungserfolg der P. rupestris-Weibchen stieg mit zunehmender Koloniegrösse (bis ca. 15 Arbeiter/Kolonie zum Zeitpunkt des Eindringens bzw. ca. 40 Arbeiter nach vier Wochen), schien aber bei grösseren Kolonien wieder abzuneh- men (getestet: max. 20 bzw. 89 Arbeiter/Kolonie). Die meisten Psithyrus-Weibchen über- lebten mehr als zwei Monate in der Kolonie, Arbeiter des Wirtsnestes produzierten erst gegen Ende dieser Zeit Männchen. B. pratorum-Kolonien: P. rupestris konnte sich in Nestern von B. pratorum nicht fortpflanzen und diese nicht wesentlich an ihrer eigenen Entwicklung hindern. EFFECTS OF PARASITE-RELATED WORKER MORTALITY ON COLONY DEVELOPMENT AND REPRODUCTIVE OUTPUT OF BUMBLEBEE COLONIES Müller Christine & Schmid-Hempel Paul, Zoologisches Institut der Universität Basel, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel, Switzerland Parasites may represent a strong mortality factor for developing nosts of social insects. We tested the effect of parasitisation by conopid flies (Diptera) on bumble bee colonies by mimicing mortality. Forty-one nests of Bombus lucorum (Hymenoptera, Apidae) were kept in the lab and artificial daily mortality of 10% either early or late during the ergonomic phase was imposed. The effect of this extra mortality was measured by the investment into produced workers, gynes and males and by the timing of reproduc- tion. Additional mortality leads to a fundamental fitness loss through decreased male pro- duction and a more subtle fitness loss through production of smaller gynes. DISPERSAL IN THE METAPOPULATION-SYSTEM OF UROPHORA CARDUI L. (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE) AND ITS ENDOPARASITOID EURYTOMA SERRATULAE LATR. (HYMENOPTERA, EURYTOMIDAE) Helmut Schlumprecht and Sabine Eber, Department of Animal Ecology, University Bayreuth, D-8580 Bayreuth The dispersal of the gall-forming tephritid Urophora cardui L., which is monophagous on Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. (Asteraceae) in Mid-Europe, and its endoparasitoid Eurytoma serratulae Latr. from an experimental colony near Bayreuth was investigated over a period of 4 years. The dispersal rate of the endoparasitoid was not less than that of its host, and both had a dispersal rate one to two magnitudes higher than in previous studies, which found 100 m per generation maximally. Most newly founded colonies were small and had high extinction rates, but some colonies persisted with high populations densities. Estimated viability of the host U. cardui did not correlate with the distance from the dispersal centre. Bad weather in 1987 reduced the the number of new founded colonies, but not dispersal distances. In an independent survey in the Upper Palatinate (Bavaria), at the northern border of the natural distribution area, dispersal and extinction rates were investigated too (EBER 1988). Allozyme frequencies by starch gel electrophoresis and fixation indices (Fsr-values) showed in this area migration rates of PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 803 8-14% and high gene flow. The results are discussed in the view of the metapopulation concept. Here dispersal can increase the persistence of a host-parasitoid system despite unstable local dynamics. This concept emphasizes the importance of extinction of local populations, of recolonizing from surviving populations and of asynchromy between local dynamics. U. cardui and its endoparasitoid show all features of a metapopulation system. SUPERPARASITISM AND LARVAL COMPETITION IN CONOPID FLIES PARASITIZING BUMBLEBEES Regula Schmid-Hempel, Zoologisches Institut der Universität, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel Data on the distribution of parasitoid brood (Conopidae, Diptera) in populations of their bumblebee hosts (Bombus, Apidae) have been collected in two localities of Northwestern Switzerland. Conopid flies are solitary parasitoids of aculeate hymenoptera. The larva lives endoparasitically in the abdomen of adult bees and, after completing larval development, pupates in situ. Only one progeny per host emerges, but super- parasitism, i.e. more than one brood per infested host, is now being shown to occur regularly. Bees were sampled in regular intervals throughout summer 1988 and either immediately dissected to check for the presence of parasitoid brood (eggs and larvae) or kept in the laboratory until the host died naturally to check for the presence of a conopid puparium (successful pupation). On average, 1.78 brood per infested host was observed at site Huggerwald, an 1.19 brood at site Allschwil. 32.3% of all bees contained parasitoid brood, in 28.5% of the cases a puparium was found after the natural death of the bee. The distribution of parasitoid brood among hosts is not different from Poisson. Frequency of successful pupation usually equals frequency of parasitoid brood in samples collected on the same occasion. At very high infestation intensities, frequency of puparia drops as compared to brood frequency. As a result, the percentage of killed hosts is close to a negative exponential function of infestation intensity, i.e. number of brood per average host. This kind of relationship is known from theory to enhance the stability of the host-parasitoid interaction. GENETIC CROSSES IN AFRICAN TRYPANOSOMES J. Schweizer, H. Pospichal and L. Jenni, Swiss Tropical Institute, Socinstr. 57, CH-4051 Basel The question as to whether African trypanosomes of the subgenus Trypanozoon undergo sexual processes is of major interest, especially with respect to the evolution and epidemiology of this parasite group. Until recently, 7. brucei, the ausative agent of sleeping sickness in man and Nagana disease in cattle was believed to reproduce solely by binary fission. Evidence for a system of genetic exchange was first obtained indirectly from the analysis of enzyme electrophoretic variation between stocks isolated from natural populations, but the direct demonstration of gene exchange was only recently possible with the detection of ‘‘hybrid’’ trypanosomes obtained after the simultaneous transmission of two different 7. brucei clones through the tsetse fly vector. In the meantime further crosses with additional parental clones from throughout Africa have provided a considerable number of new hybrid isolates and a more detailed insight into the trypanosome’s life cycle. Thus the application of methods such as 804 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 isoenzyme analysis, pulse-field gel electrophoresis, analysis of kinetoplast DNA, measure- ment of DNA content of individual cells by cytofluorometry and the measurement of the kinetic complexity of the genome led to a differentiation of the hybrid progeny into two classes: 1. Subtetraploid heterokaryons with an unstable DNA content and 2. Diploid organisms showing Mendelian inheritance for at least some characters. Furthermore it became evident that different types of kDNA inheritance existed and though in mix infected tsetse very frequent, hybrid formation was not an obligatory event. Still, many questions remain to be answered, especially such as the localisation of hybrid formation in the tsetse fly and the detection of an eventual meiosis in the parasite’s life cycle. However the system of hybrid formation may be, genetic exchange and recom- bination are of fundamental importance for the generation of diversity of different parasite characters and thus may form a major constraint for disease control. REEVALUATION DES RELATIONS PHYLOGENETIQUES DANS UN SYSTEME HOTES-PARASITES POISSONS (GADIDAE)-COPEPODES (CRUSTACES), MONOGENES (HELMINTHES) Tirard C. *, Renauf F. *, Berrebi P. ° et Raibaut A.. * ° Institut des Sciences de l’évolution (URA 327-CNRS). * Laboratoire de Parasitologie comparée (URA 698-CNRS), Université de Montpellier II, place E. Bataillon. Case 105, F 34095 Montpellier Cedex 5. Une étude réalisée sur la spécificité des parasites (Copépodes Pennellidae et Mono- genes Diclidophoridae) de deux taxa atlantiques de téléostéens (Gadidae), Trisopterus luscus (L., 1758) et T. minutus minutus (L., 1758), et d’un taxon méditerranéen 7. minutus capelanus (Lacépede, 1800), nous a incité a réenvisager la systématique évolutive du genre Trisopterus Rafinesque, 1814. Nous avons pour cela effectué une analyse génétique portant sur 17 locus nucléaires: 10 locus diagnostics permettent de différencier 7. m. minutus par rapport a 7. m. capela- nus jusqu’ici considere comme une sous-espece méditerranéenne de 7. m. minutus. Par contre, aucune divergence génétique significative ne separe 7. /uscus de T. m. capelanus. Les résultats de cette étude nous permettent de reconsidérer la phylogénie de ces poissons et done de proposer une nouvelle taxonomie. Ces résultats confirment en tous points ceux obtenus sur la spécificité des parasites (Copépodes et Monogènes): en effet, si 7. m. minutus est parasité par un Monogène qui lui est spécifique et n’héberge pas de Copépode. 7. m. capelanus et T. luscus sont para- cialisation des génomes parasites aux génomes hötes qui les abritent. Son analyse nous permet maintenant de pouvoir discuter de différentes modalités de l’évolution dans le systeme Gadidae-Copépodes et Monogènes. NACHWEIS VON ECHINOCOCCUS MULTILOCULARIS UND CYSTICERCUS FASCIOLARIS IN DER BISAMRATTE (ONDATRA ZIBETHICUS, RODENTIA) IN DER SCHWEIZ M. Wendelspiess-Studer, Lindenrain 6, CH-4104 Oberwil, Naturhistorisches Museum Basel Die Bisamratte ist in Nordamerika heimisch, wurde aber zu Beginn dieses Jahr- hunderts als Pelzlieferant nach Europa eingeführt und in Farmen gezüchtet. In relativ PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 805 kurzer Zeit besiedelten aus verschiedenen Farmen entwichene Tiere und ihre Nachfahren ganz Mitteleuropa. In der Schweiz traten Bisame erstmals 1935 in Erscheinung. Heute besiedeln die Tiere die nördliche Schweiz vom Jura bis ins Rheintal (SG). Die Ausbreitung ist noch im Gange. Bisame sind, wie andere Nagetiere, als Träger von Bandwurmfinnen bekannt. In einer Studie wurden Lebern von Wildfängen aus verschiedenen Gebieten untersucht. Besonderes Augenmerk wurde dabei auf Echinococcus multilocularis und Taenia taeniaeformis gerichtet. Echinococcus multilocularis entwickelt sich in einem sylvatischen Lebenszyklus mit dem Fuchs als Endwirt und Nagetieren als Zwischenwirte. Gefährlich können die Finnen im Fehlwirt Mensch werden. Die Finnen sind sowohl beim Zwischenwirt, als auch beim Fehlwirt fast ausschliesslich in der Leber angesiedelt. Taenia taeniaformis ist der häufigste Bandwurm der Hauskatzen und anderer Feliden. Zwischenwirte sind auch in diesem Zyklus viele Arten von Kleinnagern. Der Mensch tritt in diesem Kreislauf nicht als Fehlwirt auf. Cysticercus fasciolaris, die Finnen von Taenia taeniaeformis, findet man meist in oder an der Leber des Zwischenwirtes. Bisher wurden 72 Bisamlebern aus fünf Kantonen (SG, SH, AG, SO, BS) auf Band- wurmfinnen untersucht (durch Herrn Prof. B. Hörning, Bern). 56% der Lebern wiesen keine Finnen auf. Bei 44% konnte Cysticercus fasciolaris nachgewiesen werden. 5,5% der Tiere waren zusätslich noch Träger der Finnen von Echinococcus multilocularis. Durch die Untersuchung konnte erstmals gezeigt werden, dass die Bisamratte auch in der Schweiz Zwischenwirt sowohl von Echinococcus multilocularis, als auch von Taenia taeniaeformis ist. GENERAL ZOOLOGY POSTER SESSION EXPERIMENTAL EVIDENCE FOR INTRA- AND INTERSPECIFIC COMPETITION IN TWO SPECIES OF ROCK-DWELLING LAND SNAILS A. Baur & B. Baur, Zoologisches Institut der Universität, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel, Schweiz The rock-dwelling land snails Chondrina clienta and Balea perversa were found sym- patrically and allopatrically on the Baltic Island of Öland, Sweden. To examine intra- and interspecific interactions, juvenile snails of both species were kept for one year at different densities in single- and mixed-species groups on their natural substrate and food (pieces of limestone providing epi- and endolithic lichens). In a second experiment, the relative importance of exploitation and interference competition in the two snail species was evaluated. In both species, juvenile growth rate, time to complete growth, adult shell size and survival were significantly influenced by the density of conspecifics, indicating intraspecific competition. The presence of B. perversa lowered the juvenile growth rate and increased the time to complete growth of C. clienta, while the latter increased the time to complete growth of B. perversa. In both species, smaller individuals died in higher pro- portions than did larger ones, suggesting that small snails were competitively inferior. Furthermore, both fecundity (number of young produced per adult snail during the 806 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 experiment) and reproductive rate (number of young produced per 100 days of adult life) in B. perversa were negatively affected by increased density of conspecifics and by the presence of C. clienta. Thus, the influence of interspecific competition on different fitness components was asymmetric among these two land snail species. The observed competitive interactions appeared to be a result of both exploitation competition and interference by mucus traits. Our experiments provide evidence for the potential importance of interspecific competition in two species of obligatory herbivores. PHARMACOLOGY OF AMINOACID RECEPTORS ON LOCUST FLIGHT MOTONEURONS F. Dubas, Zoologisches Institut, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel One of the central questions in neurobiology is the understanding of how neuronal networks are organized in the control of behavior. Insect nervous system preparations, particularly the flight system of locusts, play an important role in this field because they offer the double advantage of a relatively simple behavior and a nervous system amenable to intracellular recording techniques. However, the pharmacological basis of neuronal interactions in insects is still poorly understood. Detailed information is available on the pharmacology of a number of insect neurotransmitter receptors but this work has been done mainly on nerve somata, which do not participate in synaptic integration. Little is known about the neurotransmitter receptors present on the dendritic arborizations, mediating synaptic transmission. To characterize the receptors for putative aminoacid neurotransmitters present on the dendritic arborizations of flight motoneurons of Locusta migratoria, the effects of pressure applications of glutamate, GABA, aspartate, taurine glycine and cysteine were studied using an animal preparation where neuropile intracellular recordings can be made during expression of the flight motor output (see Dubas, J. Exp. Biol., 148, 1990). A majority of cells responded to applications of GABA, glutamate, aspartate and taurine. The prevalent effect triggered by these substances was an inhibition of spon- taneous activity, accompanied by a conductance increase. Different cells responded with either a depolarization or a hyperpolarization at resting potential but always with a hyper- polarization at spiking threshold. Responses elicited by glutamate and aspartate had iden- tical reversal potentials and cross-desensitized. Responses to GABA and taurine had more negative reversal potentials and did not cross-desensitize with those elicited by glutamate and aspartate. Ionic substitution experiments suggest that chloride conductances mediate the effects of glutamate and GABA. Few cells responded to applications of glycine and cysteine at resting potential. These results show that a variety of aminoacid receptors are present on the neuropile with properties similar to those identified on the somata. Further pharmacological characterization of these receptors is currently underway. EIN FUNKTIONSMORPHOLOGISCHER BEITRAG ZUR ENAHRUNGSBIOLOGIE DER ZWILLINGSARTEN M. MYOTIS (BORKHAUSEN, 1797) UND M. BLYTHII (TOMES, 1857) (MAMMALIA, CHIROPTERA) Marianne Haffner & Vincent Ziswiler, Zoologisches Museum der Universitat Zürich- Irchel, Winterthurerstrasse 190, 8057 Ziirich Gesichtstasthaare können für die Interpretation der taxonomischen und systematischen Verhaltnisse innerhalb der Vespertilionidae herangezogen werden (HAFFNER & ZISWILER PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 807 1989). Weil Tasthaare wichtige Organe für die taktile Nahorientierung sind, widerspiegelt ihre Anzahl und Verteilung auch funktionelle Adaptationen. Taxonomisch wie funktionell interpretierbare Merkmale eignen sich für die Diskus- sion der Koexistenz von Zwillingsarten. Interessante Untersuchungsobjekte sind deshalb die im Wallis sympatrisch lebenden und sogar Mischkolonien bildenden M. myotis und M. blythii (RUEDI, MADDALENA & ARLETTAZ, im Druck). Diese Zwillingsarten sind auf Grund externer morphometrischer Kriterien nur schwierig zu unterscheiden und ihre Jagd- strategien sind noch weitgehend unbekannt. Unsere mikroanatomische Analyse der Gesichtshaut erlaubt eine gute Unterscheidung dieser zwei Arten. M. blythii hat eine für die Vespertilionidae typische geringe Anzahl von Tasthaaren und weist auf jeder Gesichtshälfte zwei ähnlich ausgebildete, stark vergrösserte Talgdrüsen aus, wie dies auch bei anderen Vertretern der Gattung Myotis der Fall ist. Demgegenüber lassen sich bei M. myotis ausnehmend viele Tasthaare nachweisen und die ventral gelegenen Talgdrüsen sind im Vergleich zu den dorsalen mächtig ausgebildet. Diese Unterschiede bestätigen die Aussage von RUEDI (1987), welcher mittels Enzymelektropho- reseuntersuchungen nachweisen konnte, dass es sich um zwei valide Arten handelt. Unsere Resultate lassen erwarten, dass das Verhalten von M. myotis und M. blythii im Bezug auf die taktile Orientierung vollkommen unterschiedlich sein muss. Da die beiden Arten im Wallis Mischkolonien bilden und darum im Tagesschlafversteck und bei der Jungenaufzucht in derselben Umgebungssituation leben, darf man annehmen, dass die unterschiedlichen Möglichkeiten zur taktilen Orientierung hauptsächlich bei der nächtlichen Insektenjagd zum Ausdruck kommen dürften. Kotanalysen weisen Laufkäfer als wichtigsten Bestandteil in der Ernährung von M. myotis aus (KOLB 1959, BAUEROVA 1978, GEBHARD & HIRSCHI 1985, STUTZ 1985), wobei über die Jagdstrategie dieser Art noch wenig bekannt ist. Eine funktionsmorphologische Interpretation unserer Resultate lässt das Ergreifen der Laufkäfer vom Boden und das Stöbern nach in der Bodenbedeckung verkrochenen Laufkäfern als wahrscheinlich erscheinen und weist M. myotis als hochspezialisierten Bodenjäger aus. Über die Ernährung von M. blythii liegen keine umfassenden Unter- suchungen vor. Unsere Resultate lassen nun vermuten, dass M. blythii kein spezialisierter Bodenjäger ist und Laufkäfer nicht dieselbe zentrale Rolle bei der Ernährung spielen. Das sympatrische Vorkommen dieser Zwillingsarten dürfte darum wegen der diver- genten Spezialisation bezüglich der Beutepräferenzen und der damit zusammenhängenden unterschiedlichen Jagdstrategien möglich sein. SPECTRAL SENSITIVITY, ABSOLUTE THRESHOLD AND VISUAL FIELD OF TWO TICK SPECIES, HYALOMMA DROMEDARII AND AMBLYOMMA VARIEGATUM M. Kaltenrieder ', T. Labhart ° & E. Hess * ' Institut de Zoologie de l’Université, Chantemerle 22, CH-2000 Neuchatel, Switzerland. * Zoologisches Institut der Universitat Zurich, Winterthurerstrasse 190, CH-8057 Zurich, Switzerland. * Ciba-Geigy Ltd, Agricultural Division, Animal Health, AG 9.52, CH-4002 Basel, Switzerland. The spectral sensitivity in he wavelength range of 340-750 nm was determined with both a behavioural approach based on spontaneous positive phototaxis and the elec- troretinogram (ERG). The camel tick, Hyalomma dromedarii, has single-lens eyes that 808 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 protrude above the body surface and has been reported to hunt ist host. The tropical bont tick, Amblyomma variegatum, on the other hand has comparatively flat single-lens eyes and is reported to ambush its host. Concerning phototaxis Hyalomma showed two sensitivity maxima, one in the UV range (ca. 380 nm) and another in the blue-green range (ca. 500 nm). At higher intensities the relative sensitivity was more pronounced in the UV and at lower intensities more pronounced in the blue-green (reverse Purkinje shift). In Amblyomma there was a single sensitivity maximum in the blue range (ca. 480 mm). In the ERG of the eyes there was a maximum in the blue range (ca. 470 nm) in both species and a weak secondary maximum in the UV in Hyalomma. A comparison of the ERG result with the behavioural response revealed a close similarity of the sensitivity maxima in Amblyomma (470 nm in ERG and 480 nm in behaviour), whereas in Hya/omma a certain difference was seen (470 nm in ERG and 380 nm+ 500 nm in behaviour). The absolute sensitivity was very high in both species. The threshold irradiance of phototaxis was as low as 5.2x 10° photons:s !-cm° in Hyalomma and 5.2X 10° photons:s !-cm ° in Amblyomma; the latter irradiance corresponds to the irradiance under the starlit night sky. The visual field of the eyes was determined by ERG measurements. In both species the optical axis of each eye, i.e. the center of the visual field, was directed somewhat to the side and above the horizon. In Hya/omma this direction was 35° to the longaxis of the animal and 30° above the horizon for natural body posture during walking. In Amblyomma the corresponding angles were 39° and 33°, respectively. The size of the field (at 50 per cent sensitivity) in Hyalomma was relatively small, namely 14° in the horizontal and 25° in the vertical direction, compared to that of Amblyomma with 43° and 49°, respectively. This is the first demonstration in ticks of the spectral and absolute sensitivity by behavioural approach and of the visual field by ERG. The results suggest that tick eyes possess features of both spider eyes and insect ocelli. PHYSIOLOGY OF YOLK PROTEIN UPTAKE INTO FOLLICLES OF A COCKROACH (NAUPHOETA CINEREA) H. Kindle, B. Lanzrein, Zoologisches Institut, Abt. Zoophysiologie, Erlachstrasse 9a, CH-3012 Bern In cockroaches, as in many other insect species, yolk proteins (vitellogenis, vg) are synthesized in the fat body, released into the haemolymph and taken up into the follicles by receptor-mediated endocytosis. We investigated binding of vg to follicle membrane preparations and uptake of vg into intact follicles in vitro. The binding assays and ligand blotting experiments indicated the presence of two classes of vg binding sites, one being located in the outer follicle compartments (follicle cell/basal lamina complex) and the other in the oocyte plasma membrane. Vg binding to the former was optimal at 10 mM calcium and to the latter at 0.3 mM calcium. In artificial media vg uptake was dependent on the presence of divalent cations, calcium and barium stimulating vg uptake more effectively than strontium or magnesium. The optimal calcium concentration for uptake was 5 mM, and the stimulatory effect of 5mM calcium increased with increasing vg concentrations. The divalent transition element manganese also stimulated vg uptake, but appeared to act on other sites than calcium. The PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 809 transition elements gadolinium, nickel, cobalt and zinc inhibited vg uptake, as did the organic calcium entry blocker verapamil and Quin2-AM, which chelates intracellular calcium. These data indicate an important role for calcium in endocytosis of vg. In medium containing haemolymph the addition of juvenile hormone III stimulated vg uptake into intact follicles in a dose dependent manner in various series of experiments. In some cases no or only a slight effect was seen. We observed that the vg concentration and other components of the medium influence the effect of juvenile hormone III on vg uptake in vitro. Furthermore the competence of the follicles to respond to juvenile hormone was found to be variable. PURIFICATION OF COBRA VENOM NERVE GROWTH FACTOR T. Kostiza ', J. Meier ', U. Otten ” ' Pentapharm AG, Engelgasse 109, CH-4002 Basel. ? Physiologisches Institut der Universitat, Vesalgasse 1, CH-4051 Basel. A rapid and easy purification method for nerve growth factor (NGF) from cobra (Naja naja atra) venom has been developed by using new chromatographic techniques and materials. Briefly, lyophilised cobra venom was separated first on a carboxymethyl- Sepharose ion exchange column into three major and at least 6 minor protein peaks with good reproducibility. Determination of activity using a dot immunobinding assay revealed immunoreactive NGF. This material was shown to express the characteristic biological NGF activity in a tumour cell line of rat chromaffin cells (PC-12). Results of a consecutive purification of the active NGF fraction using reversed phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) as well as its biochemical characterisation are presented and discussed. HOHE-PH-WERTE ALS FOLGE DER EUTROPHIERUNG IN ANTHROPOGENEN NATURSCHUTZ- WEIHERN UND IHRE AUSWIRKUNGEN AUF LIBELLEN UND AMPHIBIEN Daniel Kiiry, Botanisches Institut der Universitat, Schonbeinstr. 6, CH-4056 Basel In mehreren Naturschutzreservaten in der Umgebung von Basel wurde die Bestandes- situation der Libellen überprüft. Neu errichtete Naturschutzreservate erreichten dabei nie eine Artenzahl, die vergleichbar war mit denjenigen in Kies- oder Lehmgruben der Umgebung. Auf der Suche nach möglichen Faktoren fielen u. a. die hohen pH-Werte (bis > 10) auf, die in vielen der untersuchten Gewässer vorherrschten. Neu errichtete Weiher, in denen die Besiedlung durch Makrophyten stark verlangsamt war, zeigten täglich sich auf- bauende Verhältnisse mit hohen pH-Werte über die ganze Tiefe. Gewässer mit dichtem Pflanzenbewuchs zeigten pH-Profile mit hohen Werten an der Oberfläche und tiefen Werten in Sedimentnähe. Am Beispiel von Heidelibellen (Sympetrum spp.) wurde der Einfluss erhöhter pH- Werte auf Libellen im Freiland untersucht. Sympetrumpopulationen zeigten eine signifikant positive Korrelation zwischen den pH-Werten in 9 verschiedenen Gewässern ähnlichen Bautyps und der jeweiligen Dauer der Emergenzperiode. Keine signifikanten Korrelationen konnten dagegen zwischen der Überlebensrate und den pH-Werten in den Weihern gefunden werden. Die Ergebnisse deuten als Folge hoher pH-Werte auf subletale Effekte, die sich in einer Verlängerung der Emergenzperiode äussern. 810 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 Unter Laborbedingungen wurde der Einfluss tagesperiodisch schwankender pH- Werte auf Kaulquappen des Grasfroschs (Rana temporaria) und des Laubfroschs (Ayla arborea) untersucht. Die Mortalitätsrate jüngerer Kaulquappen zeigte eine signifikant positive Korrelation mit dem pH-Wert. Bei älteren Larven (200-300 mg Körpermasse) war keine signifikante Beziehung feststellbar. Jüngere Larven beider Arten wiesen im Gegensatz zu älteren Stadien unter höheren pH-Werten eine signifikant geringere Wachstumsrate auf. Zudem waren die mittleren maximalen pH-Werte während der ersten 20 Tage der Entwicklung negativ korreliert mit der Körpermasse zum Zeitpunkt der Metamorphose. A SIMPLE METHOD TO EVALUATE THE DIGESTIVE EFFECT OF SNAKE VENOMS J. Meier, Ch. Adler & G. Surber-Cueni, Pentapharm AG, Engelgasse 109, CH-4002 Basel The most prominent and primary biological function of snake venoms is to weaken and immobilize large prey organisms before being swallowed. Secondly, they play an important role in defence. Since there is evidence that the different venom components evolved from ancestral digestive enzymes it is generally accepted that snake venoms also have some digestive functions. However, most of the attempts to show such digestive effects failed. A simple method is presented which allows to investigate the digestive function of snake venoms. For this purpose, a newborn white mouse of about 3 grams body weight is killed by breaking its neck. Then, 0.5 ml of snake venom dilution or physiological saline respectively is intraperitonealy injected through the thorax from cranial. The mouse is then put into a glass funnel closed with parafilm. After some days the liquified digest may be collected in a calibration cylinder. With this method it can be easily shown that liquid digests are found already six days after injection of the venom from the Common lance head Bothrops atrox moojeni (10 mg/ml), whereas digestive juices appear only after 12 days in the control animals. Further experiments to evaluate the dose-response relationship are in progress. Furthermore, this method is used to investigate the influence of divalent cations on the digestive activity of snake venom metalloproteinases. STUDIES ON THE MODE OF ACTION OF RUSSELL’S VIPER (VIPERA RUSSELLII) VENOMS IN SMALL RODENTS J. Meier ', Ch. Adler ' and G. Nowak ° ' Pentapharm AG, Engelgasse 109, CH-4002 Basel. * Institut für Pharmakologie und Toxikologie, Medizinische Akademie, DDR-5010 Erfurt. Many Viperidae snake venoms immobilize prey organisms by initiating circulatory disturbances. Activation of the prey animal’s blood coagulation cascade often contributes to such events in a more or less pronounced way. In Russell’s Viper venoms, activators of coagulation factors X and V are present and also characterized. In an attempt to elucidate their contribution to the toxic potential of the venoms of three V. russellii subspecies, approximate LD;, tests were performed using eight to ten white mice per experiment. In a second series, the experimental animals were premedicated with recombi- nant Hirudin (5 mg/kg body weight) 30 minutes before i. v. venom injection. This PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 811 premedication led to a two- to threefold decrease in lethality. The development of lung microthrombosis induces by the venoms was investigated in rats using '''Tn-platelets and IST fibrinogen. Platelet- and fibrinogen-derived radioactivity was observed in absence of hirudin, whereas hirudin was able to prevent both, !!!{n platelet and > fibrin deposition in the lungs. From these inhibition studies with the potent thrombin inhibitor hirudin (originally isolated from the salivary glands of the medicinal leech, Hirudo medicinalis) it is concluded that the main pathophysiological pathway to immobilize rodent prey organisms induced by Russell’s Viper venoms is activation of their blood coagulation system. ERFOLGREICHE UBERWINTERUNG DANK FROSTSCHUTZSUBSTANZEN UND UNTERKUHLUNGS- FAHIGKEIT BEI EMTOMOBRYA NIVALIS L. (INSECTA, COLLEMBOLA) Peter Meier und Jürg Zettel, Zoologisches Institut, Abteilung Synökologie, Baltzer- strasse 3, CH-3012 Bern Die Überwinterungsbiologie der Collembolenart Entomobrya nivalis wurde in einem subalpinen Fichtenwald (1600 m ü. M.) untersucht. Die Insekten verbringen dort den grössten Teil ihres einjährigen Lebens auf den Bäumen; von Dezember bis März über- wintern sie inaktiv unter losen Borkenstücken. Die gefrierempfindliche E. nivalis überlebt tiefe Temperaturen, insbesondere unter dem Gleichgewichts-Gefrierpunkt der Hämolymphe (ca. —1,2°C), nur dank verschiedener physiologischer Anpassungen. Dazu gehört eine ausgeprägte Unterkühlungsfähigkeit zusammen mit der Synthese zweier Typen Frost- schutzsubstanzen: A) Hochmolekulare Substanzen (Peptide) bewirken u.a. eine thermische Hysterese, das heisst eine Differenz zwischen Schmelz- und Gefrierpunkt. Eine erhöhte Aktivität tritt bereits ab September auf und erreicht das mittlere Sommerniveau wieder Anfang Juni (Hysterese im Sommer 0,07°C; Winter >3°C). Wichtigster Induktionsfaktor ist die Temperatur (Schwellenwert im Labor ca. + 10°C); Kurztag wirkt reizverstärkend. B) Ribit ist die einzige bedeutende Verbindung aus der Gruppe der niedermolekularen Sub- stanzen. Messbare Konzentrationen sind nur von ca. Ende Oktober bis April vorhanden, wenn die Minimaltemperaturen regelmässig unter 0°C fallen; hohe Werte (Maxima >20ug/mg Frischgewicht) treten zudem nur auf, während sich E. nivalis im Hibernaculum befindet. Akklimatisation bei tiefen Temperaturen und Kurztag induzieren die Ribit- produktion nicht im erwarteten Ausmass. Weitere nötige Faktoren sind noch nicht bekannt. Die erhöhte Aktivität der Hystereseverbindungen im Herbst und Frühling genügt als vorsorglicher Schutz vor gelegentlichen Frösten. Ribit unterstützt und/oder ergänzt das Frostschutzsystem im Winter. E. nivalis kann so mehrere Wochen in stark unterkühltem Zustand überleben. Die geschätzte kältebedingte Mortalität ist in einem durchschnittlichen Winter sehr gering (0-20%). ON THE EFFECTS OF SPATIAL VARIATION IN TEMPERATURE AND FOOD AVAILABILITY ON LAYING DATE IN GREAT TITS (PARUS MAJOR) Ruedi Nager & Arie J. van Noordwijk, Zoologisches Institut der Universität, Rheinsprung 9, CH-4051 Basel In population biology hypotheses about mechanisms acting on the individual are nearly always tested on yearly mean values of large groups. In principle, the same 812 ZOOLOGIA ‘90 mechanisms could also explain part of the variation within groups. Can the within year environmental variation in breeding parameters be explained from detailed spatial infor- mation about the environment? From prior to the onset of laying until fledging of first broods, daily minimum and maximum temperatures and weekly samples of available food were collected for several groups of three nestboxes differing in altitude of over 400 m during the breeding seasons of 1988 and 1989. In a first step we looked whether laying date is related to the local environmental conditions. There are very similar relationships between temperature and laying date within years as among years. BIOCHEMICAL SYSTEMATICS IN BUMBLE BEES: THE SUBGENUS BOMBIAS (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE) A. Scholl, E. Obrecht, R. W. Thorp * and R. E. Owen **, Universität Bern, Zoologisches Institut, Baltzerstr. 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland, * University of Califor- nia, Department of Entomology, Davis, California 95616, USA. ** The University of Calgary, Department of Biological Sciences, 2500 University Drive N.W., Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2N 1N4. This contribution is part of a project investigating the systematics of bumble bees by enzyme electrophoretic techniques. The Subgenus Bombias is restricted to North America and, according to present views, consists of two subspecies (Krombein ef al., 1979), B. n. nevadensis and B. n. auricomus. Bombus n. nevadensis occurs principally from transmontane California E to 100°W longitude, where it is replaced by auricomus. Bombus n. auricomus was originally described as a separate species, but Milliron (1961) found that this taxon is only subspecifically different from nevadensis and he stated that all intergradations between the two forms are to be found. Intergradation of the two forms of nevadensis between 102° and 98°W longitude in Nebraska was subsequently observed by LaBerge and Webb (1962). In fact, intergradation was only inferred from coat color variation in areas of overlap of both taxa in the mid-western and northwestern United States and in Alberta. However, coat color variation is quite typical for bumble bees and in particular many North American bumble bee species show gradation from one color form to another, resulting in convergence toward local Müllerian mimikry groups (Plowright and Owen, 1980; Thorp et al., 1983). Therefore one might alternatively speculate that nevadensis and auricomus are specifically distinct, but that one or the other or both species might converge at the western or eastern limits of their distribution to the eastern or Great Basin color pattern respectively. We have tested this hypothesis by enzyme electrophoretic investigations, using specimens of both taxa from a wide area of their geographical distribution, including in particular areas of apparent overlap (as suggested by the distribution maps in Milliron, 1971) in southern Alberta, Montana, Nebraska and Iowa. The results are that both taxa are genetically highly differentiated. There is no evidence of intergradation as judged by these genetic data. We conclude that the taxa nevadensis and auricomus are specifically distinct. PARASITES IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 813 GESCHLECHTSSPEZIFISCHE SAISONALE PRÄSENZ DER RAUHHAUTFLEDEMAUS PIPISTRELLUS NATHUSII (KEYSERLING & BLASIUS, 1839) (MAMMALIA, CHIROPTERA) IN DER ZENTRAL -, OST- UND SÜDSCHWEIZ Hans-Peter B. Stutz, Zoologisches Museum der Universitat Zurich, Winterthurerstr. 190, 8057 Zurich Im Rahmen faunistischer Untersuchungen der Chiropterenfauna der Zentral-, Ost- und Stidschweiz konnten in den Jahren 1978-1990 Nachweise von mehr als 400 Individuen von P. nathusii für rund 300 Fundorte erarbeitet werden. Dieses Datenmaterial belegt die ganzjahrige Prasenz von P. nathusii im Untersuchungsgebiet, wobei die Anzahl der erfas- sten Individuen und das Geschlechtsverhältnis saisonal stark variieren. — Die Mehrzahl der Nachweise stammt aus den Herbst- und Wintermonaten September bis März, während in den Frühjahrs- und Sommermonaten April bis August vergleichsweise weniger Tiere erfasst wurden. Quartiere, welche im Frühjahr von grösseren Gruppen besetzt waren, verwaisten in den Monaten Juni und Juli. — Inallen Monaten wurden mehr männliche als weibliche Tiere nachgewiesen und im Juli fehlen Nachweise von Weibchen vollständig. — Es wurden nie sichtbar trächtige oder säugende Weibchen und auch keine frisch flüg- gen Jungtiere angetroffen. Im Herbst untersuchte Männchen wiesen oft prall gefüllte Nebenhoden auf. Die hier vorliegenden umfangreichen und aktuellen faunistischen Daten belegen deutlich, dass sich P. nathusii im Untersuchungsgebiet hauptsächlich zur herbstlichen Paarungszeit und zum Überwintern einfindet und legen die Vermutung nahe, dass diese Fledermausart hier bei uns, wenn überhaupt, so doch kaum im ursprünglich erwarteten Ausmass Junge aufzieht. Der im Sommer grössere relative Anteil männlicher Tiere im Untersuchungsgebiet deutet auf eine saisonal grossräumige Aufteilung der Geschlechter hin. Im Zusammenhang mit Wiederfunden von Tieren im Herbst und Winter, welche im Sommer in der DDR und Weissrussland markiert wurden, lässt sich P. nathusii im Unter- suchungsgebiet als typischer Wintergast aus dem Nordosten Europas charakterisieren. Übertagende oder winterschlafende P. nathusii wurden in engen Spaltquartieren angetroffen. Bei den über 80 analysierten Quartieren handelte es sich hauptsächlich um Holzstapel, Rolladenkästen von Wohnhäusern und andere Fassadenhohlräume. Während in Quartieren mit nur einem Individuum sowohl im Herbst wie im Winter mehrheitlich Männchen erfasst wurden, konnte in Winterquartieren mit mehreren Tieren eine grössere Anzahl von Weibchen als Männchen nachgewiesen werden. Diese unterschiedlichen Geschlechtsverhältnisse könnten auf geschlechtsspezifische Überwinterungsstrategien von Männchen und Weibchen hindeuten, welche mit dem territorialen Paarungsverhalten der Männchen und dem fliessenden Übergang von der herbstlichen Paarungszeit zur Winter- schlafperiode zusammenhängen dürften. Ä Are : | ; , Revue suisse Zool. | Tome 97 Fasc. 4 | p. 815-825 | Geneve, decembre 1990 | | IL | | | eee eee Die Gattung Edaphus Motschulsky in Sumatra (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) 65. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Euaesthetinen von Volker PUTHZ * Mit 11 Textfiguren ABSTRACT The genus Edaphus Motschulsky in Sumatra (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) 65th Contribution to the Knowledge of Euaesthetinae. — A synopsis of the Edaphus of Sumatra is given. 13 species are recorded, including one first record, and descriptions of 5 (+1) new species: E. cordicollis sp. n., E. cuspidiventris sp. n., E. nitidifrons sp. n., E. perminimus sp. n., E. pulliclavis sp. n. (+E. spec. sum. a), two of them with remarkable sexual characters on dorsal surface of the male’s abdomen. A key to species is provided. In dieser Arbeit stelle ich die bisher aus Sumatra bekannt gewordenen Edaphus- Arten zusammen. Denn es erscheint mir nützlich, den gegenwärtigen Kenntnisstand zu fixieren, bevor demnächst zu erwartende größere Ausbeuten zur Untersuchung anstehen. Den Anstoß lieferte eine kleine von J. Klapperich in Sumatra gemachte Ausbeute, die neben dem bisher unbekannten Männchen von E. sumatrensis Schaufuss noch vier weitere neue Arten enthielt, eine davon mit bemerkenswerten Sexualcharakteren des Männchens auf der Dorsalseite des Abdomens. Heute liegen nur 13 Edaphus- Arten von Sumatra vor, sicher nur ein kleiner Bruchteil der tatsächlich dort lebenden Fauna. Von diesen 13 Arten leben 5 auch in Nachbargebieten (malayische Halbinsel, Borneo, Java), 8 müssen zur Zeit als endemisch angesehen werden. Ich möchte es nicht versäumen, auch an dieser Stelle den Genfer Kollegen und dem British Museum, Natural History für Materialübermittlung und für die Überlassung von Belegexemplaren herzlich zu danken. * Limnologische Flußstation, Max-Planck-Institut für Limnologie, Postfach 260, D-6407 Schlitz, BRD. 816 VOLKER PUTHZ Edaphus nitidifrons sp. n. Diese neue Art gehört in die Gruppe des £. cribricollis Schauf. und hier zu den Arten mit abweichend- undeutlicher Stirnkantenbildung. Sie ist die Schwesterart des E. subcari- natus Puthz, dem sie auch außerordentlich ähnlich sieht. Makropter, makrophthalm, rotbraun, glänzend, Pronotum ziemlich kräftig, Elytren sehr fein punktiert, Beborstung ziemlich dicht, anliegend. Länge: 1,0-1,2 mm. © - Holotypus und 3 oc’, 2 © Q- Paratypen: Sumatra: Aceh-Selatan, Bahahrot, 100 m, VII- VIII.1983, J. Klapperich. Kopf deutlich schmäler als das Pronotum (31: 35), Augen in beiden Geschlechtern sehr groß, gewölbt, fein facettiert, Wangen kurz, keine Schläfen (Wangen-, Augenlange = 2: 11), Stirn mäßig breit (Augenabstand: 19,5), hintere Querfurche tief ein- geschnitten, vorderer Mittelteil etwas breiter als jedes der Seitenstücke, mehr oder weniger deutlich etwas, breitrund gewölbt (aber nicht höckrig), vordere Seitenfurchen deutlich, vordere Seitenteile außen schmalkantig abgesetzt (am besten von lateral sichtbar), die Kante aber nicht gratartig- scharf erhoben, sondern nur leicht hervortretend, hinten, neben den Augen, in der Umgebung der Ocellen, sind die Seitenteile kräftig vertieft/ausge- höhlt, das 11. Fühlerglied würde fast in diese Aushöhlung hineinpassen, vorn sind die Seitenteile durch eine sehr kräftige Punktgrube unterbrochen; am Übergang zwischen vorderem Stirnmittelteil zum einfachen Clypeus werden einige sehr feine Punkte mehr oder weniger, eher weniger deutlich, insgesamt glänzt aber die sonst unpunktierte Stirn stark (Name!). Fühler schlank, aber kurz, zurückgelegt bei weitem nicht den Pronotum- hinterrand erreichend, Keule sehr deutlich abgesetzt zweigliedrig, beim o das 10. Glied gut so lang wie breit, das 11. Glied etwa 1,5x so lang wie das 10. Glied, beim 9 das 10. Glied etwas breiter als lang, das 11. Glied gut 1,5x so lang wie das 10. Glied. Pronotum deutlich breiter als lang (35: 31), vorn seitlich kräftig konvex, hinten kräftig eingezogen (Seitenfaltenabstand: 24,5), an der Basis deutliche Seitenfältchen, 6 meist deutlich getrennte, ziemlich gleichgroße Grübchen und ein durchgehendes Mittel- fältchen, Basis hinter den Grübchen unpunktiert; Punktierung wenig fein und ziemlich dicht, die Punkte sind deutlich größer als die Augenfacetten, ihre Abstände meist deutlich kleiner als die Punkte. Elytren leicht trapezoid, deutlich breiter als lang (54: 44), Schultern einfach, Seiten deutlich rundlich- erweitert, Hinterrand breit ausgerandet (Naht- länge: 36); Punktierung mindestens doppelt so fein und erheblich weitläufiger als am Pro- notum, Punktabstände erheblich größer als die Punkte. Abdomen fast glatt, der basale Mittelkiel des 3. Tergits reicht gut bis zur Tergitmitte. Männchen: 8. Sternit (Fig. 2). 9. Sternit mit ziemlich großen dorsolateralen Wabenfeldern. Spermapumpe stark sklerotisiert, mit breiter Doppeltrompete, diese gut so lang wie der halbe Medianlobus, vesica seminalis? Aedoeagus (Fig. 1) dem der verwandten Arten prinzipiell sehr ähnlich. Edaphus nitidifrons sp. n. unterscheidet sich von E. subcarinatus Puthz durch flacheren vorderen Stirnmittelteil, der ohne Kante in den Clypeus übergeht, durch seine etwas bedeutendere Größe und die Sexualcharaktere. In meiner Bestimmungstabelle (19795) muß die neue Art bei Leitziffer 20 (21) eingefügt werden. Holotypus und Paratypen im Museum d’histoire naturelle, Genf, Paratypen auch in meiner Sammlung. EDAPHUS IN SUMATRA 817 Fics 1-10. Ventralansichten der Aedoeagen (1, 5, 7, 10), 8. Sternit der Männchen (2, 4, 8, 9), Tergite 3- 6 (3) und Pronotumumriß (6) von Edaphus nitidifrons sp. n. (Paratypus) (1, 2), E. cuspidiventris sp. n. (Holotypus) (3- 5), E. cordicollis sp. n. (HT) (6), E. sumatrensis Schauf. (Babahrot) (7, 8), E. pulli- clavis sp. n. (HT) (9, 10). — Maßstab=0,1 mm (1=7, 10; 2=4, 8, 9). REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 54 818 VOLKER PUTHZ Edaphus cordicollis sp. n. Diese neue Art fällt durch ihren im Verhältnis zum Pronotum sehr schmalen Kopf und ihr breit- herzförmiges, stark gewölbtes Pronotum (Fig. 6, Name!) auf. Ihre Schwe- sterart kann ich zur Zeit nicht angeben. Makropter, makrophthalm, rotbraun, glänzend, unpunktiert, Beborstung dünn, kurz, dicht, anliegend. Fühler, Taster und Beine gelblich, die Fühlerkeule braun. Länge: 1,0-1,1 mm. © -Holotypus: Sumatra: Aceh- Selatan, 100 m, Paya Laot, Meulaboh, 2.V11.1983, J. Klapperich. Kopf klein, viel schmäler als das Pronotum (28: 37), Augen groß, sehr fein facet- tiert, wie es auf den ersten Blick aussieht: fast die gesamten Kopfseiten einnehmend, Wangen aber deutlich, Schlafen kaum deutlich, weil direkt an die Augenrundung anschließend- eingezogen, bei stärkerer Vergrößerung aber unübersehbar (Wangen-, Augen-, Schläfenlänge=2: 8: 1,5), Stirn mäßig breit (Augenabstand: 19), hintere Querfurche deutlich eingeschnitten, vordere Längsfurchen anfangs deutlich, nach vorn erloschen, vorderer Stirnmittelteil so breit wie jedes der Seitenstücke, eingesenkt, ganz flach, ohne besondere Absetzung in den einfachen Clypeus übergehend, vordere Seiten- teile hinten kräftig erhoben, ziemlich breit- rund, nach vorn verflachend und oberhalb der Fühlerwurzeln mit dem vorderen Mittelteil zusammenfließend; keine Punktierung. Fühler ziemlich dünn und kurz, zurückgelegt den Hinterrand des Pronotums bei weitem nicht erreichend, Keule sehr deutlich abgesetzt zweigliedrig, 10. Glied kaum breiter als lang, 11. Glied fast doppelt so lang wie das 10. Glied. Pronotum (Fig. 6) erheblich breiter als lang (37: 28), stark gewölbt, breit herzförmig, an der Basis mit deutlichen Seitenfalten, durchgehendem Mittelfältchen sowie 4 großen Grübchen, die mittleren lang und schmal, nach vorn flach verlängert, die seitlichen breit, im Grund schmal, insgesamt aber eine ziemlich umfangreiche Höhlung bildend; keine Punktierung. Elytren breiter als lang (49: 42), etwa quadratisch, Schultern einfach, Seiten lang- gerundet, Hinterrand breit ausgeschnitten (Nahtlänge: 35); keine Punktierung, auch die Insertionsstellen der feinen Borsten kaum zu sehen. Abdomen glänzend, basaler Mittelkiel des 3. Tergits nur im proximalen Tergitdrittel. Männchen: Sexualcharaktere können nicht beschrieben werden, weil das hintere Abdomen verlorengegangen ist. Edaphus cordicollis sp. n. müßte in meiner Bestimmungstabelle (19795) zwischen Leitziffer 136 und Leitziffer 161 eingeordnet werden; hier paßt von den dort verzeichneten Spezies aber keine. Wenn man die schlecht zu erkennenden Schläfen gesehen hat, müßte man zu 145 (146) E. minutus Puthz gelangen, der aber ein viel schmäleres Pronotum besitzt. Durch die eingangs genannten Merkmale ist diese neue Art von allen anderen beschriebenen Verwandten verschieden. Holotypus im Museum d’histoire naturelle, Genf. Edaphus cuspidiventris sp. n. Diese neue Art gehört äußerlich in die Nähe der Arten £. rivalis Puthz und E. leileri Puthz. Sie fällt durch ihre einzigartige Dorsalauszeichnung am Abdomen des Männchens auf (Fig. 3, Name !). Makropter, makrophthalm, rotbraun, mäßig glänzend, ziemlich grob und dicht punktiert, dicht, anliegend beborstet. Länge: 1,1-1,3 mm. EDAPHUS IN SUMATRA 819 ©-Holotypus: Sumatra: Aceh- Selatan, Babahrot, 100 m, VII-VIII.1983. J. Klapperich. Kopf deutlich schmäler als das Pronotum (31: 37), Augen groß, gewölbt, fein facettiert, fast die gesamten Kopfseiten einnehmend (Wangenlänge: Augenlänge = 2,5: 10), keine Schläfen, Stirn ziemlich breit (Augenabstand: 19), hintere Querfurche deutlich eingeschnitten, vordere Längsfurchen ebenfalls, etwas konvergent, vorn verflacht, vorderer Stirnmittelteil so breit wie jedes der Seitenstücke, konisch, deutlich, aber nicht stark, beulig erhoben, vorn ohne besondere Absetzung in den einfachen Clypeus über- gehend, vordere Seitenstücke hinten (an der Querfurche) breit vertieft, dann oberhalb der Augen kurz und kräftig beulig erhoben, weiter vorn wieder etwas flacher; keine Punktierung. Fühler ziemlich schlank, zurückgelegt fast den Hinterrand des Pronotums erreichend, Keule deutlich zweigliedrig, 10. Glied etwas breiter als lang, 11. Glied nicht ganz doppelt so lang wie das 10. Glied. Pronotum deutlich breiter als lang (37: 32), vorn seitlich mäßig konvex, die Seiten teilweise fast gerade, hinten kräftig eingezogen (Seitenfaltenab- stand: 25), an der Basis mit kräftigen Seitenfältchen, einem durchgehenden Mittelfältchen sowie 4 ziemlich großen Grübchen, die seitlichen leicht quer, aber nur wenig breiter als die inneren; Punktierung ziemlich grob und dicht, die Punkte sind erheblich gröber als die Augenfacetten, ihre Abstände kleiner als die Punkte, vor dem Mittelfaltchen auf schmaler Partie größer; keine Punktierung hinter den Basalgrübchen. Elytren breiter als lang (52: 46), Schultern einfach, Seiten lang- gerundet, Hinterrand flach ausgeschnitten (Naht- länge: 39); Punktierung deutlich, aber doch wenig feiner als am Pronotum und, im Gegen- satz zu dort, wo sie eher quergerichtet erscheint, längsgerichtet, ebenfalls dicht, Grund glänzend. Abdomen (Fig. 3) ziemlich glatt, Mittelkiel des 3. Tergits fast bis zum Tergithinterrand reichend. Männchen: Dorsalseite des Abdomens mit auffälligen Auszeichnungen am 3.-6. Tergit, darunter Kiele und Spitzen. 7. Sternit am Hinterrand sehr flach ausgerandet. 8. Sternit (Fig. 4). 9. Sternit dorsolateral mit ziemlich großen Wabenfeldern. Sperma- pumpe schwach sklerotisiert, schlauchförmig, etwa halb so lang wie der Medianlobus, vesica seminalis deutlich, aber nicht stark sklerotisiert, genauso lang wie die Sperma- pumpe. Aedoeagus (Fig. 5) mit apikal gerundetem Dorsalblatt, apikoventral gespalten, basal mit eigenartiger zweiteiliger Anschwellung, die median reißverschlußähn- lich verbunden erscheint. Edaphus cuspidiventris sp. n. ist im männlichen Geschlecht durch seine spezifische Abdominalauszeichnung von allen ähnlichen Arten zu unterscheiden. In meiner Bestim- mungstabelle (19795) muß er bei Leitziffer 124 (125) eingeordnet werden. Er unterscheidet sich von E. rivalis Puthz und E. leileri Puthz durch fehlende Schläfen, weniger grobe Punktierung, geringere Größe und die Sexualcharaktere. Holotypus im Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genf. Edaphus sumatrensis Schaufuss Edaphus sumatrensis SCHAUFUSS, 1887, Trudy russk. ent. obshch. 21: 110. Edaphus sumatrensis; CAMERON, 1927, Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 3: 261. Edaphus sumatrensis; CAMERON, 1930, Tijdschr. Ent. 73: 330. Edaphus sumatrensis; PUTHZ, 1974, Philippia 2: 88. Von dieser Art war das Männchen bisher unbekannt. Die von J. Klapperich eingetra- gene Serie (40 ©, 29 9: Sumatra: Aceh-Selatan, 100 m, Babahrot, VII.-VIII.1983; Museum Genf und coll. m.) zeigt, daß E. sumatrensis Schauf. zu den Spezies gehört, deren Männchen auf der Dorsalseite des Abdomens spezifische Sexualcharaktere tragen. 820 VOLKER PUTHZ Fic 11. Dorsalansicht des Abdomens von Edaphus sumatrensis Schaufuss. Männchen: 3. Tergit außerordentlich lang, der basale Mittelkiel reicht etwas über die Tergitmitte hinaus. 4. Tergit mit breitem Medianeindruck (dieser wird auf dem Foto, Fig. 11, nicht deutlich), darin mit wenigen feinen, dicht stehenden Borsten. 5. Tergit apikal geschwungen- klammerförmig, median mit konvergenten Borsten. 6. Tergit in der Hinterrandmitte leicht ausgeschnitten, direkt in der Mitte mit einer Ansammlung von Borsten und Körnchen, auf der Oberfläche ebenfalls mit konvergenten Borsten. 7. Tergit median mit ovalem Borstenfeld, apikal mit dichter stehenden Borsten und einem Saum aus Kammschuppen. 8. Sternit (Fig. 8). 9. Sternit dorsolateral mit ziemlich großen Wabenfeldern. Spermapumpe deutlich sklerotisiert, kurz und breit, etwa so lang wie der Medianlobus, zweiteilig: außer dem Doppeltrompetenabschnitt mit einem kleineren, ovalen, hyalinen Teil, dieser nicht ganz so groß wie die Apikalpartie des Medianlobus; vesica seminalis nicht festgestellt. Aedoeagus (Fig. 7), das apikale Ventralblatt des Medianlobus breitlanzettlich, das Dorsalblatt schmäler, eher spitzwinklig; Parameren mit 2 langen Apikalborsten. Das von CAMERON, 1930 von Fort de Kock gemeldete Stück, ein Weibchen, lag mir inzwischen aus dem BM vor: es handelt sich um die genannte Art. EDAPHUS IN SUMATRA 821 Edaphus pulliclavis sp. n. Diese neue Art erinnert mich an E. martensi Puthz (vor allem auch genitaliter), ich kann aber ihre Schwesterart nicht mit Sicherheit angeben. Makropter, makrophthalm, rötlichbraun, glänzend, unpunktiert, wenig auffällig, mäßig dicht und mäßig anliegend beborstet. Fühler, Taster und Beine gelblich bis rötlich- gelb, Fühlerkeule gebräunt (Name). Länge: 1,0-1,1 mm. o-Holotypus und 10, 29 9- Paratypus: Sumatra: Aceh-Selatan, Babahrot, 100 m, VII- V111.1983, J. Klapperich. Kopf schmäler als das Pronotum, beim © deutlicher als beim © (28,5: 32,5/26,5: 31), Augen groß, fein facettiert, Wangen kurz, Schläfen so gut wie fehlend (Wangen-, Augen-, Schläfenlänge =2,5: 8,5: 0,5), Stirn breit (Augenabstand: 18), hintere Querfurche breitrund eingeschnitten, vordere Seitenfurchen sehr deutlich, konvergent, vorderer Mittelteil so breit wie jedes der Seitenstücke, deutlich, aber nicht stark, konisch- längsbeulig erhohen, ohne besondere Absetzung in den einfachen Clypeus übergehend, vordere Seitenteile kräftig erhoben und so ohne deutliche Unterbrechung bis vorn; keine Punktierung. Fühler ziemlich kurz, zurückgelegt nicht den Pronotumhinterrand erreichend, Keule sehr deutlich abgesetzt zweigliedrig, beim o das 10. Glied wenig breiter als lang, das 11. Glied doppelt so lang wie das 10. Glied, beim © das 10. Glied gut 1,5 x so breit wie lang, das 11. Glied auch doppelt so lang wie das 10. Glied. Pronotum etwas breiter als lang (32,5: 30), vorn seitlich kräftig gerundet, hinten kräftig eingezogen, an der Basis mit deutlichen Seitenfalten, durchgehendem Mittelfaltchen sowie 4 kräftigen Grübchen, die mittleren nach vorne verlängert, fast dreimal so lang wie breit, die seitlichen leicht quer, etwas breiter als die mittleren; keine Punktierung. El yt ren breiter als lang (45: 40), Schultern einfach, Seiten lang- rundlich erweitert, Hinterrand breit ausgeschnitten (Nahtlänge: 34); keine Punktierung, auch die Insertionspunkte der Beborstung nicht deutlich. Abdomen glänzend, fast glatt, basaler Mittelkiel des 3. Tergits etwa bis zur Tergitmitte reichend. Männchen: 7. Sternit am Hinterrand flach, aber deutlich ausgerandet. 8. Sternit (Fig. 9). 9. Sternit dorsolateral mit ziemlich großen Wabenfeldern und apikomedian nicht spitz vorgezogen, sondern fein gekerbt. Spermapumpe mäßig stark sklerotisiert, doppelt so lang wie der Medianlobus, vesica semicalis stark sklerotisiert, etwa halb so lang wie der Medianlobus. Aedoeagus (Fig. 10), das vordere Dorsalblatt des Medianlobus mit 4 Borsten, Parameren mit je zwei langen, kräftigen Apikalborsten sowie einer winzigen, mittleren Borste. Edaphus pulliclavis sp. n. müßte in meiner Tabelle der vorder- und hinterindischen Edaphus (1979b) zwischen Leitziffer 155 und 160 eingeordnet werden: Von E. annamensis Puthz unterscheidetet sich u.a. durch hinten, neben den Augen, nicht auffällig verbreiterte Seitenfurchen der Stirn, von E. insperatus Puthz durch breitere Elytren, von E. sumatrensis Schauf. wie unten in der Tabelle angegeben und von (Edaphus 69 spec. b) durch deutlich erhobenen vorderen Stirnmittelteil sowie durch geringere Größe; von E. martensi Puthz trennt man die neue Art sofort durch fehlende Punktierung, von allen durch die Sexual- charaktere. Holotypus im Museum d’histoire naturelle, Genf, Paratypen ebendort und in meiner Sammlung. 822 VOLKER PUTHZ Edaphus perminimus sp. n. Diese neue Art gehört zu den kleinsten der Gattung; ihre Schwesterart vermag ich nicht anzugeben. Makropter, makrophthalm, Kopf, Pronotum, Vorder- und Hinterrand der Elytren, Tergite 3 und 4 sowie die Abdomenspitze gelblich braun, Elytrenmitte dunkler, bräunlich, 5. und 6. Tergit ebenfalls dunkler, ziemlich glänzend, aber nicht ganz glatt, Beborstung mäßig lang, anliegend, kaum auffällig. Länge: 0,7-0,8 mm. Q -Holotypus: West- Sumatra: Indrapoera, J. L. Weyers (ex coll. Cameron). Kopf deutlich schmäler als die Elytren (20: 23), Augen mäßig fein facettiert, ziemlich groß und vorgewölbt, Wangen kurz, keine Schläfen (Wangenlänge: Augenlänge=2: 6), Stirn breit (Augenabstand: 13), hintere Querfurche deutlich eingeschnitten, vordere Seitenfurchen deutlich, aber vorn erloschen, vorderer Mittelteil so breit wie jedes der Seitenstücke, ohne besondere Absetzung in den einfachen Clypeus übergehend, flach, aber deutlich erhoben, vordere Seitenteile einfach, breit erhoben; keine Punktierung. Fühler mäßig schlank, zurückgelegt nicht den Hinterrand des Pronotums erreichend, Keule deutlich zweigliedrig, 10. Glied deutlich etwas breiter als lang, 11. Glied nicht ganz doppelt so lang wie das 10. Glied. Pronotum breiter als lang (23: 21), vorn seitlich stark konvex, hinten kräftig eingeschnürt (Seitenfaltenabstand: 15,5), an der Basis mit deutlichen Seitenfalten, aber ohne Mittelfältchen, und bei erstem Zusehen jederseits der Mitte mit einer größeren, leicht queren Grube, die nach vorn ausgezogen ist und in der bei genauerer Betrachtung und variiertem Lichteinfall je zwei kleine Grübchen erkennbar werden (Pronotumbasis also insgesamt mit 4 Grübchen); keine Punktierung. Elytren wenig breiter als lang (30,5: 29), subquadratisch, Schultern einfach, Hinterrand flach ausgeschnitten (Nahtlänge: 24); die Oberfläche ist nicht punktiert, aber auch nicht glatt, sie trägt auf glänzendem Grund zahlreiche feine Körnchen. Abdomen fast glatt, basaler Mittelkiel des 3. Tergits nur im basalen Tergitdrittel. Männchen: unbekannt. Edaphus perminimus sp. n. sollte in meiner Bestimmungstabelle (19795) bei Leitziffer 201 (202) oder bei Leitziffer 210 (211) eingeordnet werden: von E. gracilis Puthz unter- scheidet er sich sofort durch breiteres Pronotum und den Kopfbau, von ,,72 spec. e‘‘ durch fehlende Schläfen und die Elytrenskulptur. Holotypus im British Museum, Natural History, London. Edaphus spec. sum a Aus Westsumatra liegt mir noch ein Weibchen einer neuen Art vor, das ich wegen fehlenden Männchens und weil es in eine Gruppe äußerlich sehr ähnlicher Species gehört noch nicht benennen will. Ich schließe es aber schon in die Tabelle (unten) ein und gebe hier die Proportionsmaße des Stückes bekannt: 19: West- Sumatra: Indrapoera, J. L. Weyers (ex coll. Cameron) (BM). Kopfbreite: 23,5; Augenabstand: 16; Wangenlange: Augenlange: Schläfenlänge = 2,5: 6,5: 0,5; Pronotumbreite: 30; Pronotumlänge: 27; größte Elytren- breite: 38; größte Elytrenlange: 34; Nahtlange: 28. Körperlänge: 1,0-1,2 mm. EDAPHUS IN SUMATRA 823 BESTIMMUNGSTABELLE DER BISHER AUS SUMATRA BEKANNT GEWORDENEN Edaphus- ARTEN 276) 0) 4 (5) 5 (4) 6 (7) 12 (11) 13 (14) 14 (13) 15 (16) Stirn zwischen den vorderen Längsfurchen und den Augeninnenrandern mit einem schmalen, erhobenen Kiel, der etwa parallel zum Augeninnen- rand, nahe demselben verläuft (dieser ist bei £. nitidifrons wenig deutlich ausgeprägt) Elytren unpunktiert. &: 8. Sternit (52: 24: 16). SpP etwa 2/5 so lang wie der Aedoeagus, Aedoeagus (Abb. 2, PUTHZ, 19795). 0,8-1,2 mm...... NOIE N RE mm dr he cribricollis Schaufuss Sumatra; Malaya. Elytren punktiert Elytren ebenso grob wie das Pronotum punktiert. ©: 8. Sternit (50: 31: 13). SpP fast breiter als der Aedoeagus und etwa so lang wie dieser. Aedoeagus (Abb. 7, PUTHZ, 19795). 1,0-1,2 mm......... peninsularis Puthz Malaya: Sumatra (neu!): 19: Aceh- Selatan: Babahrot, 100 m, VII-VIII.1983, J. Klapperich; Mus. Genf). Elytren deutlich feiner als das Pronotum punktiert Kopf mit deutlichen Schläfen. © : 8. Sternit (47: 24: 15). SpP etwa so lang, etwa so breit wie der Aedoeagus. Aedoeagus (Abb. 9, PUTHZ, 19790). OCZ: MI EI eee Re lig Ceca e aaa fauveli Puthz Singapore, Malaya, Borneo, Sumatra (20 ©, 19 : Babahrot wie oben: Mus. Genf, coll. m.), Vietnam Kopf ohne Schläfen. ©: 8. Sternit (Fig. 2). SpP 1/2 so lang wie der Medianlobus. Aedoeagus (Fig. 1). 1,0-1,2 mm............. nitidifrons sp. n. Sumatra: Aceh- Selatan. i Stirn zwischen den vorderen Längsfurchen und den Augeninnenrändern ohne schmalen, erhobenen Kiel, die vorderen Seitenstücke meist abge- flacht oder gewölbt, nie gratartig-schmal erhoben Pronotumbasis mit 4 Grübchen Pronotumbasis mit durchgehendem Mittelfältchen Vorderkörper grob und dicht punktiert. © : Dorsalseite des Abdomens mit auffälligen Auszeichnungen (Fig. 3). 8. Sternit (Fig. 4). Aedoeagus NEISSE SIEBEN ER re aed Mee ec Sree BE Nga De OR cuspidiventris sp. n. Sumatra: Aceh- Selatan Vorderkorper ohne Punktierung Pronotum außerordentlich gewölbt und breit-herzförmig (Fig. 6) (Breite: Länge >1,2), mittlere Grübchen stark nach vorn ausgedehnt. ©: ? 1.01, umm.® o zes Sr Be. ee cordicollis sp. n. Sumatra: Aceh- Selatan Pronotum weniger gewölbt, ‚‚normal‘‘ (Breite: Länge <1,3), mittlere Grübchen nicht auffallend stark nach vorn ausgedehnt Die basalen Pronotumgrübchen etwa gleichgroß, die mittleren nicht längs- ausgezogen. Etwas kleinere Art. © mit dorsalen Abdominalauszeichnungen (Fig. 11). 8. Sternit (Fig. 8). Aedoeagus (Fig. 7). 0,8-1,0 mm ......... DE O N EEE ES Re oe sumatrensis Schaufuss Sumatra, auch Aceh- Selatan 824 16 (15) 17 (10) 18 (19) 19 (18) 20 (21) 21 (20) 227,0) 23 (24) 24 (23) VOLKER PUTHZ Die basalen Pronotumgrübchen ungleich groß, die äußeren leicht quer, die mittleren deutlich längs-ausgezogen, fast dreimal so lang wie breit. Etwas größere Art. ©: Abdomen ohne Dorsalauszeichnungen. 8. Sternit (Fig: 9). Aedoeasus (Fig. 10), 1,0-1,lımm..2 2 ea 3a: pulliclavis sp. n. Sumatra: Aceh- Selatan Pronotum ohne durchgehendes Mittelfaltchen Größere Art, deutlich über 1,3 mm. Pronotum und Elytren + deutlich punktiert. ©: Abdomen mit Dorsalauszeichnungen. 8. Sternit ähnlich Fig. 8. Aedoeagus (Abb. 10, PUTHZ, 1979a), Medianlobus apikal mit zwei autralliseneBorsten AI 2 mm RER NE PRICE dentiventris Fauvel (mandibularis Cameron), Singapur, Sumatra: Fort de Kock Kleinere Arten, deutlich unter 1,3 mm. Pronotum unpunktiert Sehr kleine Art mit aufgehelltem Vord- und Hinterrand der Elytren, Elytren kaum breiter als lang mit sehr feinen Körnchen. Vordere Stirn- seitenteile nicht unterbrochen. ©: ?. 0,7-0,8 mm ......... perminimus sp. n. West-Sumatra: Indrapoera Größere, einfarbige Art, Elytren deutlich breiter als lang, ohne Grund- skulptur. Vordere Stirnseitenteile vorn durch einen Punkt unterbrochen. Ores IR O Darin ase, A RI PI LIO spec. sum a West- Sumatra: Indrapoera Pronotumbasis mit 6 Grübchen Pronotum und Elytren deutlich punktiert. ©: 8. Sternit ähnlich wie in Fig. 2. Aedoeagus (Abb. 13, PUTHZ 1979a) 1,3-1,6 mm....vulcanicola Puthz Sumatra: Sibajak Vulkan. Pronotum und Elytren unpunktiert. ©: 8. Sternit (Abb. 9, PUTHZ, 1974). Aedoeagus (Abb. 4, PUTHZ, 1974). 0,8-1,0 mm........... dilutus Schaufuss (magnipennis Bernhauer) Sumatra (ohne nähere Angabe), Java, Vietnam, Luzon ZUSAMMENFASSUNG Diese Arbeit enthält eine Übersicht über die Edaphus-Arten aus Sumatra: 13 Spezies werden gemeldet, darunter eine Erstmeldung (E. peninsularis Puthz), 5 (+1) von ihnen sind neu und werden beschrieben: E. cordicollis sp. n., E. cuspidiventris sp. n., E. nitidi- frons sp. n., E. perminimus sp. n. und E. pulliclavis sp. n. (+E. spec. sum a). Zwei Arten besitzen auffallige Sexualcharaktere auf der Dorsalseite des Abdomens der Männchen: E. cuspidiventris sp. n. und E. sumatrensis Schauf., von dem hier erstmalig das Männchen beschrieben wird. EDAPHUS IN SUMATRA 825 LITERATUR CAMERON, M. 1927. On the Staphylinidae collected by Mr. A. M. Lea in Fiji and New Caledonia. Rec. South Austral. Mus. 3: 259-272. — 1930. Fauna Sumatrensis. LXVII. Staphylinidae (Col.). Tijdschr. Ent. 73: 325-348. PuTHZ, V. 1974. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Euaesthetinen XIV Über alte und neue orientalische Edaphus- Arten (Staphylinidae, Coleoptera). Philippia 2: 83-93. — 1979a. Alte und neue Euaesthetinen, vorwiegend aus der Fauvel- Sammlung (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) 21. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Euaesthetinen. Ent. Bl. Biol. Syst. Käfer 74 (1978): 161-179. — 19795. Die vorder- und hinterindischen Arten der Gattung Edaphus Motschulsky (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) Ann/s hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 71: 107-160. — 1987. Euaesthetinae aus dem Nepal- Himalaya (Insecta: Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Courier Forsch.-Inst. Senckenberg 93: 443-454. — 1989. Zwei neue Arten der Gattung Edaphus Motschulsky aus Malaysia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Staphylinidae: Euaesthetinae) 57. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Euaesthetinen. Reichenbachia 27: 57-59. SCHAUFUSS, L. W. 1887. Beitrag zur Fauna der Niederländischen Besitzungen auf den Sunda-Inseln. II. Trudy russk. ent. obshch. 21: 102-147. parta 7 Kf Win a, Ta ii tI iQ Br SE T Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 | Fasc. 4 | p. 827-842 | Genève, décembre 1990 | | | New species and records of coral reef inhabiting Caprellidae from Bora Bora and Moorea, Society Islands (Crustacea: Amphipoda) Hans-Georg MÜLLER * With 64 figures ABSTRACT New species and records are presented for the amphipod family Caprellidae from coral reefs at Bora Bora and Moorea, Society Islands. Caprellina bispinosa n. sp. and Fallotritella polynesica n. sp. are described. Notes on the habitat preference of the other species, Hemiaegina minuta Mayer, 1890 and Metaprotella sandalensis Mayer, 1898 are also given. M. sandalensis is redescribed with particular reference to its intraspecific variability. The following account forms a part of a series surveying the coral-reef inhabiting invertebrates of tropical Pacific islands. It deals with the amphipod family Caprellidae, based on specimens collected by the author in February-March 1988 at Bora Bora and Moorea, Society Islands. Few published records are available regarding the Caprellidae from the tropical Pacific. From the Society Islands only one species, Hemiaegina minuta Mayer, 1890 from Bora Bora came to my knowledge (McCAIN & STEINBERG 1970: 51), a species also dealt with in that report. Altogether four species from exposed reef locations could be found, two being new to science. A redescription of the widely distributed but poorly known and variable species Metaprotella sandalensis Mayer, 1898 will be also given. * Institut fur Allgemeine und Spezielle Zoologie der Justus-Liebig-Universitat, Heinrich-Buff- Ring 29, D-6300 Giessen, F. R. Germany (permanent address). Centre de l’Environment, Antenne du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle et de l’Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes, B.P. 1013, Papetoai, Moorea, Polynésie francaise. Laboratoire de Biologie marine et Malacologie, Université de Perpignan, Avenue de Villeneuve, F-66025 Perpignan Cedex, France. 828 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER Fics 1-9. Caprellina bispinosa n. sp., © holotype: 1) lateral view; 2) proximal articles of antenna 1 flagellum; 3) antenna 2 flagellum; 4) left mandible, two distal palp articles omitted; 5) right mandible; 6) maxilla 1; 7) maxilla 2; 8) maxilliped; 9) labrum. CAPRELLIDAE FROM BORA BORA AND MOOREA 829 Detailed information on the collecting localities is given in GALZIN & POINTIER (1985) and PIRAZZOLI et al. (1985). Specimens are deposited in the Senckenberg-Museum, Frankfurt a.M. (SMF), the Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNHN) and the Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve (MHNG). The research has been mainly carried out at the marine biological station Antenne Museum at Moorea (director: Dr. René Galzin) and the Laboratoire de Biologie marine et Malacologie, Université de Perpignan, France (director: Dr. Bernard Salvat). My sincere thanks are due to these colleagues for their various help in organizing the field work and making it possible to use the facilities of that institutes. Caprellina Thomson, 1879 Caprellina bispinosa n. sp. (Figs 1-20) Holotype: © (SMF 18311), Moorea; crest of barrier reef near Maharepa, about 2.6 km west of airport, dead corals, 0.5 m, March 1988. Paratypes: 20 0°, 59 ©, 1 juv., deposited as follows. — 39 ©, 1 juv. SMF 18312; 10, 19 MHNG; 10, 19 MNHN; together with holotype. Diagnosis: Caprellina with dorsal pair of anteriorly directed, curved and acute projec- tions shorter than pereonite diameter, on pereonite 3. Derivatio nominis: The specific name refers to the pair of acute projections on pereonite 3. Description, © holotype: Total length (front of cephalon to posterior margin of abdomen) 3.7 mm. Body smooth except for pair of curved, acute and anteriorly directed projections on dorsal surface of pereonite 3; pereonite 1 fused with cephalon, no suture line visible. Antenna 1, about 4 times longer than antenna 2; peduncle of 3 segments, proximal one shortest and widest; flagellum with three proximal articles fused; flagellum with row of about 9 aesthetascs accompanied by some short, simple setae. Second antenna 6-segmented, fourth segment longest, each bearing some short simple setae. Mandible with 3-segmented palp; second segment with 5, third with 2 simple setae; incisor with 5-6 cusps, lacinia mobilis of left mandible with 6 cusps; incisor of right mandible with two accessory plates and one accessory plate in left mandible; spine row of about 7 short spines, molar absent. 2-segmented palp of maxilla 1 with about 8 simple setae on distal segment, lobe with 6 distal, serrate spines. Inner and outer lobe of second maxilla with 4 distal simple setae. Endite of maxilliped blunt, with 2 distal spines and 3 simple setae; palp 5-segmented, inner lobe of proximal segment roughly oval, with some simple setae; this lobe shorter than endite; all palp segments except for distal one with some simple setae along medial and distal margins. Labrum with anterodistal rounded lobes. Gills of pereonites 2-4 elongate-oval. Propodus of gnathopod 1 flattened, 1.2 times longer than wide, palm with row of 9 spines of different size and some short simple setae; dactylus more strongly curved in distal third, not extending beyond proximal compound spine of propodal palm. Propodus of gnathopod 2 roughly elongate-oval; palm with about 12 compound spines of different size in distal half; grasping margins of propodus and dactylus smooth, dactylus robust, strongly curved, its tip not extending beyond proximal compound spines of propodal palm. Fifth pereopod reduced, 2-segmented, terminal segment in form of dactylus. Pereopods 6 and 7 normally developed, carpus and merus being the longest segments; propodus roughly elongate-oval, palm convex, with row of 830 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER Fics 10-14. Caprellina bispinosa n. sp., © holotype: 10) gnathopod 1; 11) gnathopod 2; 12) pereopod 4; 13) dactylus and propodus of pereopod 7; 14) abdomen, ventral view. about 11 compound spines; dactylus just extending beyond proximal compound spine of propodal palm. Abdomen with two pairs of 2-segmented appendages; distal segment of proximal lobes about 0.4 times length of proximal segment; segments of distal lobes subequal in length. Q: Similar in habitus to © with head and pereonites 3-4 more robust. Only two proximal articles of antenna 1 flagellum fused, flagellum with row of about 5 aesthetascs accompanied by one or some short simple setae. Propodus of second gnathopod roughly elongate-oval; palm of propodus convex with distinct rounded heel in proximal half, bearing 3 robust compound spines; palm distally of these spines with about 7 very short spines and several simple setae. Oostegites of pereonites 3 and 4 roughly triangular. CAPRELLIDAE FROM BORA BORA AND MOOREA 831 Fics 15-20. Caprellina bispinosa n. sp., Q paratype: 15) lateral view; 16) proximal articles of antenna 1 flagellum; 17) gnathopod 2; 18) oostegite 1; 19) oostegite 2: 20) abdomen, ventral view. 832 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER Abdominal appendages similar to ©. Distribution: Moorea, Society Islands. Remarks: Of the 2 species of Caprellina (McCAIN & STEINBERG 1970: 46) the small new species seems to be more closely related to Caprellina spiniger Barnard, 1916 from South Africa. It is easily distinguishable from that species through the presence of only one pair of dorsal projections on pereonite 3, unlike C. spiniger, which bears a pair of these projections on pereonites 2 and 3 (see GRIFFITHS 1976: 89, Fig. 60 A). Fallotritella McCain, 1968 Fallotritella polynesica n. sp. (Figs 21-40) Holotype: © (SMF 18305), Bora Bora; fringing reef near Vaitape, dead corals covered with sponges and algae, 0.5-1 m, near slope, 27 February-6 March 1988. Paratypes: 40 ©, 129 9 (SMF 18306), together with holotype. 19, 1 juv. (MHNG), Bora Bora; barrier reef near Motu tapu, dead corals, 1-1.5 m, 7 March 1988. 200, 29 9, 3 juv. (MHNG), Moorea; coral slope of fringing reef near Afareaitu, dead corals, 1-2 m, 26 March 1988. 10, 19 (MHNG), Moorea; Temae, the Islet Reef, north of airport; crest of barrier reef, on Sargsassum, about 0.5 m, 19-20 February 1988. 20 © (MNHN), Moorea; Temae, the Islet Reef, north-east of airport, channel near beach, dead corals, about 2 m, 31 March 1988. 300,49 Q, 1 juv. (MNHN), Moorea; crest of barrier reef near Maharepa, about 2.6 km west of airport, dead corals, about 0.5 m, March 1988. 10 (MNHN), Moorea; crest of barrier reef near Maharepa, on Sargassum, 0-05 m, 15 March 1988. 40 o, 19 (MNHN), Moorea; crest of Tiahura barrier reef, dead corals, 0.5-1 m, 25 March 1988. Diagnosis: Fallotritella with acute, anterodorsal projection on cephalon and pereonite one and dorsal pair of these projections on second pereonite. Derivatio nominis: The specific name is an adjective qualifying the geographic area of the type locality. Description, © holotype: Total length (front of cephalon to posterior margin of abdomen) 3.6 mm. Body smooth except for single acute, anteriorly directed projection on cephalon (longest) and pereonite 1; one pair of these dorsal projections on pereonite 2; pereonite 1 incompletely fused with cephalon, distinct suture line visible dorsally. Antenna 1, about 2 times longer than antenna 2; 2-segmented peduncle with proximal segment of 3/4 length of distal one; flagellum with at least three proximal articles fused, free flagellar articles numbering about 12; flagellum with aesthetasc on each article, accompanied by some short, simple setae. Second antenna 6-segmented with segments 3-4 longest, fourth somewhat longer than third; penultimate segment with 2 compound spines in distal half, beside several short simple setae; terminal segment with some short simple setae, of 1/4 length of penultimate segment. Mandibles with 3-segmented palp, segments increasing in length distally; terminal segment with 2 simple setae, beside short serrate spine and 5 short feathered setae; incisor of mandibles with about 5 cusps, incisor of left mandible with 4 cusps; three accessory plates on both left and right mandible; molar reduced, being a small cone with single distal spine. 2-segmented palp of maxilla 1 with three short apical spines and a simple seta; lobe with 5 short serrate spines. Maxilla 2, outer lobe with 5, inner lobe with 4 distal setae. Short endite of maxilliped with 2 distal setae; inner lobe of 5-segmented palp distally rounded, extending beyond distal margin of second segment, bearing 3-4 setae along medial and distal margin; grasping margins of curved distal segment with two rows of stiff setules. Labium having the lateral lobes with narrow, posteriorly directed process. Propodus of gnathopod 1 roughly elongate-oval, palm bearing 3 proximal compound spines; dactylus well curved, not extending beyond CAPRELLIDAE FROM BORA BORA AND MOOREA 833 Fics 21-30. Fallotritella polynesica n. sp., © holotype: 21) lateral view; 22) proximal articles of antenna 1 flagellum; 23) proximal articles of antenna 2 peduncle; 24) flagellum of antenna 2; 25) left mandible; 26) right mandible, palp omitted; 27) maxilla 1; 28) maxilla 2; 29) maxilliped; 30) labium. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 55 834 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER Fics 31-35. Fallotritella polynesica n. sp., © holotype: 31) gnathopod 1; 32) gnathopod 2; 33) abdomen, ventral view. Q paratype: 34) lateral view; 35) gnathopod 2. CAPRELLIDAE FROM BORA BORA AND MOOREA 835 Fics 36-40. Fallotritella polynesica n. sp., 9 paratype: 36) oostegite 1; 37) oostegite 2; 38) pereopod 5; 39) pereopod 6; 40) pereopod 7. 836 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER compound spines of propodal palm; propodus, carpus and merus bearing some feathered setae. Propodus of gnathopod 2 greatly enlarged; palm with proximal compound spine on triangular heel; in distal half with a deep and a shallow excavation; beside these excava- tions, propodus bearing row of 5 very strong compound spines on shallow tubercles. Gills on pereonites 3 and 4 oval. Pereopods 3 and 4 unisegmented with single seta at tip. Pereopods 5-7, see description of 9. Abdomen with pair of setose, distally rounded lobe; penes robust, less than two times as long as wide. Q : General habitus similar to © with second gnathopod much smaller and pereonites 3-4 more robust. Propodus of second gnathopod in shape similar to ©, much smaller and less setose, lacking the distal row of elongate compound spines. Oostegites roughly triangular, distal margin of first oostegite with about 10, margin of second oostegite with about 62 setae. Pereopod 5 inserted posteriorly on pereonite, smaller than pereopods 6-7; palm of faintly curved propodus in pereopods 5-7 with several spines as figured; addi- tionally, pereopods 6-7 with some proximal compound spines beside simple spines. Distribution: Bora Bora and Moorea, Society Islands. Remarks: Two species of Fallotritella are known up to now, F. biscayensis McCain, 1968 from Florida and F. montoucheti de Araujo Quitete, 1971 from Brasil. F. polynesica seems to be more closely allied with the former, easily distinguishable by the number and arrangement of dorsal projections on cephalon and pereonites 1-2 (see McCAIN 1968: 58). In disagreement with the generic diagnosis, F. po/ynesica has the molar of the mandibles not totally reduced. It is present as a shallow cone with a distal spine. F. polynesica is the more common species of those being new to science and appears to be widely distributed in shallow reef habitats in the area investigated. It was found in almost all samples taken from more or less exposed locations. Hemiaegina Mayer, 1890 Hemiaegina minuta Mayer, 1890 Material: 10° (SMF 18307), Bora Bora; fringing reef near Vaitape, dead corals covered with sponges and algae, 0.5-1 m, near slope, 27 February-6 March 1988. 10° (MHNG), Moorea; coral slope of fringing reef near Afareaitu, dead corals, 1-2 m, 26 March 1988.50 o, 19, 2 juv. (MHNG), Moorea; Temae, the Islet Reef, north of airport, crest of barrier reef, on Sargassum, about 0.5 m, 19-20 February 1988.60 0,69 9, 2 juv. (SMF 18309), Moorea; crest of barrier reef near Maharepa, about 2.6 km west of airport, dead corals, about 0.5 m, March 1988. 10° (SMF 18310), Moorea; barrier reef east of Maharepa, channel near beach, dead corals, 0.5-1 m, March 1988. 10°, 29 9, 2 juv. (SMF 18308), Moorea; crest of Tiahura barrier reef, dead corals, 0.5-1 m, 25 March 1988. Remarks: H. minuta is widely distributed in tropical and temperate waters of the world oceans. At the Society Islands it was already known from Bora Bora (McCAIN 1968: 62, McCAIN & STEINBERG 1970: 51). As all the other species dealt with in that report, H. minuta was found only in more or less exposed reef locations. Metaprotella Mayer, 1898 Metaprotella sandalensis Mayer, 1898 (Figs 41-64) Material: 120 ©, 99 ©, 13 juv., deposited as follows. — 80 ©, 59 ©, 13 juv. SMF 18303; 200,229 MHNG; 20 o, 29 9 MNHN; Bora Bora; fringing reef near Vaitape, dead corals covered with sponges and algae, 0.5-1 m, near slope, 27 February-6 March 1988. 29 9, 2 juv. (SMF 18302), Bora Bora; barrier reef near Motu tapu, dead corals, 1-1.5 m, ) March 1988. 10°, 1 juv. (SMF 18304), Moorea; coral slope of Tiahura fringing reef, dead corals, about 2 m, 22-23 March 1988. CAPRELLIDAE FROM BORA BORA AND MOOREA 837 Fics 41-47. Metaprotella sandalensis Mayer, 1898, ©: 41) lateral view; 42) distal part of terminal antenna 1 peduncle segment and proximal articles of flagellum; 43) antenna 2 flagellum; 44) maxilla 1; 45) maxilla 2; 46) maxilliped; 47) labium. 838 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER Fics 48-53. Metaprotella sandalensis Mayer, 1898, ©: 48) lateral view of cephalon with insertion of antennae; 49) left mandible, palp omitted; 50) right mandible; 51) gnathopod 2; 52) dactylus and propodus of gnathopod 2, other ©; 53) dactylus and propodus of gnathopod 2, other ©. CAPRELLIDAE FROM BORA BORA AND MOOREA 839 Diagnosis: Metaprotella with pair of small dorsal, acute projections on cephalon, pereonites 2 and 4 and a single acute projection on the posterior margin of pereonite 2. Another acute, anteriorly directed process is often visible below the eyes. Description, ©: Total length (front of cephalon to posterior margin of abdomen) about 6.5 mm. Body smooth except for pair of dorsal, acute projections on cephalon, pereonite 2 and 4 and single acute projection on posterior margin of second pereonite; often such a projection can also be found below the eyes. Pereonite 1 incompletely fused with cephalon, suture line faintly visible dorsally. Antenna 1, about 2.6 times longer than antenna 2; peduncle of 3 segments, proximal one shortest and widest; narrow third peduncle segment about 1.2 times longer than second; flagellum with 2 proximal articles fused and 9 free distal articles, each bearing aesthetasc and some short, simple setae. Second antenna with biarticulate flagellum, proximal article bearing 2 compound spines, distal one with single compound spine near apex; proximal article 2.5 times longer than distal article. Mandible with 3-segmented palp, second segment with about 5 simple setae; terminal segment with two longer simple setae, about 10 short simple setae, two short feathered spines and several setules; incisor with 5 cusps, lacinia mobilis of left mandible with 5 cusps; incisor of right mandible with accessory and 3 fringed spines; incisor of left mandible mandible with 2 longer fringed spines and two minute spines; molar of both mandibles truncate, distal surface with many small tubercles. 2-segmented palp of maxilla 1 with about 5 short, distal spines and 4 simple setae; lobe with about 8 spines. Maxilla 2, outer lobe with 8, inner lobe with 6 distal setae. Distal margin of maxillipedal endite almost straight, with 4 simple setae; palp 5-segmented; inner lobe of proximal segment very large, somewhat extending beyond distal margin of third segment; medial margin of lobe with row of setules increasing in length distally; grasping margin of strongly curved distal segment with row of stiff setules. Lateral lobes of labium with large, broadly rounded and somewhat posteriorly directed projection. Propodus of gnathopod 1 triangular, palm almost straight with numerous denticles in proximal two thirds and a strong proximal compound spine; dactylus more strongly curved in distal third, grasping margin with row of about 12 short spines and many setules. Propodus of gnathopod 2 greatly enlarged; palm with proximal compound spine on heel, the latter being variable in size; distal half of propodal palm with a deep proximal and a shallow distal excavation; dactylus well curved, not extending beyond proximal heel of propodal palm; propodus, carpus and merus with several bifid setae. Gills on pereonites 3 and 4 oval. Pereopods 3 and 4 unisegmented with 4-5 setae near apex. Pereopod 5 inserted posteriorly on pereonite, smaller than pereopods 6-7; propodus of pereopods 5-7 almost straight, palm with several spines in arrangement as figured. Abdomen with pair of lateral, setose unisegmented lobes. Q : Similar in general habitus to © with pereonites 3-5 much more compact. Second gnathopod much smaller than in ©, propodal palm with shallow proximal heel bearing strong compound spine; grasping margin of palm with several setae of different lengths. Oostegites roughly circular or triangular with broadly rounded corners. Margin of first oostegite with about 38, of second oostegite with 9 simple setae. Remarks: M. sandalensis is very common in shallow waters of the tropical Indo- Pacific Ocean. Although very often found (see McCAIN & STEINBERG 1970: 55) it has never been described in detail. It seems to be a highly variable species with regard to the arrangement of the number and arrangement of acute projections on head and pereonites 2-3 as well as to the shape of the © propodal palm (MAYER 1903: 40). It has been the largest species of Caprellidae found in reef locations of the Society Islands, from where 840 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER Fics 54-60. Metaprotella sandalensis Mayer, 1898, ©: 54) dactylus and propodus of gnathopod 2, other ©; 55) gnathopod 1; 56) gill and pereopod 3; 57) abdomen, ventral view. 9: 58) lateral view; 59) oostegite 1; 60) oostegite 2. CAPRELLIDAE FROM BORA BORA AND MOOREA 841 Fics 61-64. Metaprotella sandalensis Mayer, 1898, o: 61) pereopod 5; 62) pereopod 6; 63) pereopod 7; 64) gnathopod 2. 842 HANS-GEORG MÜLLER it is reported for the first time. It seems that M. sandalensis prefers moderately exposed locations because none of the specimens available is from the strongly exposed sampling stations on the crest of the barrier reefs at Moorea. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG Eine Aufsammlung von Korallenriff-bewohnenden Caprelliden (Amphipoda) auf Bora Bora und Moorea, Gesellschaftsinseln, erbrachte neben zwei im Indo-Pazifik weit verbreiteten Formen (Hemiaegina minuta Mayer, 1890 und Metaprotella sandalensis Mayer, 1898) auch zwei für die Wissenschaft neue Arten (Caprellina bispinosa n. sp., Fallotritella polynesica n. sp.). Sämtliche Arten fanden sich ausschließlich in mäßig bis stark exponierten Riffabschnitten, wobei M. sandalensis vermutlich die mäßig exponierten Bereiche bevorzugt. REFERENCES GALZIN, R. & J. P. POINTIER 1985. Moorea island, Society Archipelago. In: B. Delesalle, R. Galzin & B. Salvat (Eds.). 5th International Coral Reef Congress, Tahiti, 27 May-1 June 1985. Vol. 1: “French Polynesian Coral Reefs’’: 73-102. GRIFFITHS, C. L. 1976. Guide to the benthic marine amphipods of Southern Africa. Trustees of the South Afr. Mus.: 106 pp. MAYER, P. 1903. Die Caprelliden der Siboga-Expedition. Siboga Exp. 34: 160 pp., 10 pls. MCCAIN, J. C. 1968. The Caprellidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) of the Western North Atlantic. U.S. Natn. Mus. Bull., 278: 147 pp. MCCAIN, J. C. & J. E. STEINBERG 1970. Amphipoda, I, Caprellidea I. Crustaceorum Catalogus, 2: 78 pp. PIRAZZOLI, P. A. et al. 1985. Leeward islands (Maupiti, Tupai, Bora Bora, Huahine) Society Archipelago. Jn: B. Delesalle, R. Galzin & B. Salvat (Eds.). Sth International Coral Reef Congress, Tahiti, 27 May-1 June 1985. Vol. 1: “French Polynesian Coral Reefs, Reef Knowledge and Field Guides’’: 17-72. _ nè ee n | Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. 4 p. 843-849 | Geneve, décembre 1990 ai be ; O | Type specimens of Drosophilidae (Diptera) described by Linnaeus, Fallén, Wahlberg and Zetterstedt by Gerhard BÄCHLI * ABSTRACT Status and condition of the type specimens of 27 nominal species kept in Swedish col- lections are listed. Lectotypes are designated for Drosophila alboguttata Wahlberg, Drosophila costata Zetterstedt, Drosophila fuscimana Zetterstedt and Drosophila marginella Zetterstedt. Drosophila cinerella Fallen is synonymized with the ephydrid Discocerina obscurella Fallen (NEW SYNONYMY), and Drosophila laeta Zetterstedt with Drosophila phalerata Meigen (NEW SYNONYMY). INTRODUCTION The genus Drosophila was established by FALLEN (1823) for 12 Swedish species, 11 of them new to science. About 20 years later, ZETTERSTEDT (1840, 1847) described more than 10 new species of Drosophila based on flies from Scandinavia. Even though in the meantime some of these species have been transferred to other families, most of the species described by Fallén and Zetterstedt are fundamental to the European drosophilid fauna. The specimens of Drosophilidae in the old Swedish collections have never been revised except in a few cases (e.g. CAIN et al. 1952), but in the years 1954 to 1960 the late E. B. Basden checked more or less all specimens. During this study he numbered the specimens, fixed the type series and labelled many lectotypes. Unfortunately the results * Zoological Museum, University of Zürich-Irchel, Winterthurerstrasse 190, CH-8057 Zürich, Switzerland. 844 GERHARD BÄCHLI of this revision have never been published, but Mr Basden entrusted me with his notes, enabling me to designate many lectotypes (BÄCHLI 1982) based on the selections made by him. For the present revision nearly 500 specimens of the old Swedish collections have been checked. They are supposed to be in the original arrangement in the boxes. Many of them do not have original labels or have colour code labels only. Therefore I decided to consider all extant specimens to be type specimens if there are no arguments against this, e.g. by the labelling, by obvious disagreement in characteristics or by aberrant arrangement in the collection. In the following list the specimens are marked by Basden’s identification number and the following codes: ‘‘Fln’’, ‘‘Wahl’’ and ‘‘Boh’’ for specimens in the Riksmuseum Stockholm and ‘‘Ztt’’ for specimens in the Zoological Museum Lund. For holotypes, lectotypes and syntypes all labels are mentioned, for paralectotypes the data of the labels are abbreviated to the identification code. In the list, the individual labels are separated by strokes (/) and my comments are given in square brackets []. The 27 listed nominal species are represented by 3 holotypes, 21 lectotypes, 60 paralectotypes and 4 syntypes. The content of the old collections seems to be very complete but the type specimens of Musca cellaris Linnaeus and the holotype of Drosophila griseola Zetterstedt could not be found and those of Drosophila picta Zetterstedt and Drosophila spurca Zetterstedt are kept in the Zoological Museum Copenhagen (FRYDENBERG 1955). Besides the species described by Fallén and Zetterstedt the type material of a few species described by LINNAEUS (1758, 1767), WAHLBERG (1839) and ROTH in ZETTERSTEDT (1860) is also mentioned. My cordial thanks are due to Dr. Per Inge Persson, Stockholm, Dr. Lars Wallin, Uppsala, and Dr. Roy Danielsson, Lund, for permission to work on the collections as well as for their help in the interpretation of the status of some specimens. The English text was checked by Mrs B. Andrew. LIST OF TYPE SPECIMENS Drosophila albilabris Roth in Zetterstedt, 1860: 6425 Holotype o': Bök [= Bòkestad] 21/6 / Type selected by E. B. Basden Jany. 1955 Drosophila albilabris Rth. / Dros. albilabris Roth o n. sp. [Zett. handw.]/324/ = Amiota albilabris (Roth) det E. B. Basden / Ztt 324 Drosophila albilabris R. Holotype © G. Bächli det. 1989 / [on separate pin:] pin-mount of abdomen / Drosophila albilabris Roth Holotype. Comments: The present name is Amiota albilabris (Roth). Drosophila alboguttata Wahlberg, 1839: 22 Lectotype ©: green diamond [= Östergötland] / pin-mount of abdomen / Wahl 2 Drosophila alboguttata W. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989. 10 paralectotypes © Q : Wahl 1, Wahl 3 - Wahl 9, Ztt 367, Ztt 369. Comments: LECTOTYPE by present designation. The present name is Amiota alboguttata (Wahlberg). In the lectotype specimen the hind tarsal hairs appear somewhat shorter than in other specimens of the type series. Drosophila approximata Zetterstedt, 1847: 2557 Lectotype © : D. approximata 9 Smoland. / Lectotype of Drosophila approximata Ztt Selected by E. B. Basden 1960/96/Ztt 96 Drosophila approximata Z. Lectotype Q G. Bächli det. 1989. 2 paralectotypes 9 Q: Ztt 97, Ztt 98. TYPE SPECIMENS OF DROSOPHILIDAE 845 Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). Type locality according to lectotype: Smolandia. Most characteristics, especially the width of the cheeks, are as in D. melanogaster; therefore both species are considered to be conspecific and D. approximata Zetterstedt is a synonym of D. melanogaster Meigen, as mentioned by BASDEN (1961). Musca cellaris Linnaeus, 1758: 597 Holotype missing in the collections of London (JACKSON 1912) and Uppsala. Comments: This species was considered by some authors to be a doubtul synonym of Drosophila funebris Fabricius. However, being without type specimen, it seems better to leave it as a nomen dubium. Drosophila cinerella Fallén, 1823: 7 Holotype: 7 / D. cinerella 9 e museo Fallen / 68 / Discocerina obscurella Fln. det. Collin 1955 / Drosophila cinerella Fallen Holotype 9 Ztt 68 G. Bächli det. 1989 / [abdomen missing]. Comments: There is no indication that this is not the holotype specimen. It seems best to me to accept Collin’s determination. Therefore D. cinerella is a junior synonym of the ephydrid Discocerina obscurella Fallen, 1813 (NEW SYNONYMY). Drosophila congesta Zetterstedt, 1847: 2558 Holotype: yellow square [=Ostergotland] / D. congesta o Lärketorp. / Lectotype of Drosophila congesta Ztt. Selected by E. B. Basden 1960/99/Ztt 99 Drosophila congesta Z. Holotype G. Bächli det. 1989 / [on separate pin:] pin-mount of abdomen [genitalia missing]. Comments: The present name is Microdrosophila congesta (Zetterstedt). The holotype specimen is probably a female, but the spermatheca being missing, a definitive decision is not possible. Drosophila costata Zetterstedt, 1840: 776 Lectotype ©: black square [= Lapland trip 1832] / D. costata Umenäs. © ./6/Ztt 6 Drosophila costata Z. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989. 14 paralectotypes © 9 : 7tt 4, Ztt 5, Ztt 7, Ztt 70, Ztt 71, Ztt 74, Ztt 187, Ztt 191, Ztt 374. Comments: LECTOTYP! by present designation. Type locality according to lectotype: Umenäs, Lapland. The present name is Chymomyza costata (Zetterstedt). Drosophila curvipennis Fallen, 1823: 4 Lectotype ©: pin-mount of abdomen / 2 / Drosophila curvipennis Fin. © Lectotype Selected by E. B. Basden 1955/369 60/Protostegana furta (L.) © det. Basden 1960 / Fin 2 Drosophila curvipennis F. Lectotype o G. Bächli det. 1989 / [covered with mould]. 4 paralectotypes © © : Fin 1, Fin 3-Fln 5. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). This is a synonym of Stegana furta (Linnaeus). Drosophila fenestrarum Fallén, 1823: 6 Lectotype ©: 17 / pin-mount of abdomen / Drosophila fenestrarum Fin Lectotype © Selected by E. B. Basden 1956 / [on main pin:] Right wing to slide / 3.44 R. M. prep. 3955 / Fln 17 Drosophila fenestrarum F. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989/[some legs are missing]. 6 paralectotypes © © : Fin 16, Fin 19-Fln 23. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). 846 GERHARD BÄCHLI Drosophila flava Fallen, 1823: 7 Lectotype: blue square / red square / [=Äsperöd/Tranäs] D. flava ©. Esper. [= Asper6d]/163/1976 33/Lectotypus Drosophila flava Fallen 1823 Design. by Lastovka & Maca 1978 / Scaptomyza flava (Fall.); © P. LaStovka et Jan Maca det. / [only rest of thorax]. 1 paralectotype: Ztt 164. Comments: Lectotype designated by LASTOVKA & MACA (1978). The present name of this species is Scaptomyza flava (Fallen). Drosophila flavipennis Zetterstedt, 1840: 777 Lectotype ©: black square [= Lapland trip 1832]/D. flavipenis ©. Wilhelm. [= Vilhelmina]/D. grami- num var. c. Zett. / Lectotype of Drosophila flavipennis Ztt. Selected by E. B. Basden 1960/23/Ztt 23 Drosophila flavipennis Z. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989 / [somewhat covered with mould] / [on separate pin:] pin-mount of abdomen/Ztt 23. 1 paralectotype Q: Ztt 24. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). This is certainly a Scaptomyza species, probably conspecific with Scaptomyza griseola (Zetterstedt). Musca furta Linnaeus, 1767: 991 Lectotype ©: Musca furta L. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989 / Stegana furta L. G. Bächli det. / [on separate label:] furta X / [on separate slide with abdomen and some legs:] Musca furta Type Abdomen Legs (left 2nd & 3rd) E. B. Basden 4 Ap. 1960 / [good condition except halteres and some bristles missing]. 1 paralectotype: Musca furta L. Paralectotype G. Bachli det. 1989 / Stegana furta L. G. Bachli det. / [on separate label:] furta? Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). Both specimens are kept in the Thunberg collection of the Zoological Museum Uppsala. The present name of this species is Stegana furta (Linnaeus). Drosophila fuscimana Zetterstedt, 1840: 776 Lectotype ©: black square [=Lapland trip 1832] / D. fuscimana © Nordanas. 15 / Ztt 15 Drosophila fuscimana Z. Lectotype © G. Bachli det. 1989 / [head missing]. 1 paralectotype © : Ztt 93. Comments: LECTOTYPE by present designation. Type locality according to lectotype: Nordanas, Lapland. The present name of this species is Chymomyza fuscimana (Zetterstedt). Drosophila fuscula Fallén, 1823: 7 Lectotype: Drosophila fuscula 0/34/54 55 / D. (=Drosophila EBB) fuscula Lectotype det Collin ’55 / Diastata fuscula Fin det. J. E. Collin 1955. Comments: Lectotype designated by CHANDLER (1987), kept in the Riksmuseum Stockholm. The present name of this species is Diastata fuscula (Fallen). Drosophila glabra Fallén, 1823: 8 Lectotype ©: D. glabra 0/59 55/54/D. glabra Fln. Lectotype det Collin ’55 / Camilla glabra Fin © det. J. E. Collin 1955 / Fin 54 Drosophila glabra F. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989 / [somewhat covered with mould]. 5 paralectotypes © 9 : Fln 55, Fin 56, Ztt 100, Ztt 105, Ztt 205. Comments: Lectotype designated by COLLIN (1956). The present name of this species is Camilla glabra (Fallén). TYPE SPECIMENS OF DROSOPHILIDAE 847 Drosophila graminum Fallen, 1823: 8 Lectotype 9: D. graminum © / 108 54 / Lectotype in accord. with Hardy 1849 [J. E. Collin’s label]/57 55/39/Scapt. graminum (Fin) 9 det Basden 1956 Lectotype of Drosophila graminum Fin. / Fin 39 Drosophila graminum F. Lectotype 9 G. Bächli det. 1989 / [head missing]. 1 paralectotype © : Fin 44. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). The present name of this species is Scaptomyza graminum (Fallén). Drosophila griseola Zetterstedt, 1847: 2562 Holotype missing [only label on short pin]: D. griseola Dalec. [= Dalecarlia] Boh. [= Bohe- man] 9. Comments: There are clear concepts of Scaptomyza griseola as being a species distinct from S. graminum (e.g. HACKMAN 1955, 1959). For the moment it seems best to me to accept this view, in spite of lack of type material. Drosophila laeta Zetterstedt, 1847: 2555 (as var. b. laeta of Drosophila transversa) Lectotype © : red square [= Lund and its neighbourhood] / var. b latea 9 Paradislyckan / Lec- totype of Drosophila laeta Zett Selected by E. B. Basden 1960/89/Ztt 89 Drosophila laeta Z. Lec- totype 9 G. Bächli det. 1989. 1 paralectotype 9: Ztt 90. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). Type locality according to lec- totype: Paradislyckan, Lund. Both specimens are teneral females. According to the shape of the oviscape D. laeta is conspecific with D. phalerata Meigen (NEW SYNONYMY). Drosophila marginella Zetterstedt, 1840: 777 Lectotype ©: black square [= Lapland trip 1832] / Dros. marginella Ins. Lapp. ©. Diastata costata Zett. Stensele. / 313 / Drosophila marginella Ztt Lectotype Selected by E. B. Basden 1956 / Diastata costata Mg. det J. E. Collin ’56 / Ztt 313 Drosophila marginella Z. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989. 1 paralectotype 9: Ztt 314. Comments: LECTOTYPE by present designation. Type locality according to lectotype: Stensele, Lapland. This is a synonym of Diastata fuscula (Fallén). Drosophila nigriventris Zetterstedt, 1847: 2557 Lectotype ©: D. nigriventris © Smol. [= Smolandia] / Lectotype of nigriventris Ztt Selected by E. B. Basden 1960/94/Ztt 94 Drosophila nigriventris Z. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989 / [on separate pin:] pin-mount of abdomen / [head, body & one leg to card-mount]. 1 paralectotype 9: Ztt 95. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). Drosophila nigriventris being pre-occupied, the valid name of this species is Microdrosophila zetterstedti Wheeler. The abdomen of the holotype specimen is uniformly black, but the epandrium is yellow. Drosophila obscura Fallén, 1823: 6 Lectotype ©: D. obscura 9 / 137 51 / Ifr. Ent. Avd. microscop. prep., Specimen No. 31 / Right wing to slide / Dros. obscura Lectotype Selected by E. B. Basden 1956 (v. Cain et al. 1952) / 3: 44 R. M. prep. 3958 60 / Fin 31 Drosophila obscura F. Lectotype © G. Bächli det 1989 / [covered with mould; abdomen & front left leg to slides (Cain)]. 2 paralectotypes © © : Fin 29, Ztt 65. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). The status of this species was discussed by CAIN et al. (1952). 848 GERHARD BÄCHLI Drosophila pallida Zetterstedt, 1847: 2571 Lectotype: blue square [= Äsperöd/Mellby] / D. pallida Z graminum Fall var. d. ©. Esp. [= Äsperöd] / Lectotype of Drosophila pallida Ztt. Selected by E. B. Basden 1960 / 167 / Ztt 167 Drosophila pallida Z. Lectotype G. Bächli det. 1989 / [head, abdomen & some legs missing]. 2 paralectotypes: Ztt 168, Ztt 273. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). The present name of this species is Scaptomyza pallida (Zetterstedt). The poor condition of the lectotype does not allow a complete description. However, there is no doubt about the identity of this species. Drosophila sordida Zetterstedt, 1840: 777 Lectotype ©: black square [= Lapland trip 1832] / D. sordida ©. Wilhelmina. / D. graminum var. b. Zett. / Lectotype of Drosophila sordida Zett. Selected by E. B. Basden 1960/21/Ztt 21 Drosophila sordida Z. Lectotype © G. Bachli det. 1989 / [on separate pin:] pin-mount of abdomen / Ztt 21: 1 paralectotype 9: Ztt 22. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). Type locality according to lec- totype: Vilhelmina, Lapland. This is clearly a Scaptomyza species, probably conspecific with Scaptomyza teinoptera Hackman. Drosophila transversa Fallén, 1823: 6 Lectotype ©: pin-mount of abdomen / 28 / Drosophila transversa Fin Lectotype © Selected by E. B. Basden 1956 / Right wing to slide E. B. Basden 56/3: 44 R. M. prep. 3957 / Fln 28 Drosophila transversa F. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989 / [complete but somewhat covered with mould]. 4 paralectotypes 9 9: Fin 24-FIn 27. Comments: Lectotype designated by BACHLI (1982). Drosophila tristis Fallén, 1823: 7 Lectotype ©: blue square [= Äsperöd/Mellby] / 92 / D. tristis. 9. Esp. [=Äsperöd] Mus. Fall. / pin-mount of abdomen [bad condition] / Dros. tristis Fin Lectotype Selected 1956 by E. B. Basden (v. Cain et al. 1952) / Ztt 92 Drosophila tristis F. Lectotype © G. Bachli det. 1989 / [antennae damaged]. Comments: Lectotype designated by BASDEN (1958) who discussed the identity of this species. Geomyza unipunctum Zetterstedt, 1847: 2533 3 syntypes oo": Dlc. alp. [= Dalecarlia alpes] / Bhn [= Boheman] / Geomyza unipunctum Z. Syntype © G. Bächli det. 1989 / Scaptomyza unipunctum Z. G. Bächli det. 1 syntype ©: light green square [=Jämtland and Norway trip 1840] / [on main pin:] G. Unipunctum © Helsingia / Arbrä Helsingland 24/8 40./268/Ztt 362 Geomyza unipunctum Z. Syntype ©' G. Bächli det. 1989 / Scaptomyza unipunctum Z. G. Bächli det. / [somewhat covered with mould]. Comments: The present name of this species is Scaptomyza unipunctum (Zetterstedt). Drosophila variegata Fallen, 1823: 5 Lectotype 9 : 8 / Drosophila variegata Fln Lectotype Selected by E. B. Basden 1955 / Phortica variegata (Fin) 9 det. Basden ’55/375 60/51 74/pin-mount of abdomen [Maca] / Fin 8 Drosophila variegata F. Lectotype © G. Bächli det. 1989 / [head missing]. 2 paralectotypes 9 © : Fin 6, Fin 7. Comments: Lectotype designated by MACA (1977). The present name of this species is Amiota variegata (Fallen). TYPE SPECIMENS OF DROSOPHILIDAE 849 REFERENCES BACHLI, G. 1982. On the type material of Palearctic species of Drosophilidae (Diptera). Beitr. Ent. 32: 289-301. BASDEN, E. B. 1958. An examination of the evidence concerning the identity of Drosophila tristis Fallen (Dipt., Drosophilidae). Ent. mon. Mag. 94: 198-202. — 1961. Type Collections of Drosophilidae (Diptera). 1. The Strobl Collection. Beitr. Ent. 11: 160-224. CAIN, A. J., J. E. COLLIN & V. R. DEMEREC. 1952. Correct application of the name Drosophila obscura Fallen and notes on the type of D. tristis Fallen (Dipt., Drosophilidae). Ent. mon. Mag. 88: 193-196. CHANDLER, P. J. 1987. The families Diastatidae and Campichoetidae (Diptera, Drosophiloidea) with a revision of Palearctic and Nepalese species of Diastata Meigen. Ent. scan. 18: 1-50. COLLIN, J. E. 1956. On the identity of Fallén’s Drosophila glabra (Dipt., Camillidae). Ent. mon. Mag. 92: 225-226. FALLEN, C. F. 1823. Diptera Sveciae. Geomyzides. Berling, Lundae, 8 pp. FRYDENBERG, O. 1955. On the types of Drosophila picta Zett. and D. spurca Zett. (Drosophilidae, Dipt.) and a new description of the former. Ent. Meddr 27: 104-112. HACKMAN, W. 1955. On the genera Scaptomyza Hardy and Parascaptomyza Duda (Dipt., Drosophilidae). Notul. Ent. 35: 74-91. — 1959. On the genus Scaptomyza Hardy (Dipt., Drosophilidae) with descriptions of new species from various parts of the world. Acta zool. fenn. 97: 1-73. JACKSON, B. D. 1913. Catalogue of the Linnean specimens of Amphibia, Insecta, and Testacea, noted by Carl von Linné. Proc. Linn. Soc. 125 (Suppl.): 1-48. LASTOVKA, P. & J. MACA. 1978. European species of the Drosophila subgenus Lordiphosa (Diptera, Drosophilidae). Acta ent. bohemoslov. 75: 404-420. LINNAEUS, C. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Edit. 10. Tomus I. Laurentius Salvius, Holmiae, pp. 1-824. — 1767. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Edit. 12. Tomus I, Pars II. Laurentius Salvius, Holmiae, pp. 533-1327. MACA, J. 1977. Revision of Palaearctic species of Amiota subg. Phortica (Diptera, Drosophilidae). Acta ent. bohemoslov. 74: 115-130. WAHLBERG, P. F. 1839. Bidrag till Svenska Dipternas kännedom. K. svenska Vetenskakad. Hand. 1838: 1-23. ZETTERSTEDT, J. W. 1838-40. Insecta lapponica. Voss, Lipsiae, 1139 pp. — 1847. Diptera Scandinaviae disposita et descripta. Tomus sextus. Lundberg, Lundae, pp. 2163-2580. — 1860. Diptera Scandinaviae disposita et descripta. Tomus decimus quartus. Lundberg, Lundae, pp. 6191-6609. In (Ca) REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 Re ae | Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. 4 p.851-869 | Genève, décembre 1990 Peuplements lombriciens et activité de surface en relation avec les boues d’épuration et autres fumures * par Gérard CUENDET ** et Alain DUCOMMUN *** Avec 5 figures ABSTRACT Earthworm populations and surface activity in relation with sewage sludge and other fertilizers. — This study, that belongs to a more general one dealing mainly with Macroarthropods, aims to better the knowledge of sewage sludge’s influence on earthworm populations. In the experimental conditions, the spreading of sewage sludge associated with farmyard manure appears to have a positive effect on earthworm popula- tions. Particularly, Allolobophora chlorotica seems to thrive with the sewage sludge. In agreement with other studies, organic fertilizers favor more earthworms than mineral ones. Other land use practices (ploughing, crops rotation, etc.) have also an influence on the populations. On the other hand, surface activity of earthworms was studied with Barber pit falls. All the present species are active at the surface of the soil with the highest activity recorded with the epigeic earthworms and the lowest with the endogeic ones. Rain- fall and temperature determine earthworms’ surface activity which may be qualified as ‘‘hygrophilous’’ and ‘‘thermophobe’’. 1. INTRODUCTION Debut 1985, la Suisse produisait 3.8 Mio de m’ de boues d’épuration, soit 230000 t de matière seche, dont près de la moitié était utilisée dans l’agriculture pour sa valeur ferti- lisante (OFPE, 1985). * Recherche entreprise et financée dans le cadre du projet COST 68ter. La présente publication fait partie de la thèse du second auteur. ** Institut de Genie de l’Environnement, EPFL, CH-1015 Lausanne, Suisse. *** Institut de zoologie de l’Université, Chantemerle 22, CH-2000 Neuchatel, Suisse. 852 GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN TEMPERAT DE DY 98 IEMPERRATUKE 5 OY 4 Pees RS A = gi 6 (si 19 1 0. .0 PRECIPITATINNS 1984 VISUAL VINU ak U Mn nn n e ASA 1 N E MPE DA PERLE M y OR¢ LE = t a Lv VU LIL E 46.4 LL = LI x OOF È 1 CIN DET FIG. 1. Climats locaux 1984 et 1986. Données de l’Observatoire de Neuchatel. Pour 1984, les périodes 1 a 16 correspondent aux semaines 13 a 15, 17 a 21 et 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35 et 37. Pour 1986, les périodes 1 a 12 correspondent aux semaines paires 14 a 36 du calendrier. PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 853 L’utilisation de ces boues pose de multiples problemes lies aux germes pathogenes, aux metaux lourds et aux micropolluants (CATROUX et al., 1983; COKER, 1983; DIERCXSENS et TARRADELLAS, 1987). Leur usage, l’utilisation d’autres fumures ainsi que les pratiques agricoles se répercutent sur les communautés vivantes du sol (DIERXCENS ef al., 1985; GHILAROV, 1978; HELMKE et al., 1979; ZETTEL et KLINGLER, 1983). L’importance de celles-ci pour le maintien a long terme de la fertilité des terrains cultives est reconnue (BACHELIER, 1978). En particulier, le röle des peuplements lombriciens dans l’améliora- tion de la structure et de la porosité des sols, dans l’incorporation de la matiere organique et le brassage des horizons pédologiques, ainsi que dans la stimulation de l’activité des microorganismes a bien été mis en Evidence (DEBRY ef al., 1982; HOOGERKAMP et al., 1983; KRETZSCHMAR, 1978; LOQUET et al., 1977; RAW, 1962). Ainsi l’importance de connaître l’influence des boues d’épuration, épandues seules ou combinées à d’autres fumures, sur les peuplements lombriciens a motivé notre recherche. Ce travail s’integre dans une étude plus générale axée principalement sur les Macroarthropodes. 2. DESCRIPTION DES MILIEUX 2.1. LOCALISATION DES TERRAINS ET CLIMAT Les régions d’expérimentation de Cressier/Le Landeron (Petit-Marais et Vieille- Thielle) et de Witzwil (domaine agricole du pénitencier), situées entre les lacs de Neuchatel et de Bienne (altitude 431 m), appartiennent aux niveaux thermiques «tres doux», «doux» et «assez doux» (SCHREIBER, 1977). Les données météorologiques de l’Observatoire de Neuchatel permettent de caractériser le climat de nos milieux (Fig. 1). 2.2. FUMURES, CULTURES ET TRAVAIL DU SOL En 1984 (Tabl. 1), cinq parcelles de 100 m? chacune (parcelles L4, LS, L6, L7 et L8), situées sur un champ a sol humifere, ont été fumées spécialement. La nature des fumures et leur durée de séjour en surface sont précisées dans la légende du tableau 1. Ce premier champ a été enrichi depuis plus de 10 ans avec 300 q ha ‘l'an! de fumier bovin et avec 700-800 kg ha! an! d’engrais mineraux solubles (NPK). Depuis 1982, il a recu en complément 50 m’ ha! an! de boues d’épuration liquides. Les teneurs en azote total des boues et du fumier bovin valent respectivement 1,7 et 5,0 kg t'. Depuis une douzaine d’années, ce champ est toujours cultivé en mais. Pour comparaison, la parcelle L9 a été choisie sur un sol limoneux qui n’est engraissé qu’avec des engrais minéraux solubles (mémes proportions que ci-dessus); il n’a subi qu’un seul épandage de boues en 1983. Depuis une douzaine d’années aussi, ce champ est cultivé tantôt en mais, tantôt en céréale suivie d’une culture dérobée. Pour l’expérimentation 1986 (Tabl. 2), nous avons repris la parcelle LS. Afin de connaitre le peuplement animal de référence d’un champ ni engraissé ni perturbé par les pratiques agricoles depuis une dizaine d’années, nous avons choisi la parcelle VT10, délimitée dans la prairie de fauche permanente de la réserve naturelle de «La Vieille- Thielle». Les terrains expérimentaux situés sur le domaine agricole de Witzwil (parcelles W11, W12, W13, W14, W15 et W16) ont tous été engraissés annuellement au moyen d’engrais minéraux solubles (350 kg ha! an! PK) jusqu’en 1985. Cette année-là, les champs supportant les parcelles W11, W13 et W15 ont reçu une fumure organique (boues d’épuration liquides: 30 m’ ha’; fumier bovin: 300 q ha’) (Tabl. 2); les autres ont 854 GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN TABLE 1. Parcelles expérimentales 1984. Le fumier «FL» de L4 et celui de LS ont été épandus le 1° mars et enfouis le 20 mars 1984; le fumier «FC» de L7 a été épandu et enfoui le 23 mars 1984. Les boues de LS et L6 sont demeurées en surface du 20 mars au 24 avril 1984. Les engrais minéraux (NPK) ont été épandus sur toute les parcelles a cette derniére date. TYPOLOGIE | TENEUR EN MATIERE | TENEUR EN EAU NO STATION ORGANIQUE MO% CAPACITE AU LOCALISATION | CULTURES | FUMURES CHAMP CAC% L4 FUMIER | Humifère LANDERON (FL) aH 77.3 + 5.2 FUMIER Humi fère BOUES an Humifère BOUES HER FUMIER Humifère (FC) "He Humi fere HE Limoneux LANDERON al continué à recevoir des engrais minéraux. Toutes ces terres sont soumises à une rotation régulière des cultures (colza, betteraves, diverses céréales dont le maïs, prairie artificielle, CLC): Tous les sols de notre recherche sont labourés annuellement sur une profondeur de 20-25 cm. A Witzwil, pour lutter contre l’affaissement et le tassement, ainsi que pour freiner l’oxydation de la matiére organique, plusieurs terrains ont subi un labour profond de 1-2 m depuis 1979 (KAESER, 1983) (Tabl. 2). Cette pratique, en mélangeant les horizons pédologiques, crée une grande hétérogénéité qui disparait progressivement suite au travail régulier du sol. Elle se répercute ainsi momentanément sur les dosages de la matiere organique (MO%) des sols et sur les mesures de leur teneur en eau (CAC%) (Tabl. 2). PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 855 TABLE 2. Parcelles experimentales 1986. La typologie des sols est basée sur l’échelle 1979 de classification des sols et sur la terminologie des stations fédérales de recherches agronomiques suisses (ROD, 1980), ainsi que sur la nomenclature admise par la Société suisse de pédologie. La typologie concerne le champ entier; la teneur en matière organique ne concerne que la parcelle de 100 m? («humique»: 5-10% MO; «riche en humus»: 10-20%; «humifere»: plus de 20% MO). TYPOLOGIE TENEUR EN MATIERE | TENEUR EN EAU | LABOURS NO STATION CULTURES FUMURES ORGANIQUE MO% CAPACITE AU | PROFONDS LOCALISATION CHAMP CAC% L5 ö FUMIER Humi fére (depuis 1982) . 62.8 + 4.7 LE LANDERON BOUES ah VT10 Prairie de fauche Argileux permanente HA ; EVS ea ala VIEILLE-THIELLE riche en humus | Wil Prairie BOUES Sable | imoneux artificielle (depuis 1985) SS} à LME A7 1982 WITZWIL humique W12 Humifère CAS ES TE 72 WITZWIL W13 Limoneux FUMIER en LE i SZ LEINA 1979 WITZWIL riche en humus W14 Sable limoneux SEIGLE as 2 36-1, #702 1984 WITZWIL humique BOUES Sable limoneux SEIGLE (depuis 1985) Sl 3 81.1 + 8.0 1982 humi que Limon argileux CAROTTES ata È ILIFE 2: WITZWIL riche en humus 2.3. TYPOLOGIE, PH, TENEURS EN MATIERE ORGANIQUE (MO%) ET EN EAU (CAC%) DES TERRAINS ET DES PARCELLES La typologie, le pH et la teneur moyenne en matière organique (MO%) des terrains expérimentaux 1984 et 1986 ont été déterminées respectivement par SOL-CONSEIL (Nyon) et par la Station fédérale de Liebefeld, à l’exception de la typologie de la parcelle VT10 qui a été définie au Laboratoire d’écologie végétale de l’Université de Neuchâtel (méthode de la pipette de ROBINSON). La teneur moyenne en matière organique des parcelles (100 m?) a été déterminée par nos soins grace a la methode de la perte au feu (ALLEN & al., 1974; BALL, 1964). 856 GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN Les pH des stations étudiées en 1984 ont variés de 7,6 a 7,9; les valeurs obtenues en 1986 étaient comprises entre pH 7,1 et pH 7,7. La capacité au champ des sols (CAC%) exprime la quantité d’eau qu’ils retiennent lorsque l’eau de gravité a cessé de s’écouler. Cette capacité varie en fonction de leur teneur en éléments fins et en matiere organique (SOLTNER, 1983). Elle a été mesurée selon la méthode décrite par AUBERT (1978) et selon les indications de DUCHAUFOUR (1965 et 1984). Le sous-sol imperméable de nos champs retient bien l’eau de pluie; d’autre part, ils sont influencés par le lac de Neuchätel et par le canal de la Thielle. Ainsi, ils restent bien humides pendant toute la saison sèche et subissent de fréquentes inondations au prin- temps. D’ailleurs, la mise en culture de toute la région qui nous interesse n’a été rendue possible qu’au prix d’imposants drainages réalisés entre 1970 et 1985. 3. METHODES 3.1. PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS L’estimation quantitative des peuplements lombriciens des 3 parcelles LS, VT10 et W12 a été réalisée en triant manuellement deux fois 10 carottes de sol de 0,0625 m? de surface et 0,3 m de profondeur, prélevées au hasard dans chaque parcelle à l’aide d’un cylindre d’acier enfoncé rapidement dans le sol. Après l’extraction de chaque carotte, 5 litres de formaldéhyde 0,1% ont été versés dans le trou, afin d’extraire les lombriciens qui n’auraient pas été atteints par le carotteur. Les vers de terre, conservés dans une solu- tion de formaldéhyde 4% ont été pesés un certain temps après la récolte et les valeurs observées ont par conséquent été corrigées à l’aide de facteurs de correction (CUENDET, 1985). La détermination de la diversité des 3 peuplements est basée sur les résultats du double tri manuel, ainsi que sur ceux concernant l’activité de surface. 3.2. ACTIVITE DE SURFACE L’activité de surface des lombriciens a été mise en évidence par l’utilisation de pièges Barber, qui sont des pièges d’activité, neutres, destinés à capturer la faune circulant à la surface du sol. Une batterie de 16 pièges Barber (gobelets de 70 mm de diamètre et 80 mm de profon- deur enfoncés dans le sol et remplis au tiers d’éthylène-glycol à 20%) a été installée dans chaque parcelle. Ils ont été relevés chaque semaine du 27 mars au 28 mai 1984, une semaine sur deux du 4 juin au 18 septembre 1984 et du 7 avril au 15 septembre 1986. L’ethylene-glycol, liquide conservateur non attractif adapté au prélèvement des arthropodes, ne convient que partiellement aux lombriciens qui deviennent flasques après quelques jours. Cette perte de fermeté des tissus, ainsi qu’une relative disparition des pigments pour les individus du genre Nicodrilus, ont rendu la détermination difficile et explique la présence dans les résultats d’une certaine quantité d’«apigmentés indéterminés». Les poids frais moyens des individus adultes récoltés pour l’estimation quantitative des peuplements et ceux des individus adultes prélevés dans les pièges Barber, mesurés après un certain séjour dans un liquide conservateur, sont apparus comme sensiblement identiques. Les valeurs observées pour les biomasses n’ont donc pas été corrigées et donnent apparemment une bonne idée des biomasses en poids frais prélevées dans les pièges. 857 PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 6569 sole Ol 06 eouasaid 00! OL 08 09 % zu D 39NVLSNOO | ISSVWOIA | ALISN3G CLM) TIMZLIM Gee BO 90'201 9'756 IVIOL 09 001 00} 08 OL 08 001 aouasaid % sw ‘D % zw ‘D AONVLSNOO | ASSVWOIE | ALISNIO | JONVLSNOO | ISSVWOIG | ALISN3Q OLLA) ATTAIHL-ATIISIA S1) NOHIONV1 31 *SUSIOLIQUIO] SJUIWIE]ANOd SIO1) SOT "€ AIAVL wnaueA9 UOISE/0120 EJgyilndno esoydoqgojol| 7 e9S01 e10yd0q0]0/[Y 89118]J91 E10yd0q0]0//ÿ E9/1010JY9 esoydogololiy SNSOUIBIIED ‘D SNILHPOOIN SNUIN}IOU SNJIIPOIIN B/OJId ‘| SNHPOOIN snBuoj ‘| SN|UPOIIN SN[jaQnI ‘1 SNILIQUNT] NOXVL 858 GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN DENSITES BIOMASSES Ach 45% Ach 65% TOTAL 954,6 ind.m2 TOTAL 102,06 g.m72 Nc 27% ADULTES 61,96 g.m72 Lr 1% Ar 10yAcu_ 2% N11 10% Ai 4% Ach 52% IMMATURES 735,7 ind.m72 IMMATURES 40,10 g.m72 FIG. 2. Peuplement lombricien du Landeron (LS); densités et biomasses. Abreviations (sans ponctuation sur les graphiques discoidaux) et categories écologiques des espèces et sous-especes observees (la systematique utilisee est celle de BOUCHE 1972 et 1976a): A.ch. Allolobophora chlorotica chlorotica (Savigny, 1826), forme verte, épiendogée A.cu. Allolobophora cupulifera Tétry, 1937, épiendogée caractéristique de sols humides A.i. Allolobophora icterica (Savigny, 1826), endogée A.r. Allolobophora rosea (Savigny, 1826), épiendogée RATE Eiseniella tetraedra (Savigny, 1826), épigée caractéristique de sols humides Lumbricus rubellus rubellus Hoffmeister, 1843, épigée à légère tendance anécique Nicodrilus caliginosus caliginosus (Savigny, 1826), épiendogée Nicodrilus longus longus (Ude, 1885), anécique Nicodrilus longus ripicola var. viridis Bouché, 1972, anécique caractéristique de sols humides Nicodrilus nocturnus (Evans, 1942), anécique Octolasion cyaneum (Savigny, 1826), épiendogée Octolasion tyrtaeum lacteum Oerley, 1885, épiendogée + 0022227 Hig eee © PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 859 DENSITES BIOMASSES Ar 45% N11 49% TOTAL 742,0 ind.m”2 N11 8% Acu 5% N11 40% Ach 16% Ach 33% Nc 11% Nn qgNir 9% ADULTES 283,6 ind.m72 ADULTES 85,65 g.m72 Acu 6% Ar 49% Ach 10% IMMATURES 458,4 ind.m72 IMMATURES 49,67 g.m72 Fic. 3. Peuplement lombricien de la Vieille-Thielle (VT10). Abréviations: voir fig. 2. 860 GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN DENSITES BIOMASSES Nc 26% Ne 51% Nir 11% TOTAL 370,2 ind.m-2 TOTAL 63,59 g.m72 Lr 3% ean coe man Nie N11 55% Ne 45% ADULTES 59,9 ind.m-2 ADULTES 47,93 g.m72 Ar 19% Lr 9% Ar 27% Nir 10% NI) 20% Nir 6% Nc 46% Nc 52 IMMATURES 310,3 ind.m-2 IMMATURES 15,66 g.m72 Fic. 4. Peuplement lombricien de Witzwil (W12). Abreviations: voir fig. 2. PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 861 4. RESULTATS 4.1. PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS Le tableau 3 et les figures 2, 3 et 4 présentent les 3 peuplements lombriciens tels qu’ils apparaissent a l’étude des prelevements effectués dans les 3 sols en automne 1986. Deux espèces non observées dans les échantillons de sol sont indiquées comme présentes, car elles ont été récoltées dans des pieges Barber. 4.1.1. Caractéristiques communes aux trois peuplements La présence de N. /. ripicola viridis et A. cupulifera indique la nature hydromorphe des 3 sols étudiés. La présence des épigés (L. r. rubellus) est très faible, ce qui est compréhensible dans les deux sols labourés (L5 et W12), mais étonne dans le cas de la prairie permanente (VT10). Dans cette derniere, l’existence passee de culture, ainsi que la grande présence des anéciques et donc une forte concurrence alimentaire peuvent expliquer cette tres faible pré- sence des épigés. Composés chacun de 8 espèces et sous-espèces, ces peuplements possedent une diver- sité normale pour des sols agricoles du Plateau Suisse (CUENDET, 1979; CUENDET et BIERI, en prép.). Le grand nombre d’immatures observés correspond a l’éclosion des cocons au début de l’automne. 4.1.2. Caractéristiques propres a chaque peuplement Le peuplement du Landeron montre une très nette dominance des endogés (5 espèces, 96% et 85% de la densité et de la biomasse totales), en fait une dominance très marquée de l’épiendogé A. chlorotica. Bien qu’étant cantonnée a proximité de la surface du sol, cette espèce semble bien résister aux pratiques agricoles, gràce à sa petite taille et son taux de reproduction élevé (GERARD, 1967). Le peuplement de la Vieille-Thielle est apparemment celui dont la densité et la bio- masse sont les plus stables, de par la présence importante des anéciques (biomasse adulte élevée, taux de renouvellement relativement faible). Celui de Witzwil, bien que présentant une diversité normale, est un peuplement lom- bricien faible autant en densité qu’en biomasse, caractéristique d’un sol cultivé intensive- ment et avec un faible retour de matière organique végétale (assolement avec peu de prairie, fort emploi d’engrais minéraux solubles et désherbants). 4.2. ACTIVITÉ DE SURFACE Les résultats de la détermination et de la quantification des lombriciens récoltés dans les pieges Barber sont présentés par les tableaux 4 et 5 et la figure 5, qui permettent de comparer l’activité de surface des différentes espèces. Il apparaît que toutes les espèces observées lors de l’étude des 3 peuplements ont été récoltées dans des pieges Barber et donc été présentes en surface à une période ou une autre. Par ailleurs, la comparaison entre les abondances relatives des différentes espèces dans les 3 peuplements et dans les récoltes des pièges Barber (troisieme colonne des tableaux 4 et 5) met en évidence 3 types de comportement: 862 — des lombriciens apparaissent sur-representes dans les pieges, GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN c’est-a-dire ont une grande activité de surface; c’est le cas de L. r. rubellus, qui est bien reconnu comme ayant une forte activité épigée (KOBEL-LAMPARSKY et LAMPARSKY, 1983), d’autres n’apparaissent que relativement rarement et en faible quantité dans les piéges; ce sont les espèces A. rosea et N. c. caliginosus, certains apparaissent comme sur-représentés par endroits dans les pièges et sous- représentés dans d’autres; c’est le cas d’A. chlorotica, qui montre partout une impor- tante activité de surface, ne correspondant pas cependant dans le peuplement du Lan- deron à l’importance relative de sa présence; c’est aussi le cas des N.sp. anéciques. Activité de surface des lombriciens en 1984. Grandes Constance | Nombre total Biomasse récoltes (2 en % (3 d'individus |totale en mg Parcelles Espèces Es. a — r.rubellus N.longus N.nocturnus N.c.caliginosus A. en nn — r.rubellus N.longus A.chlorotica A. | gt Sp. N.longus N.c.caliginosus A.chlorotica A.cupulifera L.r.rubellus L.castaneus N.longus N.c.caliginosus A.chlorotica E.tetraedra L.r.rubellus N.c.caliginosus A.chlorotica mn t.lacteum Abondance Fr 10.9. 2145: 10.9. TABLE 4. 18.9. - 28.5. = 18.9. PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 863 TABLE 5. Activite de surface des lombriciens en 1986. Parcelles Especes ABondangs ass crie Nombre total Re ES ae % Ben individus (4 GE en mg 2.6. - 9.6. 22.8. - 29.8 L.r.rubellus N.sp.anéciques N.c.caliginosu A.chlorotica nn cupulifera L.r.rubellus L.terrestris .Sp. 21.4. - 28.4. N.sp.anéciques 5.5. - 12.5. N.c.caliginosu 2.6. - 9.6. nn ren (pine i SS N.longus 22.8. - 29.8. 5 953 A.chlorotica L.r.rubellus 36 22.8. - 29.8. 1 — A.chlorotica 33 : ' Abondances relatives, pour E. tetraedra, L. castaneus, L. r. rubellus et L. sp. en % du nombre total de lombriciens récoltés (apigmentés indéterminés compris), pour les autres espèces en % du nombre de lombriciens déterminables. Entre parentheses, les abondances relatives observées dans les 3 peuplements. ? Les périodes de grandes récoltes, 10.9-18.9 signifiant par exemple la période du 10 au 18 septembre. ? Constance de la présence des lombriciens dans l’ensemble des récoltes. * Quantités récoltées pendant 10 périodes sur L5, W11 et W16, pendant 11 périodes sur W14 et W15 et pendant 12 périodes sur VT10, W12 et W13. 864 GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN 100 9 10 11 Apig.ind. 100 80 60 40 20 Lr BiG: Activité de surface des lombriciens observés sur la parcelle W12 en 1986. Graphes en perspective: — en abcisse, les 12 périodes de récoltes du 7 avril au 15 septembre, — en ordonnée, les nombres d’individus récoltés. Graphe discoidal: importance relative des différentes espéces dans la biomasse totale récoltée sur cette parcelle. Abreviations: Apig.ind. - Al apigmentes indetermines L.sp. Lumbricus sp. N.sp.an. - Nsp Nicrodrilus sp. anéciques Autres abréviations: voir fig. 2. PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 865 5. DISCUSSION 5.1. LES TROIS PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS Bien que situes sur des sols de méme type et dans la méme région, ces 3 peuplements montrent une hétérogénéité qui n’est manifestement pas le seul fait des pratiques agricoles, mais pourrait correspondre aussi a des compositions initiales différentes. La comparaison entre les 3 peuplements met en évidence qu’une fumure organique favorise de facon générale plus les lombriciens qu’une fumure uniquement minérale, mais ne suffit pas a compenser les effets de la mise en culture, ce quia déja été remarqué ailleurs (EDWARDS et Lorry, 1977). Ceci pourrait être encore plus évident, si les 3 sols recevaient des fumures identiques en terme de quantité d’azote disponible pour les plantes, ce qui n’est pas le cas, la prairie permanente VT10 ne recevant aucun fertilisant. Cette comparaison montre donc que l’épandage de boue d’épuration, associé a celui de fumier de bovin, a un effet positif sur les lombriciens. Un méme effet positif a été observé pour l’épandage de boue d’épuration par EDWARDS et LOFTY (1982) sur des sols agricoles et par KOBEL-LAMPARSKY (1987) sur un sol forestier. Dans la comparaison pré- sente, A. chlorotica parait particulierement favorisé par cet apport, ce qui a aussi été remarqué par EDWARDS et LOFTY (1982). 5.2. Activité de surface L’étude des lombriciens récoltés dans les pieges Barber et la comparaison avec ceux récoltés pour estimer les 3 peuplements mettent donc en évidence deux faits confirmés par BOUCHE (19765) et KOBEL-LAMPARSKY et LAMPARSKY (1983). Premièrement, toutes les especes présentes, qu’elles soient épigées, anéciques ou endogées, ont une activité de sur- face, qui va de pair avec leur aptitude migratoire. Deuxiemement, les épigés (principale- ment L. r. rubellus) sont plus actifs en surface que les anéciques, qui eux-mémes le sont plus que les endogés. Les premiers ont été récoltés de facon plus constante que les derniers, qui peuvent par contre apparaitre en masse lors de conditions météorologiques favorables (par exemple N. c. caliginosus sur L1 en 1984 et A. cupulifera sur VT10 en 1986). Par consequent les récoltes dans les pieges Barber donnent une vision différente des peuplements lombriciens que celles obtenues par les prélèvements de sol associés à l’utilisa- tion de formol 0,1%. Ainsi la parcelle W12 avec peu de récoltes (constance 33%) montre une quantité de lombriciens actifs en surface très nettement supérieure à celle observée sur VT10, où pourtant le peuplement est deux fois plus important. Ceci est peut-être dû en partie à des différences météorologiques locales qui ont provoqué deux grandes sorties à Witzwil. La comparaison entre les deux années de récoltes sur L5 met en évidence que l’appari- tion en surface des endogés (A. icterica, A. rosea et N. c. caliginosus) est très ponctuelle, puisque chacune de ces espèces n’a été récoltée qu’une ou deux fois pendant ces deux années. 5.2.1. Influence des conditions météorologiques D’une façon générale l’activité de surface des lombriciens observée par le biais de leur présence dans les pièges Barber apparaît nettement influencée par les précipitations (Fig. 1). En 1984, deux des trois périodes de grandes récoltes correspondent aux deux maxima de précipitations (fin mai et mi-septembre), alors que celle de début mai corres- pond à des précipitations moyennement importantes. Au printemps 1986, les deux périodes un I REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 866 GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN de grandes récoltes correspondent aux deux maxima de précipitations (fin avril et début mai), alors qu’en été deux périodes de grandes récoltes correspondent a des précipitations moyennement importantes. Dans le contexte de cette étude, c’est-a-dire durant des périodes ne recouvrant que deux printemps et deux étés, la température ne parait avoir influence négativement l’acti- vité de surface des lombriciens que dans la mesure où elle était élevée en été (température moyenne dépassant ou proche de 20°C). Ceci est particulierement net en été 1986, où durant les deux périodes de fortes précipitations (périodes 7 et 10) tres peu de lombriciens ont été récoltés et durant la période la plus chaude (période 9 avec environ 10 mm de préci- pitations) aucun lombricien n’a été observé dans les pieges. En été 1984, deux périodes seu- lement furent humides. Durant la premiere (période 13, température moyenne 20°C), aucun ou trés peu de lombriciens ont été récoltés, alors que la seconde correspond a une grande récolte (période 16, nette baisse de la température moyenne qui est de l’ordre de 16) Ces observations concordent avec celles effectuées par BOUCHE (19765) dans une prairie permanente, où il a qualifié les lombriciens se déplacant en surface d’«hygrophiles thermophobes». 5.2.2. Influence du mode de fertilisation et des autres pratiques agricoles La comparaison des récoltes de 1984 et celle des récoltes de 1986 ne permettent pas de mettre en évidence une influence positive plus grande de la fertilisation organique avec ou sans boue d’épuration que celle de la fertilisation purement minérale. Si la récolte totale maximale a été réalisée en 1984 sur la parcelle fertilisée avec du fumier ayant séjourné en surface (L4), il n’en reste pas moins que sur les parcelles n’ayant recu que des engrais minéraux (L8 et W12), les lombriciens ont aussi été nombreux à être actifs en surface. Il est probable, par contre, que les labours profonds effectués 2 a 4 ans auparavant alent eu une influence négative sur les vers de terre de W11, W14 et W15, en perturbant drastiquement leur peuplement. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG Die vorliegende Arbeit hat zum Ziel, als Teil einer grösseren Untersuchung, den Ein- fluss von Klärschlamm auf die Regenwürmer im Boden zu untersuchen. Innerhalb der experimentellen Bedingungen (Klärschlamm flüssig, ausgebracht allein oder zusammen mit Stallmist; Mineraldünger; humusreiche Böden; Intensivkulturen und permanente Schnittwiesen) fördert das Ausbringen von Klärschlamm zusammen mit Stallmist die Regenwurmpopulationen am stärksten. Für A. chlorotica wurde ein besonders starker Populationszuwachs verzeichnet bei Klarschlamm. Allgemein üben organische Dünger einen günstigeren Einfluss auf die Regenwürmer aus als rein mineralische. Die Art der Bewirtschaftung (Pflügen, Fruchtfolge, etc.) wirkt sich ebenso auf die Regenwürmer aus. Zusätzlich wurde die Aktivität der Regenwürmer auf der Bodenoberfläche mittels Barberfallen erfasst. Alle gefundenen Arten zeigen eine solche Aktivität: die epigäischen Arten sind die aktivsten gefolgt von den vertikal grabenden, während für die endogäischen Arten die kleinste Aktivität nachgewiesen wurde. In erster Linie beeinflussen Niederschläge und Temperatur die Bodenoberflächen-Aktivität der Regenwürmer, welche als , hygrophil-thermophob‘‘ bezeichnet werden können. PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 867 RESUME Ce travail, intégré dans une étude plus générale sur les Macroarthropodes, vise a mettre en Evidence l’influence des boues d’épuration sur les vers de terre. Dans les condi- tions expérimentales (boues liquides épandues seules ou combinées au fumier; engrais minéraux; sols riches a tres riches en matiere organique; cultures intensives et prairie de fauche permanente), les peuplements lombriciens montrent que l’épandage de boues associé a celui du fumier a un effet positif. A. chlorotica parait particulierement avantage par les boues. De manière générale, les fumures organiques favorisent plus les vers de terre que les fumures uniquement minérales. Les pratiques agricoles (labours, rotation des cul- tures, etc.) influencent également ces peuplements. D’autre part, l’activité de surface des lombriciens a été mise en evidence au moyen de pièges Barber. Toutes les espèces présentes ont une activité de surface: les vers épigés sont plus actifs que les anéciques qui le sont plus que les endogés. Les précipitations et la température déterminent l’activité de surface des lombriciens qui peuvent étre qualifiés d’«hygrophiles thermophobes». REMERCIEMENTS Nos sinceres remerciements au professeur W. Matthey (Institut de zoologie, Univer- site de Neuchatel) qui nous a confie la réalisation de cette recherche. BIBLIOGRAPHIE ALLEN, S. E., H. M. GRIMSHAW, J. A. PARKINSON et C. QUARMY, 1974. Chemical analysis of ecolo- gical materials. Blackwell S.P. AUBERT, G., 1978. Methodes d’analyses des sols. CNDP/CRDP. Marseille. 1-191. BACHELIER, G., 1978. La Faune des sols. Son écologie et son action. ORSTOM. Paris. 1-391. BALL, D. F., 1964. Loss-on-ignition as an estimate of organic matter and organic carbon in non- calcareous soils. J. Soil Science, 15: 84-92. BOUCHÉ, M. B., 1972. Lombriciens de France. Ecologie et systématique. Ed. INRA, Annis zool.- écol. anim., numéro spécial, 72-2: 1-671. — 1976a. Contribution à la stabilisation de la nomenclature des Lombricidae, Oligochaeta I. Synonymies et homonymies d’especes du bassin parisien. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 354: 81-87. — 1976b. Etude de l’activité des invertébrés épigés prairiaux. I. Résultats généraux et géodrilolo- giques (Lumbricidae: Oligochaeta). Rev. Ecol. Biol. Sol, 13: 261-281. 868 GERARD CUENDET ET ALAIN DUCOMMUN CATROUX, G., P. L’HERMITE et E. SuEss (eds), 1983. The influence of sewage sludge application on physical and biological properties of soils. Commission of the European Communities. D. Reidel Publishing Comp. 1-253. COKER, E. G., 1983. Biological Aspects of the Disposal-Utilization of Sewage Sludge on Land. Adv. Applied Biology, 9: 257-322. CUENDET, G., 1979. Etude du comportement alimentaire de la Mouette rieuse (Larus ridibundus L.) et son influence sur les peuplements lombriciens. These de doctorat. Conservation de la faune et Section protection de la nature et des sites du canton de Vaud. 1-111. — 1985. Perte de poids des lombriciens durant leur conservation dans une solution de formal- déhyde et equivalents énergétiques. Rev. suisse Zool. 92: 145-163. CUENDET, G. et M. BIERI, en prép. Peuplements lombriciens, bioindicateurs de la qualité de certains sols agricoles suisses. Depry, J. M., M. HOUSSIAU, M. LEMASSON-FLORENVILLE, G. WAUTHY et Ph. LEBRUN, 1982. Impact de populations lombriciennes introduites sur le pH et sur la dynamique de l’azote dans un sol traité avec du lisier de porcs. Pedobiologia, 23: 157-171. DIERCXSENS, P. et J. TARRADELLAS, 1987. Soil contamination by some organic micropollutants related to sewage sludge spreading. Intern. J. Environ. Anal. Chem. 28: 143-159. DIERCXSENS, P., D. de Weck, N. BORSINGER, B. ROSSET et J. TARRADELLAS, 1985. Earthworm contamination by PCBs and heavy metals. Chemosphere 14: 511-522. DUCHAUFOUR, Ph., 1965. Précis de pédologie. Masson. Paris, 2° éd. 1-481. — 1984. Abrege de Pédologie. Masson. Paris. 1-220. EDWARDS, A. et J. R. Lorry, 1977. Biology of earthworms. Chapman and Hall, London. 1-333. — 1982. Nitrogenous fertilizers ans earthworm populations in agricultural soils. Soil Biol. Biochem. 14: 515-521. GERARD, B. M., 1967. Factors affecting earthworms in pastures. J. Anim. ecology 36: 235-252. GHILAROV, M. S., 1978. Bodenwirbellose als Indikatoren des Bodenaushaltes und von bodenbildenden Prozessen. Pedobiologia, 18: 300-309. HELMKE, P. A., W. P. ROBARGE, R. L. KOROTEV et P. J. SCHOMBERG, 1979. Effects of soil-applied sewage sludge on concentrations of elements in earthworms. J. Environ. Oual. 8: 322-327. HOOGERKAMP, M., H. ROGAAR et H. J. P. ElJsAcKERS, 1983. Effects of earthworms on grassland on recently reclaimed polder soils in the Netherlands. In: Earthworm Ecology (Ed. J. E. SATCHELL), Chapman & Hall, London, 85-105. KAESER, H. K., 1983. Améliorations foncières à Witzwil (canton de Berne) par le labour profond. Revue suisse Agric., 15 (2): 63-64. KOBEL-LAMPARSKY, A. et F. LAMPARSKY, 1983. Die Wiederbesiedlung flurbereinigten Rebgelandes im Kaiserstuhl durch Lumbriciden. Mittl. dtsch. bdkdl. Ges. 38: 337-342. — 1987. Effects of sludge on the structure of the upper soil layers and on the earthworms of a beech woodland. In: On Earthworms. Eds. A. M. BONVICINI et P. OMODEO). Selected Symposia and Monographs U.Z.I. 2. Mucchi, Modena, 409-417. KRETSCHMAR, A., 1978. Quantification écologique des galeries de lombriciens. Techniques et pre- mieres estimations. Pedobiologia, 18: 31-38. LOQUET, M., T. BATHNAGAR, M. BOUCHE et J. ROUELLE, 1977. Essai d’estimation de l’influence écologique des lombriciens sur les microorganismes. Pedobiologia, 17: 400-417. OFPE, 1985. Statistique portant sur la protection des eaux. Les cahiers de l’environnement n° 46. Office fédéral de la protection de l’environnement. Berne. Novembre 1985. PEUPLEMENTS LOMBRICIENS 869 RAW, F., 1962. Studies of earthworm populations in orchards. I. Leaf burial in apple orchards. Ann. Appl. Biol. 50: 389-404. SCHREIBER, K. F., 1977. Les niveaux thermiques de la Suisse sur la base de relevés phénologiques effectuées dans les années 1969-1973. Dpt. féd. de Justice et Police. Berne. SOLTNER, D., 1983. Les bases de la production végétale. Tome 1: Le sol. /2° ed. Coll. Sciences et techniques agricoles. Angers. 1-456. ZETTEL, J. et J. KLINGLER, 1983. Influence of sewage sludge application on microarthropods (Collembola and mites) and nematodes in a sandy loam soil. In: CATROUX, G., L’HERMITE, P. et Suess, E. (eds). The influence of sewage sludge application on physical and biological properties of soils. Commission of the European Communities. D. Reidel Publishing Comp. 1-253. u en ona letras Te ER, DE PUTIN Revue suisse Zool. | Tome 97 Fasc. 4 p. 871-875 Geneve, decembre 1990 — | | | Sl Mikroskopisch-anatomische Untersuchungen am kranialen Integument von Myotis blythi (Tomes, 1857) (Mammalia, Chiroptera) ' von Marianne HAFFNER * und Vincent ZISWILER * Mit einer Abbildung ABSTRACT Microscopic-anatomical investigations on the cranial integument of Myotis blythi (Tomes, 1857) (Mammalia, Chiroptera). — The facial integument of the lesser mouse- eared bat Myotis blythi was investigated by means of histology and compared with its sibling species M. myotis and other species of the genus Myotis. This method of investiga- tion showed, that microanatomical characters can also be of diagnostical significance in near-related species. The results found in M. blythi are similar to those in other species of the genus Myotis. Therefore M. myotis has, with its large number of vibrissae and its differently formed sebaceous glands, a special place within this genus. There is no reason to suppose, that M. blythi specialises in hunting on the ground to the same extent as M. myotis. The avoidance of competition between the two sympatric sibling species could therefore be established by the use of different hunting strategies and prey preferences. ' Die vorliegende Arbeit entstand im Rahmen eines Forschungsprogramms des 2. Autors, das vom Schweizerischen Nationalfonds unterstützt wird. * Zoologisches Museum der Universität Zürich, Winterthurerstrasse 190, CH-8057 Zürich, Schweiz. Poster präsentiert an der Jahresversammlung der SZG in Basel, 6.-7. April 1990. 872 MARIANNE HAFFNER UND VINCENT ZISWILER 1. EINLEITUNG Auf Grund der Anzahl und Anordnung der Gesichtstasthaare konnte für 15 ein- heimische Arten der Glattnasenfledermäuse (Vespertilionidae) ein Bestimmungsschlüssel erstellt werden (HAFFNER & ZISWILER 1989). Während einzelne Gattungen bereits makroskopisch voneinander unterschieden werden können, sind vor allem auf Artniveau histologische Untersuchungen nötig, um die kurzen Tasthaare von normalen Gesichtshaaren zu unterscheiden. Zwillingsarten sind für diese Untersuchungsmethode in zweierlei Hinsicht eine besondere Herausforderung. Einerseits stellt sich die Frage, ob der Anordnung und Anzahl Tasthaare auch bei nahe verwandten Arten diagnostische Signifikanz zukommt und wenn ja, ob sie gegenüber herkömmlichen Methoden gewisse Vorteile mit sich bringt. Andererseits könnten allfällig feststellbare Unterschiede funktionell bedingt sein und dann wäre unsere Methode auch im Hinblick auf eine ökologische Interpretation anwendbar. In der vorliegenden Arbeit haben wir Myotis blythi ' untersucht und die Befunde mit denjenigen von Myotis myotis aus unseren früheren Arbeiten verglichen (HAFFNER 1987, HAFFNER & ZISWILER 1989). 2. MATERIAL UND METHODEN Die Kopfhaut von M. blythi wurde entfernt, beide Gesichtshälften und Kinn abprä- pariert und nach den herkömmlichen Methoden zu lückenlosen Serien und 10 u dicken Paraffinschnitten weiterverarbeitet und mit Hämalaun-Eosin (ROMEIS 1968) gefärbt. Anhand dieser Schnittserien konnte die Anzahl der Tasthaare bestimmt werden. Mittels Serienzeichnungen und unter Berücksichtigung der Schnittdicke konnte die Anordnung der Tasthaare auf dem Gesicht rekonstruiert werden. Die auf diese Weise erhaltenen Resultate wurden mit den Befunden bei anderen Vertretern der Gattung Myotis und im speziellen mit den Verhältnissen bei der Zwillingsart M. myotis verglichen (HAFFNER 1987). 3. RESULTATE M. blythi hat wie alle bisher untersuchten Vertreter der Gattung Myotis auf jeder Gesichtshälfte eine V. superciliares oberhalb der Augen. Mit zwei rostral ausgerichteten V. angulares hinter dem Mundwinkel und sieben in drei Reihen stehenden V. mystaciales auf der Schnauze unterscheidet sich M. b/ythi nicht von M. bechsteini und M. myotis. Die 13 V. labii superiores stehen bei M. blythi in maximal zwei Reihen entlang den Oberlip- pen, während bei M. myotis mehr als 25 solcher Tasthaare auf drei Reihen verteilt sind. Diese Oberlippentasthaare treten in einem spitzen Winkel gegen die Lippen aus der Haut und bilden zusammen mit den benachbarten Gesichtshaaren einen dichten Haarsaum. In der kaudalen Kinnmitte stehen bei M. blythi zwei senkrecht aus der Haut ragende V. interramales wie bei allen bisher untersuchten Vespertilionidae. Die 26 V. submentales am Kinn sind meist in zwei Reihen angeordnet, während die über 36 Kinntasthaare von ! Das Institut de Zoologie et d’Ecologie animale de l’Université de Lausanne, stellte uns in verdankenswerter Weise ein Kleines Mausohr (Myotis blythi), Mb3 IZEA (RUEDI 1987), zur Unter- suchung zur Verfügung. MYOTIS BLYTHI (TOMES, 1857) 873 M. myotis hauptsächlich in drei Reihen angeordnet sind. Die Anordnung der Tasthaare bei M. blythi ist in Abb. 1 dargestellt. Auf jeder Gesichtshälfte stehen zwei Haarpinsel (Abb. 1). Im Zentrum jedes Haarpinsels befindet sich ein Haar, dessen Talgdrüsen gegenüber denjenigen bei anderen Gesichtshaaren extrem vergrössert sind. Dieses Drüsenhaar ist von Haaren umgeben, deren Spitzen sich oberhalb des Ausführganges der Talgdrüsen berühren und so einen Pinsel bilden. Die gleichen Verhältnisse wurden bei anderen Vertretern der Gattung Myotis gefunden. Die Epidermis um das Drüsenhaar bildet eine behaarte Eisenkung. lcm WD : DI ) Anordnung der Tasthaare am Kopf von Myotis blythi. (A) Lateralansicht, (B) Ventralansicht linke Kinnhälfte. Tasthaare als schwarze Punkte dargestellt, Ausdehnung der vergrösserten Talgdrüsen im Integument kaudal der Haarpinsel gepunktet umgrenzt. Die Talgdrüsen der beiden Drüsenhaare decken zu ähnlich grossen Teilen das gesamte Schnauzenintegument bis zu den Augenpartien ab (Abb. 1). Im rostralen Bereich werden die Talgdrüsen von quergestreiften Muskelfasern der subkutanen Muskulatur an der Basis umfasst und im kaudalen Bereich sind sie sogar in diese versenkt. Bei M. myotis ist im Gegensatz zu anderen Vertretern der Gattung Myotis die dorsale Talgdrüse im Vergleich zur ventralen ganz klein. 4. DISKUSSION Auf Grund der Anzahl und Anordnung der Oberlippen- und Kinntasthaare und der gleich grossen Ausbildung der vergrösserten Talgdrüsen ist M. blythi den Myotis-Arten M. mystacinus, M. nattereri, M. bechsteini und M. daubentoni ähnlicher, als seiner 874 MARIANNE HAFFNER UND VINCENT ZISWILER Geschwisterart M. myotis. Die beiden Zwillingsarten M. blythi und M. myotis können darum mit dieser histologischen Methode unterschieden werden und bestätigen die Aussage von RUEDI et al. (1990), welche mittels biochemischen Methoden nachweisen konnten, dass es sich um zwei valide Arten handelt. Der Vorteil der biochemischen und unserer Methode ist, dass man damit auch Jungtiere, welche noch nicht anhand von Zahn- merkmalen und Körpermassen, den üblichen in der Fledermaustaxonomie verwendeten Merkmalen, den Taxa zuordnen kann (HAFFNER & ZISWILER 1989, RUEDI 1987). Die vorliegenden Befunde unterstreichen die Sonderstellung von M. myotis innerhalb der Gattung Myotis. Für diese Art, welche das ganze Sommerhalbjahr über regelmässig Laufkäfer (Carabidae) frisst (BAUEROVA 1978, GEBHARD & HIRSCHI 1985, KOLB 1959, STUTZ 1985, GRAF in Präp.), wurde anhand der grossen Anzahl Tasthaare an der Ober- lippe und am Kinn eine strukturgebundene Jagdstrategie postuliert (HAFFNER 1987). Es wurde auch anhand von Untersuchungen am Fussintegument spekuliert, dass M. myotis die teilweise flugunfähigen Laufkäfer sogar am Boden erbeuten könnte (HAFFNER & ZISWILER 1985). Uber die Ernährung von M. blythi liegen bisher keine umfassenden Untersuchungen vor. Unsere Resultate geben aber keinen Anlass zur Vermutung, dass M. blythi ein ebenso spezialisierter Bodenjäger sein könnte. Die Vermeidung von Konkurrenz zwischen den beiden sympatrisch vorkommenden Geschwisterarten (RUEDI ef al. 1990) könnte darum durchaus in einem völlig unterschiedlichen Jagdverhalten und einer unterschiedlichen Beutetierpräferenz begründet sein. 5. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG Die Gesichtshaut von Myotis blythi wurde histologisch untersucht und mit derjenigen der Zwillingsart M. myotis und weiterer Vertreter der Gattung Myotis verglichen. Mit dieser Untersuchungsmethode konnte gezeigt werden, dass mikroanatomischen Merkmalen auch bei nahe verwandten Arten diagnostische Signifikanz zukommt. Es zeigte sich, dass die Verhältnisse bei M. blythi ähnlich sind wie bei anderen Myotis- Arten und somit M. myotis mit ihrer grossen Anzahl Tasthaare und den abweichend ausge- bildeten Talgdrüsen eine Sonderstellung innerhalb dieser Gattung einnimmt. Es besteht kein Anlass zur Vermutung, dass M. blythi ein ebenso spezialisierter Bodenjäger wie M. myotis sein könnte. Die Vermeidung von Konkurrenz zwischen den beiden sympatrisch vorkommenden Geschwisterarten könnte darum in einem unter- schiedlichen Jagdverhalten und einer unterschiedlichen Beutetierpräferenz begründet sein. MYOTIS BLYTHI (TOMES, 1857) 875 LITERATUR BAUEROVA, Z. 1978. Contribution to the trophic ecology of Myotis myotis. Fol. zool. 27 (4): 305-316. GEBHARD, J. & K. HirscHi. 1985. Analyse des Kotes aus einer Wochenstube von Myotis myotis (Borkh., 1797) bei Zwingen (Kanton Bern, Schweiz). Mitt. Naturf. Ges. Bern NF 42: 129-144. HAFFNER, M. 1987. Mikroskopisch-anatomische und grobmorphologische Untersuchungen am Kranialen Integument mitteleuropäischer Vespertilionidae (Mammalia, Chiroptera). Diss. Zürich, 34S. HAFFNER, M. & V. ZISWILER. 1985. Histologische Untersuchungen am Integument der Füsse mitteleuropäischer Fledermausarten (Mammalia, Chiroptera). Revue suisse Zool. 92 (4): 857-862. — 1989. Tasthaare als diagnostisches Merkmal bei mitteleuropäischen Vespertilionidae (Mammalia, Chiroptera). Revue suisse Zool. 96 (3): 663-672. KOLB, A. 1959. Uber die Nahrungsaufnahme einheimischer Fledermäuse vom Boden. Zool. Anz. 22: 162-168. ROMEIS, B. 1968. Mikroskopische Technik. R. Oldenbourg Verlag, München-Wien. RUEDI, M. 1987. Statut spécifique de deux chauves-souris jumelles Myotis myotis (Bork.) et Myotis blythi (Tomes.) une approche morphologique, caryologique et biochimique. Diplom Lausanne, 43S. RUEDI, M., T. MADDALENA & R. ARLETTAZ. 1990. Distinction morphologique et biochimique de deux especes jumelles de chauves-souris: Myotis myotis (Bork.) et Myotis blythi (Tomes.) (Mammalia; Chiroptera). Mammalia, im Druck. STUTZ, H.-P. 1985. Fledermäuse im Kanton Schaffhausen. Neujahrsbl. Natf. Ges. Schaffhausen, 37. Ban % ES A at CS aR vera Cee RIA Fans — —— Fasc. 4 | p. 877-885 Geneve, décembre 1990 lare | Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Systematic remarks on a rare Crotalid snake from Ecuador, Bothriechis albocarinata (Shreve), with some comments on the generic arrangement of arboreal Neotropical pitvipers by Beat SCHATTI *, EUGEN KRAMER ** & Jean-Marc TOUZET *** With 3 figures ABSTRACT The examination of the type material of Bothrops albocarinata Shreve and B. alticola Parker revealed some deviations vis-a-vis the original descriptions (e.g. number of interoculars; number of ventrals and contact of subocular with labials). These nominal forms are considered to be conspecific (Bothriechis albocarinata). Four specimens of this apparently rare pitviper exhibit variation in some morphological characters (i.e. condition of subcaudals, midbody dorsal scale rows, circumocular scales, internasals etc.). The systematic arrangement of Neotropical pitvipers does not appear to be based on sound evidence for the time being. At least some groupings seem to be artificial. * Museum d’Histoire naturelle, case postale 434, CH-1211 Genéve 6, Switzerland. ** Naturhistorisches Museum, Augustinergasse 2, CH-4051 Basel, Switzerland. *** Fundacion Herpetolögica Gustavo Orcés, Castilla 448 A, Quito, Ecuador. 878 BEAT SCHÄTTI, EUGEN KRAMER & JEAN-MARC TOUZET INTRODUCTION During the past years the Natural History Museum of Geneva (MHNG) received a considerable number of amphibians and reptiles from different parts of Ecuador. Among this material there are several species of arboreal pitvipers. Three specimens from the pro- vinces of Morona Santiago and Zamora Chinchipe show a mixture of features which are considered to be characteristic for Bothriechis albocarinata (Shreve) and B. alticola (Parker). Because our material does not unequivocally fit the description of neither of these forms, we take an examination of the type material to be opportune. At the same time, some critical comments on the currently accepted arrangement of Neotropical pitvipers (BURGER 1971, CAMPBELL & LAMAR 1989) seem to be necessary. The type material is deposited in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) at London (BM) and the Museum of Comparative Zoology in Cambridge, Massachusetts (MCZ). A specimen without precise locality data housed in the collection of the Escuela Politecnica Nacional (EPN) at Quito is also included in this study. We are grateful to A. Almendariz (Quito), Colin McCarthy (London) and Jose P. Rosado (Cambridge) for the loan of these specimens. Corinne Charvet typed the manuscript. The authors are also indebted to James R. Dixon (College Station, Texas) for a critical review of the manuscript and to Rosario Agosti-Gonzalez (Zürich) for the Spanish summary. MORPHOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION The type of Bothrops albocarinata (9, MCZ 36989: Rio Pastaza) has 181 ventrals (DOWLING-method, 1951), 59 mostly single subcaudals (except 1, 4 and 56-58), 21 dorsal scale rows around midbody, 9/8 supralabials (right/left, 3° forming lacunolabial) and 10 sublabials. The internasals are separated from each other by a small scale behind the rostral; there are 6 to 9 interoculars (counted along a straight line between half the length of the supraoculars) and nine scales around the eye (3 preoculars, 2 suboculars and 4 postoculars); the suboculars are separated from the supralabials by a complete row of small scales. In the type of Bothrops alticola (©, BM 1946.1.19.26: ‘‘Loja’’, Ecuador) there are 173 ventrals, 64+n subcaudals (incomplete; 1-20 single, the remainder divided), 19 midbody scale rows, 7 supralabials (2" forming lacunolabial) and 9 sublabials. This specimen has the internasals in contact, 5 interoculars, 3 preoculars, a very long and narrow subocular and two granular postoculars. There is an extremely small additional scale between the subocular and the border of the third and fourth supralabial, but other- wise these scales are in contact. In a juvenile (©, MHNG 2226.34) from Morona Santiago province, there are 161 ventrals (28 and 39 only developed at the left hand side), 60 subcaudals (single, with exception of 1, 58 and the last one), 21 midbody scale rows, 7 supralabials and 10 sublabials; internasals in contact, 7 interoculars (circumocular area damaged). MHNG 2444.18, a 9 from Macas (Morona Santiago, 1500 m) has 171 ventrals, 57 subcaudals (mostly divided, except 2-3, 7, 14-16 and 35-36), 19 midbody scale rows, 7 upper and 8 lower labials; internasals separated by an additional scale behind the rostral, 7 interoculars, 3 preoculars, a long and narrow subocular and one postocular; there is a complete row of scales separating the subocular from the labials. MHNG 2464.31, a © from Nambija (Zamora Chinchipe, ca. 1800 m) has 175 ventrals, 54 divided subcaudals, 21 midbody scale rows, 7 supralabials and 10 lower labials; on the right hand side, the REMARKS ON BOTHRIECHIS ALBOCARINATA 879 anterior part of the canthus rostralis is made up of two scales which are separated from the left internasal by a small scale behind the apical shield; there are 7 to 8 interoculars, 3 preoculars, a very long and narrow subocular, and 2/1 postoculars; a complete row of small scales separates the subocular from the upper labials. A © from Cotundo (Napo, EPN RM 309) has 176 ventrals, 66 subcaudals (1-3 and 30-66 divided), 21 midbody scale rows, 7 upper and 8 lower labials; the internasals are in contact and there are 6-7 interoculars, 3 preoculars, a narrow subocular and 4/3 postoculars. The subocular is at least partly in contact with the supralabials; on the left hand side, the subocular reaches to the postocular region and there are four scales (two on the right) of variable size laying between the subocular and the labials. TAB. 1. Morphological characters in Bothriechis albocarinata. For further explanations see text. MCZ BM 1946. MHNG MHNG MHNG | EPN 36989 1.19.26 2226.34 2444.18 2464.31 | RM 0309 origin Rio Pastaza “Loja” M. Santiago Macas Nambija | Cotundo sex Q o © Q Q | o ventrals 181 173 161 171 175 176 subcaudals 59 64+n 60 57 54 66 | condition of mostly mostly mostly subcaudals single variable single divided divided variable dorsals 21 19 21 19 21 21 internasals separated in contact in contact separated separated in contact supralabials 9/8 7 7 7 7 7 contact of partly partly subocular/labials separated in contact ? separated separated in contact | interoculars 6-9 5 7 7 7-8 | 6-7 Apart from the number of ventral and subcaudal scales, the types of Bothriechis albocarinata and B. alticola differ in midbody dorsal scale rows, the number of upper and lower labials (including lacunolabial), in the snout region (internasals separated by a small scale behind the rostral in albocarinata, touching each other in alticola), the number of interoculars and circumocular scales, the condition of the subcaudals (predominantly single or divided, respectively), the contact of the subocular with respect to the supralabials (tab. 1) as well as in colouration (greyish green versus greenish yellow) and pattern. In albocarinata, the first row of dorsals is coloured alternating black and greenish 880 BEAT SCHATTI, EUGEN KRAMER & JEAN-MARC TOUZET white, and the lower surface is marked with black squarish spots. The type of a/ticola has a series of transverse black spots partly forming regular bars along the back, and the venter is uniformly yellow on the anterior part but with black mottlings increasing in amount posteriorly. The condition of the subcaudals, number of midbody dorsal scale rows, the arrange- ment of the circumocular scales and internasals as well as the suborbital area are also found to be variable in the remaining material at hand. In our specimens, there are always seven supralabials es forming lacunolabial). It seems that the type of albocarinata represents aberrant states in these features. The colouration of the juvenile viper (MHNG 2226.34) corresponds to the pattern found in the type of albocarinata, i.e. greyish above (in alcohol) with a distinct postocular stripe, the ventral surface mostly light (creamish) and the tip of the tail uniform, probably yellow or orange in life. These specimens also agree with regard to the condition of the subcaudals and number of dorsal scale rows but differ as to the number of supralabials and the condition of the internasals. Colouration and pattern of MHNG 2444.18 are virtually identical with the type of alticola. These two specimens agree with each other in the number of dorsal scale rows and supralabials (tab. 1). MHNG 2464.31 and RM 309 are identical in pattern and colouration (figs 1 and 2). Fic. 1. A female of Bothriechis albocarinata from Zamora Chinchipe (MHNG 2464.31). The number of midbody dorsal scale rows, supralabials, interocular and cir- cumocular scales are variable in many species of Neotropical pitvipers (see tabs 28 and 29 in CAMPBELL & LAMAR 1989). PETERS (1960) and PETERS & OREJAS-MIRANDA (1970) thought that a/bocarinata and alticola represent valid species whereas BURGER (1971) con- REMARKS ON BOTHRIECHIS ALBOCARINATA 881 sidered them to be identical. Likewise, CAMPBELL & LAMAR (1989) demonstrated problems with the distinction of these forms and they ‘‘suspect strongly that only a single species is represented’’. This judgement is confirmed by the material in question. The original descriptions of these nominal forms were published at almost the same time, i.e. in May (SHREVE 1934) and August (PARKER 1934), respectively. Therefore, albocarinata has priority over alticola. FIG. 2. Another specimen of B. albocarinata (EPN RM309, ©) from Ecuador. Certainly, the type locality of Bothrops alticola (‘‘5 km east of Loja, 9200 ft’’) is incorrect (fig. 3). Although Parker had been at Loja himself, this specimen was obtained from Carrion who in turn had received this and other snakes from a local dealer. We have hardly any doubt that the type of a/ticola has most probably been collected on the eastern slopes of the Andes somewhere near the highway from Loja to Zamora (Province of Zamora Chinchipe). The specimen from Nambija ' comes from an area which is situated 30 km NE of Zamora. This snake has 21 midbody scale rows at midbody, the internasals are separated and there is no contact between the subocular and the supralabials. On the other hand, it differs from the type of albocarinata in the condition of the subcaudals and the number of supralabials. Bothriechis albocarinata is an arboreal species known from the Amazonian drainage of Ecuador and Peru. It lives in cloud forest and upper rainforest habitats and has been ' This snake lived several months in captivity and fed on frogs (Eleutherodactylus sp., Gastrotheca and Ololygon) and lizards (Anolis fuscoauratus) but refused to accept mice and birds. It died evidently by envenomation after having taken Hy/a variegata and H. triangulum. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 58 882 BEAT SCHÄTTI, EUGEN KRAMER & JEAN-MARC TOUZET _ COLOMBIA ~ = Fic. 3. Known distribution of B. albocarinata. Inexact records are marked with an asterisk; the question mark refers to “‘Loja’’. The broken line corresponds to the border as declared by the Conference of Rio de Janeiro in 1942. taken at altitudes up to approx. 2000 m (500 to over 3000 according to CAMPBELL & LAMAR 1989, who may take into account the alleged type locality of B. alticola). So far, this species is known on the basis of a limited number of specimens from Ecuador (provinces of Napo, Pastaza, Morona Santiago and Zamora Chinchipe) and the Iquitos area in Peru (MENESES 1974). The type locality (‘‘Rio Pastaza, between Canelos and Rio Maranon’’) might well be situated on Peruvian territory (fig. 3). B. albocarinata has a rounded snout and a moderately elevated canthus rostralis; the internasals, canthals and supraoculars are enlarged and rugose, the dorsal head scales and temporals are keeled. The nasals are divided and there are 7-9 supralabials (are or 3 forming lacunolabial), 8-10 lower labial scales and 5-9 interoculars. There are 19-21 dorsal scale rows at midbody; with the exception of the lowermost row all scales are strongly keeled. This species has 161-181 ventrals (© © 161-176, 9 9 171-181), an undivided anal plate, and a prehensile tail with 53-66 subcaudals (60-66 and 54-59, resp.). The maximum total length is 750+ 100 mm (MHNG 2444.18). The longest male is the type of alticola with a body length of 552 mm (tail uncomplete). The head pattern of all specimens exhibits a diagonal black stripe from behind the eye to the angle of the mouth, and a parallel stripe on the occiput from above each supraocular. Differences in body pattern results from the REMARKS ON BOTHRIECHIS ALBOCARINATA 883 fact that in some specimens (type of alticola and MHNG 2444.18) the blotches are entirely black (with some yellow on the keels and towards the tip of some scales) whereas this markings have a light center similar to the body ground colour. The number of dorsal bands on the body ranges from 20 to 30. There seems to be no sexual dimorphism in pattern and colouration. RELATED SPECIES Four additional species of pitvipers with prehensile tails are known from Ecuador, i.e. Bothriechis schlegelii (Berthold), B. bilineata smaragdina (Hoge), B. punctata (Gar- cia) and B. taeniata (Wagler). Only smaragdina and taeniata, both inhabiting the Amazo- nian Basin from Colombia to Bolivia and Brasil occur within the range occupied by albocarinata. These forms are easily separable on the basis of colour pattern and scale counts: smaragdina is uniformly green above with small black dots on the scales (““pepper pattern’’), lacks a distinct postocular stripe, has more than 190 ventrals and 23-25 mid- body scale rows; still higher scale counts (25-29 dorsal rows, 203-254 ventrals) are found in faeniata. B. schlegelii ranges from S Mexico to E Venezuela and W Ecuador (Manabi, Cotopaxi); this is a highly variable form which differs from albocarinata by the presence of supraciliary scales which are normally considerably raised to form ‘‘eyelashes’’, and more (23-25) midbody scale rows. PARKER (1934) supposed a relationship of a/ticola with a number of Central and South American forms (medusa, nigroviridis, oligolepis and peruviana). B. medusa is endemic to the coastal mountains in Venezuela, lacks a prehensile tail and has a characteristic dorsal pattern; nigroviridis ranges from Costa Rica to Panama and differs from albocarinata in more supralabials (8-11) and less ventrals (up to 158); peruviana lives in a comparatively small area in the borderland between Peru and Bolivia (Puno province) and is likewise distinguishable from a/bocarinata in the number of ventral counts (188-196, fide CAMPBELL & LAMAR 1989) and more dorsal scale rows at midbody (23 instead of 19-21). B. oligolepis is known from the central parts of S Peru and adjoining areas in Bolivia. This form has 23-25 dorsal scale rows; general appearance and coloura- tion are similar to the type of alticola and MHNG 2444.18. On the other hand, MHNG 2464.31 (fig. 1) has a colour pattern which resembles the one found in peruviana (CAMP- BELL and LAMAR 1989, fig. 155). In fact, SHREVE (1934) considered Bothrops chloromelas (= Bothriechis oligolepis) to be closely allied with a/bocarinata, an opinion which is also shared by us. There is a striking similarity in the head pattern of these two forms (see figs 153-154 and 167-168 in CAMPBELL & LAMAR 1989). REMARKS TO THE GENERIC CONCEPT BURGER (1971) presented a new systematic arrangement for Oriental and New World pitvipers. Following this author, the Neotropical terrestrial forms belong to Bothrops Wagler; species with a prehensile tail are attached either to Bothriechis (‘‘palm-pitvipers’’, with schlegelii and six additional forms from Central America) or with Bothriopsis (“‘forest-pitvipers’’, including albocarinata, bilineata, medusa, oligolepis, peruviana, 884 BEAT SCHÄTTI, EUGEN KRAMER & JEAN-MARC TOUZET punctata and taeniata). This point of view has also been adopted by CAMPBELL & LAMAR (1989) ?. We do not oppose the idea that Bothrops (sensu BURGER 1971) probably represents a monophyletic group which differs from other Neotropical crotalids (except Crotalus, Lachesis) in deeply divided hemipenes. The statement that ‘‘the hemipenis is less valuable than many external features’’ to distinguish phylogenetic groups among New World pit- vipers (BURGER 1971: 265) is questionable, and likely to be due to a limited number of preparations in a few species. Following CAMPBELL & LAMAR (1989), the lobes are sub- cylindrical or tapered with papillate calyces in Bothriechis and attenuated with a calyculate distal half in Bothriopsis; in the former taxon there are 10-24 large spines on the proximal portion of the hemipenis, whereas the number ranges from 30-40 (including some enlarged basal hooks) in the latter. Although there might be some differences in the shape of the ectopterygoid and palatine in the type species of Bothriechis (B. nigroviridis Peters) and Bothriopsis (B. quadriscutata Peters, =B. taeniata), there seem to be transitional states in other arboreal species. Certainly the condition of the subcaudals (mostly entire in Bothriechis, divided in Bothriopsis) is a poor character, and the modified tail (‘‘first and second row of dorsal scales on terminal one third of tail heavily keeled’’ in Bothriechis) is in our opinion not a useful character to subdivide the arboreal Neotropical pitvipers as proposed by BURGER (1971). As a matter of fact, the alleged differences between Bothriechis and Bothriopsis are at best gradual and we do not consider them to warrant a separation of these nominal genera prior to a detailed evaluation of features which are considered to be of phylogenetic significance. RESUMEN El examen de los tipos de Bothrops albocarinata Shreve y B. alticola Parker revelan algunas diferencias con respecto a las descripciones originales (por ejemplo numero de los interoculares, numero de los ventrales y contacto de subocular con labiales). Estas formas nominales son consideradas conspecificas (Bothriechis albocarinatus). Cuatro especimenes de este crotalido aparentemente poco comün muestran una variaciön en algunos caracteres morfolögicos (subcaudales dobles o simple, numero de hileras de escamas dorsales en el parte central del cuerpo, escamas circumoculares, internasales, etc.). El örden sistemätico de los crotälidos neotropicales no parece ser basado en una evidencia bien fundada por el momento. Al menos algunos grupos parecen ser artificiales. > Like in the case of Bothriechis (meaning pitviper), and contrary to the opinion of PETERS & OREJAS-MIRANDA (1970), CAMPBELL & LAMAR (1989) and others, Bothrops (Bo8poc: pit; owic (n): appearance, face) is of feminine gender as used for instance by PARKER (1934), SHREVE (1934) and BURGER (1971). REMARKS ON BOTHRIECHIS ALBOCARINATA 885 LITERATURE BURGER, W. L. 1971. Genera of pitvipers. Ph. D., University of Kansas, 186 pp., 9 figs, 7 tabs. CAMPBELL, J. A. & W. W. LAMAR. 1989. The venomous reptiles of Latin America. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, 425 pp., 568 figs, 109 maps, 34 tabs. DowLING, H. G. 1951. A proposed method of expressing scale reductions in snakes. Copeia 1951 (2): 131-134. MENESES, O. 1974. Ofidios y ofidismo en el Perù. II. Aspectos ecologicos de la fauna ofidica ponzonosa. Rev. Inst. Zoonos. Invest. Pecuaria 2 (3-4): 79-84, tab. PARKER, H. W. 1934. Reptiles and amphibians from southern Ecuador. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (10) 80 XXV: 264-273. PETERS, W. 1859. Uber die von Hrn. Dr. Hoffmann in Costa Rica gesammelten und an das königl. zoologische Museum gesandten Schlangen. Monatsh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1859: 275-278. — 1861. Beschreibung von zwei neuen Schlangen, Mizodon (sic) variegatus aus Westafrika und Bothriopsis quadriscutata. Ibid. 1861: 358-360. SHREVE, B. 1934. Notes on Ecuadorian snakes. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 8: 125-132. 3 dosi at + tay EN ae) Tome 97 Geneve, decembre 1990 | Revue suisse Zool. Fasc. 4 | p. 887-893 Anthiciden aus dem Naturhistorischen Museum in Genf II (34. Beitrag) (Coleoptera, Anthicidae) von Gerhard UHMANN * Mit einer Abbildung ABSTRACT Anthicids from the Natural History Museum in Geneva II (34th contribution) (Coleoptera, Anthicidae). — Some Anthicidae are recorded mainly from the Afrotropical region, and a few from Arabia and Polynesia. Tomoderus minutus sp. n. is described from the Ivory Coast. Many of these are first records for the respective country. EINLEITUNG Herr Dr. Ivan Löbl vom Naturhistorischen Museum in Genf sandte mir weitere 628 Käfer zur Bestimmung, die grösstenteils aus der afrotropischen Region stammen. Aber auch einige Tiere aus Arabien und aus Polynesien sind darunter. Eine Art von der Elfenbeinküste wird erstmalig beschrieben: Tomoderus minutus sp. n. Der Holotypus befindet sich im Naturhistorischen Museum in Genf. Herr Dr. Löbl überliess mir einige der Doubletten für meine Sammlung, wofür ich mich herzlich bedanke. Viele der Meldungen sind Erstnachweise für die jeweiligen Länder: Notoxus hirtipennis Pic für Kenia, Notoxus Jeanneli Pic für Somalia, Tomoderus alluaudi Pic für Gabun, Tomoderus cantaloubei Bonadona für Ghana, Tomoderus kolbei Pic für Gabun, Cyclodinus basilewskyi Buck und Cyclodinus mimodromius (Fairmaire) für die Insel Mauritius, Omonadus bottegoi (Pic) für Gabun, Anthicus aramburgi Pic für die Elfenbeinküste, Anthicus crinitus Laferte, Anthicus pavitus Bonadona und Sapintus creberrimus (Laferte) für Obervolta, Sapintus mediodilatatus (Pic) und Sapintus oceanicus (Laferte) für die Komoren, Sapintus opaciceps (Pic) für Togo, Sapintus tavetanus (Pic) für die Elfenbeinküste, Aulacoderus canthariphilus (van Hille) für Rhodesien und Endomia impressiceps Pic für Reunion. * Tannenhofstrasse 10, D-8487 Pressath, Deutschland. 888 GERHARD UHMANN ARTENLISTE Notoxus hirtipennis Pic, 1914 Verbreitung: Tansania. Kenia: «Nakuru Lac, Naivasha pres de Mundui Estate, 1950 m, 8.X1.1977, leg. Mahnert & Per- ret», 1 ex. — «Narok, pres de Narok, 2000 m, 3.X1.1977, leg. Mahnert & Perret» 1 ex. — «Tana Rivers, Lac Shakababo pres de Ngao, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 1 ex. Notoxus jeanneli Pic, 1914 Verbreitung: Kenia, Kongo. Somalia: «Mogadiscio, Afgoi, 22.IV.-V.1984, leg. Mourglia», 1 ex. Notoxus lateniger Bonadona, 1969 Verbreitung: Elfenbeinküste. Elfenbeinküste: «Adiopodoumé, 10.-14.11.1977, leg. I. Lobl», 2 ex. — gleiche Angaben aber 18.-23.111.1977, 5 ex. Mecynotarsus subangulicollis Pic, 1914 Verbreitung: Guinea, Elfenbeinküste, Tschad, Ghana. Elfenbeinküste: «Adiopodoumé, 3.-9.1V.1977, leg. I. Löbl», 2 ex. Elgonidium elongatum Bonadona, 1978 Verbreitung: Kenia. Kenia: «Nakuru, Mau Escarp., pres Enangiperi, 2700 m, 6.X1.1977, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 2 ex. Tomoderus alluaudi Pic, 1914 Verbreitung: Kilimandscharo. Gabun: «Makakou, a la lumière, IV.1971, leg. J. Mateu», 1 ex. Tomoderus cantaloubei Bonadona, 1959 Verbreitung: Kamerun, Kenia, Gambia, Elfenbeinküste, Ghana. Ghana: «Kumasi, 1.-7.111.1967, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 2 ex. Tomoderus congoanus Pic, 1951 Verbreitung: Kongo, Tansania, Ghana, Gambia, Nigeria, Elfenbeinküste, Senegal. Elfenbeinküste: «Daloa env. Grebeu, tamisage bambou et bois mort, 6.X.1980, leg Mahnert & Perret», 1 ex. — «Abidjan env. Bingerville, tamisage de forét, 29.X.1980, leg. Mahnert & Perret», I OX Tomoderus kolbei Pic, 1913 Verbreitung: Tansania, Uganda, Senegal, Kongo, Sudan, Ghana, Nigeria, Sambia, Gambia, Kamerun. Gabun: «Makakou, IV.-V.1971, a la lumiere, leg. J. Mateu», 3 ex. Tomoderus minutus sp. n. (Abb. 1) Holotypus: Elfenbeinktiste: «Tai, forét de Tai, tamisage de forét, 17.X.1980, leg. Mahnert & Perret». Derivatio nominis: Um auf die geringe Körpergrösse hinzuweisen, benenne ich diese Art minutus. ANTHICIDEN AUS DEM NATURHISTORISCHEN MUSEUM IN GENF II 889 Masse (in mm): Länge 1,6, grösste Breite 0,6, Kopf 0,35 lang, über die Augen gemessen 0,3 breit. Halsschild 0,35 lang, 0,25 breit, Flügeldecken 0,8 lang, 0,6 gemeinsam breit. Färbung: Dunkelbraun, Fühler (besonders die 5 Spitzen-Glieder), Taster und Beine etwas heller. ABB. 1. Tomoderus minutus sp. n. Kopf; Glanzend. Sehr fein und sehr verstreut punktiert. Behaarung braun, fein, quer liegend. Behaarung der Fühler kräftig und ziemlich dicht. Ausserdem mit abstehenden Borsten besetzt. Halsschild: Glänzend. Sehr fein und sehr verstreut punktiert. Behaarung braun, fein, grösstenteil zum Schildchen gerichtet. Dazwischen stehen einige lange Borsten. Einschnürung auch oben deutlich, aber nicht sehr tief. In der Mitte mit feinem Längskiel, daneben runzelig. Flügeldecken: Glänzend. Punktierung mittelkräftig, aber sehr flach. Zur Spitze wird die Punktierung nicht feiner, die Punkte stehen aber in grösseren Abständen. Behaarung braun, mittelkräftig, abstehend, gebogen, nach hinten gerichtet. Dazwischen stehen wenige, nicht sehr lange Borsten. Beine unscheinbar behaart. Hautflügel voll ausgebildet. Beziehungen: Die neue Art ist der kleinste bisher bekannte Tomoderus aus dem afri- kanischen Raum. Aus der Orientalis sind Arten von ähnlicher Grösse bekannt. Dem T. manzeris Bonadona aus Zaire wohl am nächsten verwandt und in vielen Merkmalen ähnlich (die Grösse ist bei 7. manzeris 2 mm, Kopf- und Fühlerform sind ähnlich). Aber die Form des Halsschildes ist anders (die Einschnürung ist bei 7. minutus sp. n. weiter hinten, die Struktur in der Mitte der Einschnürung ist anders). 890 GERHARD UHMANN Tomoderus tschoffeni Pic, 1900 Verbreitung: Mozambik, Elfenbeinküste, Guinea, Ghana, Tansania, Kongo, Kenia, Senegal. Elfenbeinküste: «Daloa env. Gregbu, tamisage bambou et bois mort, 6.X.1980, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 4 ex. — «Danané, Dropleu, 10.X.1980, tamisage sous tronc mort, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 1 ex. — «Man-Centre Bethanie, feuilles mortes, bois mort, 7.X.1980, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 1 ex. Pseudotomoderus compressicollis Motschulsky, 1839 Verbreitung: Südeuropa, Balkan, UdSSR, Türkei, Iran, Irak, Kongo, Madagaskar, Tansania, Ghana, Sierra Leone, Gambia, Senegal, Elfenbeinküste, Obervolta, Kamerun, Mozambik. R. P. Kongo: «Djoumouna, 24.1.1979, leg. G. Onore», 1 ex. Formicomus albolineatus Pic, 1893 Verbreitung: Guinea, Sudan, Kongo, Elfenbeinküste, Ghana, Nigeria, Gabun, Senegal, Gambia, Kamerun, Obervolta, Togo, Mali. Nigeria: «Ife, III.1978, leg. J. du Chéne», 1 ex. Formicomus bechynei van Hille, 1979 Verbreitung: Sierra Leone, Guinea. Sierra Leone: «Mokanji, 250 km de la Côte, 130 m, X11.1971-1.1972, leg. P. Pfanner», 1 ex. Formicomus bergrothi Fairmaire, 1897 Verbreitung: Madagascar. Madagascar: «Betroka, s/excrément, 1.VII.1969, leg. Y Gomy», 2 ex. Formicomus griseofaciatus Pic, 1920 Verbreitung, Ghana, Nigeria, Guinea, Liberia, Rhodesien, Sierra Leone, Kenia, Obervolta, Elfenbeinküste, Kamerun, Gabun. Gabun: «Makakou, a la lumiere, IV.-V.1971, leg. J. Mateu», 5 ex. — Sierra Leone: «Mokanji, 250 km de la Côte, 130 m, XII.1971-I.1972, leg. P. Pfanner», 1 ex. Formicomus Kraatzi Pic, 1899 Verbreitung: Kamerun, Guinea, Ghana. Ghana: «Pretsea, 30.V.1967, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 1 ex. Formicomus linnavuori van Hille, 1977 Verbreitung: Sudan, Tansania, Ghana, Nigeria, Obervolta. Obervolta: «Ougadougou, VI.-VII.1974, leg. A. Rollero», 3 ex. Formicomus raffrayi Pic, 1895 Verbreitung: Äthiopien, Kenia, Tansania. Kenia: «Tana Rivers, lac Shakababo, près de Ngao, 28.X.1977, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 1 ex. Anthelephilus atripennis (Pic, 1921) Verbreitung: Kenia. Kenia: «Namanga, 14.11.1958, leg. P. Strinati & V. Aellen», 1 ex. Pseudoleptaleus inflatipes (Pic, 1894) Verbreitung: Elfenbeinkiiste, Ghana, Sierra Leone, Kamerun. Ghana: «Bobiri forest res., 6.111.1967, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 2 ex. ANTHICIDEN AUS DEM NATURHISTORISCHEN MUSEUM IN GENF II 891 Cyclodinus basilewskyi (Buck, 1965) Verbreitung: Tansania. Mauritius: Mt le Pouce, 510 m, 20.XII.1974, leg. P. Schauenberg», 1 ex. Cyclodinus bremei (Laferte, 1842) Verbreitung: Mediterran-Gebiet, Mauretanien, Senegal, Madagaskar, Irak, Iran, UdSSR, Jordanien, Gambia, Ghana, Tansania. Ghana: «Keta, 31.XII.1966, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 1 ex. Cyclodinus margelanicus (Pic, 1893) Verbreitung: Turkestan, UdSSR, Türkei, Irak, Afghanistan. Türkei: «Izmir, Narlidese, s/Citrus, V.72, C.I.L.B., leg. Kaskaloghlu», 2 ex. Cyclodinus mimodromius (Fairmaire, 1898) Verbreitung: Madagascar, Elfenbeinküste, Südafrika, Ostafrika, Kongo, Guinea. Mauritius: «Albion, s/ecorces, 21.1.1970, leg. Y. Gomy», 1 ex. Cyclodinus obconiceps (Pic, 1902) Verbreitung; Madagascar, Äthiopien, Tansania. Madagascar: «N. W. Majunga, village touristique, plage s/débris, 27.VII.1968, leg. Y Gomy», exe Omonadus bottegoi (Pic, 1895) Verbreitung: Kongo, Tansania, Somalia, Uganda, Kamerun, Kenia, Guinea, Elfenbeinktiste, Benin, Obervolta, Gambia, Ghana, Togo, Sierra Leone, Nigeria, Sambia, Sudafrika. Gabun: «Makakou, à la lumière, IV.-V.1971, leg. J. Mateu», 404 ex. — Elfenbeinküste: «Près Zaidon, 15.11.1977, leg. I. Lobl, 7 ex. — «Adiopodoumé, 10.-23.111.1977, leg. I. Löbl», 19 ex. — Ghana: «Kumasi, 25.V.-6.VII.1967, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 22 ex. — Togo: «Palime, forêt de Kloute, 20.-24.1V.1974, leg. S. Vit», 1 ex. — Komoren: «Moheli Wassani, lac Dziani, s/bouses et écorces, 27.VIII.1969, leg. Y. Gomy», 2 ex. Omonadus floralis (Linné, 1758) Verbreitung: Kosmopolit. Madagaskar: «Moramanga, s/écorces, 5.VIII.1969, leg. Y. Gomy», 4 ex. — Kenia: «Tana River, 10 km N Ctarsen, 23.X.1977, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 1 ex. Omonadus formicarius (Goeze, 1777) Verbreitung: Kosmopolit. Ghana: «Kwadaso, 2.111.1967, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 3 ex. — «Kumasi, 28.V.1967, leg. Endrödy-Younga», 1 ex. — Elfenbeinküste: «Adiopodoumé, 10.-18.111.1977, leg. I. Löbl», 3 ex. Cordicomus velatus (Marseul, 1879) Verbreitung: Arabien, Ägypten, Sudan, Algerien, Mauretanien, Tschad, Mali, Yemen, Iran, Pakistan. Saudi Arabien: «Taif, 21.V.1969, leg. Martin», 1 ex. Stricticomus tobias (Marseul, 1879) Verbreitung: Kosmopolit. La Réunion: «Ravine 3 Bassine, s/bouse, 30.XII.1968, leg. Y Gomy», 1 ex. 892 GERHARD UHMANN Hirticomus biplagiatus (Laferte, 1848) Verbreitung: Kongo, Senegal, Südafrika, Mozambik, Madagascar, Ruanda, Elfen- beinküste, Tansania, Ägypten, Sudan, Äthiopien, Namibia, Kamerun, Gambia, Simbabwe. Elfenbeinküste: «Adiopodoumé, 3.-23.111.1977, leg. I. Löbl», 12 ex. — Ghana: «Kwadoso, 2.111.1967, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 5 ex. — «Kumasi, 15.-28.11.1967, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 2 ex. — Sierra Leone: «Mokanji, 250 km de la Côte, 130 m, X11.1971-1.1972, leg. P. Pfanner», 1 ex. — Kamerun: «Etoudi Assok b. Mbalmayo, 14.III.1982, leg. F. Notari», 1 ex. — Gabun: «Makakou, à la lumière, V.1971, leg. J. Mateu», 5 ex. — Madagascar: «Rahohira, à la lumière, 4.11.1967, leg. Y. Gomy», 1 ex. Anthicus anceyi Pic, 1895 Verbreitung: Athiopien, Tschad, Senegal, Kenia, Sudan, Burundi, Gambia. Senegal: «Sebikotane, 22.X.1968, leg. Espanol», 1 ex. — Kenya: «Taita, Tsavo East Nat. Park, 30.X.1977, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 6 ex. Anthicus aramburgi Pic, 1939 Verbreitung: Athiopien. Elfenbeinküste: «Forét de Yapo, 21.-22.111.1977, leg. I. Löbl, 4 ex. Anthicus conjunctus Pic, 1902 var. mahatsinjensis Pic, 1914 Verbreitung: Madagaskar. Madagaskar: «Rahohira, a la lumiere, 4.11.1967, leg. Y. Gomy», 1 ex. Anthicus crinitus Laferte, 1848 Verbreitung: Zentralafrika, Nordafrika, Türkei, Asien, Iran, Irak, UdSSR, Indien, Nepal, Afghanistan, Arabien. Obervolta: «Ouagadougou, V.-VII.1974, leg. A. Rollero», 6 ex. Anthicus pavitus Bonadona, 1962 Verbreitung: Tschad, Senegal, Sudan. Obervolta: «Ouagadougou, V.-VII.1974, leg. A. Rollero», 1 ex. Anthicus stygius Laverte, 1848 Verbreitung: Stidafrika, Mozambik, Kongo, Ghana, Kenia, Tansania. Natal: «Himeville, s/bouse, IX.1970, leg. R. Manthot», 1 ex. Sapintus creberrimus (Laverte, 1848) Verbreitung: Madagaskar, Kenia, Südafrika, Namibia. Obervolta: «Ouagadougou, V.-VII.1974, leg. A. Rollero», 1 ex. Sapintus mediodilatatus (Pic, 1937) Verbreitung: Madagaskar. Komoren: «Mayotte env. de Sada, plage, s/débris, 14. VIII.1969, leg. Y. Gomy», 1 ex. Sapintus oceanicus (Laferté, 1848) Verbreitung: Marquesas -Inseln, Neue Hebriden, Sri Lanka, Madagaskar, Seychellen, Australien, Borneo, Mikronesien, Ostktiste von Afrika, Fidschi-Inseln. Kenia: «Malindi, Hotel Delphin, XI.1972, leg. E. & C. Supper», 2 ex. — Komoren: «Moheli, Niommacava, plage sur crottin, 25. VIII.1960, leg. Y. Gomy, 1 ex. — Französisch Polynesien: «Bora- Bora, 10.-15.1V.1979, leg. A. de Chambrier», 3 ex. ANTHICIDEN AUS DEM NATURHISTORISCHEN MUSEUM IN GENF II 893 Sapintus opaciceps (Pic, 1900) Verbreitung: Kongo, Tansania, Kamerun, Tschad, Ghana, Äthiopien, Sierra Leone, Gabun. Gabun: «Makakou, a la lumiere IV.-V.1971, leg. J. Mateu», 4 ex. — Togo: «Tchekpo, 16.1V.1974, leg. S. Vit», 1 ex. Sapintus tavetanus (Pic, 1914) Verbreitung: Kongo, Benin, Kamerun, Kenia, Ghana, Tansania. Elfenbeinkünste: «Adiopodoumé, 3.-9.111.1977, leg. I. Löbl, 1 ex. — «Man-Centre Bethanie, s/vegetation, 7.X.1980, leg. Mahnert & Perret», 1 ex. Aulacoderus canthariphilus (van Hille, 1984) Verbreitung: Siidafrika. Rhodesien: «Umtali, Melsetter, 1700 m, 11.1969, leg. R. Mussard», 1 ex. Endomia impressiceps (Pic, 1902) Verbreitung: Madagaskar. La Reunion: «Ste Luis, lumiere, III.1968, leg. A. Morinet», 1 ex. Endomia minuta (Pic, 1895) Verbreitung: Tschad, Elfenbeinküste, Ghana, Mozambik, Mauretanien, Guinea, Kamerun, Obervolta. Elfenbeinküste: «Adiopoudoumé, 3.-23.111.1977, leg. I. Löbl», 40 ex. — Ghana: «Kumasi, 1.-7.111.1967, leg. S. Endrödy-Younga», 1 ex. Macratria alluaudi Pic, 1902 Verbreitung: Madagaskar. Madagaskar: «Moramanga, route Anosita, 6.VIII.1969, leg. Y. Gomy», 1 ex. tu Bat È Ual : 3 f > ni %“ ee at 119073 7 — —————- — ——— — = ——— | | E | Revue suisse Zool. | Tome 97 Fasc. 4 p. 895-899 | | New synonymies and notes on some Aphodiinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) Z. STEBNICKA * With 8 figures ABSTRACT Four Aphodius spp. and two Afaenius spp. are synonymized, the status of the subgenus Afaeniomorphus is discussed. Aphodius australasiae Boh. is transferred to Ataenius, Aphodius kuatunensis Balth. is found to be a separate species close to A. nigrotessellatus Motsch. In revising the Aphodiinae collection of the Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneva (MHNG), the Zoological Museum, University of Moscow (ZMUM), the National Museum, Prague (NMP), and the Institute of Systematic and Experimental Zoology, Kraköw (ISEZ), I have examined nomenclatory relevant material including types of Petrovitz, Balthasar, and Motschulsky. The comparison revealed several synonymies and misinterpretations which are discussed below. This paper does not, however, provide a complete list of all mistakes recently noticed. Further contributions will be presented after examining respective material from additional sources. Aphodius (Aphodaulacus) variabilis Waterhouse (figs 1-2) Distribution. Japan, Korea, North China, USSR (Far East). Remarks. The species tends to form local populations with notable variability in the plotting of darker spots, in the pilosity of elytra and in the punctation of pronotum. See remarks under the following species. * Institute of Systematic and Experimental Zoology, Polish Academy of Sciences, Slawkowska 17, 31-016 Krakow, Poland. 896 Z. STEBNICKA assy c Mn ARR gags el N IN il uni u Fics 1-8. 1-2. Aphodius (Aphodaulacus) variabilis Waterh.: 1. aedeagus laterally; 2. epipharynx. 3. A. (Chilothorax) nigrotessellatus (Motsch.) aedeagus laterally. 4-6. A. (Ch.) kuatunensis Balth.: 4. aedeagus laterally; 5. paramerae dorsally; 6. epipharynx. 7-8. Ataenius (australasiae) australasiae (Boh.): 7. epipharynx; 8. aedeagus laterally. SYNONYMIES AND NOTE ON APHODIINAE 897 Aphodius (Aphodaulacus) nigrotessellatus Motschulsky (fig. 3) Material examined. Syntype of nigrotessellatus (ZMUM); specimens from Japan: Kanagawa Pref., Mt. Ooyama, 25.X11.1966, leg. Shibata (ISEZ). China: Fukien, Kuatun, 20-21.111.1946, leg. Tschung-Sen (MHNG). Distribution. Japan, Korea, China, USSR (Far East). Remarks. The two species listed above were hitherto misidentified in the collections and generally quoted in literature under incorrect names. NAKANE (1972) rightly considered A. obsoleteguttatus Waterh. synonymous with A. nigrotessellatus and regarded A. variabilis as a valid species. The syntype of ‘‘Melinopterus nigrotessellatus’’ in Motschulsky’s collection differs from A. variabilis in the characters separating the subgenera Chilothorax Motsch. (= Volinus Muls. et Rey) and Aphodaulacus W. Kosh. Aphodius (Chilothorax) kuatunensis Balthasar (figs 4-6) Material examined. Paratypes (3): China, Fukien, Kuatun, 2300 m, 27.111.1938, leg. Klapperich (NMP, MHNG); four specimens collected together with A. nigrotessellatus in Kuatun, Fukien, 20-21.111.1946, leg. Tschung-Sen (MHNG, ISEZ). Remarks. The species is very close to A. nigrotessellatus Motsch. but is distinguishable by the shape of the male genitalia and by following external characters: frontal tubercles and punctures of head more pronounced than in nigrotessellatus, disc of pronotum more convex; the punctures of inner elytral intervals coarser and denser, lateral part and apex of elytra rugose. Aphodius (Liothorax) plagiatus (Linnaeus) Aphodius (Ataeniomorphus) isikdagensis BALTHASAR, 1952, syn. nov. Aphodius (Ataeniomorphus) ressli PETROVITZ, 1962, syn. nov. Remarks. A. isikdagensis was described by BALTHASAR (1952) in a new subgenus Ataeniomorphus on the base of peculiar features of the head. In his monograph BALTHASAR (1964: 446) mentions, that the species is characterized by the large and convex head similarly shaped as in some Nialus species. I have seen three type specimens of isikdagensis (Turkey, Anatolia), (NMP), and the unique holotype of A. ressli (Turkey, Iskenderun), (MHNG), a female specimen in poor condition. Fortunately enough additional material was available to indicate that the differences between the two can all be attributed to infraspecific variation. The unicolorous and bicolorous forms of A. plagiatus (L.) are considered conspecific owing to their sympatric distribution and the absence of other significant characters. The specimens seen from Turkey and Iran vary from bicolored to entirely black, and exhibit a pronounced variability in the shape and size of the head as well as in the sculpture of the body. It is hard to understand, indeed, why this species has become the object of such taxonomic operations. The third and last name in Afaeniomorphus, A. cypricola described by BALTHASAR (1971, Beitr. Ent., 21: 57) from the vicinity of Larnaka is most likely a representative of the subgenus Nobius Muls. Aphodius (Balthasarianus) babori Balthasar Aphodius (Balthasarianus) taiwanicus PETROVITZ, 1976, syn. nov. Material examined. Paratypes (2) of babori: China, Szechwan (MHNG, NMP); paratype of taiwanicus: Formosa, Duisharyo (MHNG). Remarks. The species is known so far from South China and Taiwan. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 59 898 Z. STEBNICKA Aphodius (Calamosternus) uniplagiatus Waterhouse Aphodius (Calamosternus) desuetus BALTHASAR, 1933, syn. nov. Material examined. Paratypes (2) of desuetus: China, Yunan (NMP, MHNG); numerous specimens from Japan, China and Korea (ISEZ). Remarks. The species is distributed in Japan, China, Korea, the USSR (Far East), and occurs commonly in the northern part of the Korean Peninsula. Ataenius (australasiae) australasiae (Bohemann), comb. nov., figs 7-8) Ataenius fukiensis BALTHASAR, 1942, syn. nov. Ataenius malayanus PETROVITZ, 1961, syn. nov. Material examined. Holotype of fukiensis: China, Fukien (NMP); paratypes (3) of malayanus: Sumatra (MHNG); numerous specimens from Indochina and Malaysia (MHNG, ISEZ). Complementary description. Length 3.8-5.5 mm, colour black, reddish black or castaneous. Head moderately large, strongly convex medially, frontal suture absent. Elytra convex, subparallel-sided, humeri distinctly dentate, base margined. Mesosternum shagreened as usual in Afaenius species, without noticeable carina between the coxae. Metasternal plate with two small concavities near meso and metacoxae, metasternal triangle distinct. First visible abdominal sternum with fine posterior marginal line, pygidium with wide, smooth apical lip and transverse ridge medially, eroded area deep and rough. Metafemora with complete posterior marginal line; transverse ridges of meso and metatibiae weakly marked, often vanishing; apical edge of metatibia with 6-7 thick setae and 2-3 thin, intervening setae, the latter not easily seen; apical spurs slender, first segment of metatarsus a trifle shorter than the upper tibial spur and somewhat longer than the next three segments combined. Epipharynx and male genitalia are of the Afaenius type. Remarks. A. australasiae is one of the most common and most widely distributed species, known from South China, Vietnam, Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Borneo, Java, Sumatra, Sulawesi, Bali and the Australian Region. It was listed by Bohemann in the Aphodiini where it has remained ever since. Previous authors attached particular importance to the presence of transverse ridges of meso and metatibiae as in Aphodius Illig. This feature, however, is present in some representatives of Eupariini and it lacks in some typical members of Aphodiini. The characters presented in the complementary description show that the species has an isolated position within the genus Afaenius Har., and may be referred to a species group of its own. I have not seen a type material of Ataenius nigricans Paulian described from Tonkin. According to the original description (Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1933: 136), the species seems to be conspecific with A. australasiae. SYNONYMIES AND NOTE ON APHODIINAE 899 REFERENCES BALTHASAR, V. 1933. Neue Aphodius-Arten aus dem paläarktischen Asien. Kol. Rundsch., 19: 139-146. — 1942. Die Coprophagen der chinesischen Provinz Fukien. Ent. Blätter, 38: 113-125. — 1952. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der zoologischen Expedition des National-Museums in Prag nach der Türkei. Sbor. ent. Odd. nar. Mus. Praha, 28: 19-26. — 1964. Monographie der Scarabaeidae und Aphodiidae der palaearktischen und orientalischen Region. Coleoptera Lamellicornia. Aphodiidae. Praha, 3: 1-652. BOHEMAN, C. H. 1858. In: Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden under Belaf of C. A. Virgin, Asen 1851-53. Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser Pa H.M.K. Oscar den Forstes. K. Sv. Vetenskaps-Ak., Stockholm, 1-217. NAKANE, T. 1972. Notes on the Synonymy and Some Types of Japanese Coleoptera in Certain European Collections: I. Lamellicornia. Bull. nat. Sci. Mus. Tokyo, 15: 421-428. PETROVITZ, R. 1961. Neue und verkannte Aphodiinae aus allen Erdteilen. Ent. Arb. Mus. Frey, 12: 99-135. — 1962. Neue und verkannte Aphodiinae aus allen Erdteilen. 3. Ent. Arb. Mus. Frey, 13: 101-131. — 1976. Neue Aphodius-Arten aus der Orientalischen Region. Ent. Blätter, 72: 1-9. ori Ir > 22 ri ivi È La = NER r —— — —— DI jjEI Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 | Fasc. 4 p. 901-979 ‘ Genève, décembre 1990 Aleocharinae nepalesi del Museo di Ginevra Parte III. Revisione delle specie himalayane del sottogenere Microdota Mulsant & Rey (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (106° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae) di Roberto PACE * Con 312 figure ABSTRACT Aleocharinae from Nepal in the Geneva Museum. Part III. Review of the Himalayan species of the subgenus Microdota Mulsant & Rey (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). (106th Contribution to the knowledge of the Aleocharinae). — A review of the 83 species and subspecies of the subgenus Microdota Mulsant & Rey, of Atheta Thomson, from Himalaya is presented, including a discussion of diagnostic characters of the subgenus, keys to allied subgenera and species, and some conclusive remarks on the zoogeography of this subgenus in Himalaya. Two new subgenera of Atheta Thomson and 27 new species are described, and 8 species names are synonymized. The species are briefly described and illustrated. All available bionomic and distributional data are presented. SOMMARIO COCO RE RE N A IN AT INI MeN en I 902 eA Amen te KC OMEZION SIR A. 902 Nampogdelßsotfogeneser ViICZOGOLA i IAA SITI PN IO O re 903 earareniadiasnosticei.del 'SOLLOLENErCEVIICHOAO AIRONE ONTO (RANE 903 Specieumumalayane eseluse dal sottogenere Microdotar 2 ee 904 * Via Vittorio Veneto, 13, 37032 Monteforte d’Alpone (Verona), Italia. 902 ROBERTO PACE Atheta (Microdota) amicula (Stephens), specie esclusa dalla fauna himalayana .... 906 Mescenzionme 1llustraziomiN.. „un... nenn ee N I E 906 Chiave densottogenent affıni a Mierodota ICE 906 miayerdelle specie delsottogenere Microdola LOS EE 907 Chiave delle specie del sottogenere Poromicrodotan............... SO 915 Chraye delle specie delysottogenere Physadotam: tt 915 Deserizione.dellesspecie deli sottogenere Microdota ERRORE EEE E 915 Descrizione delle specie del sottogenere Poromicrodota n. ...................... 971 Descrizione delle specie del sottogenere Physadoia Nl. 22.2... 2.22 CREA 975 Norerdi ZOOS EO Talia 2. Fy eB Ph sie a. en a 975 RÉSUMER TE: sire ooo ens he eee nuire Se ae we Te ne has SN a TE 976 Biblografia un... 8. Sau ER at ale a a ee ee 976 Indien NEE EEE ER ae 978 INTRODUZIONE Il sottogenere Microdota MULSANT & REY, 1873, comprende i rappresentanti di minore taglia del genere Atheta THOMSON, 1858, aventi punteggiatura molto sparsa sul quinto urotergo libero ed altri caratteri esterni, che, spesso nella presente revisione, non sono presi in considerazione perché il sottogenere è qui interpretato prevalentemente in base alla morfologia della spermateca, come è in dettaglio esposto qui di seguito (v. «Caratteri diagnostici del sottogenere Microdota»). Il motivo principale che mi ha indotto a compiere la presente revisione, è stato lo stu- dio del copioso materiale conservato nel Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra, raccolto dal Dr. I. Löbl di detto Museo e del Dr. A. Smetana dell’Istituto di Ricerche Biosistemati- che di Ottawa, durante alcune missioni entomologiche in Nepal. Inoltre, dato che avevo esaminato tutti i tipi di Microdota e di sottogeneri affini della sottoregione indiana, mi è parso utile comprendere, illustrandole, le specie già note, in aggiunta a quelle nuove rin- venute nel materiale del Museo di Ginevra e a quelle da me descritte in brevi note negli anni precedenti (PACE, 1982, 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988). Il materiale studiato del Museo di Ginevra, completato da una piccola raccolta di esemplari appartenente al British Museum e proveniente da missioni in Nepal, oltre che permettere la scoperta di 27 nuove specie, ha dato la possibilità di rinvenire il maschio o la femmina sconosciuti di specie precedentemente descritte, di correggere l’attribuzione di una determinata femmina a un determinato maschio, allorché le differenze esoscheletriche inavvertibili hanno reso erronea l’attribuzione e di confermare che non vi è motivo di chiamare con un nome sottogenerico differente le specie attere, dato che si verificano tutti 1 passaggi intermedi tra specie alate e attere e la forma della spermateca è dello stesso tipo. RINGRAZIAMENTI E COLLEZIONI Ringrazio molto cordialmente il Dr. C. Besuchet e il Dr. I. L6bl del Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra per avermi affidato in studio il materiale raccolto nelle missioni entomologiche nel Nepal, materiale che mi ha dato la possibilità di scrivere la presente revisione. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 903 Mi é gradito ringraziare con cordialita anche il Prof. Dr. H. Franz di Mödling e il collega J. Orousset di Antony (Francia) che hanno messo a mia disposizione le loro raccolte nepalesi. I tipi di Cameron sono stati messi a mia disposizione grazie alla cortesia del Dr. P. M. Hammond e dei suoi collaboratori del British Museum (Natural History). I tipi di Kraatz mi sono stati affidati in studio dal Dr. L. Zerche dell’Institut f. Pflanzenschutz- forschung Kleinmachnow di Eberswalde e quelli di Scheerpeltz dal Prof. W. Schedl dell’Istituto di Zoologia dell’Universita di Innsbruck. Ad essi rivolgo i miei piü sentiti ringraziamenti. Gli Istituti e le collezioni private che conservano materiale servito alla presente revisione sono: Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve (MHNG) British Museum (Natural History) (BMNH) Institut für Pflanzenschutzforschung Kleinmachnow, Eberswalde (DEI) Museum National d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNP) Institut für Zoologie der Universität, Innsbruck (IZUI) Senckenberg-Museum, Frankfurt (SM) Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Verona (MV) Collezione Prof. Dr. H. Franz, Mödling (CFR) Collezione dell’autore (CPA) IL TIPO DEL SOTTOGENERE Microdota Quando Mulsant e Rey descrissero Microdota come genere a sé stante, avevano una sua idea più onnicomprensiva che non gli autori successivi (GANGLBAUER, 1895, BRUNDIN, 1948). Infatti per Mulsant e Rey, Microdota comprendeva quattro sottogeneri: Philhygra MULSANT & REY, 1873, Microdota s. str., Datomicra MULSANT & REY, 1874 e Pycnota MULSANT & REY, 1874. GANGLBAUER (1895) per primo considera Microdota sottogenere di Atheta THOMSON, 1858. FENYES (1918) designa come tipo di Microdota, A. amicula (STEPHENS, 1832) (olim Homalota amicula STEPHENS, 1832). Questa specie è stata compresa in Microdota s. str. da MULSANT & REY (1873), ma con il nome di Microdota sericea (MULSANT & REY, 1852) (olim Homalota sericea MULSANT & REY, 1852), riconosciuta sinonimo di amicula da FAUVEL (1873). BLACKWELDER (1952) fissa più esattamente come tipo del sottogenere Microdota, Homalota sericea MULSANT & REY, 1852, per una questione di data. La specie tipo di Microdota MULSANT & REY è pertanto amicula STEPHENS, 1832. CARATTERI DIAGNOSTICI DEL SOTTOGENERE Microdota Nel corso dell’esame della spermateca di specie della sottofamiglia Aleocharinae, appartenenti a svariati generi e provenienti dalle varie regioni zoogeografiche del Globo, ho osservato che a ogni singolo genere o sottogenere, per lo più corrisponde una forma tipica di spermateca. Nel sottogenere Atheta s. str., la parte prossimale della spermateca è avvolta a matassa, con sinuosità e spire confusamente disposte. Nel sottogenere Micro- dota la parte prossimale della spermateca è piegata a U e il bulbo distale non è fortemente 904 ROBERTO PACE asimmetrico come in Datomicra. Il genere Diestota MULSANT & REY, 1870, presenta di norma, la parte prossimale della spermateca avvolta a spire su un solo asse. Il genere Leptusa KRAATZ, 1856, di norma è caratterizzato da spermateca con bulbo distale molto sviluppato e bulbo prossimale assai ridotto. Gli esempi potrebbero essere moltiplicati. La forma della spermateca per essere un valido elemento unificante, deve avere una conferma dalla forma delle parti boccali e dalla formula tarsale che devono rispettare i caratteri propri del genere o sottogenere di appartenenza. Spermateche che come forma esulano con vistosità dalla tipologia generica o sottogenerica, probabilmente indicano una radiazione evolutiva, perciò appartenenza ad altri generi o sottogeneri. Osservando la tipologia della spermateca di amicula (fig. 4), specie tipo di Microdota, rispetto quella di altre specie, nel lavoro di BRUNDIN (1948), molte specie appartengono sicuramente a Microdota, mentre altre, come A. nitella BRUNDIN, 1948 o A. minor (AUBE, 1863), pongono il dubbio sulla loro effettiva appartenenza a Microdota, dato che la forma della loro spermateca si discosta molto da quella tipica di amicula, nonostante i caratteri esoscheletrici scelti da Brundin per diagnosticare le specie di Microdota inducano ad attribuire a Microdota anche queste specie a spermateca anomala. In questa sede, al fine di evitare simili incongruenze, do prevalente valore ai caratteri della spermateca rispetto quelli esoscheletrici, quali l’accorciamento del terzo articolo delle antenne rispetto il secondo, la presenza di maglie di reticolazione isodiametriche sugli uroterghi o la pubescenza assai rada sul quinto urotergo libero. In tal modo è possibile accostare sistematicamente specie che invece dovrebbero essere tra loro allontanate se si seguisse il criterio diagnostico di Brundin. SPECIE HIMALAYANE ESCLUSE DAL SOTTOGENERE Microdata In base ai suesposti caratteri scelti per diagnosticare le specie appartenenti al sotto- genere Microdota, nella presente revisione alcune specie dell’ Himalaya vanno trasferite ad altri generi o sottogeneri. Esse sono: Atheta (Dimetrota) ocularis CAMERON, 1939 Atheta (Microdota) ocularis CAMERON, 1939: 327 Atheta (Dimetrota) subatricolor CAMERON, 1939 Atheta (Microdota) subatricolor CAMERON, 1939: 332 Atheta (Dimetrota) scabrella CAMERON, 1935 Atheta (Microdota) scabrella CAMERON, 1939: 335 Atheta (Dimetrota) subatomaria CAMERON, 1939 Atheta (Microdota) subatomaria CAMERON, 1939: 333 Atheta (Datomicra) zoiai PACE, 1985 Atheta (Microdota) zoiai PACE, 1985: 159 Amischa phallosetigera (PACE, 1986) Atheta (Microdata) phallosetigera PACE, 1986: 92 Atheta (subgen.?) disparilior PACE, 1987 Atheta (Microdota) disparilior PACE, 1987: 418 Atheta (Poromicrodota n.) subluctuosa CAMERON, 1939 Atheta (Microdota) subluctuosa CAMERON, 1939: 323 Atheta (Physadota n.) scabriventris CAMERON, 1939 Atheta (Microdota) scabriventris CAMERON, 1939: 332 Atheta (Physadota n.) praelata PACE, 1985 Atheta (Microdota) praelata PACE, 1985: 159 ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 905 Fico. 1-12. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 1-4: Atheta (Microdota) amicula (Stephens). Figg. 5-8: Atheta (Microdota) scrobicollis (Kraatz). Figg. 9-12: Atheta (Microdota) nana (Kraatz). 906 ROBERTO PACE Atheta (Microdota) amicula (STEPHENS), SPECIE ESCLUSA DALLA FAUNA HIMALAYANA Atheta (Microdota) amicula (STEPHENS, 1832), figg. 1-4, è specie diffusa in tutta Europa (BRUNDIN, 1948). Secondo CAMERON (1939), la specie è presente anche nell’India settentrionale: è stata perciò da lui compresa nel volume «Aleocharinae» della «Fauna of British India». L’esame degli esemplari visti da Cameron e da lui determinati come amicula, mi permette di escludere questa specie dalla fauna in oggetto, tanto più che né nelle raccolte del Museo di Ginevra, né in quelle del prof. Franz ho veduto esemplari di amicula. Gli esemplari determinati come amicula da Cameron, prevalentemente appartengono ad A. kathmanduensis PACE, 1988. Alcuni esemplari appartengono ad A. amiculoides CAMERON, 1939, A. gahanensis sp. n., A. arniensis sp. n. e A. notatella sp. n. qui di seguito descritte. DESCRIZIONI E ILLUSTRAZIONI Le descrizioni date in questa revisione sono brevi perché ciò che non è esposto può essere osservato nella parte illustrativa. L’habitus essendo stato disegnato mediante micro- metro oculare si presenta nei rapporti lunghezza-larghezza delle singole parti come è risul- tato dall’osservazione sulla scala del micrometro oculare. L’edeago e la spermateca sono stati disegnati mediante reticolo oculare. Tutti i disegni sono stati da me eseguiti in ogni fase, fino a quella definitiva sulle tavole. Nelle descrizioni, quando non sono indicate le figure o dell’edeago o della sperma- teca, significa che maschio o femmina sono sconosciuti. L’apparato illustrativo rende superflue le note comparative. CHIAVE DEI SOTTOGENERI AFFINI A Microdota 1 — Parte prossimale della spermateca descrivente uno o più archi di cerchio o spire 2 — Parte prossimale della spermateca mai descrivente più di un arco di cerchio 0 SINUOSICAR mee ays ha DE ein. IE I a dee hee 4 2 — Taglia di norma non superiore ai 2,2 mm; bulbo distale della spermateca subovale o claviforme; parte prossimale della spermateca arcuata, ma senza brusche deviazioni o strette curvature; parte mediana tra i due bulbi più o meno lunga e a lati più o meno paralleli (Fig. 4) .... Subgen. Microdota Mulsant & Rey (tipo: amicula Stephens) — Taglia talvolta superiore ai 2,2 mm; bulbo distale della spermateca subovale; parte prossimale della spermateca corta o con bulbo eccezionalmente svilup- Patoxo/deserivente debolihspire TSI LISTE 3 3 — Parte prossimale della spermateca descrivente due o più deboli spire; bulbo distale gnonideviato RARE RE ARE ee Subgen. Dimetrota Mulsant & Rey (tipo: cadaverina Brisout) — Parte prossimale della spermateca semplicemente arcuata; bulbo distale bruscamente deviato quasi ad angolo ......... Subgen. Datomicra Mulsant & Rey (tipo: celata Erichson) ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 907 4 — Parte prossimale della spermateca priva di distinto bulbo (fig. 294) ........ PETE TREE AIR TREES RE Subgen. Poromicrodota n. (tipo: subamicula Cameron) — Parte prossimale della spermateca con bulbo molto sviluppato (fig. 308) Lo à a of 0 RAI ERRATI AZIONARIO SO in era ERO DIO Subgen. Physadota n. (tipo: subscabra Cameron) Il nome del nuovo sottogenere Poromicrodota significa: «Microdota che cammina». Quello di Physadota significa: «Dono rigonfio» a motivo della forma del bulbo prossi- male della spermateca. CHIAVE DELLE SPECIE DEL SOTTOGENERE Microdota Le specie himalaiane del sottogenere Microdota si riuniscono in sei gruppi, secondo i caratteri della spermateca e in parte dell’edeago. Nella chiave sono incluse tre specie non pertinenti alla fauna dell’Himalaya, ma potrebbero essere rinvenute in futuro. Il loro nome è posto tra parentesi. 1 — Bulbo prossimale della spermateca molto sviluppato, largo quasi quanto il bulbo distale della stessa, nettamente protratto in linea pressoché retta verso la porzione mediana della spermateca stessa, figg. 4 e 11 ............... 2 — La totalità dei caratteri della spermateca non si verificano .............. 3 2 — Taglia meno ridotta: 1,9-2,1 mm, fig. 5; bulbo basale dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, presentante all’interno un distinto pezzo sclerificato arcuato, figg. 3 e 8; bulbo prossimale della spermateca meno protratto e meno sviluppato, HE Ed CG GLUDDO AMI CUOIO N TE ER 7 — Taglia più ridotta: 1,4-1,7 mm, fig. 12; bulbo basale dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, privo all’interno di un pezzo sclerificato arcuato, fig. 10; bulbo prossimale della spermateca più protratto verso il bulbo distale della sperma- LECAESCESSA ug IG GEUDDOIAE GENE ee AE 8 3 — Porzione mediana della spermateca poco lunga, fig. 120 ................ 4 — Porzione mediana della spermateca assai lunga, fig. 181 ................ 6 4 — Bulbo distale della spermateca ipertrofico, fig. 29...................... 5 — Bulbo distale della spermateca poco sviluppato, fig. 120. Gruppo di placita 27 5 — Parte prossimale della spermateca arcuata o descrivente parte di una spira, 198292 GrUppordiramiculoidesı, ne IO ITA ESA 11 — Parte prossimale della spermateca non arcuata, fig. 73. Gruppo di yakorum 24 6 — Porzione mediana della spermateca meno allungata, fig. 181; specie preva- lentemente, alate oO mierottere. Gruppovdil antiquar. as ee 52 — Porzione mediana della spermateca molto allungata, fig. 241; specie preva- lentementeratrere il 276 GhUD PONG SEC US Cs ya E TIER 67 Gruppo di A. amicula 7 — Occhi piu sviluppati; pronoto privo di largo solco mediano, fig. 1; reticola- zione del capo e del pronoto nette; edeago, figg. 2-3, spermateca fig. 4; Iunsch@l21#9mm: Europa RE MEME AO ee: (amicula (Stephens)) 908 11 — 12 — ROBERTO PACE Occhi meno sviluppati; pronoto con largo solco mediano, fig. 5; reticola- zione del capo e del pronoto poco distinta; edeago figg. 7-8, spermateca fig. 6; lungh. 1,8 mm. India, La Réunion, Europa meridionale .......... ER EN ETHERNET nee 1. scrobicollis (Kraatz) Gruppo di A. nana Elitrerlungheiquanto.il-pronoto, fig 126. et one ee eee eee 9 Blitrespiu lunghe deljpronoto; fig... LEI 10 Elitre piu larghe del pronoto; solo due sono i solchi trasversali basali dell’addome, fig. 12; edeago figg. 9-10, spermateca fig. 11; lungh. 1,4-1,5 mm. India meridionale, Cina meridionale, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Sri Éankatze ehe dia to. Ot RE (nana (Kraatz)) Elitre larghe quanto il pronoto; addome con tre solchi trasversali basali, fig. 13; edeago figg. 14-15; lungh. 1,6 mm. Nepal.......... 3. sikhaensis sp. n. Pronoto più trasverso; elitre meno lunghe; quinto urotergo libero fittamente pubescente, fig. 16; edeago figg. 17-18; lungh. 1,7 mm. India settentrionale SDL O SIRIO E SO SI TE OA A e fo 4. inconspicua Cameron Pronoto meno trasverso; elitre più lunghe; quinto urotergo libero sparsa- mente pubescente, fig. 19; edeago figg. 20-21; lungh. 1,8 mm. India SELCEMETIOM ALC E NE RE LEE os oe eee A EAN De EEE FE LI eke EAN 5. dehraensis sp. n. Gruppo di A. amiculoides Ehtrepiulunehe delMprono to Mig S TRIER LT IO I 112 Elitre lunghe quanto il pronoto, fig. 57; spermateca fig. 56; lungh. 2,0 mm. NEPAL EEE 15. /anguens sp. n. Elitre non straordinariamente piü lunghe del pronoto; occhi per lo piü ben SVILUPPATI LIS: SIGNA mn O BREI NE HEILER.) SR IRE NONA 13 Elitre straordinariamente lunghe e occhi assai ridotti, fig. 68; spermateca ipa lune h 28m Nepal nett. ve FOUR 19. himalayica Scheerpeltz Corpo nero, compresi gli articoli basali delle antenne; zampe nero-brune; uroterghi coperti di robusti tubercoli, fig. 38; edeago figg. 39-40; lungh. 17mm. ARA SMR RI ie RESI, SEHEN, RIFERITO A 10. pergrata Pace Corpordiversamente colorato: re un 2 LIS RE 14 Pronoto giallo, giallo-rossiccio o giallo sporco......................... 15 Pronoto diversamente colorato . 0-0. REC. RR RE 18 Pronoto giallo, con un distinto solco mediano, fig. 53. n 16 Pronoto giallo-rossiccio o giallo sporco, senza distinto solco mediano, fig. 62, al massimo vi è un’impressione mediana posteriore, fig. 22 ...... 17 Corpo esile; elitre nettamente più lunghe del pronoto, fig. 53; edeago file: 4S4=SS lungh 8 mm Nepali ee a PETE 14. festa Pace Corpo robusto; elitre di poco più lunghe del pronoto, fig. 41; edeago figg. 42-43, spermateca fig. 44; lungh. 2,0 mm. Nepal.......... 11. ivani sp. n. Corpo più esile; pronoto meno trasverso e senza impressione mediana poste- riore; i due uriti basali giallo-rossicci, fig. 62; edeago figg. 63-64, spermateca fig. 65; lungh. 1,8 mm. India settentrionale, Nepal....17. masuriensis Cameron 23 — ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 909 Corpo meno esile; pronoto piü trasverso con un’impressione mediana poste- riore; i tre uriti basali bruno-rossicci, fig. 22; edeago figg. 24-25, spermateca Hewes lune RS mmmNepaltsr. Ser keene iene oe: 6. maiensis Pace RAONOtORPOCOntASVEFSOS IGN AI Verviers aceon SR TORE 19 PRONOtOMNOOMIASVELSO RIVOLI oe ech eter eee ee peice tae a 20 Capo e pronoto coperti di reticolazione vigorosissima, a maglie relativamente ampie; pronoto distintamente ristretto all’indietro, fig. 45; edeago figg. 47-48; spermateca fig. 46; lungh. 2,0 mm. Nepal.................. EEE MR Giai ca SO en 12. janetscheki Scheerp. Capo e pronoto coperti di reticolazione fine e distinta; pronoto poco ristretto all’indietro, fig. 66; spermateca fig. 67; lungh. 2,3 mm. Nepal .......... > cho: SIMA a ict Ay RSS PE AA e EN e a a a ER REN hed LE 18. /ophophori Pace Taglia minore; pronoto meno trasverso e/o privo di distinto solco mediano, SER CAD) a A DE LA ae SU RE RES ENS TE A are AR NAHE 21 Taglia maggiore; 2,2 mm; pronoto solcato, fig. 58; edeago figg. 59-60, spermatecanhist20h.: Nepal res Saree EM 16. ventorum Pace Lamina sternale dell’edeago larga, in visione ventrale, fig. 28 ........... 22 Lamina sternale dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, strettissima e a lati paralleli, fig. 51; spermateca fig. 52; lungh. 1,9 mm. Nepal .... 13. kathmanduensis Pace Bulbo basale dell’edeago molto sviluppato, sicché la lamina sternale risulta CONUSSIMA SIS. II TE HN RARE ME RER TR IGE IN EA 23 Bulbo basale dell’edeago normale; lamina sternale lunga e a profilo ventrale bisinuoso, figg. 27-28; spermateca fig. 29; lungh. 1,8 mm. Kashmir...... 2. ci D. 06, GR pr ie see A 7. amiculoides Cameron Margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del maschio quadridentato, fig. 34; edeago figg. 35-36; lungh. 1,8 mm. India settentrionale ......... PUNTO © GEA ae en WA Eee aed let 9. subscabra Cameron Margine posteriore del quinto urotergo libero del maschio, pluridentato, fig. 33; edeago figg. 31-32; lungh. 1,8 mm. India settentrionale ......... ROS ne Bee RI BAER LUE ee 8. sericella Cameron Gruppo di À. yakorum Elitre più lunghe o lunghe quanto il pronoto, figg. 70 e 80 ............. 25 Elitre molto più corte del pronoto, fig. 76; edeago figg. 77-78, spermateca he Lunghi zmm: Nepal NE RE HET 23. martensiella Pace Elitre lunghe quanto il pronoto, fig. 70; spermateca lunga, fig. 73....... 26 Elitre piu lunghe del pronoto, fig. 80; spermateca corta, fig. 81; lungh. AONE pale ZEN MR ONG EI SIRHEHENDRE 24. praecipua sp. n. Pronoto superficialmente punteggiato, fig. 70; è presente l’introflessione api- cale del bulbo distale della spermateca, fig. 73; edeago figg. 71-72; lungh. IN, SemimerNe pallens, artnet. REISER De Rn ee 20. yakorum Pace Pronoto granulosamente punteggiato, fig. 74; bulbo distale della spermateca privo di introflessione apicale, fig. 75; lungh. 1,8 mm. Nepal ........... BP PPS ENON ME. 5, SULIT PRAT, subi carat dep granulithoracica Pace s. I. a) — Elitre poco piu larghe del pronoto; bulbo prossimale della spermateca PUES MILUPPAtO sas RR ene 21. granulithoracica s. str. — Elitre nettamente pit larghe del pronoto; bulbo prossimale della sper- mateca meno sviluppato .............. 22. ssp. subgranulithoracica Pace 910 ROBERTO PACE Gruppo di A. placita Elitre più lunghe o lunghe quanto il pronoto, figg. 123 e 133 ........... 28 Élitremmoltoipiu corte del pronoto, fig. 14272. 2 2. 2 2 ee eee 48 Bhinedunche quantol pronoto,, fis. 133 E Te 29 Blitzespiuslunshezdellprenoto, fig. BCC eee eee 30 Corpo robusto; elitre con pubescenza piu fitta, fig. 133; edeago figg. 134- 185 spermatecathie 136; lungh: 7,9231 mm. Nepal 220% 38. franziana Pace Corpo esile; elitre con pubescenza meno fitta, fig. 146; edeago figg. 147-148, spermatecastie 7 149: lunch: 158 mma Nepal "eee 42. cassagnaui Pace Bronotorerbaserdellzaddome giallo-rossiccie "CORP PEER 31 Pronoto e base dell’addome diversamente colorati ..................... 32 Quarto articolo delle antenne lungo quanto largo o debolmente trasverso; pronoto piu trasverso, fig. 123; edeago figg. 121-122, spermateca fig. 120; lungh. 1,9-2,0 mm. India settentrionale, Nepal............ 35. placita Cameron Quarto articolo delle antenne nettamente trasverso; pronoto debolmente trasverso, fig. 109; edeago figg. 110-111, spermateca fig. 112; lungh. 1,8 mm. IN a st ted ET a 32. mahadevia sp. n. Occhi molto sviluppati; visti da sopra, piu lunghi delle tempie, fig. 162 .. 33 Occhi ali massimolunghi quanto le-tempie; fig. 166) 42555 . Sue 2 eee 34 Capo e pronoto coperti di tubercoletti nettamente salienti; quinto urotergo libero densamente pubescente, fig. 160; spermateca fig. 161; lungh. 2,1 mm. INCRARR RR Cee EI 47. rupicola sp. n. Capo e pronoto coperti di tubercoletti superficiali; quinto urotergo libero coperto di pubescenza rada, fig. 162; spermateca fig. 163; lungh. 2,0 mm. Nepalese TE t ion alt REL RIALTO 48. arborum sp. n. Taslianminuscolass1,5- 146mm HS 82) = Re 35 Maglia mediavoverande, 1,8-2,1 mm, pfig. 104 2). 22. Ra 39 Pronoto assai poco sviluppato rispetto alle elitre che perciò appaiono più lunghe di esso; occhi lunghi quasi quanto le tempie, fig. 166; edeago figg. 167-168, spermateea-fig. 169; lungh. 1,6 mm. Kashmir 72. Fee DA VRR REA a EA RIC 50. perconfusa sp. n. Pronoto di normale sviluppo rispetto alle elitre; occhi, visti da sopra, molto piuicortirdelleftempieMfip 182 SN u. SHE RA 36 Corpo più esile; pronoto con solco mediano più o meno distinto, figg. 82 Caldo: ER RU ER TER chi attivo ee, AA Eee 37, Corpo meno esile; pronoto senza solco mediano, fig. 86................ 38 Capo e pronoto con distinta reticolazione, anche se svanita; antenne robuste, fig. 82; edeago figg. 83-84, spermateca fig. 85; lungh. 1,5 mm. India Settentnonales3sa. seeds AIT Lasers 25. puerilis Cameron Capo e pronoto privi di distinta reticolazione; antenne esili, fig. 164; spermateca fig. 165; lungh. 1,5 mm. India settentrionale...... 49. alia Cameron Occhi ben sviluppati; reticolazione del capo e del pronoto svanite, fig. 86; edeago figg. 87-88; lungh. 1,6 mm. India settentrionale . . . 26. pauxilla Cameron Occhi minuscoli, fig. 93; reticolazione del capo e del pronoto netta; edeago ee 94295: lungh? 426)mm-. Kashmir: =. eros ee 28. intercursa Pace Elitre molto, pit Junghe del pronoto; fig. 1042 Ans Fr eee eee 40 Blitrespoco,piu dunghe: del) pronoto, fig. 137 ir RER 43 40 — 51 — ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 911 Elitre, considerate insieme, poco più larghe del pronoto, fig. 104; sesto uro- tergo libero del maschio inciso al margine posteriore, fig. 108; edeago figg. 105-106, spermateca fig. 107; lungh. 1,8 mm. Nepal .. 31. bitruncata sp. n. Elitre, cosiderate insieme, nettamente piu larghe del pronoto; sesto urotergo libero del maschio non profondamente inciso al margine posteriore, fig. 117 41 Margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del maschio, angoloso, fig. 116 ORSIMALCIMAtO TTI ROAD A N ga OO ERBEN. 42 Margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del maschio rettilineo, fig. 117; edeago figs Mis lunghs 24m Nepali 6 me 32. smetanai sp. Margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del maschio descrivente tre archi, fig. 103; edeago figg. 101-102; lungh. 1,8 mm. Nepal....... 30. ahalensis sp. Margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del maschio, descrivente due archi deboli, fig. 116; edeago figg. 114-115; lungh. 1,8 mm. Nepal ...... pi VE GLO TERE GE AR ARRETRATI NON LE ei ool eer gue NRE 33. patiorum sp. n. Elitre, considerate insieme, molto più larghe del pronoto, fig. 92 ........ 44 Elitre, considerate insieme, poco più larghe del pronoto, fig. 132 ........ 45 Tubercoletti del pronoto molto salienti; occhi meno sviluppati, fig. 92; mar- gine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del maschio, arcuato, fig. 89; edeago 0290 lunges 2.OommaeNepaltiict ru RO Ge OE 27. hum sp. n. Tubercoletti del pronoto poco salienti; occhi piu sviluppati; margine poste- riore del sesto urotergo libero del maschio, rettilineo, fig. 96; edeago figg. 98-99, spermateca fig. 97; lungh. 1,8-1,9 mm. Nepal. 29. contaminata Pace = = MaghiaemasclOnre2 2-23 mm. fig! 182 pr ar ER 46 Tage MITO“ mE DIE Sian nee Eee 47 Pronoto piü trasverso; elitre piü corte, fig. 132; edeago figg. 128-130, sSpermateca tie? 13: lunsh: 2,3:mm? Nepal 2.2.22. 208: 37. kirantorum sp. n. Pronoto meno trasverso; elitre meno corte, fig. 124; edeago figg. 125-126, Spebmateca tice 127: luneh. 22 "mm Nepal re 36. lamaorum Pace Pronoto ed elitre coperti di reticolazione netta; terzo articolo delle antenne non distintamente più corto del secondo, fig. 137; edeago figg. 138-139; lunsh=l2semmeNepale tn Bann RARE VERE 39. larjungensis Pace Pronoto ed elitre coperti di reticolazione superficiale; terzo articolo delle antenne nettamente più corto del secondo, fig. 157; spermateca fig. 156; nee le S=2*OommeNepall srr. vars ee Cay meaner Ne re ORO 45. pontis Pace Elitre coperte di granuli robusti, fig. 142; edeago figg. 143-144; spermateca Mess: lunsh” 1922-0) mineaNepalss a een n 41. benickiana Pace Blimercoperterdiestanuletinis ie ls SP Ra dooce oo Side Uodid oo 49 Pronoto impresso o solcato lungo la linea mediana, fig. 141 ............ 50 EFONOLO MO Impressornersoleatortise SORA ENI A 51 Corpo rossiccio scuro; capo appena più stretto del pronoto; pronoto con solco interrotto, fig. 158; spermateca fig. 159; lungh. 1,9 mm. Kashmir 2 RAMA ae aU A RL i ER A iaia Sei a 46. tarda Cameron Corpo giallo-rossiccio; capo nettamente più stretto del pronoto che ha solco mediano intero, fig. 141; spermateca fig. 140; lungh. 1,8 mm. Nepal..... Dip REI NEE e ee RE O I GR A a 40. sagarmathica sp. n. Pronoto molto ristretto all’indietro, fig. 150; spermateca fig. 151; lungh. NSS EIG DE A SOR i PEA RARO ETNIA E SR 43. kaliensis Pace Pronoto poco ristretto all’indietro, fig. 152; edeago figg. 153-154, spermateca hope SS lune We —lesemmeNepalien! Rae 44. maharigaonensis Pace 912 52 — 33 — 58) — 60 — 62 — ROBERTO PACE Grupo di A. antiqua Taglia assai ridotta, 1,3 mm; pronoto poco trasverso; elitre molto più larghe del pronoto, fig. 220; edeago figg. 221-222, spermateca fig. 223. Kashmir ME TI ARE er UAE DT ag fue Lo n 65. gracillima Cameron Jabretcarattemimonisi verificano insieme ti 2... 02... TC TU CEE 38 lagharminoremi,s21,7mmifio 193%: 10000 2 eee PNR 54 Paglia mmediatormageiore,.1:8-2 12mm, fig 215 e AA 56 Elitre poco più larghe del pronoto; occhi più corti delle tempie, fig. 206. . 55 Elitre nettamente più larghe del pronoto; occhi più lunghi delle tempie, fig. 193; edeago figg. 194-195; lungh. 1,7 mm. India settentrionale .......... BE Bie RE EEE A cia e peer by oy ORE gii ERA 57. optica Cameron Undicesimo articolo delle antenne rossiccio; pronoto senza impressione mediana posteriore, fig. 206; edeago figg. 207-208; lungh. 1,7 mm. Nepal CICLI ADS dci N 0 EU RE RI INI SR TOR PRE RE Cee do don 0 61. velata sp. n. Antenne nere con i due articoli basali giallo-bruni; pronoto con impressione mediana posteriore, fig. 203; edeago figg. 204-205; lungh. 1,6 mm. India Settentl omal EM ete to HEN remind se ben tr EE 60. mediocris Cameron Elitre molto più larghe del pronoto ed occhi ben sviluppati, fig. 221 ..... 37 I due caratteri non si verificano insieme . . u... CU MN NN 58 Quarto articolo delle antenne molto trasverso; punteggiatura assente sulla linea mediana del capo, fig. 191; edeago figg. 189-190, lungh. 2,0 mm. Indiaxsertentnionale gen, Re «net 56. rufonigra Cameron Quarto articolo delle antenne lungo quanto largo o debolmente trasverso; capo uniformemente punteggiato, fig. 215; edeago figg. 216-217, spermateca fice -slunehee2.0-2> Emm Nepali re cis si ae 64. loebliella sp. n. Elitre poco meno di 1/3 pit lunghe del pronoto; occhi lunghi quanto le tempie, fig. 224; spermateca fig. 225; lungh. 1,9 mm. India settentrionale PT ES SE NS ir irs in 10 e E ina i dtt ig on 66. contingens Cameron IKduerearatteriinonssirverificanoinsiemerin.. Mie er epee eee 59 Pronotorappenattrasverso figs 212 Er 0e estone. SIAE 60 Pronoto nettamente trasverso; elitre nettamente piu larghe del pronoto, figs 200: (tranne in A. makaraı Pace, fig.; 209)... . „2.2... RE 61 Pronoto rossiccio scuro; elitre e addome bruno-rossicci; elitre distintamente più larghe del pronoto, fig. 197; edeago poco profondamente ricurvo al lato ventrale, figg. 198-199; spermateca fig. 196; lungh. 1,8-1,9 mm. Nepal RA O en Ne OO. e N 58. alternans Pace (= patientiae Pace) Pronoto, elitre e base dell’addome giallo-rossicci; elitre appena più larghe del pronoto, fig. 212; edeago profondamente ricurvo al lato ventrale, figg. 213- DA deslunoh:=d9mmy Nepali. cellule e 63. gandakiensis Pace Quarto e quinto articolo delle antenne lunghi quanto larghi, fig. 200; edeago hese 20IE202= lunch 42,0 ams Nepal iz rer 59. inconsueta sp. n. Quarto articolo delle antenne spesso trasverso, quinto sempre trasverso, VER20I Se. Lcd. ap. an delia aliene AE 62 Lama sternale dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, a forma di spatola allungata, MEDION Bi rl a en ern ee 0 =: 63 Lama sternale dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, normale, con lati convergenti verso. Jcapices fie. el Sew os Dal ok eee eee 65 65 — 66 — ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 913 Corpo esile, fig. 209; edeago molto sviluppato, con lama sternale assai larga, na ZIO BAT Tie Nepal Er 62. makarai Pace Corpo più sviluppato, fig. 178; edeago poco sviluppato, con lama sternale assalestretta 9 121804... 2 EN ERBE NME mener 64 Elitre nettamente più lunghe del pronoto, fig. 170; lama sternale dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, bruscamente ristretta alla base, figg. 171-172; spermateca ins PSs Murase AO cote, INS oles oo uence obleoone oon doo S-c 51. jumlensis Pace Elitre appena piu lunghe del pronoto, fig. 178; lama sternale dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, debolmente ristretta alla base, figg. 179-180; spermateca (Es WSIS uno SEMENTI obo nono oDS x 53. antiqua Pace Elitre nettamente più lunghe del pronoto, fig. 174; sacco interno dell’edeago con un pezzo sclerificato falciforme, figg. 175-176; spermateca fig. 177. NE DA MR et EE AR Te SE o RAN. 52. disputanda Pace Elitre poco più lunghe del pronoto; edeago privo del pezzo falciforme nel SACCOMINCENO RISP ISO SS. ee I 66 Pronoto coperto di reticolazione quasi vigorosa; tubercoletti degli uroterghi basali, molto salienti, fig. 188; edeago figg. 186-187; lungh. 1,9 mm. India menidionale SR nase er. MR ars ren eine (55. tuberculata (Kraatz)) Pronoto con reticolazione netta; tubercoletti degli uroterghi basali, svaniti, fig. 182; edeago figg. 183-184, spermateca fig. 185; lungh. 2,0-2,2 mm. Nepal ee a N N Beco et dee RE ena Ne 54. yetii Pace Gruppo di A. seclusa Elitre da più lunghe a lunghe quanto il pronoto, figg. 226 e 235......... 68 EMNECSPINECORLEVGCIMPLONOLO RR I N RE 71 Elitrespiuslunshexdel/pronoto, 1922207 0 PRET ER EE 70 Entreslunghe quanto 11-pronoto, fie 230 PERRET Re 69 Elitre appena più larghe del pronoto, fig. 235; edeago figg. 233-234; hance 9m m Nepal eat on ee E RE ETES 69. dargharensis Pace Elitre chiaramente piu larghe del pronoto, fig. 230; edeago figg. 231-232; VIRALI re. ee ry a 68. deharvengi Pace Antenne brune con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci; edeago molto svilup- pato, figg. 227-228, spermateca fig. 229; lungh. 1,9 mm. Nepal ......... Lo TRO dt pf creas Caeser DOS Se ce in eT an ee CRN A 67. habilis sp. n. Antenne bruno-rossicce; edeago molto piccolo, figg. 270-271; lungh. 1,9 mm. LESC 0 0006 BP m. RN ia RL AY TE 81. microphallica Pace Sesto urotergo libero coperto di grossi granuli, fig. 249................. 72 Giiruroterghivsuddettiprividi-srossi granuli en ee: 73 Corpo rossiccio scuro; pronoto coperto di tubercoletti assai salienti; elitre con reticolazione netta, fig. 249; edeago figg. 250-251, spermateca fig. 248; lune; OCs Kashmir u... AE EI 74. lentula Cameron Corpo giallo-rossiccio; pronoto privo di distinti tubercoletti; indistinta é la reticolazione delle elitre, fig. 284; edeago figg. 285-286; lungh. 2,1 mm. ING rel ea pee MNT N RE VARE Ma 85. phulcokiensis sp. n. ELronotosmoliontrasversos fIPAZIZIOO N ORO SRO 74 EEonorospocoatrasverso; flg4280.-.. RM RESERO 77 Corpo giallo-rossiccio; pronoto più ristretto all’indietro, perciò il corpo ha ASPettoupinselesante ul 252 eens RR RR MER III 75 REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 60 914 75 — 76 — 81 — 82 — ROBERTO PACE Corpo giallo-bruniccio o bruno-rossiccio; pronoto debolmente ristretto all’indietro, percio il corpo appare meno elegante e a lati quasi paralleli, MERO ae RO eee VE) Ad ERE 76 Pronoto privo di solco mediano e più dilatato sicché la sua larghezza è pari alla larghezza delle elitre, fig. 252; bulbo distale della spermateca più allungatos tig. 2533: lungh- 158 mm Nepal: <2 ase. 76. janetschekiella Pace Pronoto con debole solco mediano e meno dilatato, sicché la sua larghezza è minore di quella delle elitre considerate insieme, fig. 240; bulbo distale della spermateca meno allungato, fig. 241; lungh. 1,8 mm. India SELEENENIOMAIEN EE N I I OA IE RR 71. seclusa Cameron Pronoto più trasverso, fig. 262; edeago fortemente ricurvo al lato ventrale, fice 263264 luneh? 157258 mm Nepal en ee 79. rizanf Pace Pronoto meno trasverso, fig. 272; edeago debolmente ricurvo al lato ven- trale, figg. 273-274, spermateca fig. 275; lungh. 1,8 mm. Nepal ......... NEE RER N N RENT I 82. goropanensis Pace Pronoto con piu o meno evidente solco mediano o impressione posteriore, fig 2800 Neh RRL ok SEL RED ORS SE! LUN ANT EDER RE NERA 78 Pronoto privo di solco mediano o con una poco distinta impressione DOSTETIOTE MARY. IE Te NEE TST FAR, DES RE RIONE PO 82 Pronofotconesolco mediano? fig? 2807, sss O RE 79 Pronoto con fossetta o impressione mediana posteriore, fig. 290......... 81 Solco mediano del pronoto accorciato in avanti, fig. 280; edeago figg. 281- 282, spermateca fig. 283; lungh. 1,8-1,9 mm. Nepal......... 84. spinigera Pace Solcosmediano; del'ipronoto intero He 2600 E E eo Cere 80 Corpo robusto; capo largamente impresso in avanti, fig. 261; edeago figs 259-260, spermateca tig. 2585-lungh.- 1,9 mm. Nepal. 2 see AAT A inn DE DACI La AR 78. meredarensis sp. n. Corpo esile; capo privo di impressioni o solchi, fig. 266; edeago figg. 267- 268, spermateca fig. 265; lungh. 1,5-1,6 mm. Nepal... 80. micropisalioides Pace Capo con solco arcuato frontale, fig. 254; tubercoletti delle elitre superficiali; edeago figg. 256-257, spermateca fig. 255; lungh. 1,8 mm. Nepal ........ RAI RI ETERO RR er ee nn: 77. yangriensis sp. n. Capo privo di solchi; tubercoletti delle elitre salienti, fig. 246; spermateca fies 247 lunch té mmaNepDal ee ce aaa 74. yardangensis sp. n. Pronoto assai poco trasverso e fortemente ristretto all’indietro, fig. 290; edeago con protuberanza ventrale, figg. 287-288; spermateca fig. 289; lungh. 128-159 mim: Nepaliass. È. Herne an E Sorin eee 86. khumbuensis Pace Pronoto piu trasverso e non fortemente ristretto all’indietro, fig. 236; edeago privo. di-protuberanza. ventrale; figs 237 1. Ross. see ee eee eee 83 Corpo bruno-rossiccio; articoli mediani delle antenne poco trasversi, fig. 244; Spenmatecaio. 245: unghs 1,9 ommesNepall eer ee eae ee 73. chitrensis Pace Corpo giallo-rossiccio o rossiccio; articoli mediani delle antenne fortemente trasversi,* file 230 MINE. ia. REL. GE RC 84 Corpo rossiccio; reticolazione della superficie del pronoto svanita; elitre meno corte rispetto al pronoto, fig. 236; edeago figg. 237-238, spermateca 12239: lungh. .1,9-220 mm. Nepal............85. 85) ss RE 70 aptera Pace (= annapurnensis Pace) (= fulungensis Pace) ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 915 — Corpo giallo-rossiccio; reticolazione della superficie del pronoto netta; elitre MENOFCOLLE; [Ge 24221... A BENENNEN 85 85 — Spermateca robusta, con introflessione apicale del bulbo distale, molto larga, fig. 279; edeago figg. 277-278; lungh. 1,7 mm. Nepal....83. pokhariensis sp. n. — Spermateca esile con introflessione del bulbo distale stretta, fig. 243; lungh. IESEMIME Nepal ARMINIA REMO Da RO, IRE, o 72. zagipalensis Pace CHIAVE DELLE SPECIE DEL SOTTOGENERE Poromicrodota N. 1 — Parte prossimale della spermateca lunga quasi quanto la distale, fig. 294. GIRO CEVA TI CE RE II eed 2 — Parte prossimale della spermateca molto piü lunga della distale. Gruppo di STI DICI OSO SRI OT OT RT EN 3 Gruppo di A. subamicula 2 — Elitre più lunghe, fig. 291; edeago figg. 292-293; spermateca fig. 294; lungh. Avo Sammenlncdia:settentnonale e Nepalese ces 1. subamicula Cameron — Elitre meno lunghe, fig. 298; edeago figg. 295-296, spermateca fig. 297; lungh. 6-7, mm IndiassettentnionaleserNepal r. m... nu an 2. sororcula Cameron Gruppo di A. subluctuosa 3 — Taglia maggiore: 1,8-2,1 mm; elitre piu larghe, figg. 302 e 312............ 4 — Taglia minore: 1,5 mm; elitre meno larghe, figg. 303 e 305............... 5 4 — Taglia maggiore: 2,1 mm; elitre più lunghe fig. 308; spermateca fig. 307. Nepal 0. E I e O ee 6. longelytrata sp. n. — Taglia minore: 1,8 mm; elitre meno lunghe, fig. 302; edeago figg. 299-300; spenmatecastie- 5012 Rashmir lee 3. subluctuosa Cameron 5 — Pronoto poco trasverso, fig. 303; spermateca fig. 304; lungh. 1,5 mm. Nepal RE N a SOR ele Pe A nr 4. yamana sp. n. — Pronoto molto trasverso, fig. 305; spermateca fig. 306; lungh. 1,5 mm. Nepal MARITO N LT SEEN NEN 5. paria sp. n. CHIAVE DELLE SPECIE DEL SOTTOGENERE Physadota N. 1 — Elitre lunghe, fig. 309; spermateca fig. 310; lungh. 2,1 mm. Tibet......... rs O I O AIRONE COTTA eier NE 1. scabriventris Cameron — Elitre corte, fig. 312; spermateca fig. 313; lungh. 2,1 mm. Pakistan ....... 6: go S08 Co ae lei hte cr dE Se et ites Ol try her 2. praelata Pace DESCRIZIONE DELLE SPECIE DEL SOTTOGENERE Microdota 1. Atheta (Microdota) scrobicollis (KRAATZ, 1859) (Figg. 5-8) Homalota scrobicollis KRAATZ, 1859: 31 Homalota inutilis KRAATZ, 1859: 35; Atheta (s. str.) inutilis, BERNHAUER & SCHEERPELTZ, 1926: 644; Atheta (Microdota) inutilis, CAMERON, 1939: 330, syn. n. 916 ROBERTO PACE Phloeopora indica KRAATZ, 1859: 42; Cameron, 1939: 306 Homalota cava FAUVEL, 1872: 738; BERNHAUER & SCHEERPELTZ, 1926: 619 Atheta (Dralica) scrobicollis, BERNHAUER & SCHEERPELTZ, 1926: 619; CAMERON, 1939: 306 nec Amischa (Metamischa) scrobicollis (KRAATZ, 1859), sensu PEYERIMHOFF (1938) NOTA. PEYERIMHOFF (1938) attribuisce scrobicollis Kraatz al genere Amischa THOM- SON, 1858, e per questa specie crea il sottogenere Metamischa PEYERIMHOFF, 1938. L’autore francese non ha esaminato esemplari tipici, ma solo esemplari di Atheta cava (Fauvel) specie sud-europea ritenuta sinonimo di A. scrobicollis. E certo che l’esemplare su cui ha creato il sottogenere Metamischa non appartiene alla specie scrobicollis, in base alle mie constatazioni fatte sugli esemplari tipici di scrobicollis. La ligula di questa specie non é larga e indivisa come ha osservato Peyerimhoff, ma stretta e divisa come nelle Atheta s.l. Tipo. Lectotypus ©, Ind. Port. (DEI). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Avancorpo quasi opaco, addome lucido. Corpo ros- siccio; base ed estremita addominali giallo-rossicci; uriti liberi 3, 4 e 5 bruni; antenne bruno-rossicce con i due articoli basali e le zampe gialli. L’avancorpo é coperto di pubes- cenza fitta e ha punteggiatura e reticolazione svanite. Gli uroterghi presentano reticola- zione appena trasversa e lievemente svanita. Edeago figg. 7-8, spermateca fig. 6. DISTRIBUZIONE. India: NNW Uttar Pradesh, Goa, Mascarene, Corsica. lo, Ind. Port. (DEI); 19, Ind. Port. (Helfer leg. DEI), tipo di Phloeopora indica Kraatz; 10°, India, Dehra Dun, 4.111.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 19, La Réunion, Plaine des Cafres (V.1965, Gomy leg. MHNG); 19, Corsica, Cavafol (DEI). ECOLOGIA. Specie sublapidicola e fimicola (Fauvel, 1872). 2. Atheta (Microdota) nana (KRAATZ, 1959) (figg. 9-12) Homalota nana KRAATZ, 1859: 36 Atheta (s. str.) nana, BERNHAUER & SCHEERPELTZ, 1926: 646 Atheta (Datomicra) nana, CAMERON, 1939: 387 Atheta (Datomica) pseudosordidula CAMERON, 1944: 106; PACE, 1987: 434 Atheta (Microdota) vulgaris CAMERON, 1920: 259; PACE, 1987: 434 Atheta (Datomicra) kanagawana BERNHAUER, 1907: 399; Yosıı & SAWADA, 1976: 37, syn. n. Tipi. Lectotypus 9, Ceylon (Nietner leg. DEI); paralectotypi: 39 9, stessa provenienza. Pre- sente designazione. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,4-1,5 mm. Corpo poco lucido e bruno; uriti liberi 3 e 4 neri; antenne brune, zampe gialle. L’avancorpo è coperto di tubercoletti assai poco salienti. Gli uroterghi basali mostrano tubercoletti ben salienti; la reticolazione degli uroterghi è tras- versa e poco distinta. Edeago figg. 9-10, spermateca fig. 11. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh, Sri Lanka, Singapore, Taiwan, Hong Kong, China, Japan. 49 9, Sri Lanka (Nietner leg. DEI); 19, India, Dehra Dun, Lachiwala (Cameron leg. 1944, BMNH); 13 es., India Dehra Dun, 22.X.1921 (Cameron leg. BMNH); 2 es., India, Mussoorie, Keyar- kuli, 12.XI.1921 (Cameron leg. BMNH); 7 es., India, Dehra Dun, Lachiwala Siwaliks, 14.111.1922 e 10.111.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 6 es. Dehra Dun, 18.11.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 19, For- mosa, Taihòrin, VII.1911 (DEI); 16 es., Singapore, Pasir Panjang (BMNH); 4 es., Singapore, Labra- dor Ville (Cameron leg., BMNH); 1 es., Singapore (Cameron leg. BMNH); 2 es., Singapore, Bukit ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 917 FIiGG. 13-25. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 13-15: Atheta (Microdota) sikhaensis sp. n. Figg. 16-18: Atheta (Microdota) inconspicua Cameron. Figg. 19-21: Atheta (Microdota) dehraensis sp. n. Figg. 22-25: Atheta (Microdota) maiensis Pace. 918 ROBERTO PACE Panjang (Cameron leg., BMNH); 7 es., Pulo Condore (BMNH); 29 9, Hong Kong (BMNH); 19, S China, Sheung Shui (Cameron leg. BMNH). ECOLOGIA. Specie stercoricola e coprofila, ma anche in frutta marcia. 3. Atheta (Microdota) sikhaensis sp. n. (Figg. 13-15) Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Sikha, 83°40’E, 28°26’N, 8000 ft, 24-28.V.1954 (K. H. Hyett leg., BMNH), B. M. Nepal Exped.; paratypus: 10°, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio, margini posteriori degli uroterghi rossiccio; antenne giallo-brune, con i due articoli basali giallicci; zampe gialle. La reticolazione sul disco del capo è netta e a larghe maglie, sul pronoto è distinta e sulle elitre e sull’addome assai superficiale. Il capo e il pronoto sono coperti di distinti tubercoletti, essi sono salienti sulle elitre e svaniti sugli uroterghi. Edeago figg. 14.-15. Specie attera. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola e fitodetriticola, in foresta di Quercus. 4. Atheta (Microdota) inconspicua CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 16-18) Atheta (Microdota) inconspicua CAMERON, 1939: 334 Tipo. Lectotypus ©, India, Dehra Dun, 8.11.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Presente designa- zione. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; elitre brune; base dell’addome bruno-gialliccia; antenne brune con i due articoli basali giallo-brunicci; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura o i tubercoletti dell’avancorpo sono indistinti. La reticola- zione del capo e delle elitre è ben visibile, quella del pronoto assai svanita. Edeago figg. 17-18. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Fitodetriticola submontana. S. Atheta (Microdota) dehraensis sp. n. (Figg. 19-21) Tipo. Holotypus ©, India, Dehra Dun, 30.11.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH), sintipo di Atheta (Microdota) inconspicua Cameron. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-bruniccio con articoli basali 1, 2 e base del 3 gialli come le zampe. L’avancorpo è coperto di tubercoletti e di reticolazione svaniti. La reticolazione degli uroterghi è distinta. Edeago figg. 20-21. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 919 6. Atheta (Microdota) maiensis PACE, 1987 (Figg. 22-25) Atheta (Microdota) maiensis PACE, 1987: 417 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Ilam distr., Mai Pokhari, 2100-2200 m, 25-27.111.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM); paratypus: 19, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Avancorpo poco lucido, addome lucido. Capo bruno, pronoto ed elitre di un gialliccio sporco, addome bruno-rossiccio, con uriti quarto e quinto bruni; margine posteriore degli uroterghi basali, rossiccio; antenne brune con aticolo basale giallo come le zampe. Sul pronoto e sulle elitre i tubercoletti sono fini e poco distinti. La reticolazione del capo é ben visibile, quella del pronoto quasi vigorosa e quella delle elitre quasi netta. Una distinta reticolazione copre gli uroterghi. Edeago figg. 24-25, spermateca fig. 23. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola o humicola. 7. Atheta (Microdota) amiculoides CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 26-29) Atheta (Microdota) amiculoides CAMERON, 1939: 329 Atheta (Microdota) eruta PACE, 1986: 89, syn. n. Tipi. Lectotypus ©, Kashmir, Gulmarg, VI-VII.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH); paralectotypi: 6 es., stessa provenienza. Presente designazione. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; antenne brune con i tre articoli basali di un giallo-rossiccio sporco; zampe gialle. Tubercoletti fini e poco salienti coprono l’avancorpo. Una reticolazione distinta si nota su tutto il corpo. Edeago figg. 27-28, spermateca fig. 29. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir, NNW Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Nepal. 5 es., Simla Hills, 7000-8000 ft, IX.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 58 es. Himachal Pradesh, Rohtang Pass, 2500-3500 m (Franz leg., CFR, CPA); 59 92, Kashmir, Aru (Franz leg., CFR); 19, Nepal, Fulung (Franz leg., CFR). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 8. Atheta (Microdota) sericella CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 30-33) Atheta (Microdota) sericella CAMERON, 1939: 327; PACE, 1986: 89 Tipo. Lectotypus ©, Chakrata distr., Bodyar, 8300 ft, 3-12.V.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Presente designazione. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo bruno, con elitre oscurate; addome con una fascia nera; antenne brune con i due articoli basali rossicci; zampe gialle. La reticolazione del capo e delle elitre & distinta, quella del pronoto e dell’addome non visibile. Una punteg- giatura fine e poco distinta copre il corpo. Edeago figg. 31-32. DISTRIBUZIONE. Himachal Pradesh, NNW Uttar Pradesh, NNE Bihar. 1o, Himachal Pradesh, Katrain (Franz leg., CFR); 10, Ghum distr., Mangpo, V.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH). ECOLOGIA. Specie stercoricola. 920 ROBERTO PACE FIGG. 26-37. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del maschio. Figg. 26-29: Atheta (Microdota) amiculoides Cameron. Figg. 30-33: Atheta (Microdota) sericella Cameron. Figg. 34-37: Atheta (Microdota) subscabra Cameron. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 921 FıGG. 38-48. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 38-40: Atheta (Microdota) pergrata Pace. Figg. 41-44: Atheta (Microdota) ivani sp. n. Figg. 45-48: Atheta (Microdota) janetscheki Scheerpeltz. 922 ROBERTO PACE 9. Atheta (Microdota) subscabra CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 34-37) Atheta (Microdota) subscabra CAMERON, 1939: 333 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Siwaliks, Lachiwala, 11.111.1923 (Cameron leg., BMNH), esaminato. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; elitre ed estremita addominale bruno-giallicce; antenne brune con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. Tutto il corpo € coperto di tubercoletti distinti e di reticolazione ben visibile. Edeago figg. 35-36. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Specie stercoricola. 10. Atheta (Microdota) pergrata PACE, 1985 (Figg. 38-40) Atheta (Dralica) pergrata PACE, 1985: 175 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Kashmir, Hemis, VI.1981 (De Rougemont leg., MV). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo lievemente opaco e nero; antenne nero-brune; estremita distale delle tibie, rossiccia. Tubercoletti distinti coprono il corpo. La reticola- zione è vigorosa o distinta su tutta la superficie del corpo. Edeago figg. 39-40. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola e humicola. 11. Atheta (Microdota) ivani sp. n. (Figg. 41-44) Tırı. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2700 m, 16.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG). Paratypi: 47 es., stessa provenienza, 20.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG, CPA); 12 es., stessa provenienza, 2550 m (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG, CPA); 19, stessa provenienza, 7.V1.1986 (Orousset leg., MNP); 7 es., Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Malemchi, 2800 m, 14-16-17.1V.1981 (Smetana & Lobl leg., MHNG, CPA); 10° e 1 9, stessa provenienza, above Shermathang, 2900 m, 26.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 29 ©, Prov. Bagmati, Nagarjun for. nr. Kathmandu, 1650 m, 2.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 19, Nepal, Manang Distr., for. W Bagarchhap, 2200 m, 21.1X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio; capo bruno, elitre bruno-giallicce, uriti liberi 3, 4 e 5 bruno-rossicci; antenne brune con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci, come le zampe. La reticolazione del capo è netta e ad ampie maglie, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta e quella degli uroterghi è composta di maglie appena transverse nette. Il capo e il pronoto sono privi di distinti tubercoletti che invece sono chia- ramente visibili sulle elitre. Edeago, figg. 42-43, spermateca fig. 44. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ETIMOLOGIA. Specie dedicata a uno dei raccoglitori, il Dr. Ivan L6bl del Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra, noto studioso di Scaphidiidae. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola forestale. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 923 Fico. 49-57. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 49-52: Atheta (Microdota) kathmanduensis Pace. Figg. 53-55: Atheta (Microdota) festa Pace. Figg. 56-57: Atheta (Microdota) languens sp. n. 924 ROBERTO PACE 12. Atheta (Microdota) janetscheki SCHEERPELTZ, 1976 (Figg. 45-48) Tıpı. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Yaral, Pangpoche, 3900 m, 3.III.1961 (Janetschek leg., IZUI), esa- minato. Parattypus: 19, stessa provenienza (Janetschek leg., IZUI). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo poco lucido e bruno; antenne brune con i tre articoli basali gialli, come le zampe. Su tutto il corpo é visibile una vigorosa reticolazione. Il capo e il pronoto sono coperti di tubercoletti poco distinti, le elitre e l’addome di tuber- coletti salienti. Edeago figg. 47-48, spermateca fig. 46. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-orientale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola in boschi di Rhododendron sp., Betula utilis e Abies sp. 13. Atheta (Microdota) kathmanduensis PACE, 1988 (Figg. 49-52) Atheta (Philhygra) kathmanduensis PACE, 1988: 193 Atheta (Microdota) amicula (STEPHENS, 1832: 132), sensu CAMERON, 1939: 326, partim. TIPI. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Phulcoki, Kathmandu (Franz leg. CFR). Paratypi: 30° ©, stessa provenienza (Franz leg. CFR, CPA); 10, Nepal, Godawari, Kathmandu (Franz leg., CFR). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo bruno-rossiccio, capo appena oscurato; uriti liberi 4 e 5 bruno-rossicci; antenne giallo-brunicce con i due articoli basali appena più chiari; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura del capo e del pronoto è finissima e poco distinta per la superficie reticolata. Tubercoletti delle elitre confusi nelle maglie di reticolazione del fondo. Edeago figg. 50-51, spermateca fig. 52. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale, NNW Uttar Pradesh e Himachal Pradesh. 53 es., Simla Hills, Narkanda, IX.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 3 es., Simla Hills, Fagu, 8000 ft., IX.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 6 es., Simla Hills, Kotgarh, 7000 ft., 17.IX.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 8 es., Simla Hills, Gahan, 7000 ft., IX.1921 (Cameron leg. BMNH); 2 es., Mussoorie, Arni Gad, 16.X.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 2 es., Siwaliks, Malhan Range, 24.1X.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 9 es., Nepal, Lalitpur distr., Phulcoki, 2650 m, 20-22.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Sme- tana leg., MHNG, CPA); 30 ©, stessa provenienza, 22.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG); 19, Phulcoki, 2550 m, 15.X.1983 (Smetana 8 Löbl leg., MHNG). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 14. Atheta (Microdota) festa PACE, 1987 (Figg. 53-55) Atheta (Microdota) festa PACE, 1987: 418 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Gorkha Distr., Chuling Khola, 2800 m, 2-3.VIII.1983 (Martens & Schawaller leg., SM). Paratypus: 10°, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido; capo nero-bruno, pronoto giallo- rossiccio chiaro, elitre brunicce con omeri giallo-rossicci; urite libero 1 e 2 giallo-rossicci, uriti 3, 4 e metà basale del 5 bruno-rossicci, estremità addominale giallo-rossiccia; antenne rossicce con articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. La reticolazione dell’avancorpo è netta o appena svanita. Il capo e il pronoto hanno punteggiatura poco distinta, le elitre presentano tubercoletti distinti poco salienti. Edeago figg. 54-55. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola in boschi di Quercus semicarpifolia. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 925 15. Atheta (Microdota) languens sp. n. (Figg. 56-57) Tipo. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, above Shermathang, 2900 m, 26.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; estremita addominale rossiccia scura; antenne brune con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. Il capo e le elitre presentano reticolazione distinta, il pronoto l’ha netta; tubercoletti fini e distinti coprono l’avancorpo. Spermateca fig. 56. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 16. Atheta (Microdota) ventorum PACE, 1988 (Figg. 58-61) Atheta (Badura) ventorum PACE, 1988: 189 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Phulchoki, Kathmandu (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypus: 19, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,2-2,4 mm. Corpo bruno-rossiccio, capo appena oscurato, estremità addominale rossiccia, addome esternamente nero-bruno; zampe giallo-rossicce. La reticolazione dell’avancorpo è evidente e i tubercoletti salienti. Edeago figg. 59-60, spermateca fig. 61. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. 9 es., Nepal, Lalitpur distr., Phulcoki, 2550 m, 15.X.1983; 10 e 19, Kathmandu Distr., Phulcoki, 27-31.V.1983 (Brendell leg., BMNH). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola in lettiera. 17. Atheta (Microdota) masuriensis CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 62-65) Atheta (Microdota) masuriensis CAMERON, 1939: 329 Tipi. Lectotypus ©, Mussoorie, 7.VIII.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH), presente designazione. Paralectotypi: 9 es. stessa provenienza (Cameron leg., BMNH); 2 es., Ghum Distr., Rondong Valley, V-VI.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 1 es., Ghum Distr., Tiger Hill, 8500 ft., V-VI.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH); 3 es., Simla Hills, Kotgarh (Cameron leg., BMNH); 1 es., Chakrata Distr., Kanasar (Cameron leg., BMNH); 4 es., Chakrata Distr., Chulli Khud (Cameron leg., BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e bruno-rossiccio, pronoto, omeri, base ed estremità dell’addome giallo-rossicci; antenne brune con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. L’avancorpo è coperto di reticolazione netta. I tubercoletti del capo sono poco distinti, sulla parte restante del corpo sono salienti. Edeago figg. 63-64, spermateca fig. 65. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh, NNE Bihar, Nepal centrale. 1o, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Chaubas, 2600 m, 5.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 29 ©, Nepal, Khandbari Distr., Arun River at Num, 1500-1600 m, 10.IV.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG); 10 e 49 9, Nepal, Phulcoki, 7.VI.1986 (Orousset leg., MNP, CPA); 10 et 19, Chakrata Distr., Khedar Khud, 7500 ft., 11.V.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). ECOLOGIA. Specie fungicola, muscicola e subcorticicola. 926 ROBERTO PACE Fico. 58-65. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 58-61: Atheta (Microdota) ventorum Pace. Figg. 62-65: Atheta (Microdota) masuriensis Cameron. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 91 Fico. 66-73. Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. Figg. 66-67: Atheta (Microdota) lophophori Pace. Figg. 68-69: Atheta (Microdota) himalayica Scheerpeltz. Figg. 70-73: Atheta (Microdota) yakorum Pace. 928 ROBERTO PACE 18. Atheta (Microdota) lophophori PACE, 1984 (Figg. 66-67) Atheta (Parameotica) lophophori PACE, 1984: 324 Tipi. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Taunja, 4000 m, 6.X.1976 (MNP). Paratypus: 19, stessa prove- nienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,3 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; capo e addome oscurati; antenne brune con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Corpo coperto di reticolazione svanita e di tubercoletti svaniti, tranne che sulle elitre e sugli uroterghi dove sono salienti. Spermateca fig. 67. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-orientale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 19. Atheta (Microdota) himalayica (SCHEERPELTZ, 1976) (Figg. 68-69) Leptusa (Anatelloleptusa) himalayica SCHEERPELTZ, 1976: 50 Atheta (Microdota) himalayica, PACE, 1982: 81 Tipo. Lectotypus 9, Nepal, Yaral, Pangpoche, 3900 m, 3.111.1969 (Janetschek leg., IZUI), pre- sente designazione. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,3 mm. Corpo rossiccio scuro con fascia addominale bruna poco distinta; antenne brune, zampe gielle. L’avancorpo è coperto di reticolazione netta e da punteggiatura distinta. Spermateca fig. 69. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-orientale. EcoLOGIA. Specie fitodtriticola in boschi di Rhododendron sp., Betula utilis e Abies sp. 20. Atheta (Microdota) yakorum PACE, 1984 (Figg. 70-73) Atheta (Microdota) yakorum PACE, 1984: 321 TIPI. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Kalingkot, 3100 m, X.1981 (MNP). Paratypi: 10° e 19, stessa pro- venienza (MNP, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7-1,8 mm. Corpo piuttosto lucido e rossiccio scuro; addome fasciato di bruno; antenne rossicce scure con i tre articoli basali gialli come le zampe. La reticolazione del capo è distinta, quella del pronoto e delle elitre svanita. Una punteggia- tura poco distinta copre il capo e il pronoto; le elitre mostrano tubercoletti fini e poco salienti. Edeago figg. 71-72, spermateca fig. 73. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. 10, Nepal, Manang Distr., Maryandi, Bagarchhap, 2200 m (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM); 1o, Manang Distr., for W Bagarchhap, 2200 m, 21.IX.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG). ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola in boschi di Acer sp. e Quercus sp., tra i 2200 e i 3100 m d’altitudine. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 929 FiGG. 74-81. Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. Figg. 74-75: Atheta (Microdota) granulithoracica granulithoracica Pace. Figg. 76-79: Atheta (Microdota) martensiella Pace. Figg. 80-81: Atheta (Microdota) praecipua sp. n. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 61 930 ROBERTO PACE 21. Atheta (Microdota) granulithoracica granulithoracica PACE, 1984 (Figg. 74-75) Atheta (Microdota) granulithoracica PACE, 1984: 323 Tip!. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Jaljale Himal, 2680-2950 m, XI.1978 (MNP). Paratypi: 13 9 9, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9-2,0 mm. Avancorpo lucido e granuloso, addome lucido. Corpo rossiccio scuro con addome fasciato di bruno; antenne rossicce scure con i tre arti- coli basali gialli come le zampe. La reticolazione della superficie dell’avancorpo è più o meno svanita. Tubercoletti netti e fini stanno sul pronoto e le elitre. Spermateca fig. 75. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-orientale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 22. Atheta (Microdota) granulithoracica subgranulithoracica PACE, 1987, st. n. Atheta (Microdota) subgranulithoracica PACE, 1987: 415 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Ilam Distr., Gitang Khola, 2550 m, 28-31.III.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo giallo bruniccio, estremità addominale distale giallo-rossiccia; antenne brunicce con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. I tubercoletti del capo sono salienti e quelli del pronoto e delle elitre molto salienti. Il capo e le elitre mostrano una reticolazione svanita, quella del pronoto è distinta. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal orientale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola o fitodetriticola. 23. Atheta (Microdota) martensiella PACE, 1987 (Figg. 76-79) Atheta (Microdota) martensiella PACE, 1987: 415 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Mustang Distr., Purano Marpha, 3200-3600 m, 22-25.1V.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg. SM). Paratypi: 20° © e 19, stessa provenienza (SM, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Capo e pronoto opachi, resto del corpo lucido. Corpo giallo-rossiccio sporco, capo lievemente oscurato; uriti liberi 4 e base del 5 bruno- rossicci; antenne di un giallo sporco con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. La reticolazione della superficie del capo e del pronoto è quasi vigorosa, quella delle elitre è svanita. Edeago figg. 77-78, spermateca fig. 79. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. EcoLOGIA. Specie humicola in boschi di Pinus sp., Cupressus sp. e Abies sp. 24. Atheta (Microdota) praecipua sp. n. (Figg. 80-81) Tipo. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Khandbari Distr., Arun River at Num, 1500-1600 m (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio; capo, meta poste- riore delle elitre e uriti liberi 3, 4 e 5 bruni; antenne brune con i due articoli basali giallo- rossicci; zampe gialle. La reticolazione dell’avancorpo è netta o distinta. Sul capo i tubercoletti sono indistinti sul resto del corpo sono fini e svaniti. Spermateca fig. 81. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 93] DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola, forse ripicola. 25. Atheta (Microdota) puerilis CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 82-85) Atheta (Microdota) puerilis CAMERON, 1939: 334 Tipi. Lectotypus ©, Ghum Distr., Mangpu, V.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Paralectotypus: 19, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; antenne bruno- rossicce con i due articoli basali bruno-giallicci; zampe gialle. Sull’avancorpo la reticola- zione è svanita, sull’addome è distinta, a grandi maglie. I tubercoletti della superficie del corpo sono distinti solo sul pronoto. Edeago figg. 83-84, spermateca fig. 85. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNE Bihar. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. 26. Atheta (Microdota) pauxilla CAMERON, 1944 (Figg. 86-88) Atheta (Datomicra) pauxilla CAMERON, 1944: 105 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Chakrata Distr., Bodyar, 8300 ft., 3.XII.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; pronoto base ed estremità dell’addome, bruno-rossicci; antenne brune con i due articoli basali bruno-rossicci; zampe gialle. Solo sul capo la reticolazione è distinta. I tubercoletti del capo sono poco salienti, quelli del resto della superficie del corpo sono distinti. Edeago figg. 87-88. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. 27. Atheta (Microdota) hum sp. n. (Figg. 89-92) Tipo. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Pokhare NE Barahbise, 2700 m, 2.V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE: Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; elitre bruno-rossicce; antenne nero-brune; zampe giallo-brune con tarsi gialli. La reticolazione del corpo è netta tranne che sul pronoto dove è svanita. La superficie dell’avancorpo è coperta di tubercoletti molto salienti. Edeago figg. 90-91. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ETIMOLOGIA. Dal termine nepalese «Hum», l’«Amen» della preghiera nepalese. 932 ROBERTO PACE Fico. 82-92. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del maschio. Figg. 82-85: Atheta (Microdota) puerilis Cameron. Figg. 86-88: Atheta (Microdota) pauxilla Cameron. Figg. 89-92: Atheta (Microdota) hum sp. n. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 933 È RE sese se À ati È Fico. 93-103. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del maschio. Figg. 93-95: Atheta (Microdota) intercursa Pace. Figg. 96-99: Atheta (Microdota) contaminata Pace. Figg. 100-103: Atheta (Microdota) ahalensis sp. n. 934 ROBERTO PACE 28. Atheta (Microdota) intercursa PACE, 1986 (Figg. 93-95) Atheta (Microdota) intercursa PACE, 1986: 89 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Kashmir, Aru, X.1977 (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypus: 10’, stessa prove- nienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e bruno-rossiccio, addome rossiccio con uriti liberi 3, 4 e 5 bruno-rossicci; antenne e zampe rossicce. I tubercoletti sparsi sul corpo sono netti. La reticolazione del capo è svanita, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è netta. Edeago figg. 94-95. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 29. Atheta (Microdota) contaminata PACE, 1987 (Figg. 96-99) Atheta (Microdota) contaminata PACE, 1987: 418 Tipo. Holotypus ©, India, Arni Gad, Mussoorie, X.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8-1,9 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido. Avancorpo e uriti 4 e 5 di un rossiccio scuro; uriti liberi 1 e 2 ed estremità distale dell’addome giallo-rossicci; antenne brune con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. La reticolazione della super- ficie dell’avancorpo è poco distinta o assente e i tubercoletti della stessa salienti. Edeago figg. 98-99, spermateca fig. 97. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh e Nepal centrale. 20 ©, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2650 m, 20.IV.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG); 20 ©, Prov. Bagmati, Gokarna, for. nr. Kathmandu, 1400 m, 31.111.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 52 es., Phulcoki, 7.VI.1986, 2500 m (Orousset leg., MNP, CPA); 10, Kathmandu, Raniban, 5.V1.1986, 1450 m (Orousset leg., MNP); 19, Prov. Bagmati, Tarke Ghyang, 2650 m, 19.IV.1981 (L6bl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 8 es., Prov. Bagmati, Pokhare, NE Barahbise, 2700 m, 7.V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 12 es., Khandbari Distr., for. NE Kuwapani, 2450-2500 m, 11-13-14.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG, CPA); 20 ©, Khandbari Distr., for. above Ahale, 2300 m, 26.111.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG); 10 e 19, Manang Distr., for. W Bagarchhap, 2200 m, 21.1X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola, xilodetriticola, muscicola e subcorticicola (dati di J. Orousset e J. Minet). 30. Atheta (Microdota) ahalensis sp. n. (Figg. 100-103) Tipo. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Khandbari Distr., for. above Ahale, 2400 m, 25.111.1982 (A. & Z. Sme- tana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, comprese le antenne; zampe giallo-brune con tarsi giallo-rossicci. Tutto il corpo è coperto di reticolazione distinta. I tubercoletti sul pronoto sono distinti, sulle elitre svaniti. Edeago figg. 101-102. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 935 Fısc. 104-112. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del maschio. Figg. 104-108: Atheta (Microdota) bitruncata sp. n. Figg. 109-112: Atheta (Microdota) mahadevia sp. n. 936 ROBERTO PACE 31. Atheta (Microdota) bitruncata sp. n. (Figg. 104-108) Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Manang Distr., for. W Bagarchhap, 2200 m, 24.IX.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG), Paratypi: 29 9, stessa provenienza (MHNG, CPA); 19, Khandbari Distr., for. NE Kuwapani, 2500 m, 12.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno gialliccio; capo e uriti liberi 3 e 4 bruni; antenne brune con i tre articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. Sul capo e sul pronoto la reticolazione è netta, sul resto del corpo è distinta. I tubercoletti delle elitre sono poco salienti. Edeago figg. 105-106, spermateca fig. 107. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola forestale. 32. Atheta (Microdota) mahadevia sp. n. (Figg. 109-112) Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 20-22.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG). Paratypi: 20 es., stessa provenienza (MHNG, CPA); 19, Phulcoki, 27-31.V.1983 (Brendell leg., BMNH); 10, Nepal, Phulcoki, 7.VI.1986 (Orousset leg., MNP); 20° ©, Phulcoki nr. Kathmandu, 2500 m, 10.V.1981 (Löbl leg., MHNG); 19, Prov. Bagmati, Pokhare, NE Barahbise, 2800 m, 2.V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 10 e 19, Manang Distr., Latha Manang, W Bagarchhap, 2400 m, 23.IX.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio; capo, elitre e uriti liberi 4 e 5 bruno-rossicci; antenne di un rossiccio scuro con i due articoli basali giallo- rossicci; zampe gialle. La reticolazione sul capo e sul pronoto è netta, sul resto del corpo è svanita. Sul pronoto i tubercoletti sono indistinti, mentre sulle elitre sono svaniti. Edeago figg. 110-111, spermateca fig. 112. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ETIMOLOGIA. Da «Mahadev», signore del sapere, una delle rappresentazioni di Shiva. 33. Atheta (Microdota) patiorum sp. n. (Figg. 113-116) Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Pokhare, NE Barahbise, 3000 m, 7.V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG). Paratypus: 10, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Malemchi, 2800 m, 17.IV.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; antenne brune con i due arti- coli basali bruno-rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. La reticolazione del corpo è netta o distinta. Tubercoletti distinti stanno sul pronoto e la punteggiatura delle elitre è assai svanita. Edeago figg. 114-115. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ETIMOLOGIA. Da «Pati», termine nepalese per indicare il rifugio per il riposo dei viaggiatori. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 937 Fico. 113-123. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del maschio. Figg. 113-116: Atheta (Microdota) patiorum sp. n. Figg. 117-119: Atheta (Microdota) smetanai sp. n. Figg. 120-123: Atheta (Microdota) placita Cameron. 938 ROBERTO PACE 34. Atheta (Microdota) smetanai sp. n. (Figg. 117-119) Tıpı. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Parbat Distr., Ridge E Ghoropani Pass, 3150 m, 7.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG). Paratypus: 10°, Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2650 m, 14.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, comprese le antenne; zampe giallo-brune, con femori bruni e tarsi giallicci. La reticolazione è netta su tutta la superficie del corpo. Tubercoletti fini stanno su capo, pronoto ed elitre. Edeago figg. 118-119. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale e centro-occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ETIMOLOGIA. Specie dedicata al Dr. Ales Smetana, noto studioso di Staphylinidae, che l’ha raccolta insieme al Dr. I. Löbl. 35. Atheta (Microdota) placita CAMERON, 1939, comb. n. (Figg. 120-123) Atheta (Traumoecia) placita CAMERON, 1939: 318 Atheta (Microdota) ausobskyi PACE, 1987: 417, syn. n. Atheta (Microdota) segregata PACE, 1987: 417, syn. n. Trpi. Lectotypus ©, Ghum Distr., Tiger Hill, 8500 ft., V-VI.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Paralectotypi: 20 ©, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9-2,0 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio; capo, elitre e uriti liberi 3 e 4 bruni; base delle elitre bruno-gialliccia; antenne brune con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Sul capo e sul pronoto la reticolazione è netta, sulle elitre è svanita. Tubercoletti distinti coprono l’avancorpo. Edeago figg. 121-122, spermateca fig. 120. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNE Bihar, Nepal orientale e centrale, NNW Uttar Pradesh. 5 es., Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2550 m, 15.111.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG, CPA); 19, Phulcoki b. Kathmandu (Franz leg., CFR); 3 es., Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, above Shermathang, 2900 m, 26.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 20 ©, Nepal, Khandbari Distr., for. above Ahale, 2300 m, 26.111.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG); 10° e39 9, Manang Distr., for. W. Bagarchhap, 220 m, 21.1X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 10° e 19, Manang Distr., Latha Manang, W Bagarchhap, 2400 m, 23.1X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 10, Mustang Distr. Thaksang, 3150 m, 26-29.1V.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM); 15 es., Lalithur distr., Phulcoki, 2650 m, 22.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG, CPA); 29 9, Parbat Distr., Ghoropani Pass, N slope, 2800 m, 5.V.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 19, Simla Hills, 7000-8000 ft., IX.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola in boschi di Pinus excelsa e Abies sp. 36. Atheta (Microdota) lamaorum PACE, 1986 (Figg. 124-127) Atheta (Microdota) lamaorum PACE, 1986: 87 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Shermatang, Helambu (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypus: 19, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,2 mm. Capo nero-bruno, pronoto bruno-rossiccio, elitre nero-brune con omeri rossicci; addome bruno-rossiccio; antenne brune con i tre articoli ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 939 Fico. 124-132. Habitus, edeago in visione ventrale e laterale (fig. 130: sacco interno sporgente dall’orifizio apicale per mettere in evidenza i pezzi copulatori interni) e spermateca. Figg. 124-127: Atheta (Microdota) lamaorum Pace. Figg. 128-132: Atheta (Microdota) kirantorum sp. n. 940 ROBERTO PACE basali gialli come le zampe. Sul capo e sul pronoto la reticolazione è netta, sulle elitre è svanita. Tutto il corpo è coperto di tubercoletti più o meno salienti. Edeago figg. 125-126, spermateca fig. 127. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. 11 es., Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2650 m, 14-15.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG, CPA); 19, Phulcoki (BMNH); 8 es., Prov. Bagmati, Malemchi, 2800 m, 14.IV.1981 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 16 es., Prov. Bagmati, below Thare Pati, 3300 m, 9-10-11-12.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG, CPA); 8 es., Prov. Bagmati, Gul Banjyang, 2600 m, 6.IV.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 5 es., Parbat Distr., Ridge E Ghoropani Pass, 3150 m, 7.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 10, Manang Distr., for. W Bagarchhap, 2200 m, 21.IX.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 37. Atheta (Microdota) kirantorum sp. n. (Figg. 128-132) Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2600 m, 20.IV.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG). Paratypi: 6 es., stessa provenienza (MHNG, CPA); 300 e 19, Phulcoki, 2600 m, 7.VI.1986 (Orousset leg., MNP); 39 9, Prov. Bagmati, Pokhare, NE Barahbise, 3000 m, 7.V.1981 (L6bl & Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,3 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; pronoto e base delle elitre di un rossiccio scuro; estremità distale dell'addome rossiccia; antenne brune con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci come le zampe. L’avancorpo è coperto di reticolazione netta o distinta, l’addome di reticolazione svanita. I tubercoletti del pronoto sono netti, quelli delle elitre svaniti. Edeago figg. 128-130, spermateca fig. 131. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ETIMOLOGIA. Da «Kiranti», primi abitatori della Valle di Kathmandu. 38. Atheta (Microdota) franziana PACE, 1982 (Figg. 133-136) Atheta (Microdota) franziana PACE, 1982: 157 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Jumla, Dampa Pass, Chauta (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypi: 20 © e 29 ©, stessa provenienza (CFR, CPA); 20 © e 19, Nepal, Jumla, Valle Dzunda Khola, Talphi, 3000-3500 m (Franz leg., CFR, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9-2,1 mm. Corpo bruno chiaro, addome bruno con estre- mità distale bruno-rossiccia; antenne brune con i tre articoli basali giallicci; zampe gialle. Edeago figg. 134-135, spermateca fig. 136. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola o fitodetriticola. 39. Atheta (Microdota) larjungensis PACE, 1986 (Figg. 137-139) Atheta (Microdota) larjungensis PACE, 1986: 85 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal; Nawronkot, Larjung, 2900-3000 m (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypus: 10", stessa provenienza (CPA). ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 94] 01mm Imm Fico. 133-141. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 133-136: Atheta (Microdota) franziana Pace. Figg. 137-139: Atheta (Microdota) larjungensis Pace. Figg. 140-141: Atheta (Microdota) sagarmanthica sp. n. 942 ROBERTO PACE DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo bruno, elitre schiarite; antenne bruno-rossicce con i due articoli basali rossicci; zampe gialle. Il capo e le elitre sono coperti di reticola- zione netta, il pronoto l’ha fine e robusta. I tubercoletti del pronoto sono finissimi e netti, quelli delle elitre ben sviluppati. Edeago figg. 138-139. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 40. Atheta (Microdota) sagarmanthica sp. n. (Figg. 140-141) Tipo. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Yangri Ridge, 4300 m, 23.1V.1981 (Löbl & Sme- tana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio; antenne giallo- rossicce con i due articoli basali gialli; zampe giallo-rossicce. Sull’avancorpo la reticola- zione è distinta solo sul pronoto; l’addome mostra una reticolazione netta. Tubercoletti salienti stanno sulle elitre. Spermateca fig. 140. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola montana. ETIMOLOGIA. Da «Sagarmanth», in lingua sherpa il M.te Everest. 41. Atheta (Microdota) benickiana PACE, 1986 (Figg. 142-145) Atheta (Microdota) benickiana PACE, 1986: 81 TIPI. Holotypus ©, Nepal. Lago Rara, Dampelek, Jumla (Franz leg., Coll. Benick, Lübek). Paratypi: 39 9, stessa provenienza (Coll. Benick, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9-2,0 mm. Corpo lievemente opaco e giallo-rossiccio scuro; uriti liberi 3, 4 e 5 bruni; antenne di un giallo sporco con articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Il capo e il pronoto sono coperti di reticolazione quasi vigorosa. I tubercoletti delle elitre sono eccezionalmente robusti. Edeago figg. 143-144, spermateca fig. 145. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. EcoLOGIA. Specie humicola. 42. Atheta (Microdota) cassagnaui PACE, 1984 (Figg. 146-149) Atheta (Microdota) cassagnaui PACE, 1984: 321 Tıpı. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Pokhara, 2700 m, 26.X.1976 (MNP). Paratypi: 39 ©, stessa prove- nienza (MNP, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo rossiccio; antenne di un rossiccio scuro con i due articoli basali e il terminale gialli come le zampe. Sul capo la reticolazione è distinta, sul pronoto e sulle elitre è svanita. Tubercoletti fini e poco salienti coprono le elitre. Edeago figg. 147-148, spermateca fig. 149. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. EcoLOGIA. Specie humicola. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 943 Fico. 142-151. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 142-145: Atheta (Microdota) benickiana Pace. Figg. 146-149: Atheta (Microdota) cassagnaui Pace. Figg. 150-151: Atheta (Microdota) kaliensis Pace. 944 ROBERTO PACE 43. Atheta (Microdota) kaliensis PACE, 1986 (Figg. 150-151) Atheta (Microdota) kaliensis PACE, 1986: 83 Tipi. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Valle Kali Gandaki, Schlucht (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypus: 19, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Corpo lievemente opaco e giallo-rossiccio; uriti liberi 2, 3 e 4 di un rossiccio oscurato; antenne rossicce con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Sul capo e sul pronoto la reticolazione è distinta, sulle elitre è appena svanita. Tubercoletti poco distinti coprono il pronoto e sulle elitre i tubercoletti sono ben salienti. Spermateca fig. 151. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola. 44. Atheta (Microdota) maharigaonensis PACE, 1982 (Figg. 152-155) Atheta (Microdota) maharigaonensis PACE, 1982: 151 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Jumla, Alm Darghari, Maharigaon (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypi: 9 es., stessa provenienza (CFR, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7-1,8 mm. Corpo giallo-rossiccio; capo ed elitre appena oscurati; uriti liberi 4 e 5 di un rossiccio scuro; antenne oscurate dal terzo articolo; zampe gialle. La reticolazione è distinta su tutto il corpo. Edeago figg. 153-154, spermateca fIPARISSE DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola. 45. Atheta (Microdota) pontis PACE, 1986 (Figg. 156-157) Atheta (Microdota) pontis PACE, 1986: 87 Tipi. Holotypus 9, Nepal; Shermatang, Malemchi Bridge (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypus: 19, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8-2,0 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; capo più scuro, quasi nero; estremità distale dell’addome rossiccia; antenne giallo-brunicce con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Sul capo e sul pronoto la reticolazione è distinta, sulle elitre è svanita. Spermateca fig. 156. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 46. Atheta (Microdota) tarda CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 158-159) Atheta (Ousipalia) tarda CAMERON, 1939: 309 Tipi. Lectotypus ©, Kashmir, Gulmarg, 8000-9000 ft., VI-VII.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH); Paralectotypus: 19, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo lucido e rossiccio scuro; capo e uriti liberi 3, 4 e 5 bruno-rossicci; antenne bruno-rossicce con i due articoli basali di un giallo sporco; ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 945 005mm FicGc. 152-161. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 152-155: Atheta (Microdota) maharigaonensis Pace. Figg. 156-157: Atheta (Microdota) pontis Pace. Figg. 158-159: Atheta (Microdota) tarda Cameron. Figg. 160-161: Atheta (Microdota) rupicola sp. n. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 62 946 ROBERTO PACE zampe gialle con femori brunicci. Tutto il corpo è coperto di reticolazione distinta o netta. I tubercoletti del capo e del pronoto sono poco distinti, quelli delle elitre nettamente salienti. Spermateca fig. 159. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola. 47. Atheta (Microdota) rupicola sp. n. (Figg. 160-161) Tipi. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Gurjakhani, 83°14’E-28°37’N, 8500 ft., 30.VI.1954 (Hyatt leg., BMNH). Paratypus: 19, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; uriti liberi 1 e 2 e apice dell’addome bruno-rossicci; antenne brune; zampe rossicce. Sul corpo la reticolazione è estremamente svanita o assente come sul pronoto. Tubercoletti ben salienti stanno sul capo e sul pronoto, sulle elitre sono svaniti. Spermateca fig. 161. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie muscicola, su rocce verticali umide. 48. Atheta (Microdota) arborum sp. n. (Figg. 162-163) Tipo. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Guryakhani, 83°14’E-28°37’N, 8500 ft., 30.VII.1954 (Hyatt leg., BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo lucidissimo e bruno-rossiccio; capo bruno; addome giallo-bruno con uriti liberi 4 e 5 bruni; antenne brune, zampe gialle. Tutto il corpo è coperto di reticolazione svanita. Tubercoletti distinti stanno solo sugli uroterghi. Spermateca fig. 163. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola, in lettiera sotto alberi. 49. Atheta (Microdota) alia CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 164-165) Atheta (Microdota) alia CAMERON, 1939: 324 Tipo. Lectotypus © , Chakrata Distr., Bodyar, 8300 ft., 3-12.V.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Un altro esemplare tipico di Bindal Gadh citato da Cameron (1939), non appartiene a questa specie, ma ad A. subamicula Cameron. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-bruno; urite libero 4 bruno; antenne brune con i due articoli basali di un giallo sporco; zampe gialle. Il capo e il pro- noto presentano tubercoletti fini e distinti, le elitre li hanno svaniti. Spermateca fig. 165. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 947 FiGG. 162-173. Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. Figg. 162-163: Atheta (Microdota) arborum sp. n. Figg. 164-165: Atheta (Microdota) alia Cameron. Figg. 166-169: Arheta (Microdota) perconfusa sp. n. Figg. 170-173: Atheta (Microdota) jumlensis Pace. 948 ROBERTO PACE 50. Atheta (Microdota) perconfusa sp. n. (Figg. 166-169) Tipi. Holotypus ©, Kashmir, Gulmarg, VI-VII.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Paratypi: 40 © e 29 Q, stessa provenienza (BMNH, CPA). Esemplari facenti parte della serie tipica di Atheta subluctuosa Cameron. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno scuro, comprese le antenne; zampe bruno-rossicce. L’intero corpo è coperto di reticolazione netta. I tubercoletti del pronoto sono distinti, quelli delle elitre svaniti. Edeago figg. 167-168, spermateca fig. 169. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. ECOLOGIA. Specie cadavericola. 51. Atheta (Microdota) jumlensis PACE, 1982 (Figg. 170-173) Atheta (Microdota) jumlensis PACE, 1982: 155 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Jumla, Alm Darghari, Maharigaon (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypi: 9 es., stessa provenienza (CFR, CPA); 3 es., Jumla; Valle Dzunda Khola, Talphi, 3000-3500 m (Franz leg., CFR, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido; capo ed elitre nero-bruni; pronoto rossiccio scuro come l’addome che ha gli uriti liberi 4 e base del 5, bruni; antenne brune con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Il capo e le elitre sono coperti di retico- lazione evidente. I tubercoletti delle elitre sono poco salienti. Edeago figg. 171-172, spermateca fig. 173. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale e centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 52. Atheta (Microdota) disputanda PACE, 1984 (Figg. 174-177) Atheta (Microdota) disputanda PACE, 1984: 323 TipI. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Trisuli, XI.1978 (MNP). Paratypi: 89 9, Nepal, Kalingchok, 3000-3100 m, 14.X.1981 (MNP, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,3-2,4 mm. Corpo debolmente opaco e bruno-rossiccio; base ed estremità dell’addome di un rossiccio scuro; antenne bruno-rossicce con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Tutto il corpo è coperto di reticolazione netta e di tubercoletti fini. Edeago figg. 175-176, spermateca fig. 177. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. 10 e79 ©, Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2550-2650 m, 14-15.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 20 o e 19, Nepal, Manang Distr., for. W Bagarchhap, 2200 m, 21-22.IX.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG, CPA); 19, Nepal, Panchthar Distr., Deorali Puspati, Sheldoti, 28.VIII.1983, 2500-2600 m (Martens & Daams leg., SM). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 949 005mm Fico. 174-181. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 174-177: Atheta (Microdota) disputanda Pace. Figg. 178-181: Atheta (Microdota) antiqua Pace. 950 ROBERTO PACE 53. Atheta (Microdota) antiqua PACE, 1986 (Figg. 178-181) Atheta (Microdota) antiqua PACE, 1986: 87 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Valle Kali Gandaki, Schlucht (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypus: 19, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Avancorpo bruno-rossiccio, addome nero-bruno; antenne giallo-brunicce con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Tutto il corpo é coperto di reticolazione netta. Edeago figg. 179-180, spermateca fig. 181. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. 4a o e19, Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2550-2650 m, 14-15.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 39 9, Kathmandu Distr., Phulcoki, 27-31.V.1983 (Brendell leg., BMNH); 11 es. Prov. Bagmati, Malemchi, 2800 m, 14.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 19 Prov. Bagmati, Phulcoki, nr. Kathmandu, 2500 m, 10.V.1981 (Löbl leg., MHNG); 19, Khandbari Distr., «Bakan» W of Tashigaon, 3200 m, 3.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola, in lettiera di foglie. 54. Atheta (Microdota) yetii PACE, 1986 (Figg. 182-185) Atheta (Microdota) yetii PACE, 1986: 87 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Valle di Naltar, Karakorumexpedition 1974 (Linzbichler leg., CFR). Paratypi: 1 9, stessa provenienza (CPA); 39 9, Nepal, Valle Dzunda Khola, Talphi, 3000 m (Franz leg., CFR); 19, Nepal, Maharigaon, 3000-3500 m (Franz leg., CFR). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0-2,2 mm. Corpo bruno-rossiccio; capo oscurato; base delle elitre gialliccia; addome nero con base ed estremita rossicce; antenne giallo-brunicce con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci come le zampe. La reticolazione del corpo é netta, tranne sulle elitre done è svanita. Il pronoto e le elitre sono coperti di tubercoletti netta- mente salienti. Edeago figg. 183-184, spermateca fig. 185. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale e occidentale. 5 es., Nepal, Khandbari Distr., «Bakan» W of Tashigaon, 3250 m, 4.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG, CPA); 19, Khandbari Distr., for. NE Kuwapani, 2500 m, 12.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Sme- tana leg., MHNG); 19, Parbat Distr., Ghoropani Pass, N slope, 2700 m, 6.V.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 19, Maharigaon, 3000-3500 m (Franz leg., MNP). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 55. Atheta (Microdota) tuberculata (KRAATZ, 1859) (Figg. 186-188) Homalota tuberculata KRAATZ, 1859: 32 Atheta (Microdota) tuberculata, CAMERON, 1939: 325 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Ind. Port. (Helfer leg., DEI), esaminato. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Avancorpo lievemente opaco, addome lucido. Corpo bruno scuro; elitre di un giallo sporco; addome bruno con estremità distale bruno- rossiccia; antenne nere con articolo basale bruno-rossiccio come le zampe. L’avancorpo è coperto di reticolazione netta, quasi vigorosa. Tubercoletti distinti coprono le elitre. Edeago figg. 186-187. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 951 FIGG. 182-192. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del maschio. Figg. 182-185: Atheta (Microdota) yetii Pace. Figg. 186-188: Atheta (Microdota) tuberculata (Kraatz). Figg. 189-192: Atheta (Microdota) rufonigra Cameron. 952 ROBERTO PACE DISTRIBUZIONE. Goa. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. 56. Atheta (Microdota) rufonigra CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 189-192) Atheta (Microdota) rufonigra CAMERON, 1939: 330 Tipo. Lectotypus ©, Simla Hills, Gahan, 7000 ft., IX.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido. Capo bruno, pronoto rossiccio, elitre giallo-brune; addome nero-bruno con i due uriti basali bruno-rossicci; antenne brune con i tre articoli basali e le zampe giallo-rossicci. Il capo e le elitre sono coperti di reticolazione distinta; sul pronoto la reticolazione è svanita. Edeago figg. 189-190. DISTRIBUZIONE. Himachal Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. 57. Atheta (Microdota) optica CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 193-195) Atheta (Microdota) optica CAMERON, 1939: 328 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Mussoorie, 7.VIII.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH), esaminato. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; elitre e uriti liberi 3 e 4 bruni; antenne brune con i due articoli basali di un giallo sporco; zampe gialle. Il capo e le elitre presentano reticolazione svanita; il pronoto è coperto di reticolazione distinta. Tutto il corpo è coperto di tubercoletti più o meno distinti. Edeago figg. 194-195. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Specie fungicola. 58. Atheta (Microdota) alternans PACE, 1984 (Figg. 196-199) Atheta (Microdota) alternans PACE, 1984: 322 Atheta (Microdota) patientiae PACE, 1986: 85, syn. n. NOTA. A. patientiae è stata descritta su un esemplare immaturo, perciò con edeago e spermateca deformati. Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Phulcoki, 2600 m, 26.X.1977 (MNP). Paratypus: 19, stessa prove- nienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo bruno-rossiccio; pronoto e addome di un rossiccio scuro; urite libero 4 bruno-rossiccio; antenne bruno-rossicce con articoli basali e terminale gialli come le zampe. L’avancorpo è coperto di reticolazione evidente. Edeago figg. 198-199, spermateca fig. 196. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. 1o, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2700 m, 15.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 29 9, Prov. Bagmati, Phulcoki, nr. Kathmandu, 2500 m, 10.V.1981 (Löbl leg., MHNG); 20 o e 29 9, Phulcoki ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 953 200 Imm Fico. 193-202. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 193-195: Atheta (Microdota) optica Cameron. Figg. 196-199: Atheta (Microdota) alternans Pace. Figg. 200-202: Atheta (Microdota) inconsueta sp. n. 954 ROBERTO PACE b. Kathmandu (Franz leg., CFR, CPA); 19, Prov. Bagmati, Burlang Banjyang, 2600 m, 5.IX.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 10, Prov. Bagmati, Gul Bhanjiang, 2600 m, 6.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 59. Atheta (Microdota) inconsueta sp. n. (Figg. 200-202) Tipo. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Khandbari Distr., « Bakan» W of Tashigaon, 3250 m (A. & Z. Sme- tana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; elitre di un rossiccio sporco; antenne bruno-rossicce con i quattro articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. Sul capo la reticolazione è netta, sul pronoto e sulle elitre è svanita. Sull’avancorpo i tubercoletti sono assai poco distinti. Edeago figg. 201-202. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 60. Atheta (Microdota) mediocris CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 203-205) Atheta (Microdota) mediocris CAMERON, 1939: 328 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Ringal Gad, Mussoorie, 29.V.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH), esaminato. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucidissimo e bruno; elitre bruno-giallicce; estremità distale dell’addome bruno-rossiccia; antenne nere con i due articoli basali giallo- bruni; zampe gialle. Solo sul disco del capo la reticolazione è netta sul resto del corpo è svanita o assente. Sull’avancorpo i tubercoletti sono superficiali, sull’addome sono salienti. Edeago figg. 204-205. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. 61. Atheta (Microdota) velata sp. n. (Figg. 206-208) Tipo. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Sikha, 83°40’E-28°26’N, 8500 ft., 21.V.1954 (Hyatt leg., British Museum Nepal Expedition 1954-540, BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; addome rossiccio scuro con urite libero 4 bruno; antenne bruno-rossicce con i due articoli basali e l’undice- simo rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. Sul capo la reticolazione è netta, sul resto del corpo è svanita. Sul pronoto i tubercoletti sono distinti, sulle elitre e sul pronoto sono svaniti. Edeago figg. 207-208. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie muscicola o xilodetriticola. 62. Atheta (Microdota) makarai PACE, 1987 (Figg. 209-211) Atheta (Microdota) makarai PACE, 1987: 417 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Manang Diatr., Marsyandi, Thimang, 2550 m, 14-17.1V.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg. SM). ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 955 FIGG. 203-214. Habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. Figg. 203-204: Atheta (Microdota) mediocris Cameron. Figg. 205-208: Atheta (Microdota) velata sp. n. Figg. 209-211: Atheta (Microdota) makarai Pace. Figg. 212-214: Atheta (Microdota) gandakiensis Pace. 956 ROBERTO PACE DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Avancorpo lievemente opaco, addome lucido. Corpo bruno; antenne brune con i due articoli basali e l’undicesimo di un giallo-rossiccio sporco; zampe gialle. Il capo e il pronoto presentano reticolazione netta, le elitre una reticolazione distinta. Il pronoto e le elitre sono coperti di tubercoletti ben salienti. Edeago figg. 210-211. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola in boschi di Tsuga sp. Acer sp. e Rhododendron sp. 63. Atheta (Microdota) gandakiensis PACE, 1986 (Figg. 212-214) Atheta (Microdota) gandakiensis PACE, 1986: 85 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Valle Kali-Gandaki, Schucht (Franz leg. CFR). Paratypus: 10, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9-2,0 mm. Corpo giallo-rossiccio, capo e uriti liberi 3 e 4 oscurati; antenne di un rossiccio scuro con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. La reticolazione è netta su tutto il corpo. Distinti sono i tubercoletti del pronoto e delle elitre. Edeago figg. 213-214. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 64. Atheta (Microdota) loebliella sp. n. (Figg. 215-219) TIPI. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2550 m, 15.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG). Paratypi: 10° e 39 9, stessa provenienza (MHNG, CPA); 10 e 19, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2650 m, 13.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 40 ©, Phulcoki, 2500 m, 7.VI.1986 (Orousset leg., MNP, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0-2,1 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, comprese le antenne; zampe giallo-rossicce. Tutto il corpo è coperto di reticolazione netta. Il pronoto è coperto di tubercoletti distinti; le elitre mostrano tubercoletti lievemente svaniti. Edeago figg. 216-217, spermateca fig. 218. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie, fitodetriticola, muscicola e xilodetriticola. ETIMOLOGIA. Specie dedicata a uno dei raccoglitori, il Dr. Ivan Löbl del Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra. 65. Atheta (Microdota) gracillima CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 220-223) Atheta (Microdota) gracillima CAMERON, 1939: 334 Tipi. Lectotypus ©, Kashmir, Gulmarg, VI-VII.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Paralectotypi: 10 e 19, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,3 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; antenne brune con i due arti- coli basali giallo-bruni; zampe gialle. La reticolazione delle elitre è più svanita di quella ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 957 ul LEE! ei N 1} // \/ 225 01mm FıGG. 215-225. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del maschio. Figg. 215-219: Atheta (Microdota) loebliella sp. n. Figg. 220-223: Atheta (Microdota) gracillima Cameron. Figg. 224-225: Atheta (Microdota) contingens Cameron. 958 ROBERTO PACE del capo e del pronoto, quella dell’addome è netta. Tutto il copro è coperto di tubercoletti svaniti. Edeago figg. 221-222, spermateca fig. 223. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. ECOLOGIA. Specie cadavericola. 66. Atheta (Microdota) contingens CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 224-225) Atheta (Philhygra) contingens CAMERON, 1939: 319 Tipo. Holotypus 9, Chakrata Distr., Chuli Khud, 6500 ft., 20.V.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo lucido e rossiccio scuro; capo e uriti liberi 3, 4e5 bruni; antenne nero-brune con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. Tutto il corpo è coperto di reticolazione distinta. Evidenti tubercoletti coprono il pronoto e le elitre. Spermateca fig. 225. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. 67. Atheta (Microdota) habilis sp. n. (Figg. 226-229) Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Khandbari Distr., «Bakan» W of Tashigaon, 3250 m, 4.IV.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG). Paratypi: 29 9, stessa provenienza (MHNG, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; estremità addominale rossic- cia; antenne brune con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe di un giallo sporco. Il capo e il pronoto presentano reticolazione netta; addome ed elitre con reticolazione dis- tinta. Il capo ha punteggiatura ombelicata distinta; il pronoto e le elitre sono coperti di tubercoletti fini e distinti. Edeagi figg. 227-228, spermateca fig. 229. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 68. Atheta (Microdota) deharvengi PACE, 1984 (Figg. 230-232) Atheta (Microdota) deharvengi PACE, 1984: 323 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Trisuli, 2100 m, X1.1978 (MNP). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Corpo di un rossiccio scuro; omeri rossicci come gli uriti liberi 1 e 2 e l’estremità dell’addome; antenne di un rossiccio scuro con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. La reticolazione sul capo è netta, sul pronoto distinta e sulle elitre svanita. Edeago figg. 231-232. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA FIGG. 226-235. BA RABEN Ax": if Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 226-229: Atheta (Microdota) habilis sp. n. Figg. 230-232: Atheta (Microdota) deharvengi Pace. Figg. 233-235: Atheta (Microdota) dargharensis sp. n. 959 960 ROBERTO PACE 69. Atheta (Microdota) dargharensis PACE, 1986 (Figg. 233-235) Atheta (Microdota) dargharensis PACE, 1986: 85 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Jumla, Alm Darghari, Maharigaon, 4000 m (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypus: 10°, stessa provenienza (CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo giallo-bruno; uriti liberi 3 e 4 bruni; antenne giallo-brune con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. La reticolazione sul capo é svanita, sul pronoto e sulle elitre è distinta e sugli uroterghi è evidente. Edeago figg. 233-234. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 70. Atheta (Microdota) aptera PACE, 1984 (Figg. 236-239) Atheta (Microdota) aptera PACE, 1984: 320 Atheta (Microdota) annapurnensis PACE, 1986: 83, syn. n. Atheta (Microdota) fulungensis PACE, 1983: 83, syn. n. Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Trisuli, 2680 m, XI.1978 (MNP). Paratypi: 10° e 39 ©, stessa pro- venienza (MNP, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9-2,0 mm. Corpo rossiccio; antenne rossicce con i tre arti- coli basali gialli come le zampe. La reticolazione del corpo è distinta o più o meno svanita. Edeago figg. 237-238, spermateca fig. 239. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. 6 es., Goropani, Pokhara (Franz leg., Coll. Benick, CPA); 7 es., Fulung (Franz leg. Coll. Benock, CPA); 19, Ilam Distr., Mai Pokhari, 25-27.V.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM). ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola-fitodetriticola. 71. Atheta (Microdota) seclusa CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 240-241) Atheta (Ousipalia) seclusa CAMERON, 1939: 309 Atheta (Microdota) seclusa, PACE, 1984: 319 Tipo. Holotypus 9, Chakrata Distr., Dodora Khud, 8000 ft., 13.V.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e giallo rossiccio; zampe gialle. Sul capo e sul pronoto la reticolazione è assai svanita, sulle elitre è distinta. Sperma- teca fig. 241. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNW Uttar Pradesh. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola. 72. Atheta (Microdota) zagipalensis PACE, 1986, st. n. (Figg. 242-243) Atheta (Microdota) seclusa zagipalensis PACE, 1986: 83 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Kashmir, Zagipal, Fahlgam, 3500-3600 m, X.1977 (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypi: 29 9, stessa provenienza (CFR, CPA). ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 961 FıGG. 236-243. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 236-239: Atheta (Microdota) aptera Pace. Figg. 240-241: Atheta (Microdota) seclusa Cameron. Figg. 242-243: Atheta (Microdota) zagipalensis Pace. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 63 962 ROBERTO PACE DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo giallo-rossiccio; uriti liberi 4 e base del 5 appena oscurati; antenne rossicce con i tre articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Tutto il corpo è coperto di reticolazione assai distinta. Spermateca fig. 243. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. EcoLOGIA. Specie humicola. 73. Atheta (Microdota) chitrensis PACE, 1987 (Figg. 244-245) Atheta (Microdota) chitrensis PACE, 1987: 415 Tipo. Holotypus © , Nepal, Parbat Distr., Chitre, 2950-3050 m, 5.V.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; estremita distale dell’addome rossiccia. L’avancorpo è coperto di reticolazione svanita. Spermateca fig. 245. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola in boschi di Abies sp. e Rhododendron sp. 74. Atheta (Microdota) yardangensis sp. n. (Figg. 246-247) Tipo. Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Yardang Ridge, NE Barahbise, 3250 m, 5.V.1981 (Löbl & Sme- tana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; estremità distale dell’addome bruno-rossiccia; antenne brune con i due articoli basali gialli; zampe giallo-rossicce. Tutto il corpo è coperto di reticolazione netta. Tubercoletti salienti coprono le elitre. Spermateca fig. 247. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola-fitodetriticola. 75. Atheta (Microdota) lentula CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 248-251) Atheta (Ousipalia) lentula CAMERON, 1939: 308 Tıpı. Lectotypus ©, Kashmir, Gulmarg, VI-VII.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Paralectotypi: 14 es., stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Pronoto debolmente opaco su un corpo lucido e ros- siccio scuro; antenne bruno-rossicce con i tre articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. L’avancorpo è coperto di netta reticolazione a maglie ampie. Tutto il corpo è coperto di tubercoletti salienti. Edeago figg. 250-251, spermateca fig. 248. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 963 Fiss. 244-251. Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. Figg. 244-245: Atheta (Microdota) chitrensis Pace. Figg. 246-247: Atheta (Microdota) yardangensis sp. n. Figg. 248-251: Atheta (Microdota) lentula Cameron. 964 ROBERTO PACE 76. Atheta (Microdota) janetschekiella PAcE, 1987 (Figg. 252-253) Meoticamorpha janetscheki SCHEERPELTZ 1976: 67 Atheta (Microdata) janetschekiella PACE, 1987: 415 (nom. per Atheta janetscheki SCHEERPELTZ, 1976: 67, nec Atheta janetscheki SCHEERPELTZ, 1976: 62) Tipo. Lectotypus 9, Nepal, Mingbo-Tal beim Airstrip der Hillary-Makalu-Expedition, 4800 m, 28.V.1961 (Janetschek leg., IZUI). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio; antenne e zampe gialle. Tutto il corpo € coperto di reticolazione netta. Tubercoletti assai salienti coprono le elitre. Spermateca fig. 253. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-orientale. ECOLOGIA. Specie muscicola. 77. Atheta (Microdota) yangriensis sp. n. (Figg. 254-257) Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Yangri Ridge, 4700-4800 m, 22.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG). Paratypi: 8 es. stessa provenienza, 22-23.1V.1981 (MHNG, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio; antenne bruno- rossicce con i due articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Il capo e il pronoto sono coperti di reticolazione quasi vigorosa, le elitre mostrano tubercoletti e reticolazione svaniti. Edeago figg. 256-257, spermateca fig. 255. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola-fitodetriticola. 78. Atheta (Microdota) meredarensis sp. n. (Figg. 258-261) Tıpı. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Mere Dare, 3200 m, 8.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg. MHNG). Paratypi: 39 ©, stessa provenienza (MHNG, CPA); 1o, Prov. Bagmati, Malemchi, 2800 m, 14.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio; capo e uriti liberi 3 e 4 di un rossiccio scuro; antenne rossicce con i tre articoli basali gialli; zampe giallo- rossicce. Il capo e il pronoto sono coperti di reticolazione netta; le elitre da reticolazione svanita e tubercoletti poco salienti. Edeago figg. 259-260, spermateca fig. 258. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola-fitodetriticola. 79. Atheta (Microdota) rizanf PACE, 1982 (Figg. 262-265) Atheta (Microdota) rizanf Pace, 1982: 153 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Jumla, Valle Dzunda Khola, Talphi, 3000-3500 m (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypi: 39 9, stessa provenienza (CFR, CPA). ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 965 FIGG. 252-260. Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. Figg. 252-253: Atheta (Microdota) janetschekiella Pace. Figg. 254-257: Atheta (Microdota) yangriensis sp. n. Figg. 258-260: Atheta (Microdota) meredarensis sp. n. 966 ROBERTO PACE DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7-1,8 mm. Corpo bruno-rossiccio; capo e uriti liberi 3 e 4 bruni; antenne e zampe gialle. Il capo e il pronoto sono coperti di reticolazione evidente. Edeago figg. 263-264, spermateca fig. 265. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola. 80. Atheta (Microdota) micropisalioides PACE, 1982 (Figg. 266-268) Atheta (Microdota) micropisalioides PACE, 1982: 149 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Jumla, Dampa (Franz leg. CFR). Paratypi: 15 es., stessa prove- nienza (CFR, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,5-1,6 mm. Corpo giallo-rossiccio; urite libero 4 bruno- rossiccio; antenne brunicce con i tre articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Tutto il corpo € coperto di reticolazione distinta. Edeago figg. 267-268, spermateca fig. 265. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola. 81. Atheta (Microdota) microphallica PACE, 1986 (Figg. 269-271) Atheta (Microdota) microphallica PACE, 1986: 92 Tipo. Holotypus ©, Kashmir, Pahlgam, X.1977 (Franz leg., CFR). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio; zampe, estremità distale dell'addome e mergine posteriore degli uroterghi, rossicci; antenne bruno-rossicce. La reticolazione sul capo è appena svanita, sul pronoto è distinta e sulle elitre è evidente. Edeago figg. 270-271. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 82. Atheta (Microdota) goropanensis PACE, 1982 (Figg. 272-275) Atheta (Microdota) goropanensis PACE, 1982: 155 Tıpı. Holotypus ©, Goropani, Pokhara (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypi: 59 9, stessa provenienza (CFR, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo giallo bruniccio sporco; urite libero 4 bruniccio scuro; antenne bruno-giallicce con i quattro articoli basali gialli come le zampe. Sull’avan- corpo la reticolazione è svanita, sull’addome è evidente. Edeago figg. 273-274, spermateca fig. 275. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. 19, Goropani Pass, 3150 m, 7.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 967 FicG. 261-271. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Fig 261: Atheta (Microdota) meredarensis sp. n. Figg. 262-265: Atheta (Microdota) rizanf Pace. Figg. 266-268: Atheta (Microdota) micropisalioides Pace. Figg. 269-271: Atheta (Microdota) microphallica Pace. 968 Figg. 272-27 ROBERTO PACE FIGG. 272-279. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Atheta (Microdota) goropanensis Pace. Figg. 276-279: Atheta (Microdota) pokhariensis Pace. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 969 287 01 mm SS i : RE Olmm FıGG. 280-290. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 280-283: Atheta (Microdota) spinigera Pace. Figg. 284-286: Atheta (Microdota) phulcokiensis sp. n. Figg. 287-290: Atheta (Microdota) khumbuensis Pace. 970 ROBERTO PACE 83. Atheta (Microdota) pokhariensis PACE, 1987 (Figg. 276-279) Atheta (Microdota) pokhariensis PACE, 1987: 415 Tipi. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Ilam Distr., Mai Pokhari, 2100-2200 m, 25-27.III.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM). Paratypi: 10 e 19, stessa provenienza (SM, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio, coperto di reticola- zione distinta. Edeago figg. 277, spermateca fig. 279. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 84. Atheta (Microdota) spinigera PACE, 1982 (Figg. 280-283) Atheta (Microdota) spinigera PACE, 1982: 153 Tıpı. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Pate Pati, Gosaikunde (Franz. leg., CFR). Paratypi: 39 9, stessa provenienza; 10° e 19, Nepal, Muikharka, Tare Pati (Franz leg., CFR, CPA). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8-1,9 mm. Corpo giallo-rossiccio; urite libero 4 rossiccio; antenne giallo-rossicce. La superficie del corpo é coperta di reticolazione distinta. Edeago figg. 281-282, spermateca fig. 283. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centro-settentrionale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola. 85. Atheta (Microdota) phulcokiensis sp. n. (Figg. 284-286) Tipo. Kathmandu Distr., Phulcoki, 2600 m, 20.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Corpo giallo-rossiccio; antenne di un giallo-rossiccio sporco con i due articoli basali giallo-rossicci come le zampe. La reticolazione del capo e del pronoto è netta, quella delle elitre svanita. Tubercoletti poco salienti sono visibili sulle elitre. Edeago figg. 285-286. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 86. Atheta (Microdota) khumbuensis PACE, 1982 (Figg. 287-290) Atheta (Microdota) khumbuensis PACE, 1982: 153 Tıpı. Holotypus ©, Nepal, Khumbu, Alm Dugdimna (Lughla), 3000-4000 m (Franz leg., CFR). Paratypi: 40 © e 69 ©, stessa provenienza (CFR, CPA); 10°, Nepal, Therai, 10.X.1972 (Franz leg., CFR). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8-1,9 mm. Corpo giallo-rossiccio; urite libero 4 rossiccio; antenne bruno-rossicce con i quattro articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. L’avan- corpo è coperto di reticolazione distinta. Edeago figg. 287-288, spermateca fig. 289. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal nord-occidentale. ECOLOGIA. Specie humicola. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 971 DESCRIZIONE DELLE SPECIE DEL SOTTOGENERE Poromicrodota N. 1. Atheta (Poromicrodota) subamicula CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 291-294) Atheta (Microdota) subamicula CAMERON, 1939: 327 TIPI. Lectotypus ©, Chakrata Distr., Chulli Khud, 8000 ft., 14.V.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Paralectotypi: 3 es., stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7-1,8 mm. Corpo bruno con elitre bruno-rossicce; antenne brune; zampe gialle. Il pronoto e il capo sono coperti di reticolazione netta. Edeago figg. 292-293, spermateca fig. 294. DISTRIBUZIONE. NNE Bihar, NNW Uttar Pradesh, Nepal centrale. lo, Nepal, Lalitpur Distr., Phulcoki, 2650 m, 14.X.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 10°, Kathmandu Distr., Phulcoki, 2600 m, 20.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG); 19, Prov. Bag- mati, NE Barahbise, 2700 m, 2.V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 10° e 19, Prov. Bagmati, Dobate Ridge, NE Barahbise, 2700 m, 2.V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG, CPA); 10°, Prov. Bagmati, Yardang Ridge, NE Barahbise, 3250 m, 5.V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG); 3 es., Khandbari Distr., for. above Ahale, 2300 m, 25-26.111.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG, CPA); lo, Ilam Distr., Mai Pokhari, 2100-2200 m, 25-27.111.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM); 19, Bindal Gadh., Konain, 5.V.1921 (Cameron leg., BMNH), sintipo di Atheta alia Cameron, 1939. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 2. Atheta (Poromicrodota) sororcula CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 295-298) Atheta (Microdota) sororcula CAMERON, 1939: 324 Atheta (Ousipalia) pseudocaesula CAMERON, 1944: 105, syn. n. TIPI. Lectotypus ©, Chakrata Distr., Kanasar, 7050 ft., 14-22.V.1922 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Paralectotypus: 10°, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6-1,7 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-bruniccio scuro; urite libero 4 bruno; estremità distale dell'addome rossiccia; antenne brune con i tre articoli basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. La reticolazione del capo è netta, quella del pronoto e dell’addome distinta e quella delle elitre assai svanita. Tubercoletti ben salienti stanno sul pronoto e sulle elitre. Edeago figg. 295-296, spermateca fig. 297. DISTRIBUZIONE. Himachal Pradesh, NNW Uttar Pradesh e Nepal centrale. 15 es., Kathmandu Distr., Phulcoki, 2600 m, 20-21.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG, CPA); 10° e 49 9, Godawaro b. Kathmandu (Franz leg. CFR, CPA); 6 es., Nepal, Khandbari Distr., «Bakan» W of Tashigaon, 3250 m, 4.1V.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG); 3 es., Khand- bari Distr., above Sheduwa, 3000 m, 31.111.1982 (A. & Z. Smetana leg., MHNG); 39 9, Parbat Distr., Ghoropani Pass, N slope, 2700 m, 6.V.1983 (Smetana & Löbl leg., MHNG); 10 e 290 9, Nepal, Mahabarat, 2350 m (MNP); 14 es., Rohtangpass, S-Hang, 2500-3500 m, Himachal Pradesh (Franz leg., CFR, CPA); 10 e 19, Nepal, Mustang Distr., Purano Marpha, 3200-3600 m, 22-25.1V.1980 (Martens & Ausobsky leg., SM); 40 ©, Simla Hills, Gahan, 7000 ft., IX.1921 (Came- ron leg., BMNH), determinati da Cameron come Atheta amicula (Steph.). ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. 972 ROBERTO PACE FicG. 291-302. Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. Figg. 291-294: Arheta (Poromicrodota) subamicula Cameron. Figg. 295-298: Atheta (Poromicro- dota) sororcula Cameron. Figg. 299-302: Atheta (Poromicrodota) subluctuosa Cameron. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 973 3. Atheta (Poromicrodota) subluctuosa CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 299-302) Atheta (Microdota) subluctuosa CAMERON, 1939: 323 Tipi. Lectotypus ©, Kashmir, Gulmarg, VI-VII.1931 (Cameron leg., BMNH). Paralectotypi: 1o e 19, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; uriti liberi 3, 4 e 5 neri; antenne nere con i due articoli basali bruni; zampe giallo-brune. Il capo e le elitre presen- tano reticolazione netta; pronoto e addome l’hanno svanita. Tubercoletti distinti stanno sulle elitre. Edeago figg. 299-300, spermateca fig. 301. DISTRIBUZIONE. Kashmir. ECOLOGIA. Specie cadavericola. 4. Atheta (Poromicrodota) yamana sp. n. (Figg. 303-304) Tipo. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Pokhare, NE Barahbise, 2700 m, 2.V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; base ed estremità addominale bruno-rossicce; antenne brune con i due articoli basali bruno-rossicci; zampe gialle. L’intero corpo è coperto di reticolazione svanita e di tubercoletti superficiali. Spermateca fig. 304. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. ETIMOLOGIA. Da Yama, dio della morte. 5. Atheta (Poromicrodota) paria sp. n. (Figg. 305-306) Tipo. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Kathmandu Distr., Phulcoki, 2600 m, 20.IV.1982 (A. & Z. Sme- tana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Corpo lucidissimo e bruno; pronoto e base dell’addome bruno-rossicci; antenne brune con i due articoli basali di un rossiccio scuro; zampe gialle. I tubercoletti e la reticolazione dell’intera superficie del corpo, sono svaniti. Spermateca fig. 306. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie probabilmente fitodetriticola. ETIMOLOGIA. Da «Paria», categoria di coloro che in India non appartengono ad alcuna casta sociale. 6. Atheta (Poromicrodota) longelytrata sp. n. (Figg. 307-308) Tipo. Holotypus 9, Nepal, Prov. Bagmati, Chaubas, 2600 m, 5.1V.1981 (Löbl & Smetana leg., MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e bruno-rossiccio; uriti liberi 4 e 5 bruni; Antenne brune con i due articoli basali rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. 974 ROBERTO PACE FicGc. 303-312. Habitus e spermateca. Figg. 303-304: Atheta (Poromicrodota) yamana sp. n. Figg. 305-306: Atheta (Poromicrodota) paria sp. n. Figg. 307-308: Atheta (Poromicrodota) longelytrata sp. n. Figg. 309-310: Atheta (Physadota) scabriventris Cameron. Figg. 311-312: Atheta (Physadota) praelata Pace. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 975 La reticolazione dell’avancorpo è netta o vigorosa; quella dell’addome è distinta. I tuber- coletti dell’avancorpo sono poco salienti. Spermateca fig. 307. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal centrale. ECOLOGIA. Specie fitodetriticola. DESCRIZIONE DELLE SPECIE DEL SOTTOGENERE Physadota N. 1. Atheta (Physadota) scabriventris CAMERON, 1939 (Figg. 309-310) Atheta (Microdota) scabriventris CAMERON, 1939: 332 Tipi. Lectotypus 9, Tibet, Supi River, 15000 ft. (Champion leg., BMNH). Paralectotypus: 19, stessa provenienza (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Avancorpo debolmente lucido, addome lucido. Corpo bruno; antenne nere; zampe brune con femori neri e tarsi rossicci. La reticolazione del capo e del pronoto è vigorosa, quella delle elitre è distinta e quella dell’addome netta. L’avancorpo è coperto di tubercoletti salienti, l'addome da tubercoletti molto salienti. Spermateca fig. 310. DISTRIBUZIONE. Tibet. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. 2. Atheta (Physadota) praelata PACE, 1985 (Figg. 311-312) Atheta (Microdota) praelata PACE, 1985: 159 Tipo. Holotypus 9, Pakistan, Jhusi, Allahabad S. N. Chatterjee, 29.XII.1922 (BMNH). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo debolmente opaco. Capo, pronoto e addome (tranne la sua estremità distale), bruno-rossicci; elitre giallo-brunicce; estremità distale dell’addome rossiccia; antenne nero-brune; zampe gialle. La reticolazione del capo è vigo- rosa; quella del resto del corpo è distinta. L’avancorpo è coperto di tubercoletti salienti, l’addome presenta tubercoletti molto salienti soprattutto sugli uroterghi basali. Sperma- teca fig. 312. DISTRIBUZIONE. Pakistan. ECOLOGIA. Sconosciuta. NOTE DI ZOOGEOGRAFIA Nonostante il notevole contributo di nuove conoscenze sul sottogenere Microdota della regione himalaiana, determinato grazie alle recenti ricerche del Dr. I. Löbl, del Dr. A. Smetana e di altri, non è ancora possibile trarre conclusioni attendibili sulla faunistica e sulla zoogeografia di questo gruppo di Insetti. Ciò per i seguenti principali motivi: 1) — Le ricerche si sono concentrate su determinate aree geografiche, le più accessi- bili dell’ Himalaya e in particolare del Nepal. 976 ROBERTO PACE 2) — Le ricerche nell’arco dell’anno, sono state svolte prevalentemente in periodi primaverili o autunnali. 3) — Le nostre conoscenze sul sottogenere Microdota delle catene montuose del Sud-Est asiatico sono estremamente limitate per scarsita di ricerche, sia per numero di specie che per studio tassonomico moderno. 4) — La nuova sistematica delle Microdota qui proposta, nonostante gli innegabili progressi grazie allo studio dell’edeago e della spermateca e grazie agli apporti di nuovo materiale di studio, ha ancora carattere provvisorio sia perché basata su criteri soggettivi, sia perché manca la conoscenza del maschio o della femmina di alcune specie; cid rende largamente ipotetico l’accostamento sistematico naturale di queste specie ad altre. Per ora risulta che la maggior parte delle specie di Microdota dell Himalaya sono endemiche: un gruppo maggiore, formato da specie alate, con areale più ampio; un gruppo minore, formato da specie attere o microttere, ciascuna con areale più o meno ristretto. La proporzione delle specie di origine paleartica è dominante. Il considerevole numero di specie o sottospecie, 83, può essere spiegato sia perché l’Himalaya offre microambienti favorevoli all’insediamento e alla riproduzione delle specie di Microdota, quali la lettiera o la frequente presenza di fitodetriti negli ambienti forestali in clima tem- perato umido, sia per l’orografia dell’Himalaya stessa, solcata da numerose e profonde valli che costituiscono una potenziale barriera alla dispersione delle popolazioni locali, tanto da favorire l’isolamento genetico. RESUME L’auteur présente une révision des 83 espéces ou sous-especes du sous-genre Micro- dota Muls. & Rey de Atheta Thom. de l’ Himalaya, ainsi qu’une discussion des caractères diagnostiques du sous-genre, de clefs d’identification des genres voisins et des especes et quelques observations sur la zoogéographie de ce sous-genre en Himalaya. Deux nouveaux sous-genres de Atheta et 27 nouvelles espéces sont décrits, 19 espéces sont transférées au niveau de sous-genres et 8 especes sont placées en synonymie. Les especes de Microdota et des deux nouveaux sous-genres sont brievement décrites et illustrees. Toutes les données bionomiques et distributives disponibles sont présentées. BIBLIOGRAFIA BERNHAUER, M. 1907. Zur Staphylinidenfauna von Japan. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 57: 371-414. BERNHAUER, M. & O. SCHEERPELTZ. 1926. Coleopterorum Catalogus. LXXXII. Staphylinidae 4: 499-988, Berlin. BLACKWELDER, R. E. 1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae, with an essay on genotypy. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 200: 483 pp. BRUNDIN, L. 1948. Microdota-Studien. Entomol. Tidskr. 69: 8-66. CAMERON, M. 1920. New species of Staphylinidae from Singapore. Part III. Trans. Ent. Soc. London: 212-284. ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 977 — 1939. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Coleoptera Staphylinidae 4: 691 pp., London. — 1944. Descriptions of new Staphylinidae (Coleoptera). Proc. R. ent. Soc. London 13: 49-52; 104-108. — 1950. New species of Staphylinidae (Col.) from the Malay Peninsula. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 3: 89-131. Des Gozis, M. 1886. Recherche de l’espèce typique de quelques anciens genres: rectifications synonymiques et notes diverses. 36 pp., Montlucon. FAUVEL, A. 1873. Faune Gallo-Rhénane 3: 736 pp., Caen. FENYES, A. 1918. Coleoptera: Fam. Staphylinidae, subfam. Aleocharinae. Genera Insectorum 173a: 1-110. GANGLBAUER, L. 1895. Die Kafer von Mitteleuropa: 880 pp., Wien. KRAATZ, G. 1856. Naturgeschichte den Insecten Deutschlands. Coleoptera: 376 pp., Berlin. — 1859. Die Staphyliniden-Fauna von Ostindien, insbesondere der Insel Ceylan: 196 pp., Berlin. MULSANT, M. & C. Rey. 1870. Description d’un genre nouveau de l’ordre des Coléoptères, tribu Brachélytres, famille des Aléochariens. Opusc. Ent. 14: 194-199. — 1873. Description de divers Col&opteres Brévipennes nouveaux ou peu connus. Opusc. Ent. 15: 147-189. — 1874. Histoire naturelle des Coléoptères de France. Tribus des Brévipennes: famille des Aléochariens: septieme branche: Myrmédonaires. Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon 6: 33-738. Pace, R. 1982. Revisione delle specie nepalesi del genere Leptusa Kraatz descritte da O. Scheerpeltz. Boll. Soc. ent. ital. 114: 79-86. — 1982a. Aleocharinae del Nepal e dell’ India settentrionale raccolte dal Prof. H. Franz. II. Calli- cerini. Boll. Soc. ent. ital. 114: 147-158. — 1985. Aleocharinae del Pakistan raccolte da Stefano Zoia. Boll. Mus. civ. St. nat. Verona: 12: 153-163. — 1986. Aleocharinae riportate dall’Himalaya dal Prof. Franz. Parte II. Nouv. Revue Ent. 3: 81-97. — 1987. Staphylinidae dell Himalaya Nepalese. Aleocharinae raccolte dal Prof. Dr. J. Martens. Courier Forsch.-Inst. Senckenberg 93: 383-441. — 1988. Aleocharinae riportate dall’Himalaya dal Prof. Franz. Parte IV. Nouv. Revue Ent. 5: 181-194. PEYERIMHOFF, P. 1938. Notes sur les Amischa Thomson. Rev. Franc. Ent. 5: 64-73. SCHEERPELTZ, O. 1976. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der von Prof. Dr. H. Janetschek im Jahre 1961 in das Mt. Everest-Gebiet Nepals unternommenen Studienreise. Khumbu Himal 5: 3-75. SEEVERS, C. H. 1978. A generic and tribal revision of the North American Aleocharinae. Fieldiana Zool. 71: 289 pp. STEPHENS, J. F. 1832. Illustrations of British entomology. Mandibulata 5: 240 pp., London. THOMSON, C. G. 1858. Försök till uppställning af Sveriges Staphyliner. Ofv. Kon. Vet.-Akad. Förh. 15: 27-40. YosHil, R. & K. SAWADA. 1976. Studies on the genus Afheta Thomson and its allies. II: Diagnostic characters of Genera and Subgenera with description of representative Species. Contr. Biol. Lab. Kyoto Univ. 25: 11-140. REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 64 978 ahalensis Pace, 934 alia Cam., 946 alternans Pace, 952 amicula Steph., 906, 924 amiculoides Cam., 919 annapurnensis Pace, 960 antiqua Pace, 950 aptera Pace, 960 arborum Pace, 946 ausobskyi Pace, 938 benickiana Pace, 942 bitruncata Pace, 936 cadaverina Bris., 906 cassagnaui Pace, 942 cava Fvl., 916 celata Er., 906 chitrensis Pace, 962 contaminata Pace, 934 contingens Cam., 958 dargharensis Pace, 960 Datomicra M. & R., 906 deharvengi Pace, 958 dehraensis Pace, 916 Dimetrota, 906 disparilior Pace, 904 disputanda Pace, 948 eruta Pace, 919 festa Pace, 924 franziana Pace, 940 fulungensis Pace, 960 gandakiensis Pace, 956 goropanensis Pace, 966 gracillima Cam., 956 ROBERTO PACE INDICE granulithoracica Pace, 930 habilis Pace, 958 himalayica Sch., 928 hum Pace, 931 inconspicua Cam., 918 inconsueta Pace, 954 indica Kr., 916 intercursa Pace, 934 inutilis Kr., 915 ivani Pace, 922 Janetscheki Sch., 924, 964 Janetschekiella Pace, 964 Jumlensis Pace, 948 kaliensis Pace, 944 kanagawana Ber., 916 kathmanduensis Pace, 924 khumbuensis Pace, 970 kirantorum Pace, 940 lamaorum Pace, 938 languens Pace, 925 larjungensis Pace, 940 lentula Cam., 962 loebliella Pace, 956 longelytrata Pace, 973 lophophori Pace, 928 mahadevia Pace, 936 maharigaonensis Pace, 944 maiensis Pace, 919 makarai Pace, 954 martensiella Pace, 930 masuriensis Cam., 925 mediocris Cam., 954 meredarensis Pace, 964 Microdota, 915 microphallica Pace, 966 micropisalioides Pace, 966 nana Kr., 916 ocularis Cam., 904 optica Cam., 952 paria Pace, 973 patientiae Pace, 952 patiorum Pace, 936 pauxilla Cam., 931 perconfusa Pace, 948 pergrata Pace, 922 phallosetigera Pace, 904 phulcokiensis Pace, 970 Physadota, 975 placita Cam., 938 pokhariensis Pace, 970 pontis Pace, 944 Poromicrodota, 971 praecipua Pace, 930 praelata Pace, 904, 975 pseudocaesula Cam., 971 pseudosordidula Cam., 916 puerilis Cam., 931 rizanf Pace, 964 rufonigra Cam., 952 rupicola Cam., 946 sagarmanthica Pace, 942 scabrella Cam., 904 scabriventris Cam., 904, 975 scrobicollis Kr., 915 seclusa Cam., 960 segregata Pace, 938 sericea M. & R., 903 ALEOCHARINAE NEPALESI DEL MUSEO DI GINEVRA 979 sericella Cam., 919 sikhaensis Pace, 918 smetanai Pace, 938 sororcula Cam., 971 spinigera Pace, 970 subamicula Cam., 971 subatomaria Cam., 904 subatricolor Cam., 904 subgranulithoracica Pace, 930 subluctuosa Cam., 904, 973 subscabra Cam., 922 tarda Cam., 944 tuberculata Kr., 950 velata Pace, 954 ventorum Pace, 925 vulgaris Cam., 916 yakorum Pace, 928 yamana Pace, 973 yangriensis Pace, 964 yardangensis Pace, 962 yetii Pace, 950 zagipalensis Pace, 960 zoiai Pace, 904 SER, =e nn —- Fasc. 4 | p. 981-988 Geneve, decembre 1990 | | Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 DER eee er IO | Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp. (Siluriformes, Trichomycteridae), a new miniature tridentine from Paraguay System, in Argentina by Maria de las Mercedes AZPELICUETA * With 4 figures ABSTRACT A new species of Tridentopsis is described from a small pond and a shallow stream connected to rivers of Paraguay System, in Formosa Province, Argentina. A high number (11-13) of opercular odontodes distinguishes 7. cahuali n. sp. from all other known species of the subfamily Tridentinae. Length of maxillary barbels and pectoral fin, number of anal and dorsal-fin rays and the presence of nasal barbel differentiate the new species from 7. tocantinsi La Monte, 1939. Chromatophore distribution pattern, more slender body with a straight dorsal profile and different morphometrics separate 7. pearsoni Myers, 1925 from the new species described herein. RESUMEN Se describe una nueva especie de Tridentopsis colectada en pequenos cuerpos de agua pertenecientes a la cuenca del rio Paraguay, en la provincia de Formosa, Argentina. El alto numero de odontodes operculares distingue a 7. cahuali n. sp. de todas las especies conocidas de la subfamilia Tridentinae. La longitud de las barbillas maxilares y de la aleta pectoral, el numero de radios dorsales y anales y la presencia de barbillas nasales diferen- cian a la nueva especie de T. tocantinsi La Monte, 1939. El patron de distribuciön de los cromatoforos, el cuerpo mas estilizado con perfil dorsal plano y algunas diferencias mor- fometricas separan a 7. pearsoni Myers, 1925 de la nueva especie aqui descripta. * CONICET Researcher. Div. Zoologia Vertebrados, Museo de La Plata, 1900 La Plata, Argentina. 982 MARIA DE LAS MERCEDES AZPELICUETA INTRODUCTION Several species of the Neotropical catfish family Trichomycteridae have small body size as adults. Few species reaching a little more than twenty millimeters in standard length are included in the subfamily Tridentinae. All known tridentine species have been described from rivers of Amazon Basin or Maracaibo Basin. The examination of a collec- tion of freshwater fishes from small shallow ponds and streams in Formosa Province, Argentina, reveals the presence of a miniature tridentine which has been assigned herein to Tridentopsis MYERS, 1925. The description of the new species is the purpose of the present paper. METHODS All measurements are expressed as percentages of standard length or head length, as indicated. Predorsal, preventral and preanal-fin lengths are measured point-to-point with caliper under stereomicroscope. The rest of the measurements are taken as straight lines with ocular micrometer. Distance between snout tip and eye is obtained from anterior middle snout point to the intersection of eye and head margin. Head width is measured at opercular level, between outermost point of odontodes. Last two dorsal and anal fin rays are counted as one ray. Specimens examined in this study are deposited in the Collections of the following Institutions: Museo de La Plata (MLP); American Museum of Natural History (AMNH); California Academy of Sciences (CAS); Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Geneve (MHNG) and National Museum of Natural History (USNM). Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp. (Figs 1, 2, 3 and 4) Holotype: MLP 5-IX-89-1, female, standard length 20.8 mm; shallow small artificial pond in the private protected area Estancia El Bagual, Formosa Province, Argentina, 26°10’53’’ S and 58°56’39’” W. Collectors: Claudia and Alberto Yanosky, May 1987. Paratypes: 25 specimens collected with the holotype: MLP 5-IX-89-2, 15 specimens, standard length (SL) 18.5 mm-22.2 mm (two individuals cleared and counterstained). AMNH 89300, 2 specimens, 19-20 mm SL. CAS 67699, 4 specimens, 20-22.8 mm SL. MHNG 2479.08, 4 specimens, 20.3-21.86 mm SL. MLP 27-XII-89-1, 3 specimens, 22.15-24 mm SL; arroyo Mbigua, the same pro- tected area in the province of Formosa, Argentina; collectors C. and A. Yanosky, November 1989. Additional material examined: Five specimens of Tridentopsis pearsoni MYERS, 1925, CAS 28259, Lake Rogoagua, Bolivia. Four specimens of Tridensimilis venezuelae SCHULTZ, 1944, USNM 121291, rio Negro below mouth of rio Yasa, Maracaibo Basin, Venezuela. DIAGNOSIS A Tridentopsis with a higher number of opercular odontodes than those previously known. 7. cahuali n. sp. has 11 to 13 opercular odontodes while both 7. pearsoni and T. tocantinsi have ten. Other counts and morphometrics also help to differenciate the new species. DESCRIPTION Morphometrics of holotype and 19 paratypes are presented in table 1. Dorsal profile of body slightly or markedly convex from snout tip to occipital region, concave after TRIDENTOPSIS CAHUALIN. SP. (SILURIFORMES, TRICHOMYCTERIDAE) 983 TABLE 1. Morphometrics of Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp. and T. pearsoni. Standard length is expressed in mm. Other values are expressed as percentages of indicated body length Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp. Tridentopsis pearsoni =20 = holotype range average range | average Standard length 20.80 | 18.5 - 22.2 | 19-20 | ratios in percentage of standard length | | predorsal fin length 72.11) 67.56- 72.38 | 70.62 71.07- 76.31 | 72.72 preventral fin length 46.73 | 46.05- 51.77 | 48.76 SYP 55.17 53.59) preanal fin length 69.71| 64.56- 70.00 | 68.06 71.07- 72.15 | 71.62 body depth at anal fin origin 21.63 | 18.88- 22.30 | 20.23 1670-21350) 18.67 caudal peduncle length 9.23 7.20- 10.54 8.19 8-02 229737011 elo a dorsal fin base 8.65 7.65- 10.36 8.72 7.50- 9.54 8.36 anal fin base 20.67 | 20.05- 25.00 | 21.45 18.50- 22.05 | 20.31 | distance between dorsal fin origin | | and middle caudal fin base 32.30| 29.40- 35.36 | 32.37 30.08- 34.37 | 33.22 distance between anal fin origin and middle caudal fin base 33.46 | 32.07- 37.53 | 34.44 31.12- 34.32 | 33.86) head length 18.99 | 18.01- 21.57 19.42 16.08- 18.50 | 17.27 greatest head depth 11.53) 9.67- 12.38 11.24 8.79- 9.75 9.39 ratios in percentage of head length | | outer maxillary barbel 72.15 | 61.95- 76.31 69.60 68.11- 75.31 | 71.43| inner maxillary barbel 50.12 | 45.52- 55.64 | 48.21 N=3 43.43- 45.58 | 44.50 distance between snout tip and eye margin 50.12 | 47.25- 54.24 | 49.62 49.27- 56.25 | 53.13 | head depth 60.75 | 54.32- 61.53 | 58.34 52.17- 56.52 | 54.40 | head width 113.92 | 96.38-123.28 |112.06 115.94-126.56 | 122.48 | interorbital width 62.78 | 57.50- 69.90 | 62.39 63.82- 68.75 | 66.32 horizontal orbital length 28.10 | 23.17- 28.53 26.12 27.35- 30.93 | 28.33 | nasal barbel length 16.45, 11.50- 21.70 | 16.42 26.08- 30.00 | 28.53 | occipital area, gently arched from that point to dorsal fin origin, slanted along dorsal fin and straight between last dorsal ray insertion and caudal fin. Ventral profile of body convex, maximum depth just anterior to pelvic fin insertion, straight from that point to anal fin origin; anal fin base postero-dorsally oriented; ventral profile of caudal peduncle almost straight. Body robust, laterally compressed in posterior half. Head straight between eyes; at opercular level, wider than long; anterior head margin semicircular. Nasal barbel present, its length shorter than eye and slightly longer than space between nares. Posterior nares transversely opened, placed nearer than anterior ones. Eyes lateral, covered by translucent skin. Cranial fontanelle enormous. Mouth wide, inferior, with two pairs of maxillary barbels; outer barbel reaching opercular margin or pectoral fin base. Dentary with four rows of conical teeth, their tips posteriorly recurved; four of five depressible teeth in inner 984 MARIA DE LAS MERCEDES AZPELICUETA FIG. 1. Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp., holotype, MLP 5-IX-89-1, 20.80 mm standard length, 26°10’53’’ S and 58°56’39’? W, Formosa Province, Argentina. row, larger than the rest (Fig. 3). Three rows of conical premaxillary teeth; inner row also with four teeth large and depressible. Small maxillary tooth (Fig. 2). Eleven to thirteen slightly recurved opercular odontodes, forming a bunch completely separated from interopercular one; eight or nine interopercular odontodes, twelve in one specimen; all odontodes conical and posteriorly directed (Fig. 4). Axillary organ well developed. Droplets appear just posterior to opercle. Pores of lateral line apparently not developed. Only two large pores in flanks, being apertures of postemporal sensory canal. Lipid drops in different areas of body. Miniature epidermal papillae on body. Ray-less cutaneous fold in dorsal and anal fins. Small dorsal fin, strongly convex anteriorly; dorsal origin slightly behind vertical through anal fin insertion; dorsal fin rays 11,5 (13 specimens) or ii,6 (4 specimens including holotype) or iii,4 (3 specimens). Caudal fin slightly forked, upper lobe larger than lower. Triangular pectoral fin with i,4,1; flat- tened first ray longest, its length twice or more that of last ray. Pelvic fin small; i,3,1; its origin nearer snout tip than base of caudal fin rays, except in two specimens; pelvic fin tip falling far from anal fin insertion. Anal fin base long; iii,14 (14 individuals including holotype) or iii,15 (4 specimens) or iii,16 (2 specimens); anal fin margin straight; fin ray lengths decreasing from first to last branched ray. Fin rays divided only once. TRIDENTOPSIS CAHUALIN. SP. (SILURIFORMES, TRICHOMYCTERIDAE) 985 N, | = ate Mintle a: Fics 2-4. Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp., cleared and stained specimen 19.8 mm standard length. Scale bar represents 0.5 mm. 2: internal view of left premaxilla and maxilla. 3: internal view of left lower jaw. 4: lateral view of left opercular and interopercular odontodes. 986 MARIA DE LAS MERCEDES AZPELICUETA COLORATION Specimens preserved in alcohol: ground color pale yellowish; translucent caudal peduncle; belly translucent in females. All chromatophores dark black, rounded or star-like, except some deep hyphen-shaped chromatophores along flanks. Superficial chromatophores scattered on head, sometimes concentrated on snout or forming dots between anterior and posterior nares, anterior to dorsal fontanelle or over dorsal eye margin. Dense chromatophores beneath skin, covering brain. Small black spot under opercular and interopercular odontodes. Broad middorsal stripe crossing along back, between supraoccipital margin and dorsal fin; stripe narrow from last dorsal fin ray insertion to end of caudal peduncle. Some chromatophores spread on flanks, near mid- dorsal line. Dark pigmentation over five or six posterior vertebrae. Large chromatophores in dorsal wall of body cavity, appearing as a broad lateral band, posteroventrally oriented. Chromatophores forming an anal fin base line and two extremely narrow lines above the former. Caudal peduncle bounded by many chromatophores. All fins, excluded hyaline pelvics, with elongate chromatophores around ray surfaces; only four specimens with pigmented membranes. Dark spot in pectoral fin base of some specimens. ETYMOLOGY The specific name from Cahual, an aboriginal araucanian word that is the name of an araucanian chief and the name of the private protected area in which the specimens were collected. DISTRIBUTION The species is known from a small artificial pond with clear water and a shallow stream (depth about 60 centimeters); both habitats are connected to tributaries of Paraguay River. DISCUSSION The subfamily Tridentinae currently consists of four genera and a few miniature species. The monotypic Miuroglanis EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, 1889, based on a single specimen, is recognized by the presence of confluent opercular and interopercular odontodes and the possession of gill membranes joined to the isthmus. The remainder three genera comprise six species with gill membranes free from the isthmus and distinct opercular and interopercular odontodes. KEY TO THE GENERA OF TRIDENTINAE 1. Gill membranes united to isthmus, opercular and interopercular odontodes One nti EEE ee Er ER RT TR Miuroglanis Eig. & Eig. Gill membranes free from isthmus, opercular and interopercular odontodes distinehica Zn ee SER Du SI eee ee 2 2. Body extremely slender, body depth 13; barbels minute; 3 opercular and 3 interopercular odontodes, pelvic fin small................. Tridens Eig. & Eig. Body more compact, body depth 4.5-8; greater number of opercular and interopercular odontodes; greater development of maxillary barbels; pelvic fin wellideveloped: 224% osta se. een. Cw. He Fa N RER 3 TRIDENTOPSIS CAHUALIN. SP. (SILURIFORMES, TRICHOMYCTERIDAE) 987 3. 6 or 7 opercular odontodes; 4-6 interopercular odontodes; body depth 8; 22.29 8anal-fingraysiatanc Me Say Doe Re RE Tridensimilis Schultz 9-13 opercular odontodes; 8-12 interopercular odontodes; body depth 4.5-6.1; Ie anal=hinenay Stet. Sh re ARIES arse Sr. PEN ON Tridentopsis Myers KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Tridentopsis 1. 10 dorsal-fin rays; 21 anal-fin rays; nasal barbel absent; outer maxillary barbel TCA CIMINO FAN LECH ORE MARINE EE CENTER T. tocantinsi LA MONTE, 1939 7-8 dorsal-fin rays; 17-20 anal-fin rays; nasal barbel present; outer maxillary banbellireaching toperculariflapiorpectoralfinibase o eee eee 2 2. 9-10 opercular odontodes; head length 5.58-6.21; head depth 10.25-11.37; ventral-fin origin midway between snout and caudal-fin base or nearer caudal- RAS A RE T. pearsoni MYERS, 1925, type species 11-13 opercular odontodes; head length 4.63-5.50; head depth 8.07-9.98; ventral-fin origin nearer snout than caudal-fin base. ............ T. cahuali n. sp. The genus Tridens as first described by EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN 1889 comprised two species, 7. melanops and T. brevis, although the authors suggested that both species would belong to different genera. MYERS (1925) described the genus 7ridentopsis on the basis of the much more com- pact body, the greater number of opercular and interopercular odontodes, the larger development of maxillary barbels and the presence of nasal barbels. None the less, MYERS commented later in the same paper that this feature should be probably removed from the generic diagnosis. He placed 7. brevis Eigenmann & Figenmann and his new species 7. pearsoni within Tridentopsis. Tridens was restricted to the genotype T. melanops. In 1944 SCHULTZ described the genus Tridensimilis which is distinguished from Tridentopsis by the possession of six opercular and four to six interopercular odontodes, 22-23 anal-fin rays and five branchiostegal rays. SCHULTZ preferred to include 7. brevis Eigenmann & Eigenmann in his new genus together with the new species Tridensimilis venezuelae. The absence of osteological information on some species does not allow a discussion about the validity of both genera Tridentopsis and Tridensimilis. The new species described in the present paper has a compact body form, depth of body 4.6-5.6, greater number of opercular (11-13) and interopercular (8-12) odontodes, a nasal barbel and 17-19 anal-fin rays. For these reasons 7. cahuali n. sp. is placed in the genus 7ridentopsis Myers, 1925. Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp. differs from the previously described species of Triden- topsis in the number of opercular odontodes. The possession of longer maxillary barbel and pectoral fin, the presence of nasal barbel and a low number of anal (17-19 versus 21) and dorsal (7-8 versus 10) fin rays distinguish 7. cahuali n. sp. from 7. tocantinsi LA MONTE, 1939. 7. pearsoni has more slender body compared with 7. cahuali n. sp. and the dorsal profile very straight as MYERS (op. cit.) pointed out. In the former, chromatophores on flanks are regularly distributed between middorsal line and lateral line area. Furthermore, the latter has shorter nasal barbel, deeper, shorter and narrower head and deeper body at dorsal fin origin. In addition, pelvic fin is inserted nearer the snout than the base of caudal (except two specimens) while in 7. pearsoni that fin is placed mid- 988 MARIA DE LAS MERCEDES AZPELICUETA way between snout tip and caudal base or nearer caudal base than tip of snout. The dorsal fin origin of T. cahualin. sp. is always behind the vertical through anal fin origin whereas the females of T. pearsoni have both fin origins at the same level (Table 1). A previous record of 7. pearsoni from Parana Basin, in Chaco Province, Argentina, was reported by CASTELLO ef al. (1978). Unfortunately, the specimens were not found in the Collection of Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales Bernardino Rivadavia. However, the features described and figured show that the specimens do not belong to T. pearsoni. The number of opercular odontodes resembles that of T. cahuali n. sp., although the presence of trifid opercular odontodes does not agree with those known in the latter. Trophic specializations have been reported in some trichomycterid species. Some of them are blood-feeding parasites while other species are scale-feeders or mucus-feeders. No evidence of food items were found in six stomachs of 7. cahualin. sp. examined, not- withstanding, the presence of some features as the depressible teeth in both jaws and the maxillary tooth suggest the possibility of parasitic behaviour, at least in part of its life. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Claudia and Alberto Yanosky collected the specimens; Carl Ferraris Jr. and Arturo Kehr made available some literature; David Catania and William Eschmeyer and Richard Vari and Susan Jewett sent the specimens from CAS and USNM respectively; the paper benefitted from the comments and suggestions of Heraldo Britski and Carl Ferraris Jr. My thanks to all of them. BIBLIOGRAPHY CASTELLO, H. P., M. ERLICH, I. Waıss & A. PuiG. 1978. Adiciones a la fauna de los peces de los rios Parana Medio y Bermejo. Rev. Mus. Arg. Cs. Ns. B. Rivadavia, Zool. 12 (9): 119-135. EIGENMANN, C. 1918. The Pygidiidae, a family of South American Catfishes. Mem. Carnegie Mus. 7 (5): 259-398. — & EIGENMANN, R. 1890. A revision of South American Nematognathi or Catfishes. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1: 1-508. LA MONTE, F. 1939. Tridentopsis tocantinsi, a new pygidiid fish from Brazil. Amer. Mus. Nov. 1024. Myers, G. S. 1925. Tridentopsis pearsoni a new pigidiid catfish from Bolivia. Copeia 1925, 148: 83-86. — 1944. Two extraordinary new blind nematognath fishes from Rio Negro, representing a new subfamily of Pygidiidae, with a rearrangment of the genera of the family and illustrations of some previously described genera and species from Venezuela and Brazil. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (4th series) 23 (40): 591-602. PEARSON, N. E. 1924. The Fishes of the Eastern slope of the Andes. I. The fishes of the Rio Beni Basin, Bolivia, collected by the Mulford Expedition. Ind. Univ. Studies 11 (64): 1-83. SCHULTZ, L. P. 1944. The Catfishes of Venezuela, with descriptions of thirtyeight new forms. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 94 (3172): 173-338. Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. 3 p. 989-1002 | Geneve, decembre 1990 Nuovi Cossoninae (Coleoptera, Curculionidae) d’India e Sri Lanka di G. OSELLA * e L. BARTOLOZZI ** Con 26 figure ABSTRACT New Cossoninae (Coleoptera, Curculionidae) from India and Sri Lanka. — Two new genera, Neoproconus (three species) and Hemigleodema (two species), are described and illustrated. Neoproconus n. gen. is related to Proconus Broun (New Zealand); it differs in the apically enlarged rostrum (instead spatulated), the faint cephalic punctuation, the distance between eyes and post-ocular narrowing which is superior or equal to diameter of eyes. The genus includes: N. taprobanicus n. sp. (type species) (Sri Lanka), N. lewisi n. sp. (Sri Lanka) and N. indicus n. sp. (Kerala, India). Hemigleodema n. gen. is related to Gleodema Woll. (New Guinea); it differs in amarked sexual dimorphism, smaller size, dull elytra and normal third tarsal article (enlarged in Gleodema). The genus includes: H. thompsoni n. sp. (type species) (Sri Lanka) and H. transiens n. sp. (Sri Lanka). Alcuni anni fa uno di noi (G. Osella) ricevette in studio dal collega Dr. Cl. Besuchet (Museum d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve) i Cossoninae e gli Stromboscerini raccolti nell’India meridionale e nello Sri Lanka dalle spedizioni Mussard-Besuchet-Löbl; a questo materiale si aggiunse, successivamente, quello affidatoci in esame dal Dr. R. T. Thompson del British Museum (Natural History), relativo alle raccolte effettuate da G. Lewis negli anni 1881/82 nello Sri Lanka. In questo contributo (il primo della serie), basato sullo studio di queste interessanti collezioni, vengono descritti due nuovi generi con cinque nuove specie. Desideriamo ringraziare vivamente i colleghi Dr. Cl. Besuchet e il Dr. R. T. Thompson per averci permesso lo studio di questi importanti materiali; al Dr. R. T. Thompson va * Dipartimento di Scienze Ambientali, Nuova Facoltà di Scienze, Università dell’ Aquila, 67100 l’Aquila-Coppito (Italia). ** Dipartimento di Biologia Animale e Genetica dell’Università, via Romana 17, 50125 Firenze (Italia). 990 G. OSELLA ET L. BARTOLOZZI altresi la più viva riconoscenza per l’ospitalità concessa a uno di noi (G. Osella) presso il British Museum al fine di agevolare la realizzazione del presente lavoro. Neoproconus nov. gen. Specie tipo: N. taprobanicus n. sp. DESCRIZIONE. Facies di Proconus BROUN, 1883, Microcossonus WOLLASTON, 1873, Promicrocossonus Voss, 1971 e Tyrthoxydema ZIMMERMAN, 1942. Corpo appiattito, di colore rosso bruno; rostro leggermente allargato all’apice o subparallelo; scapo che, all’indietro, raggiunge l’occhio; funicolo di cinque articoli; occhi rotondi; capo cilindrico, molto allungato, con strozzatura post-oculare posta a una distanza dall’occhio superiore al diametro dell’occhio stesso. Protorace cordiforme o sub-cordiforme. Scutello rotondo. Alato; ali più lunghe delle elitre, provviste delle sole nervature Ra e Cu. Elitre rettilinee con omeri sporgenti, con 9 strie di punti; di queste, raggiungono l’apice delle elitre le interstrie 1°-3° e 7°, ma solo le interstrie 3°-7° si saldano all’estremità. Le strie sono nette; le interstrie sono piane, lisce. Zampe robuste, con femori molto larghi e piatti; profemori talora incavati e provvisti all’apice di 1 o 2 processi dentiformi; tibie corte e gracili; terzo articolo tarsale intero. Coxe poco rilevate, ampiamente separate; metacoxe appena più largamente separate delle mesocoxe, che sono allineate con le procoxe; urosterniti 1°-2° molto larghi con sutura appena visibile (Figg. 1-2). OSSERVAZIONI. Il nuovo genere differisce da Proconus per il rostro allargato all’apice o sub-parallelo (Figg. 1, 9, 13) anziché spatolato, per la punteggiatura del capo finissima e sparsa (forte in Proconus), per la distanza dall’occhio della strozzatura post- oculare che è superiore o uguale al diametro dell’occhio (inferiore in Proconus). Le coxe nei due generi sono similmente distanziate, ma in Neoproconus le coxe anteriori sono inserite in una cavità da cui sporgono di poco rispetto al livello del prosterno (invece normalmente rilevate in Proconus); in quest’ultimo genere, infine, la punteggiatura degli urosterniti è più forte. Neoproconus si caratterizza anche per la conformazione anomala dei profemori. Neoproconus differisce da Microcossonus per le dimensioni superiori (circa doppie), per il corpo appiattito, per le metacoxe appena più distanziate rispetto alle mesocoxe (in Microcossonus, invece, le metacoxe sono più ravvicinate fra loro delle pro- e mesocoxe), per l’inserzione antennale collocata a metà rostro (poco prima degli occhi in Microcossonus), per lo scutello sud-quadrato o rotondo (anziché triangolare), per i femori anteriori anomali (normali in Microcossonus). Da Promicrocossonus (che, forse, potrebbe essere riunito a Microcossonus) si differenzia per i caratteri sopra riportati, fatta eccezione per le metacoxe che sono distanziate quanto le pro- e le mesocoxe. Neoproconus ricorda infine anche Tyrthoxydema, ma quest’ultimo genere si distingue per avere lo scapo che supera, all’indietro, il margine posteriore dell’occhio, per la strozzatura post-oculare collocata a una distanza dall’occhio minore del diametro di quest’ultimo (maggiore o uguale in Neoproconus), per il corpo convesso anziché piatto e per i profemori normali. Neoproconus e Tytthoxydema hanno in comune il fatto di avere il margine esterno del 5° urosternite provvisto di una piccola frangia di setole. Per la particolare conformazione del capo, infine, e per la distanza degli occhi dalla strozzatura post-oculare, il n. gen., nelle chiavi dicotomiche di MORIMOTO (1973), trova COSSONINAE D’INDIA E SRI LANKA 991 collocazione accanto a Stenotrupis Woll.; se ne differenzia tuttavia agevolmente in quanto Stenotrupis presenta un rostro cilindrico almeno due volte più lungo del capo, il corpo molto più stretto e cilindrico, le tempie rigonfie, le coxe più ravvicinate, lo scapo nettamente più lungo, superante gli occhi, ecc. Per quel che riguarda la derivatio nominis, si è voluta sottolineare l’affinità sistematica evidente del nuovo genere con Proconus Broun. FIGG. 1-2. Neoproconus taprobanicus n. gen. n. sp., Bogalantalawa (Sri Lanka), paratypus 9: habitus (1); visione ventrale (schematica) (2). 992 G. OSELLA ET L. BARTOLOZZI Neoproconus taprobanicus n. sp. (Figg. 1-6) Loc. tip.: Dikoya (Sri Lanka). MATERIALE ESAMINATO. 69 Q, etichettate «Ceylon, G. Lewis, 1910-320, Dikoya, 3800-4200 ft., 6.X11.1881-16.1.1882»; 29 9, stessa località, 21.1-7.11.1882; 19, etichettata «Ceylon, G. Lewis, 1910-320, Nuwara Eliya, 6234-8000 ft., 8.XI-II.1882; 89 9, etichettate «Ceylon, G. Lewis, 1910-320, Bogalantalawa, 4500-5200 ft., 22.11-12.111.1883; 29 9, stessa località, 21.III-4.IV.1882»; 19 etichettata «Ceylon, North Western, Rajakadaluwa, 31.1.1970, Mussard, Besuchet, Löbl». L’holotypus è stato scelto tra gli esemplari di Dikoya ed è depositato nelle collezioni del British Museum (Nat. Hist.) insieme a 15 paratypi; 2 paratypi nelle collezioni del Muséum d’Histoire natu- relle di Genève e nella collezione Osella. DIAGNOSI. Specie caratterizzata da un rostro leggermente spatolato; dalla strozzatura post-oculare collocata ad una distanza 2,5 volte superiore al diametro oculare; dal pronoto cordiforme, ma soprattutto dai profemori anomalmente incavati e terminanti, apical- mente, con due rilievi dentiformi. MISURE DELL’HOLOTYPE. Lunghezza complessiva (con il rostro): mm 4,1. Pronoto + elitre: mm 2,96. Pronoto: lunghezza alla linea mediana: mm 0,96; larghezza massima: mm 0,72. Elitre: lunghezza alla sutura: mm 2,00; larghezza massima: mm 0,82. Antenne: scapo: mm 0,24; funicolo: mm 0,20; clava: mm 0,14. DESCRIZIONE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. Rosso bruno, con apice delle elitre e del rostro nonché zampe e antenne di colore più chiaro. Capo allungato, appena rigonfio alle tempie, finemente e sparsamente punteggiato, largo quanto il rostro; questo all’apice leggermente spatolato, di colore rossiccio dopo l’inserzione delle antenne. Strozzatura post-oculare liscia e netta, collocata a una distanza dagli occhi pari a circa 2,5 volte il diametro oculare. Occhi quasi perfettamente sferici, discretamente sporgenti. Scrobe dirette sotto il rostro, molto allargate all’indietro, rigonfie, separate, nella parte terminale, da una leggera carena mediana. Antenne brevi, poco robuste, con scapo corto poco ingrossato all’apice; lo scapo raggiunge appena, all’indietro, la metà degli occhi; funicolo di grossezza leggermente crescente verso l’apice, primi due articoli allungati, subeguali, più lunghi che larghi, 1° articolo cilindrico, 2° conico, 3°-5° leggermente trasversi; clava ellittica, ingrossata nella parte mediana, poco più lunga degli ultimi due articoli del funicolo. Pronoto sub-cordiforme, appiattito, finemente e sparsamente punteggiato, largo quanto il capo anteriormente, più stretto invece delle elitre alla base, con massima ampiezza nel terzo basale. Scutello liscio, brillante, rotondo, collocato allo stesso livello delle elitre. Elitre sporgenti, a lati paralleli, appiattite sul dorso, con strie nette, parallele, finemente punteggiate, più strette delle interstrie; queste lisce, non punteggiate. Ali lunghe quanto le elitre con le sole nervature Ra e Cu (Fig. 3). Zampe con profemori larghissimi, robusti, molto più lunghi delle tibie; queste ultime gracili, sinuose. Profemori lunghi almeno 2,5 volte di più delle protobie, incavati sul lato interno, con due rilievi dentiformi (Figg. 1, 6), rigonfi invece esternamente; meso- e metafemori circa due volte soltanto più lunghi delle rispettive tibie, allargati e appiattiti, privi di rilievi dentiformi apicali; tarsi gracili con 3° articolo intero, articolo ungueale assai largo, a margini laterali paralleli, lungo quasi quanto i primi tre articoli assieme; unghie piccolissime. Pro- e metasterno perfettamente piatti, lisci, non punteggiati; sul metatorace è presente una sottile linea mediana longitudinale, simile a una sutura (Fig. 2). Coxe poco rilevate, pro- e mesocoxe allineate, distanziate da uno spazio pari a due volte almeno il diametro di una coxa; metacoxe più ridotte. Urosterniti lisci con finissima e sparsa punteggiatura, 1° e 2° urosternite 993 COSSONINAE D’INDIA E SRI LANKA u U L'O SE Fico. 3-8. Neoproconus taprobanicus n. gen. n. sp., Bogalantalawa, paratypus ©: ala metatoracica (3); spiculum ventrale (4); spermateca (5); profemore (6). N. lewisi n. sp., Dikoya (Sri Lanka), holotypus Q (7) e N. indicus n. sp., Cardamon (Kerala), holotypus 9 (8): sagoma schematica delle elitre. O\ un REVUE SUISSE ZooL., T. 97, 1990 994 G. OSELLA ET L. BARTOLOZZI molto larghi con sutura obliterata, 3° e 4° stretti, 5° semicircolare, separato da sutura ben marcata con punti superficiali (Fig. 2). Spermateca e spiculum ventrale: cfr. Figg. 4, 5. DESCRIZIONE DEI PARATYPI. I paratypi di Dikoya, come quelli delle altre località, sono praticamente identici al tipo, salvo per i profemori che possono essere più o meno incavati, la punteggiatura del capo (talvolta un po’ più fitta) e le dimensioni (comprese fra 4 e 5 mm). L’esemplare di Rajakadaluwa, infine, è di color giallo citrino (immaturo). DERIVATIO NOMINIS. Questa specie prende nome dall’antico nome dello Sri Lanka, Taprobane, con cui quest’isola era nota agli antichi greci (dal sanscrito Tàmraparni; Tambapanni in pali). NOTE ECOLOGICHE. Non abbiamo purtroppo indicazioni di carattere eco-biologico relative alle raccolte di G. Lewis, ma è possibile che gli esemplari siano stati raccolti sotto cortecce di alberi morti. L’esemplare di Rajakadaluwa è stato invece raccolto vagliando terriccio di foresta. Si tratta di una specie montana, a giudicare dalle quote indicate dai raccoglitori. DISTRIBUZIONE GEOGRAFICA. Sembra un’entità ampiamente distribuita nello Sri Lanka, di cui è sicuramente endemica. Neoproconus indicus n. sp. (Figg. 8-12) Loc. tip.: Cardamon H. (Kerala, India) MATERIALE ESAMINATO. Una 9, etichettata «India, Kerala, Cardamon H., 28.X1.1972, Mussard, Besuchet, L6bl» (holotypus, conservato nel Muséum d’Histoire naturelle di Ginevra). DIAGNOSI. Specie vicina a N. taprobanicus per dimensioni e forma del rostro, ne differisce per le dimensioni inferiori, per i profemori larghi e piatti (anziché incavati) con un solo dentino sul lato apicale interno (Fig. 10), per il pronoto appena più lungo che largo, per le strie elitrali con punteggiatura più fine e superficiale. Spermateca e spiculum ventrale: Figg. 11, 12. MISURE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. Lunghezza complessiva (con il rostro): mm 2,7. Pronoto + elitre: mm 2,3. Pronoto: lunghezza alla linea mediana: mm 0,55; larghezza massima: mm 0,50. Antenne: non misurabili con sufficente approssimazione. DESCRIZIONE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. A quanto detto nella diagnosi, poco rimane da aggiungere. I tegumenti sono di color giallo pallido (l’esemplare è leggermente immaturo), ma gli occhi e il capo sono bruni; il capo presenta inoltre lati rigonfi appena dietro gli occhi, strozzatura post-oculare posta a distanza superiore al diametro dell’occhio (Fig. 9), pronoto finemente punteggiato, appena meno cordiforme rispetto a N. faprobanicus. DERIVATIO NOMINIS. Fa riferimento alla patria di questa specie. NOTE ECOLOGICHE. Raccolta al vaglio, in foresta. DISTRIBUZIONE GEOGRAFICA. Molto probabilmente si tratta di endemita indiano. É comunque molto interessante dal punto di vista zoogeografico la presenza di uno stesso genere (seppur con specie diverse) in Sri Lanka e nella parte più meridionale del subcontinente indiano, a conferma delle strette affinità nel popolamento faunistico di questi due territori, già sottolineata dagli autori. COSSONINAE D’INDIA E SRI LANKA 995 u Wu GO FIGG. 9-12. Neoproconus indicus n. gen. n. sp., Cardamon (Kerala), holotypus © : capo e pronoto (schematici) (9); profemore (10); spiculum ventrale (11); spermateca (12). Neoproconus lewisi n. sp. (Figg. 13-16) Loc. tip.: Dikoya (Sri Lanka). MATERIALE ESAMINATO. 19, etichettata «Ceylon, G. Lewis, 1910-320, 3800-4200 ft., 6.X11.1881-16.1.1882» (holotypus, conservato nelle collezioni del British Museum, Nat. Hist.). DIAGNOSI. Questa specie è distinguibile da N. taprobanicus e N. indicus per il rostro più breve, a lati paralleli; per il capo sub-quadrato (anziché conico-allungato), con strozzatura post-oculare appena accennata e collocata a un distanza dagli occhi pari al diametro dell’occhio; per il pronoto a punteggiatura più fitta; per le protibie più sinuose; per i profemori meno incavati, provvisti di un solo dente anteriormente (Fig. 14); per la conformazione della spermateca (Fig. 16). MISURE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. Lunghezza complessiva: mm 2,6. Pronoto +elitre: mm 2,3. Pronoto: lunghezza alla linea mediana: mm 0,5; larghezza massima: mm 0,45. 996 G. OSELLA ET L. BARTOLOZZI Elitre; lunghezza alla sutura: mm 1,6; larghezza massima: mm 0,45. Antenne: non misurabili con sufficiente precisione. DESCRIZIONE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. Oltre ai caratteri elencati nella diagnosi, possiamo aggiungere: corpo di colore bruno, con antenne, zampe e apice del rostro rossicci; 1° articolo del funicolo stretto; protorace meno cordiforme e piu arrotondato; punti delle strie piu netti; 3° articolo tarsale molto stretto; articolo unguale più sottile. wwro uu Go Lia N. lewisi n. gen. n. sp., Dikoya (Sri Lanka), holotypus 9: capo e pronoto (schematici) (13); profemore (14); spiculum ventrale (15); spermateca (16). DERIVATIO NOMINIS. La nuova specie è dedicata al suo raccoglitore, l’entomologo inglese G. Lewis. NOTE ECOLOGICHE. Vedi N. taprobanicus. DISTRIBUZIONE GEOGRAFICA. Quasi certamente si tratta di specie endemica di Sri Lanka. COSSONINAE D’INDIA E SRI LANKA 997 Tavola dicotomica di Neoproconus n. gen. 1 — Capo sub-quadrato; rostro corto, a lati paralleli (Fig. 13); profemori poco incavati, con un solo rilievo dentiforme apicale (Fig. 14); spermateca: Fig. 16. Eungshezzammm?”276(Sr1 Lanka). “ie. TE N n lewisi n. sp. — Capo allungato, più lungo che largo; rostro più o meno ampliato all’apice . 2 2 — Profemori larghi e piatti con un solo dentino apicale interno (Fig. 10); elitre più finemente striato-punteggiate; spermateca: Fig. 12. Lunghezza mm 2,7 (Kerala India). 24.10 SR GO SAP O i i TIREUR indicus n. sp. — Profemori più stretti, incavati e contorti, con due dentini apicali (Fig. 6); spermateca: Fig. 5. Lunghezza mm 4-5 (Sri Lanka) .......... taprobanicus n. sp. Hemigleodema nov. gen. Specie tipo: H. thompsoni n. sp. DESCRIZIONE. Facies di Gleodema WOLLASTON, 1873 (limitatamente al ©), di Steno- trupis WOLLASTON, 1873 e di Proeces SCHÖNHERR, 1838. Corpo stretto, allungato, rosso bruno, glabro, dorsalmente piano; capo rettangolare, scrobe dirette sotto il rostro, ma largamente separate anche distalmente (Fig. 18); antenne mediocri, con scapo che raggiunge, all’indietro, la parte mediana inferiore dell’occhio, funicolo di 7 articoli, clava stretta; occhi rotondi. Pronoto strozzato anteriormente. Scutello rotondo. Alato. Elitre allungate, quasi perfettamente parallele, omeri legger- mente sporgenti, strie nettamente marcate, parallele, in numero di 10; raggiungono l’apice le strie 1°, 2°, 9°; la 3° si salda all’8°, mentre si fermano all’altezza della declività poste- riore le strie 4°-8°. Zampe robuste con femori molto larghi, tibie corte terminanti con un doppio uncino apicale, terzo articolo bilobo, articolo ungueale normale, alla base largo quanto all’estremità. Procoxe poco rilevate, separate da uno spazio pari al diametro di una coxa; mesocoxe separate da un spazio pari a circa due volte il diametro di una di esse. Urosterniti 1° e 2° di larghezza subeguale, con sutura obsoleta. Maschio: rostro molto robusto, fortemente spatolato; capo sub-rettangolare. Femmina: rostro cilindrico, molto più lungo che nel ©; capo leggermente conico (Figg. 17-19). OSSERVAZIONI. A motivo del rostro nettamente spatolato nel maschio, il nuovo genere si avvicina a Gleodema Woll. (Nuova Guinea); se ne differenzia nettamente per lo spiccato dimorfismo rostrale (la femmina di Hemigleodema è caratterizzata infatti da un rostro cilindrico, sottile, nettamente più lungo di quello del maschio, mentre nelle femmine di G/eodema il rostro è di lunghezza comparabile nei due sessi e solo l’apice è un po’ più spatolato nel ©), per le elitre rosso-brune (nere e brillantissime in Gleodema), per le dimensioni inferiori, per la punteggiatura fine (praticamente assente in Gleodema), per le strie elitrali ben marcate (evanescenti in Gleodema ad eccezione delle due prime suturali: cfr. MORIMOTO, 1973), per l’articolo ungueale dei tarsi normale (stretto alla base e ampliato all’estremità in G/eodema). Per la sagoma del corpo, la conformazione rettangolare del capo e le dimensioni, Hemigleodema, nel sesso femminile, ricorda alquanto anche il genere Stenotrupis; quest’ultimo si differenzia facilmente per l’assenza di dimorfismo, per le scrobe più corte, il funicolo più allungato, ecc. Tuttavia Stenotrupis wollastoni Sharp, 1878 (Nuovo Zelanda) presenta nel maschio l’apice del rostro alquanto dilatato. Anche Proeces si avvicina a Hemigleodema, sia per le dimensioni, sia per il colore dei tegumenti, la punteggiatura delle elitre e del pronoto, il funicolo di 7 articoli; Hemi- REVUE SUISSE ZOOL., T. 97, 1990 66 998 G. OSELLA ET L. BARTOLOZZI gleodema si differenzia per le dimensioni superiori (di norma), il capo rettangolare (anzi- ché quadrato) e per il forte dimorfismo sessuale. Hemigleodema n. gen. è pertanto uno dei Cossoninae a forte dimorfismo sessuale a carico del rostro, dimorfismo più forte ancora che in Mesites SCHOENHERR, 1838, Rhopalomesites WOLLASTON, 1873, Odontomesites WOLLASTON, 1873, Catolethrus CHAMPION, 1909. Per quando riguarda l’etimologia, con il nome Hemigleodema si è voluto alludere al fatto che i soli maschi assomigliano a Gleodema. UWwGO. 19 Fico. 17-19. Hemigleodema thompsoni n. gen. n. sp., Dikoya (Sri Lanka), paratypus ©: habitus (17); visione ventrale (schematica) (18). Idem, paratypus 9: capo e pronoto (19). Hemigleodema thompsoni n. sp. (Figg. 17-23) Loc. tip.: Bogalantalawa (Sri Lanka). MATERIALE ESAMINATO. 30° ©, 109 9, etichettate «Ceylon, G. Lewis, 1910-320, Bogalantalawa, 4900-4200 ft., 28.II.-12.III.1882» (serie tipica). 19, etichettata «Ceylon, G. Lewis, 1910-320, Dikoya, 3800-4200 ft., 6.XII.1881-16.1.1882» (non paratipica). Holotypus ©, allotypus, 6 paratypi © © e l’esemplare di Dikoya nelle collezioni del British Museum (Nat. Hist.); 10°, 19, paratypi in collezione Osella; 10°, 29 ©, paratypi, nelle collezioni del Muséum d’Hist. Nat. di Ginevra. COSSONINAE D’INDIA E SRI LANKA 999 DIAGNOSI. Specie caratterizzata da netto dimorfismo sessuale, con rostro, nel maschio, decisamente piu breve che nella femmina e nettamente spatolato; punteggiatura del capo estesa sino alla base e quella del pronoto fine e uniformemente distribuita; edeago robusto. MISURE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. Lunghezza complessiva: mm 6,0. Pronoto + elitre: mm 4,4. Pronoto: lunghezza alla sutura: mm 1,2; larghezza massima: mm 1,1. Elitre: lunghezza alla sutura: mm 3,2; larghezza massima: mm 1,16. Antenne: scapo: mm 0,40; funicolo: mm 0,32; clava: mm 0,24. DESCRIZIONE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. Rosso bruno con elitre e antenne più chiare; rostro più scuro, stretto, allungato; elitre sub-parallele. Capo rettangolare, finemente e fitta- mente punteggiato; occhi rotondi, appena rilevati, separati dalla strozzatura basale da uno spazio pari ad almeno due volte il loro diametro; rostro finemente punteggiato, cilindrico fra gli occhi e l’inserzione antennale, successivamente fortemente spatolato con rilievo mediano arrotondato. Scapo cilindrico, che raggiunge all’indietro l’occhio; funicolo compatto, 1° articolo cilindrico, più lungo che largo, i restanti convessi, di grossezza uni- forme; clava ellittica, lunga circa quanto gli ultimi quattro articoli del funicolo, con 1° articolo lungo quanto i 2/3 dell’intera clava. Scrobe dirette sotto il rostro, triangolar- mente allargate distalmente. Protorace sub-quadrato, liscio, leggermente ristretto all’indietro, fortemente strozzato anteriormente. Scutello rotondo, leggemente infossato. Elitre sub-parallele, rossicce (tranne la sutura e la prima stria imbrunite), leggermente espanse lateralmente, con strie visibili e punti ben marcati. Partono dalla base delle elitre le interstrie 1°-5° e la 9°, mentre si fermano all’altezza del callo omerale le strie 6° e 8°; la 7° è alquanto più arretrata. La 10° è visibile solo limitatamente alla parte terminale; si fermano infine all’altezza della declività posteriore le interstrie 4°-8°. Zampe robuste; femori larghi, appiattiti, variolosamente punteggiati (benché superficialmente); tibie corte, sottili, terminanti con due forti uncini apicali (le protibie sono provviste apical- mente anche di una frangia di setole gialle) (Fig. 21); tarsi normali, con terzo articolo fortemente bilobo e articolo ungueale allungato, normale, appena percettibilmente più largo all’estremità. Inferiormente il capo presenta forti striature trasversali. Gli sterniti toracici sono brillanti, lisci, finissimamente punteggiati; mesosterno stretto, collocato appena più in basso rispetto al piano di pro- e metasterno; metasterno molto lungo, medialmente e longitudinalmente appena solcato (è lungo quasi quanto il 1° e 2° uro- sternite sommati insieme), compresso lateralmente, con robusta punteggiatura. Uro- sterniti 1° e 2° brillanti, finemente incavati nel mezzo, con sutura percettibile solo ai lati; coxe poco rilevate; procoxe separate da uno spazio pari all’incirca al diametro di una coxa; mesocoxe separate da uno spazio pari a circa due volte il diametro di una di esse; metacoxe separate da uno spazio pari a circa 1,5 volte il diametro di una di esse (Fig. 18); urosterniti 3° e 4° stretti, piani, non punteggiati, 5° finemente punteggiato e setoloso. Edeago: Fig. 20. DESCRIZIONE DELL’ALLOTYPUS E DEI PARATYPI. La femmina allotipica differisce nettamente dal maschio per il rostro cilindrico, allungato, appena dilatato all’apice (Fig. 19), per il 1° e 2° urosternite non incavati medialmente e per le strie trasversali sotto il rostro meno marcate. Spermateca e spiculum ventrale: Figg. 22, 23. I restanti paratypi sono praticamente indistinguibili rispetto a holotypus e allotypus. L’esemplare di Dikoya differisce invece per le dimensioni leggermente inferiori e per la punteggiatura del capo non estesa fino alla base. 1000 G. OSELLA ET L. BARTOLOZZI £ £ 22 Sl lo on 3 3 23 ö FiGG. 20-23. Hemigleodema thompsoni n. gen. n. sp., Dikoya (Sri Lanka), paratypus © : edeago (20); protibia (21). Idem, paratypus © : spiculum ventrale (22); spermateca (23). DERIVATIO NOMINIS. Dedichiamo questa bellissima specie al Dr. R. T. Thompson, responsabile per i Curculionoidea presso il British Museum (Nat. Hist.), per aver permesso a uno di noi (G. Osella) di studiare i Cossoninae indeterminati dello Sri Lanka ed essere sempre stato cortesemente disponibile per ogni necessità relativa allo studio di questi e di altri Curculionidi. NOTE ECOLOGICHE. E probabile che questa specie sia stata raccolta sotto cortecce di alberi morti e nel legno. DISTRIBUZIONE GEOGRAFICA. Verosimilmente si tratta di un endemita di Sri Lanka. COSSONINAE D’INDIA E SRI LANKA 1001 Hemigleodema transiens n. sp. (Figg. 24-26) Loc. tip.: Kanoy (Sri Lanka). MATERIALE ESAMINATO. 19, etichettata «Kanoy, Ceylon, G. E. Briant, VII.1908, G. Briant coll., 1919-147» (holotypus, conservato nelle collezioni del British Museum, Nat. Hist.). DIAGNOSI. Specie facilmente differenziabile da 7. thompsoni per le dimensioni infe- riori, per il rostro allungato-ampliato (anziché spatolato), più lungo (è lungo infatti quanto il rostro della femmina di 7. thompsoni), per il capo più piccolo, con distanza fra occhio e strozzatura posteriore pari al diametro di un occhio, per l’edeago più piccolo. 25 uw 24 ,0-5m m FIGG. 24-26. Hemigleodema transiens n. gen. n. sp., Kanoy (Sri Lanka), holotypus ©: capo e pronoto (schema- tici) (24); edeago (25); protibia (26). MISURE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. Lunghezza complessiva: mm 4,5. Pronoto +elitre: mm 3,5. Pronoto: lunghezza alla linea mediana: mm 0,71; larghezza massima: mm 0,58. Elitre: lunghezza alla sutura: mm 2,80; larghezza massima: mm 0,78. Antenne: scapo: mm 0,33; funicolo: mm 0,27; clava: mm 0,20. DESCRIZIONE DELL’HOLOTYPUS. A quanto detto nella diagnosi, poco si può aggiun- gere: il colore dei tegumenti è uniformemente rosso bruno, ma sutura e prima interstria sono di colore bruno, il pronoto è provvisto di una sottile linea longitudinale mediana non punteggiata, le tibie sono meno ampliato-arrotondate, i femori sono proporzionalmente 1002 G. OSELLA ET L. BARTOLOZZI piu brevi, il 1° e 2° urosternite pressoché impunteggiati, con sutura obsoleta. Edeago: Fig. 25. DERIVATIO NOMINIS. Con il nome «transiens» si è voluto alludere alla caratteristica conformazione del rostro, che fa sembrare questa specie di passaggio fra Gleodema e Proeces. NOTE ECOLOGICHE. Nessuna. DISTRIBUZIONE GEOGRAFICA. Vedasi quanto riportato per H. thompsoni. REFERENCES BROUN, T. 1883. Revision of the New Zealand Cossonidae with description of new species. N. Z. J. Sci. 1: 487-499. — 1909. Revision of the New Zealand Cossonidae with description of new genera and species. Trans. N. Z. Inst. 41: 151-215. CSIKI, E. 1936. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars. 149. Curculionidae: Rhynchophorinae, Cossoninae. Junk & Schenkling, s’Gravenhage, 212 pp. MORIMOTO, K. 1973. On the Genera of Oriental Cossoninae (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Bull. Gov. For. exp. Sta. Kumamoto 257: 81-100. SCHÖNHERR, C. J. 1838. Genera et species Curculionidum cum synonymia hujus familiae, IV (2): 601-1121. Voss, E. 1971. Beschreibung von vier Cossoninen, nebst je einer Gattung und Untergattung (Col. Curc.). Ent. Mitt. zool. Mus. Hamburg 4, 74: 195-200. WOLLASTON, T. V. 1873. On the Genera of the Cossonidae. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 4: 427-657. ZIMMERMAN, E. C. 1942. Insect of Guam. I. Curculionidae. Bull. Bishop Mus. 172: 73-146. Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. 4 p. 1003-1008 Geneve, décembre 1990 Allocolenisia n. gen. mit zwei neuen Arten aus Indien und Thailand (Coleoptera, Leiodidae, Pseudoliodini) von Hermann DAFFNER * Mit 14 Abbildungen ABSTRACT Allocolenisia n. gen. with two new species from India and Thailand (Coleoptera, Leiodidae, Pseudoliodini). — Allocolenisia n. gen. is erected for the two new species A. multistriata and A. semistriata which are described and figured. EINLEITUNG Aus der reichen Leiodidae-Sammlung des Naturhistorischen Museum Genf stammt auch das nachfolgend behandelte Material. Es handelt sich um eine kleine Serie von Tieren, die zwei neuen Arten angehören. Systematisch sind diese der Colenis- Verwandtschaft (Pseudoliodini) zugehörig, ließen sich aber keiner der bisher bekannten Gattungen zuordnen. Eine genaue Untersuchung ergab, daß sie einer neuen, gut charakterisierten Gattung angehören — Allocolenisia n. gen.: sie wird anschließend mit den ihr zugehörigen Arten beschrieben und abgebildet. Vorher sei aber noch den Kollegen Dr. Claude BESUCHET und Dr. Ivan LOBL (Genf) für ihre Hilfsbereitschaft gedankt. - Institute und Kollektionen, in denen das besprochene Material aufbewahrt ist, werden im Text durch folgende Abkürzungen bezeichnet: CHDE: Collection Hermann DAFFNER, Eching. MHNG: Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Genf. * Fuchsbergstr. 19, Günzenhausen, D-8057 Eching (BRD). 1004 HERMANN DAFFNER SYSTEMATIK Allocolenisia n. gen. Typus-Art: Allocolenisia multistriata n. sp. Bei den Vertretern der Gattung handelt es sich um kleine Arten (1,6-2,5 mm) von ovaler, hochgewölbter Körperform. Die Oberseite des Körpers ist nur an den Seiten fein behaart. Weiter ist die Gattung durch die Kombination folgender Merkmale ausgezeichnet: 1. — Tarsenzahl beider Geschlechter 5-4-4; 2. — Fühler dünn, 11-gliedrig mit unter- brochener 5-gliedriger Keule, 7. Fühlerglied deutlich länger als breit (Abb. 6); 3. — Mandibeln zusammen einen Halbkreis bildend, linke Mandibel in der Mitte tief ausgehöhlt, rechte Mandibel im Vorderen Drittel mit einem spitzen, nach vorne gerichteten Zahn (Abb. 1); ABB. 1-3. Allocolenisia multistriata n. sp.; 1: Mandibeln; 2: Maxilla mit Palpus; 3: Labium mit Palpi; Skala, 0,10 mm. ALLOCOLENISIA AUS INDIEN UND THAILAND 1005 ABB. 4-8. Allocolenisia multistriata n. sp.;4: Kopfoberseite; 5: Kopfunterseite; 6: Fühler; 7-8: Meso- und Metasternum, Ventral- und Lateralansicht; Skala 0,10 mm. 4. — Maxilla und Labium mit Palpi wie auf Abb. 2 und 3; 5. — Kopf bis zu den Augen in den Halsschild eingezogen, von normaler Größe, etwa halb so breit wie der Halsschild (Abb. 4); 6. — Clypeus in flachem Bogen nach vorne gezogen und am Vorderrand durch ein kleines Häutchen verlängert, keine deutliche Bogenlinie vorhanden die den Clypeus von der Stirn trennt (Abb. 4); 7. — Labrum am Vorderrand nicht eingebuchtet (Abb. 4); 8. — Augen nicht aus der Kopfwölbung hervortretend (Abb. 4 und 5); 9. — Hinter den Augen mit deutlich verengten Schläfen (Abb. 4); 10. — Unterseite des Kopfes ohne Fühlerfurchen neben den Augen (Abb. 5); 11. — Mesosternum- Ventralansicht (Abb. 7) in der Mitte fein gekielt; Lateralansicht (Abb. 8) sehr flach bis zu den Gelenkhöhlen nach oben gezogen; Gelenkhöhlen der Mittelbeine groß, schräg nach vorne gezogen und in der Mitte schmal getrennt; Meso- und Metasternum sonst wie auf Abb. 7 und 8; 12. — Beide Geschlechter mit sechs freiliegenden Sterniten (einschließlich Analsternit); 13. — Beine grazil gebaut, Schienen ohne Tarsenfurchen. Nur die Unterseite und Spitze der schmalen Vorderschienen fein bedornt, ihre Außenkanten nicht bedornt. Die Außenkanten der Mittel- und Hinterschienen mit langen, spitzen Dornen besetzt. Klauen einfach zugespitzt. 1006 HERMANN DAFFNER Die Männchen sind durch leicht erweiterte Vordertarsen ausgezeichnet. Diskussion: Die neue Gattung ist innerhalb der Tribus Pseudoliodini vor allem durch die fein gekielte Mittelbrust ausgezeichnet, die sehr flach bis zu den Gelenkhöhlen der Mittelbeine verläuft. Bei allen bisher bekannten Gattungen der Tribus, ist zwischen den Gelenkhöhlen der Mittelbeine ein mehr oder weniger ausgeprägter Höcker eingelagert, oder die Mittelbrust ist weit nach vorne gezogen und am Vorderrand steil abfallend. BESTIMMUNGSTABELLE DER ARTEN VON ALLOCOLENISIA: 1 Kleine Art, 1,6-1,85 mm. Punktreihen auf den Flügeldecken überall deutlich ausgebildet und kräftig punktiert (der Punktabstand ist so groß wie der Bunktausrchmessen)ssthalland men. ee multistriata n. sp. — Größere Art, 2-2,5 mm. Punktreihen auf den Fliigeldecken nur auf der Scheibe deutlich ausgebildet und fein punktiert (der Punktabstand ist doppelt so groß wie der Punktdurchmesser). Indien, Thailand”... semistriata n. sp. Allocolenisia multistriata n. sp. Holotypus © : Thailand, Prov. Chiang Mai, Doi Chiang Dao, 760 m, 16.X.1986, leg. P. SCHWEN- DINGER (MHNG). —T ET LULL NY NIIT (2 IT] IZ Mez TRO 10 11 ABB. 9-11. Allocolenisia multistriata n. sp.; 9-10: Aedoeagus und Innensack ©; 11: Spermatheca 9; Skala 0,10 mm. ALLOCOLENISIA AUS INDIEN UND THAILAND 1007 [dr >”. valli = rp Ns num Da“ CLL ALA LN SSSR LA CA È © GEL 13 14 ABB. 12-14. Allocolenisia semistriata n.sp.; 12-13: Aedoeagus und Innensack ©; 14: Spermatheca 9; Skala 0,10 mm. Paratypen: Thailand, Chiang Mai-Doi Chiang Dao, 760 m, 16.X.1986, leg. P. SCHWENDINGER, | 9 (MHNG); Doi Suthep, 1450-1550 m, 4.X1.1985, leg. BURCKHARDT & LOBL, 10°, 59 © (MHNG) 200,29 9 (CHDE); Doi Inthanon, 1720 m, 7.X1.1985, leg. BURCKHARDT & LOBL, 10° (CHDE); Doi Inthanon, 1780 m, 3.III.1987, leg. P. SCHWENDINGER, 10 (MHNG). Länge 1,6-1,85 mm. Körper oval, hochgewölbt, gelbbraun-rotbraun, Tarsen und Fühler gelb; nur Seiten der Flügeldecken fein und weitläufig behaart. Fühler gestreckt mit zarter Keule, zurückgelegt bis zum Hinterrand des Halsschildes reichend. Kopf sehr fein und dicht quergestrichelt und sehr fein und weitläufig punktiert. Halsschild sehr fein und dicht quergestrichelt und sehr fein und weitläufig punktiert; die kurz verrundeten Hinterecken zur Basis leicht nach hinten gezogen. Flügeldecken so lang wie breit, hoch- gewölbt, Seitenrand nach hinten breit abgesetzt und kräftig quergestrichelt; Querstrichelung 1008 HERMANN DAFFNER auf der Oberseite kräftig und locker; Punktierung fein und locker (der Punktabstand ist drei mal so groß wie der Punktdurchmesser), mit kräftigen Punktreihen die überall deutlich ausgebildet sind (der Punktabstand ist so groß wie der Punktdurchmesser). Männchen: Aedoeagus (Abb. 9 und 10) 0,48-0,54 mm. Weibchen: Spermatheca (Abb. 11) 0,11-0,14 mm. Allocolenisia semistriata n. sp. Holotypus ©: India, Meghalaya, Garo Hills, Tura Peak, 700-900 m, 1.X1.1978, leg. BESUCHET & LOBL (MHNG). Paratypen: India, Daten wie Holotypus, 19 (CHDE). Thailand, Chiang Mai, Doi Inthanon, 1650 m, 7.X1.1985, leg. BURCKHARDT & LOBL, 10°, 19 (MHNG) 10 (CHDE). Länge 2-2,5 mm. Körper oval, hochgewölbt, gelbbraun-rotbraun, Tarsen und Fühler gelbbraun; nur Seiten der Flügeldecken fein und weitläufig behaart. Fühler gestreckt mit zarter Keule, zurückgelegt bis zum Hinterrand des Halsschildes reichend. Kopf sehr fein und dicht quergestrichelt und sehr fein und weitläufig punktiert. Halsschild sehr fein und dicht quergestrichelt und sehr fein und weitläufig punktiert; die kurz verrundeten Hinterecken zur Basis leicht nach hinten gezogen. Flügeldecken so lang wie breit, hoch- gewölbt, Seitenrand nach hinten breit abgesetzt und fein quergestrichelt; Querstrichelung auf der Oberseite fein und locker; Punktierung fein und locker (der Punktabstand ist drei mal so groß wie der Punktdurchmesser), mit feinen Punktreihen die nur auf der Scheibe deutlich ausgebildet sind (der Punktabstand ist doppelt so groß wie der Punktdurchmesser). Männchen: Aedoeagus (Abb. 12 und 13) 0,68-0,81 mm. Weibchen: Spermatheca (Abb. 14) 0,16-0,24 mm. ae pr = ban PLS Revue suisse Zool. Tome 97 Fasc. 4 p. 1009 Genève, décembre 1990 EMILE DOTTRENS (1900-1990) Emile DOTTRENS (né le 21 juillet 1900) entre au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Genève en 1942 en qualité d’assistant de zoologie. Il devient directeur en 1953 au moment où P. Revilliod prend sa retraite. Il continue l’œuvre de celui-ci dans le domaine de la pro- tection de la nature. Il contribue à l’étude biologique du Parc National suisse en étudiant sa faune de petits vertébrés. Ses publications concernent aussi des études biométriques de mammiferes des stations lacustres; puis il applique ces m&mes méthodes d’investigation systematique aux poissons du genre difficile des Coregonus. Recherchant lui-méme le matériel en Europe centrale et septentrionale, il publie une série de travaux qui le consacrent rapidement comme le spécialiste du groupe. Son expérience personnelle, ses connaissances étendues et son esprit de synthèse lui permettent d’écrire un livre d’excel- lente vulgarisation scientifique, Poissons d’eau douce, dans la série fort estimée «Les Beautés de la Nature» (2 volumes, 1951-1952). En 1963, toujours dans la méme série, il publie les Batraciens et Reptiles d'Europe. Des avant sa retraite, en mars 1969, et après celle-ci, il consacre beaucoup de temps à la cause de la protection de la nature, à l’échelon cantonal (Commission des Monuments et des Sites), national (Ligue suisse pour la Protec- tion de la Nature) et international (Commission internationale pour la Protection des Régions alpines; Comité européen pour la Conservation de la Nature, Conseil de l’Europe; Union internationale pour la Conservation de la Nature). C’est à E. Dottrens que l’on doit, en grande partie, notre musée actuel. Rappelons que lorsqu’il a été nomme directeur, en 1953, le mandat d’exécution de la construction d’un nouveau musée n’avait pas encore été vote. Il ne le sera qu’en 1960 après des démarches pressantes et inlassables du directeur auprès des Autorités. Avant sa retraite, M. Dottrens aura la satisfaction d’inaugurer la réouverture du Muséum dans ses nouveaux locaux, à la fin de 1966, et de constater le grand succès qu’il remporte auprès du public et des nombreux naturalistes venant travailler chez nous. Peu après sa retraite, E. Dottrens est nommé directeur honoraire du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Genève. Il est décédé le 29 septembre 1990. Directeur du Muséum de Genève de 1953 à 1969, il a aussi été directeur de la Revue suisse de Zoologie de 1954 à 1969. V. AELLEN x all Joris . Bee ermanno Ted sm wre eects ER au A REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Tome 97 — Fascicule 4 ZOOLOGIA ‘90. ‘‘Parasites in Biological Systems’’ Basel 6-7 April 1990 (Annual Conference of the Swiss Zoological Society) ............................... PUTHZ, Volker. Die Gattung Edaphus Motschulsky in Sumatra (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). 65. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Euaesthetinen. (Mit 11 Textfiguren)............. MULLER, Hans-Georg. New species and records of coral reef inhabiting Caprellidae from Bora Bora and Moorea, Society Islands (Crustacea: Amphipoda). (With GAB OVE) ERE a IR CI EEE cera Wa LEA a BACHLI, Gerhard. Type specimens of Drosophilidae (Diptera) described by Linnaeus, Ballen, Wahibensvand Zetterstedt un. wen oh Tare Sere Re CUENDET, Gérard et Alain DUCOMMUN. Peuplement lombriciens et activité de surface en relation avec les boues d’épuration et autres fumures. (Avec 5 figures) ..... HAFFNER, Marianne und Vincent ZISWILER. Mikroskopisch-anatomische Untersuchungen am kranialen Integument von Myotis blythi (Tomes, 1857) (Mammalia, Chiroptera). NHtzemer#Abbildung ee Rene EEE PRG EL SO amy A N ENI oi SCHATTI, Beat, Eugen KRAMER & Jean-Marc TOUZET. Systematic remarks on a rare Crotalid snake from Ecuador, Bothriechis albocarinata (Shreve), with some comments on the generic arrangement of arboreal Neotropical pitvipers. (With 3 MALO RR III IIS I DEA NORTE RE ae UHMANN, Gerhard. Anthiciden aus dem Naturhistorischen Museum in Genf II (34. Beitrag) (Coleoptera, Anthicidae). (Mit einder Abbildung)............... STEBNICKA, Z. New synonymies and notes on some Aphodiinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). (WATE S BET SUITES) ETERO ernest ee II NA ee ER PACE, Roberto. Aleocharinae nepalesi del Museo di Ginevra Parte III. Revisione delle specie himalayane del sottogenere Microdota Mulsant & Rey (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). (106° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). (Con 2 UTERO N UE NEE AZPELICUETA, Maria de las Mercedes. Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp. (Siluriformes, Trichomycteridae), a new miniature tridentine from Paraguay System, in ATCENTNOAAWAILNI4 pf LUTES) RESI ERI E ee OSELLA, G. e L. BARTOLOZZI. Nuovi Cossoninae (Coleoptera, Curculionidae) d’India CIStiblcanka:=(CONZOBUTE)E LOTO TRI NUE DAFFNER, Hermann. Allocolenisia n. gen. mit zwei neuen Arten aus Indien und Thailand (Coleoptera, Leiodidae, Pseudoliodini). (Mit 14 Abbildungen)....... AELLEN Ville Emile, Dottens (19003199) Pages 771-813 815-825 827-842 843-849 851-869 871-875 877-885 887-893 895-899 901-979 981-988 989-1002 1003-1008 1009 REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Volume 97 — Number 4 ZOOLOGIA ‘90. ‘‘Parasites in Biological Systems’’ Basel 6-7 April 1990 (Annual Confe- Ren ceqotathe SwisseZOOlOfICaleSOCIetys= se RE TOA ee PuTHz, Volker. The genus Edaphus Motschulsky in Sumatra (Coleoptera, Staphylini- dae) 65th Contribution to the Knowledge of Euaesthetinae .................. MULLER, Hans-Georg. New species and records of coral reef inhabiting Caprellidae from Bora Bora and Moorea, Society Islands (Crustacea: Amphipoda) ....... BACHLI, Gerhard. Type specimens of Drosophilidae (Diptera) described by Linnaeus, BallenawahlbenssandrZetterstedteg RR ERRORE CUENDET, Gérard and Alain DUCOMMUN. Earthworm populations and surface activity in relation with sewage sludge and other fertilizers ......................... HAFFNER, Marianne and Vincent ZISWILER. Microscopic-anatomical investigations on the cranial integument of Myotis blythi (Tomes, 1857) (Mammalia, Chiroptera) SCHATTI, Beat, Eugen KRAMER & Jean-Marc TOUZET. Systematic remarks on a rare Crotalid snake from Ecuador, Bothriechis albocarinata (Shreve), with some com- ments on the generic arrangement of arboreal Neotropical pitvipers .......... UHMANN, Gerhard. Anthicids from the Natural History Museum in Geneva II (34th contribution) i(Coleoptera,/Anthicidae)i-eeance scien. oan eee RE STEBNICKA, Z. New synonymies and notes on some Aphodiinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaei- dae) techs aoe core pie re Arena Osea hice anne PACE, Roberto. Aleocharinae from Nepal in the Geneva Museum. Part III. Review of the Himalayan species of the subgenus Microdota Mulsant & Rey (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). (106th Contribution to the knowledge of the Aleocharinae) .... AZPELICUETA, Maria de las Mercedes. Tridentopsis cahuali n. sp. (Siluriformes, Tri- chomycteridae), a new miniature tridentine from Paraguay System, in Argentina OSELLA, G. and L. BARTOLOZZI. New Cossoninae (Coleoptera, Curculionidae) from LENS AU En SR ae ee ee NZ CORE DAFFNER, Hermann. Allocolenisia n. gen. with two new species from India and Thai- landf(Coleoptera icciodidaes Bseudolodin) er. Dr e EN EP IE ARBIENSVillyesemilesDottrensi( 900-1990). nes sas ne eee CC eee Indexed in CURRENT CONTENTS Pages 771 815 827 843 851 871 877 887 895 901 981 Instructions pour les auteurs 1. INSTRUCTIONS GENERALES Travaux recus: la Revue suisse de Zoologie publie en principe des travaux de zoologistes, membres de la Société suisse de Zoologie ou des travaux concernant l’activité du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Genève. Tous les manuscrits des membres de la Société suisse de Zoologie, y compris ceux des communications présentées lors des assemblées annuelles sont soumis à un comité de lecture. Langue: les travaux proposés à la Revue peuvent être rédigés en français, allemand, italien ou anglais. Frais: la Revue assume les frais d'impression et de clichage, mais seulement dans une proportion qui dépend de ses possibilités financières. Tirés à part: les auteurs reçoivent gratuitement 25 tirés à part sans couvertures, les exemplaires commandés en plus ou avec couvertures seront facturés. ZAIHNERSDE Manuscrits: les manuscrits doivent étre livrés préts pour l’impression, en 3 exemplaires, l’original et 2 copies. Ils doivent être dactylographiés et comporter le titre courant et l’emplacement désiré des figures. Nombre de pages: les travaux présentés aux assemblées de la Société suisse de Zoologie ne dépasseront pas 8 pages imprimées (y compris les illustrations). Les autres travaux ne dépasseront pas, en principe, 20 pages, et pour les thèses de doctorat, 30 pages. Abstract: pour tous les travaux, il est demandé le titre et un court «abstract» en anglais qui paraitront en tête de l’article. Resume: pour tous les travaux, il est demandé un résumé n’excédant pas, en principe, une demi-page, dans la langue de l’article. Un autre résumé dans une autre langue nationale (français, allemand, italien) est recommandé. Indications typographiques: souligner une fois les textes à mettre en italique (par exemple les mots latins). —— deux fois les textes à mettre en PETITES CAPITALES (par exemple les noms d’auteurs cités). Mots latins: les noms de genres et d’espèces et autres locutions latines doivent être en italique: Glomeris conspersa, in vitro, mais non les désignations telles que: n. gen., n. spec., etc. Les noms de catégories supérieures et les termes anatomiques ne sont pas en italique, par exemple: Picidae, lobus frontalis. Noms d’auteurs: les noms d’auteurs cités doivent être en petites capitales. Cependant, le nom d’auteur suivant un nom de genre ou d’espèce s’écrit en romain et ne doit pas être souligné: H. hamifer Attems. Bibliographie: les listes bibliographiques doivent être établies selon le plan suivant: (titre en caractères ordinaires; références en italique). PENARD, E. 1888. Recherches sur le Ceratium macroceros. Thèse, Genève, 43 pp. 1889a. Etudes sur quelques Héliozaires d’eau douce. Archs. Biol. Liège 9: 1-61, 419-472. 1889b. Note sur quelques Héliozoaires. Archs. Scl. phys. nat. Genève (3) 22: 524-539. MERTENS, R. und H. WERMUTH. 1960. Die Amphibien und Reptilien Europas. Kramer, Frankfurt am Main, XI+264 pp. On trouvera une liste des abréviations des titres de la plupart des revues zoologiques dans: List of serial publications in the British Museum (Natural History) Library London 1968. 3. ILLUSTRATIONS Généralités : toutes les illustrations doivent être fournies en 3 jeux, c’est-à-dire: 1. les originaux; 2. deux copies des originaux. Ces copies doivent être réduites au moins au format A4. Réduction: les lettres et chiffres dans les figures doivent avoir au moins 1 mm après réduction. La reduction définitive est décidée par les rédacteurs; les auteurs sont priés d’indiquer la réduction qu'ils souhaitent. Il est recommandé de tracer une échelle sur chaque figure. Dimension: les figures ou groupes de figures dans le texte ne peuvent pas dépasser les dimensions de la justification, soit 18,4 cm de haut — 12,2 cm de large, légende comprise. Planches: les photos peuvent être groupées en planches hors texte (avec participation de l’auteur aux frais). Les planches doivent être livrées prêtes à la reproduction, les figures qui les constituent étant très soigneusement coupées et collées à leur place exacte, dans un cadre qui, une fois réduit, aura les dimensions de la justification (18,4 cm X 12,2 cm). Légendes: les légendes des figures doivent être réunies sur une page séparée. 4. CORRESPONDANCE Toute correspondance concernant l’impression d’un travail doit être échangée avec la rédaction de la Revue. Adresse: Rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie — Muséum d’Histoire naturelle Route de Malagnou Case postale 434 CH-1211 Geneve 6 Telephone (022) 735 91 30 PUBLICATIONS DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE En vente chez GEORG & Cie, libraires a Geneve CATALOGUE DES INVERTEBRES DE LA SUISSE Fasc. 1. SARCODINES par E. PENARD RE 12 — 2. PHYLLOPODES par Th. STINGELIN 12.— 3. ARAIGNEES par R. DE LESSERT 42.— 4. ISOPODES par J. CARL 8.— 5. PSEUDOSCORPIONS par R. DE LESSERT 5.50 6. INFUSOIRES par E. ANDRE 18.— 7. OLIGOCHETES par E. PIGUET et K. BRETSCHER 18.— 8. COPEPODES par M. THIEBAUD 18.— 9. OPILIONS par R. DE LESSERT 11.— 10. SCORPIONS par R. DE LESSERT 3.50 11. ROTATEURS par E.-F. WEBER et G. MONTET 38.— 12. DECAPODES par J. CARL 11.— 13. ACANTHOCEPHALES par E. ANDRE 11.— 14. GASTEROTRICHES par G. MONTET 18.— 15. AMPHIPODES par J. CARL 12.— 16. HIRUDINEES, BRANCHIOBDELLES et POLYCHETES par E. ANDRE 17.50 17. CESTODES par O. FUHRMANN 30.— 18. GASTEROPODES par G. MERMOD 68.— En vente au Muséum d Histoire naturelle de Geneve REVUE DE PALEOBIOLOGIE Echange LE RHINOLOPHE par fascicule (Bulletin du centre d’étude des chauves-souris) Fr. 10.— CATALOGUE ILLUSTRE DE LA COLLECTION LAMARCK APPARTENANT AU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE 1" partie — Fossiles — 1 vol. 4° avec 117 planches Fr. 300.— COLLEMBOLENFAUNA EUROPAS von H. GISIN 312 Seiten, 554 Abbildungen Fr. 30.— THE EUROPEAN PROTURA THEIR TAXONOMY, ECOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION WITH KEYS FOR DETERMINATION by J. NOSEK 346 pages, 111 figures in text Fr. 30.— CLASSIFICATION OF THE DIPLOPODA par Richard L. HOFFMAN 237 pages Fr. 30.— LES OISEAUX NICHEURS DU CANTON DE GENEVE par P. GEROUDET, C. GUEX et M. MAIRE 351 pages, nombreuses cartes et figures Fr. 45.— CATALOGUE COMMENTE DES TYPES D’ECHINODERMES ACTUELS CONSERVES DANS LES COLLECTIONS NATIONALES SUISSES, SUIVI D’UNE NOTICE SUR LA CONTRIBUTION DE LOUIS AGASSIZ A LA CONNAISSANCE DES ECHINODERMES ACTUELS par Michel JANGOUX 67 pages, 11 planches Fr. 15.— a I = IMPRIME EN SUISSE TUTION Qu OF K Ò St NEIL = (IV = SLA = NSS SONG 37 IONI NE WW =) Sus FE = N 5 Ci = BO ; (7°) 2 v vyg11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3 = u = tu z ca 3 = “5 = 5 N Eu = ” 4 < H È NS NET Cc Sa Cc [Se 4 cc 4 = fer N ven O NN ye fo) _ © ÈS 2 =! 2 4 = NPI TUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS _S314UW4917 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INST z EEE z r z # co oO SE Gerz ” = D = (ov) = Mi œ = 2 5 2 > ER: = GE SI - 2 = > E GMs > a m m n° À m = (7) = un Z un VH911 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SII % = + a z= e w z a ER = x = Mm = GR = y, à = 5 = : 5 = KL D VK 2 7) . Ww AD u A: AE TN VA © IE (©) “ia (©) a a E > TUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHIINS S114V4917 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN x = \ oc = x a < CO ; < = < oA oo © SR a = mi. = = a = 3 29 VUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SIE = 5 — & = = 9 — + T _ w u = 2 Ss bo) E > n TB > = za = a = 14 DE di = = D n m D ZA m 2 m a Ww = (7) = u . © NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SIIUYUSEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS? = = TE a O 2 > = SMITHSONIAN Vg NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOIINLILSNI NVINOSHIINS S31 — — (dp) — 2 u NE Li 2 u = ce. . ce = a <<, < < = È = È È : oO m O = ro) — (0 =a = Z ol ze — ITUTION NOILNLILSNI S31YV4911 LIBRARIES INST 5 = 5 = 6 — _ = a = u E a ee = = D a = LS + = > = 6; = = Ee 2 = = z o È Z 4 z o IWHYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHIINS S3T i Fe NRC u cae v = vw | < È = < = = 3 > < = _z = = = ZAE ni 2 : © = a LC = 8 = Z E Zig Ot 2 = S > = >’ = = [7] = 7) > v rd lan Ni I BEE IUVYE FILI BRARI ES SMITHSON ; ul NSTITUP ì Li «Gio — Lu FE KARL 7 N, FF D ENS È y 7 COS CY NS LUG N DC; 2 $. {ns S * LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS D À LA bs s314v4811 SMIT NVIN SMIT NVIN RIES S31Y#vV4917 LIB INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS _S314V4911 LIBRARIES S314vV3817 INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SIIUV LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31UV4817 un = un z n : = < = Wy < = Ly, = 6 = / IR 5 = AI, | iE 2 8 Up by? DE = = AC ANNE 2 a > = >” = > | = v Fas v Z | __NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION rai di Z = | [de] ta Tp) Lu un A = 4 = 4 = œ pi “i , È a= a c È Cc È = = È “i = re) = o) Ge O Z 4 = 3 > INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31I8VUEI7 DE = La: = È = - = > = 5° 2 | A = = — = = da = | O z I Z | NOILNLILSNI SIIYUVYAIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION | < = = ik. = = dll | = = 2 N È z NN | | a Tale ZT a DRS | È 2° E MQ 2 È | 17 = 7) ie a SR | LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS S3 IBVUEIT i go n è ms © KU | a =. LÉ 2 e (CAI = e | Ley ZY =. < {5 6) À : < | a Gey & ARE = ) DZ 2 Z ro) a CUS © co ag = — = N Sy ‚NOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLINS „3 IUVUYE ine! LIBRARI ESIESMITHSONIANZINSTITORION i = 7 (©) 1 an 50 N oO Di. == a = œ SÌ Qe = hy œ = Na 5 2 LD ES Gy = ; = OY = ZU EF RASE | = YATE 2 & Ti CAS. AE l m SN SI 2 m Ninos n* m (29) one = un = wo LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31UWU817 ‘> an en a 5 i = =, 2 Z = IP \ A N = Un. Z 4 DA ) pa N WER, 7 Sp 2 NA w N N = Gi o = 4 N © I 6 J FL È 8 AA VAE 2 Z,57 E 2, = a = eee 2 A, n NOIL \« JINOSHLINS ) à j 1 3 A | RM 1 Kw S318VH911 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION IES SMITHSONIAN Whe pe G ISNI LSNI 3 3) 9 + Ÿ oO z by) 5 LES 'rc1— E m | = U ———[@©@< . meas qcu——_— : Sono < Mm LS pue = 0 i i ° : z —— apenas | 60 | | we | | 3 9088 012 a maree ert nr Eee wm rare sere OF sig ene ar ran im nta pena eee cn, ne nme n | SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT: | TT ERI al OEE Ne He Be ln aM si © ord an or reg nee Il PEN er ne un ITA eo ze Uran Ye . È namen emer» wir DORE PS wu pee DE EEE nn. terroni en rg un u asset eue pp nés rage ren nenn PEW git gen papato vo rar gery ey men Beans ann vee, Frege en pa po ae rg ra een enger ee ET Tr mern anne ne Were gene N year nen RI * danzare? sieme ri Sorgen m troia a eat ee fe 79 ern tee ww u. PERO site ea ame yal omen MATTA peroni ee SUN Ls TEE CO III DELL Deere en rn mr urn OP ee en vet sega a PETE ans CCE EE gun eg ge je house +) ee rear werner VII a wigs O ee EZ NER EN ge DCE CNE Me PHY BN TA TANI ge. A LAL LLL LLANE ALLDATA tg ser LEAN EEE TERRAIN sane er ng ICH genen on PAU a PE BU ie cv 43 ne We urn gp ae nenn rn Wale er En A a ae EN FR ne, nen Venen Seats nées us arg tb use "i MINT ri wer v DT en me gr umge a BNE RE PA I ET PPT CLOSE 7 ARONA IMA VII LI OCT ue Rtl VEST ae VERSA ATEI” RICOTTA aoe pot aL VETO INA NLP tee eng à un IP pae E ze Deere rg eg ge Fehr eg te DS ern en rn DIET AT 0 DNS TETE a bs ENTRER NL we usursore en A en Nr a A N ON arto pun Veri sg Pioneers, e ager de sono rege rn nn engen tg nee ga se EEE NOES TE EUTIN Per tem rn nn rege Vera ey u TIEFE nig i ore LE vn enter sur inneren onan PS AL ae DATE Ne ren ere nt ce amies mene du been Dae ary ng (OT OI ET IMI RE OV UE GS UPS 4 eign een /0 DP AMEE ABNEY rer ging À Ara zug Wet EL 0 AT je en pe PRICE PTE Brunn rer urinare EPR o ire er nenn ner re gen wo; wenn er pe is MAN ENT A À Bron ney tes ore oe Ope più von er en Kern n pina epr ESATTI III LEE NE we POST coi sae es RE Lo a EEE bb ti) Vi Adani TP SEEN PV PH ONO ZT nenne Ae ur? propongo unse pre Mery PI è sr ra 2 LOT NEE gung OF IONI I ET TE Due enger mean Da ren DATE LITE runs. PNET MESO nn OUT aE? ype Te ee ee gg ANE VI PVP ASE MY TE N CRIE ann rien ra POOLE I Gear "AS TYP eg POP LC OT ad ys arena ere ee EG ALOE a AAT Dee er tania pre wer viene ' PERTE omy METANO even une stro m urn en wur wer UTI ANE NPB tee ernennen Mis ener 22 wege unse CRETE sont eV Le we er ie EEE ETES ee ee eee ae SI VITE TFT Uri Sp Rigi ee Det IN SIIT ACETI TP CRETE 5 PART As ee diari) ob dfn persia sagra nuvi etere earn eee priva OPA A e Namen uw vue i ee cigni Se PIA DI END“ er ren ae ey Gee epee ini AD a da PS ee lA igh ony alg POD EY ee eee ee UMD vara utente 2 aan een NN Eee angeben ru NE a a Gt RAI PP EEE EEE ER Zw copay Peer ei TS tigation pei Sa % ap pd he Me OOS Le EE IE ENED NEE I PS EEE Se EPA as ewe A tt dist LULL LLL AIT ALPALIODE he LE ok ad Real dé Map A SES Vi fr d'a intel ELA DETTE ee wu en era ON NEE DEE AAS ngi a bod LOC Y ONG DSP Er Ge À Se TA pate CO pa N er AVE SA AE TT COMENT LEE 3 nn FIA IE Uy BHI N vung creati VIA Le A DOL ALE MAIA blico Shh amt rione SIENA er re RIT Te ee a" Br ee < eg Le SG D De par TEE TE I er drehen grusel ep alr rer ands wae oe LO DENA ELTA OTA + ee RE PE à ALS STUNT ETES TETE ENT ten) Sg SET TRE pine ua Le SSID TG Le pe CE ere: QE ungern TEEN 58 seppe, RETE ed ee a ol hr PZA A0 OI He TEE Srl a pid PONT TN Iv rae vi Se RETTEN uk FL Be GFA AIT DOE CEE ARE aps raise tn 1 °3 dan OOD 8 RICATTO ur were 1p RR 9 ee JO COSSIIPUAFIVIE TI nn ng DER foe eth Ay BO DRE LE TE AIA LR AUTO MINT